

ta een th btteath PAD Lariat 
we wy ay ea Camel 


nee 
oe yi 


va ae M a 


oy 


phan tda ne 
Veg Coane 

RC NWT TAY et 
DORCAS Wa 
Wan ta Oat 


ney 
a ey iChat) 


Cons ns “ ai 


Can ee are 


ASLAN ke i 
im Hea Sati 


vs the vat 
WAC CR eu R I sUa aC ou 


iy 


— 


ay ste 

i ty veh ee 

Wa Manta oh ni yo Sat i" Men 

, Wenin ya ty i ry al i G RAT 

STERN San MN RAS a i "i atte ath ayy foe 
Penn yea Wa ae Wu's MOC MER HT Oe “i Nh sae A an 
aye sy ian alchcie attateaas vii Wi) ity ran OAC oS 
Hite SEAN ANY ria tht a . ta 
sv ag\ ale VALU Ma ly yey Vor pe ht W tf 
ay dou wi eed . a wt \ i Wate 
ty val TASER Sa Stn gy We MMOH at ea sa 


Wit ita oy 
Viet a ie 
WN OCNOy UL 

CC Mn ee 
ung ra ate 

yy ’ 


nat ee a 


“hy ee At “4 I vi 


Hy 
eR) ivy 


POV ndy a 


Hn 


Shae! 


boi AP 
TAR He Rona Ruta MUA 
BSNS ka a ea aaa i ea = 
RCO ii i a TON ie 
Ror LEM at Rena 
ROMER ICN ett i Raced iy “ ne io a 
IA ESA uth adds th Cy Wt SOC nent ee 
ite ea hy ie PO "t NN ia iM 
POOH R OI CaN KTH fai COCA Ne iM Aah te at ‘ ma 
i ne Maat Satie oe yaa hao Hy : 
a 
i 


th 
i liner veer 
f Hu wien: mt ei tee WA : an Aes ys 
Cie eb hy t 
PENRO Soo tae a cine oe 
MA IE Mb Wty DAM Hewes MN yi ny naib We Kat Rit iio i y ia e aca ett 
SN ICR NIMC ea Mi ektcm ta aeuet a ety et of ph ea hy ins sea ai rata (ait . 
AACR Ss AAR BUDE M¢ HOA ait ies einarahcraaancnveay it att nfo at + 
halter satin acoso ysatly sn white? Vela yey barbital t Maat tei aN i Ns) WA teh ea Shere Mt Sit 
AEM LAN RTO VOC MEH AU at iM iat Mh RACK MLL SHR UC Y 
RA AE OANA Ahan FAW AA My sh irom Rae uate een ne ett as 
a Mshatit iy wh a ‘ fey 
in tala Ahn Mu Oe iy ee AM Tow lewd HEU aA NAM RAN RON sini le oi arin aan ane aM NS Na 
i USER RR OAR IT EG URC RIE) . ‘ path ie HW Wi aca mi sate i et 
Felidae atta nes lel el rede ae ‘ht ait AHA wc Aan PAYOR s in neshry 
mat oa cat IA Ste cee sea 
PSMA ‘ i mine thc shia rape 
HI HEN HA HI K Mabe cea i 
K ai Vente ipwi est by AeA Hah ehrttegt a F 
SON aOR OLA isk ae neti Say ae pee 
TC el ey Rey we A on " Aca unt vi AL mtE We inh aL 
RONAN HYD Nae Hoi ARAL va SNORT os 
OMAN Mien Wana 
‘ elaaalal (valde Niateny sear lach ia Oe hate at 
Tee eae ‘ ipo hte aaa) aia sen baie \ ‘ ty ty ANA mde Ae awe ts tsthets iss h site ay a 
Vo aly MACH Sy eta a Nya ara Ph che icth tn ca) hy Pay oh (ena whe yy yes ven Vhs ss 
nist ea PRAGA RCo aN Hy He ay PANY My sans isi et iN i 
BENET AN AAEM) rede i ant iM coe aN ea 
satiate AS aren a eat i WA i} rinntache 
mA TET) ain Wntwe vial) WAS Ny ! Ney sa 
tai 4 Tait Nr, ity AN \ Yuvan aah ea AUR nt 
SNE TOA CHAN A PSR IN AND, PAN ae ee hs Nate Kata Na ieee acca 
sa lite al tly Halve ory aia NT Hn Ate ath ch nN sete Eanes int i ot fraaiat i 
LN a Rag a a ) SEO NLRCNT AUNT AI fie A NAS Viet ay ipet rae 
a \ Si pare ay He nie NRO MCR Ane KAA HR Atalay i Nay ive ihe Asien crates 
aa ay aah HANAN ARCUATE tit a ants on 
haat voy ately tat UND ea Be a wt 


eta i i 


uti Tavs AA eeteaes 


WAGs a 


pita) 
BAe ball 
why ue b 


i cage el we 
wily 
DENS SOY TEMS 
eR Mee aaah eh Daues ati aia 


els Wits 


Ky 
a ae 


coly ayy Se eae a ia Bea Nat 
Haine Wath a \ Taba aly iat Mi 
EATU CEU E CTe RH RESEET RT PTA f Ag 
h Mei Hah We Hic ty aay ty Yeates aie argon atl ‘ ot 4) 
" EUR ON ORISA TEM Me uA Nn nT RRA Tt COS LY Wy ee 
‘aye ROME MCR saga yak veld Me 


Ney Nhe Wie Uae ia ap 
SH Fe 


We Near 
ei ae oe bata 


, Guy , ; aie! ye vet “ye at 
Sen MRNA CM ahetit uN say ie Teena 
5 atte A aN “ ii 
x! ta avert RMON aia) Oe iy 


NORD H 
hWerredon huni 
7 a nen iy 


i Wt 


Henan iar: 


Gel 


wana y 


ent 
COM AOR MR MCR Me) ot Wh RMN Wp Mi seit ae in 
ROK OO eee Teen Be hy vy ey STAT i) WOKS) Ni worst 
4 Cie ace aE DY NNR Ue RC SSN ae rhe fr 
"iy ASC eae ely hy ott saeaty ven ena y 1 0) i 
‘ vie aia ett na ae ey haa ie a gts Walaa War peta Naty rtgeunte en MA CA 
A , rear yt So 3 DCR KL MU eT eh calongtht LTE CTH 
Sa Ne MICE ATOR IAKEIA TC lon KC ayn hy TW NnureUNauear mash al Real 
DIC GE RAE hs ‘ Maite ae ARIE ANCA a 
i no Tyee aaa re ASRS CE? ii SON RAE Hun) 
Vs ‘ Mh FN IUN AE RMA itt tala le PUT MA hy evel Nain: ine ston 
SOON NIGER Ra ; NUR ANG AKG ial ale ea 4 Mis , 


if) AN aN Pa STN 


1 
eamanyy 


Nae ih} 


NAA myn 
Seen ee Ne Natt bey ay be soll 


iY ; PA UE ie hae bey 
Pasa iad id BL WARM Rll ae aR eat fit weyuvarn air it 
DWN ean a et api an se et Fe ath ey Ay 1 it i VC 
WR ly RN ECAR Ae hastate W tY wt je RRC Ya snl CICK Rea 
Note e Maen tenet, eyeg iit alae ( ON ig (ahve 
yal Hever d CuI) i 
Henig he ONO a 


PAM RL eae ae 
AMER HU eH ISU TN 
! PAL ARAN ADS A 
CARAS ON A Mann en 
SUR OO 
Vata viet 


CROAT REO er 
i HGR) itytat 


Bas 4 
HOST acnteta gNU RR 


BAI 

, Mane aC 4 

fuuteetyh) Putian atk 
cease Haitian ee Weal ean aM 
eet Me i wit PERN) 


DA ONS OHM Al Vaan 


Hy ‘ai ae 


a Pe ah i 
: ena ave 


RSC 


Ain 
CAYO 
Wihitante 


ps ah lynitine 
? Lenn a Ean 


ioe 


easy ya a 
NOK 
Len Av 


EAN s cso iit 


ia 
ata i 
ii, 


we 
Anis 
HHA 


CH ie) 


Mie ti 


Chale 


7, 
Lay 
HARE 


ANY ‘ls i 0a I 
Nan 1 Ny 


uti TAP AMiai faa 


Han it ia idh ni 
Maal 


Ne 


Wet kas use Hh 
AAT Et be 


Palit 
ain CaN h AD 
AMA ORE Rha 


His Talay 


Ca Wa ha if 
RA aa 
Na Oi (uN rl nas af the 


SNS 


) 
. 
PO VENA. .) sata Y i i 
y wu) MW QALY OE Pony A Ny ih 
‘papaya aa id Dt Ag f Neer re 
RDNA RAY ass BAVA AIO ie ia H Hs 
AAR a SHAR a i! ith Mea Ab my fa 
att ero na Na AM ae RA teate vty in} deine tat 0 sy 
CBE) rR ATE fra peay TPO Cy ti 
ae RAR P KM AR 


ea Ti 


yah, eae i 
NAD ey aaa 


an H 
QVM WALA DN 
ah NaN a 
SENS has a a 


ating 
a 
sep 


hale Soe toe 
wes ei vee tear ty 

it ‘i Lhe ACN 
PT 

Sy Git ya Aeehiny 


ny 


yt a Onan ie eu a Uy} esi 


sit at 
Naa cay 


HOH ete 
aN, ra Te ae 

MOU grate N aUemR he Ssh 
CPS PemL WRC Ne Aa MIEN Neuer at td 


erat 
eintes 


\ r 
Den Ae NS ok WD 


Chita WH ie Se AN a a Oi i BN ee lei 
HaHa nah a es aha hh SRYIRM AA RCH Ca H \ uh ELT A Oa a Pith aed Caistay 
SLA WIE AS ANH 0 eS VT Hh ae Sp eU sr ATAE TRO ae me vam mur ue 
AG A TEL AE ANY EVAR 35 SECON It vA H DALAL Od Guba 
vertu aint HW Sta riee hah H Waa en ae iA FW aU toh ian ne 
TN RAC DOR Sate Mera ara DN 
Haein wa a AW Wh Yee AY 
AO OOM a oon) RECA RSPR ACUI 
ROR SEMA OTUR ITC ne HVE ER RSS LG 
AUNUAN TAs OP ASMeS sel eeadiet aftr RA OHHAM TUN n a ty Daan) 
GIRTON MM vi wy opt a Ath 
Maia aa wae UAC TAT MOM Wi en Do} ‘ MRD ent evi 
‘ WANING Ak Cay CUAL Wak Hier wU MC WA ea AU ett RMT Hea Mai Minto) shen 
HN AN TUNA AMIS SOO ROL R MTPI 
‘ Hrd Ue ah 


WU 


f ah Wiese 
Wd 4d DORIC , BOTAN eg rm Weakened MA Sb Ie sunk 
DAVINA CHIN TENOR Ten AO HR Vedio aaa Sa a NU NE tees 
DURE VATE AT WAR i i WN MeO COG) siya Ho Wak Vinita AL fw pat 
f NCA AC) Cis AO VaUM At MAS WALA MEDLIN aoaneatee Ma Tear eaaA 
MAY LL OO shots iia Sit Dn UR LT aS Ee Ri Ua naa 
WA LI pees yevencitha HT STH eM neh na ina A ead NG Finhwbepi ny sun yuh os 
; TOMI Cee WDE TRI RSAC wy HUA OMATAT Ce KN ROU MONTH CSM US IR a CODA RT Rea Ma AT f 
uy PNRM IUN ia i} Si Wh HO 1 vali Wn i Wn re Ki Yi Mahe ih tae f 
Ga AH shy ae haa ny axe ey Ay demu DNA 3 io eae rks obs, a 
Dek Can ‘ TONG RO EE beh g i Creat o Av thats ah Valine ental n 
Raia DAMA ELIOT TAA Ko A Avast d VER MRIOANICRGIG Se Te NOS ByRoe bien bail Uy itis eeaennk et ea 
i HORMWILA SLC, SEU AK URMILA SCL AT RU MMS SK Ranney KH) WW AY hawaii srt ioah tr patie 
DIROCROPCPUR IRON rik I eee Ne RICAN MRA Ne te et HA noua AC oC feat va UN CW Wt) 4 IC oo AeHt i tea Perrone srt 
SORTA HR NCR AYR a ORM Re SCHR RCOC R R OeYM Ne Toca sine 
TVW DP OAT MUSL YACHT OW EO TSCM UCC OUACTT WeIV ECS ANAT WR WE TE me HPN PP wet elfen 
RY AA a hata i iti RRR AR OH aa Payee lh an ay By 
mit OUR AY A Woah ea, A RCUIVE ME NIN He icieoni eR ( baba tity 
j Veta UA GOR Re TREC WSR a AU ‘ Grit} 
i 1" TALKIE SAU GN ey ie ANT INA WME DOW Meme Ae btu tat He alle biog 
h DONA LCN NCCT Ma TS APIA Welt gl enayty HATO, CROCMOR MUIR aren YT En Wii oe 
OAD E RS OG POOR a PSUS en UO Ce cm eT \ AWN) CA A 
\ \ VRUER ROC MICH LARK tra Ma ay \ * 
DOP unt (Wahine: 
i} ' 4 BOD ST OE CAME Da erthie ds Li teiew tebe aN teh 
Liana say Way Oi ted Tm Uni ntieg ae) La, Cin , Yen a NB vee 
AiG Pale UMMAH IIE PRY HK cs He 
Waban OAC SIMON KOR ar} LAM TT AT ATE TA a Herat 
ane i SADR RNR CLR A EE aa DAT MAGN TO A Moi) WO pile het 
0 ‘ Val A RCI CIGAE KN eC a ‘i na pray wate deaf 
MO GAC Meth Reve hl , a Wen aad i BAF Wika ARCA Od ey DAH Tn A QUAM NAA them Na nc hUN AT HaIEMD OOSELAPS HN NAC Raye Tate a eurnag Lea lana ATK Ger dial ith 
ina eA a i hn Pat Nt AUN hind * Va oatetatr kre cHoU ; DA MTS PMO NT Me eA MeN Me KV Oraerb ter bah wi oy 
Ve ONE yw La DCCA ACRE MG Der hwed Be ROR Mag Te Rt Ta Poms Moe i i 
‘ PREG TC Ie ee TCH OT CO AN bm tuaol (aM) Hadi davon gine 
SANNA a APU MICH TEA WMC eee) iia Maine. Ach 
ATU DORIA aR a ate NOC 
sad mF aves ty, DANG Athy DAW chant OF 
AORN IM SRC Tots We MICRA Le wn hE OW i PO RMOK UNICO RR GM inte MATH AG i oh) 


M i; ie ee 
SK ITH FT iati aul wtitclelariditettmeaitans aii an hamachi ita! wt ENG OER 
PRAM TG Hy ARN) aad eat Hatin a uiM NV HN 
, ; h Vaimatanany ih ta y ty tt ets aetna eon Dati 
‘ PR WRU eH Ta? Wotan i a Ni WA Spas Bat ele 
i AAA aA Sc TNS Ra RI MOOR on ‘ Ini O NMA HEIN 
‘ «ae PUPA HA sre a i RA 
SP AUG BURT a why I) ecikpe Mba ied WP yew wile Rat 
* : cateny) DOMME Ua Ru iciG Rant MeN) bit i SAA yt on ad (cata We ee vee 
t Ni AAU eAne CEM Was MAAL R ate Ate PMOUALIM AUMUND BH OLUA TD ole MA Te wh 
Mi MORE CR EC MSL TINGE ON Za eI ARAL ROA iG IC HR ORE EERE Heath oi 
Astaire icity itulelahiteste Dect Gm inate IT Ae fA Aa ua Nala Nui aimatr alan Wat inant 
MACNN Ay a ai easy RR RCA CM A SAC HTEORLRORC RMAC AEDS TUN CURT eA Mutya 
TORO RE RKC TLR Tc EE THI VG OL Age i rh Da \ Meee I idee ile st 
eee ate MANE A AA } Heenan 
SO uN EM ND SATA LA cat OU aN da 
ih Na DU Veen AOC Ea PCr oe fits CAMBS Ws ait 
na ay haan ag \ AUN a Maa tual Hoe Maca Rae Ua Gia. Givneesnlts Peuehoswser ys iene onthe 


wed Kae 
Dd MEW GVA 
NAOKO OCLC O ioe Art At 


SO WTS ICA Cr HCA Pe MN A Det 


A eth ue 


‘ yy 
CN Ke ATE he 


oe Vea Hara nicgdidaesatr 
DSC MATAR GK th OOOO I RATIO AO TE MR TT AAVSUAA MIEN IL OVUCL Osu uli bv 
RUN A NN UY Wy TOT ICAU ICC Ic ab fu HC reed aT Aa hf Vea bly iW Ha a 
DOM NOG RE Vaan Ua And eh ? Hy ANY Wy i yar vi 
ATE TUUNE CY Wh ORI LA ainda le 
PAOOOUICH ADEA RON a TA KCRACKT A hv NR A AR A Hunley th ngeliage 
CURL GT MOM YN CR SCA Te NIC Mie ah i " ‘ (1, Bees bats at ast 
DLA NHOA ASHE TAGE ie ATE Heath Ae UK rd 4 edie eu kn ia ed ceili tliyet t oust 
DOE URMICK OM ROR Daa ithe eR UA Ha IVisltennnay ate 
PEORIA AG ORICA WR Rivne aac eh 
DOCTOR SC IRTN ACRE i ae Va TAINS aa Metre LAU) Hae ely TA Goricweiay eens 
CVO TTGTE TICROMT HON RR REL Me HOARSE NOTRE OFC TCM Te Ma es FPP i Hee Zoea oradiiiaie 
MOO TOROUEE MMAR RCT WII ACCOMM IMIC RTA CEH Wy fir 
ais Sea ae a DENA ASAIO ROY Bn HE pun i wnt 4 eek 
‘ i‘ PRI ICURCICER ROCIOGR EC Ry DL WML Ie tuk Let RCRA Ar Weve Ment 
: “4 1 ORM eR Ma aT PS CCE My VARW LS asU Me he RTE earpeMulisa bedsgns ihn 
in RROEOTIRIOR UEC MO UN ATCT A UTM ag BLOM 1a Canela te LMENN KCN GCA ARUN NR tet sat On Hiey at tf ren 
ha UK NON Se Ka LAA Weta Sy Aa wa ; Mh Citi ws 
ui a TALL AN aa Vay era ticiriay | A a tea gH A AY aN 
) a utetasaticy 


TUN TT ADA AT ACI 


Lil) aie 
ee acy Mo nine Opa 
oe i baka 
ui Mk Eet 
rane te TAY 


cine i 


PLES Lol Fieh tay 


W yi 
nih a 


carnage DA 
rani 
CHOON 


4. UMA MLO ES DRI CO TOM A He ta at 


Parr nS ONT AN 


CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE. 


py 

\ 

DEA SESS aki) 

. f 

Wet 
' WAT} 


EVERY MAN IS A VALUABLE MEMBER OF SOCIETY, WHO, BY HIS OBSERVATIONS, RESEARCHES, AND EXPERIMENTS, PROCURES 
KNOWLEDGE FOR MEN.—SMITHSON. 


CITY OF WASHINGTON: 
PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN 


MDCCCLIV. 


INSTITUTION. 


z= é 4 %: 
i an a 6 ir 
- wee ied 
tr, ae ‘ke 
ie. * % 
} 
ae r ar; 
, . - v 
= 4 | 
_ git Whe. Fn 
4 ' tink A . v.15 
. cy 2k tate iy if, ' ‘ 
Taree TO OL. Gee eee 
" 7 * Die ' st ‘ . \ . 
7 - a i. + 
rare nant oft in Bilin _ 
. 
. yomy te etna atone . 
: , | ema swith ote, 0 i 


4 


Y : , ri ( H 4 ‘ t- : ~ i ates \ ha’ onlay } 


“ ; cele e 
a= > or er Trig ™ 


° ~ Tied ~e 
> a Visi aM, ‘ 
‘ wy te te ig 
_ ° ‘ as gad i a ary ' u 
b é f = p eae ‘ = 
= ‘ [et tite ae acy v 
x ee i ee 
- ac: = 2 . 
; ay , ab ‘ A Est rt) ath hs 4 
: $ A y= ae . 
* = ad Sta 
y bate. 


, we pF 
cet toni i ae 


. t. “aan 
sa des he eae sce 8 il 


ae caer CG 


f . . 
f ' 


ts i ee vo arieegy if ay oe 
Pn ne esd ae oO 


‘ eal 4 
Bere 
ord ows ie eumie vi i pares ot gen 
* 7 


ADVERTISEMENT. 


Tus volume forms the sixth of a series, composed of original memoirs on dif- 
ferent branches of knowledge, published at the expense, and under the direction, of 
the Smithsonian Institution. The publication of this series forms part of a general 
plan adopted for carrying into effect the benevolent intentions of Jams SwrHson, 
Esq., of England. This gentleman left his property in trust to the United States 
of America, to found, at Washington, an institution which should bear his own 
name, and have for its objects the “increase and diffusion of knowledge among 
men.” This trust was accepted by the Government of the United States, and an 
Act of Congress was passed August 10, 1846, constituting the President and the 
other principal executive officers of the general government, the Chief-Justice of 
the Supreme Court, the Mayor of Washington, and such other persons as they might 
elect honorary members, an establishment under the name of the ‘“ SmrrHsonIAN 
INSTITUTION FOR THE INCREASE AND DIFFUSION OF KNOWLEDGE AMONG MEN.” ‘The 
members and honorary members of this establishment are to hold stated and special 
meetings for the supervision of the affairs of the Institution, and for the advice 
and instruction of a Board of Regents, to whom the financial and other affairs are 
intrusted. 

The Board of Regents consists of three members ex officio of the establishment, 
namely, the Vice-President of the United States, the Chief-Justice of the Supreme 
Court, and the Mayor of Washington, together with twelve other members, three of 
whom are appointed by the Senate from its own body, three by the House of 
Representatives from its members, and six persons appointed by a joint resolution 
of both houses. ‘To this Board is given the power of electing a Secretary and other 
officers, for conducting the active operations of the Institution. 

To carry into effect the purposes of the testator, the plan of organization should 
evidently embrace two objects: one, the increase of knowledge by the addition of 
new truths to the existing stock; the other, the diffusion of knowledge, thus 
increased, among men. No restriction is made in favor of any kind of knowledge ; 
and, hence, each branch is entitled to, and should receive, a share of attention. 


ao 


iv ADVERTISEMENT. 


The Act of Congress, establishing the Institution, directs, as a part of the plan of 
organization, the formation of a Library, a Museum, and a Gallery of Art, together 
with provisions for physical research and popular lectures, while it leaves to the 
Regents the power of adopting such other parts of an organization as they may 
deem best suited to promote the objects of the bequest. 

After much deliberation, the Regents resolved to divide the annual income into 
two equal parts—one part to be devoted to the increase and diffusion of knowledge 
by means of original research and publications—the other half of the income to be 
applied in accordance with the requirements of the Act of Congress, to the gradual 
formation of a Library, a Museum, and a Gallery of Art. 

The following are the details of the two parts of the general plan of organization 
provisionally adopted at the meeting of the Regents, Dec. 8, 1847. 


DAC LS O22) EGE SEER Sel PAG Al ON) SI Ele BieeealaeAG Nes 


I. To 1ncrEASE KNowLepGe.—Zi is proposed to stimulate research, by offering 


rewards for original memoirs on all subjects of investigation. 


1. The memoirs thus obtained, to be published in a series of volumes, in a quarto 
form, and entitled “Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge.” 

2. No memoir, on subjects of physical science, to be accepted for publication, 
which does not furnish a positive addition to human knowledge, resting on original 
research ; and all unverified speculations to be rejected. 

3. Each memoir presented to the Institution, to be submitted for examination to 
a commission of persons of reputation for learning in the branch to which the 
memoir pertains; and to be accepted for publication only in case the report of this 
commission is favorable. 

4. The commission to be chosen by the officers of the Institution, and the name 
of the author, as far as practicable, concealed, unless a favorable decision be made. 

5. The volumes of the memoirs to be exchanged for the Transactions of literary 
and scientific societies, and copies to be given to all the colleges, and principal 
libraries, in this country. One part of the remaining copies may be offered for 
sale; and the other carefully preserved, to form complete sets of the work, to 
supply the demand from new institutions. 

6. An abstract, or popular account, of the contents of these memoirs to be given 
to the public, through the annual report of the Regents to Congress. 


ADVERTISEMENT. Vv 


Il. To incrEAsE Knowieper.—tIi is also proposed to appropriate a portion of the 
income, annually, to special objects of research, under the direction of suitable 


persons. 


1. The objects, and the amount appropriated, to be recommended by counsellors 
of the Institution. 

2. Appropriations in different years to different objects; so that, in course of time, 
each branch of knowledge may receive a share. 

3. The results obtained from these appropriations to be published, with the 
memoirs before mentioned, in the volumes of the Smithsonian Contributions to 
Knowledge. 

4. Hxamples of objects for which appropriations may be made :— 

(1.) System of extended meteorological observations for solving the problem of 
American storms. 

(2.) Explorations in descriptive natural history, and geological, mathematical, 
and topographical surveys, to collect materials for the formation of a Physical Atlas 
of the United States. 

(8.) Solution of experimental problems, such as a new determination of the 
weight of the earth, of the velocity of electricity, and of light; chemical analyses of 
soils and plants; collection and publication of articles of science, accumulated in 
the offices of Government. 

(4.) Institution of statistical inquiries with reference to physical, moral, and 
political subjects. , 

(5.) Historical researches, and accurate surveys of places celebrated in American 
history. 

(6.) Ethnological researches, particularly with reference to the different races of 
men in North America; also explorations, and accurate surveys, of the mounds 
and other remains of the ancient people of our country. 


I. To pirruse KnowLenGn.—ZJit is proposed to publish a series of reports, giving an 
account of the new discoveries in science, and of the changes made from year to year 


in all branches of knowledge not strictly professional. 


1. Some of these reports may be published annually, others at longer intervals, 
as the income of the Institution or the changes in the branches of knowledge may 
indicate. 

2. The reports are to be prepared by collaborators, eminent in the different 
branches of knowledge. 


vi ADVERTISEMENT. 


3. Each collaborator to be furnished with the journals and publications, domestic 
and foreign, necessary to the compilation of his report; to be paid a certain sum for 
his labors, and to be named on the title-page of the report. 

4, The reports to be published in separate parts, so that persons interested in a 
particular branch, can procure the parts relating to it, without purchasing the 
whole. 

5. These reports may be presented to Congress, for partial distribution, the 
remaining copies to be given to literary and scientific institutions, and sold: to indi- 
viduals for a moderate price. 


The following are some of the subjects which may be embraced in the reports :— 
I. PHYSICAL CLASS. 


. Physics, including astronomy, natural philosophy, chemistry, and meteorology. 
. Natural history, including botany, zoology, geology, Xe. 
. Agriculture. 


Hm OF BD 


. Application of science to arts. 
II. MORAL AND POLITICAL CLASS. 


. Ethnology, including particular history, comparative philology, antiquities, &e. 
. Statistics and political economy. 


“I GS OH 


. Mental and moral philosophy. - 
. A survey of the political events of the world; penal reform, &c. 


ioe) 


III. LITERATURE AND THE FINE ARTS. 


9. Modern literature. 
10. The fine arts, and their application to the useful arts. 
11. Bibliography. 


12. Obituary notices of distinguished individuals. 


II. To pirruse KnowLencEe.—It is proposed to publish occasionally separate treatises 


on subjects of general interest. 


1. These treatises may occasionally consist of valuable memoirs translated from 
foreign languages, or of articles prepared under the direction of the Institution, or 
procured by offering premiums for the best exposition of a given subject. 


2. The treatises to be submitted to a commission of competent judges, previous 
to their publication. 


ADVERTISEMENT. Vil 


DETAILS OF THE SECOND PART OF THE PLAN OF ORGANIZATION. 


This part contemplates the formation of a Library, a Museum, and a Gallery of 
Art...) 5° 

J. To carry out the plan before described, a library will be required, consisting, 
Ist, of a complete collection of the transactions and proceedings of all the learned 
societies in the world; 2d, of the more important current periodical publications, 
and other works necessary in preparing the periodical reports. 

2. The Institution should make special collections, particularly of objects to 
verify its own publications. Also a collection of instruments of research in all 
branches of experimental science. 

3. With reference to the collection of books, other than those mentioned above, 
catalogues of all the different libraries in the United States should be procured, in 
order that the valuable books first purchased may be such as are not to be found 
elsewhere in the United States. 

4, Also catalogues of memoirs, and of books in foreign libraries, and other 
materials, should be collected, for rendering the Institution a centre of bibliogra- 
phical knowledge, whence the student may be directed to any work which he may 
require. 

8. It is believed that the collections in natural history will increase by donation, 
as rapidly as the income of the Institution can make provision for their reception ; 
and, therefore, it will seldom be necessary to purchase any article of this kind. 

6. Attempts should be made to procure for the gallery of art, casts of the most 
celebrated articles of ancient and modern sculpture. 

7. The arts may be encouraged by providing a room, free of expense, for the 
exhibition of the objects of the Art-Union, and other similar societies. 

8. A small appropriation should annually be made for models of antiquity, such 
as those of the remains of ancient temples, &c. 

9. The Secretary and his assistants, during the session of Congress, will be 
required to illustrate new discoveries in science, and to exhibit new objects of art; 
distinguished individuals should also be invited to give lectures Morvjects of 
general interest. 


In accordance with the rules adopted in the programme of organization, each 


memoir in this volume has been favorably reported on by a Commission appointed 


Vili ADVERTISEMENT. 


for its examination. It is however impossible, in most cases, to verify the state- 
ments of an author; and, therefore, neither the Commission nor the Institution can 
be responsible for more than the general character of a memoir. 

The following rules have been adopted for the distribution of the quarto volumes 
of the Smithsonian Contributions :— 

1. They are to be presented to all learned societies which publish Transactions, 
and give copies of these, in exchange, to the Institution. 

2. Also, to all foreign libraries of the first class, provided they give in exchange 
their catalogues or other publications, or an equivalent from their duplicate volumes. 

3. To all the colleges in actual operation in this country, provided they furnish, 
in return, meteorological observations, catalogues of their libraries and of their 
students, and all other publications issued by them relative to their organization 
and history. 

4, To all States and Territories, provided there be given, in return, copies of all 
documents published under their authority. 

5. To all incorporated public libraries in this country, not included in either of 
the foregoing classes, now containing more than 7000 volumes; and to smaller 
libraries, where a whole State or large district would be otherwise unsupplied. 


OFFICERS 


OF THE 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION. 


THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES, 


Ex officio PRESIDING OFFICER OF THE INSTITUTION. 


THE VICE-PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES, 


Ex officio SECOND PRESIDING OFFICER. 


ROGER B. TANEY, 


CHANCELLOR OF THE INSTITUTION. 


JOSEPH HENRY, 


SECRETARY OF THE INSTITUTION. 


CHARLES C. JEWETT, 


ASSISTANT SECRETARY, IN CHARGE OF THE LIBRARY. 


SPENCER F. BAIRD, 


ASSISTANT SECRETARY, IN CHARGE OF THE MUSEUM. 
W. W. SEATON, Treasurer. 


JAMES A. PEARCE, ) 
JOSEPH G. TOTTEN, EXrcutivE CoMMITTEE. 
ALEXANDER D. BACHE, Jf 


Rocger B. TANEY, . 
Joun W. Maury, . 
JAMES A. PEARCE, 
JAmeEs M. Mason, 
SrEPHEN A. DouGLas, 
JAMES MEACHAM, . 
Wiiuiam H. Ene isu, 
Davin Stuart, 
Rurvus CHoate, 
GipEoN HAWLEY, . 
Joun M. Berrien, 
RicuArp Russa, 
ALEXANDER D. BAcuE, 


Josern G. Torrrn, 


REGENTS. 


Vice-President of the United States. 
. . Chief-Justice of the United States. 
Mayor of the City of Washington. 


Member of the Senate of the United States. 


ce 66 (74 66 66 ce 


ce v4 ce 14 oe “e 


ce ce 6é co ee ce 


Citizen of Massachusetts. 
“of New York. 
“ of Georgia. 
& 


of Pennsylvania. 


Member of Nat. Inst., Washington. 


66 “ce ee 


MEMBERS EX OFFICIO OF THE INSTITUTION. 


FRANKLIN Piprpce, . . . . . . . President of the United States. 


——  ..... . . Vice-President of the United States. 


Wana di MitReve ra 2). 2 Seenciany of State. 

JAMES GUTHRIE, . = 92. ... . . Secretary of the Treasury. 
JEFFERSON DAVIS, . . . = . -. . Secretary of War. 

JAmMes C. Doppin, . . .. . . . Secretary of the Navy. 

JAMES CAMPBELL, . . . . . . . Postmaster-General. 

Canes CUSHING, . . . . . . . . Attorney-General. 

Rocrr B. Tanny, . . . . . . . Chief-Justice of the United States. 


Cuartes Mason, . . . . . . ~ Commissioner of Patents. 


Joon W. Maury, . .... . . Mayor of the City of Washington. 
? yi J 


HONORARY MEMBERS. 


Ropert Hare, BENJAMIN SILLIMAN, 
Wasuineton Irvine, ALBERT GALLATIN.* 
PARKER CLEAVELAND. 


(* Deceased.) 


a 
e 
' 4 
: 
7 
> | _ 
J] ' ‘ ; 4 
: 4 * a z 
- ns a 4 7 es 
i 
; Pay 
>, P Soe : ; a 4 il 


7 . ain : . 
r Lae Lee 1? vt apae nel hr wore 
‘ wae ye ee eee a age Vet 

| wi q Aer ; : ; : - es e | fist A 


4 ah 


rr i : : , 
» 7 , ‘ Po ray 4 bg ae J f van OA a 
' . i art j ane i 
om >.>: . ) ) ; “a ‘ 


* ‘ - } y ; > A a 0 


Sooke 


i aki eae ae np 
ae ; 


Mi Aep siaenrhalt 


© ape tye ty" sig 
emit ' 


rors | 


ARTICLE I. 


ARTICLE II. 


ARTICLE III. 


ARTICLE IV. 


ARTICLE VY. 


Intropuction. Pp. 16. 


Advertisement . : : : : iil 
List of Officers of the Smithsonian Institution . 5 F : 3 ix 
Table of Contents , i : : ‘ F - ; Xili 


PLANTAE FREMONTIANAE, OR Duscriprions oF Pants Coniecrep By Con. J. C. 
FREMONT, IN CALIFoRNIA. By Jon Torrey, F.L.8. Pp. 24, and ten plates. 


OBSERVATIONS ON THE Batis Maritrma of Linnarvs. By Joun Torrey, F.L.S. 
Pp. 8, and one plate. 


On THE DARLINGTONIA CALIFORNICA, A NEW PitcHeR PLANT, rrom NortuErNn CALt- 
roRNIA. By JouHn Torruy, F.L.S8. Pp. 8, and one plate. 


Synopsis or THE Marine INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN, OR THE REGION ROUND 
THE Bay or Funpy, New Brunswick. By WitttAm Srimpson. Pp. 68, and 
three plates. 


Introduction 5 
Polypi . 7 
Acalephae ; . j : : 6 3 : 8 
Beroid Medusae : ‘ : : : : : : 11 
Hehinodermata . : : : : 5 : : : 12 
Bryozoa 6 : : : : ; : : : iy 
Acephala : : : : 0 : ; 6 : 19 
Gasteropoda : 4 : ; ; SIO ee F, ; 22 
Cephalopoda. ; : : é i ; i } Dil 
Dendrocoela : : ; F ; ; ‘ : 27 
Gephyrea ; j : . : : 0 : : 28 
Annulata : : : 3 : : : f i 29 
Crustacea : ; ; : : : : : : 37 
Alphabetical Index : : 3 : : ; : : 61 
References to the figures f : : : j : : 67 


* Each memoir is separately paged and indexed. 


XiV 


ARTICLE VI. 


ARTICLE VII. 


CONTENTS. 


On tur Wrinps or tur Norrmern Hemispuere. By James H. Corrin, Professor of 


Mathematics and Natural Philosophy, in Lafayette College, Easton, Pennsylvania. 


Pp. 200, and 15 plates. 
Introduction : 
Series A. List of Stations 
Series B. Abstract of Observations 
Serres C. Mean Direction of Winds 
Serres D. Monthly Directions and Deflections . 
Serres E. Force and Velocity of Winds 
Series I’, Effects of Force and Velocity 
Appendix 
List of Plates 


26 
110 
142 
173 
1835 
187 
198 


Tue Ancrent Fauna oF NEBRASKA, OR A DESCRIPTION OF REMAINS OF EXTINCT 


MAMMALIA AND CUELONIA, FROM THE MAuvvatses TerRES or NEBRASKA. 
JosepH Lrrpy, M.D., Professor of Anatomy in the University of Pennsylvania. 


124, and twenty-five plates. 
Preface . 
Introduction 
MAMMALIA. 
Cuaprer I. Descriptions of Ungulata Paridigitata . 
Cuaprer II. Descriptions of Ungulata Uniparidigitata 
Cuaprer ITE. Descriptions of Carnivora 
CHELONIA. 
Cuarter I. Testudo : : : 
Synopsis of Genera and Species of Extinct Mammalia and Chelonia, described 
in this work 
Index ; 
Explanation of the Plates 


APPENDIX. 


By 
Pp. 


uy) 
67 
95 


101 
113 


117 
119 


OccuLTATIONS oF PLANETS AND Stars BY THE MOON, DURING THE YEAR 1853. Com- 


PUTED BY JoHN Downes, at the expense of the fund appropriated by Congress for the 
establishment of a Nautical Almanac, and published by the Smithsonian Institution. 


Pp. 36. 


> 
> 6 Ls 
ae 
LT 
1 
. 
io 
4 
il rr 
} yy 4 : j : ae ‘ 
a | , " ; 
‘ H J j j aS 1 . \ 
he 
al = 
7 
7 
~~ 
mia é 5 
wu R 2 e134 WO 
; at YOWAST 2 2. 100 66 -_ pais’ , a7 ay Es 
-_ at Li 
cy 7 f Py 
* 
= 7 : 
a 
Le —— 4 fre a ' r , 
< ‘.% MM 7 
ait ‘ 
ww a 
- 7: - 
- ® h or a er ee » & 4 gg 
: y yy oe 
7 ic eae omy 
; 3 , isla ‘at 


jeter? @S* eveanyea)) 


SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE. 


PLANTA FREMONTIANE : 


oR, 


DESCRIPTIONS OF PLANTS COLLECTED BY COL. J. C. FREMONT IN 
CALIFORNIA. 


BY 


JOHN TORREY, F.L.S. 


[ACCEPTED FOR PUBLIOATION, SEPTEMBER, 1850.] 


VOL, Y. ART. 1. 


COMMISSION 


TO WHICH THIS PAPER HAS BEEN REFERRED. 


Dr. Wm. DARLINGTON. 


Dr. ASA GRAY. 


JOSEPH HENRY, Secretary S. J. 


R. CRAIGHEAD, PRINTER AND STEREOTYPER, 
53 Vesey Street, N. Y. 


DESCRIPTIONS 


OF 


SOME NEW PLANTS 


COLLEOTED BY 


COLONEL J. C) FREMONT, IN CALIFORNTIA.* 


THE important services rendered to science by that distinguished traveller, 
Colonel Frémont, are known to all who have read the reports of his hazardous 
journeys. He has not only made valuable additions to the geographical knowledge 
of our remote possessions, but has greatly increased our acquaintance with the 
geology and natural history of the regions which he explored. His First Expedition 
was made in the year 1842, and terminated at the Rocky Mountains. He 
examined the celebrated South Pass, and ascended the highest mountain of the 
Wind River Chain, now called Frémont’s Peak. The party moved so rapidly 
(travelling from the frontier of Missouri to the Mountains and returning in the 
short space of four months) that much time could not be given to botany. 
Nevertheless, a collection of 350 species of plants was made, of which I gave an 
account in a Botanical Appendix to his first Report. ‘The Second Expedition of 
Colonel Frémont, that of 1843 and 1844, embraced not only much of the ground 
which he had previously explored, but extensive regions of Oregon and California. 
In this journey, he made large collections in places never before visited by a 
botanist ; but, unfortunately, a great portion of them was lost. In the gorges of 
the Sierra Nevada, a mule loaded with some bales of botanical specimens gathered 
in a thousand miles of travel, fell from a precipice into a deep chasm, from whence 
they could not be recovered. A large part of the remaining collection was 
destroyed, on the return of the Expedition, by the great flood of the Kansas river. 
Some of the new and more interesting plants that were rescued from destruc- 
tion, were published in the Botanical Appendix to Colonel Frémont’s Report of 
his Second Expedition. 


* An Abstract of this memoir was read before the American Association for the Advancement of Science, 
at its meeting held in New Haven, August, 1850, and published in the volume of its Preteedings. 


4 PLANTX FREMONTIAN®. Le 


Very large collections were also made in his Third Expedition in 1845 and the 
two following years; but again, notwithstanding every precaution, some valuable 
packages were destroyed by the numerous and unavoidable mishaps of such a 
hazardous journey. Very few of the new genera and species that were saved 
have as yet been published, excepting several of the Composite, by Dr. Gray, 
in order that the priority of their discovery might be secured for Colonel 
Frémont. There was still another journey to California made by that zealous 
traveller; the disastrous one commenced late in the year 1848. Even in this 
he gleaned a few plants, which, with all his .other botanical collections, he 
kindly placed at my disposal. I had hoped that arrangements would have been 
made by the Government for the publication of a general account of the Botany 
of California; but as there is no immediate prospect of such a work being under- 
taken, I have prepared this memoir on some of the more interesting new genera 
‘discovered by Colonel Frémont. The drawings of the accompanying plates were 
made by Mr. Isaac Sprague, of Cambridge, Massachusetts, who ranks among the 
most eminent botanical draughtsmen of our day. 


SPRAGUEA. Nov. Gen. 


Calyx disepalus, persistens ; sepalis suborbiculatis, basi cordatis, emarginatis, 
membranaceis, patentibus. Corolle petala 4, estivatio imbricata, libera, duobus 
exterioribus sepalis alternantibus, interioribus sepalis oppositis. Stamina 3, 
petalis opposita. Ovarium uniloculare. Ovula 8-10, basilaria. Stylus filiformis, 
apice trifidus; lobis intus stigmatosis. Capsula membranacea, compressa, 
unilocularis, bivalvis. Semina 2-5, lenticulari-compressa, nigra, nitida, estro- 
phiolata.—Herba Californica, perennis, glabra ; caulibus 1-5, scapiformibus, e 
caudice brevi ortis, remote squamosis ; floribus confertis scorpioideo-spicatis ; 
spicis pluribus, aphyllis, umbellatis, terminalibus. 


SPRAGUEA UMBELLATA. Tas. IL 


Hazs.—Forks of the Nozah river, in the foot-hills of the Sierra Nevada of 
Northern California. In flower and fruit, May 22. Other specimens, not ticketed, 
were in the collection, perhaps obtained on the same ground a little earlier in the 
season. 

The root of this remarkable plant is short and tapering, soon dividing into a tuft 
of thick fleshy fibres. The caudex is short and thick, throwing up from its summit 
from one to five or six simple scape-like branches, which are from three inches to 
a span high, and somewhat diverging. All the proper leaves are situated at the 
crown of the caudex, forming a dense rosulate cluster. They are from an inch to 
nearly two inches in length, of a fleshy consistence, obovate-spatulate, with a long 
tapering base, obtuse, and perfectly entire. The scapes are furnished with several 


I. PLANTA FREMONTIANA. 5 


lanceolate distant scales, which are scarious on the margin. Spikes six to twelve in 
a terminal spreading umbel, at first conspicuously scorpioid, and gradually unfolding 
from the base upwards. The peduncles are about half an inch long, and the ovate 
bracts at their base form an imvolucrum. Flowers closely imbricated, on short 
pedicels. The calyx consists of two persistent hyaline sepals, which are right and 
left of the axis; they are nearly orbicular, emarginate, undulate on the margin, 
obscurely veined, and of a pale rose-color, except the broad green midrib. Petals 
four, obovate, rose-color, much shorter than the calyx, two of them nearly oppo- 
site the sepals, the others alternate. with them, gelatinous-colliquescent after 
flowering, as in many other Portulacacez, and in a withered state, remaining 
attached to the summit of the young fruit like an indusium. The stamens are 
constantly but three, and are inserted opposite three of the petals; the fourth 
(belonging to a lateral petal) wanting: filaments longer than the petals: anthers 
ovate, fixed by the middle, two-celled, opening longitudinally. The ovary is 
globose-ovoid, much compressed, one-celled, and contains from eight to ten ovules, 
on conspicuous stalks, which arise from a basilar placenta. Style slender, as 
long as the stamens, undivided ; the stigma minute and three-lobed. Capsule 
membranaceous, much compressed, two-valved; the valves parallel with the 
persistent sepals. Seeds lenticular, black and shining, with a crustaceous testa. 
Embryo hippocrepiform, embracing mealy albumen. 

This remarkable plant undoubtedly belongs to the family of the Portulacacez ; 
and, judging from the description, it seems to be a near ally of the Chilian genus 
Monocosmia of Fenzl. In the latter, however, there is but a single stamen ; the 
ovules are only from two to four in number; the style is very short as well as 
two-cleft, and the habit is different. 

I have dedicated this genus to Mr. Isaac Sprague, of Cambridge, Massachusetts, 
so well known as a botanical draughtsman, and especially for the admirable 
illustrations of the Genera of the Plants of the United States, by himself and 
Dr. Gray. 


FREMONTIA. Nov. Gen. 


Calyx basi tribracteatus, patenti-campanulatus, quinque-partitus, subpetaloideus 
basi foveolatus estivatione quincuncialis. Corolla nulla. Stamina quinque: fila- 
menta vix ad medium monadelpha: anthere oblongo-lineares, biloculares, suban- 
fractuose, extrorse; loculis longitudinaliter dehiscentibus. Ovarium quadri- 
quinque-loculare : ovula in loculis plurima, biseriatim inserta, horizontalia, 
anatropa : stylus filiformis, subincurvus: stigma indivisum, acutiusculum. Capsula* 

* Just as this memoir was sent to press I received from the Rey. Mr. A. Fitch a collection of plants which 
he obtained while acting as a missionary in California. In his extensive travels through that country he 
availed himself of favorable opportunities of collecting botanical specimens, which from time to time he 
placed at my disposal. In the last parcel, which he brought home himself, I was greatly pleased to find 
the Frémontia. I am now able to describe the fruit of this rare plant, but unfortunately the only capsule 


that was received had shed its seeds, the characters of which I have given from the verbal description 
of Mr. Fitch. 


6 PLANT FREMONTIANS. I 


ovata, turgida, plerumque quinquelocularis, loculicide dehiscens, pilis rigidis stellatis 
dense vestita; loculis polyspermis. ‘ Semina ovata, glabra.”—Frutex Californicus, 
stellato-pubescens; foliis alternis cordatis, lobatis; stipulis nullis vel caducis ; 
pedunculis oppositifoliis unifloris ; floribus amplis flavis. ; 


FREMONTIA CALIFORNICA. Tas. IL 


Haxs.—Sources of the Sacramento, in the northern part of the Sierra Nevada 
of California. Also hill-sides, Mariposa county, especially near the gold works 
of the Merced Company ; flowering in May.—Rev. Mr. A. Fitch. 

A beautiful shrub, usually from three to four feet high, but occasionally reaching 
a height of ten feet, and having very much the appearance of an ordinary fig-tree. 
The bark is of a brownish gray color; the wood is hard, and apparently of slow 
growth. Most of the leaves and flowers are produced at the extremity of very 
short lateral branches or spurs. The former are petiolate, roundish in outline, 
from three fourths of an inch to an inch, or sometimes even three inches, in dia- 
meter,* three to seven-lobed; the lobes entire, or crenate-toothed, of a thick (and 
when old of a somewhat coriaceous) texture, green and sparsely stellate-pubescent 
on the upper surface, ferruginous-tomentose underneath; the petioles from four to six 
lines long. Inthe specimens from Mariposa county, the leaves of the young shoots 
are less deeply and more numerously lobed. The peduncles are about as long as 
the petioles, stout, straight or somewhat recurved. Immediately under each 
flower, and closely applied to the calyx, are three small lanceolate bracts. The 
calyx is sulphur-yellow widely campanulate, about an inch and a quarter in 
diameter, deeply five-parted; the segments roundish-obovate, and usually with 
a short abrupt point, or sometimes mucronate. Externally the calyx is sparsely 
stellate-pubescent, and on the inside at the base it is densely villous. 'The stamens 
are equal, shorter than the calyx, and opposite to its segments: the filaments are 
glabrous, the upper half filiform, spreading and distinct; the lower part united into 
a tube which embraces the ovary and nearly conceals it: the anthers are about 
three lines long, extrorse, adnate, tortuous, and incurved at each end. In the bud 
they are four-celled, but only two-celled in the expanded flower; the cells are dis- 
tinct and open longitudinally their whole length. Under the microscope the pollen 
appears triangular-globose and reticulated. The ovary is ovoid, and densely 
clothed with short conical hairs or processes. It is usually five-celled ;f each cell 
containing eight or ten horizontal anatropous ovules: the style is about one third 
longer than the stamens, and gradually tapers towards the summit, where it termi- 
nates ina minute undivided stigma. The capsule is about as large as that of 
Hibiscus Syriacus, and is closely covered with short stiff reddish stellate hairs; a 
portion of the calyx remaining at its base. At maturity it splits loculicidally nearly 


* The plate of Fremontia was engraved and printed before the specimens with larger leaves were 
obtained. 
+ Only four cells are represented in the plate, and no more were found in the flowers first examined. 


Th PLANTA FREMONTIAN2. he 


to the base into five valves. Only two or three seeds ripen in each cell; and 
these are smooth, resembling those of the Ochra. 

This genus is a near ally of the celebrated Cheirostemon of Humboldt, the 
Hand-tree of Mexico. The latter differs, however, in the form and texture of the 
calyx, the lobes of which are deciduous; in the much longer stamineal column and 
secund mucronate free portion of the filaments; in the straight parallel anther- 
cells, and in some other characters of less importance. 

The genus Cheirostemon has long been regarded as an anomalous member of 

the order Bombacee, which by many botanists is reduced to a tribe of Sterculiacee. 
It differs, as does also Frémontia, from the rest of the tribe in the apetalous 
flowers, imbricated calyx, and definite stamens; characters which, in this family, 
‘are of sufficient value to constitute a distinct division, which may be called 
Frimontiem. The genus Ochroma of Swartz, another anomalous Bombacea, 
has some resemblance to Cheirostemon, as Kunth noticed many years ago, espe- 
cially in its five-lobed stamineal crown and in the subimbricated calyx; but in most 
other respects it resembles its congeners. 

Those Bombacee which have the stamineal tube five-cleft at the summit, with 
each segment bearing two anthers, may be regarded as composed of ten stamens, 
the filaments of which are monadelphous below and pentadelphous above; the 
upper portions of the filaments beimg united in pairs, with (usually) one-celled 
anthers. ‘This view may be taken of Fremontia as well as of Cheirostemon. 

In my memoir on Batis, published in the present volume, I have given the reason 
for relinquishing the former genus Frémontia, and my intention of bestowing the 
name on a new plant from California, first detected by the distinguished traveller 
himself, whose valuable services to North American Botany it is thus intended to 
commemorate. 


LIBOCEDRUS. Endl. 


Lisoceprus Endl. Synops. Conif. p. 42; Gen. Pl. Suppl. IV. pars 2, No.. 1794. 
‘THUY species auct. 


LIBOCEDRUS DECURRENS. Tas. IIL. 


L. ramulis compressis subancipitis; foliis late ovatis breviter acuminatis apice 
serrulatis longe decurrentibus, lateralibus carinatis, facialibus planis; strobilis 
ovato-oblongis erectis; squamis infra apicem spina tuberculiformi recurva auctis, 
superioribus multo majoribus ; seminibus bialatis, ala altera maxima. 


Has.—Upper waters of the Sacramento, particularly from lat. 38° 40’ to about 
41° N. lat., where it was also found (without fruit) by the botanists of the United 
States Exploring Expedition, and by Dr. G. W. Hulse. 

A noble tree, sometimes attaining a height of 120 or even 140 feet; and a trunk 
of seven feet in diameter is not uncommon. It rises from 80 to 100 feet without a 


> 
8 PLANT. FREMONTIANZE I. 


limb. The leaves are four-ranked, as usual in this genus, very small, and closely 
imbricated ; their bases prolonged downward and contracted, with strongly-marked 
longitudinal lines where the two exterior overlap the two interior ones, In the 
younger branchlets, the decurrent bases are from two to three times longer than their 
diameter, and in the older ones, about four times longer. None of the leaves are 
acerose. The two interior of each joint are marked on the face with a slight 
depression, beneath which there is often a small obscure gland, although none 
appears externally. ‘The staminiferous aments terminate the branchlets. ‘They are 
ovoid-oblong, and from two to three lines in length. The stamens are from twelve 
to fourteen, four-ranked ; the connective produced into a suborbicular éxcentric- 
ally peltate scale, and bearing on its under surface about four oblong anther-cells, 
which open longitudinally. The seminiferous aments are nearly an inch in length, 
ovate-oblong, and consist of four scales, of which the two exterior are very short, 
the two interior rounded externally, with the flattened septum-lke axis prolonged 
between them, and equalling them in length ; all the scales mucronate with a short 
recurved point below the tip. Beneath each interior scale are two seeds. ‘These 
are furnished with two very unequal wings. 

This tree much resembles Callitris quadrivalvis in its foliage. It has pro- 
bably been confounded by some botanists with Thuya gigantea of Nuttall, from 
which, however, it can be distinguished by the foliage alone; the long decurrent 
bases of the leaves being characteristic of the Libocedrus. Endlicher has 
described three other species of this genus, all of which are natives of South 
America and New Zealand. Our L. decurrens is most nearly related to 
L. Chilensis Endl. (‘Thuya Chilensis Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. 2. p. 199. t. 4.) 


COLEOGYNE. Nov. Gen. 


Calyx basi bibracteolatus, coriaceus, petaloideus, quadrisepalus; sepalis basi 
connatis persistentibus. Corolla nulla. Stamina numerosa ; filamentis ima basi 
disci tubeformi inserta. Ovarium uniovulatum, uniloculare, tuba disci inclusum : 
ovulum hemitropum: stylus lateralis, filiformis, intus longitudinaliter stigmatosus. 
Fructus . . . —Frutex Californicus, ramosissimus, rigidus ; ramulis sepe 
subspinescentibus ; foliis parvulis, oblongis, crassis, oppositis, confertis, brevissime 
petiolatis ; lamina decidua, stipulis cum petiolo minutissimo persistentibus ; floribus 
solitariis, terminalibus, basi bracteis trifidis suffulti. 


COLEOGYNE RAMOSISSIMA. Tas. IV. 


Has. Sources of the Mohave and Virgin Rivers, tributaries of the Colorado of 
the West, in the mountains of Southern California. Flowering in April and May. 
A shrub with the aspect of Krameria, five to six feet high, and clothed with a 
grayish bark; the branches spreading, short, crowded, and mostly opposite. 


I. PLANTH FREMONTIANE: 9 


Leaves crowded toward the summit of short, spur-like branches, which often 
become spiny, appearme fasciculate, but truly opposite. They are oblong, on very 
short pedicles, from five to eight lines long, rather obtuse, tapering at the base, 
very thick and coriaceous, marked with five longitudinal ribs on the upper surface, 
but flattish underneath, clothed with appressed hairs, which are fixed by the middle. 
The stipules are minute and scale-like, partly adherent to the short and persistent 
petiole, from which the lamina of the leaf falls away, their minute points giving 
to the spurs a squarrose appearance. ‘The flowers are about half an inch in 
diameter, terminal, solitary, on short stalks, and are subtended by two (or some- 
times four) trifid bracts which resemble the ordinary leaves, except that the points 
of the stipules are more strongly produced, and the articulated lamina is much 
smaller. ‘The persistent sepals are ovate or obovate, coriaceous, somewhat united 
at the base, obtuse or mucronate at the summit, spreading, one or more of them 
rarely furnished with a single lateral tooth. Externally they are hairy like the 
leaves, but glabrous and yellowish on the inner surface; the two outer are flat, 
the two inner obvolute or half equitant. There are from thirty to forty stamens, 
which are about as long as the calyx: the filaments slender, distinct, except at the 
base, where they are confluent with a singular sheath which encloses the pistil: 
anthers oblong-cordate, introrse, two-celled, opening longitudinally. Pollen very 
minute, obtusely triangular. ‘The sheath arises from the base of the calyx, and is 
about the length of the stamens. It gradually tapers from below upwards, and is 
somewhat five-toothed at the summit. ‘The pistil is solitary and simple; the ovary 
sessile and oblong: style lateral, arising from a little below the middie of the 
ovary, tortuous, exserted, very villous, the upper third compressed, somewhat 
recurved, and stigmatose on one side. Ovule single in all the specimens examined, 
hemitropous on a very short funiculus, which is inserted opposite the origin of the 
style. Ripe fruit unknown: probably an achenium. In a partially mature state 
the seed appeared to be destitute of albumen, and the broad flat cotyledons could 
be distinctly seen. The radicle is erect. 

Tt is difficult to refer this puzzling genus with certainty to any natural order 
hitherto indicated. _Its nearest affinities are doubtless with Rosacee, and with the 
suborder Chrysobalanee ; from which it differs in its opposite leaves, persistent 
stipules, lateral stigma, and solitary ovules, as well as in habit. One undoubted 
genus of this suborder, and three anomaloys genera referred here by most 
botanists, are apetalous. In several others, the filaments are united at the base; 
in two or three there are lateral or interior sterile filaments ; and in Trilepisium 
there is a tube between stamens and pistils, as well as a solitary ovule. The 
sheath or tube may be regarded as belonging to the andreecium either by the 
deduplication of the interior stamens, or as consisting of the monadelphous fila- 
ments of an abortive inner series of stamens. 

Coleogyne also resembles some of the proper Rosacee with solitary carpels ; 
especially those of the Tribe Dryadee, Torr. § Gr. In its elongated lateral 
stigma, it is like Purshia. To Cliffortia, it is allied in its foliage and stipules, as well 
as in other respects. Finally, we are inclined to place this new genus in Rosacee, 
between Chrysobalanee and Dryadew; although it is more nearly related to the 


10 PLANT FREMONTIANA, ‘; 


former than to the latter. The opposite leaves, which are so closely approximated 
that I was not aware of their true arrangement until the engraving of the plant 
was finished, are not found in any other Rosacez, so far as I know. 


EMPLECTOCLADUS, Nov. Gen. 


Calyx obconico-campanulatus ; tubo ad faucem nudo haud contracto; limbo 
equaliter quinquepartito, persistente. Petala 5, erecto-patentia. Stamina 10-13, 
biserialia.  Pistilla 1-2 (plerumque solitaria) unilocularia: ovula 2, collateralia, 
pendula. Stylus brevissimus, crassus, subobliquus: stigma capitatum. Fructus 

. . —Frutex Californicus, ramosissimus; ramis rigidis, patentibus, subspines- 
centibus ; foliis minutis, spathulatis, e gemmis subglobosis quasi fasciculatis ; 
stipulis minutis deciduis ; floribus subsolitariis, sessilibus, terminalibus, parvulis. 


EMPLECTOCLADUS FASCICULATUS. Tas. V. 


Has.—Sierra Nevada of California ; probably in the southern part of the range. 

A shrub, with numerous widely spreading branches, which have a knobbed 
appearance from the short rounded buds or spurs; the bark smooth and of an 
olive color. The leaves are crowded on the spurs, three to four lines long, cuneate- 
spatulate, obtuse, sessile, of a thick and somewhat coriaceous texture, flat, marked 
with a single nerve underneath, sparsely hirsute with mostly deciduous hairs, and 
furnished with minute scarious stipules. The flowers are mostly solitary, surrounded 
by the closely set leaves, and are scarcely more than a fourth of an inch in diameter. 
Externally the calyx is glabrous, but woolly inside; the teeth short and obtuse. 
The petals are apparently white, ovate-oblong, obtuse, about one line and a half 
Jong, and are destitute of a claw. There are usually about eleven stamens, the 
slender filaments of which are inserted in two rows near the summit of the calyx- 
tube, the superior or exterior ones being about as long as the petals: anthers 
subglobose-didymous, introrse ; the cells distinct, opening longitudinally Pollen 
obtusely triangular (as is also the case in Adenostoma and many other Rosacee). 
Pistils usually solitary, but sometimes in pairs, seated at the bottom of the 
calyx, and free from it. ‘The ovary is ovoid, abruptly contracted above into a very 
short and somewhat oblique style, which is terminated by a: depressed-capitate 
stigma. ‘There are two ovules, which are anatropous, and suspended from the 
summit of the cell opposite the style. Nothing is yet known of the ripe fruit. 

The only specimens of this plant brought by Colonel Frémont had unfortunately 
lost their labels, so that we have no certain information as to its precise station, 
and of the size which it attains. Neither, for want of the fruit, can we determine 
its nearest affinities. It is probable, however, that the genus belongs to the Tribe 
Dryadex. In many respects it resembles Adenostoma of that tribe, but it differs 


I. PLANT FREMONTIANE. 11 


in the even calyx without glands* im the throat; in being’ almost destitute of a 
style, as well as in the mode of inflorescence, the form of the ovary, Wc. There 
may also be considerable difference in the fruit, as the appearance of the ovary 
seems to indicate. The generic name is derived from ’EumAextos, entangled, and 
xAddos, a branch. 


CHAM ABATIA, Benth. Plant. Hartw. p. 308.+ 


Calycis tubus turbinato-campanulatus; limbus persistens, laciniis 5 estiva- 
tione valvatis. Petala 5. Stamina numerosa, pluriseriata, ad faucem calycis 
inserta. Ovarium in fundo calycis unicum, erectum, liberum: stylus ex apice ovarii 
erectus, latere interiore fere ad medium fissus et stigmatifer. Ovula 2, erecta, 
anatropa. Achenium siccum, calyce subimclusum. Semen unicum erectum.— 
Frutex Californicus, ramosissimus ; folis tripinnatisectis, segmentis ultimis con- 
fertis numerosissimis ; stipulis lineari-lanceolatis ; floribus cymosis albis. 


CHAM ABATIA FOLIOLOSA, Benth.|.c. Tas. VI. 


Hazs.—Higher parts of the Sierra Nevada, as well as on the sides of the foot- 
hills; in great abundance: Colonel Frémont. Mountains of the Sacramento: 
Mr. Hartweg and Mr. Shelton. 

A shrub, growing from two to three feet high, of agreeable balsamic odor, with 
very smooth bark, and numerous upright branches; the young twigs clothed with 
a glandularly pubescent epidermis, which easily separates. ‘The leaves.are broadly 
ovate in outline, about two inches long, tripinnately dissected ; the ultimate seg- 
ments oval and obtuse, scarcely half a line long, hispidulous-pubescent, each tipped 
with a minute gland. Stipules mimute, adnate to the petiole. The cymes 
are four—five-flowered, and terminate the young shoots: each pedicel is sub- 
tended by a foliaceous bract, which is toothed or pinnatifid, The flowers are 
about three fourths of an inch in diameter. Externally the calyx is glandularly 
pubescent, and the inside of the tube is densely woolly. The petals are white, 
oboyate, emarginate, with a very short claw. There are fifty or more stamens, 
the filaments of which are inserted in several series in the throat of the calyx. 
The pollen is obtusely triangular. The ovary is ovoid; one-celled, with two 


* The so-called glands in the throat of Adenostoma are only lobes of the free margin of the disk. 

+ The plant on which this genus was founded was first discovered by Colonel Frémont, in his second 
expedition, while traversing the Sierra Nevada and other parts of California, early in the year 1844, as 
well as in his third expedition. His specimens were too imperfect for description. It was afterwards found 
in good condition, but without mature fruit, by the well known and zealous botanical collector, Mr. Hart- 
wea. Mr. Bentham kindly offered me the privilege of describing this fine new genus, but I thought the 
right fairly belonged to him, as he first determined its character and affinities. I have but little to add to 
the accurate description which he has given of it in his Plante Hartwegiane. 


12 PLANTZ FREMONTIAN. Ik 


collateral and erect ovules, which arise from the base of the cell: style as long 
as the stamens, nearly straight, and with a longitudinal stigmatose fissure or groove 
on the inside (as in Cercocarpus). Achenium oblong, compressed, almost wholly 
enclosed in the persistent and membranaceous calyx, apiculate with the base of 
the style. ‘The seed is erect, with amygdaloid cotyledons, and a short inferior 
radicle. 

The foliage of this plant is so different from that of most other Rosacee, that 
it was at first sight taken for a Mimosa or Acacia. It clearly belongs to the sub- 
tribe Cercocarpee, Torr. g Gr.,* although it differs in its valvate calyx. The 
estivation of Cercocarpus is difficult to determine, as the calyx is open in the very 
young flower-bud, and the teeth are very short; it seems, however, to be imbri- 
cated. The characters of the subtribe Eudryadee must be altered, for the calyx 
in Cowania (described by Don, Endlicher, and Zuccarini as valvate) is certainly 
imbricate in all the species. Dr. Englemann noticed this character in his genus 
Greggiat (which is Cowania plicata, Don, and C. purpurea, Zucc.){ There will be 
nothing therefore to distinguish the subtribes, as they now stand, but the number 
of ovaries in the flower, which being a character of no great importance, they 
may be united; and then Cowania will stand next to Purshia, to which it is very 
nearly allied in habit. 


CARPENTERIA, Nov. Gen. 


Calycis tubo late hemispherico, basi ovarii adnato; limbo 5-6—(rarius 7—) par- 
tito, laciniis valvatis persistentibus. Petala 5-6, orbiculari-obovata, «stivatione 
conyoluta. Stamina numerosa: filamenta filiformia. Styli in unicum coadunati, 
brevi: stigmata 5-7, lineari-oblonga, distincta. Capsula (nisi basi) libera, 5-7, 
locularis, loculicide dehiscens: placente subglobosz, intra loculos projecte, poly- 
sperme. Semina divergentia, oblonga; testa utrinque laxa, reticulata, ad hilum 
crenata—Frutex Californicus ; foliis oppositis integerrimis ; floribus magnis, albis, 
in cymis racemosis,simplicibus terminalibus dispositis. 


CARPENTERIA CALIFORNICA. Tas. VIL. 


Has.—Sierra Nevada of California, probably on the head waters of the San 
Joachin. 
A shrub, with upright dichotomous branches, and a lcose grayish bark, which 


* Flora of North America, 1. p. 426. 

+ Bot. Append. to Wislizenus’s Tour in Northern Mexico, p. 114. 

{ A remarkable new species of Cowania, with entire linear leaves (C. ericefolia, Zorr.), has very 
recently been found on the Rio Grande, by Dr. Parry of the Mexican Boundary Commission. It will be 
described in the appendix to the second part of Dr. Gray’s Plante Wrightianz, now in press, and soon to 
be published. 


I. PLANT FREMONTIAN&. Jig} 


is disposed to separate in plates. Leaves from two to three inches long, 
elliptical-oblong, gradually tapermg at the base~into a petiole, the margins (when 
dry) narrowly revolute, glabrous above, densely and minutely tomentose under- 
neath, and with scattered appressed hairs. These hairs are muricate-scabrous, 
as in Philadelphus, Decumaria, Deutzia, and Jamesia. Stipules wanting. ‘The 
cyme is on a long straight peduncle, and is from five to seven-flowered. The 
pedicels are from an inch and a half to two inches and a half in length. They 
are furnished at the base with oblong foliaceous bracts, which resemble the leaves, 
but are smaller; and about half an inch below the flower, there is a pair of 
subulate bracteoles. The (fructiferous) calyx is very obtuse and almost truncate 
at the base, tomentose externally, with the segments ovate, acute, entire, and 
spreading. The petals are white, about three fourths of an inch long, nearly 
orbicular, and alternate with the segments of the calyx. There are fifty or more 
stamens, which are imserted with the petals at the base of the free portion of the 
calyx: the filaments are slender, shorter than the petals, glabrous, and furnished 
with subglobose, two-celled, didymous anthers, which open longitudinally. The 
pollen is subglobose and simple. The ovary was destroyed by insects in the 
- withered flowers that were found with the specimens. The styles are combined, 
and the eblong stigmas are free. Capsule broadly ovoid-conical, crowned with the 
united styles; the thin exocarp finally separating from the coriaceous endocarp, 
and persistent at the base, so as to resemble accessory valves. The endocarp 
opens longitudinally on the back. ‘The placente are large, subglobose from a 
narrow base, projecting into the cavity of the cells, and covered with very 
numerous seeds, which radiate in all directions. The seeds are oblong, anatro- 
pous ; the reticulated testa a little produced at each end, but not enough to form a 
wing, crenate at the hilar extremity. Nucleus oblong, nearly as long as the seed. 
The embryo is im the axis of fleshy albumen, which it nearly equals in length; 
with ovate plano-convex cotyledons, and a cylindrical thick radicle. 

The only specimens of this plant brought home by Colonel Frémont, were in 
fruit; but I found attached to them a few withered and imperfect flowers. These 
materials, however, were sufficient to show the essential characters of nearly all 
the organs. The genus is very near Philadelphus: which differs, however, in the 
usually tetramerous flowers, in the calyx adhering to the greater part of the ovary 
and fruit, in the form of the placenta, and in the seeds being strongly imbricated 
and pendulous, as well as fimbriate at the hilum. In very old fruit of Philadel- 
phus, especially after it has been exposed to the action of frost, the exocarp sepa- 
rates as in this genus, but not in such regular valves. The same character exists 
also in Decumaria. 

This genus is named in memory of my excellent departed friend, the late 
Professor Carpenter of Louisiana, who for many years laboriously and success- 
fully investigated the Botany of his native State, but who was suddenly arrested 
in his career, while preparing an account of his researches. 


14 PLANTA FREMONTIANS. Fr. 


HYMENOCLEA, Torr. & Gray. 


Hymenociea, Torr. & Gray, in Emory. Rep. p. 143 (sine char.) ; Gray, Pl. 
Fendl. p. 79. 


Capitula monoica, homogama, glomerato-spicata. Mas. Involucrum Franserie, 
5-6—lobum, 15-20—florum. Receptaculum parvum, paleis scariosis unguiculatis 
obovato-dilatatis vel spathulatis onustum. Corolla cyathiformis, qumquedentata. 
Anthere conniventes, vix connate, appendicula deltoidea inflexa superate. Stylus 
apice radiato-pencillatus. Frm. Involucrum fructiferum oboyvoideum seu fusi- 
formi-clavatum, coriaceum, clausum, uniloculare, apice in rostrum tubiforme 
superne scariosum pervium desinens, extus squamis 9-12 magnis scariosis persis- 
tentibus, aut spiraliter imbricatis, aut univerticillatis, msigniter alatum.—Frutices 
Neo-Mexicani, Texani, et Californici, in aridis salinis vigentes, ramosissimi, 
glabrati, foliosi; folis alternis filiformibus, inferioribus  pinnato-triquinque- 
partitis, summis integerrimis ; capitulis axillaribus et terminalibus—Gray, PI. 
Fendl. l. c. 


HYMENOCLEA SALSOLA, Torr. & Gray, |.c. Tas. VIII. 


H. involucro fructifero strobiliformi squamas a basi ad apicem spiraliter dispo- 
sitas suborbiculares undique gerente. 


Hazs.—Sandy saline uplands, near the Mohave River, Southern California ; 
flowering in August. 

This singular plant, looking, when in fruit, so much like one of the Chenopo- 
diacee, is a stout shrub, attaining the height of about two feet, with numerous 
branches which are invested with a loose and pale bark. The leaves are mostly 
entire, from one to two inches long, and scarcely a line wide, semiterete (when dry), 
paler, and somewhat hoary underneath. Only the lower ones are from three to 
five parted. In the axils of the leaves, along the upper branches are clustered the 
sessile little heads of flowers. The staminate heads are hemispherical, and consist 
of a somewhat hairy involucre of five obtuse, undulate or crenate lobes, enclosing 
from fifteen to twenty minute flowers, which contain not even the rudiment of an 
ovary. The corolla is glabrous and five-lobed. The chaff, which is nearly as 
long as the corolla, is obovate or oblong, with a long and narrow claw. Although 
destitute of an ovary, the flower contains a slender filiform style, which at length 
projects through the included tube of anthers, and is furnished with a capitate 
pencillate stigma. The fructiferous involucre is the most conspicuous part of the 
plant. .It is about one third of an inch in diameter, of an obovoid form, and is 


i PLANTA PREMONTIANE. 15 


surrounded, in a spiral manner, with usually about ten broad spreading winglike 
scales of a silvery color. The scales are thickened and indurated at the base. 
The achenium is of a dark purple color, and is completely enclosed in the coria- 
ceous body of the involucre. It is tipped with the long and persistent style, 
which is much exserted through the tubular rostrum. 

The only specimens of this plant which I have ever seen, were collected by 
Colonel Frémont, in the place above mentioned. Afterwards another species of 
the same genus was discovered by Major Emory on the Gila River, and is briefly 
noticed in the Botanical Appendix to his Report, under the name of H. monogyra, 
Torr. § Gray. ‘The same plant has since been found in California by Colonel 
Frémont; at Ojito, m New Mexico, by the late Dr. Gregg; and in Texas by Mr. 
Charles Wright. It is described by Dr. Gray, in his Plante Fendleriane, p. 79. 
In my specimens of H. monogyra from the Gila, the scales in several of the fruc- 
tiferous involucra are broad, and not contracted at the base. The sterile heads 
are rather smaller than in H. Salsola, and the chaff is spatulate. 

This genus is very nearly allied to Franseria, but differs in the remarkable wing- 
like scales of the fructiferous involucre, as well as in habit. Perhaps the fol- 
lowing interesting plant, found by Colonel Frémont on his return from California 
in 1849, may unite Franseria and Hymenoclea. 


FRANSERIA. 


FRANSERIA DELTOIDEA (sp. noy.): caule erecto suffruticoso glabriusculo ; foliis 
deltoideis indivisis eroso-denticulatis subtus dealbatis; involucris foemineis subglo- 
‘ bosis bilocellatis bifloris; squamis lanceolatis breviter spinescentibus, margine 
submembranaceis, exterioribus latioribus. 


Haxz.—On the Gila River, Southern California : collected by Colonel Frémont, in 
returning from his fourth journey. Found also by Dr. C. C. Parry, on the same river. 

Stem apparently suffrutescent, with slender angular branches, which are clothed 
with a deciduous pubescence. The leaves are deltoid, or deltoid-ovate, scarcely 
an inch long, obtuse or subcordate at the base, irregularly erose-toothed, 
tomentose on both sides, almost white underneath, except the reticulated veins. 
The heads are not larger than a small pea, and are disposed in racemose spikes, 
which are about two inches long. ‘The sterile ones are pedicellate, with the 
involucre pubescent, 5-6-toothed, and about fifteen-flowered. Corolla of the 
sterile flowers tubular-infundibuliform and glabrous; the bracteole or chaff at its 
base broadly ligulate. ‘The fertile involucre is sessile; the base surrounded with 
imbricated broadly ovate membranaceous mucronate bracts, which are crenulate 
on the margin; scales numerous, membranaceous on the margin, terminating in a 
sharp stout scabrous spine, which is often a little curved or uncinate at the tip. 
Styles filiform and obtuse. 


* Journ. of the Acad. Se. Philad. n. ser, vol. 1. p. 172. 


16 PLANTA FREMONTIANE. K 


A remarkable species, partaking of the character both of Hymenoclea and 
Franseria. There is a transition from the broad and somewhat membranaceous 
bracts at the base of the fertile head, to the lower scales of the -involucre, and 
from these, with a broad base and spiny top, to the narrow prickles that occur in 
many species of Franseria. 

A genuine and apparently new species of the latter genus occurs among the 
plants collected in California by Colonel Frémont. It belongs to the section 
Centrolena of De Candolle, and may be thus characterized. 


FRANSERIA ALBICAULIS: frutescens, incano-pubescens ; foliis bipinnatifidis, 
laciniis oblongis vel lineari-oblongis obtusis integris vel pauci-dentatis ; capitulis 
dense spicato-racemosis ; involucro masculo 8-dentato, fructifero biloculari acu- 


leis lanceolato-subulatis rigidis incurvis armato. 


Has.—Southern California, probably on the Gila: Colonel Frémont. It was 
also found, without flower or fruit, by Major Emory, on the sandhills of the Gila; 
and is the plant referred to in my botanical appendix to his Report, as an 
apparently new species of Ambrosia. 

A shrub with numerous branches, which are clothed with a short whitish 
pubescence. The leaves are about an inch long, grayish pubescent on both sides, 
and pinnately or bipinnately divided; the narrow ultimate segments being from one 
to three lines in length. ‘The heads are about the size of a small pea, and are 
disposed in close leafless spiked racemes. Some of the racemes are wholly 
staminate ; others have fertile heads intermixed. Sterile heads on short pedicels, 
with the involucre obtusely 7-8-toothed. The chaff is filiform and bearded. — 
Corolla five-toothed. The fructiferous involucres are globose, and thickly covered 
with rather rigid, compressed, curved prickles, which are slightly roughened, and 
about as long as the semidiameter of the involucre. 

This species is near F, dumosa Gray, described in my Botanical Appendix to 
Frémont’s Second Report; but it differs in the more divided leaves, and in the 
rigid, nearly glabrous, curved, and larger scales of the involucre. 


AMPHIPAPPUS, Torr. & Gray. 


Capitulum plerumque sexflorum, heterogamum ; nempe flore radii unico ligulato, 
femineo, fertili, et floribus disci quinque, tubulosis, hermaphroditis, sed sterilibus. 
Involucrum obovoideum, squamis septem ad novem, subequalibus, concavis, 
subcarinatis, appresso-imbricatis. Receptaculum angustum, subalveolatum. Ligula 
brevis, obovata, discum vix superans: corolla disci e tubo gracili infundibuliformis, 
limbo profunde quinquefido. Styli rami breves Linosyridis ; appendiculo ovato- 
deltoideo superati. Achenium radii oblongum, compressum, villosum, pappo 


I. PLANTA) FREMONTIANA. 17 


uniseriali paleaceo (c squamellis pluribus setaceis varie modo concretis) achenio 
dimidio breviore superatum. Achenia disci infertilia, turbinata, pappo piloso 
uniseriali elongato instructa ; setis rigidulis, tortuosis, denticulatis, valde inequa- 
libus, interdum subramosis.——Frutex Californicus, ramosissimus; foliis alternis, 
brevibus, obovato-spathulatis, integerrimis, subsessilibus ; capitulis dense corym- 
bosis ; floribus aureis.* 

* Amphipappus, Torr. & Gray, in Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 5. p. 4. 


AMPHIPAPPUS FREMONTII, Torr. & Gray, lc. ‘Tas. TX. 


Haxs.—lInterior of California, in the mountains between 35° and 36° of North 


latitude ; particularly on the Mohave River and other tributaries of the Colorado : 
flowering in April. 

A smoothish shrub, growing about a foot and a half high, with numerous slender, 
whitish, corymbose branches. ‘The leaves are from half an inch to three fourths 
of an inch long, nearly glabrous, of a rather thick texture, mucronate at the tip, and 
tapering at the base imto a short petiole. The flowers are yellow, in numerous 
heads, which are three or four lines long, in clusters of from three to five each, 
and disposed in somewhat naked corymbs. ‘The involucres are nearly glabrous ; 
and the oblong obtuse scales are of a pale straw color. There is but a solitary 
ray-flower, the ligule of which is obovate, entire, and about one third as long as 
the involucre. Its achenium is villous, and crowned with a paleaceous pappus of 
five or six scales, which are deeply cut into several unequal subulate segments, or 
rather consist of bristles variously united. ‘The disk flowers are usually five in num- 
ber, infundibuliform, with a slender tube, 5-cleft ; the segments revolute. Stamens 
at length exserted; the anthers furnished with a subulate appendage at the tp. 
The achenia of the disk are apparently always infertile, though containing a large 
and well formed ovule. ‘They are crowned with a setose pappus which is nearly 
as long as the corolla. Its bristles are usually very tortuous, and sometimes forked 
or rather united in pairs, at the base. 

This rare Composita belongs to the subtribe Asterines of the tribe Asteree, and 
to the division Chrysocomez. It resembles in many respects Solidago, parti- 
cularly the sections Euthamia and Chrysoma of that genus, from which it differs 
in the involucre and in the dimorphous pappus. In its involucre and general habit 
it more nearly resembles Guttierrezia, and might be referred to that genus were it 
not for the truly pilose or setose pappus of the disk-flowers. 


SARCODES, Nov. Gen. 


Calyx quinquesepalus, marcescens ; sepalis concavis, basi vix gibbosis. Corolla 
campanulata, persistens, quinquelobata ; lobis ovatis, erectis. Stamina 10, hypo- 


gyna: filamenta subulato-filiformia: anthere oblonge, biloculares, didyme, fere 
3 


18 PLANTE FREMONTIAN. I. 


ad basim introrsum affixe ; loculis sacculeformibus, apice oblique truncatis, fora- 
mine amplo hiantibus. Ovarium hemisphericum, quinquelobatum, quinqueloculare ; 
loculis multiovulatis. Ovula horizontalia, anatropa. Stylus elongato-columnaris: 
stigma capitatum, subquinquelobum. Discus nullus. Capsula depresso-globosa, 
subquinqueloba, quinquelocularis. Semina numerosissima, ovata, aptera; testa 
reticulata. Embryo in basi albuminis, minutissimus, indivisus—Herba Californica, 
carnosa, rubra ; caule simplici, squamis carnosis vestito, in spicam conferte 
bracteatam desinens ; floribus pedicellatis. 


SARCODES SANGUINEA, Tas. X. 


Haz.—Valley of the Sacramento; the precise locality not recorded, but 
probably on the Yuba River. 

A very interesting plant, belonging to the small group of Monotropee. It is of 
a fleshy texture and blood-red color. The stems are apparently clustered, and 
spring from a thick coralloid root. They are from six to ten inches high, perfectly 
simple, and clothed with long erect scales, which are broader below, and gradually 
become narrower above, where they pass into bracts. ‘The lowest scales are 
broadly ovate and clasping, very thick, and of a firmer texture than the others: 
upper ones an inch or two inches long, and two or three lines wide, rather obtuse, 
ciliate on the margin. The flowers are numerous (from 30 to 50), about as large 
as in Hypopithys lanuginosa, and occupy the upper half of the stem, each sub- 
tended and partly concealed by a long bract. All of them are decandrous. 
Peduncles of the lower flowers are nearly an inch long; of the upper flowers 
much shorter. ‘The calyx is composed of five appressed, oblong, obtuse, glandularly 
pubescent sepals, which are imbricated in estivation. The corolla is about one 
third larger than the calyx, monopetalous, obtusely five-lobed, without gibbosities 
at the base, and glabrous. The stamens are hardly more than half the length of 
the corolla, and arise from its base: the glabrous filaments are somewhat flattened. 
The anthers are attached to the filament by the back towards the base. They 
are about two lines long, and consist of two oblong, tubular, saccate cells, which in 
the bud are erect,* and almost or quite divided into two loculi. Each cell is 
obliquely truncated at the apex, where it opens by a large hole. The pollen is 
simple, very minute, and somewhat hemispherical. The ovary is distinctly five- 
lobed, and with as many cells, into which protrude the large placente, covered with 
innumerable oblong anatropous ovules. The style is erect, stout, about the length 


* The anthers of Schweinitzia, while in the flower-bud, are singularly turned to one side at a right 
angle, so that one cell stands directly over the other. Even in the expanded flower, they do not 
become perfectly erect. My friend, Dr. Gray, in his admirable description of this genus (Chloris 
Bor.-Amer. p. 17), gives me credit for adopting, in my Flora of the Northern and Middle States, 
published in 1824, the true view of the position of the anthers of Pyrola. It was in the Flora of 
New York (1843) that I corrected the error: in the former work the prevailing view was given. 


I. PLANTA FREMONTIAN. 19 


of the filaments, and terminates in a capitate, slightly five-lobed stigma. The 
capsule is similar in form to the ovary, only larger. It is of a chartaceous texture, 
and apparently opens by chinks at the margin of the valves, which do not separate 
from the axis. Seeds covering the large two-lobed placente, ovoid, obtuse at the 
base; the reticulated testa covering closely the nucleus, except at the apex, where 
it is produced into a short, conical, oblique appendage. The embryo is exceedingly 
minute, obovoid, undivided, and situated near the base of fleshy and oily albumen, 
with the radicle pointing to the hilum. 

This genus is intermediate between Hypopithys and Schweinitzia. Like the 
former, it has a long style; but it differs from it in the gamopetalous corolla, the 
two-celled biporose anthers, close testa, é&c. Schweinitzia, which has a similar 
corolla, differs in its short thick style, and in the form as well as the insertion 
of the anthers. 

There can be no doubt respecting the position of the embryo in this genus and 
in Pterospora. After much patient dissection, I have obtained it repeatedly in 
both genera. ‘The ripe seeds of Monotropa and Hypopithys I have not examined, 
but they have anatropous ovules, and therefore the radicle must be next the hilum. 
Lindley and De Candolle, however, state that the embryo is situated at the apex 
of the albumen; but this I am convinced is a mistake. As, therefore, all the 
genera of this group but one have two-celled anthers, there would seem to be 
nothing to distinguish Monotropee from Pyrolew, except the parasitic habit, the 
want of verdure, and the erect position of the anthers in the flower bud. There 
is, however, a leafless species of Pyrola which serves as a connecting link between 
them ; and I have already alluded to the half turning of the anthers in the 
unexpanded flowers of Schweinitzia. In comparing these groups, there is still 
another character which, I believe, has been hitherto overlooked. Some years 
ago,* I remarked that the pollen in all the Ericacee that I had examined was 
compound, consisting of three or four united spherules, as in Epacridacee. At 
that time, I had only looked at the pollen of the Ericee proper, and the Vaccinez. 
Afterwards, I found that, in Monotropee, the pollen is simple ; while, in Pyrolee, 
it is compound, consisting usually of three united grains; but these are not so 
easily observed as in the suborders Just noticed. 

The genus Galax, which was first referred to Ericaceee by Michaux,} and after- 
wards to a separate tribe of Pyrolacee by De Candolle, ought, perhaps, to be the 
type of an order, or at least of a suborder. It is remarkable for its monadelphous 
stamens and truly one-celled anthers. From genuine Pyrolez it differs besides in 
its simple pollen, wingless seeds, and cylindrical, axile, divided embryo. According 
to Sir J. E. Smith,{ it was referred by Mr. Dryander to Saxifragacee ; and the 
late Prof. D. Don placed it in his heterogeneous order Galacinew, which was 
characterized so as to include Francoa. 

Endlicher enumerates among Pyrolez the little known genus Shortia,§ although 
Dr. Gray gives no opinion of its affinities, merely observing, that it has the habit 


* Flora of the State of New York, i. p. 229. + Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. p. 48. 
{ Grammar of Botany, p. 164. § Gray in Sill. Amer. Jour. 42, p. 48. 


20 PLANT FREMONTIANZ. rt 


of Pyrola and the foliage of Galavy. It seems to be more nearly related to the 
latter than to the former. Until, however, the flowers of this plant (of which only 
a single specimen, in fruit, is extant) are obtained, it will be impossible to 
determine its place in the system with certainty. 

Of the five genera and seven species that constitute the suborder Monotropee, 
so far as at present known, four of the genera and five of the species are peculiar 
to North America. 

Several of the species have a very wide range, both in latitude and longitude. 
Monotropa uniflora* occurs from Canada to Florida, and from the Atlantic to the 
Pacific coasts. On the western side of the continent it seems to be confined to 
Oregon. Hypopithys lanuginosa is spread almost as widely. H. mul iflora, f it 
be really indigenous to North America, has not been found within the limits of 
the United States. The rare Schweinitzia is a somewhat southern genus, never 
having been observed in a higher latitude than Baltimore ; while Pterospora is 
exclusively northern, the State of New York being its limit to the south, although 
it has been found as far west as the Cascade Mountains of Oregon. Sarcodes is 
wholly a Californian genus. 


* Monotropa Morisoniana is certainly nothing but M, uniflora, in which the flower is always erect 
after fertilization. 


Fic. 


Fic. 


OO TH Po po 


SOO hse al eae CO ome 


EXPLANATIONS OF THE PLATES, 


Prare I. SPRAGUEA UMBELLATA, Pace 4. 


Plan of the flower. 

A flower, magnified. 

One of the sepals, magnified. 

A petal, more magnified. 

A stamen, seen in front, magnified. : 

The pistil, showing a longitudinal section of the ovary, more magnified. 
A ripe dehiscent capsule, with the persistent sepals, equally magnified. 
A seed, highly magnified. 

Longitudinal section of the same. 


Prare IL FREMONTIA CALIFORNICA, pace 6. 


Plan of the flower. The ovary should have been represented as 5-celled. 

The andreecium, magnified. 

An anther, with the free portion of its filament magnified ; front view. 

The same; side view. 

Transverse section of an anther, showing the two loculi of each cell. 

Pistil, considerably magnifie 1. 

Longitudinal section of a flower, only part of the calyx remaining, equally magnified. 
An ovule, more highly magnified. 

One of the stellate hairs, highly magnified. 


22 EXPLANATIONS OF THE PLATES. 


Piare Ill. LIBOCEDRUS DECURRENS, pace 7. 


Fig. 1. A branch bearing male aments, of the natural size. 


2. Portion of the same, magnified. 

3. A branch bearing mature fertile aments, of the natural size. 
4, An anther, seen from the inside, magnified. 

5. The same seen from the outside. 

6. A mature cone, of the natural size. 

7. A seed, slightly magnified. 

8. Vertical section of the same, more magnified. 

9. The embryo separated, and still more magnified. 


Pirate IV. COLEOGYNE RAMOSISSIMA, page 8. 


Fic. 1. Plan of the flower. 
2. A flower-bud, magnified. 
3. A bract, equally magnified. 
4, An expanded flower, moderately magnifi2d. 
5. A stamen, front view, more magnified. 
6. The same, seen from behind. 
7. A flower laid open longitudinally, magnified. 
8. The pistil, equally magnified. 
9. <A leaf, magnified. 
10. One of the centrally fixed hairs. 


Pirate V. EMPLECTOCLADUS FASCICULATUS, pace 10. 


Fic. A flower, on its short branch or spur, magnified. 
The same laid open, and more magnified. 

A petal, magnified. 

A stamen, back view, equally magnified. 

Front, view of the same. 

A grain of pollen, highly magnified. 

Pistil, moderately magnified. 

Longitudinal section of the same. 

An ovule, more magnified, 


Serer Peyp 


I. 


EXPLANATIONS OF THE PLATES. 25 


Pratt VI. CHAMABATIA FOLIOLOSA, pager 11. 


Fie. 1. 


A flower, magnified. 

The same laid open longitudinally, more magnified. 

A stamen, front view, more magnified. 

The same, back view. 

The fruit enclosed in the calyx, magnified. 

Longitudinal section of the same, somewhat more magnified. 


Poate VII. CARPENTERIA CALIFORNICA. Tas. VIL, pace 13. 


Fie. 


Pe tp 


SOR COn 


10. 


A petal of the natural size. 

Front view of a stamen. 

Back view of the same. 

A capsule, with the persistent calyx, showing the manner in which the 
exocarp separates : slightly magnified. 

Longitudinal section of a capsule, exposing one of the placenta, more 
magnified. 

Transverse section of the same. The notches in the margin indicate 
the lines of dehiscence of the exocarp. 

A separate cell, or carpel, after the removal of the exocarp. 

A seed, highly magnified. 

Longitudinal section of the same, equally magnified. 

Embryo, still more highly magnified. 


Prate VIII. HYMENOCLEA SALSOLA, PAGE 14. 


icles 
Oe 


Gt A aS oes 


(ga) 


10. 


A staminate head, moderately magnified. 

The involucre of the same, with a single staminate flower, and the chaff 
at its base. 

A staminate flower laid open. 

One of the stamens, considerably magnified. 

Style and stigma of the sterile flower. 

Fructiferous involucre, magnified four or five times. 

The same, cut open longitudinally, showing the enclosed achenium and 
the seed. 

Transverse section of the fructiferous involucre. 

An achenium, with its persistent styles. 

The embryo. 


Fic. 


Fie. 


EXPLANATIONS OF THE PLATES. I. 


Prats IX. AMPHIPAPPUS FREMONTII, pace 17. 


A head of flowers, magnified. 

The ray-flower, more magnified. 

Pappus of the same, laid open, highly magnified. 
A disk-flower, moderately magnified. 

Pappus of the same, highly magnified. 

Branches of the style, showing the stigmatic lines. 


a 


Pirate X. SARCODES SANGUINEA, Paes 18. 


Plan of the flower. 

A flower, moderately magnified. 

Front view of a stamen. 

The same, seen from the inside; the anther cut transversely to exhibit 
its two cells: both more magnified than fig. 1. 

Vertical section of a magnified flower, showing all the organs in their 
relative situations. 

The pistil, with one of the stamens, magnified. 

Transverse section of the ovary. 

An ovule, highly magnified. 

A ripe seed, more magnified. 

Vertical section of the same. 

The embryo detached, very highly magnified. 


a 


2 


SS 


eae ed 


— 


PL 1 


Bagravedt by Crestele 


SPRACUBA UMBELLATA. 


PL, I 


We 


re 


NIG 


i 


Ag 


O 


CALIF 


1 
Si 


( 


MONTIA 


=f 
ti 


fet IeUe 


= 
= 
Ay 


Lith. of Brdico tt & 0M: 


LIBOCEDRUS DHECURRENS. 


"by SJ. Prestae 


ing 


Sprague del 


Ply, WW 


Engraved by J Prestece: 


RAMOSISSIMA 


= 
Cy 


YNE 


( 


COLEOG 


( 


7s Ay sly Sy y)a\ be 
aeerss Come! 2 — Vaze Ns 
aS 


MELE CVOCLADUS WAS ICICWILAW US. 


PL. VI 


BES WES 
aS LeSeaneN ey = 
coe ae 
ah we aR SO GES 
| REC) ERTARN Cases 
= ah Q y @ See 


L 
Lith of W2* Ynaucottd CON, York 


Grgraved by TPT 


CHAMABATIA FOLIOLOSA 


Ph, Vil 


Lingraved ty J Prestece. Luo We Braco & 6° Work, 


CARE ENT aRTA CA TEOR NCA: 


HYMENOCL BA 


SALSOLA 


PL. V 


> IP by, IDX 


Lith. of WE nducote & CON York. 


-E, grave by SJ Prestete: 


AMPHIPAPPUS - FREMONTIL 


oe 


Eragraved by] Prestele., 


Lith of WEG nalicott ECON Sas: 


SARCODES SANGUINEA. 


" =" ee a 


's 4 


SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE. 


OBSERVATIONS 


ON THE 


Pee Mea TT TI MOA 


OF LINNAUS. 


BY 


JOHN TORREY, F. Las. 


COMMISSION 


TO WHICH THIS PAPER HAS BEEN REFERRED, 


Pror. A. Gray. 


JoHN Carey, Esa. 


JOSEPH HENRY, Secretary S. I. 


OBSERVATIONS 


ON THE 


PATS A RP Mee en Na US: 


TNE Aj CO) Tat IN) MAU ©) 2a A ID eae ho Se 


Tue Batis maritima is a common maritime shrubby plant of the West India 
Islands and the neighboring parts of the continent; but it is surprising that no 
correct description of its flowers and fruit has hitherto been published, nor has 
its place in the Natural system been satisfactorily determined. Lindley says, “that 
British botanists should be ignorant of the structure of one of the commonest 
plants in one of the oldest colonies is certainly a thing not to be proud of.”* 

The plant appears to have been first noticed, more than one hundred and fifty 
years ago, by Sloane, in his Catalogue of the Plants of Jamaica,f and afterwards 
in his history of that island,t under the name of Kali fruticosum coniferum, flore 
albo. He gives no description of the plant, except what is contained in this phrase, 
and merely adds one or two observations respecting its uses. 

In 1756, P. Browne, in his Civil and Natural History of Jamaica,§ first gave 
this plant its present generic name; and his description is very good, considering 
the time when it was published. 

Linneus briefly characterized the genus in the second edition of his Species 
Plantarum (1763),|| but he gave no additional information respecting it, and seems 
to have drawn his description entirely from Browne. The only habitat that he 
records is Jamaica. 

In the Stirpium Americanarum Historia of Jacquin, published in 1763, is a 
good description (except of the male flowers and the fruit), with a rude figure of 
the plant. There is another figure of it in the Plant. Amer. Pict.,** of the same 
author, a scarce work, without date, which I have never been able to find. It 
seems to be a later edition of the Historia, with more numerous and colored plates. 


* Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. 4, p.1. + Page 50 (1696). { I. p. 144 (1707). 
§ History of Jamaica, i. p. 356. | P. 1451. @ P. 261, t. 40, f. 4. 
** P, 246. 


4 BATIS MARITIMA. 


The small volume of Jacquin, entitled Selectarum Stirpium Americanarum 
Historia, published in 1788, contains only the text of the larger work of 1763, with 
references to the colored plates. The description of Batis is not altered. 

Lamark’s figure of Batis* seems to be a copy of Jacquin’s, already cited. 

Swartz, in his Observationes Botanice (1781), gives a detailed character of the 
plant, which is, in some respects, more accurate than that of Jacquin ; but he, too, 
has overlooked the petals; and the fertile flowers as well as the fruit are imper- 
fectly described. 

Jussieu, in his Genera Plantarum, has drawn the character of the genus from 
Browne and Jacquin, and seems to have been unacquainted with the plant. He 
left it among his genera incerte sedis. 

Willdenow{ and Persoon§ copy the short description of Linnzus, and add 
nothing to our previous knowledge of the plant. 

In 1814, appeared the extensive Flora Jamaicensis, by John Lunan. His 
description of Batis is very full,|| but is wholly taken from Jacquin, with some 
additions from Browne, and he makes no conjecture as to its affinities. 

Kunth notices the plant in his Nova Genera et Species, and places it among 
Chenopodiacex.4] 

Sprengel, in 1826,** referred it, doubtfully, to Conifer. In his Genera Planta- 
rum (1830) it stands without a reference to the Natural order. 

Bartling, four years later, leaves it, without a remark, among his undetermined 
genera.}T 

Even so late as 1840, Endlicher seems to have had no better materials for the 
character of Batis in his Genera Plantarumt{ than the description of Jacquin ; 
which he has copied, with only slight alterations. In doing so, however, he has 
made two verbal mistakes, viz.: “ ovarium acutum” for “ ovarium obtusum ;” and 
perigonium decumbens” for “disrumpens.” Like Bartling and Jussieu, he does not 
assign the genus a place in the Natural system. 

The only important addition to our knowledge of this interesting plant, since the 
time of Jacquin, is given by Lindley, in his remarks on the genus Sarcobatus 
of Nees, in the fourth volume of Hooker’s London Journal of Botany.§§ He 
correctly describes the structure of the fruit, and rendered it probable (for his 
specimens were not mature) that what had been regarded as seeds by former 
botanists, were only the empty and easily separable carpels; the plant rarely per- 
fecting its seeds. 

Several years ago, the Batis was detected at Tampa Bay, in East Florida, by 
that zealous botanist, Dr. M. C. Leavenworth, late of the United States Army, who 
has contributed so much to our knowledge of Southern plants. It was shortly 
afterwards found by Mr. J. Blodgett, on Key West Island. From this gentleman, 
I lately received ripe and perfect specimens, preserved in alcohol. Dr. Chapman 
has also sent me excellent dried specimens of both male and female plants from 


* Tilustr. des Gen. t. 806. + P. 448 (1789). { Sp. pl. 4, p. 7385 (1807). 
§ Synops. 2, p. 613 (1807). | 2, p. 137. @ 2, p. 193 (1816), and Synops, 1, p. 479. © 
** Syst. Veg. 3, p. 901. tt Ordin. Nat. Plant., p. 426 (1830). 


tt No. 6844, p. 1327. §§ P. 1 (1845). 


BATIS MARITIMA. 5 


Kast Florida. With these ample materials, I am able to give a more complete 
description of the plant than has yet appeared, and to determine, with considerable 
certainty, its place in the Natural system. 


BATIS, P. Browne, Hist. Jamaic. 1, p. 356. 


Flores dioici, in spicas conico-oblongas quadrifariam dispositis. Mas. Flores dis- 
tincti. Bractez lato-cordate, obtuse, vel brevissime acuminate, concave, integra, 
persistentes, arcte appressx. Calyx disepalus; sepalis in cyathulam compressam 
truncatam sub-bilabiatam coalitis, bracteee subequalibus. Petala 4, subunguicu- 
lata ; limbo subrhomboideo. Stamina 4, petalis alternantia, exserta : filamenta 
subulata, glabra: anthere oblong, incumbentes, versatiles ; loculis distinctis 
introrsim longitudinaliter dehiscentibus. Pollinis granula minutissima, simplicia, 
spherica. Ferm. Flores in spicam carnosam coaliti. Bractez ut in mare, decidue, 
duobus infimis connatis. Calyx et corolla desunt. Ovaria inter se et cum basi 
bractearum coalita, quadrilocularia. Ovula in loculis solitaria, e basi erecta, 
anatropa. Stylus nullus: stigma capitato-subbilobum. Pericarpia 8-12, quadri- 
locularia, in syncarpium ovoideo-conicum tuberculosum carnosum coalita; lJoculis 
monospermis: endocarpium coriaceum. Semina oblonga, erecta, rectiuscula : 
testa tenui, membranacea. Embryo exalbuminosus semine conformis: cotyle- 
dones carnose, oblong, compresse: radicula brevis, hilo proxima.—Frutex 
Antillanus, et vicine Continentis, littoralis ; caulibus prostratis ramosissimis ; 
foliis oppositis, exstipulatis, oblongo-linearibus, basi attenuatis, succulentis, supra 
planis, subtus convexis ; spicis solitariis, sessilibus, viridibus. 


BATIS MARITIMA, Linn. Tas. XI. 


B. maritima, Linn. Sp. Pl. p. 1451; Jacq. Stirp. Amer., p. 261, t.40, f.4; 
Plant. Amer. Pict., t. 246; Select. Stirp. Amer., p. 335; Swartz, Obs. Bot. p. 373 ; 
Willd. Spec. Plant. 4, p. 735; Pers. Synops. 2, p. 613; Lunan, Hort. Jamaic. 2, 
p. 187; Kunth, Noy. Plant. Gen. et Spec. 2, p. 193 ; Synops. 1, p. 479; Spreng. 
Syst. Veget. 3, p. 901. 

B. maritima erecta ramosa, foliis succulentis subcylindricis, P. Browne, Hist. 
Jamaic. 1, p. 356. 

Kali fruticosum coniferum, etc., Sloane, Catal. Jamaic., p. 50; Hist. Jamaic., 
p. 144. 


Has.—On the sea shore, and the margin of lagoons; flowering nearly all the 
year. Tampa Bay, East Florida: Dr. Leavenworth. Southern Florida: Dr. 
Chapman. Key West: Mr. J. Blodgett. Also in Jamaica, Cuba, and other of 
the West India Islands; and on the neighboring parts of the Continent. 


6 BATIS MARITIMA. 


Within the limits of the United States, this plant has been found only in the 
stations here noticed. It is probable that Tampa Bay, the latitude of which is 
about 33°, is the northern limit of its range. 

In Carthagena, and some other places where it abounds, the plant is burned for 
the sake of an impure carbonate of soda contained in its ashes. It is also used 
for pickles. 

The plant is commonly prostrate, with numerous branches, which spread on the 
ground to the extent of three or four feet. Every part of it is quite glabrous, and 
of a strong saline taste. The leaves are opposite, about an inch in length, 
oblong-linear, narrowed downwards, and very fleshy. They are flattish above and 
rounded underneath, and are without stipules. The staminate and pistillate 
flowers are on different individuals, and both kinds are disposed in dense, 
oblong, four-rowed spikes, which are solitary and sessile in the axils of the leaves. 
They are about one third or a quarter of an inch long. In the staminate spikes 
there are from twelve to sixteen flowers, each subtended by a roundish or broadly 
cordate and somewhat persistent scale or bract. The calyx is a little cup, con- 
sisting of two sepals, which are anterior and posterior with respect to the axis, 
and are united below the middle. The cup is compressed and somewhat two- 
lipped; the lower hp slightly cucullate and cristate transversely just below the 
margin. ‘There are four unguiculate white petals, with the limb rhombic-ovate, 
erose-denticulate on the margin, and abruptly narrowed at the base into a claw 
which is nearly as long as the limb. Alternating with the petals, and about equal 
to them in length, are four stamens. ‘The filaments are subulate and glabrous ; 
the anthers yellow, oblong, fixed by the middle, two-celled, introrse, with a longi- 
tudinal dehiscence. The pollen is simple and spherical. There is no trace of a 
pistil. The fertile spikes are seldom more than eight or ten-flowered, and are fur- 
nished with bracts similar to those of the sterile flowers, but which are much more 
caducous. ‘There are no floral envelopes, nor even rudimentary stamens. The 
ovaries of all the flowers in one spike grow together, except at their upper part, 
and perhaps the bases of the bracts are united with them. Each ovary is four- 
celled, in all my specimens, but there are five and six cells represented in the 
figure of Lindley.* In each cell there is a single anatropous ovule, which is 
supported on a long stalk that rises from the base. There is no style, and the 
thick, capitate, pubescent stigma is slightly two-lobed. The fruit is half an inch 
or more in length, and is composed of from eight to twelve drupaceous pericarps, 
which are united into an oblong, obtuse, fleshy, tuberculate head. Each pericarp is 
four-celled, with a sinyle seed in each cell. The endocarp is tough and coria- 
ceous. Until its nature was determined by Lindley, it had always been mistaken 
for the testa. The seed is oblong and nearly straight, erect, with a thin and 
membranaceous testa, and is destitute of albumen. ‘The embryo is conformed to 
the seed, with fleshy oblong cotyledons, and a short, somewhat oblique radicle 
which is placed next the hilum. 

Only a single species of Batis is known. Lindley has ascertained that the East 
Indian shrubs referred to this genus by Roxburgh and Wallich have no affinity with 


* Vegetable Kingdom, p. 286. 


BATIS MARITIMA. a 


Batis, and that they belong to Urticacez, being near allies of Morus. He also 
states* that, in the herbarium of Sir William Hooker, there is a Texan plant, in a 
state too young for examination, which may be a second species of this genus. 

The Batis (?) vermicularis of Hooker} is my former Frémontia,t{ a Cheno- 
podiaceous plant, which I described several years ago as a new genus, without 
being aware at the time that it had shortly before been published by Nees, under 
the name of Sarcobatus.§ That plant has strangely been omitted by M. Moquin, 
in his recent and most excellent elaboration of the Chenopodiacee, in De Candolle’s 
Prodromus. In Frémont’s Reports (both of which M. Moquin has consulted and 
quoted), it was fully described and figured, with analyses of the fertile flowers and 
fruit ; and was clearly shown to belong to that family. He must also have seen 
specimens of it in Sir William Hooker’s Herbarium. 

From the history of Batis already given, it is seen that very discordant opinions 
have been entertained by botanists as to its affinities. Although Jussieu, Bartling, 
Endlicher, and others have allowed it to remain among “enera incerte sedis ;” 
some have been inclined, more on account of its habit than from any correct 
views of its structure, to place it among Chenopodiacee. ‘To Conifer, where it 
was referred by Sprengel, it has no resemblance whatever. Martius|| arranged it 
between Podostemacee and Salicacee, but without giving any reasons for so 
doing ; and, moreover, he has indicated it (without a character) as the type of a 
proper Order. The station assigned to it by Meisner{ is immediately after 
Urticacez, probably from the remarks of Lindley, to which allusion has already 
been made. 

Lindley, in his latest work,** placed it, until better known, in the Euphorbial 
Alliance ; and, with much sagacity, conjectured that it might belong to Empe- 
traceee ; at the end of which he has appended it. With that Order it agrees in 
its dicecious flowers, definite stamens, several-celled ovary, erect anatropous 
ovules, drupe-like fruit, and inferior radicle. It differs, however, in habit ; in the 
want of imbricated scaly sepals or bracts; in the presence of a true corolla; 
and, especially, in the seed being destitute of albumen. 

Considering the importance of most of the distinctive characters, it seems most 
probable that Batis should be regarded as constituting a proper natural Order, 
and that its station should be in the immediate vicinity of Empetracee. 


* Vegetable Kingdom, p. 286. 

+ Flora Boreali-Americana, 2, p. 128. 

t Botanical Appendix to Col. Frémont’s Report of his First Exped. (1843), p. 95; and Second Report 
(1845), p. 817, t. 3. 

§ This genus was first described in a Botanical Appendix to Prince Maximilian’s Travels in North 
America, a rare and costly work, of which an English translation was published in 1843. In the 
Botanische Zeitung for 1844, Dr. Seubert published a description of the plant, with a figure (p. 753, t. 7) ; 
but he did not determine its place in the Natural System. As Nees’s name has the priority, I have 
dedicated to Colonel Frémont another and very remarkable Californian plant, of which there is a deserip- 
tion and figure in an earlier memoir of this volume. 

|| Conspectus, p. 13. 

@ Plante Vasculares, p. 349. 

** The Vegetable Kingdom, p. 286 (1846). 


8 BATIS MARITIMA. 


Since the preceding memoir was written and prepared for press, I have received 
from Dr. C. C. Parry, who was attached to the Mexican Boundary Commission 
as Botanical Assistant to Major Emory, a specimen of a Batis, which he found in a 
salt marsh, near San Diego, California. The only specimen brought away by Dr. 
Parry is a male. It differs from the common Batis in its much broader and con- 
siderably shorter leaves, and in the staminate flowers being furnished with a filiform 
central organ that resembles an abortive pistil. This last is totally destitute of an 
ovary, and bears a small stigma-like head, which contains imperfect pollen; so 
that the body is rather to be regarded as an abortive stamen than a pistil. From 
these characters, it is probable that the Californian plant is new. The two 
species may be distinguished by the following diagnosis :— 


B. maritima: foliis oblongo-linearibus ; floribus masculis sine corpore centrali 
filiformi. , 


B. Caxirornica : foliis obovato-oblongis ; floribus masculis corpore centrali 
filiformi apice capitato instructis. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. 


Puate XI. BATIS MARITIMA. Tas. XI., pace 5. 


Fic. 1. A branch, with spikes of male flowers; of Fic. 11. A spike of female flowers, moderately en- 


the natural size, larged. 
2. A branch, with spikes of female flowers ; 12. One of the bracts, more magnified. 

also of the natural size. 13, Longitudinal section of the same. 
3. A male spike, magnified. 14. Transverse section of the female spike. 
4, Longitudinal section of the same, more 15. An ovule, highly magnified. 

highly magnified. 16. The fruit, of the natural size. 
5. One of the bracts, magnified. 17. Longitudinal section of the same. 
6. Plan of the male flower. 18. A portion of the same, pretty highly mag- 
7. A male flower, unexpanded and mag- nified. 

* nified. 19. Transverse section of the fruit, less mag- 
8. The same, without the calyx, and expanded. nified. 
9. Front view of a stamen, magnified. 20. A seed, magnified. 
10. Back view of the same, also magnified. 21. The embryo, equally magnified. 


PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 
WASHINGTON, D.C., 


APRIL, 1853. 


Pilly, Xa 


Engraved by IL reste 


BATIS MARITIMA 


SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE. 


« 


DARLINGTONTIA CALIFORNICA, 


A NEW PITCHER-PLANT, 


FROM NORTHERN CALIFORNIA. 


D Vee Ooi Se Oeil Wie Wales: 


v 


«y rs 


iii - se 


| LY LOT LAD: AAO a 
COMMISSION a 


TO WHICH THIS PAPER HAS BEEN REFERRED. 


(14.8 AMHTIG Wat A 
Pror. A. Gray. = 


Joun Carry, Eso. 


‘ | Pad) te aoe | JOSEPH 


\ fin i ait 1 ay, on 


’ p ' =, ) oe 
ogi bob  Boltoly oD ie & qopegiot ban av 
aa food? = iow sare 
wt hidieda 
J : P } ln ung «a nnsonrtm 
~ snifondewt BD aviverwotenly eh Bi 
‘io vanba we ” ti 
‘ al ots a) Tne ; 
word Tent no nt cer atetey 
o : re) +} ) i nol 7 thor scale 

| , P.O Arf hOB «Lathe Ah SEN BN se gh Sb 
7 . | cisder 00 0% me 
, / ve meortt “Mua q a 
ala : vay iA 3 wine) TUE A Ht HH Abt Le) ate 
tun Ff mitumiatt om 1. JY ’ pnt ree ies es ee, fi it 
a rye? wi Tria) 9 inst - eran ut i imi nv 60 dw te er 
ais th y cer [. yertdee> nia Je wnitanopnr of 

od Pay. c 

vd cudivensnt] 1d goiloss nO} boaubor rood Bi, ‘gltobun , ) aL ed } 


Pr ee 


Pri WwEPONTA CA LTE ORN DCA 
A NEW PITCHER-PLANT, 


BY JOHN TORREY, F.LS. 


Tus new Pitcher-plant was first detected by Mr. J. D. Brackenridge, Assistant- 
Botanist to the United States’ Exploring Expedition, under Captain Wilkes, 
while passing overland from Oregon to San Francisco, in the year 1842. He 
found it in a marsh, bordering a small tributary of the Upper Sacramento, a 
few miles south of Shasta Peak. Owing to the lateness of the season (it was 
October), the flowers had passed; and not even a seed vessel was found, but only 
the leaves and tall scapes, with the remains of a single capsule. The leaves, 
however, were so peculiar, that no doubt was entertained of the plant being either 
a Sarracenia, or a near ally of that genus. Without the flowers, nothing further 
could be determined respecting it ; but from the bracteate scape and deeply parted 
lamina or appendage of the leaves, it seemed more probable that it was distinct 
from Sarracenia. Long had I been hoping to receive the plant in a more com- 
plete state, when it was at last brought to me by my friend, Dr. G. W. Hulse, of 
New Orleans, who found it in flower in May, 1851, in the same region, and 
perhaps in the very spot where it was discovered many years before by Mr. 
Brackenridge. The plant proves to be generically distinct from Sarracenia, as 
well as from the genus Heliamphora of Bentham; and I take great pleasure in 
dedicating it to my highly esteemed friend Dr. William Darlington, of West 
Chester, in Pennsylvania, whose valuable botanical works have contributed so 
largely to the scientific reputation of our country. The genus dedicated to this 
veteran botanist by De Candolle has been reduced to a section of Desmanthus by 


4 DARLINGTONIA CALIFORNICA, 


Bentham ; and a Californian plant, on imperfect specimens of which, I had recently 
indicated a genus under this name, proves to be only a species of Styrax.* The 
following are the characters of the new genus :— 


a 


DARLINGTONIA, «Nov. Gen. 


Calyx ebracteolatus, 5-sepalus ; sepalis distinctis subpetaloideis. Corolla 5-sepala; 
petalis latissime unguiculatis ; lamina ovata ungue multo minore. Stamina 12-15, 
uniserialia; filamentis brevibus subulatis ; antheris oblongo-linearibus ; loculis inz- 
qualibus. Ovarium turbinatum, 5-loculare, 5-lobatum ; apice dilatatum concavum. 
Stylus brevis, columnaris, 5-fidus ; laciniis linearibus, divergentibus, apice intus 
stigmatosis. Ovula plurima anatropa, placentas dilatatas obtegens. Capsula .. . 
—Herba perennis, Californica, uliginosa, foliis Sarracenie; lamina profunde 
biloba; lobis divergentibus: scapis unifloris, bracteatis; bracteis infimis distan- 
tibus, supremis approximatis imbricatis: flore nutante purpureo, 


* Having recently obtained good flowering specimens of this plant, the following 
description of it is appended :— 


SryrAx CALIFORNICUM (n. sp.): foliis ovatis utrinque obtusis subcoriaceis integerrimis 
ramulisque glabriusculis vel subtus minute stellato-tomentosis; racemis terminalibus 2-4— 
floris ; pedicellis flore multo brevioribus incrassatis cum calyce brevissime 6-dentato sub- 
tomentosis ; corollis sexpartitis; filamentis ad medium usque monadelphis. 


Has.—Upper Sacramento: Col. Frémont. Near the upper crossing of the Sacramento, 
about lat. 40° 80’: Dr. G. W. Hulse. Foot-hills of the Yuba River: Dr. Stillman. Flowers 
in March and April. 

An upright branching shrub, seldom attaining a height of more than six feet. The leaves 
vary from an inch to two and a half inches in length, and are more or less broadly ovate in 
outline. The under surface is paler, and either nearly glabrous or clothed with a close 
stellate pubescence; on the upper side they are usually quite smooth. The racemes are 
produced at the extremity of short leafy branches, and are mostly about three-flowered ; 
occasionally the flowers are solitary. The pedicels are from three to six lines long, and are 
thickened upward. The campanulate calyx is furnished with six very short subulate teeth. 
Corolla about three fourths of an inch long, nearly white, or slightly cream-color; constantly 
6-parted, with oblong-lanceolate rather obtuse segments. Stamens 10-14; the filaments 
monadelphous to near the middle. Ovary 3-celled, with several ovules in each cell; but the 
dissepiments soon separate from the walls. Style slender, longer than the stamens; stigma 
minutely 3-cleft. Immature fruit one-celled, with a single seed. 

Of the numerous American species of Styrax only two have been found on the west side 
of the Continent, as far north as Mexico. This is the most northern species of the genus 
found in any part of the world. It has a strong resemblance to S. officinale of Southern 
Europe, from which it is chiefly distinguished by its fewer-flowered racemes, thickened 
pedicels, and longer stamineal tube, There isa well-marked, unpublished species (S. PLATINI- 
FoLIuM, Hngelm. ined., gathered on the Guadaloupe, north of New Braunfels, Texas, by Mr. 
Lindheimer), the corolla of which is more commonly 6-parted. Its dilated and subcordate 
leaves are glabrous and shining on both sides. 


DARLINGTONIA CALIFORNICA. . i) 


DARLINGTONIA CALIFORNICA, Tas. XII. 


Has.—Head waters of the Sacramento; Northern California, near Shasta 
Peak ; growing in marshes, and flowering in May. Mr. J. D. Brackenridge, and 
Dr. G. W. Hulse. 

A perennial herb. Root-stock short and thick, producing numerous, stout, dark 
brown, fibrous roots. Leaves all radical; the adult ones from eighteen inches to 
two feet or more in length ; the petiole or pitcher tubular, gradually tapering down- 
ward, and singularly twisted on its axis about half a turn, marked with strong 
paralle] and longitudinal veins which are connected by very slender veinlets. The 
summit is vaulted, and formed into a sac about the size of a hen’s egg, on the 
under side of which is an oval orifice, about half an inch in diameter, opening 
into the cavity of the pitcher. The areole of the sac, and also of the back of the 
tube, on the upper part, are discolored (of a dull orange color in the dried speci- 
mens), aS in Sarracenia variolaris and S. Drummondu. Along the inside of the 
petiole is a narrow wing, which is single, except at the base, where it separates 
into two plates that clasp the scape and the base of the superior leaves. The lamina 
is narrow at the base, and deeply divided into two somewhat unequal widely- 
spreading lobes, which are oblong-lanceolate, rather acute, bent downwards and 
often also backwards ; the inner (or properly upper) surface very minutely pubes- 
cent. The pitcher inside the hood is retrersely hirsute with short conical hairs ; 
from thence downward it is glabrous; but towards the base it is lined with long 
slender hairs, also pointing downwards: at the bottom remains of insects were 
found. Neither these hairs, nor those of the lamina, appeared to be of a secreting 
character.* The scape is from one to four feet long, flexuous, angular, glabrous, 
and furnished with sessile clasping straw-colored scales. These scales are folia- 
ceous and alternate ; the lower ones distant and lanceolate, the upper more and 
more approximated and broader, while those near the flower are oblong-ovate and 
imbricate. They are marked with longitudinal veins, which are forked above. 
The upper surface is paler than the lower, and under a lens shows minute conical 
papille. The flower, when fully expanded, is nearly two inches in diameter. The 
calyx consists of five oblong, rather acute sepals, which are of pale straw-color, and 
are quincuncially imbricated. There are no calyculate bractlets at their base. The 
corolla is five-petalled, about the length of the calyx, and its estivation is likewise 
quincuncial. The petals are oblong, pale purple, marked with deeper reticulated 
veins, and are apparently not connivent over the pistil. ‘They are furnished with 
a small ovate, concave lamina, and a very broad, obovate claw, which is two or 
three times larger than the lamina. Stamens from twelve to fifteen, hypogynous, 


* The orifice of the Pitcher, being placed directly under the vaulted summit, cannot receive either 
rain water or dew; and yet Mr. Brackenridge thinks he found some of the leaves containing water. 
Still I cannot think the water was secreted by the hairs in the tube. In Sarracenia psittacina the orifice 
is likewise concealed and protected by the hood, so that the leaf can hardly be said to have any lamina; 
the arched summit belonging to the petiole, as in Darlingtonia. 


6 DARLINGTONIA CALIFORNICA. 


inserted in a single series, and partly concealed by the dilated summit of the 
ovary : filaments: short and rather stout: anthers oblong, with the cells very 
unequal and opening longitudinally, turned by the twisting of the filament so that 
the cells are anterior and posterior, the smaller cell lying against the ovary. 
Pollen simple and spherical. The ovary is turbinate, five-celled and somewhat 
five-lobed, concave and dilated at the summit, so as to exhibit a sort of margin 
which projects over the stamens: the columnar style is short, and five-cleft at the 
summit ; the narrow segments diverging, and stigmatose at the extremity, on the 
inside. Ovules very numerous, anatropous, covering the large placente, which 
project into the cells of the ovary. No fruit was found; but, on one of the 
specimens collected by Mr. Brackenridge, there was a small portion of a capsule, 
which was evidently five-celled. 

From Sarracenia, this genus differs in the calyx not being calyculate ; in the 
form of the petals ; in the somewhat definite and uniserial stamens ; in the dilated 
turbinate ovary ; and especially in the absence of the large umbrella-shaped summit 
of the style, which is so conspicuous in the former genus. ‘The forked lamina of 
the leaf, and the bracteate scapes, are also characters not found in any 
Sarracenia. 

From Heliamphora, it is still more distinct. In that genus, the scapes are 
several-flowered, and the flowers are destitute both of calyculate bracts and petals; 
the style is entire and not dilated at the summit, and the ovary is three-celled. The 
leaves, also, differ in their greatly dilated orifice, in the very small lamina, and in 
the doubly-winged pitchers. 


The geographical distribution of Sarraceniacee is worthy of notice. ‘This 
small order consists of but three genera, which are all exclusively natives of 
America. The oldest or typical genus is confined to North America; and, of the 
six species, one only (Sarracenia purpurea) has an extensive range, being found 
from lat. 48°, north, to Southern Florida, but westward only as far as Ohio; the 
remaining species being confined to the Southern States. Heliamphora, a genus 
of a single species, is a native of British Guiana, and has not been found else- 
where. Darlingtonia is the only representative of the order west of the Rocky 
Mountains, and even there it seems to be extremely rare. 

The affinities of Sarraceniacee, notwithstanding the discovery of Heliamphora, 
and now of another genus belonging to the same family, are nearly as obscure as 
ever. Its resemblance to Nympheaceze and Papaveracee has been pointed out 
by several botanists ; and Dr. Lindley, without hesitation, places it between the 
latter order and Ranunculaceew. A more remote affinity to Droseracee has also 
been indicated ; but this, however, is chiefly seen in the structure of the leaf of 
Dionea. 

The most recent opinion respecting the affinity of Sarraceniacee is that of M. 
Planchon,* who thinks these plants are very closely related to Pyrolaceew. This 
acute botanist points out some striking characters in which Sarracenia resembles 


* Hooker's London Journal of Botany, 5, p. 252. 


DARLINGTONIA CALIFORNICA. i 


‘the genus Moneses (Pyrola uniflora, Linn.); in addition to which, it may be 
remarked that the seeds of Heliamphora are furnished with a loose winged testa 
and a minute embryo, as in Pyrolacee. Between Moneses and Darlingtonia the 
comparison may be drawn still more closely: im the floral envelopes and the 
almost definite stamens, in the structure of the ovary and in the radiating stigmas, 
as well as in habit, the likeness of our new genus to Moneses is quite remarkable. 
In many points, too, we may trace in Darlingtonia an approach to Monotropa, of 
the nearly related family Monotropacee. WHeliamphora, in its several-flowered 
scapes, is more like Pyrola. The singular pitchers of Sarraceniacee might seem 
to show a wide difference between the families thus compared, but characters 
drawn from the abnormal condition of a single organ are not of high importance in 
determining affinities. In conclusion, I would remark that, while offering a few 
additional considerations that seem to strengthen the views of M. Planchon, I do 
not wish to be considered as yet adopting those views. When we obtain the fruit 
of the Darlingtonia, perhaps it may give us some better knowledge of the place 
that its family should occupy in the Natural system. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. 


Pirate XII. DARLINGTONIA CALIFORNICA, pacer 5. 


Fre. 1. Plan of the flower. 
2. <A petal, of the natural size. 


3. A stamen, considerably magnified. 

4. Grains of pollen, highly magnified. 

5. Longitudinal section of the ovary, having portions of the floral envelopes, 
and two of the stamens; considerably magnified. 

6. Style and stigmas, more magnified. 

7. An ovule, more magnified. 

8. Hairs from the inside of the tubular petiole, near its base ; highly magnified. 

9. Hairs from the hood, just within its orifice ; equally magnified. 


PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 


ee 


WASHINGTON, D. ¢., 


APRIL, 1858. 


SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE. 


SGN OMEs Sales 


OF THE 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA 


OF 


GRAND MANAN: 


OR THE REGION ABOUT THE MOUTH OF THE BAY OF FUNDY, NEW BRUNSWICK. 


BY 


WILLIAM STIMPSON. 


[ACCEPTED FOR PUBLICATION JANUARY, 1853.] 


COMMISSION 


TO WHICH THIS PAPER HAS BEEN REFERRED. 


A. A. Goutp, M.D. 
Pror. J. D. Dana. 
Josupy Henry, 
Secretary S. I. 


CONTENTS. 


INTRODUCTION 


POLYPI. 


ALCYONIDA 
ACTINIADA 
LUCERNARIADZ 


ACALEPH At. 
PROLES POLYPOIDEZ 
PROLES MEDUSIN Ai 


BEROID MEDUSAi 


ECHINODERMATA. 
CRINOIDE 
EURYALEA 
OPHIURID= 
ASTERIAD A 
ECHINIDE 
HoLorHuRIADzA 


BRYOZOA 


ACEPHALA. 


TUNICATA 
BRACHIOPODA 
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA 


GASTEROPODA. 


PROSOBRANCHIATA 
TECTIBRANCHIATA 
NupDIBRANCHIATA 


CEPHALOPODA. 


PAGE 


11 


12 
12 
13 
14 


16 


17 


19 
20 
20 


22 
25 
25 


21 


iv 


CONTENTS. 


DENDROCGLA. 


PLANARID 
NEMERTIDE 


GEPHYREA 


ANNULATA. 


TuBICOL® 
Maricou® 


CRUSTACEA. 
PYCNOGONIDES 
EPizoa 
CIRRIPEDIA 
ENTOMOSTRACA 
BRANCHIOPODA 
IsopopA 
ANISOPODA 
AMPHIPODA 
STOMAPODA 
DECAPODA 


ALPHABETICAL INDEX 


REFERENCES TO THE FIGURES 


PAGE 


bo bo 
nmn--a 


29 
31 


37 
38 
38 
39 
39 
39 
42 
44 
58 
58 


61 


67 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


THE Island of Grand Manan, the natural history of which this paper is intended 
to illustrate, is perhaps but little known, geographically, to many who may be 
readers of this account. It may not be out of place, therefore, to make some 
remarks on its position. It is more properly an archipelago than an island. The 
smaller members of the group lie to the east of the largest, which is twenty miles 
in length, with a general trend north-east and south-west, having an average 
breadth of nine or ten miles. It lies at the mouth of the Bay of Fundy, about 
ten miles from the western shore at Campo-bello and Eastport, and thirty 
from the Nova Scotia shore. It is surrounded on all sides by deep water (a 
hundred fathoms or more), as might be judged from the character of the shores, 
which are rocky and precipitous, especially on the western side, where cliffs of a 
basaltic structure rise perpendicularly to a height of several hundred feet. On 
the south-eastern side, where fhere are numerous islands, the shores are low and 
shelving, composed of Mica-slate having a dip of about 70°. The passages 
between these islands, worn out by the tides which rush with great velocity 
through them, are generally very shallow, while a short distance seaward the 
water becomes as deep as on the western side. 

The following paper is intended as a compend of observations made on the 
marine fauna of this region, during three months’ residence in the summer of 
1852; and also as a catalogue, which it is hoped will prove nearly complete, of 
the marine invertebrates found on its shores and in the adjacent waters. 

In preparing local faunas, it is desirable that the area included should be as 
narrowly circumscribed as the inclusion of the requisite variety of station will 
allow. It is only by the comparison of the results of such examinations, made 
at a series of points along a coast, that an accurate knowledge can be obtained of 
the distribution of marine animals, and of the effect of external circumstances on 
their growth, habits, and economy. We can thus ascertain whether a species may 
inhabit two distant localities without occurring in the intermediate space; and if 
so, what are the causes of this? Has it been there extirpated by geological 
changes not affecting the other points? If not, how was its transportation effected ? 
Or, was it originally created in both the distant points? These, and many other 
questions of the same nature, may be answered in respect to species whose distri- 
bution is thus perfectly known. Such investigations will also throw much light 
on the distinctions of species, which cannot now be derived from their geographical 
distribution, on account of the loose and general manner in which it is usually 
recorded. And every practical naturalist knows how much he is aided in defining 
species, by seeing them in the beauty of life, in their natural condition and asso- 


ciations. So extended a series of observations will, however, require a great 
5) 


a 


6 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


number of workers. But these it is hoped will be furnished by the increasing taste 
for pursuits of this kind in our country. The records of depths and stations may 
seem trivial in the eyes of some, but upon their accumulation depends the decision 
of several important questions. 

It will be observed that the number of new species described in this paper is 
quite large. This naturally results from the fact that so few families of our 
marine invertebrates have yet been investigated. Thus, with the exception of 
the shells, nearly every species required special study to determine its genus, and 
whether it was, or was not, identical with some European or Arctic species. 

Pelagic animals are particularly abundant at Grand Manan, on account of the 
proximity of deep water, and by far the greater part of the species were obtained by 
the use of the dredge. Dredging in this region is attended with dangers, to guard 
against which some little foresight-is necessary. The boat should always be provided 
with a compass, even in going short distances from land, as the fogs are very thick 
in summer, and are suddenly formed. The dredger must also keep an eye to wind- 
ward, as the approach of a fog bank may be generally seen at least some minutes 
beforehand, so that a course may be taken for home; unless, indeed, he be some- 
thing of a pilot himself, or have one with him, when he may often continue his 
operations notwithstanding the obscurity. A “horn,” consisting of a Strombus 
gigas with the apex knocked off, should also be provided, to be used when lost in 
a fog, for, when blown, it will be answered according to the humane custom of this 
region, by any who may hear it, whether on shore or in boats. In many places, 
there are patches of rock on the sea-bottom, where the dredge is very liable to be 
caught. Usually, it may be disengaged by heaving in a portion of the dredge- 
warp, but this is often not sufficient.. The only means then remaining of recover- 
ing it is to slack out all the line, while the boat is brought round and run in a 
direction opposite to the former course. It may even then occur that the dredge 
remains fixed, so that, on an excursion to these islands, two or three should always 
be provided. 

I must here express my grateful acknowledgements to Professor Agassiz, for the 
use of his valuable collection of European books and specimens, which he most 
liberally allowed me, while as his pupil I had the pleasure of his society and the 
advantages of his instruction. To the officers of the Smithsonian Institution I am 
also greatly indebted, for affording me every possible assistance in the use of rooms, 
instruments, books, etc., while this paper was in preparation. Iam also indebted 
to Professor Dana, for his kindness in giving me tracings of the details of many of 
his new genera of Crustacea, which have materially aided me in the determination 
of those herein described. 

Suites of the original specimens, from which the new species in this paper were 
described, are deposited in the Museum of the Institution, and in the cabinet of 
Professor Agassiz, at Cambridge. 


Outline figures are given in the plates of some of the most interesting species, 
especially such as form new genera. 


WILLIAM STIMPSON. 


SmiTHsontAn Institution, February, 1858. 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 7 


POLYPI. 


ALCYONIDA. 


Aucyonium picitatum, Lin. All the specimens obtained were very small, the 
largest scarcely an inch in length, and not divided into lobes. Found attached to 
small pebbles on shelly bottoms in 10-30 fathoms. 


ACTINIAD A. 


ACTINIA MARGINATA, Le Sueur, J. A.N.S., 1.172. On rocks at low-water mark, 
of a very large size. 

A. CARNEOLA, St., n. s., Fig. 1. Very small, about four-tenths of an inch in 
diameter; mouth protruding far upwards on the broad disk, on the edge of which 
are the tentacula, alternating in two approximated rows, there being eighteen in 
each row. On the disk, above the base of each of the larger upper tentacula, are 
two prominent white spots, one above the other; while the lower tentacula have 
one spot only at their inner bases. This species is of a light flesh or salmon color. 
It was dredged in 35 fathoms on the Hake Ground, off the north-east shore of 
Grand Manan. The specimens were attached to dead valves of Pecten, and some- 
times to the test of Ascidia callosa, or to small pebbles. 

A. opTRUNCATA, St., n. s. Body short, with a broad flat disk, on which, between 
the small mouth and the margin, are placed the tentacula; which are short, very _ 
blunt at their extremities, as if cut off, usually equidistant, not very numerous, and 
arranged alternately in four or five very indistinct rows. Sides smooth and clean, 
with few porous warts, which can seldom be perceived. Color dark purplish, 
lighter on the disk, with broad streaks of crimson which meander among the bases 
of the tentacula. It is found not unfrequently at low-water mark, attached to 
stones in clear water, but is most abundant in the laminarian zone. It approaches 
A. crassicornis, especially in the arrangement of the tentacula, which are, however, 
not pointed. It wants also the prominent rim of that species. 

A. cortacnA,(?) Johnst., Brit. Zooph. A few specimens of an Actinia were pre- 
sented to me by H. R. Storer, Esq. (which he took at low water among the outer 
islands), of a species which I did not myself find. It is conical, with the sides 
covered with small shells and pebbles, which are secured by the strong wart-like 
suckers. The tentacula are rather long, and not very numerous. Having never 
seen it alive, I am by no means certain of the accuracy of the above identification. 

A. piAnTHUuS,(?) Johnst., Brit. Zooph. A fine specimen, belonging probably to this 
beautiful species, was dredged in 50 fathoms on the “gravelly bottom,” a fishing- 
ground situated about eight miles off Whitehead. It was unfortunately lost, owing 
to the roughness of the weather at the time, so that it is not yet accurately determined. 

A. sIPUNCULOIDES, St., n. s., Fig. 2. Body greatly elongated, covered with a thin 
brownish epidermis, with eight narrow longitudinal white lines, dividing the body 
at the anterior extremity into eight equal lobes when contracted. Tentacula 


8 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


twenty, short, curved, and with blunt extremities. It was found at low-water 
mark, adhering by its very small base to a large stone, from which it was easily 
detached. In confinement, it attached itself to the bottom of the glass, but fre- 
quently changed its place. Only one specimen was found, from which circumstance 
‘the necessary anatomical investigations which would undoubtedly result in the 
establishment of a new genus for this animal, could not be made. 


LUCERNARIADZ. 


LucerNARIA QuApDRICORNIS, Miill. L. fascicularis, Johnston, Brit. Zooph., pl. xlv., 
f. 3-6. The specimen obtained was nearly three inches in length. It was dredged 
on a bottom of nullipores and sea-collanders (Agarwm) in four fathoms. It is the 
first of this interesting genus yet noticed as occurring on our coast. 


ACALEPH &. 


PROLES POLYPOIDESA. 


CAMPANULARIA SYRINGA, Lam. Johnst., 1.¢.,110. On Sertularia polyzonias, in 25 
fathoms, off Duck Island. 

LAOMEDEA GELATINOSA, Lamour. Johnst., 1.c., pl. xxi.,f.3. This I took from the 
bottom of the hooker used in my dredging operations. It had reached the height 
of an inch in less than a month after the bottom of the vessel had been scraped 
clean. tial 
PLUMULARIA TENERRIMA, St., n. 8s. Polypidom pinnated, the stem thick, the pin- 
ne very slender, alternate, with the pyriform cells arranged loosely in a row on 
their upper surface, pointing alternately to opposite sides. It is common in 25 
fathoms, shelly bottom, off the northern point of Duck Island. 

P. ratcaTA, Lam., An. sans vert., 11. 160. Taken often in 55 fathoms on the 
Hake Ground. 

SERTULARIA ARGENTEA, Ellis. Johnst., 1. ¢., 79. Common in 4-6 fathoms, 
attached to stones. 

8. rmicuLA, Ellis. Johnst., 1. ¢., 76. Dredged in 20 fathoms, on shelly bottoms. 

S. LATIUSCULA, St.,n. s. Pinne broad, compressed, attached by a slender base 
to the main stem; cells crowded, nearly opposite, shaped as in S. argentea; vesicles 
elongated, ovate, with a single strong spine on one side at the extremity. Color 
brownish. Breadth of pinna, 0.03 inch. Dredged in the laminarian zone. 

S. propucta, St., n.s. Cells opposite, elongated, curving outward, with ovate 
apertures. Vesicles slender, elongated, subtruncate, and covered with spines at 
their extremities. It-is of a bright silvery color. It differs from S. margareta, 
Hassal, in having more numerous spines at the top of the vesicle, and none on its 
sides. 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 9 


8. FALLAX, Johnst., 1. ¢., 73. A few specimens, probably of this species, were 
taken in deep water. 

S. RucosA, Lin. Johnst. This species is common in deep water here, and on 
most parts of our coast, from Massachusetts Bay to the Grand Bank. 

S. POLYZONIAS, Johnst., ].c.,61. Many forms occurred at Grand Manan, in from 10 
to 40 fathoms, all of which may be referred to this species, as described by Johnston 
in the second edition of his work. But my own observations upon many specimens, 
and the consideration of the genera and species of naked-eyed medusz, the polype 
forms of which are not yet known, convince me that this species, so called, is in 
reality a genus, and its varieties true species. The difficulty of identifying our 
species by the descriptions of European writers in the absence of specimens for 
comparison, prevents me from naming and describing the forms I have determined. 


GRAMMAREZA, St. n. ¢. 


Polypidom rectilinear, elongated, cylindrical, composed of aggregated tubes, gene- 
rally without branches, which, when they occur, are of the same character as that 
from which they spring. Cells arranged on all sides, in more or less regular and 
equidistant longitudinal rows, giving a section of the stem a star-like appearance. 

G. RopuSTA, St., n. s., Fig. 3. Cells large, cylindrical, curving outward, equal- 
ling in length the diameter of the stem, annulated with one or two lines of growth 
near their apertures. They are arranged in four or five very regular rows, being 
alternate in contiguous, and opposite to each other in opposite rows. Color light 
brown, cells paler and translucent. Dredged not unfrequently in the laminarian 
zone. 

G. GRactuis, St., n. s. Polypidom slender, with a polished appearance; cells 
small, elongated, projecting, but curving inward at their extremities, and distant 
from each other in the very irregular rows. Color dark brown, sometimes black. 
One specimen only was taken, which occurred in the laminarian zone. 

EUDENDRIUM CINGULATUM, St., n.s. Polypidom small, very irregularly branched, 
somewhat as in EZ. rameum, but not so thickly; branchlets strongly ringed, some- 
times throughout their length, always near their origins; polypes small, with long 
tentacles and broad blunt proboscis. It differs from #. ramewm in the more nume- 
rous rings on the branchlets, and from H. ramoswm in the mode of branching. 
Dredged in 20 f., on a shelly bottom off Duck Island. 

TUBULARIA INDIVISA, (?) Lin. Jobnst.,1.c¢.,48. Found chiefly in the lamina- 
rian zone. 

T. Larynx, Ellis. Corall., pl. xvi. f.. Dredged in 25 f., on the Hake Ground. 

CorYMORPHA NUTANS, Sars, Beskrivelser og Jagttagelser, etc., 7, pl.i., f 3. This 
singular animal has been hitherto found only on the coast of Norway, and among 
the Orkney Isles. The announcement of its occurrence on our coasts cannot but 
prove interesting to our marine zoologists, especially as it may be taken in the 
greatest abundance in some localities here, while it seems a rare animal in Kurope. 
It lives on a sandy bottom, in from 4 to 15 fathoms. Off West Quoddy Head, a 


10 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


hundred or more were taken at a single haul of the dredge. It also occurs in 
Welch Pool, and near Low Duck Island. I have nothing to add to the description 
of Forbes and Goodsir, whose observations I have mostly repeated. 


ACAULIS, St. n. g. 


A. prIMARIUS, St., n. s., Fig. 4. The remarkable polype for which this name is 
proposed, which is probably the largest hydroid known, was observed at Grand 
Manan in two successive stages of development. It was first taken early in August, 
when it was of a sub-cylindrical form, tapermg suddenly to a point at each ex- 
tremity. At the upper extremity was the mouth, very small, a little below which 
the tentacula commenced, scattered at first, but gradually increasing in number, 
and somewhat in size. These tentacula were minute, very short, equalling in 
length about one-sixth the thickness of the body, with large globular tips. They 
occupied about two-thirds of the surface of the body; on the remainder below, 
their places were supplied by the medusa buds, which were crowded, and much 
larger than the tentacula, although as yet but little developed. The inferior ex- 
tremity of the body terminated in a short, pointed, fleshy spike, free from append- 
ages, from which exuded a tenacious mucus, by which it adhered to the subaque- 
ous surfaces to which it might be applied. Around the base of this spike, and 
immediately under the buds, were regularly arranged eight long gracefully-curved 
cirriform processes, each equalling in length about half that of the body. These 
appeared from their motions to be in this—the first or free stage of the animal’s 
existence—the locomotive organs. 

Ata subsequent time, I met with several of these animals which presented a differ- 
ent appearance. The tentacula were larger, especially in the region of the mouth, 
at the now blunt extremity of the body; and the medusa buds were in an advanced 
state of development, soon to become free swimming individuals. The inferior 
appendages had disappeared, and the body was firmly attached by a broad base, 
and bore much resemblance to one of the ordinary Corynide deprived of its stalk. 
’ In strong contractions, it assumed a shape approaching that of an hourglass. The 
length of the animal, in this latter stage, was half an inch, the breadth two-tenths. 
In the earlier stage, the dimensions were one-half these. 

It was dredged in the laminarian zone, from 5 to 15 f., attached to various 
Rhodosperms, as Ptilota, Chondrus, and Rhodymenia. Circumstances did not permit 
me to ascertain the medusoid form of this polype, although I have my conjecture. 

I would here offer, for the judgment of zoologists, the following generalizations to 
which I have been led by the consideration of two facts exhibited in the characters 
of the animal above described. First, the basal cirri of the first stage are homo- 
logous to the lower or exterior tentacula of Tubularia, which I think is evident on 
comparison of parts. Secondly, these cirri, or tentacula, are deciduous with the 
growth of the animal, and do not appear in the second stage. Hence we should 
consider the Tubulariade, in which they are persistent, as lower in the scale. It 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 11 


might also be considered, as bearing on this question, that the medusee of Tubularia 
never become free, as in the Corynide. 

It follows, also, from the above, that the species just described, having basal tenta- 
cula, is inferior to Coryne and its allies, in which they never appear, so that it is 
correctly classed between that genus and Zubularia ; and if, as is probable, the single 
circle of tentacula in the Sertulariade is homologous with the basal tentacula of 
Acaulis and Tubularia, it would follow that that family should stand lowest in the 
scale. Thus, as will be seen in the arrangement of the hydroids in this paper, it 
is a reversal only of the series followed in Johnston’s work which is proposed, 
without derangement of the grouping of the families. 

HyYpRACTINIA ECHINATA, Johnst. Alcyoniwm echinatum, Auct., Gould, Inv. Mass. 

CLAVA MULTICORNIS, Johnst. Coryne squamata, Miill., etc. 

Under these two names are probably included the polype forms of several species 
of our North Atlantic naked-eyed medusze. 


PROLES MEDUSIN A. 


Among the very numerous species of medusze observed in this region, the 
following only were identified. The notices I prepared of new species, owing to 
the circumstances under which they were observed, are too short for publication. 

SARSIA MIRABILIS, Agass., Mem. Am. Acad., 2d ser. iii. 224, pl. iv. 

HIProcrENE SUPERCILIARIS, Agass., l. c., 250, pl. 1. 

STAUROPHORA LACINIATA, Agass., 1. c., 300, pl. vil. 

AURELIA AuRITA, Miill., Gould, Inv. Mass. 

CyangA Posters, Gould., Inv. Mass. A Strobila of large size, probably the 
polype form of this Cyanea, was taken in various stages of development, in 30 
fathoms, on the Hake Ground. It was of a light salmon color, with very long 
superior tentacula, which it used in walking inverted on the bottom of the sea. 


BEROID MEDUS. 


PLEUROBRACHIA RHODODACTYLA, Agass., |. c., 313, Part ii., pl. i. 
Bouina ALATA, Agass., l. c., 8349, Part ii., pl: vi. 


12 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


ECHINODERMATA. 


CRINOIDEA. 


Axxrcto Escuricutu, Miill. et Trosch. The first specimen of the genus Alecto 
or Comatula, so interesting to palzeontologists, yet taken on our coast, occurred to 
me in twenty-five fathoms on a shelly ground near Duck Island. It seemed to be 
a young individual, although nearly four inches in diameter. It was of a dark 
green color, dotted with white; the disk grayish, and the dorsal-jointed append- 
ages white. I have compared it with specimens of A. Eschrichtii from Greenland, 
in the collection of Prof. Agassiz, and find differences which may be those of age, 
since these latter specimens were all ten inches or more in diameter. Under these 
circumstances, I have hesitated to describe it as new, though it may hereafter be 
proved so, when more extended comparison shall be possible. 


EURYAL ZA. 


Asrropuyton Acassizil, St., Huryale scutatum, Gould, Inv. Mass. (non Blainy.). 
Until within a few years, all the northern species of this singular genus were con- 
founded by zoologists in one. They have now been separated by Miiller and 
Troschel, and the Scandinavian naturalists; four species in northern Europe being 
known, and one in Greenland, with which I have had opportunities of comparing 
our species, and find constant differences. The disk of A. Agassizii is rather large; 
the arms divide in two, just beyond their emersion from the disk, and then con- 
tinue to branch dichotomously till at their extremities the rays are slender rough- 
ened twigs, which in preserved specimens are tangled and interlaced in every 
direction, but in life are usually stretched out to their utmost extension. My 
largest specimens were thus a foot and a half in diameter when alive, while in a 
dried state they measure scarce a foot. The disk is quite regularly pentagonal. 
On its upper surface the ten radiating ribs are narrow, prominent, and provided with 
numerous small, sharp, small-based warts, which are very irregularly scattered, and 
which exist also on the marginal ridge which surrounds the disk, except on the 
concave, which forms a sort of socket for the upper base of the arm. Between the 
radiating ribs, the disk is soft and membranous, with few scattered granules most 
numerous in a flat space in the centre. ‘The disk, as well as the arms, is smooth 
and glabrous below; the mouth comparatively large, with small spines at the entrance, 
and larger ones within. The arms are flat beneath, with steep sides and convex 
upper surface. They are covered above with crowded minute granules, like fine 
oolite, which are arranged in numerous, somewhat irregular transverse rows, and 
decrease in number on the sides, the lower parts of which are smooth. On the flat 
under surface the joints are indicated by the pores, which are arranged on each side, 
in pairs; there being also, just outside of each pore, a row of four small blunt spines. 
The first pair of pores, however, next the disk, is unprovided with spines. There 
is also in the angle of each of the bifurcations a single pore without spines. 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 13 


The characters particularly mentioned in this description are those in which 
our species most differs from that of Greenland. The arms and prominent parts 
of the disk are bright yellow, and the depressed or membranous parts of the disk 
dark brownish. 

This species is not uncommon at Grand Manan. It is found in the coralline 
zone, especially among forests of Boltenie. 


OPHIURIDZ. 


OPHIOLEPIS TENUIS, Ayres, Bost. Proc., iv. 133. Frequent among nullipores 
below low-water mark. 

O. rosusta, Ayres, Bost. Proc., iv. 134. A small graceful species, with flat disk 
and long slender arms tapering to mere threads. It is always highly colored, 
usually variegated with red, but sometimes jet black. It varies very much in its 
proportions, some disks having arms doubling in length those of other disks of the 
same diameter. It is abundant in the laminarian zone, and sometimes also at low- 
water mark, on rocky and nullipore bottoms. 

O. crttata, Miill. et Trosch., Syst. der Asteriden, 91. O.acufera, Ag., Proc. Am. 
Acad., 1851. This species is much larger than the preceding, of a bluish-gray color 
above, and white below. It is also very different in station, being found only on 
muddy bottoms and in deep water. I have taken it at a depth of 60 fathoms. 

OPHIOPHOLIS SCOLOPENDRICA, M. et T., 1. c., 96. Ophiura aculeata, Gould, Inv. 
Mass. Excessively common in the laminarian zone, and also under stones at low 
water. In this latter station I have found, in August, my largest specimens. 

OPHIACANTHA SPINULOSA, M. et T.,1.c., 107, A fine purplish-brown species, with 
long rough spines on the arms, and minute crowded ones on the dorsal surface of the 
disk. It varies considerably, and has often the aspect of an Ophiothrix. It is 
found sparingly on shelly bottoms in the coralline zone. 

Our northern species of Ophiuride seem yet far from being well determined. 
One who is so fortunate as to possess very few specimens, soon becomes perfectly 
satisfied in his own mind as to the specific distinctions, and finds little difficulty in 
separating them; while one who has some hundreds, can make but slow progress, 
the perplexity seeming to increase with the number of specimens. I have, I trust, 
properly defined the limits of our New England species, by the examination of very 
numerous individuals from many localities, in which determination I have been 
most aided by the consideration of their habits, and especially of their association. 
The great difficulty now remaining is their identification with those of Northern 
Europe. So much discrepancy exists in the views of transatlantic naturalists, that 
a very general reliance only can be placed on their figures and descriptions; and 
the few specimens which have yet reached this country from Scandinavia and 
Greenland are still insufficient. So that, although I have mentioned O. tenuis and 
O. robusta under the names given them by an American author, I am yet confident 
that they can be referred to European species when these latter shall be better 
digested. 

3 


14 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


ASTERIAD A. 


ASTERACANTHION RUBENS, M. et T., 1. c.,17. Specimens a foot or more in diameter 
are very common just below low-water mark. 

A. yrotaceus, M. et T.,1.¢.,16. A purple species about four inches in diameter. 
The rays are rather narrow, and taper toa point. It is not common in this region. 

A. LITTORALIS, St.,n. s. Body tumid, rays very broad. Ambulacral spines in 
two rows, slender, blunt, or even clavate at their tips. Spines on the sides larger 
than those on the back, but both short, blunt, and showing great uniformity in size 
and distribution. Its color is always a dark green above, and it never exceeds an 
inch and a half in diameter. It is very common among the fuci in the middle 
region of the littoral zone, or even near high-water mark—elsewhere I have never 
found it. 

A. Mtttert, Sars., Wieem. Archiv., x. 169. This remarkable species occurred 
to me in 30 f., off the northern point of Duck Island. It is of a bright red color 
above when alive, and may be readily distinguished from all others by the crown 
surrounding the bases of the spines, which are arranged in distinct rows on the 
sides of the rays. I have compared our specimens with some sent from Norway 
by Sars himself. 

A. ALBULUS, St., n. s., Fig. 5. Small, depressed, of a uniform cream-color; rays 
very slender, each with a prominent rounded tuft of spines at its extremity. Am- 
bulacra very broad, with about five rows of slender spines on each side. Back and 
sides having a remarkably smooth appearance, which is found to result from their 
being covered with closely set subquadrate tufts of short blunt spines. These 
tufts are arranged very regularly in rows, which can be traced both longitudinally 
and transversely. Those of the middle row are more closely set than the others, 
thus giving each ray the appearance of having a median line. 

The number of rays is almost invariably six, one specimen only, out of fifty 
taken, having five. And what is still more remarkable, four out of five of these 
had three of the rays much shorter than the others. Some specimens had seven 
rays. Were it not for the great numbers which I found every day, I should cer- 
tainly have considered them as the distorted young of some other species. They 
occurred most frequently among branching nullipores, in 4 or 5 fathoms, on the 
east side of the islands. 

This species is very distinct from any yet described. It may probably form 
another genus, when the four rows of suckers shall become a family character 
instead of a generic one. 

LinkiA ocuLATtA, Forbes, Wern. Mem. Cribella oculata, Forbes, Brit. Starf. 
Asterias spongiosa, Gould, Desor. Abundant on the rocks about low-water mark. 

L. pertusa. Asterias pertusa, Miill. Echinaster Eschrichtii, M. et T. (?) Much 
larger than the preceding, and with elongated rays, which narrow towards their 
extremities. The color is alsoa paler red. Dredged in 30 fathoms, and found also 
occasionally at low-water mark. 

SOLASTER ENDECA, Forbes, 1. c. This species is abundant on the rocks at low-water 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 15 


mark in the summer, at some localities, but these are always small, and never more 
than half grown. The large individuals, some of which are a foot in diameter, are 
found only in deep water, chiefly in the laminarian zone. 

S. papposa, Forbes, 1. c. This species is rare in this region, and small specimens 
only are found. They usually occur on shelly bottoms in the coralline zone. 

PTERASTER MILITARIS, M. et T., 1. c., 128. This is perhaps the most remarkable of the 
Asteriade, presenting, as it does, the singular phenomenon of a web among these 
lower animals. A soft flexible membrane connects the ambulacral spines, the in- 
ner rows transversely, the outer longitudinally; also the spines surrounding the 
mouth, and those surrounding the large anal pore. In one of my specimens, where 
this anal pore is widely open, the cavity is distinctly seen to divide into five large 
channels, corresponding to the five interspaces between the rays. These channels 
pass underneath, and parallel to, the skin, and, from their action in life, I am in- 
clined to consider their function, at least in part, respiratory. It is perhaps super- 
fluous to say this, when we know that this function is performed by the whole 
surface of the skin; the webs seeming especially qualified for the office. When, 
however, we place a living Pteraster and a Holothuria in the same jar, and see the 
same action of inhalation and expulsion of water going on at the anal aperture in 
each, it is difficult to refrain from considering its object the same in both, especially 
when they are so closely related zoologically. 

This starfish has hitherto been observed only in Northern Europe, and in Green- 
land, where it would seem to be rarely found. At Grand Manan, I took three 
specimens, all of which occurred in the Hake Bay, in 35 fathoms, shelly bottom. 

GONIASTER PHRYGIANA. Asterias phrygiana, Pavel. Goniaster equestris, Agass. 
Astrogonium phrygianum, M. et T.,1.¢.,52. A large specimen was taken off Duck L., 
in the coralline zone. It was bright red above, and bright yellow below, being by 
far the most elegant of our starfishes. The minute vesicles which protrude from 
the dorsal pores, are short and tipped with black. The eyes are very dark red in 
color, and the suckers near them are very long and slender, especially a single one 
just above each eye. 

CrENODISCUS CRISPATUS, Dub. et Kor., Skand. Hchin., 253. This fine starfish is 
by no means rare in New England, although not yet noticed by our naturalists. 
At Grand Manan, it occurred og muddy bottoms in fifty and sixty fathoms. 


ECHINIDA. 


EcHINUS GRANULATUS, Say, Gould., Inv. Mass. The rocky shores of the islands 
in this region are covered with a zone of Hchini, extending from the ordinary low- 
water mark, to a depth of half afathom. In this zone, these animals are so crowded 
together that it is impossible in most places to thrust an oar to the bottom without 
striking some of them. Among them are found several varieties, perhaps species, 
which an extended investigation only can elucidate. The most common form is of 
a dark green color, with short blunt spines, the same, in fact, as that found in 
Mass. Bay, but much larger (three inches in diameter). Among the younger 
specimens, are found some with very long spines, as in &. virens, Dub. et Kor., 


16 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


which it resembles. There are also sometimes found specimens of a bright reddish 
or purplish color, depressed, and about two inches in diameter; these resemble £. 
neglectus, Forbes, D. et K. 

Ecuinaracunius ATLANTICUS, Gray. Very common on sandy shores at low water. 


HOLOTHURIAD. 


CuvrertaA Fasricu, Dub. et Kor. Holothuria squamata, Gould, Inv. Mass. Small 
specimens were dredged abundantly among nullipores in five fathoms, and a number 
of very large ones were found attached to the under surface of large shelving rocks 
in the fourth subregion of the littoral zone. The largest was four inches in length, 
while its tentacles had a spread of nearly five inches, and presented a beautiful 
area of bright red waving plumes. 

PsoLUS PHANTAPUS, Jeger. P. levigatus, Ayres, Bost. Proc., iv. 25. Common in 
forty fathoms, attached to small stones; and occasionally found at low-water mark. 
These were all small specimens. The large ones seem to live buried among 
pebbles; thus, at Eastport, one was dug from a depth of six inches in gravel. This 
measured three inches in length. 

eo: AyRESsII, St., n.s. Completely encased in calcareous matter in the form of 
polygonal plates somewhat variable in size, but usually equalling in area one-half 
that of the disk of the sucker. These plates have regular and equal perforations 
in quincunx, smaller in width than their interspaces. The suckers are stout, and 
are distributed distantly in five rows, in the three ventral of which they are much 
larger than in the two dorsal. There are about seven suckers in each row, which 
are encased in the calcareous plates on their sides. The tentacula are short, and 
have few blunt branches. The color is white, or pale fawn. Length usually two- 
tenths of an inch; breadth 0.15 inch. Dredged on shelly bottoms in twenty-five 
fathoms. 

Duben and Koren include the genus Ocnus of Forbes in Cucumaria (Pentacta), 
and seem to consider the small number of feet or suckers as resulting from the 
immaturity of the specimens yet examined. But having seen a large number of 
specimens of the species now proposed as new, none of which exceeded three-tenths 
of an inch in length, I am led to consider the fewness and large comparative size 
of the feet as constant; adding to it a character not in Forbes’s diagnosis ;—the 
crowded perforated plates, which will always serve to distinguish the species of 
this genus from young Pentacte, and by which it forms a connecting link between 
this latter genus and Psolus. 

PENTACTA FRONDOSA, Jeger. Cucumaria frondosa, Forbes, Dub. et Kor. Botryo- 
dactyla grandis, Ayres, Bost. Proc., iv. 52. B. affinis, Ayres, id. 145. Nothing 
can exceed the profusion in which this species exists in some parts of the islands. 
It is found just below the ordinary low-water mark on rocky shores, and is, there- 
fore, exposed at spring tides. I have seen areas of several square rods entirely 
occupied by them. The largest observed was nine inches in length and three wide. 
They,are usually black or dark purple above, and pale brown or yellowish below. 
Some specimens are of a uniform bright yellow. They always adhere by one side— 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. Uy: 


that on which the suckers are most developed. ‘They never bury themselves, but 
are found on the surface of the rocks, and sometimes in chinks or among large 
pebbles. 

THYONIDIUM PRODUCTUM, St. Orcula punctata, Agass., Proc. Am. Acad., 1851, 
(no descr.) Duasmodactyla producta, Ayres, |. c., 244. This species is found in 
deep water, but occurs most frequently under stones, or buried to a slight depth in 
gravel near low-water mark. 

Duben and Koren give in their generic diagnosis of Thyonidium, “tentacula 10, 
quibus interjacent totidem paria tentaculorum triplo breviorum,” which character 
is well marked in this species. In fact, if distinct, it is at least very closely allied 
to their T. pellucidum. 

CurRopoTA L&VIS, St. Holothuria levis, O. Fabr., F. G., 353. Synapta coriacea 
Agass., Proc. Am. Acad., 1851, 11. 269. Trochinus pallidus, Ayres, Bost. Proc., iv. 
243. This species is fully and well described by Otho Fabricius, and his account 
of its habits applies precisely to those of our species, as I have often observed at 
Grand Manan. It lives in the stony mud of the shores of these islands, buried to 
a depth of a few inches, usually in a horizontal position. It is found at low water, 
but is most abundant at a depth of four or five fathoms. 

The genus TZrochinus of Ayres is synonymous with Chirodota of Eschscholtz 
(see Esch., Zoologischer Atlas; also Middendorff, Sibirischer Reise, in which latter 
work full anatomical figures are given); the Chirodota of Forbes (Brit. Starf., 239) 
being a Synapta (see Duben and Koren, Ofvers. af Skand. Hchinodermer, 323). 
Our Chirodota arenata must, therefore, form the type of a new genus, for which I 
would propose the name Caudina. It is well described by Mr. Ayres, in Bost. 
Proc., iv. 143. Caudina arenata does not occur in the Bay of Fundy, notwith- 
standing its abundance on every sandy shore in Massachusetts Bay. 

Huxley, in Dr. Sutherland’s Journal of Penny’s Voyage to Wellington Channel, 
describes a Chirodota which must be closely allied to C. levis; but, if his descrip- 
tion be exact, it differs in the number of spokes in the calcareous wheels of the 
skin. 


BRYOZOA. 


TUBULIPORA PATINA, Johnst., Brit. Zooph. The species which I consider iden- 
tical with Z. patina, notwithstanding some differences, is very common on our 
whole coast. It is mostly found on seaweeds in shallow water. 

T. crates, St., n.s. Polypidom generally of large size, suborbicular, sometimes 
irregularly lobed at the circumference. Cells very slender, curving upward, show- 
ing a disposition to linear arrangement, and often rising in circles around cup- 
shaped depressions, where the tallest (immature) ones have very minute or no 
apertures. Color white. There is no distinct margin. Diameter often three- 
fourths of an inch. Found encrusting Zerebratule in deep water. 


18 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN, 


T. prvisa, St., n.s., Fig. 6. This species resembles 7. flabellaris, Johnst., but 
differs in being much more deeply divided into broad lobes or branches; also in its 
more erect and elongated cells, which are without transverse wrinkles. Color 
waxen white; length about three-tenths of an inch. Found on a valve of Pecten, 
taken in the coralline zone to the eastward of the islands. 

IpMONEA PRUINOSA, St., n. s., Fig. 7. Polypidom erect at base, the upper 
branches curving over, so as to be nearly horizontal, with the cell-bearing surface 
upward. Cells arranged in transverse rows of four or five, closely packed, which 
rows are arranged along each side of the face of the branch, either alternate or 
nearly opposite. It is a rather thick and solid species, of a white color, bright and 
shining. It grows often to a height of one or two inches, and is very distinct from 
the European species, I. atlantica. It was found in considerable numbers in deep 
water, especially on shelly bottoms. 

CRISIA CRIBRARIA, St., n. s., Fig. 8. Polypidom thickly branched, with the cells 
so crowded as to form often two or three longitudinal rows, in which they are 
usually opposite. The back of the polypidom is flat, or but slightly convex, pre- 
senting an irregularly striate appearance. Color white. ‘Taken in twenty f., east 
of Duck Island. 

C. DENTICULATA, Johnst., Brit. Zooph. On a sponge, taken in ten f., off Cheney’s 
Head. 

HIproTHoA RUGOSA, St., n.s., Fig. 9. This appears nearest allied to H. catenu- 
laria, from which it differs in its numerous transverse striae, or rugosities, and by 
its somewhat smaller apertures, in each of which a rectangular foramen is observ- 
able. It was found widely branched on small pebbles dredged in twenty-five 
fathoms on shelly bottoms. 

LEPRALIA ANNULATA, Johnst. Céllepora annulata, O. Fabr., F.G. This differs 
somewhat from the descriptions, but is probably one of the numerous varieties of 
the species named. Dredged in deep water, encrusting shells, etc. 

L. cANDIDA, St., n. s., Fig. 10. Cells robust, oval, white, coarsely punctate, with 
small apertures, which are without spines, but have two blunt projections result- 
ing from a sinus, at the top. Dredged on stones in thirty-five f., im the Hake Bay. 

L. crAssispIna, St., n. s. Cells sub-globular, distinct, crowded, standing ob- 
liquely, or sometimes almost erect; with very minute punctures. Aperture large, 
trumpet-shaped (from a slightly contracted neck), with thickened margin, one 
stout pointed spine in the middle above, and a long blunt spine at each extremity 
of the distal margin, which spines are often rough with minute points. Length 
of each cell one-fortieth of an inch. Color in life pale greenish. Found in small 
radiating patches on stones and shells from deep water. 

L. Labrava, St., n. s. Ovigerous cells only of this species were observed; and 
in them the ovarian capsules appeared in the form of a conical chimney on the top 
of the aperture. The cells were sculptured with irregular distant radiating ridges, 
commencing at the top of the chimney, and spreading out over the back of the 
cell. The aperture is sub-oval, truncate behind, and with the distal margin ex- 
panded over the cell immediately in front, in the form of a broad hp. Found on 
small pebbles from deep water. 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 19 


L. RuBENS, St., n. s., Fig. 11. The cells of this species, as will be seen from the 
figure, resemble those of Flustra more than Lepralia, being in straight parallel 
series, elongated, with small truncate apertures. Color bright vermilion. It isa 
common species, found in radiated patches encrusting nullipores, ete., in four or 
five fathoms. 

CELLULARIA TERNATA (?), Johnst., Brit. Zooph. Found in twenty f., shelly bot- 
tom, in the Hake Bay. 

GEMELLARIA pumosA, St., n. s. Polypidom white, thick, and bushy, with the 
branches but slightly diverging. Cells opposite, in pairs, joining each other by the 
broad dorsal surface, flattened, elongated, broadest at the aperture, which is ovate 
or sub-panduriform, narrowest behind, and without spines. Each pinna has a 
chainlike appearance from the constriction at the base of each pair of cells, where 
it joins the top of the preceding pair. Some of the bunches taken were four inches 
high. They were all more or less obscured by extraneous substances. It was 
dredged in ten f., off Cheney’s Head, on a coarse, sandy, and somewhat weedy 
bottom. 

FLustra tRuNCATA, Lin. Common in four f., on nullipore bottoms, among the 
smaller islands. 

F. soup, St., n.s., Fig. 12. Polypidom broad, very thick and solid, of a bright 
yellowish or cream color. Cells very long and narrow, with broadly truncated 
apertures. It grows to a height of three or four inches, with the branches three- 
eighths of an inch broad. Dredged in twenty-five f., off the northern point of 
Duck Island. 


ACEPHALA. 


WENGE CAG neAL. 


Of the compound ascidians only two were observed, and these, for want of proper 
opportunity, were not sufficiently investigated for specific designation. One was 
in the form of small glistening pellucid masses, variously lobed, with the aspect of 
an Aplidiwn. This was common among the nullipores in shallow water. The 
other was met with in only one instance, in deep water, near Duck Island. It was 
a mass about two inches in length, encrusting a tuft of Wlustra, of a bright green 
color, and very beautiful. It approximated in character the genus Botrylloides. 

The simple ascidians were numerous and interesting. In addition to those cata- 
logued below, I should mention that in one instance I met with what appeared to 
be a Clavellina, but so mangled by rough usage in the dredge as to be further un- 
distinguishable. 

ASCIDIA CALLOSA, St., Bost. Proc., iv. 228. Very abundant on shelly bottoms, 
affording attachment to many species of zoophytes. 


20 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


A. TENELLA, St., l. c., 228. In thirty-five f., off Gr. Duck Island. 

A. @EomeTrIca, St., 1. c., 229. In forty f., off Long Island. 

GLANDULA FIBROSA, St., 1. ¢., 230. Dredged in considerable numbers on muddy 
bottoms in the coralline zone. They appear like hard balls of mud, about the size 
of an ounce bullet. 

G. MOLLIS, St., 1. c., 230. In ten f.sand, off Cheney's Head. 

CYNTHIA PyRIFORMIS, Rathke. This species I have identified by European ex- 
amples sent me by M. Sars. They are perfectly the same. It is one of the most 
beautiful marine productions found in this region, having, in its hard velvety sur- 
face, and bright pink blush, precisely the aspect of a blood-peach. In fact, it is 
called sea-peach by the inhabitants. Some*of my specimens are three inches in 
length. It lives in clear water on rocky bottoms among nullipores, sometimes at 
low-water mark, but usually in four or five fathoms. 

C. EcuInaTA, St. On rocky bottoms. 

BoLrENIA RUBRA, St., 1. ¢., 232. One specimen only of this species was found, on 
weedy rocks, in four fathoms. 

B. renrrormis (?), Macleay. This species is very distinct from the preceding, 
being uniformly of a fine yellowish-white color, with a smooth velvety surface. It 
inhabits rocks in deep water, never occurring in less than fourteen fathoms. I am 
far from certain that it can be referred to B. reniformis, but approaches that species 
more than any of the others mentioned by Macleay in his memoir. 


BRACHIOPODA. 


TEREBRATULA SEPTENTRIONALIS, Couth. Common. 


LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. 


AwomiA EPHIPPIUM, L. Roots of Laminarie; very small. 

A, ACULEATA, Gm. Rather common in deep water. 

Precten MaceLianicus, Lam. This species was once taken abundantly in this 
locality, and used by the inhabitants as food, but seems now rapidly decreasing in 
numbers. It is now rarely seen alive, though beds of dead shells are often met 
with at depths of 20 and 30 fathoms, which afford excellent shelter to many marine 
animals. A few small living specimens were dredged in 10 f. sand, near Duck - 
Island outer ledge. 

P. Istanpicus, Miill. Distorted specimens are occasionally found under stones 
at low water, but it usually occurs on shelly bottoms, in 25 to 40 f. 

NucuLa Proxima, Say. In 4 f. sand, off Duck Island weir. 

N. tenuis, Turt. In from 4 to 40 f. mud. 

N. peLPHinoponta, Migh. 25 f. mud, on the Hake Ground. 

LEDA THRACLHFORMIS, St., N. E. Test. Moll., 9. In 25 f. mud, off Duck Island. 

L. sAporiLLa, St. 10 f., Welch Pool. 

L. MyALIs, St. 20 f. mud, off Duck Island. 

L. LIMATULA, St. 6 f. mud. 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. MAIL 


L. TENUISULCATA, St. Common on muddy bottoms. 

Mytitus pecussatus, Mont. Found at low-water mark, attached to the under 
side of stones by a byssus. Also in 40 f. gravel. 

M. corrucGatus, St. 35 f. gravel, on the Hake Ground. 

M. piscors, Lin. Found in nests formed of various marine substances, under 
stones at low water, and to a depth of 40 f. 

M. tevicatus, St. Dead in 35 f. gravel. 

M. piscrEPANS, Mont. Common at various depths; sometimes growing very 
large—one occurred 1+ in. in length. 

M. moprotus, L. This species here inhabits the shores, being seldom found in 
deep water. 

M. epuuis, L. Very abundant at low-water mark, but usually small. 

TuyasirA Goutpi, St. In 4 f. sand, off Duck Island weir; large specimens in 
20 f. mud. 

CARDITA BOREALIS, Con. Duck Island, at low water under stones, attached by 
a minute byssus. In deep water it is large and very common. 

ASTARTE SULCATA, Flem. Common in deep water on muddy bottoms. 

A. QUADRANS, Gould. Occurs very rarely here. 

Cyprina IstanpicA, Lam. Rarely found. 

Carpium Istanpicum, Linn. Full-grown specimens, dead, are common on nulli- 
pore bottoms, in 3 to 6 f.; the young, alive, are dredged in 20 to 40 f. mud. 

C. PINNULATUM, Con. In 4 f., coarse sand. 

Mactra ponperosa, Phil. Common in sand at low water, buried at a depth of 4 
inches. 

M. souipissmmA, Chemn. Found sparingly accompanying JL. ponderosa. 

TELLINA FUSCA, Phil. Inhabits the higher levels of the littoral zone. 

T. Proxima, Brown. Among nullipores on sandy ground, at low water, and in 4 f. 

SoLeNn Ensis, L. At low water, in sand; rare. 

THRACIA TRUNCATA, Migh. In 10 f. coarse sand, off Cheney's Head. 

T. myopsis, Beck, in Méller’s Index Molluscorum Groenlandiz. Comparison with 
specimens of this species from Greenland has convinced me of its identity with my 
T. Couthouyt. Iwas misled by the inaccuracy of Mdller’s description, especially in 
giving “ossiculum nullum.” I have observed the ossiculum in several specimens. 

T. Conrapi, Couth. Rare. 

Lyonsta HYALINA, Con. In 10 f. sand, off Cheney’s Head. 

PANDORA TRILINEATA, Say. In 6 f. mud. 

NERA PELLUCIDA, St., n. s., Fig. 13. Shell small, thin, pale white, subovate, 
ventricose anteriorly, and contracted posteriorly into a short but distinct rostrum. 
Beaks small, tumid, and placed a little before the middle. Surface nearly smooth 
about the beaks, with irregular, distant strie of growth near the margin, which 
become sharp and well-marked on the rostrum. Within, smooth and glossy; 
teeth very minute. Hpidermis white, sometimes pale greenish on the beaks, and 
brownish on the rostrum. Length, .19 inch; height, .12 inch; width, .11 inch. 

It is the first of this genus taken on our coast, and resembles the young of N. 

4 


22 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


cuspidata, F. et H. (Th. brevirostris, Brown), more than any other European species. 
It was taken in 40 f., on a muddy bottom, off Long Island. 

Panop#A Norvecica, Lovén. Taken (dead) in forty f., on the Hake Ground. 
This is the first instance of its occurrence on the N. E. coast. 

Mya truncata, Linn. Found in considerable numbers under stones near low- 
water mark, at Duck Island. 

M. arenARrIA, L. Common in the coves. 

SAxICAVA RUGOSA, Lam. Large and common at low water, but small when 
found in deep water. 

S. arctica, Desh. Occurs occasionally in deep water. 

PHoLas crispAta, L. Occurs very rarely. 


GASTEROPODA. 


PROSOBRANCHIATA. 


DENTALIUM STRIOLATUM, St. Very common on muddy bottoms in the coralline 
zone. 

Cuiton ALBuS, L. Found among nullipores in 4 f., and occasionally at low water. 
Those taken in the coralline zone are nearly black. 

C. ruBER, Linn. 

C. mArmorEuS, O. Fabr. These two species are excessively abundant just 
below low-water mark, on rocky bottoms, especially on the various species of 
Nullipora. To take a hundred or more in one dredgeful from this ground is by no 
means uncommon. They are easily distinguished from each other by their mar- 
gins, that of C. marmoreus being smooth and leathery, while that of C. ruber is 
granulated. The marmoreus also grows much larger than the ruber ; specimens of 
the former are commonly more than an inch in length. 

C. menpicarius, Migh. <A few fine specimens of this rare species were dredged 
(alive) in 35 f., in the Hake Bay. Besides Dr. Mighels’s specimen, they are the 
only ones now known. 

Piuipium cacum. Patella ceca, Miill. P. candida, Couth. Pilidiwm candidum, 
St., N. E. Test. Moll. I have been able to identify our species with the European 
by specimens sent me by Sars. It is not unfrequent at Grand Manan, in the coral- 
line zone. 

TECTURA TESTUDINALIS, Gray. Common in the third and fourth subregions of 
the littoral zone, of a very large size. 

CALYPTRHA STRIATA, Say. Specimens more than an inch in diameter are not 
uncommon in deep water. Iam quite confident that it will prove a new species, 
but have no southern examples of the type for comparison. 

Diapora Noacuina, Gray. During a low spring tide, in August, I obtained a 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 23 


large number of this species from the under surfaces of large stones, near low-water 
mark. It has been hitherto found, both here and in Europe, only in deep water. 

TROCHUS OCCIDENTALIS, Migh. In 25 to 40 f, in the Hake Bay. The specimens 
were very large and beautiful, especially when alive. The animal has four lateral 
cirri, thus differing from other Zrochi, which have three; and from Margarita, 
which has five. 

MARGARITA CINEREA, Gould. Inhabits shelly and pebbly bottoms in deep water. 

M. osscurA, Gould. On sandy bottoms in the laminarian zone, as off Ross’s 
Island. 

M. unpvxata, Sow. On weedy, rocky, and nullipore bottoms, in shallow water. 

M. arcentata, Gould. Taken alive in 4 f., coarse sand, off Duck Island boat 
moorings. 

M. weEticinA, M6ll. Common on the marine plants which cover the rocks above 
low-water mark. It is particularly abundant on the Long Island shore. 

M. acuminata, Sow., Migh. In 40 f., on a soft muddy bottom, off the Swallow’s 
Tail. 

ADEORBIS COSTULATA, St. Dead specimens were taken in 4 f., coarse sand, off 
Nantucket Island. 

Lirtorina RupISs, Gould. Everywhere above low-water mark, on rocks and sea- 
weeds. 

L. titrorauis, F. et H. Found with the last, and even more common. Dark 
varieties only occur; the banded and finely-colored specimens, so commonly found 
in Massachusetts Bay, are very rare here. 

Lacuna vinera, Turt. The variety common here is strong, broad, pale brown, 
with one white band just under the suture. 

RissoA EBURNEA, St. In 26 f., shelly bottom. 

R. acutgeus, St. In the littoral zone; rare. 

R. Mieuersu, St. In 25 f., off the northern point of Duck Island. 

R. PELAGIcA, St. Rather common in the coralline zone. 

TURRITELLA COSTULATA, Migh. In deep water; rare. 

T. rrosA, Couth. Dredged in 40 f., muddy bottom, in the Hake Bay. 

T. acicuLa, St. Dredged in 4 f., sand, off Point Franklin, and also found alive, 
at low-water mark, under stones. 

APORRHAIS OCCIDENTALIS, Beck. This fine species was dredged alive, for the 
first time, on a gravelly bottom in 35 f., to the north-east of the Island. Among 
the living specimens were both young and adult, the animals of which I have 
figured and described in my notes. They confirm the conjectures with regard to 
the proper genus to which it belongs, which have been founded on the shell alone ; 
for the animal agrees in all important particulars with that of A. pespelicani of 
Kurope. 

ScALARIA GRONLANDICA, Gould. On pebbly and shelly bottoms, in from 10 to 60 
fathoms. : 

MenestHo atBuLa, Moll. Dredged frequently alive on sandy bottoms, in the 
laminarian and coralline zones. 

CHEMNITZIA NIVEA, St. Frequent in 35 fathoms, in the Hake Bay. 


24 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


NaricA FLAVA, Gould. Taken in 50 fathoms, mud, some miles off the Swallow’s 
Tail. 

N. neros, Say. In sheltered muddy bays, about low-water mark ; rarely found. 
The specimens were all of the northern, short-spired type, and of a very thin 
structure, with well-developed epidermis. 

N. reisertata, Say. At Fisher's Cove, in the littoral zone, and in 10 fathoms, 
off Cheney’s Head. 

N. Gronzanpica, Beck. Inhabits very deep water in this region. 

N. ummAcunata, Tott. Rather common on the sands of Fisher’s Cove at low 
water, and more rarely occurring at various depths, to 25 fathoms. 

N. causa, Brod. et Sow. Taken in 25 fathoms, gravel, off the northern point of 
Duck Island. 

VELUTINA HALIOTOIDES, Moll. 

V. zonata, Gould. Very large specimens of this and the preceding species are 
taken in the laminarian zone, this inhabiting, however, deeper water than the for- 
mer, which occasionally occurs at low water. 

LAMELLARIA PERSPICUA, Lovén. Inhabits rocks in the coralline zone. It is 
rarely taken by the dredge, however, from its preferring the crevices of the ledges 
to their upper surfaces. 

ADMETE VIRIDULA, St. Common on shelly bottoms, in the coralline zone. 

TRICHOTROPIS BOREALIS, Brod. et Sow. Rarely taken alive, though dead shells are 
not uncommon in the coralline zone. 

Purpura LAPILLUS, Lam. A large, thick, dark chocolate-colored variety is common. 

Nassa trrvirtata, Say. This species must be exceedingly rare here, notwith- 
standing its abundance further south, as only one specimen was found. 

Buccinum unpAtuM, Linn. This species is exceedingly abundant here in the 
lower levels of the littoral zone. It is seldom found in deep water, though a 
beautifully sculptured specimen sometimes occurs in the coralline zone. 

Trirontum IstAnpicum, Lovén. Found at all depths from low-water mark to 40 
fathoms. 

T. pyemaum, St. Found on muddy and sandy bottoms, at various depths. 

T. pecemcostatum, Midd. Common at low-water mark, and at various depths 
to 40 fathoms. 

T. cLaturatum, Miill. On a patch of shelly bottom, about two miles north of 
Duck Island, this rare species is common as dead shells, but living specimens 
occurred in only two instances. 

FASCIOLARIA LIGATA, Migh. Several of this fine species were taken in 25 fathoms, 
in the Hake Bay. ‘ 

CoLOMBELLA ROSACEA, St. Living specimens are by no means rare in deep water. 

C. pissmmiis, St. This species occurred only once, but then in great numbers, 
at a haul of the dredge on a sandy spot in 8 fathoms, about two miles north-east of 
Cheney’s Head. * 

MANGELIA TURRICULA, F. et H. In twenty-five f., in the Hake Bay. 

M. pyRAMIDALIS, St. The specimens from this region are mostly shorter and 
broader than usual. Taken occasionally at low water. 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 25 


M. CANCELLATA, St. Dredged alive in twenty-five f., shelly, off Duck Island. 
-M. pecussAta, St. Specimens here are very small and variable. 


TECTIBRANCHIATA. 


BULLA HIEMALIS, Couth. In forty f., mud, off Long Island. 

B. triticea, Couth. Common. 

B. pertenvis, Migh. In ten f., sand, off Cheney’s Head. 

B. pepitts, Gould. Taken alive in six f., coarse sand, off Duck Island boat moor- 
ings. 

PHILINE LINEOLATA, St. Common in the shallows among the lower islands. 


Besides the species above catalogued, a few probably new species of univalves 
occurred, which have not yet been determined for want of opportunity of compa- 
rison with EKuropean examples of the same genera. 


NUDIBRANCHIATA. 


Cantuorsis HARVARDIENSIS, Agass., Bost. Proc., iv. 191 (no descr.). A good 
colored drawing of this remarkable mollusk is in Professor Agassiz’s possession. It 
is very common in sheltered muddy bays in this region, feeding on filamentous 
chlorosperms about low-water mark. 

Houis FARINACEA, Gould, MSS. ‘This fine species approaches E. angulata, A. 
et H., Brit. Nudib., Pl. 23, but is much larger, beg sometimes an inch and a 
half in length. Its color is also different, being made up of numerous flake-white 
blotches and dots on a dark fawn ground. The papille are short and very nume- 
rous, so closely arranged that their grouping into rows can scarce be distinguished. 
It is very numerous, spawning on the rocks above low-water mark in August. 

Hous STELLATA, St., n. s. Body small, slender, elongated, pale white, pellucid ; 
head with a flake-white patch above in front of the oral tentacles. Dorsal tentacles 
long, but shorter than the orals, slender, wrinkled transversely, especially in con- 
traction. They arise very near together, and bear the prominent black eyes at 
their bases behind. Oral tentacles very long and slender, smooth, and gracefully 
curved. Papille or branchize rather few in number, long and slender, arranged in 
about five clusters on each side; those in the second and third clusters being 
longest. Foot narrow, pointed behind, and strongly auricled in front. Colors: 
papille bright crimson, tipped with a ring of opaque white; tentacles pale pink 
near their bases, with their anterior halves white. Length, two-fifths of an inch. 
This species resembles somewhat L. rujfibranchials, Johnst., but its foot is not so 
long, nor its dorsal tentacles so tapering; and its papille are fewer and longer. It 
is found under stones at low-water mark, and when disturbed rolls itself up so 
that its branchiz project in all directions like the rays of a star. 

EK. PURPUREA, St.,n.s. Body large, -full, robust; tentacles rather short, thick, 
smooth ; the dorsal ones with the eyes far behind their bases. Papille large, flat- 
tened, crowded, arranged in five or six clusters on each side, leaving the middle 


26 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


third of the body bare. Foot broad, with short auricles in front. Mouth-disk 
large, triangular. Colors: body pale whitish, dark in the middle line from the 
viscera showing through; papillz: dark purplish, with the tips covered with intense 
white specks. Length one inch. Found at Duck Island, under stones, at low 
water. 

E. prversa, Couth., Bost. Journ., ii. 187. The examples described by Couthouy 
were undoubtedly mutilated, and I have heard it suggested that the species should 
be exploded. At Grand Manan, however, I found specimens agreeing with his 
description in the tentacles, color, etc., and prefer to catalogue them for the present 
under this name. They occurred in 4 f. on Laminarie. 

E. Mananensis, St., n. s. Body pale white; tentacles rather thick ;—the dorsal 
ones brownish with pale tips, looking as if hollow, wrinkled ;—the oral blunt, curved, 
with a row of opaque-white specks along the outer edge; papille slender, irregular, 
and variable in length, arranged in clusters along the sides of the back, of a bright 
vermilion color, with a ring of opaque-white at the tips. Foot auricled, not very 
broad. Length one inch and a half. It is narrower than E. salmonacea, has 
fewer papilla, and the dorsal tentacles are wrinkled instead of serrated. It was 
taken in 35 f., on a gravelly bottom in the Hake Bay. 

Doro coronaTa, Lovén., Arch. Skand. Nat., 151. A pale brown variety, with 
the papillew dotted with white, was dredged on rocks in 15 f., near Duck Island. 

DENDRONOTUS ARBORESCENS, A. et H., I. pl. iii. Fine large specimens are taken 
at low water, and in all parts of the laminarian zone, on rocky bottoms. The most 
common variety is white or colorless. ‘The ova were deposited in August. 

ANCULA SULPHUREA, St.,n.s. This species approaches so near to A. cristata, 
Lovén, that perhaps the best mode of describing it will be to point out the differ- 
ences. It is much larger in size, being often an inch and a quarter in length ; and. 
proportionally broader. The mouth tentacles are longer; and the processes from 
the dorsals arise at their bases, rather from the body than the tentacles. The 
laminze also in the dorsal tentacles are more numerous. The number of branchial 
tentaculiform appendages varies from eight to twelve; they are of a light sulphur 
color. The ova are deposited in a gelatinous belt, often three inches long, attached 
by one edge in a serpentine manner to the rocks. It is very common under stones — 
at low water, and in the laminarian zone. 

Doris PLANULATA, St., n. s., Fig. 14. Body broad, depressed; mantle expanded 
widely beyond the foot, covered above with minute tubercles, and white with a row 
of irregular bright yellow spots down each side just without the margin of the foot. 
Dorsal tentacles elongated, slender; branchize very small, consisting of about ten 
delicate pinnated plumes. Foot narrow, truncated anteriorly, and extending pos- 
teriorly to the edge of the mantle. Mouth very small, with a flat triangular lobe 
on each side. Length 0.6 inch; breadth 0.45 inch. It differs but slightly from D. 
repanda, A. et H. 

Doris PALLIDA, Ayg., Bost. Proc., iii. 191 (no descr.). This species is remarkable 
for the large size of the tubercles of the cloak. It is perhaps D. fusca, O. Fabr., 
F. G. 344 (non Miill.), and resembles much D. diaphana, A. et H. It was taken 
in 29 f. gravel, off the northern point of Duck Island. 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 27 


Besides the above nudibranches, a specimen of a remarkable and probably new 
form, was taken, but it is not here systematically characterized, as only a few 
rough notes of it remain, it having fallen a sacrifice to the voracious jaws of certain 
Dendronoti shortly after its discovery. Some idea of its form may be derived from 
Fig. 15. It approached EHolis in the characters of the head and tentacula, while 
its branchize were in the form of numerous scalloped transverse ridges, or raised 
membranes. It was of a dark reddish-brown color, dotted with black ; except the 
foot, which was white. 


CEPHALOPODA. 


Loricgo Bartram, (?) Les., J. A. N.S., 11. 92. A species of Loligo is common 
here during some seasons, and is used by the fishermen for bait. I did not meet 
with it myself, but from their accounts I am inclined to refer it to the above 
name. 


DENDROCCELA. 


For the elucidation of this part of my subject, I am indebted to my friend, Mr. 
Charles Girard, who has for some time devoted himself to the subject, and to whom 
I referred my notes and specimens. 


PLANARIDA. 


ProceRODES WHEATLANDI, Grd., Bost. Proc., iv. 251. Under stones near high- 
water mark. 

TYPHLOLEPTA ACUTA, Grd., n. s. Body depressed, ovoid, elongated, posteriorly 
rounded ; anterior extremity terminating in an acute point; mouth underneath, 
and situated at about the middle of the body. Length about a sixteenth of an 
inch. Ground color pale, with reddish confluent blotches above. Found in con- 
siderable numbers creeping over the surface of Chirodota levis. 

LEPTOPLANA ELLIPSOIDES, Grd., n.s., Fig. 16. Greatest length one inch, width 
about five-eighths of an inch. Color light yellowish-brown above, gray beneath. 
Two anterior elongated and narrow gray patches, and two posterior ones, rounded 
and black, situated immediately behind, and farther apart. These patches, at first, 
appear as if two simple pairs of visual organs; but on close examination with a 
magnifying-glass, they are resolved into an agglomeration of minute and black 
specks. This species swims by rapid undulations, somewhat as in Aplysia. One 


28 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


was observed by Mr. Stimpson thus supporting itself in the water for nearly two 
minutes before it took ground again. Found at low water, under stones, in four 
f., nullipores, and in thirty f., shelly bottom. 


NEMERTIDS&. 


PosEION AFFINIS, Grd., n. s. Body very slender, nearly filiform, about two 
inches in length when extended and in activity. Color clear reddish above, white 
below. Two elongated clusters of eyes at the anterior extremity. Mouth under- 
neath, situated behind the visual clusters. In the laminarian zone. 


NAREDA, Grd., n. g. 


Body elongated, sub-cylindrical. Head obtusely triangular in front; neck slightly 
contracted ; one pair of rounded ocelli. 

N. supersa, Grd., n. s., Fig. 17. Length from one to two inches; body poste- 
riorly attenuated; head forming an equilateral triangle; the base of which is at 
the contracted neck. Color above uniform soft red; head margined by a narrow 
band of white. The neck is also marked by a transverse band of white, on which 
the eyes are situated, far apart. Below white. Dredged in thirty-five f., in the 
Hake Bay. . 

TETRASTEMMA SERPENTINA, Grd., Kell. et Tied., Nordam. Monatsb., ii. 4. Under 
stones, in the higher levels of the littoral zone. 

OMATOPLEA Stimpsonu, Grd., n. s., Fig. 18. Length usually about six inches, 
often ten or more. Width in extension one-eighth of an inch; in contraction often 
one-half inch. Body sub-compressed, rounded above, and flat below. Head 
pointed, separated from the body by a slightly contracted neck. Posterior ex- 
tremity tapering. Eyes six or more, minute, situated in an oblique, simple row, 
on either side of the head anteriorly. Mouth terminal. Color brown above, with 
a white margin to the head; a narrow band of white, convex forward, across the 
middle of the head; and a sub-triangular, somewhat elongated patch of white on 
each side, on the posterior part of the head and neck. It is common at low- 
water mark under stones. 

PoxtA opscura, St. Nemertes obscura, Desor., Bost. Journ., vi. 2. Polia gracilis, 
Grd., K. et T., Nord. Monatsb., ii. 4. Common in the Ist subr., littoral zone. 


GEPHYREA. 


SrpuncuLus Bernuarpus, Forbes. Phascolosoma Bernhardus, Pourtales, Proc. 
Am. Assoc. 1851. Common in the coralline zone, in shells of Dentaliwm espe- 
cially. 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 29 


STERNASPIS Fossor, St., n.s., Fig. 19. Body subglobular in contraction, narrowed 
anteriorly, and annulate with fifteen or more slightly elevated rings. These rings 
are narrow, and dotted with minute papille toward the posterior or plate-bearing 
extremity, except on the smooth ventral surface; while they are broader and bet- 
ter marked toward the involute anterior terminal opening or mouth. At the pos- 
terior extremity below are placed two hard, black, corneous, subquadrate plates, 
nearly joining each other at their anterior interior corners, but separated by the 
median line, which is continued for a short distance beyond them on the ventral 
surface of the animal. ach of these plates is indistinctly marked with lines of 
growth, and bears a prominent diagonal line separating it into two unequal areas, 
the posterior of which is the largest. From beneath the posterior and the lateral 
edges of the plates project strong bristles, those from the lateral edges being much 
the longest. The anterior extremity of the animal, when the mouth is evolved, is 
bipapillate; each knob having two or three concentric semicircles of strong short 
bristles. The general color is cinereous, and the greatest length about one inch. 
It lives on muddy bottoms in the coralline zone, and when in confinement is very 
active, boring into the mud with great celerity, in a manner resembling that of 
the foot of Solen, or perhaps that of the proboscis of Avenicola. 


ANNULATA. 


TUBICOL A. 


SPIRORBIS SPIRILLUM, Lam. Gould, Inv. Mass., 8. On seaweeds at low water, 
very common. 

S. NAuTILoIDES, Lam., An. sans vert., v. 359. On shells, ete. 

S. vitrea, St. Serpula vitrea, O. Fabr., F. G., p. 382. A specimen was taken on 
a Pecten in 20 f., which agrees perfectly with the description of Fabricius. 

S. porrecta. Serpula porrecta, Miill., O. Fabr., F. G., p. 378. Found chiefly on 
Sertularie and other corallines. 

S. QUADRANGULARIS, St., n. s. Tubes large, thick, and strong, white, somewhat 
rugose with lines of growth; under-side flat, upper surface with two strong carine, 
one on each side; so that a transverse section of the tube is a square. Aperture 
rounded within and turned upwards. Diameter one-eighth of an inch. Taken in 
10 f. on shells. 

S. granuLata. Serpula granulata, Miill., Prodr., 2857. Common on stones, 
shells, and the carapaces of crabs in 20 to 50 f. , 

VERMILIA SERRULA, St., n. s. Tubes thick, very small; the largest having a 
length of one inch, a breadth of one-fortieth of an inch, and a height somewhat 
greater than the breadth. It is generally straight or slightly undulated, with the 
base somewhat expanded, the dorsal carina very prominent, sharp, and furnished 

5) 


30 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


with large teeth. It is frequent on the test of Ascidia callosa, and sometimes on 
Pectens from deep water. 

ProruLA MEpIA, St., n. s. Tubes large, cylindrical, rather thick and strong, 
marked with indistinct lines of growth, irregularly and variably contorted, and 
adhering throughout their length. Animal pale yellowish; disk broad, mem- 
branous, very thin and delicate, with a scalloped margin, and extending much 
beyond the extremities of bristles of the seven segments it occupies. On the 
succeeding 40 to 50 segments there are no long bristles, while those of the last 20 + 
seements are very long and hair-like. Branchial plumes moderately large, of a 
very pale yellowish tint. The tentacula of each are about 36 in number, arranged 
in a spiral of one turn and a quarter, with a thin raised membrane encircling their 
bases within. These plumes usually drop off in specimens preserved in alcohol, 
and disclose two black dots corresponding to the two plume-bases which look very 
much like eyes. The tubes are often six inches or more in length, with a diame- 
ter at the aperture of one-fifth of an inch. It is dredged on muddy and gravelly 
bottoms in the coralline zone, attached almost invariably to dead valves of Pecten 
Magellanicus. It was very abundant at a spot directly under the 45th parallel of 
latitude, half way between the equator and the pole, from which circumstance I 
have derived its name, for want of a better. 

SABELLA PAVONINA, Sav., Grube, Fam. der Ann., 88. Tubularia penicillus, O. 
Fabr., F. G., p. 438 (in part). This species as found here is rather short and 
broad, of a pale white color, with the tentacles (which are about 24 in number) 
white below and brownish towards their extremities. The tube is long, erect, 
leathery, and evenly coated with sand on the outside. It inhabits deep water. 

S. zonatis, St. Lubularia penicillus, O. Fabr. (in part). Of a dark-brownish 
color, with about 20 tentacula, which are colored with brown and white arranged 
alternately in narrow zones. It is a more elongated species than the former. 
Found in 4 f. among nullipores; the specimens taken having their tubes thickly 
coated with mud. 

PEcTINARIA GROENLANDICA,(?) Grube. P. Belgica, curved var., Gould, Inv. Mass., 
pl. i. f. i. Very common on sandy and muddy bottoms in deep water, and at low- 
water mark on the sand-flats of Fisher’s Cove. 


LUMARA, St., n. g. 


This genus is nearest allied to Zerebella, from which it differs in the following 
characters. The body is elongated, and not suddenly thickened anteriorly, but 
tapers regularly to the posterior blunt extremity. The sete, of both kinds, exist 
on all the segments of the body (42 +) instead of the anterior ones only; the aciculz, 
commencing at the second segment, being very long; and the uncinate sete, com- 
mencing at the fourth segment, being bidentate in front, with a strong, sharp pro- 
jection at the dorsal apex, and having no projections corresponding to the lateral 
ones in Terebella. (See Fig. 20.) The ventral shields are oblong, nearly touching 


the lateral pinne, and extend entire to about the 17th segment; where a median 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 31 


depressed line commences, running on the remaining length of the body. The 
branchize are on the first two segments. The neck is provided with a ring of eye- 
spots, numerous and variable in size, under the labia of the tentaculiferous disk. 
On the 22d segment, at the right side, just above and behind the superior pinna, 
arise two long tube-like cirri, which in one of my specimens are filled with eggs (?). 
It inhabits a tube of a thin leathery structure. 

I at first considered the animals above described as immature, on account of the 
presence of eyes at the neck; as Prof. Agassiz states such to be the case in young 
specimens of his Zerebellu fulgida. (See Bost. Proc., iii. 191.) But having, among 
many specimens, observed none larger or further developed, and considering most 
of the remaining characters above mentioned as important, I have been led to 
propose a new genus for the reception of the species. 

LuMARA FLAVA, St.,n.s. Of a bright-yellow color; branchiz with 6-8 rami, and 
a few short processes on the sides of their rings. Length one and a half inch; 
breadth, 0.11 inch. Tubes thin, of a light-yellowish color, usually with pebbles 
attached to the outer surface. Dredged in 35 f. in the Hake Bay. 

TEREBELLA BRUNNEA, St.,n. s. This species is large, of a uniform, dark, reddish- 
brown color; segments about 56; acicule of the anterior feet rather short; the 
ventral shields on the first eight segments oblong, transverse, and rather narrow. 
Tentacula large and very numerous, brownish ; branchize in three pairs, with 7-12 
rami to each, those of the first pair being most numerous. Length about five 
inches; greatest breadth three-tenths of an inch. It inhabits thick-walled tubes, 
formed of mud and sand, which are found in great numbers on the under surfaces 
of large stones, near low-water mark. 

The uncinate seta in this species are very variable in shape. ‘They are of the 
same type as those of 7. parvula, Leuckart, as figured in Wiegm. Archiv, 1849, 
Taf. i. f. 6, but are much more elongated and projecting above. 

T. crrraTa, Cuv. Leuck., 1. c. This species differs from the preceding in its 
smaller number of rami in the branchie, in the rhomboidal shape of the last ventral 
shields, and in the bright-yellow color of the anterior ventral surface. The unci- 
nate setze conform generally to the same type as those of 7. brunnea, and though 
they have sometimes slight denticles besides the upper frontal tooth, I have never 
met with any precisely like those of 7. cirrata figured by Leuckart (1. c., fig. 5). 
The aciculee are longer than those of the preceding species, and widened near their 
extremities, which taper to fine hair-like lashes. My specimens are about three 
inches in length, with nearly seventy segments. ‘They were all found in deep 
water, chiefly on shelly bottoms, in 20-40 fathoms. 

CLYMENE LUMBRICALIS, St. (non Aud. et Edw.)  Sabella lumbricalis, O. Fabr., F. 
G., p. 874. Tubes adherent to stones, shells, etc., in deep water. 


MARICOLA. 


ARENICOLA PISCATORUM, Cuv., Regne Anim., ete. Common on sandy shores above 
low-water mark, especially where there are scattered boulders. 
SIPHONOSTOMUM ASPERUM, St., n. s. Body slender, thickest anteriorly behind 


32 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


the head, and covered with dark-colored granulate papille, which are largest and 
most prominent above. There are four rows of bristles extending the whole length 
of the body, of which the dorsal are longest. These bristles become very long on 
the anterior five rings, where they are directed forwards, and extend beyond the 
thick green tentacula, but do not form adense brush. The segments are about 
sixty in number, and the animal is two inches in length. It was dredged in the 
Hake Bay, on a shelly bottom, in 25 fathoms. 


TECTURELLA, St., n. g. 


This name I propose to apply as a generic appellation to a singular worm, of 
which I obtained a few specimens, and which must be very closely allied, if not 
identical with the Siphonostomum vaginiferum of Rathke, described at length by R. 
Leuckart, in Wiegman’s Archiv for 1849, i. p. 164. A full description is there- 
fore unnecessary here. The sheath formed by the closely arranged anterior bris- 
tles, the very numerous filiform cirri, arranged in two clusters, and the character of 
the lateral bristles, or rather hooks, seem good generic characters. The name was 
suggested by the mantle-like exterior envelop, which adheres very loosely to the 
interior coat. 

TECTURELLA FLACCIDA, St., n.s., Fig. 21. This species presents, when alive, the 
appearance of a loose, flabby, elongated sac, covered with sordes, with a transverse 
slit at one extremity, which discloses when its labia are laid back, the broad green 
tentacula, and the filiform cirri. It will adhere and hang loosely by its hooked 
bristles (see figure), which are arranged, one to each segment, along each side of 
the body. The number of segments is about forty. The largest specimen obtained 
was two inches in length and two-fifths of an inch in breadth. It was taken among 
nullipores and shells in 3-15 fathoms. 


BRADA, St., n. 2. 


Body short, cylindrical, composed of few segments. Bristles very short, equal 
in length in all parts of the body; the upper ones lancet-shaped (Fig. 22), the 
lower ones minute and imperceptible without the aid of-the microscope. Oral 
cirri few (6) in number, green, nearly equal in size with the two tentacula. This 
genus I have separated from Siphonostomum, from having found two species, agree- 
ing with each other except in trivial characters, and both differing from that genus 
in the want of the anterior brush of forward-directed bristles. 

BrADA GRANOSA, St.,n. s. Body covered with granulate papillae, which are 
smaller on one side than on the other. Length, 0.7 inches; breadth, 0.16 inches. 
Color, dark brown. On sandy bottoms in 4-6 fathoms. 

B. sustavis, St.,n.s. Body nearly smooth, of a light reddish-brown color, from 
the thin coating of mud which always invests it. Length, 1 inch; breadth, .2 inch. 
Dredged on nullipore and muddy bottoms in the Laminarian zone. 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 33 


OPHELIA GLABRA, St., n.s. Body robust, smooth and shining, tapering at both 
extremities, flat or even concave below. Posterior extremity with two large infe- 
rior papillae, and eight small superior ones. Lateral cirri short and thick; about 
twenty pairs, on the middle and toward the posterior part of the body. At their 
bases are two approximated bundles of capillary setz, which extend anteriorly as 
far as the mouth—where they are very minute on the broad smooth rings—and to 
the anus posteriorly. Color, light fawn, with iridescence. Length, 1.5 inch; 
breadth, 0.25 inch. Dredged on muddy bottoms in deep water. 

ARICIA QUADRICUSPIS, (?) Grube.  Scoloplos quadricuspida, Oersd., Gronl. Ann. 
Dors., pl. vii. f. 110. The small specimen taken was too much injured for cer- 
tainty of reference. 

GuyceRA CApiTaTA, Oersd., Gronl. Ann. Dors., 44, pl. vil. f. 88. Of a pale flesh 
color. Found at low-water mark under stones on sandy shores. 

G. VIRIDESCENS, St., n.s. This species is much smaller than the preceding, being 
only one and a half inches in length. Its color is light green. Its setee are longer 
than those of G. capitata, but not so long as those of G. setosa. 

PHYLLODOCE GRaNLANDICA, Oersd., 1. ¢., pl..i., f. 19, 21, 22, 29-32. <A large 
bright-green species. It is not uncommon in 26 f., shelly, back of Duck Island. 

Nepatuys crui1ata, Miill. . borealis, Oersd., Maricole, 32. The specimens 
found were mostly jet black. Dredged in 25 f. mud, near Duck Island, and in 40 
f. mud, off Long Island. 

N. incGEns, St., n.s. Resembles NV. coca, Oersd., Gronl. Ann. Dors., 41, pl. vi. 
73, etc., but is somewhat more slender, and differs in the form of the head, which 
is rounded anteriorly, truncate behind, and has very short tentacula close together 
in front. The proboscis has about twenty fleshy teeth at its extremity, and the 
same number of longitudinal rows of short processes on its sides anteriorly. 
Leneth, 7.5 inch, breadth, 0.42 inch. One specimen only was taken, which was 
dredged by Mr. Wm. Bridges, in deep water. 

NEREIS ABYSSICOLA, St.,n.s. Smaller than WV. pelagica, Linn., broadest in front, 
tapering gradually posteriorly. Color reddish, cupreous, darkest anteriorly. Pinnee 
with four short subequal lobes; dorsal cirri and sete long, especially on the pos- 
terior rings. Hyes four, conspicuous; those on each side being close to each other, 
while those in each pair are remote from each other. Proboscis with a denticulated 
basal ring, as in WV. denticulata, herein described, except that the papille above 
have a circle of denticles instead of being covered with them. The set are longer 
than those of WV. pelagica, the tentacular cirri smaller, and the body more tapering. 
The eyes of the anterior pair also are more distant from each other than the 
posterior ones. Length, 1.5 inch, breadth, 0.14 inch. In 40 f. mud, off Long Island. 

N. rets, St.,n. s. Small; body slender, translucent, bluish, with shades of light- 
copper color on the back. Neck rather long, palpi large, tentacular cirri long and 
slender. Differs from WN. abyssicola in the want of the long superior cirri on the 
pinne, and is also much more slender. Length, 1.6 inch. It was found in a thin 
leathery tube, encased without with small pebbles. In 20 f., north of Duck Island. 

N. DENTICULATA, St., n.s., Fig. 23. Body subcylindrical, tapering rather sud- 
denly posteriorly. Color light reddish-brown, pearly above, nearly white below. 


34. MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


Pinnz small; ventrals with the sets longest and most numerous; dorsal and 
ventral cirri on the whole length of the animal. Head with short tapering ten- 
tacula; eyes small but conspicuous, posterior ones nearest each other. Proboscis 
with a ring of minute denticles almost encircling its base, but interrupted above 
by a smooth space, on which there are two prominent denticulated papille; also 
with four radiating ridges of denticles and an inferior denticulated patch; at its 
extremity. Maxille slender, much curved. Length, 6 inches; breadth, 0.25 inch. 
Found at low-water mark. Described from a Massachusetts Bay specimen, those 
from Grand Manan being lost. In Fig. 25, a represents a pinna of the twentieth 
ring; 6, one of the posterior pinne. 

N. Granpis, St., n.s., Fig. 24. Large, broad, thick anteriorly, and somewhat 
flattened posteriorly. Body dark brown, cupreous above, with the pinne lighter 
colored. Rings about 180 in number. Head small; eyes four, inconspicuous ; 
tentacula very small, equalling in length only that of the very thick palpi; tenta- 
cular cirri tapering to slender threads, the longest equalling in length the first 
three segments of the body. Mavxillee broad and strong, dentated. Dorsal pinnz 
with large subcordate lamellz, which have short cirri above in the first forty seg- 
ments. Length, 17 inches; breadth, 0.5 inch. At low water, under large stones. 
It is, perhaps, N. grandifolia of Leuckart (I. c. 207), but cannot be that of Rathke, 
who states his species to be Heteronereis arctica of Oersted, Gronl. A. D., pl. iv. 
f. 51, which is very different from our species. 

In Fig. 24, a represents one of the anterior pinne; 6, one behind the middle of 
the body. 


ENONELLA, St., n. g. 


Body elongated, much compressed, tapering posteriorly. Head small, subovate, 
terminating anteriorly in two short tentacles placed transversely, one on each side. 
Neck somewhat contracted. Pinna with a strong, short, simple dorsal cirrus, 
above which is a hard, arcuated knob or mamilla, concave towards the cirrus. 
These mamillz in their succession form something like two keels to the body. 
Strong muscular fibres proceed from them, and they are probably of use to the 
animal in working through the sand, which it does with great celerity. Sete 
falcigerous, long and numerous, in one bundle to each pinna. This genus wants 
the folded cirrus (branchia) of G¥none, and differs also in possessing tentacles and 
superior lateral cirri. See the figures. 

ENONELLA BICARINATA, St., n. s., Fig. 25. Body very much elongated, subulate. 
Eyes small, scarcely perceptible from the thickness of the skin over them. Color 
uniform pale-greenish yellow when alive, but in preserved specimens dark-brown. 
Length, 1.5 inch; breadth, 0.09 inch. Found in fine sand at low-water mark, at 
High Duck Island. 

Figure 25. a, head above; 6, the same below, showing the mouth; c, pinne, 
etc., from above; d, side view of a pinna. 

Eunice Orrstrepn, St.,n.s. Depressed, but narrow; head small, with the three 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 35 


middle tentacula, between the eyes, very long and curved; the lateral ones are 
shorter. Tentacular cirri small. Branchize commencing on the fourth segment 
from the neck, in the form of a slender process from the cirrus of the superior pinna, 
which process forks on a succeeding segment, and becomes gradually more compli- 
cated till the 13th segment. On this segment, and on those succeeding it to the 
30th, the branchize are in the form of a beautiful comb of five slender processes, 
reaching nearly to the middle of the back. At the 31st, they begin to decrease in 
size and number of filaments, and leave only the dorsal cirrus at the 40th. Above 
the base of this cirrus, on each segment, there is a black pigment spot under the 
skin. The superior sete of the setiferous pinna are long and slender, the inferior 
ones are short, and form a thick tuft. Inferior cirrus thick and short, but tapering. 
Color light fawn or reddish with iridescence. Length, one inch + (the specimens 
wanting the posterior rings); breadth, 0.1 inch. In its principal characters it 
resembles #. Harassii, Aud. et M. Edw. Dredged in 20 f., on a shelly bottom, off 
the northern point of Duck Island. 

EUNICE vivipA, St., n. s., Fig. 26. <A large strong species. Body broad and 
rather thick, rounded above, somewhat flattened below. Head with the middle 
tentacle longest, reaching the sixth ring of the body from the neck; the outer ones 
scarcely reaching the first ring. Tentacular cirri thick at base, pointed, reaching 
as far as the eyes. Branchize commencing at the first ring and ending at the 45th; 
increasing and decreasing in complication as in the last species. The branchial 
comb, where thickest, has nearly 20 closely arranged filamentary teeth. Pinnz 
small, with very minute setee; dorsal cirri tapering to a fine point; ventral cirri 
short, on thick globular bases. Color above cupreous. Length, 6 inches; breadth, 
0.26 inch. This species I at first thought to be the adult of # Oerstedii, but the 
proportionally smaller pinne and sete seem to forbid. It is very active, and 
almost as uneasy as a snake, in confinement, gyrating so rapidly and in such 
curious circumvolutions as to threaten with destruction such unlucky invertebrates 
as might be caught with it. 

Onupnis Escuricutu, Oersd., Gronl. Ann. Dors., 20, pl. iii., f. 35-41, 45. Our 
specimens are much smaller and more compressed than those of Oersted. It is finely 
colored with red annulations on a bluish ground. The tube is broad, flat, and 
_ composed of large angular fragments of shells and chips of slaty stones. Taken on 
shelly bottoms in the coralline zone. 


CRYPTONOTA, St., n. g. 


Body broad, oval; segments very narrow; head minute, papilliform, placed at 
about the anterior fourth of the length of the animal; single median tentacle short, 
much narrower than the head; eyes two at the base of the tentacle. Back entirely 
covered by the crowded dorsal setze, leaving only a median line of separation, which 
terminates anteriorly at the head, and posteriorly not far from’ the margin. The 
dorsal pinne are thus transverse in the middle, and longitudinal at the extremities 
of the body—as if radiated from the two points forming the extremities of the 


36 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN, 

dorsal line. The ventral pinne are short and provided with strong hooked setze. 
They completely surround the ventral surface of the animal. The mouth is at 
about the anterior sixth of the length of the animal below, and from it the anterior 
feet radiate, as from the head above. The branchiew probably resemble those of 
Euphrosyne, to which genus this has, perhaps, the nearest relations. These organs, 
however, and some other details, could not be made out from the single specimen 
obtained. 

CRYPTONOTA CITRINA, St., n.s., Fig. 27. Of a beautiful lemon-yellow color, re- 
sembling very much that of some sponges which occurred with it. Head, flake- 
white; back, beneath the seta, dark brown. Segments about thirty in number. 
Length, 0.45 inch; breadth, 0.25 inch. Dredged on a gravelly and somewhat 
muddy bottom, in thirty-five fathoms in the Hake Bay. 

EUPHROSYNE BOREALIS, Oersd., Gronl. Ann. Dors., 18, pl. ii. f. 283-27. This spe- 
cies is not uncommon in deep water, and often occurs of a size double that given 
by Oersted. It frequents muddy bottoms. 

PuoLo# TEcTA, St.,n.s. Back entirely covered by the elytra, those of the oppo- 
site sides overlapping as well as the consecutives. Segments about thirty-six in 
number, on which are about twenty-two pairs of elytra, there being anteriorly one 
to each alternate segment, while posteriorly every ring has one. These elytra or 
seales are broad, sinuated broadly in front, and remotely ciliated behind. Superior 
pinna arched, dotted with black along the summit at the base of the row of long 
curved capillary sete. Inferior pinna with a plume of few long falcigerous setae. 
Head ovate, with two very large oval eyes, and terminating anteriorly in a short 
pointed tentacle. Tentacular cirri rather short. Color, brownish and black, varie- 
gated, darkest anteriorly. Length, 0.28 inch; breadth, 0.035 inch. Dredged in 
4 f., on a bottom of coarse sand and nullipores. 

Oersted gives “ branchiarum squamiformium paria maximam dorsi partem nudam! 
reliquentium” as a generic character of Pholoé. But as this species agrees with that 
genus in its remaining characters, the size of the dorsal scales would seem to be of 
little importance in the Aphroditacew. As another instance of this, I would men- 
tion the large Acoétes (A. lupina, St.) of South Carolina, which has scales so small 
as to leave the back nearly bare, and yet agrees in all other important particulars 
with A Pleei, Aud. et M. Edw., which has remarkably large scales. 

Lepmonore crrrATA, Oersd. <Aphrodita cirrata, Miill., O. Fabr., F. G., p. 308. 
Of a bright pink or violet color; taken about low-water mark. 

L. puncrata, Oersd. Polynoe squamata, Gould, Inv. Mass. Very common under 
stones at low water, and some ways above it. Sometimes also in the Laminarian 
zone. ; 

L. scaBra, Oersd., Gronl. Ann. Dors., 12, pl. i. f. 2, 7, 10, 12, 13, 17, 18. Aphro- 
dita scabra, O. Faby. Taken occasionally of a very large size, on gravelly bottoms 
in the coralline zone. One specimen occurred at low-water mark. 

APHRODITA ACULEATA, Baster. Gould, Inv. Mass., 343. A fine large species, often 
four inches in length, which is taken occasionally in deep water. It is identical 
with the above species, at least as far as can be judged from figures. ‘The numerous 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. Dil 


small Aphrodites which are found on muddy bottoms in the laminarian and coral- 
line zones, are perhaps varieties of the young of this species, but require farther 
investigation. 


CRUSTACEA. 
PYCNOGONIDES. 


PYCNOGONON PELAGICUM, St., n. s. The legs are much shorter and stouter than 
in P. littorale, and are also without the projections at the joints which are seen in 
the figures of that species. The surface is generally smooth and clean, without 
prominent hairs, and it is of a uniform yellowish-brown color. Its diameter, or 
the distance between the extremities of opposite legs, is three-fourths of an inch. 
It was taken in 30 f., on a gravelly bottom, off Head Harbor. 

PHOXICHILIDIUM MAXILLARE, St., n. s. Body slender, with a sharp conical papilla 
on the back, just behind the origin of the mandibles; caudal projection short, but 
very stout. Jaw-feet or mandibles comparatively large and strong, scarcely extend- 
ing beyond the end of the blunt proboscis, and with the finger and thumb curving 
so as to touch each other only towards their extremities. Ovigerous feet slender, 
except at the basal joint, which is very thick. They are long and slender, curving 
in genuflexions as in Nymphon, and arise from the lateral projections supporting 
the first pair of legs. The legs are long, smooth, without spines or hairs, and have 
small subcheliform hands at their extremities, the fingers of which are very sharp 
and slender. The color in life is blackish or sepia. Length of body, 0.13 in.; of 
a leg of the first pair, 0.55 in. Taken in tangled groups of a dozen or more, 
attached to the under sides of stones at low water. 

ZETES SPINOSA, St., n. s. One specimen only of this species was taken, which 
occurred in the laminarian zone. It was hispid with minute hairs, especially on 
the legs, and so covered with marine sordes that the parts were made out only with 
ereat difficulty. The diameter of this specimen is one-half an inch. The body is 
short, and ‘terminates posteriorly in a long, slender, subclavate anal tube, which 
projects obliquely upwards. The clavate proboscis is large, broad, and not so much 
constricted at the base as in the species figured in Voy. en Skandinavie, Laponie, etc. 
The ovigerous feet are long, pellucid, and flexible; the jomts being with difficulty 
distinguished. Of the appendages between them and the proboscis only two pair 
were made out with certainty, of which those above the proboscis were very short, 
and those between it and the ovigerous legs almost filiform, and exceeding it a little 
in length. On each of the first two joints of the legs above is a short acute spine. 
The general color of the animal, as nearly as could be ascertained, is light brown ; 
the proboscis being straw-colored or yellowish. 

PALLENE HISPIDA, St.,n. s. Body short and broad, seeming wider than it really 

6 


38 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


is, and almost orbicular, from the close approximation of the basal joints of the 
legs. The legs are very thick at their bases, but taper gradually to slender ex- 
tremities, where they are provided with elongated, subcheliform hands. The first 
two joints of each are provided on their outer edges with a semicircle of sharp 
spines, which projects over the succeeding joint in an imbricated manner. This 
arrangement gives the body the appearance of being surrounded by two concentric 
spinous ridges. The legs are also very hispid, the hairs being short, compressed, 
spine like, and arranged in three or four longitudinal rows; the interspaces being 
smooth. The ovigerous feet equal in length about three-fourths that of the true 
legs, and in my specimens had two rounded masses of eggs attached to their basal 
joints. The proboscis is very short, and tapers nearly to a point at its extremity. 
The mandibles are large and strong, extending much beyond the extremity of the 
proboscis, and curving downwards. The finger and thumb are small, and tipped 
with a hard, glossy, mahogany-colored enamel. The oculiferous knob is prominent, 
with a black summit divided by a cross into four minute eye spots. Finally, the 
caudal process is small, but prominent, smooth, and glossy, and projects nearly 
perpendicularly upwards. The color of the body and legs, beneath the dark brown 
spines and hispidities, is light yellowish. The length of the body* is 0.14 in.; of 
one of the legs, 0.57 in. It was taken among Ascidic callose, in deep water. 

NyMPHON GROSSIPES, Kroyer. This large and fine species is by no means uncom- 
mon here in the coralline zone. It is generally found creeping among the polypi- 
doms of Tubularie and other hydroids, upon the polypes of which it probably 
feeds. In life, it is of a pale wine-yellow color externally, the stomach being often 
of a light rose tint, varying in depth so as to give the legs a distantly annulated 
appearance. Specimens in egg occurred during the first week in September. The 
figure given by Kroyer in Voy. en Skand., Lap., ete., does not apply to our speci- 
mens in every particular, but there can be no doubt of the identity of our species 
with the Pycnogonum grossipes of Otho Fabricius, Fauna Gronl., p. 229. The 
curious six-legged young of this animal, so different from the adult, occurred in 
August in considerable numbers parasitic on Goniaster phrygiana, These were a 
quarter of an inch in diameter. 


EPIZOA. 


LERN#A BRANCHIALIS, (?) Lin. A few specimens were found fixed in the flesh 


of the neck, in young cod-fishes. 
CaLicus pPiscinus, Gould, Inv. Mass., 340; Latr., Hist. Nat. des Crust. (?) 
Found in great abundance on the surface of oe Halibut. 


CIRRIPEDIA. 


BALANUS GENICULATUS, Conrad, J. A. N. S., vi. 265. Gould, Inv. Mass., 14, pl. 
i. f. 9. This species is identical with one of those of Northern Europe, as I have 


+ The length of the body in this species and the others herein described, is taken from the base of the 
proboscis to the extremity of the caudal process. 


Ta 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 39 


ascertained by comparison of specimens; but the synonymy of this European 
species is unknown to me, as I have not yet seen the work on Cirripedes by Darwin, 
in which it is fully elaborated. It occurs abundantly on dead valves of Pecten, 
and on stones, in the coralline zone, and it varies greatly in form. 

B. BALANoIDES. Lepas balanoides, Lin. Balanus ovularis, Lam., An. sans vert., 
v. 660. Gould, Inv. Mass., 17. pl. i. f. 7. B. rugosus, Mont., Gould, 1. Gop AUG), jal, 
i. f. 10. Found abundantly, and generally of large size, on the rocks in the littoral 
zone. Several fine specimens were found attached to living examples of Littorina 
littoralis. 


ENTOMOSTRACA. 


CYPRIDINA EXCISA, St., n. s., Fig. 28. This fine entomostracan occurred in con- 
siderable numbers among nullipores in four or five fathoms. It is about one-tenth 
of an inch in length, and in shape regularly oval with a deep emargination below 
anteriorly. Such details as can be observed of the parts protruding from the shell 
when the animal is in motion are given in the figure. The color is pale yellowish, 
and sometimes bright pink on the back, from the large round eggs showing through. 


BRANCHIOPODA. 


CUMA BISPINOSA, St.,n.s. This species is distinguished from all those of Northern 
Kurope, described by Kroyer in his Tidsskrift, by the short spine-like projec- 
tions on the carapax, of which there is one on each side, not far behind the large 
triangular rostrum. In other particulars, it differs but little from the ordinary 
forms. The tail terminates in a slender stylet, set on the extremity of a thicker 
one of equal length, from the base of which proceed the long lateral stylets with 
bifid extremities. The color of the body is brownish; that of the tail paler or 
nearly white. Length, 0.49 inch. Dredged in 35 f., gravel, in the Hake Bay. 


ISOPODA. 


Iporma Turtsir, St.,n. s. This species resembles L ceca, Say, J. A. N.S., i. 
424, more than any other species, but it differs in the following particulars. It is 
smaller, being but four-tenths of an inch in length. The eyes are easily seen, and 
of an opaque-white color in life. The internal antenne are blunt at their tips, and 
equal in length one-third that of the external ones. The tail is greatly elongated, 
and regularly sublanceolate. It is of a pale fawn color, with crowded dark brown 
dots or punctations. It was dredged on a sandy bottom in 10 fathoms, off Cheney’s 
Head. 

I have dedicated this species to Mr. Samuel Tufts, of Lynn, Mass., one of our 
most active marine zoologists, to whom I have been often indebted for new and 
curious forms of deep sea animals from Massachusetts Bay. 

I. rrrorata, M. Edw., Suites 4 Buffon, Crust. Stenosoma irrorata, Say, J. A. N. 
S., 1.423. Gould, Inv. Mass., 338. This species is found on marine plants about 


40 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


low-water mark. It rarely occurs here, although so common on the southwestern 
portions of the coast of Maine. 

IpormA monTosa, St., n. s. Body elongated ovate, abruptly narrowing at the 
commencement of the abdomen. The back seems divided longitudinally into three 
unequal lobes, of which the middle one is by far the largest. ‘This results from the 
prominent, well-defined, rounded lobes into which the segments expand at each 
extremity of their width. The lateral incisions, separating these segments, reach, 
in depth, the margin of the middle lobe of the back. The abdomen in length 
equals six-tenths that of the thorax, and has its segments soldered together, except 
that slight transverse depressed lines indicate two short! anterior segments, which 
bear a large rounded knob in their middle; and one scutiform posterior segment, 
which also bulges up strongly in the middle; this latter protuberance being separated 
from the former by a deep depression. The antennz are very small; the internal or 
superior ones much the longest, reaching the second thoracic segment; the external 
ones about half the length of the internals, and without an articulated flagellum. 
The feet are identical in character throughout, each terminating in a delicate, 
elongated, subcheliform hand, with a very slender, almost acicular finger or nail. 
The first pair is shortest; they then increase in length to the fifth, which is longest, 
and then decrease very slightly to the seventh and last pair. The opercular abdo- 
minal appendages are margined with a sharp elevated ridge, and have very minute 
articulated pieces at their posterior extremities, and elongated subsidiary pieces for 
about half their length anteriorly and interiorly. The color is dark grayish. 
Length, 0.4 in. ; greatest breadth, at the fourth segment, 0.19 in.; length of a foot of 
the fifth pair, 0.2 in. Taken in deep water on sandy and muddy bottoms. The 
characters of the antennx would, strictly, exclude this species from Jdotea. It 
belongs to a group of which I have three or four species from the New England 
coast, and which will probably be found to constitute a new genus. 

JRA CoPIosa, St.,n. s., Fig. 29. Body suboblong, narrowing slightly at each ex- 
tremity, and a little convex above. Head rather large, with the small but very obvi- 
ous black eyes near its posterior corners; thoracic segments not widely separated at 
their hairy external edges, but far apart along the middle; abdomen with three 
segments, of which the anterior two are very small and narrow, and the posterior 
one broad, with its caudal appendages very minute and close together in a niche at 
its posterior extremity. The thick-based internal antenne are about one-third the 
length of the rather stout external ones, which reach the third segment of the body. 
Feet weak and slender, all of the same character, terminating in a sharp nail. 
Branchial lamina or operculum, considerably smaller than the abdominal cavity. 
Color above grayish, punctate; those with eggs are bright green below. Length, 
0.2 in.; greatest breadth, at the third segment, 0.1 in. Found in great numbers on 
our whole New England coast north of Cape Cod, living on the under surfaces of 
stones in the first (upper) subregion of the littoral zone. At Grand Manan, it was 
most frequent in sheltered situations. 


* By the length of a segment, is meant its extent longitudinal with the body, so that its width in Isopods 
is almost always much greater than its length. 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 41 


ASELLODES, St., n. g. 


Body loosely articulated as in Asellus. Abdomen uniarticulate, with two long 
bifid caudal styles. External pair of natatory feet having each two lamin like 
the others, but broader and hardened so as to perform the office of an operculum. 
External antennee longer than the body, and terminating in very long multiarticu- 
late flagella. Internal antennze minute, with flagella of few articulations, each of 
which bears a very long hair-like appendage. Legs nearly as long as the body, with 
the terminal article in each bearing two or more minute unguiform spines at its 
extremity. In the first pair, the last two articles form a large subcheliform hand. 

The very long external antenne and legs call to mind the genus Munna of 
Kroyer, in which, however, the caudal appendages are rudimentary. 

A. ALTA, St., n. s., Fig. 30. Body suboblong; head with its anterior angles 
produced, and with a prominent sharp rostrum, which is almost erect and curves 
forward at its summit; internal antenne very short and slender, with long hairs, 
which are numerous at the extremities ; externals with an articulated scale or spine 
on its second segment exteriorly ; outer edges of the dorsal segments produced at 
their anterior angles, and each having one or two deep emarginations laterally. 
Abdominal segment subquadrangular, a little broader anteriorly, minutely ser- 
rated on its lateral margins, and undulated at its posterior margin. Color pale 
whitish, with numerous black pigment spots somewhat regularly arranged above. 
Antenne and feet white. Eyes large, black. Length, 0.27 in.; breadth, 0.1 in. . 
Dredged in soft mud in 40 f., off Long Island, G. M. 

AAGA POLITA, St.,n.s. Hlongated, very convex, so that the sides of the back 
are perpendicular, and a little incurved below; head subtrapezoidal, broadest before ; 
at its anterior corners are the rather small but prominent black eyes, which are 
elongate-trapezoidal in shape, narrowest anteriorly. Antennz small but rather 
stout at base, placed transversely, curving backward, the superior ones being three- 
fifths as long as the inferior ones, which reach the middle of the first thoracic seg- 
ment at its lower edge. Feet long, compressed, hairy on their edges, with their 
second and third articles produced at the outer angles. The epimera in the first 
thoracic segment are indicated by a slight depressed line only ; while in the second, 
third, and fourth they are better separated ; and in the fifth, sixth, and seventh they 
are articulated, elongate-triangular, and produced into acute angles posteriorly, the 
last pair thus reaching the fifth abdominal segment. The first five abdominal seg- 
ments occupy three-sevenths the length of the abdomen ; the first one being scarcely 
distinct from the last thoracic, the next three equal, the next a little longer than 
the preceding ones. The terminal segment is scutiform, narrower than the others, 
and with caudal styles resembling the natatory feet in character, but thicker, harder, 
and narrower; the inner stylet being three times as broad as the outer, and elongate- 
subrhomboidal in shape. ‘The color is light opaque yellowish, with patches of black 
puncte on the front of the head, on the posterior two-thirds of all the dorsal seg- 
ments except the terminal one, which is almost entirely covered with them, on the 

x 


. 


42 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


middle of the caudal styles, and on the exterior or first pair of natatory feet. There 
are also a few black dots on the legs. The length of the largest specimen is 0.62 
inch. The proportions of the other parts to the length are as follows: breadth, .24; 
length of longest (5th) thoracic segment, .11; of the abdomen, .34; of the terminal 
abdominal plate, .20; of the longest leg (of 6th segment), .41. Found on the fine 
sands at low-water mark on High Duck Island. A species from Charleston, 8. C., 
Harbor (42. concharum, St., n. s.), resembles this very closely, but the superior 
antenne are shorter, the eyes larger and triangular, the last epimer reaching only the 
third abdominal segment, the inner lamina of the caudal styles thinner and broader, 
and the legs proportionately broader. The color is nearly the same. The length 
is 0.9 inch; of which the proportions corresponding to those above are, .23, .15, 
29; .16;'and 33: 


AN DS.G@.P Om A... 


PRANIZA CERINA, St., n. s., Fig. 31. This curious little Isopod resembles P. 
cerulata, of the coast of Great Britain, in its proportions, but is very distinct from 
that species in its details. The two reduced neck segments are very small and 
narrow, but nevertheless distinct; and the rings are not difficult to make out, even 
on the ventricose middle portion of the body. The rudimentary legs of the first 
two thoracic segments reach forward nearly to the extremities of the mandibles. 
They are pressed against, and seem to constitute a portion of the mouth parts, 
and one pair is provided with strong hooked nails. The remaining five pairs of 
well-developed feet are long, but almost filiform, and somewhat hairy; the last pair 
but one being shortest. The superior antenne are shorter than the inferior ones, 
of which a flagellum of about seven articulations constitutes nearly one-half the 
length. The eyes are prominent, bulging out from the sides of the head. The 
natatory feet are of large size, with very long plumes of hairs; the fifth pair being 
much smaller than the rest. Caudal styles hairy on their edges, the inner one of 
each pair broadest and with pointed extremity, extending considerably beyond the 
end of the triangular caudal segment. Its color a pale yellowish or waxen. 
Length of body, 0.22 inch; of which the proportions of the other parts are : length 
of head and first four segments, .27; of the abdomen, .32; of the longest leg (that 
of 5th thoracic segment), .32; width of body at the third segment, .11; at the 
sixth, .87; at the abdomen, .07. Many specimens were dredged on gravelly and 
coralline bottoms in 20-50 fathoms in the Hake Bay. 

With the above, and in about equal numbers, was taken another form, which, 
with some doubt, I am at present inclined to consider the female of the same species. 
In color and details it differed from P. cerina but slightly, but the proportions were 
very different; as the very ventricose middle portion of the body, which in every 
case was filled with eggs, constituted nearly the whole of the animal; the head and 
abdomen being very short, and projecting but little beyond it. 

Ancrus AMERICANUS, St.,n. s. Body very regularly rectangular, abruptly nar- 
rowed at the commencement of the abdomen, which has the appearance of another 
very small rectangle set into the first, and of only one-third its width. It is of a 


? 


pera 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 43 


dark brownish color above; the back with transverse ridges at the articulations, 
very rugose and covered with marine sordes. Below, white. Last thoracic seg- 
ment deeply emarginate behind for the reception of the abdomen. Maxills very 
strong, crossing each other toward their extremities, and curving upward beyond 
the anterior margin of the head. Eyes minute. Antenne two on each side, 
close together, one above the other, at the corners of the head; the inferior 
ones being a little the longest. Legs slender, with hard curved nails at their 
extremities. Abdominal segments well defined, the anterior one narrowest, and the 
terminal one becoming very narrow and tapering after the juncture of the caudal 
appendages, which are highly developed, subequal, and extending considerably 
beyond the extremity of the caudal segment. Length, 0.2 in.; breadth of thorax, 
0.08 in. ; length of abdomen, 0.085 in. Dredged on a sandy bottom in ten fathoms, 
off Cheney’s Head. It is very sluggish in its motions, which are ambulatory only. 
It is more elongated than A. maaillaris of Europe, the head and jaws not so large, 
and the caudal appendages much larger. 

ANTHURA BRACHIATA, St.,n. s. Body very slender, subcylindrical, tapering at 
the head, broadest at the fifth thoracic segment, and greatly constricted at the 
articulations of the second thoracic segment, which is narrower than any of the 
others. The first three thoracic segments are sharply convex below ; the next three 
concave along the middle, with a deep indentation on the back of each anteriorly ; 
the last one very short, equalling in length a little more than one-third that of the 
penultimate one. The antenne are very minute, about equal in length, and all 
arising close together at the anterior extremity of the head. The first three pairs 
of legs are placed anteriorly on their respective segments; the last four on the 
middle. ‘Those of the first pair are a little shorter than the others, but very thick 
throughout their length, the large ovate hand being set by the middle of its lower 
side on the third and fourth articles, which are only rudimentary, while the first 
and second are greatly developed. The finger or nail of this hand is very small. 
The legs of the second and third pairs are shorter and not so slender as those of 
the fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh, but all terminate in small subcheliform hands. 
The segments of the abdomen are with difficulty distmguished above. The caudal 
appendages (last pair of abdominal feet), are much expanded, especially the exterior 
lamine, which curve over above so as to inclose the terminal segment in a kind of 
trumpet-shaped cavity. The outer lamine of the first or exterior pair of natatory 
feet are hardened, and serve as opercula to the others, while the inner laminze of 
this pair are minute, and articulated at about half the length of the outer ones on 
their inner surfaces. The color is a uniform light brown when the animal is clean, 
but it is usually covered with a reddish-brown muddy slime, owing to its sluggish 
habits. Its length is 0.69 inch, of which the proportions of the other parts are : 
length of the abdomen, .13; of the longest leg, .20; of the antenne, .10; and the 
ereatest breadth, .125. It was dredged on a shelly and somewhat muddy bottom, 
in twenty fathoms, off the northern point of Duck Island. 

TANAIS FILUM, St.,n. s. Very minute, slender, rounded on the back, white, 
looking very much like a short piece of thread. Head small, and rather narrowed 
in front; first thoracic segment of great length; the second half as long as the third, 


44 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


which is about equal in length with the fourth, fifth, and sixth; the seventh being 
a little shorter than the sixth. The segments of the abdomen are well defined, the 
first five equalling each other in length, and the terminal one longer than the fifth, 
but narrower, and rounded behind. Antenne short and thick, without flagelle, 
with blunt tips crowned with few hairs, as are also their articulations. The inner 
ones are directed forward, and much the stoutest, especially toward their bases; 
while the outer ones are more slender and curve outward and backward. First 
pair of legs exceedingly thickened, with very large ovate hands and strong curved 
fingers. They are generally closely applied against the breast. The remaining 
thoracic feet are very slender, terminating in sharp slender fingers, which in the 
second pair are very long and nearly straight, and in the other pairs short. The 
legs of the posterior pair are a little the longest and thickest. The ambulatory 
feet in five pairs are of great length and resemble those of Amphipods. The caudal 
stylets are in length about four-fifths that of the abdomen, and consist of four or 
five articles, with few hairs, each article becoming narrower, the last one with a tuft 
of few hairs at its extremity. Length, .15 inch; breadth, .02. Dredged among 
Ascidic callose, in 20 fathoms, in the Hake Bay. 


Av MEP JEL dP ODA. 


CAPRELLA LoBATA, Kroyer. Squilla lobata, Miill., O. Fabr., F. G., p. 248. This 
species is more slender than any of the others, of a bright crimson color, and an 
inch or more in length. The first two segments are especially elongated, the second 
bearing the arms nearly at its posterior extremity; and the inferior antenne are 
searce half the length of the superior ones. It is found, not commonly, however, 
aniong nullipores, in 4—6 fathoms. 

C. SANGUINEA, Gould, Inv. Mass., 336. A very common species in the higher 
levels of the laminarian zone. It may be distinguished from the others by its very 
slender antennze and proportionally large hands. Color bright crimson. Length 
three-fourths of an inch. 

C. LONGIMANUS, St.,n.s. Body with a few spines along the back of each segment. 
Superior antenne rather stout and twice as long as the inferior ones, which are very 
slender. Hands very long and rather broad, with two or three teeth along the 
inner edge ; the arms to which they belong are placed on the thickened posterior 
part of the second segment. Color light-yellowish brown. Eyes red. Length 
about three-fourths of an inch. 

C. ropustTA, St.,n. s. This is a very large, thick, and robust species, of an oliva- 
ceous or often a light brown color. There are numerous short spines on the 
back, very variable in size and number in different specimens. The antennz are 
not large, the upper ones being about half the length of the body, and the lower 
ones nearly as long and very hairy. Arms placed at about the middle of the second 
segment, with the hands having strong teeth on the lower edge, and short thick 
nails. Length (excluding antenne), 1.25 inch; breadth, 0.1 inch. Dredged on a 
rocky bottom, in 12 fathoms, back of Duck Island ledge. 

ANGINA SPINOSISSIMA, St. n. s. Body slender, much thickened at the origins of 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 45 


- the appendages, covered everywhere on the back and sides with sharp broad-based 
spines, some of which are very long. These sometimes show a tendency to arrange- 
ment in transverse rows. There is one very strong spine just above each branchial 
lamina. The head is large, with prominent eyes; the inferior antenns very much 
more slender than the superior ones, and the mouth parts well developed, the tri- 
articulate palpi of the mandibles being small but obvious. The arms are placed at 
the thickening near the anterior extremity of the second segment, and have two 
spines on the first article in each, also two spines on the hand, one at its extremity 
and the other on the inner edge, just reached by the long curved finger when closed. 
The posterior thoracic legs are highly developed with their subcheliform hands pro- 
vided with a spine in the middle. Abdomen very short, with a pair of posterior 
appendages which nearly equal it in length. The ground color is either purplish 
or brownish, upon which are numerous spots and patches of sulphur-white irregu- 
larly distributed. Length of the body (excluding antenne), one inch; of which 
the proportions of the other parts are: greatest breadth, .09; length of superior 
antenne, .8; of inferior antennx, .3; of the third and fourth segments conjointly, 
.84; of the arms to tip of finger, .47; of one of the last pair of legs, .83; of the 
abdomen, .035. This beautiful species was dredged in great numbers adhering to 
Gemellaria dumosa in ten fathoms, off Cheney’s Head. 

UncioLa 1rrorATA, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., i. 389. This large and 
finely-colored species is found here in considerable numbers, as well as on our whole 
New England coast. It inhabits invariably sandy bottoms, usually in the lamina- 
rian zone, but is occasionally found at low-water mark. The color of my specimens 
is bright red or vermilion, mottled with flake white. 

PopocERUS NITIDUS, St.,n.s. Small, slender, subcompressed, smooth and shining 
above, and of a pale wine-yellow color. Head rather elongated, eyes oval, black, 
placed obliquely at the bases of the superior antenne, a little below. Antenne 
slender, the superior ones most so, very hairy, about equal in length; the superior 
ones having the longest flagellum. Thoracic legs of the first pair elongated, with 
numerous long hairs on their edges, with the hand smaller and narrower than the 
antepenultimate article, and a strong finger equalling the hand in length. Those 
of the second pair large, with a short spine on the second article in front; hand 
large, oval, with a small curved finger of about half its length. The lees of the 
third and fourth pairs are very small; those of the sixth and seventh long, and 
with their terminal unguiform articles strong and sharp. Caudal styles of the 
first pair much the longest, reaching to the extremities of those of the second; 
those of the third pair small, biramous, with blunt tips. Length,’ 0.3 in.; of which 
the proportions of the other parts are: greatest breadth, .25; height at the middle 
of the fourth thoracic segment, .25; length of the superior antenne, .6; of a leg 
of the second pair, .37; of a leg of the longest (seventh) pair, .5. This species was 
dredged in thirty fathoms on a shelly bottom in the Hake Bay. 


4 The length of an Amphipod, as herein given, is taken from the bases of the antennze to the extremities 
of the posterior caudal stylets. 


ys 


( 


46 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN, 


LEPTOTHOE, St., n. g. 


Body linear, segments well separated, epimera very small; superior antennze 
longest, with a long accessory flagellum; inferior ones subpediform; legs of the first 
two pairs with subcheliform hands, those of the second pair being largest, with uniar- 
ticulate fingers. Caudal stylets of the last pair very long, with equal lanceolate rami 
on short peduncles. This genus differs from Podocerus, Leach, in possessing accessory 
flagella to the superior antennz; and from Cratophiwm, Dana, in its long nonuncinate 
terminal stylets, and in having the superior antenne longest. 

LeproTHoE Dan ”®, St., n. s., Fig. 32. Body somewhat compressed, but rounded 
above, glabrous, and of a uniform bright flesh color; head three times as long as 
the first thoracic segment, but not as broad, and bearing the small subreniform eyes. 
Superior antennee with long terminal flagellum, and an accessory one of nearly one- 
third its length, set on the very short penultimate article; inferior antennz with 
the penultimate article as long as the terminal one; both pairs very hairy Legs 
of the first two pairs compressed, those of the first pair very small, but similar in 
character to those of the second, which have very large hands obliquely truncate 
at their extremities for the reception of the short finger when closed. The remain- 
ing thoracic legs are slender, those of the posterior pairs having elongated basal 
articles. Natatory feet much elongated. The first three abdominal segments together 
nearly equal in length that of the last four thoracic segments conjointly, and the 
last of the three is considerably expanded below and produced backwards. The 
caudal stylets of the first pair project beyond those of the second, and those of the 
third pair are very long, their peduncles constituting only about one-fifth of their 
length. ‘The tail terminates in a short, lamellar, bifid process. The thoracic seg- 
ments in this species are each marked with an indistinct vertical line down the 
middle on each side. Length, 0.9 inch; of which the proportions of the other parts 
are: greatest breadth, .1; height at the middle of the fourth thoracic segment, .12; at 
the seventh, .13; length of the superior antenna, .42; of the inferior antenna, .25; 
of a leg of the second pair, .28; of a leg of the longest (seventh) pair, .37; of the 
caudal stylets of the first pair,.19; of the terminal stylets,.2. This species inhabits 
the laminarian zone, and seems to prefer for its residence patches of sandy bottom, 
on which there are numerous weedy rocks. I have frequently taken what appeared 
to be the young, in the coralline zone. It is more sluggish in its motions than is 
usual with Amphipods. 

CERAPUS RUBRICORNIS, St., n. s., Fig. 33. Male much broader than high, tapering 
at both extremities, the head being about half the width of the second thoracic 
segment; the black eyes at the anterior corners of the head, on the oblique or 
almost horizontal line connecting the bases of the upper and lower antennx. The 
second thoracic segment is the point of the greatest breadth, from its bulging out to 
accommodate the very large second pair of legs. Epimera very small, but increas- 
ing in size from the first to the fifth thoracic segment, in which latter they are 
comparatively large, while those of the sixth and seventh are scarcely perceptible. 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. AT 


Antenne strongly subpediform, curving downwards and very hairy; the inferior 
ones, which arise beneath the head and behind the eyes, being a little the longer. 
Legs of the first pair small, with a small subcheliform hand; those of the second - 
pair long, with the basal article curved, and the hand of great size, bearing a long 
spine or thumb below, and a large bi-articulate finger, the penultimate article of 
which is very thick, and seems rather part of the hand. The whole hand, when 
closed, is of an elongated oval or suboblong form. ‘The legs of the third and fourth 
pairs are small, but with broad, flat, basal articles; those of the fifth pair shortest of 
all; those of the sixth and seventh slender, with sharp nails at their extremities. 
Caudal stylets of the first two pairs with long peduncles; those of the first pair 
projecting a little beyond the others; those of the last pair very short, simple, and 
subuncinate at their extremities. Color on the back dark mottled gray ; epimera 
blackish; terminal articles of the four antennz bright red; hands yellowish. 
Female generally larger than the male; superior antenne as long as the inferior 
ones; legs of the second pair not large, with a small, short, and broad hand, which 
has a short uniarticulate finger, and a thumb consisting of a sharp projection from 
the base of the antepenultimate article. In other words, the penultimate article is 
here expanded into a hand, instead of the antepenultimate as in the male, which 
latter article, however, bears the thumb in both. The colors are the same as in the 
male, except that the under side of the thorax is bright yellow, from the contained 
egos. The dimensions of a large female are as follows: length, 0.5 inch; of which 
the proportions of other parts are: greatest breadth, at the 4th segment, .21; height 
at 4th segment, .1; length of superior antenne, .42 ; the Ist pair of caudal stylets, 
15; of a leg of 2d pair, .35; of a leg of the longest (7th) pair, .36. The largest 
male was 0.41 inch in length, the proportion of the breadth at 4th segment being 
.2; of the length of the second pair of legs, .61. The figures represent views of 
the posterior caudal stylets. This species was dredged abundantly on stems of 
Boltenice in 20 f., rocks, off Moose Inlet, towards the Seal Islands. It afterwards 
occurred sparingly in 10 f., off Cheney’s Head, and in 25 f, off Duck Island. 
Specimens occurred on the tenth of August, with eggs, which were hatched on the 
twenty-fifth of the same month. 

The Cerapus rubricornis inhabits flexible tubes, of sizes corresponding to that of 
the individuals, composed of fine mud and some animal cement by which it is 
agelutinated. These tubes are generally adherent for about one-half their length, 
and closed below. They are usually found in large groups, attached to submarine 
objects, and to each other. The animals are very active, protruding and retracting 
the anterior portion of their bodies, while their antennz are in continual motion, 
lashing about in search of some object which might serve for food. It is very amus- 
ing to watch a colony of these animals, with their comical gestures in their disputes 
with each other, and their awkward celerity in regaining their respective tubes 
after having left them on temporary excursions. I have in no instance met with an 
individual transporting a free tube, as is said by Mr. Say to be the case with his 
O. tubularis. (Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., i. 51; Pl. iv.,f. 7-11.) There can be no doubt 
that the tube is fabricated by the animal, and this is not without precedent in the 
Crustacea, for I have often met with examples of Pugurus, which had enlarged their 


48 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


borrowed shells by additions to its aperture. From what I have seen in such species 
of Corophide as lave fallen under my observation, I am inclined to think that 
most of the members of that family form more or less permanent tubes under cer- 
tain circumstances. The Unciola, when kept in captivity, will frequently retire to 
some corner and collect the sand around it by some glutinous substance, so as to 
form a cavity, in which it will often remain for some time; but it may easily be 
made to leave it, and will make another if it be destroyed. On the other hand, 
some of the other individuals in the same jar will make no tubes; and often at low 
water it may be seen swimming about perfectly free. The same is true of some of 
the other species of the family here mentioned, and of many species whose habits 
I had opportunities of observing in the Harbor of Charleston, 8. C., in the winter 
of 1851-2. 

It will be seen from this and the succeeding descriptions, that the female of 
Cerapus has uniarticulate fingers on the second pair of legs, and Kroyer mentions 
an instance of a male Podocerus having bi-articulate fingers. It might be concluded 
from this that the genera should be united. But there are Podoceri in which both 
males and females have uniarticulate fingers; to these the genus should perhaps 
be restricted, while Kroyer’s species will come under Cerapus. Dana gives, in a 
diagnosis of Cerapus, “Styli caudales 3tii biramei, ramis subeequis, longiusculis” . 
(Amer. Journ. Sci., 2d ser., xiv. 309). In the Cerapi herein described, however, the 
posterior pair of these caudal appendages consists of two thick simple stylets, at 
the extremities of which are articulated one or two short spines, curved upward. 

CERAPUS FUCICOLA, St., n. s., Fig. 34. ale, slender, smooth above, with the 
breadth and height about equal. Epimera, small but conspicuous, proportionally 
larger than in C. rubricornis. Inferior antenne stout, strongly subpediform, with 
their terminal articles constituting about one-fourth their length. Superior antennse 
of about two-thirds the length of the inferior ones. First pair of legs very small, 
subchelate. Second pair with long curved basal articles; the fourth or antepenulti- 
mate short; the penultimate elongated, very thick, curved, thickly hirsute along the 
inner edge with short pinnate hairs, and with a stout curved finger of less than half 
its length. Third and fourth pairs with long narrow basal articles; last three pairs 
with broad ones. Caudal stylets of the last pair short, the peduncle constituting 
nearly their whole length, with two very short curved processes at the extremity of 
each. emale, differing from the male in having its superior antenne of nearly 
the same length with the inferior ones, and in its small, slender, simply subchelate 
feet of the second pair, which have no pinnate hairs. The color varies from light 
olive or greenish, to bright crimson. Eyes usually white. The articles of the 
antenne are sometimes alternately red and white. Length of a large male, 0.36 
inch. Proportions: breadth, .22; length of inferior antenna, .61; of a leg of the 
2d pair, .59; of a leg of the 6th pair, .46. The figure represents the caudal stylets. 
It inhabits slender tubes, which are found in considerable numbers on large algze 
in the laminarian zone. In this species, the hand is formed of the penultimate 
article of the second pair of legs, the preceding article being very short; so that it 
cannot strictly remain in the genus. But it is so closely allied in general appear- 


ance, habit, and details to the preceding species, that it cannot with propriety be 
separated, 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 49 


CERAPUS FASCIATUS, St., n.s., Fig. 55. Lemale, elongated, head narrow, thorax 
very broad in the middle, where the height equals scarcely one-third of the breadth; 
abdomen very slender throughout its length, being about one-half the width of the 
thorax. Antennee very slender, with long flagella, the inferior arising much behind, 
and somewhat longer than the superior ones, which are greatly thickened at their 
bases. Legs of the first two pairs with small subcheliform hands, those of the 
second pair largest. The remaining thoracic legs are slender, the third and fourth 
pairs with oval basal articles, and the last pair longer than the others. Natatory 
feet of great length. Caudal stylets very long and slender, those of the first pair 
projecting beyond the others, those of the last pair short and rather thick, each 
terminating in two short curved processes. Ground color wine-yellow, with narrow 
transverse bands of dark-reddish brown, one to each segment, on the back. The 
small epimera of the last three thoracic segments are also dark brown. yes rather 
large, rounded, black. Length, 0.32 inch; proportions of other parts: greatest 
breadth, .23; length of superior antenne, .0; of the last pair of legs, 44; of the 
abdomen, .43; of the first pair of caudal stylets,.19. The figure represents the 
caudal stylets, seen from above. It was dredged in thirty-five fathoms, on a gravelly 
bottom, in the Hake Bay. The degree of elongation and flexibility of the terminal 
articles of the antennse seems a character of insufficient importance to separate this 
species from Cerapus. 

ORCHESTIA GRYLLUS, Gould, Inv. Mass., 334. Tualitrus gryllus, Bosc, Hist. Nat. 
des Crust., i. 104 (?). Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1. 386. This species is found 
plentifully among the half-dried F'uct, which line some of the shores just above 
high-water mark in large quantities. It is of a dark-yellowish color, very glossy, 
with three dark olive longitudinal bands along the back. It is very active, leaping 
to considerable distances. I have never found it immersed, although some moisture 
is, of course, necessary to its existence. The species found in similar positions in 
Massachusetts Bay is undoubtedly the same, but there are doubts whether it is 
identical with that described by Bosc, from the salt marshes of South Carolina. 

ALLORCHESTES LITTORALIS, St., n.s., Fig. 36. Small, robust, rounded above, smooth 
and shining; eyes very large, black, rounded, not far removed from each other; 
superior antenne: about two-thirds as long as the inferior ones, which are rather 
stout, and equal in length about one-fourth that of the body; second pair of legs 
with short, but stout hands, much larger than those of the first pair; posterior legs 
long, with each article projecting a little at the insertion of the succeeding one. Caudal 
‘stylets short, but very thick, spinous; those of the first pair much the longest; the 
simple ones of the posterior pair very short but thick at base. Tail terminating in 
an arched lamella. Color varying from bright green, through the various shades of 
olive, to brown. Length, 0.3 inch. Taken abundantly on stones in the second 
subregion of the littoral zone, especially where the Fucus nodosus and F. vesiculosus 
flourish. It occurs on our whole coast from Massachusetts Bay to Grand Manan. 

LYSIANASSA SPINIFERA, St., n. s. Body smooth and shining, slightly compressed, 
but rounded above, broadest anteriorly, tumid at the head, and much compressed 
at the abdomen, which constitutes nearly one-half the length of the body. Epimera 
not very large. Head rounded, with a prominent down-curving rostrum, and rather 


50 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


large red eyes. Superior antenne two-thirds as long as the inferior ones, thick at 
their bases, but tapering suddenly after the juncture of the long accessory flagellum, 
which is nearly one-half the length of the principal one. Inferior antennae with 
very thick basal articles, and equalling in length two-thirds that of the body, their 
flagella constituting more than one-half their length. Legs hairy, all terminating 
in short hooked fingers ; those of the first two pairs slender, longer than the rest, 
with the antepenultimate article in each a little expanded, but scarce sufficiently 
to form a hand. Posterior legs much shorter than usual, and provided along their 
edges with short spine-like hairs. First three segments of the abdomen serrated 
above on their posterior edges; last three compressed above into sharp spine-like 
projections, of which the middle one is the longest. Caudal stylets of the first pair 
very long and slender, projecting beyond the sharp extremities of the second pair, 
which are short, while those of the third pair are long, with long lanceolate rami 
projecting beyond the others. The tail terminates in two long spines. Color wine- 
yellow ; inferior antennx annulate with reddish. Length, 0.32 inch. Dredged in 
forty fathoms on a soft muddy bottom off Long Island, G. M. 

ANONYX NOBILIS, St., n.s. This species most resembles A. appendiculosus, Kroyer, 
Grénlands Amfipoder, Tab. i. f. 2, from which it differs in the following particulars. 
The black eyes are oblong or oval, and sometimes nearly round, instead of clavate. 
The basal joints of the superior antenne are cylindrical rather than conical. The 
epimerals are much larger, especially those of the fifth segment; and there are no 
deep serrations on the edges of the femora in the last two pairs of legs. The rami 
of the last pair of caudal stylets are much larger. Color white. Antenne light 
fawn. Length three-fourths of an inch. It was taken in considerable numbers on 
the sandy flats of Fisher’s Cove, Nantucket Island, etc., at low-water mark. 

The curious appendicula on the segments of the flagella of the antennz appear 
like little flasks attached by their constricted necks. The legs of the second pair 
terminate in small, compressed, circular articles, provided with hairs, but without 
any indication of a finger or nail. 

A. pouitus, St.,n.s. Elongated, broad and rounded above, but with less height 
than is usual in Anonya; head small, tumid, with the eyes subrectangular, but 
broadest below, and of a bright red color. Superior antennze very short and thick, 
regularly tapering to a point, with a short accessory flagellum, and in length one- 
fourth that of the inferior ones, which equal in length about one-half that of the 
body, and have very long and slender flagella. Legs of the first pair with small 
but well-formed subcheliform hands; those of the second pair very long, but usually 
bent up beneath the epimera, and terminating in a small, flat, rounded, hirsute 
article, without a nail. Abdomen with a deep sinus between the segments bearing 
the natatory feet, and those bearing the caudal stylets; all of which latter append- 
ages terminate in long, smooth, pointed rami. The tail terminates in two pointed 
spines, about two thirds the length of the last pair of caudal stylets. Color light- 
yellow. Length, 0.4 inch. Dredged in forty fathoms, on a soft muddy bottom off 
Long Island, G. M. 

A. PALLIDUS, St., n. s. Body short, slightly compressed, rounded above, with a 
sinus at the abdomen as in A. politus. Head with large, black, subclavate eyes, 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 51 


broadest below, as in A. appendiculosus, Kr. Antenne hairy, very short, the superior 
ones very thick and tapering, equalling the inferior ones in length, that is, reaching 
the second thoracic segment. Legs slender, very hairy, in structure like those of 
the above species. Caudal stylets of the first two pairs long and pointed, slightly 
serrated above, those of the last pair short, thick, and spinous. Color pale-whitish, 
the brownish viscera showing through along the middle. Length, 0.35. Taken in 
four fathoms, in sand, off Duck Island moorings; in ten fathoms off Cheney's Head; 
and in twenty fathoms, mud and shells, off the northern point of Duck Island. 

A. ExiguUs, St., n. s. Minute, compressed, but rounded on the back; last three 
thoracic segments nearly equalling the first four in extent. Epimera of the first 
four pairs equalling in height that of the segments which bear them. Abdomen 
with its third segment tumid posteriorly, and curving downwards to the fourth, 
thus forming a sinus, which appears deeper from a blunt projection on the middle 
of the fifth segment. Head small, with the eyes bright red or vermilion in color 
Superior antennze short and thick, about half the length of the very slender inferior 
ones, which reach the fourth thoracic segment. Legs slender, in structure nearly 
the same as in the above species. The posterior five pairs terminate in long slender 
fingers. Basal joints of the posterior three pairs very broadly expanded, and deeply 
serrated along their posterior edges. Caudal stylets as in A. politus. Color yellow- 
ish. Length, 0.2 inch. Dredged on sandy bottoms in 8-15 fathoms, east of the 
Passage, and off Cheney’s Head. 

STENOTHOE CLYPEATA, St.,n.s. Body compressed ; epimera very large, especially 
those of the fourth pair, which constitute great shields extending for a length equal 
to that of three thoracic segments. Superior antenne short, curved, with long 
flagella; inferior antennze long and slender, with very short flagella. External 
maxillipeds very long, reaching up to the bases of the antennsx. First pair of legs 
slender, with small hands; those of the second pair with very large hands, each of 
which has two strong teeth on the lower edge, the basal one longest, and a stout, 
curved finger. Legs of the fifth pair wanting the expansions of the basal joints. 
Caudal stylets of the first two pairs biramous, subulate; those of the third pair 
simple, terminating in a thick sharp spine. ‘Tail terminating in a minute elongated 
scale. Natatory feet terminating in long slender lashes. Color, bright yellow; in 
the young, pale bluish. Eyes conspicuous, red. Length, 0.5 inch. Dredged in 
thirty fathoms, on a shelly bottom in the Hake Bay. 

LEUCOTHOE GRANDIMANUS, St., n. s., Fig. 87. Large, robust, thick; epimera very 
small; head depressed below the first thoracic segment, subquadrate, with a slight 
rostrum in front, between the superior antenne. Eyes large, on the sides of the head. 
Mandibles with minute, triarticulate palpi. Maxillipeds slender, freely projecting. 
Superior antennze with very thick and elongated basal articles, and short flagella ; 
inferior ones arising some distance below, and much more slender, but about as 
long as the superior ones, which are in length about one-fourth that of the body. 
In the first pair of legs the third joint is very minute, the antepenult subquadrate, 
compressed, and with its inferior apex produced into a slender process, or thumb, 
of equal length with the penult joint, which is very much elongated, slender, and 


52 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


bears a slightly curved finger, or terminal unguiform joint, which overlaps the thumb 
for nearly half its length. In the second pair of legs, the antepenult joint projects 
into a curved thumb of about half the length of the penult article, which forms a 
thick ovate hand of great size, equalling in length more than that of the first three 
thoracic segments together. Its finger is strong, and curved. The remaining legs 
are rather long, but very slender, with short terminal joints. Caudal stylets long, 
slender, nearly smooth, and pointed. Color, in life, pale yellowish. Length, 0.44 
inch; height at the fourth segment, 0.14 inch; breadth, 0.12 inch. Dredged in 
thirty fathoms, on a shelly bottom off Low Duck Island. 

ACANTHONOTUS SERRATUS, St. Oniscus serratus, O. Fabr., Fauna Grénl., No. 
237. Amphithoe serra, Kroyer, Grénlands Amfipoder, t. 2, f. 8. This species is very 
beautiful in coloration, which consists of deep pink annulations, one to each seg- 
ment of the body, on a yellowish-white ground. The anterior half of each ring is 
thus pink, and the posterior half white. The last pair of epimerals is also con- 
spicuously colored. The anterior halves of the antenne are also red. This species 
occurred in thirty-five fathoms on a gravelly bottom, north-east of Nantucket Island. 

AMPHITHONOTUS! CATAPHRACTUS, St., n. s. Body robust, carapax very stout, with 
seven carinz extending for greater or less distances on the back and sides, viz. : 
one strong median dorsal carina commencing on the first thoracic segment, becom- 
ing strongly dentate on the last thoracic segments, and ceasing on the second 
abdominal; the next two carine (proceeding outwards) are developed in the form 
of strong teeth on the last two thoracic, and all the abdominal segments, being 
spine-like on the second, and almost lamelliform on the last four abdominals; the 
next carine are sharp ridges, extending along the bases of the epimera, and slightly 
continued on the first two abdominal segments; and the last, or outer caring, are 
very short, extending only along the bases of the last three pairs of legs. Epimera 
large, angular. Head with very large, rounded, convex eyes, and a rostrum of 
great size, which is elongate-triangular, pointed, curving downwards, concave above, 
and with a sharp median ridge below. Antenne slender, about equal in length, 
and one-fourth the length of the body. Legs of the first two pairs with large ovate 
hands, dentate below, with curved fingers of about two-thirds their length ; ante- 
penult joints with slight thumbs. The remaining legs are slender; femora of pos- 
terior pairs but slightly expanded. Caudal stylets all biramous; external rami of 
the last two pairs shorter than the inner ones. Tail terminating in a subquadrate 
lamella. Color very variable, generally dark reddish or brown, variegated and 
mottled with white. Some specimens were of a uniform deep purple, others pure 
white. Eyes yellowish or vermilion colored, with a black dot in the middle. 
Length, half an inch. This is one of the most curious, and by far the finest species 


1 Amphithonotus, Costa, in Catalogo Crustacei Italiani, per Fr. Gugl. Hope, Napoli, 1851. “Tllis ex 
Amphithois sp. constitutum est hoc genus, que dorsum vel omnino carinatum et spinosum, vel saltem 
quibusdam abdominis articulis si non et thoracis postice in spinam vel dentem productis habent ; ex quo 
peculiarem habitum preebent, Amph. marionis, Edw., A. panopla, Kroyer, A. carinatus, ejusd. et que 
sequntur ad hune genus pertinent.” This genus is synonymous with Acanthosoma, Owen ; which name, 
however, is preoccupied in insects. It may include those species of Amphithoe which have dorsal carine, 
and small epimera of the fifth pair. 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 53 


taken. It occurred only once, but then in considerable numbers, in ten fathoms, 
on a sandy bottom, inside of Duck Island ledge. It resembles Acanthosoma hystria, 
Owen, which, however, has no rostrum. Certain northern Acanthonoti also ap- 
proach it in external appearance; but the characters of the legs of the first two 
pairs separate it from that genus. In its very hard carapax and large strong 
epimera, it possesses great security; and, when disturbed, it rolls itself up and 
remains quiescent, as if feigning death, as is the manner of some spiders. Most 
other Amphipods will, on the contrary, endeavor to escape when molested. When 
in motion, this animal preserves an erect posture, like the Isopods, with its tail 
bent up underneath. It seldom swims, but makes powerful leaps by means of its 
well-developed caudal stylets. 

AMPHITHOE’ VIRESCENS, St.,n.s. Slender, of a softer structure than is usual, 
smooth and rounded above. LEpimera small, rounded below. Head of moderate 
size, with very small red eyes.” Antennz about equal in length, more than half 
as long as the body; the superior ones with flagella constituting nearly two-thirds 
of their length ; the inferior ones thick-based, and slightly subpediform. Mandibles 
large, with their curved apices long and projecting. Legs covered with long 
simple hairs; the first two pairs with hands of moderate size, equal; posterior three 
pairs with strong, hooked, terminal articles. Caudal stylets of the first two pairs 
spinous above; those of the last pair with short, thick rami, the outer ones having 
two hooks at their extremities above, the inner ones simply hairy. Natatory feet 
of great length. Color, pale-greenish, with minute black puncte distantly and 
regularly arranged, most numerous on the epimera. Length, 0.45 inch; height at 
the fourth segment, 0.1 inch; breadth, 0.08 inch. Dredged in four fathoms, on a 
nullipore bottom, off Duck Island boat-moorings. 

A. MACULATA, St., n.s. Body rather broad, smooth and well rounded above; 
epimera of moderate size, those of the fifth pair largest; antennz rather stout, sub- 
equal; inferior ones subpediform, with very short terminal articles; hands of the 
second pair of legs larger than those of the first pair; posterior five pairs with 
small, sharp, curved nails; fifth pair very short; caudal stylets short and thick. 
Color greenish or grayish, with very numerous minute punctations, and a white 
spot on each of the segments along the middle of the back. Length, 0.65 inch; 
breadth, 0.14 inch; height at the fourth segment, 0.15 inch; length of antenne, 
0.22 inch; of the second pair of legs, 0.2 inch; of the head and first five segments 
together, 0.34 inch; of the abdomen, 0.28 inch. Taken on rocky bottoms in the 
laminarian zone, and occasionally at low water. It differs from the last species in 
being more robust and of a much harder structure ; also totally in coloration. 

IPHIMEDIA VULGARIS, St.,n. s. Smooth, subcompressed, abdomen with segments 
slightly projecting at the articulations, but not dentated; head large, with very 
large reniform eyes, which are colorless in preserved specimens. Antenne sub- 


* The genus is here taken as restricted by Dana; to those species which have large epimera of the fifth 
pair, and uncinate external rami to the posterior caudal stylets. 

* The color of the eyes is quite characteristic of the species in the Amphipoda. It is, however, only to 
be observed in living individuals; as the eyes invariably become either black or colorless after death. 


8 


54 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


equal, with very long, slender, filiform flagella, and in length about equalling that 
of the body; the superior ones thick-based, and a little the largest. Mandibles 
with sharp curved apices, and large palpi consisting of three articles, the basal one 
of which is very short, the second broad, and the terminal one very slender. 
Maxillipeds slender, pointed, with large internal lamelle. Hands very small, 
those of the first pair largest. Posterior five pairs very slender, terminating in 
curved fingers. Natatory feet well developed. Caudal stylets of the first two 
pairs almost acicular, with small spines above; those of the third pair with broad 
lancet-shaped rami. Tail terminating in two lamelliform spines. Color variable, 
generally dark-mottled purplish. Length, 0.4 inch, generally much smaller. It 
differs from Amph. inermis, Ky., Groénl. Amfip., t. i. f. 11, in its larger eyes and 
epimera, and much longer caudal stylets. This species may always be found in the 
greatest abundance in the little pools left by the tide among the rocks near low- 
water mark. They are very active, swimming about in all directions, and seldom 
resting long in one place. 


MONOCULODES, St., n. g. 


Body tumid anteriorly; head rostrate, with the eyes so close together as to 
appear one. Superior antennze without accessory flagellum; inferior ones sub- 
pediform. Legs of the first two pairs with large subcheliform hands, formed of the 
last two articles of each; the antepenult joints having their inferior apices pro- 
duced into slender thumbs. Legs of the posterior five pairs unguiculate, those of 
the last pair being exceedingly long. Caudal stylets all biramous; the rami being 
equal. Maxillipeds large, elongated, with unguiform terminal articles, and internal 
lamellee of about one-half their length. Mandibles palpigerous. 

This genus resembles Husirus in the structure of the hands, and Cidicerus in its 
long posterior feet. 

M. pemissus, St.,n.s. Body smooth and shining, broad and thick anteriorly, 
and slender posteriorly; the abdomen constituting more than three-sevenths of the 
total length. Epimera of the first five pairs of considerable size; the rest very 
small. Head tumid, terminating anteriorly in a large, subtriangular rostrum, 
curving downward; at the base of which above are the large vermilion-colored 
eyes, which are so near together as to appear one, even when viewed from above. 
Antenne thick-based and about equal in length, reaching the fourth thoracic seg- 
ment; the superior ones with a much longer flagellum than the subpediform inferior 
ones. Legs of the first two pairs with large oval hands, strong fingers, and thumbs 
formed from prolongations from the antepenult joints, which are largest in the 
second pair. The remaining legs are simply unguiculate, the fifth and sixth pairs 
being very short, and the seventh of great length. Caudal stylets nearly smooth, of 
considerable length, tapering to fine points; the first pair reaching the extremities 
of the third. Color wine yellow. Length, 0.35 inch. Dredged in four fathoms, 
on a coarse sand and nullipore bottom, off Duck Island boat-moorings. 

Gammarus Sasinu, Leach, Sabine’s Appendix, t. i. f. 8-11; Kroyer, Grénland’s 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 343) 


Amfipoder, t. 1. f. 5; Tidsskr., ii. 257. The specimens obtained differ from the 
figures and descriptions of the above species, in possessing the same appendicula 
to the flagella which are seen in Anonyx appendiculosus and nobilis. This is per- 
haps a sexual character; if so, the specimens figured by Kroyer, in his Grénland’s 
Amfipoder, are females. The hands, also, are there represented smaller than is 
the case with our specimens. 

G. MACROPTHALMUS, St., n.s. Very closely allied to the preceding species in color 
and general appearance. The back, however, is carinated only at the abdomen, 
which readily distinguishes it. The appendicular branches of the superior antenne 
are minute, and scarcely perceptible. Eyes very large, subreniform, near each 
other. Epimera small. Caudal stylets of the first pair as long as those of the 
second; both with their outer rami shorter and narrower than the inner ones; last 
. pair with broad, lancet-shaped rami, shorter than in G. Sabinw. Color sometimes 
bright crimson, but usually mottled red and flake-white; very variable. Length, 
0.5 inch; of the inferior antennze, which are longest, 0.2. Dredged on rocky bot- 
toms in the laminarian zone, and occasionally taken at low-water mark. 

G. PULEX. Cancer pulex, Lin. Oniscus pulex, Mull.; O. Fabr., F.G., 254. Gam- 
marus locusta, Mont., Lin., Trans., ix., pl. iv. f. 1; Kroyer, Grénl. Amf., 27; Tidsskr. 
ii. 258; Gould. Inv. Mass., 334. This species is very abundant under stones in all 
parts of the littoral zone. It is usually of a dark-green color, but often lighter, 
never, however, variegated. The length of some specimens is more than an inch. 
Notwithstanding its abundance on the shores, only one specimen occurred below 
low-water mark, which probably got there accidentally; showing that the littoral 
zone is its proper habitat. 

G. PURPURATUS, St.,n.s. Large, compressed, but rounded on the back, with 
slight spinous prominences on the posterior abdominal segments, as in G. pulex. 
Hyes small, black, oval. Superior antenne slender, two-thirds as long as the body, 
with very slender accessory flagella; inferior ones five-sevenths as long as the supe- 
riors. Hands of the second pair much the largest; femora of the posterior pairs of 
legs very large, and suboblong. Caudal stylets of the posterior pair with the internal 
rami minute, and the external ones long, thick, and sword-shaped, equalling in length 
one-fifth that of the body. The color never varies, being a uniform dark purple in 
all the specimens which have come under my notice. Length one and one-tenth 
inch. Taken on a sandy bottom, in twelve fathoms, off Cheney’s Head. It also 
occurs in deep water in Massachusetts Bay. Except in color, this species has almost 
precisely the external appearance of G. pulex; but the remarkable character of the 
posterior pair of caudal stylets at once distinguishes it. They are also entirely dif- 
ferent in station. 


PTILOCHEIRUS, St., n. ¢. 


Body broad, as in the Corophidw ; epimera large and strong, much higher than 
broad. Mandibles with greatly elongated palpi; maxillipeds with their internal 
lamellse of half their own length. Superior antennee appendiculate, inferior ones 


56 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


subpediform. Legs of the first pair subchelate, very thick and strong throughout 
their length, in the male; those of the second pair plumose, without hands, but 
minutely unguiculate; those of the third and fourth pairs small, slender, and 
tapering, with the last three articles forming a kind of hooked finger, but with no 
dilated hand; posterior three pairs strongly unguiculate; those of the last pair 
much the longest. Caudal stylets all biramous, those of the first two pairs with a 
strong spine projecting from the inferior apex of the peduncle, along with the rami. 

This genus resembles in most characters Leptochirus, Zaddach, and may perhaps 
prove the same; that name, however, is preoccupied in insects. It has relations 
with the Pontoporine in its plumose hairs, and somewhat in the structure of the 
legs of the third and fourth pairs; while it also approaches those genera of the 
Gammarine which recall the Corophide. 

P. pincuts, St.,n.s. ale, robust, very broad anteriorly, narrowing posteriorly ; 
head large, equalling in length that of the first thoracic segment, and bearing the 
reniform black eyes at the anterior angles, between the bases of the superior and 
those of the inferior antenne. First thoracic segment equalling in length that of 
the second and third together; third abdominal segment also very large, nearly 
equalling the first and second together. Epimera very strong; the first large, sub- 
rhomboidal; the second much the largest, projecting downward, and furrowed along 
the middle; the fifth very small. Superior antennz in length about half that of 
the body, terminating in long filiform flagella, with a minute appendicular branch; 
inferior ones as long as the superior, and strongly subpediform. Legs of the first 
pair very thick throughout their length, with a very short, subquadrate hand, and 
curved finger. Those of the second pair elongated, covered with long plumose 
hairs, and terminating in an exceedingly minute, slender, unguiform article. Legs 
of the posterior pairs with well-expanded femora. Caudal stylets very spiny above, 
those of the last pair short. Female, with the superior antennz longer than the 
inferior ones; the head equalling in length that of the first two segments, which 
equal each other, together. Epimera of the first pair very small, subtriangular; those 
of the second pair without groove, and not projecting beyond the others, though 
still the largest. This results from the smaller size of the legs of the first pair, 
which are much more slender, and those of the second pair proportionally more 
elongated, than in the male. 

The color is dark grayish, on all the segments, epimera, and femora, except at 
their margins. Antennz and legs white. The dimensions of a large male are: 
Length, 0.64 inch; breadth, 0.18 in.; height at the third thoracic segment (epi- 
mera included), 0.2 in.; length of a leg of the first pair, 0.21 in.; one of the seventh 
pair, 0.57 in.; distance between the centres of the eyes, 0.06. This species is 
abundant on the whole coast of New England, as well as at Grand Manan. It is 
most abundant on sandy bottoms in the laminarian zone; although sometimes 
occurring at low-water mark, as at Fisher’s Cove; or in the coralline zone, as in 
twenty-five fathoms, off Duck Island. 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. oT 


PSEUDOPTHALMUS, St., n. g. 


Body greatly compressed, with large epimera. Head with an irregular deposi- 
tion of blackish or reddish pigment anteriorly, in which are one or two orbicular 
clear spots on each side, without facets. Maxillipeds with five articles, of which 
the terminal one is oval; internal lamells with combs of spines at their apices. 
Mandibles palpigerous. Antennz very slender, the superior ones with their basal 
articles much thickened, and without accessory flagella; inferior ones arising much 
behind the bases of the superior ones. Leys of the first and second pairs sometimes 
with small subcheliform hands, shorter than the antepenult segment, but often 
simply unguiculate; those of the third and fourth pairs elongated, tapering, with 
their second joints very small, the third expanded into a hand; posterior pairs 
short; last pair with very broad basal joints. Caudal stylets all biramous. Tail 
terminating in a thin lamella. Epimera and third and fourth pairs of legs with 
plumose setee along their edges. 

P. PELAGICUS, St., n. s. Compressed, very smooth and shining; head with dark- 
red pigment, with two clear spots on each side, one above the other, at the bases of 
the superior antennse. ‘Inferior antennz very slender, as long as the body; supe- 
rior ones two-fifths as long as the inferior ones. Legs slender, posterior ones with 
few stout spine-like hairs. Caudal stylets of the first and third pairs projecting 
beyond those of the second. Abdomen sinuated above on the last three segments. 
Color pale wine-yellow. Length, 0.4 inch. Taken on a soft muddy bottom in 
35-50 fathoms, off Long Island, G. M., and in 30 f., sand, in the Hake Bay. 

Another species (P. limicola, St., n. s.) is taken at low water in Charleston Har- 
bor, 8. C., living im holes in the soft mud, which is larger than the preceding, and 
has but one clear eye-spot on each side of the head. The first two pairs of legs are 
simply unguiculate, and in the third and fourth pairs the third joint forms a slender 
hand, and the last three joints a finger, of which the terminal unguiform article 
is exceedingly long and slender. The last pair of caudal stylets terminate in 
very broad, flat, lanceolate rami. This notice of a southern species is added to 
illustrate the genus. 

PHOXUS FUSIFORMIS, St., n.s. Body tapering at both extremities. Head small, 
with white eyes. Rostrum subtriangular, scarce distinct from the head, broadly 
projecting over the bases of the antennz, which are short, in structure like those 
of Anonyx, except that the bases of the inferior ones are broad, compressed, and 
very hairy on their edges. The superior and inferior ones are about equal in 
length, and would reach the second thoracic segment. The accessory flagella of 
the superior ones are nearly as long as their terminal articles. Legs of the first 
two pairs subequal, with broad, oval, subcheliform hands, which have a slight 
offset on the lower edge, just reached by the finger when closed. Third and fourth 
pairs with the antepenult article but slightly expanded, and three or more ungui- 
form spines set on the extremity of the terminal article. Sixth pair with long, 


58 MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


straight, spine-like terminal articles. Antenne, epimera, and legs all hirsute with 
plumose sete. Caudal stylets all biramous; those of the third pair with the 
internal rami much shorter and more slender than the outer ones. Tail terminat- 
ing in two short lamelle, in length one-half that of the last caudal stylets. Color 
white. Length, 0.2 inch. Dredged on coarse sandy bottoms, in the laminarian 
and coralline zones. It has more nails on the third and fourth legs than P. plumo- 
sus, Kr. 

P. Kroyert, St.,n.s. Larger, and thicker than the preceding, glabrous above, 
and of a pale-red color, with the eyes white. The antenne, legs, and epimera are 
all very hairy, but the hairs are simple instead of plumose. Superior antenne 
shorter and more slender than the inferior ones. Mandibles with palpi almost as 
long as the superior antennz. Legs of the first pair with more elongated hands 
than in the preceding species; those of the sixth pair not so long in proportion. 
Third and fourth pairs with simple terminal nails. Tail terminating in two sharp 
spines. Length, 0.3 inch. Taken at low-water mark, on a sandy shore, at High 
Duck Island. It resembles most P. Holbollii, Kr. 


STOMAPODA. 


Mysis ocunaTA, (?) Kr. A species of Mysis is very abundant in the waters at the 
mouth of the Bay of Fundy, swimming near the surface in swarms, and generally 
far from land. They form almost the only food of the herring, whose stomachs 
may always be found distended with this kind of food. It is particularly numerous 
in what are called the “ Ripplings,” which take place on the flood-tide at a line of 
shoals several miles east of Grand Manan; which form the chief fishing-ground of 
the herring-catchers. 


DE CA PROD A. 


PANDALUS LEVIGATUS, St.,n.s. This large species differs from P. borealis, Kroyer, 
in the want of dorsal spines on the third and fourth abdominal rings, and in hay. 
ing only eleven superior spines or serrations on the rostrum, which are situated 
only on the posterior two-thirds of its length. Its color is usually a very pale 
yellow, with narrow blue lines on the back. Dredged on rocky bottoms in the 
laminarian zone. 

HippoLyte ACULEATA, Gould, Inv. Mass., 332. Very common in the laminarian 
zone. It is beautifully mottled with bright red, with some white or bluish spots. 

CRANGON VULGARIS, Fabr., M. Edw., Gould, Inv. Mass., 351. Taken, not com- 
monly, at low water, in sheltered, sandy coves. 

C. norEAs, Phipps. This fine species was dredged in four fathoms, on a nullipore 
bottom, near the Passage, and in twenty fathoms, shelly, off Duck Island ledge. 

Homarus AmeEricanus, M. Edw., Hist. Nat. des Crust., ii. 334. The lobster is 
said by the inhabitants to occur in great numbers in May, at Grand Harbor, living 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 59 


in holes in the sand just below low-water mark. They are easily taken with boat- 
hooks. 

BERNHARDUS STREBLONYX, Dana. Pagurus Bernhardus, Fabr., M. Edw., Gould, 
Iny. Mass., 329. Not so common here as the succeeding species. I have had oppor- 
tunities of comparing this with European specimens, and find them precisely the 
same. 

B. pusescens, St. Pagurus pubescens, Kroyer, Tidsskrift, ii. 251. Taken in 
considerable numbers, but not abundantly, in the laminarian zone, especially on 
nullipore bottoms. It inhabits chiefly shells of Buccinum undatum. It is easily 
distinguished from B. streblonyx, by its hairy, carinated hands. 

Hyas coarcrata, Leach; M. Edw., Hist. Nat. des Crust., 1.312. Not uncommon 
in the laminarian zone. 

CANCER IRRORATUS, Say; Gould, Inv. Mass., 322. Platycarcinus trroratus, M. 
Edw., De Kay. Found, very rarely, however, in cavities among the rocks at low 
water. 


FINIS. 


nF ning wlibael 


. - Se Gin foo E 
pple ccmartencr nwt a 
(ts all ov ezine at tile SElin RCI 

(hear gah ‘ — pen ytiot cepeniigt) 

| a eee 
a savage voy i 2am 

} tree: lon “her glean’ sd pany 


f ’ . 


a ai ee i 
, aw then FO “tee e ~~ 


sire eee 


’ 


' p 1 yeaa 3 A A a iby 


1 e 
er eVi4 


mings rier wie 7: “a 
eR yet 
a olip-ar tuth Al 


a~ 


2 


INDEX. 


i . . : . . . 
[The synonyms, or names of genera and species to which incidental reference only-is made, are in Roman. | 


ACALEPH, 8. 

ACANTHONOTUS, 53. 
SERRATUS, 52. 

Acanthosoma, 52. 
HYSTRIX, 53. 

Acavuis, 10. 

PRIMARIUS, 10. 

ACEPHALA, 19. 

Accetes, 36. 
lupina, 36. 

Pleei, 36. 

ACTINIA CARNEOLA, 7. 
CORIACEA, 7. 
crassicornis, 7. 
DIANTHUS, 7. 
MARGINATA, 7. 
OBTRUNCATA, 7. 
SIPUNCULOIDES, 7. 

ACTINIADA, 7. 

ADEORBIS COSTULATA, 23. 

ADMETE VIRIDULA, 24. 

4HiGA concharum, 42. 
POLITA, 41. 

ZHGINA SPINOSSISSIMA, 44. 

Agarum, 8. 

ALCYONIDA, 7. 

ALCYONIUM DIGITATUM, 7. 
echinatum, 11. 

Atrcto Escuricuri, 12. 


ALLORCHESTES LITTORALIS, 49. 


AmpuHipopA, 44, 53. 

AMPHITHOE, 52. 
carinata, 52. 
inermis, 54. 
MACULATA, 53. 
marionis, 52. 
panopla, 52. 
serra, 52. 
VIRESCENS, 03. 
9 


AMPHITHONOTUS, 52. 
ANCEUS AMERICANUS, 42. 
maxillaris, 43. 
ANCULA cristata, 26. 
SULPHUREA, 26. 
ANISopopA, 42. 
ANNULATA, 29. 
ANOMIA ACULEATA, 20. 
EPHIPPIUM, 20. 
ANoNyYx, 50, 57. 
appendiculosus, 50, 51, 55. 
EXIGUUS, 51. 
NOBILIS, 50, 55. 
PALLIDUS, 50. 
POLITUS, 50, 56. 
ANTHURA BRACHIATA, 43. 
APHRODITACE®, 36. 
APHRODITA ACULEATA, 36. 
cirrata, 36. 
scabra, 36. 
Apiipium, 19. 
Aplysia, 27. 

APORRHAIS OCCIDENTALIS, 23. 
pespelicani, 23. 
ARENICOLA PISCATORUM, 31. 
ARICIA QUADRICUSPIS, 33. 

ASCIDIA CALLOSA, 7, 19. 
GEOMETRICA, 20. 
TENELLA, 20. 
ASELLODES, 41. 
ALTA, 41. 
ASTARTE QUADRANS, 21. 
SULCATA, 21. 
ASTERACANTHION ALBULUS, 14. 
Mottzert, 14. 
LITTORALIS, 14. 
RUBENS, 14. 
VIOLACEUS, 14. 
ASTERIADA, 14. 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


Asters pertusa, 14. 
phrygiana, 15. 
spongiosa, 14. 

Astrogonium phrygianum, 15. 

Arropuyton Aaassizit, 12. 

AvrRELIA AuRITA, 11. 

BALANUS GENICULATUS, 38. 
BALANOIDES, 99. 
ovularis, 39. 
rugosus, 39. 

BERNHARDUS PUBESCENS, 09. 
STREBLONYX, 59. 

Berow Mepus2, 11. 

Bouina ALATA, 11, 

Bourentrs, 13, 47. 
RENIFORMIS, 20. 
RUBRA, 20. 

Borryiiorpes, 19. 

Botryodactyla affinis, 16. 
grandis, 16. 

Brava, 32. 

GRANOSA, 32. 
SUBLEVIS, 20. 

BRACHIOPODA, 32. 

BRANCHIOPODA, 39. 

Bryozoa, 17. 

BuccinuM UNDATUM, 24. 

BuLLA DEBILIS, 25. 
HIEMALIS, 25. 
PERTENUIS, 20. 
TRITICEA, 20. 

CALIGUS PISCINUS, 38. 

CAMPANULARIA SYRINGA, 8. 

CaNncER pulex, 55. 
IRRORATUS, 99. 


CantHopsis HARVARDIENSIS, 25. 


CAPRELLA LOBATA, 44. 
LONGIMANUS, 44. 
robusta, 44. 
SANGUINEA, 44. 

CARDITA BOREALIS, 21. 

Carpium IsLANpIcum, 21. 
PINNULATUM, 21. 

Caudina, 17. 
arenata, 17. 

Cellepora annulata, 18. 

CELLULARIA TERNATA, 19. 

CEPHALOPODA, 27. 

CERAPUS FASCIATUS, 49. 
FUCICOLA, 48. 
RUBRICORNIS, 46, 47. 
tubularis, 47. 

CHEMNITZIA NIVEA, 23. 


Chirodota, 17. 

arenata, 17. 

Laz&vis, 17, 27. 
CHITON ALBUS, 22. 

MARMOREUS, 22. 

MENDICARIUS, 22. 

RUBER, 22. 
Chondrus, 10. 

CrrrIpPEpiA, 38. 

CLAVA MULTICORNIS, 11. 
CLAVELLINA, 19. 

CLYMENE LUMBRICALIS, 31. 
CoLOMBELLA DISSIMILIS, 24. 

ROSACEA, 24. 
Comatula, 12. 

Corophide, 48, 56. 
CorYMORPHA NUTANS, 9. 
Coryne, 11. 

squamata, 11. 
Corynide, 10, 11. 

CRANGON VULGARIS, 58. 
Cratophium, 46. 

Cribella oculata, 14. 
CriInome#, 12. 

CRISIA CRIBRARIA, 18. 

DENTICULATA, 18. 
CRUSTACEA, 37. 
Crypronora, 35. 

CITRINA, 36. 
Crenopiscus cRIsPAtts, 15. 
Cucumaria, 16. 

frondosa, 16. 

CUMA BISPINOSA, 39. 

CuvriertA Fasrici, 16. 
Cyanea Posretsu, 11. 
CYNTHIA ECHINATA, 20. 

PYRIFORMIS, 20. 
CYPRIDINA EXCISA, 39. 
Cyprina Istanpioa, 21. 
DecapopA, 58. 
DENDROCaLA, 27. 
DENDRONOTUS ARBORESCENS, 26. 
DENTALIUM STRIOLATUM, 22. 
Drapora Noacuina, 22. 
Doris diaphana, 26. 

fusca, 26. 

PALLIDA, 26. 

PLANULATA, 26. 

repanda, 26. 

Doro coronata, 26. 
Duasmodactyla producta, 17. 
Ecutnaracunius ATLanticus, 16. 
Echinaster Eschrichtii, 14. 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. : 63 


Ecurnipm, 15. 

EcHinopERMATA, 12. 

EicHrnus GRANULATUS, 15. 
neglectus, 16. 
virens, 15. 

Hoxis angulata, 25. 
DIVERSA, 26. 
FARINACEA, 20. 
MANANENSIS, 26. 
PURPUREA, 20. 
rufibranchialis, 25. 
salmonacea, 26. 
STELLATA, 25. 

HNONELLA, 34. 
BICARINATA, 34. 

ENTOMOSTRACA, 39. 

HpizoA, 38. 


KUDENDRIUM CINGULATUM, 9. 


rameum, 9. 
ramosum, 9. 
Hunice Orrstepi, 34. 
Harassil, 35. 
VIVIDA, 35. 
HUPHROSYNE BOREALIS, 36. 
Kusirus, 54. 
HuryAty, 12. 
scutatum, 12. 
FASCIOLARIA LIGATA, 24. 
Frustra, 19. 
TRUNCATA, 19. 
sonipA, 19. 
Fucus nodosus, 49. 
vesiculosus, 49. 
GAMMARINA, 56. 
GAMMARUS locusta, 55. 
MACROPTHALMUS, 50. 
PULEX, 90. 
PURPURATUS, 5D. 
SABINH, 595. 
GASTEROPODA, 22. 


GEMELLARIA DuMoSsA, 19, 45. 


GEPHYREA, 28. 
GLANDULA FIBROSA, 20. 
MOLLIS, 20. 
GLYCERA CAPITATA, 33. 
setosa, 33. 
VIRIDESCENS, 33. 
GOontIASTER equestris, 15. 
PHRYGIANA, 15, 38. 
GRAMMARIA, 9. 
GRACILIS, 9. 
GRAMARIA ROBUSTA, 9. 
Heteroneis arctica, 34. 


HIPPOCcRENE SUPERCILIARIS, 11. 
HIPpoLyTE ACULEATA, 58. 
Hipporsoa, catenularia, 18. 
RUGOSA, 18. 
Holothuria, 15. 
levis, 17. 
squamata, 16. 
HoLoruurtaps, 16. 
Homarus AMERICANUS, 17. 
HYAS CoARCTATA, 59. 
HYDRACTINIA ECHINATA, 11. 
Ipmonea Atlantica, 18. 
PRUINOSA, 18. 
Idoteea, 40. 
czeca, 39. 
TRRORATA, 39. 
MontTosA, 40. 
Turtstt, 39, 
JPHIMEDIA VULGARIS, 53. 
Isopopa, 39. 
JMRA COPIOSA, 40. 
LACUNA VINCTA, 23. 
LAMELLIBRANCHIATA, 20. 
LAMELLARIA PERSPICUA, 24. 
LAOMEDEA GELATINOSA, 8. 
LEDA LIMATULA, 20. 
MYALIS, 20. 
SAPOTILEA, 20. 
TENUISULCATA, 21. 
THRACLHFORMIS, 20. 
Lepas balanoides, 39. 
LEPIDONOTE CIRRATA, 36. 
PUNCTATA, 36. 
SCABRA, 36. 
LEPRALIA ANNULATA, 18. 
CANDIDA, 18. 
CRASSISPINA, 18. 
LABIATA, 18. 
RUBENS, 19. 
Leptochirus, 56. 
LEPTOPLANA ELLIPSOIDES, 27. 
LEprorHor, 46. 
Dan, 46. 
LERNAIA BRANCHIALIS, 38. 
LEUCOTHOE GRANDIMANUS, 51. 
LINKIA ocuLATA, 14. 
PERTUSA, 14. 
LITTORINA LITTORALIS, 23. 
RUDIS, 20. 
Lotiao BaRTRAMI, 27. 
LUCERNARIAD&, 8. 
LucERNARIA fascicularis, 8. 
QUADRICORNIS, 8. 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 


Lumara, 30. 

FLAVA, ol. 
LYONSIA HYALINA, 21. 
LYSIANASSA SPINIFERA, 49. 
MAcTRA PONDEROSA, 21. 

SOLIDISSIMA, 21. 
MANGELIA CANCELLATA, 25. 

DECUSSATA, 25. 

PYRAMIDALIS, 24. 

TURRICULA, 24. 
MARGARITA ACUMINATA, 29. 

ARGENTATA, 23. 

CINEREA, 23. 

HELICINA, 23. 

OBSCURA, 25. 

UNDULATA, 23. 
Marico.#, 31. 
MENESTHO ALBULA, 23. 
Monocutopes, 54. 

DEMISSUS, 54. 
MYA ARENARIA, 22. 

TRUNCATA, 22. 
Mysis ocunata, 58. 
Myrinus corruaatts, 21. 

DECUSSATUS, 21. 

piscors, 21. 

DISCREPANS, 21. 

EDULIS, 21. 

LEVIGATUS, 21. 

MODIOLUS, 21. 
Munna, 41. 

NarepA, 28. 

SUPERBA, 28. 
NASSA TRIVITTATA, 24. 
Narvica CLAUSA, 24. 

FLAVA, 24. 

GRONLANDICA, 24. 

HEROS, 24. 

IMMACULATA, 24. 

TRISERIATA, 24. 
NERA euspidata, 22. 

PELLUCIDA, 21. 
Nemertes obscura, 28. 
NEMERTIDA, 28. 
Nerutuys borealis, 33. 

ceca, 33. 

CILIATA, 33. 

INGENS, 33. 
NEREIS ABYSSICOLA, 33. 
NEREIS DENTICULATA, 33. 

grandifolia, 34. 

GRANDIS, 34. 

IRIS, 33. 


Nrrets pelagica, 33. 
NucULA DELPHINODONTA, 20. 

PROXIMA, 20. 

TENUIS, 20. 
NUDIBRANCHIATA, 20. 
Nullipora, 22. 

NYMPHON GROSSIPES, 38. 
Ocnus Ayresn, 16. 
Cidicerus, 54. 

(Enone, 34. 

OMMATOPLEA Strmpsonu, 28. 
Oniscus pulex, 55. 

serratus, 52. 

OnupHis Escuricuti, 35. 
OPHELIA GLABRA, 33. 
OPHIACANTHA SPINULOSA, 13. 
OPuHIoLerPts acufera, 13. 

cILIATA, 13. 

RoBustA, 13. 

TENUIS, 13. 
OPHIOPHOLIS SCOLOPENDRICA, 13. 
Ophiothrix, 13. 

Ophiura aculeata, 13. 
OpHiuRIDs, 13. 
ORCHESTIA GRYLLUS, 49. 
Orcula punctata, 17. 
Pagurus, 47. 

Bernhardus, 59. 

pubescens, 59. 
PALLENE HISPIDA, 37. 
Panpatwus borealis, 58. 

LEVIGATUS, 58. 
PANDORA TRILINIATA, 21. 
Panopaa Norvecica, 22. 
Patella candida, 22. 

cxeca, 22. 

Proten Isianpicus, 20. 

MaAGELLAnicus, 20. 
PrctinariA Belgica, 30. 

GRONLANDICA, 30. 
PEeNTACTA FRONDOSA, 16. 
Phascolosoma Bernhardus, 28. 
PHILINE LINEOLATA, 20. 
PHOLOE TECTA, 36. 

PHOLAS CRISPATA, 22. 
PHOXICHILIDIUM MAXILLARE, 37. 
PHOXUS FUSIFORMIS, 57. 

Holbollii, 58. 

Kroyert, 58. 

plumosus, 58. 
PHYLLODOCE GRONLANDICA, 33. 
PitipiuM candidum, 22. 

CCUM, 22. 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN. 695 


PLANARIDA, 2 
Platycarcinus irroratus, 59. 
PLEUROBRACHIA RHODODACTYLA, 11. 
PLUMULARIA FALCATA, 8. 
TENERRIMA, 8. 
Popocrrvs nitipus, 45. 
Pontoporinee, 56. 
Pout gracilis, 28. 
OBSCURA, 28. 
POLYNOE SQUAMATA, 36. 
Poxyrt, 7. 
POSEIDON AFFINIS, 28. 
PRANIZA CERINA, 42. 
cerulata, 43. 
PROLES MEDUSINA, 11. 
Proies PotyporEs, 8. 
PROSOBRANCHIATA, 22. 
PROTULA MEDIA, 30. 
Psoxus levigatus, 16. 
PHANTAPUS, 16. 
PSEUDOPTHALMUS, 57. 
LIMICOLUS, 57. 
PELAGICUS, 57. 
PrERASTER MILITARIS, 15. 
PriLocHEIRUS, 55. 
PINGUIS, 56. 
Ptilota, 10. 
PURPURA LAPILLUS, 24. 
PYCNOGONIDES, 37. 
PYCNOGONON grossipes, 38. 
littorale, 37. 
PELAGICUM, 37. 
Rissoa ACULEUS, 23. 
EBURNEA, 23. 
MicuHetstt, 23. 
PELAGICA, 23. 
SABELLA lumbricalis, 31. 
PAVONINA, 30. 
ZONALIS, 30. 
SARSIA MIRABILIS, 11. 
SAXICAVA ARCTICA, 22. 
RUGOSA, 22. 
SCALARIA GRONLANDICA, 23. 
Scoloplos quadricuspis, 33. 
Serpula granulata, 29. 
porrecta, 29. 
vitrea, 29. 
SERTULARIA ARGENTEA, 8. 
FALLAX, 9. 
FILICULA, 8. 
LATIUSCULA, 8. 
Margareta, 8. 
POLYZONIAS, 8, 9. 


SERTULARIA PRODUCTA, 8. 
RUGOSA, 9. 

SIPHONOSTOMUM ASPERUM, 81. 
yaginiferum, 32. 

SipuncuLus Bernuarpus, 28. 

SOLASTER ENDECA, 14. 
PAPPOSA, 15. 

SoLEN ENsIs, 21. 

SPIRORBIS GRANULATA, 29. 
NAUTILOIDES, 29. 
PORRECTA, 29. 
QUADRANGULARIS, 29. 
SPIRILLUM, 29. 
VITREA, 29. 

Squilla lobata, 44. 

STAUROPHORA LACINIATA, 11. 

Stenosoma irrorata, 39. 

STENOTHOE CLYPEATA, 57. 

STERNASPIS FOSSOR, 29. 

Srrosina, 11. 

Sromapopa, 58. 

Synapta, 17. 
coriacea, 17. 

Talitrus gryllus, 49. 

TANAIS FILUM, 43. 

TECTIBRANCHIATA, 25. 

TECTURA TESTUDINALIS, 22. 

TECTURELLA, 32. 

FLACCIDA, 32. 

TELLINA FUSCA, 21. 
PROXIMA, 21. 

TEREBELLA BRUNNEA, 31. 
CIRRATA, 31. 
fulgida, 31. 
parvula, 31. 

TEREBRATULA SEPTENTRIONALIS, 20. 

TETRASTEMMA SERPENTINA, 28. 

TuRACIA brevirostris, 22. 
Conrant, 21. 
CoutHouyt, 21. 
MYopsIs, 21. 
TRUNCATA, 21. 

THYASIRA GoULDH, 21. 

THYONIDIUM PRODUCTUM, 17. 
pellucidum, 17. 

TRICHOTROPIS BOREALIS, 24. 

TRITONIUM CLATHRATUM, 24. 
DECEMCOSTATUM, 24. 
Isnanpicum, 24. 
PYGM&uM, 24. 

Trochinus, 17. 

TROCHUS OCCIDENTALIS, 23. 

TuBICOLa, 29. 


66 


MARINE INVERTEBRATA OF GRAND MANAN,. 


TUBULARIAD®, 10. TURRITELLA ACICULA, 23. 
TUBULARIA INDIVISA, 9. COSTULATA, 23. 
LARYNX, 9. EROSA, 23. 
penicillus, 30. TYPHLOLEPTA ACUTA, 27. 
TUBULIPORA CRATES, 17. UNCcIOLA TRRORATA, 45. 
pIvisa, 18. VELUTINA HALIOTOIDES, 24. 
flabellaris, 18. ZONATA, 24. 
PATINA, 17. VERMILIA SERRULA, 29. 


Tunicata, 19. ZETES SPINOSA, 37. 


Fig. 


ht et 
oH S 


ae 


a 
Oo OTS OB OO 


COTA wd 


REFERENCES T0 THE FIGURES. 


ACTINIA CARNEOLA. 
SIPUNCULOIDES. 


. GRAMMARIA ROBUSTA. 

. ACAULIS PRIMARIUS. 
ASTERACANTHION ALBULUS. 
. TUBULIPORA DIVISA. 

. IDMONEA PRUINOSA. 

. ORISIA CRIBRARIA. 

. HIPPOTHOA RUGOSA. 

. LEPRALIA CANDIDA. 


RUBENS. 
FLUSTRA SOLIDA. 


. NE#RA PELLUCIDA. 

. Doris PLANULATA. 

. See page 27. 

. LEPTOPLANA ELLIPSOIDES. 
. NAREDA SUPERBA. 

. OMMATOPLEA STIMPSONII. 
. STERNASPIS FOSSOR. 


. LUMARA FLAVA. 

. TECTURELLA FLACCIDA. 
. BRADA, n. g. 

. NEREIS DENTICULATA. 


GRANDIS. 


. KNONELLA BICARINATA. 
. HUNICE VIVIDA. 

. CRYPTONOTA CITRINA. 

. CYPRIDINA EXCISA. 

. J HRA COPIOSA. 

. ASELLODES ALTA. 

. PRANIZA CERINA. 

. LEPTOTHOE DAN#. 

. CERAPUS RUBRICORNIS. 


FUCICOLA. 
FASCIATUS. 


. ALLORCHESTES LITTORALIS. 
. LEUCOTHOE GRANDIMANUS. 


PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 


WASHINGTON, D. Cc. 
MARCH, 1853. 


& MAJOR Ne 


Plate IL. 


TET, 


Dilviadunsaeaaais 


22 


LA 


W” STIMPSON 


DEL. 


19 
a 
4 2, 
| \ 
a U 
25. 


} 3) —= Ls 
ASS 
ad 


23 


sail 


LITH.OF SARONY & MAJOR N.Y. 


Plate il. 


3S 


WM SIMPSON DEL 


SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE. 


WiNDS 


OF THE 


NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


BY 


CAM ES He CORT IN, A. M., 


PROFESSOR OF MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL PHILOSOPHY IN 


LAFAYETTE COLLEGE, EASTON, PENNSYLVANIA. 


Accepted for Publication, November, 1850. 


Revised, November, 1852. 


VOL. VI. 


Yr" alaeTs“0o KALCOeU TIME 
jee . : , 


THANG AM. ees HOE 


COMMISSION 


TO WHICH THIS PAPER HAS BEEN REFERRED. 


Prof. W. B. Rogers. 
Prof. E. Loomis. 
: JOSEPH Henry, 

; Secretary S. 1. 
cH 2A h ES 


yet +i -< 


5 Letecuad 


7 ) ai! wo toawpeg Anat: 
shee? pont ade ph & 
healeti® Dom based 
sorventh, anbetil bre delat ~ 


ooest hethalt seins of 


ibe ae — = 


ear: 


INTRODUCTION 


CONTENTS. 


Series A.—List oF STATIONS 


fous 
roo eS te ao On 


. Within the Arctic Gre 

. Iceland and Greenland 

. British and Russian America 

. Maine 

. Vermont and New Flarnpative 

. Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Gonnecsion’ 
. State of New York 

. New Jersey 

. Pennsylvania 6 

- Delaware, Maryland, and vance E 

. North and South Carolina . 

. Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Tiduieiaad 
. Tennessee and Kentucky 

. Ohio . $ 

. Indiana and Tlinois 

. Michigan, Wisconsin, and Iowa : 
. Missouri, Arkansas, and Western Territories 
. Florida, Texas, California, and Mexico 

. West Indies and South America .~ 

. Atlantic Ocean and its Islands 3 

. Great Britain and Ireland . 

. Denmark, Norway, Sweden, and Russia 

. Prussia, Austria, and Turkey 

. Germany . 

. Holland and Belen 

. France, Spain, ard Portugal 

. Switzerland, Italy, and the Mediterranean Sea 
. Asia E : 

. Africa : 

. Pacific and Indian Oceadls 3 


General Summary - 


Series B.— ABSTRACT OF OBSERVATIONS 
Within the Arctic Circle 
Iceland and Greenland 
British and Russian America 
United States 


PAGE 


5—11 


12 


iv CONTENTS. 


Series B.— Continued. 5 
West Indies and South America 
Bermuda Islands 
North Atlantic 
Straits of Gibraltar 
Azores 
Madeira and Once jelande 
Great Britain and Ireland 
Denmark, Norway, Sweden, and Russia 
Prussia and Austria 
Germany 
Holland and uleiain 
France 
Spain and Portugal 
Italy 
Switzerland 
Turkey and the Mediturtineas Sea 
Georgia 
Persia . 

Siberia 

China 

Hindoostan 

Africa : 

Pacific and Indian scat 


Series C.—Mran Direction oF WINDS 


Sec. I. America, Hast of Tenens 87° an Greenwich 


Sec. IT. Atlantic Ocean and its Islands 
See. III. Europe and Africa 
Sec. IV. Asia and the Pacific Ocean 


Sec. V. America, West of ep 87° from Gresik 


Supplement 
Deductions and Remarks . 


Series D.—Montuty Drrecrions AND DEFLECTIONS 
Arctic Regions of North America 
Northwest British America 
Iceland and Greenland 
Labrador 
Hudson’s Bay decnerss 
Russian America 
Newfoundland 


United States and Canadas 8 45° to ‘50° 


New England States 

New York State 

New Jersey and Pennsylvania 

Delaware, Maryland, and Eastern wie 
North Carolina and Tennessee 

United States.—Lat. 34° to 35° 


Do. Lat. 30° to 34° 
Do. Lat. 29° to 30° 
Florida 


West Indies 
Ohio 


109 


110—141 
110 
118 
119 
124 
124 
127 
132 


142—172 
143 
144 
145 
146 
146 
146 
146 
147 
147 
148 
148 
149 
150 
150 
151 
152 
152 
153 
153 


CONTENTS. = 


Series D.— Continued. PAGE 
Michigan, Wisconsin, and Towa F P ; ; : . 154 
Indiana, Illinois, Kentucky, and Missouri : , ‘ ; » 164 
Western Territories of the United States : : : . : dd 
Bermudas : x : : : ‘ : : 5 ley) 
North Atlantic Ocean. : ‘ p i ‘ 2 Be 

5 Northern Russia, Sweden, and Essai é : : ; : o Ie) 
Germany : : : : : ; 5 . 160 
Holland and Belgian . : : : : ; 3 Gi 
Great Britain . : 3 : 4 s : Laue 
France, Switzerland, mall Italy . c : : . : G2 
Austria and Speers Russia : : : >» 1G 
Turkey, Asia Minor, Armenia, Syria, and Clone : j ; . 163 
Palestine, Mesopotamia, and Persia : : ; : : . 164 
Hindoostan . : ‘ : ; ‘ ‘ : - 165 
Siberia : : : : : : : : 5 G5 
China . 5 : : : ; i # : elGG 
Africa : : : : ‘ : 5 LG 
Islands of the Pacific Ovéani ‘ : : : ; : PLO 
Madagascar i : ; é F : ; : 5 oy 

Deductions and Remarks . : : ‘ : F ; . 168 
Theoretical Considerations ‘ ‘ E 3 > é 5 GY) 

Series H.—Forcz AND VELOCITY oF WINDS é : : : : : 173—182 
Smithsonian Scale : 3 : : ; : : a las 
Toronto, Canada : , : : : ‘ F ols 
Boothia Felix . : ; : 3 : : a dhyyat 
Cambridge, Mucsactiusstts é A d : ‘ : . 174 
North Carolina : : ; ; : ; : » . Lie 
Hudson, Ohio . : : p i : : ‘ . 174 
Bermuda Islands : : j ‘ 5 lea! 
Southern Maine, New Hampahites and Veunont? : ; , o | duis) 
Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut . : : : 5 KG 
Amherst and Williams Giyileses Massachusetts : : . a Le 
New York State 3 ; ‘ ; ; F ; a lr 
New Jersey and Pennsylvania . : : ; ; : a |. alee 
Girard College, Pennsylvania . ‘ 4 : é oo eh 
Delaware, Maryland, and Hastern Ta ; ‘ ; : a ee 
Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Northern Florida . 4 ‘ TS 
Ohio, Kentucky, and Tennessee 5 : : : >» Le 
Indiana, Ilinois, Michigan, Wisconsin, and Toe c : : o LE) 
West Indies and South America : : : 3 ; els) 
Sturbington, England . 5 : ¢ : : 5 dliet0) 
Inchkeith and Calton Hill, Bratlana : : : f : o teil 
Devonport, England. : é , : : ; > ali 
Greenwich, do. F ; : : i i ; 5 Ge 
Oporto, Portugal : ‘ ‘ : : : 5 82 
Tripoli, Barbary ‘ : : : : : ; 5 llige 

General Summary : : : : : : c > GR 

Series F.—Errects of Force AND VELOCITY . : : . : 183—186 

Resultants compared c : : 3 : 2 : . 184 
Differences of do. : ; 3 owe : : : 5 tela) 


Deductions and Remarks . : : ; ; ‘ 5 Te) 


APPENDIX 


CONTENTS. 


. List of Metacnilagsest Stations 

. Geographical Description of Norway House, and Ratuaka 
Do. of Saco, Maine 

Do. of Stations in New York 

Do. of Easton, Pennsylvania 

Do. of Somerset, do. 

Do. of Athens, Georgia 

Do. of Constantinople, Turkey 

I. Do. of Beirut and Bahmdin, Syria 

K. Do. of Trebizond, Asia Minor 

L. Do. of Ferualemr Palestine 

M. Do. of Ooroomiah and Tabreez, Paria 

N. Do. of Tehran, do. 

O. Note on the winds east of the Mediterranean 
P. Winds of the Pacifie Ocean 

Q. Review of Halley’s Theory of Winds 


Hee eo aA 


PAGE 
187—197 
187 
188 
189 
189 
189 
189 
189 
189 
191 
191 
192 
192 
193 
193 
193 
195 


INTRODUCTION. 


THIS memoir is an expansion of a report on the winds of North America and 
the North Atlantic Ocean, prepared in obedience to a request of the American 
Association for the Advancement of Science, and read at its meeting in Philadel- 
phia in 1848. Although the northern portion of the eastern continent did not 
properly fall within the limits of the report, yet it was thought that it would be 
more complete if it could be made to include the entire northern hemisphere; and 
this has been done partly through the aid of American missionaries and others 
residing abroad, who kindly sent manuscript records of their observations, and 
partly through meteorological registers published in different European journals, &c. 
Tn this way, I have been enabled to obtain a large amount of material from Europe, 
Asia, Northern and Western Africa, and several islands in the Atlantic and Pacific 
Oceans. With a view to obtain more full data at sea, 1 made arrangements, through 
the aid of a friend in New York, to procure from shipowners in that city the loan 
of a number of log-books kept during voyages in the Atlantic and elsewhere. 
From these, and other sources, I had collected records of observations at sea for 
periods amounting in the aggregate to between six and seven years, when, learning 
that Lieut. Maury, of the National Observatory, was successfully prosecuting the 
same work under far greater advantages, I relinquished that field, and confined 
myself to observations on land. 

An interval of several years which has elapsed since the memoir was first pre- 
sented to the Smithsonian Institution, while it may have rendered some parts less 
valuable, has enabled me to improve others by the addition of new matter derived 
from the Smithsonian operations, and those of the National Observatory. Among 
the materials obtained from the latter may be mentioned, a collection of observations 
at sea, amounting in the aggregate to a period of more than one hundred and 
twenty years. I may also mention, as an important addition, the discovery of 
systems of deflecting forces on both sides of the Atlantic. 

My acknowledgments are due to the following gentlemen for the aid they have 
rendered me in obtaining the data necessary for the investigation, either by con- 
tributing their own observations, or affording facilities for procuring those of 
others :— 

2 


6 INTRODUCTION. 


Duncan Frntayson, Resident Agent of 
Hudson’s Bay Company, British Amer. 

Donatp Ross, Norway House, Hudson’s 
Bay Territory. 

Joun Swanston, Michipicoton, L. Sup. 

JosrpH TEMPLEMAN, St. John’s, Newf. 

Hon. J. S. McCorp, Montreal, Canada. 

Capt. J. H. Lerroy, Gov’'ment Observa- 
tory, Toronto, Canada. 

Dr. JepeprAn Herrick, Hampden, Me. 

Dr. J. M. BatcHetper, Saco, Me. 

S. Ropman, New Bedford, Mass. 

Prof. E. 8. Sveti, Amherst College, Mass. 

Amon Brarnard, Greenfield, Mass. 

Dr. Ovi Pius, Salisbury, Conn. 

JAMES QuinTARD, Norwalk, Conn. 

J. L. Henprick, Litchfield, Conn. 

KE. C. Herrick, New Haven, Conn. 

Prof. B. Smuman, Yale College, Conn. 

Prof. Dentson OtmstED, Yale Coll., Conn. 

Prof. A. W. Suiru, Wesleyan University, 
Conn. ; 

Dr. T. Romeyn Becx, Albany, N. Y. 

Giron Haw ey, Albany, N. Y. 

W. C. Reprietp, New York City. 

Grerarp Hatitock, New York City. 

Prof. Ex1as Loomis, N. Y. University. 

JosepH DetarieLp, New York City. 

Dr. A. F. Ewrne, Trenton, N. J. 

Grorce Mowry, Somerset, Pa. 

JAcos Mecuuine, Butler, Pa. 

Dr. J. T. Ducaret, Baltimore, Md. 

Prof. Joseph Henry, Smithsonian Insti- 
tution, Washington, D. C. 

Lieut. M. F. Maury, National Observa- 
tory, Washington, D. C. 


Prof. Arex. D. Bacur, Washington, D. C, 

Col. J. J. Asert, Chief of Topographical 
Bureau, Washington, D. C. 

James P. Espy, Washington, D. C. 

Dr. Tuomas Lawson, Surgeon-General, 
Washington, D. C. 

Prof. JAmes Puiuures, Univ. of N.C. 

Prof. C. F. McCay, Franklin College, Ga. 

Dr. Joun F. Posty, Savannah, Ga. 

K. B. Jennines, Tuskegee, Ala. 

Dr. Henry Tootry, Natchez, Miss. 

Prof. JAmes Hawmitton, University of 
Nashville, Tenn. 

Prof. I. W. Anprews, Marietta Coll., O. 

Dr. Boswrett Marsa, Steubenville, O. 

Rev. Z. K. Haw ey, Knoxville, Il. 

Martuew Corrin, Otsego, Mich. 

W. A. Raymonp, Detroit, Mich. 

Ismor LOEWENTHAL, Posen, Poland. 

Rev. H. G. O. Dwicut, Constantinople, 
Turkey. 

Rey. N. Bensamin, Smyrna, Asia Minor. 

Dr. AZARIAH Situ, Erzeroom, Asia Min. 

Rev. P. O. Powers, Broosa, Asia Minor. 

Rev. 8S. H. Catnoun, Mount Lebanon, 
Syria. 

Dr. H. A. De Forest, Beirut, Lebanon, 
Syria. 

Rey. Joun F, Lanneau, Jerusalem, Pa- 
lestine. 

Rev. Justin Perkins, Ooroomiah, Persia. 

Wm. T. Tuompson, Secretary of British 
Embassy, Tehran, Persia. 

JosePH Reep, Tehran, Persia. 

GerorGcE A. STevENS, Tabreez, Persia. 

Soton ArBegr, Langdon, N. H. 


I have also made free use of the published papers of Prof. Dové, and others, 


whenever I could obtain them. 


La Fayerre Cottear, August, 1849. 


WINDS 


OF THE -. 


NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Tue design of this memoir is to answer, as far as practicable, the following 
questions, viz:— 

1. What is the mean direction in which the lower strata of the air move over 
different portions of the Northern Hemisphere; including in the term lower strata 
all that part of the atmosphere on which direct observations can be made, whether 
by the motion of the clouds, or by means of a vane? 

2. What is the rate of progress in this mean direction, as compared with the 
total distance travelled by the wind? 

3. What modifications does this mean direction, and rate of progress, undergo in 
the different months of the year ? 

4. What is the direction and amount of the deflecting forces that cause these 
modifications ? 

5. What is the average relative velocity of winds from the several points of 
compass ? 

6. How will the introduction or omission of this latter element affect the 
answers to the preceding questions? 

The data which I use for elucidating the questions here proposed, consist of 
series of observations on winds taken at nearly 600 different stations on land, and 
during numerous voyages at sea, extending from the equator nearly to the parallel 
of 83° of latitude (the most northerly point ever reached by man), and embracing 
an aggregate period of over 2,800 years. Were these stations distributed uniformly 
over the entire Northern Hemisphere, we should have about one in every 418 
miles square, which would afford us tolerably fair data for the investigation. But, 
unfortunately, this is not the case, as may be seen by inspecting Plate I., which 
shows by dots their position. In the United States, and in several of the coun- 
tries of Hurope, the materials are abundant, and, through the operations of the 
National Observatory, under the direction of Lieut. Maury, we have very satis- 


8 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


factory means for studying the winds of the North Atlantic, from the equator to 
the parallel of 55° of latitude. Over the remaining four-fifths of the Northern 
Hemisphere, the data are more deficient, though not entirely wanting. It was 
apprehended that they must be very meagre in the high northern latitudes, 
dependent as we are for them entirely upon the reports of the different arctic 
expeditions, and considering the difficulty of taking meteorological observations 
through the entire year in those frozen and inhospitable regions. Yet they were 
found to be more satisfactory than was anticipated; and I have been able to em- 
body in this memoir the results of 382 years’ observations, taken at twenty different 
stations north of lat. 60°, nine of which are within the Polar Circle. Indeed, so far 
as information is to be obtained from regular and published series of observations, 
Plate I. shows that we are better informed in regard to the winds about the north 
pole than on the Pacific Ocean; although the latter is constantly traversed by 
ships, and the former never, unless for the purpose of scientific research." 

There is a considerable gap in the interior of British America, which would 
have been still greater, but for the politeness of several of the officers of the 
Hudson’s Bay Company, who kindly contributed collections of observations taken 
at their respective stations. 

In Asia, the stations are few in number, compared with the vast extent of 
territory; and yet they are as numerous, perhaps, as could reasonably be expected. 
In the southwestern part, there are twelve places from which I have obtained 
observations, chiefly through the kindness of American missionaries residing there. 
Kupffer’s voluminous collections,’ published by the Russian government, also 
afforded me a number in Siberia and the Ural Mountains. Throughout the wide 
area of the Chinese empire, embracing the whole of Central and Southeastern 
Asia, we have records only from Pekin,’ nor is there, so far as I know, a prospect 
of obtaining others. Some observations that I was encouraged to expect from the 
southern part of China Proper, have not yet come to hand. In Southern Asia, the 


+ T am happy to learn that the National Observatory, under the direction of Lieut. Maury—to whose 
labors we are so much indebted for the publication of the Charts of the Winds of the North Atlantic—has 
prepared, and will shortly publish, similar charts of the North Pacific. When this is done, and when 
returns shall have been received of the observations taken under the direction of the Smithsonian Institu- 
tion, in Oregon, California, and New Mexico, we shall be more fully prepared for the study of the winds 
of the Northern Hemisphere. 

* T exceedingly regret my inability to avail myself, to the extent I desired, of the fund of information 
contained in these important volumes. The original hourly or bi-hourly records of the directions of the 
wind are published in full, and without abstracts or condensation, so that the labor of reducing them is 
very great; and as I had no access to the volumes, except by resorting to distant libraries for the purpose, 
want of time compelled me to content myself with imperfect abstracts of one or two years only at each 
station, counting in some cases only every fourth observation. The reduction of the entire series, by some 
one more fayorably situated, would be a valuable service toward developing the meteorology of those 
comparatively unknown regions. 

® Two separate series of observations were obtained from this station; one taken by the French mis- 
sionaries, if I mistake not, in the last century, and the other quite recently, under the direction of the 
Russian Government. 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 9 


ouly stations from which I have been able to obtain observations, are the few 
marked on Plate I. in Hindoostan, though other collections, taken at Aden, in 
Arabia, at Singapore, and at several other stations in Hindoostan, are known to 
exist. 

Our information in regard to the winds of Africa, is confined to a few stations on 
the northern and western borders, embracing in the aggregate a period of only 
eleven months. Iam aware of no series of observations ever taken in the interior, 
except for three months only by the Niger expedition, and that still remains 
unpublished, I believe, in the possession of the Royal Society of London. The 
series taken by Mr. Aimé, at Algiers, and by Mr. Lambert, at Cairo, must be 
valuable, but I have not been able to obtain them. 

There is reason to believe that mest of the observations which form the basis of 
this memoir, were taken with such accuracy that reliance may be safely placed on 
the results, though there is, doubtless, considerable difference among them in this 
respect. At nearly every station, the direction of the wind was recorded for at 
least eight points of compass; at many, for sixteen points or more, together with 
estimates of the force; and at several,! either the direction, or force, or both, were 
accurately measured and recorded by means of self-registering anemometers. 

The method of applying these data to determine the mean direction of the wind 
consists, as has already been remarked, not simply in finding from what point of 
compass it has blown most frequently, and rejecting all the rest, but in resolving 
the traverse of all the different courses. A ship at sea, having sailed on different 
tacks, would find itself sadly out of its reckoning, if it were to take into account 
merely the tack upon which it had sailed most frequently, or for the longest time. 
The same would he the case if a balloon were set afloat in the air, and we wished to 
know its course and distance after a given time, which is what is intended by the terms 
mean direction and rate of progress, or percentage of resultant, as used in this memoir. 
May not the imperfect manner in which the subject has generally been studied, 
account for the belief so commonly entertained, that the winds in the temperate 
zones are subject to no fixed laws; the prevailing direction being so dependent 
upon the local features of the surrounding country, as often to furnish next to no 
indication of the direction in which the air as a whole moves? In any well-defined 
valley of considerable extent, it is a familiar fact that the winds incline to take 
the direction of the valley, marked examples of which the reader may see in the 
stations on Hudson River, in the State of New York, as exhibited in Plate III. 
Half the winds, or more, follow the course of the river, either up or down, and yet 
the mean direction of the whole is nearly at right angles to it. 

The questions already enumerated will serve as a general index to the plan of 
the work. It consists mainly of tabular statements, the different series being 
designated by the capital letters, A, B, C, &e. 


4 Toronto, Ogdensburg, and Girard College, on this continent; probably the three stations in Boothia 
Felix; and Greenwich, Devonport, and Sturbington, in England. 


10 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Series A, contains a list of the stations, or places of observation, with their 
latitudes and longitudes from Greenwich, and the names of the observers as far as 
known.’ 

Series B, contains abstracts of the observations on the direction of the wind at 
the different stations. With a view to greater condensation, months of the same 
name in different years are often united, so as to make but a single table of monthly 
abstracts, even though the observations extend through a number of years. The 
wind-roses, in the Plate of this series, exhibit to the eye the relative predominance 
of the different winds, the width of the shading at the different points of compass 
being proportional to the time during which the winds prevailed from those points. 

Series C, shows the mean direction and rate of progress of the wind at the dif- 
ferent stations, computed in the manner already described, from the data contained 
in series B. Besides the general results for the whole time, there is given also, at 
a few places, the separate results for each year. I undertook, at first, to do the 
same for all the stations, but the labor was so great that it became questionable 
whether the results would be worth the cost, and the idea was relinquished. Ac- 
companying the tabular statements is a series of maps, on which the mean direction 
and rate of progress of the wind at the different stations is exhibited to the eye by 
means of straight arrows. The length of the arrow, exclusive of the point, shows 
the ratio of the progressive motion of the wind to the whole distance travelled, 
the unit being one inch. That is to say, if the wind were to blow uniformly in 
one direction, it would be represented by an arrow one inch long; if the pro- 
gressive motion were fifty miles, for every hundred miles travelled, the length of 
the arrow would be half an inch, and so on. 

Series D, shows the deflections of the wind from its mean annual course in the 
different months of the year, together with the direction and amount of the forces 
which produce these deflections. For a more full description of the process em- 
ployed, the reader is referred to the Introduction to this series. The tabular 
statements are illustrated by two series of plates, one showing the monthly direc- 
tion of the wind, and the other the deflecting forces. The former are shown by 
means of curves, divided into 12 parts, each part showing the mean path of the 
wind for one month, and, consequently, the whole the annual curve. The latter 
are represented by means of arrows, twelve for each station, corresponding to the 
months of the year. The direction and length of the arrow for any given month 
shows the direction and amount of the deflecting force in that month, the scale 
being the same as in the plates following Series C. 

Series KE, shows the average relative force, or velocity, or both, of winds from the 
several points of compass, and is accompanied by wind-roses exhibiting the same 
facts to the eye, the width of the shading at each point of compass being propor- 
tional to the average velocity of the wind at that point. 


* When this investigation was first undertaken, the author had no idea of ever publishing the results, 
and proper care was not taken to preserve the name of the person by whom, or under whose direction, the 
observations were taken, so that in many cases, particularly on the Eastern Continent, I am not able now 
to give appropriate credit. 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 11 


Series F is deduced from Series E, and shows the effect of combining the element 
of force with that of time, in computing the mean direction of the wind. A more 
full and particular description of the process is given in the Introduction to the 
series, further on. 

That no errors have been committed in reducing so great a mass of observations, 
and making the numerous calculations growing out of them, is more than I dare 
to assert. ‘T can only hope that they are not so serious as materially to affect the 
general results. 


¥ 


12 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES A. 


List of places of observation, with their latitudes and longitudes from Greenwich, the length of time 
embraced, and the name of the observer. 


Name of Station. Latitude. Longitude. Time. | Authority. 


1. Within the Arctic Circle. 


Spitzbergen and vicinity . - | 9° bon) Glo" Kr: 5) months} Parry. 
Baffin’s Bay +. z 13 do. Parry and Ross. 
Melville Island and vicinity . | 74 45) 110 48 W.| 1 year Parry. 
Port Bowen and vicinity. -| 73 14] 88 55 1 do. Do. 
Tgloolik and vicinity . : .| 69 21] 81 42 1 do. Do. 

§ Winter Island and vicinity* 5 tele) Tt 83 10 1 do. Do. 

f Felix Harbor . : s saiOs 105) Olesos 1 do. Jas. Ross. 
Sheriff’s Harbor . : : Saal Qa il 1 do. Do. 

Victoria Harbor . ; : ee e7O. OF SOs tad: 6 months Do. 


2. Iceland and Greenland. 


Hyafiord, Iceland : 0 » Odeon OO. hes V.| 2 years | Van Scheels. 
Reiki: rvikk, do. . | 64 40 7 months} Gladstone and Park. 
New Herrnhutt, Greenland . - | 64 50 g 1 year 

| Frederichthal, do. : tl eOO neil 7 months 


3. British and Russian America. 


| Fort Enterprise . F : + |,62° 28! W.| 1 year Franklin. 

| Great Bear Lake : . Be) Gee IES Ty 1b 20 months 
Great Slave Lake : E = || (oe eae 8 do. 

f Nain, Labrador . . 56 «0 5 1 year 
Norway House, Hudson’s Bay Ter. | 55 0 7 do. Donald Ross. 

j Michipicoten, Lake Superior -| 47 56 1 do. Swanston. 

) St. John’s, Newfoundland . - | 47 35 y 4 do. Templeman. 

f Quebee, Canada . : : - | 46 49 6 do. Watt and others. 
Montreal, do. . : : . | 45 31 Sue 3 do. McCord. 

) Toronto, do. . : : = ok OO) Ne Olea 5 do. Lefroy. 

| W ilberforce, do. : 24 43° 20 | 8 1 month 
Windsor, Nova Scotia : . | 44 57 ‘ 1 year 

¥ Sitka, Russian America. eiligt cSolelan, eee 1 do. Homann and Ivanoff. 

‘ Luluk, Aleutian Islands. soo 70 5 12 do. Sproull. 


4. Maine. 


1 Fort Kent . : , : : ’W.| 1 year Surg. U.S. Army. 

} Fort Fairfield  . : : : 1 do. Do. 

| Hancock Barracks : : : 14 years Sprague. 
Addison. ie 2 ‘ 3 5 months | Wafs. 

f Bangor. , 3 : ‘ 6 do. Young. 

j Biddeford . 4 : : : 3 1 year Garland. 

| Bremen. : : : : 5 3 months| Blake. 

f Bath : : : : F 3 55 ; 11 years Hayden. 
Eastport. : : : : 7 12 do. Surg. U.S. Army. 
Gardiner. : : : : 4 months} Gardiner. 

' Hampden . : ; : Z 2 83% years | Herrick. 

Machias . : . : , - 1 month | Stearns. 


1 This station is just without the Arctic Circle. 


SERIES A.—LATITUDES AND LONGITUDES. 13 


| Worcester, Mass. 


3 


42 


7 do. 


Name of Station. | Latitude. Longitude. Time. Authority. 
4. Maine.— Continued. 
| Manhegin Island 44° 0’ | 69° 17’ W.| 8 months 
| Owl’s Head Aa @ 68 56 6 do. 
} Portland 43 39 | 70 20 10 years Surg. U. 8. Army. 
} Saco . 43 3 70 26 3% do. Batchelder. 
} Steuben . 4429 | 67 47 3 months | Parker. 
South West Harbor 44 0} 68 389 1 month | Howes. 
} Vinal Haven 44 2) 68 48 2 months | Calderwood. 
) Winthrop . 44 19 | 69 59 2iido: Maine Farmer. 
| South Thomaston 44 6}; 69 O 9 do. Bartlett. 
5. Vermont and New Hampshire, 
Bennington, Vt. . 42° 52’) 73° 20’ W.| 4 months | Hunt. 
} Burlington, Vt. . 44 29} 73 I1 1 year Thompson. 
Charlestown, N. H. . AGB} 15) |) 7 DB 7 months 
Dartmouth College, N. H. 43 43 | 72 19 3 years Adams and Young. 
| Dover, N. H. . 43 13) 70 54 6 do. Tufts. 
Fayetteville, Vt. 42 56} 72 40 2 do. Field. 
Grafton, Vt. 43 13 | 72 34 3 months | Putnam. 
Keene, N. H. 42. 57% | 72) 14 5 oho Wheelock. 
Newbury, Vt. . ‘ AA ON) G2 aT 27 years Johnson. 
Peterborough, N. H. . 42 52) 71 38 1 month | Youngman. 
Portsmouth, N. H. 43, 41) 70 46 14 years Surg. U. 8. Army. 
Middlebury, Vt. . 44 3) 73 12 1 month | Keith. 
White Island, N. H. 1 do. 
6. Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut. 
Amherst, Mass. 49° 29'| 72° 31’ W.| 5 years Snell. 
Boston, Mass. 422i 71 64 5% do. Paine and others. 
Cambridge, Mass. 4222 7. 8 11 months | Bond. 
Cabotville, Mass. 42 9 | 72 37 3 do. Huntington. 
Dartmouth, Mass. 41 31} 70 58 8 do. Bailey. 
Edgartown, Mass. 41 23 | 70 28 1 month 
Dumplin Rock, Mass. 41 31] 70 58 Levi Smith. 
j Framingham, Mass. 42 18) 71 39 8 months | Hyde. 
} Ipswich, Mass. 42 41) 70 46 1 year Cutler. 
Little Compton, R. ibe AN 3 ON |ieeialemenlicy 1 month 
Litchfield, Conn. 41° 46) 73 12 3 years Hendrick. 
Medfield, Mass. 42 28 71 14 2 months 
Mendon, Mass. A) A 38 4 years Metealf. 
Middletown, Ct. 41 33) 72 39 241 do. Prof. Smith. 
New Haven, Ct. al 13 | 72h Be 4 do. Connecticut Academy. 
| New London, Ct. AL BD |) A @) 7 do. Surg. U. S. Army. 
Nantucket, Mass. AL Wee) gO. 44 do. Mitchell. 
New Bedford, Mass. 41 38) 70 56 16 do. Rodman. 
Northampton, Mass. 42 19) 72 38 4 months | Plant. 
Newport, R. I. . ail 98) | it ul) 1 year 
Newburyport, Mass. 42 49 | 70 53 5 months | Perkins. 
North Yarmouth, Mass. 42 37) 70) 11 1 month | Bailey. 
Provincetown, Mass. 42 9 7. ub 16 months | Graham. 
| Providence, R. I. 41 49 | 71 25 5 years Caswell and others. 
Point Judith, R. I. Al 2B} | ql wil 1 month | Hadwer. 
| Salem, Mass. 42 31) 70 54 Holyoke. 
Stafford, Ct. 42 0; 72 18 1 do. Linsley. 
Salisbury, Ct. 42.0] 73 24 2 years Plumb. 
16) 71 48 


14 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Name of Station. | Latitude. Longitude. | Time. | Authority. 


6. Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut.— Continued. 


Williams College, Mass... . | 42° 438’| 73° 13’ W. | 23 years Dewey and Kellogg. 
Waltham, Mass. . : : . | 42 24 AS aa 1 do. Fisk. 

Fort Adams, R. I... : =| 40 30 \= 72) 19 1 do. Surg. U. S. Army. 
Fort Wolcott, R. I. . : » | 41) 80)= 70s 18 14 do. Do. 

Race Point, Mass. j ‘ e| 42° AO FOP ad 3 months | Graham. 


7. State of New York. 


Adams. . : 5 ; : 2 W.| 1 month | Webb. 

Albany. S : : 5 |p ez 24 years Beck and Ten Eyck. 

Amenia_. : : - . 1 year Winchell. 

Auburn. : : . 5 | ae 2 22 years Hopkins. 

Bridgewater - : ; . | 4 4 do. 

Bloomingdale. ; é : 4% 1 year Morris. 

Buffalo. - 3 on || a : 2 years 

Buffalo Barracks 4 : . | 42 5: 8 2 do. Surg. U. S. Army. 

Brooklyn . . , : , 2 : 1 month 

Cambridge 5 : ; : 2: 14 years Beattie and others. 

Canajoharie , : 4 on é d 3 do. 
| Canandaigua. : 5 . |. 42 11 do. Howe. 

Cayuga (Aurora) , : ate 13 do. Foster and others. 
Cherry Valley. : . | 42 15 do. Dixon and others. 

Clinton (Hast Hampton) : ; y 17 do. Dayton. 

Cordtlandt Cea : : Bae : 17 do. Bradford. 

Cuba . ; : 5 3 do. Talcott. 

Chatham . . 3 eri) “Ad 4 months 7 

Delaware (Delhi) : ee 2 years Shepard and others. 

Deaf and Dumb Inst., N. Y. City 3 do. Morris. 

Dutchess (Poughkeepsie) : : 17 do. Burchan and others. 

Erasmus Hall (Flatbush) . : 3 24 do. Strong. 

Franklin (Prattsburg) . ‘ SPAS 13. do. Gaylord and others. 

Fairfield. , ; ~ | 4: do. Blanchard and others. 

Franklin (Malone) 5 : f 83 do. Coburn and others. 

Farmers’ Hall (Goren) : : 13 do. Crane, Webb, and others. 

Fredonia . : : a) 422 2 18 do. Redington and others. 

Gouverneur : : : ; . 13° do. Grant and others. 

Fort Columbus . : - : 4 19 do. Surg. U. S. Army. 


Granville . : : ‘ spi Ae 15 do. Parker and others. 
Fort Wood : 5 3 <u 2 2 do. 


a 


Greenville . : z ; . | 42 22 3 do. 
Gaines : ‘ : ; ‘ 4 do. Gilbert and others. 
Gallop’s Island. : , . | 4 : 2t 1 month | Gill. 

Hamilton College . é . | 4 1 do. Eaton. 

Hamilton . F : ‘ : 2 49 t 20 years Weed and others. 
Hartwick . , s : j ? ‘ 16 do. Miller. 

Hudson . ; é , 5 : t 18 do. Ford. 

Ithaca : : 5 , p 16 do. Wetherell and others. 
Johnstown . 5 . ; ‘ De 16 do. Burke and others. 
Kinderhook : J : : : 17 do. Metcalf. 

Kingston . ‘ : : axel)? 20 do. Wells. 

Lansingburgh . : : . | 42 é 20 do. Pease and others. 
Lewiston . ‘ : ; F 18 do. Fitts. 

Leonardsyille  . : : § y : 1 month | Hope. 

Lowyille 5 ‘ : : ‘ 19 years Mayhew and others. 
Lockport. d ; : 4 months | Giddins. 

Monroe (Henrietta) : : . | 4 3 years Ransom. 

Middlebury i . ; a et 19 do. Sanford and others. 
Mexico , : : , ail ae 12 do. Gillespie and others. 


SERIES A.—LATITUDES AND LONGITUDES. 15 


| Butler : 40 


52 | 


79 


06 


2 years 


Name of Station. Latitude. Longitude. Time. Authority. 
7. State of New York.— Continued. 
| Montgomery 41° 32’) 74° 0! W.| 14 years Harmon and others. 
} Mount Pleasant . : of Zl QD Beer 13° do. Merrill and others. 
| Millville . i ‘ : . 8 8 78 20 7 do. Brooks and others. 
| Nassau : ; AB Bi || 1S BH 1 month | Bullard. 
| New York City . 40 42) 74 1 14 years Redfield, Fisher, and others, 
| Newburgh . : 41 30) 74 5 19 do. Lyon and others. 
| North Salem 41 20] 73 87 18 do. Jenkins. 
| Ogdensburg 44 43 | 75 26 1 year Coffin. 
| Oneida Conference (Cazenovia) 42 57) 75 46 19 years Bannister and others. 
| Oneida Institute OU etealoroush)) 3 || ay 1h 7 do. 
| Onondaga . . 42 59) 76 6 16 do. Runkle. 
Oxford 42 28] 75 32 18 do. Douglass and others. 
| Oyster Bay : .| 40 50] 738 49 2 do. 
| Palmyra. : : : 543 8) wr WG 1 year 
} Penn Yan . 42 42) 77 7 1 month | Sartwell. 
| Plattsburg 4442 | 73 25 3 years Taylor and others. 
Plattsburg Barracks 44 41] 73 26 2 do. Surg. U. S. Army. 
| Pompey dP 9 || 7G 17 do. Stebbins. 
| Redhook 42 2 om 56 12 do: Cook and others. 
| Rhinebeck . 41 55} 73 55 1 month | Platt. 
| Rochester . ass} | ag Bl 18 years Dewey. 
| Rouse’s Point 46) | 7} Bil 1 year Surg. v. S. Army. 
| Syracuse 43) il) 7 ls 1 do. Conkey. 
i Sackett’s ieibon 43 55 | 76 10 2 years Surg. U. 8. Army. 
| Springville F 42 30) 78 50 5 do. Karle. 
f Sand’s Point. 41 if | 73 49 2 months | Calkins. 
# St. Lawrence (Potsdam) 44 40) 7 1 22 years Barnes and others. 
; Somerville . 44 11) 75 25 1 year Hough. 
| Schenectady 42 48) 73 55 11 years 
| Seneca Falls 42 54) 76 51 1 year Fairchild. 
f Troy . 42 44) 73 35 2 years Cook. 
| Watertown 43 58) 76 0 5 do? Surg. te - Army. 
} Watervliet 42 44} 73 41 11 do. 
West Point Al OP} | 83 BE 16 do. Wheaton” 
} White Plains . 41 Q 73 47 4 months 
| Washington (Salem) . F .| 43 45] 73 30 10 years Butler and others. 
| Union (Hllisburgh) . : .|43 45] 76 10 9 do. Littlefield and others. 
| Union Hall Genslen)y . | 40 41) 73 56 24 do. Kelsey. 
| Utica : j eit i ge) als) 22 do. Sheldon and Aylesworth. 
Youngstown : : : 248) 15 | 7 6 6 do. Surg. U. 8. Army. 
8. New Jersey. 
| Bloomfield . 40° 49’| 74° 11’! W.| 2 months | Cook. 
Burlington -|40 6) 74 55 3 do. Smith. 
Cape May (Five Fathom m Bank) .| 38 52) 74 42 1 month | Merrill. 
| Haddonfield } 5 | OB 7 SS 1 do. Clement. 
| Middletown 40 26) 73 59 4 years Jenkins. 
| Newark 40 45] 74 10 2 do. 
Trenton 40 14] 74 30 6 do. Ewing. 
9. Pennsylvania. 
| Armstrong 40° 40’| 79° 17’ W.| 2 months | Peelor. 
Alleghany Arsenal 40 26) 80 2 7 years 
| Beaver 40 44] 80 20 10 months | W. and J. Allison. 
Mechling. 


16 
Name of Station. Latitude. Longitude. 
9. Pennsylvania.— Continued. 

Bellefonte . 2 : «| 40° 5b’ 779 49" We 
Bedford . i F : fa) 20) ed 78 30 
Bethlehem . : P A =) 405 33 75 28 
Cochranville 2 < Z See Tay 76, @ 
Coudersport : 2 : ot AB 45 Ste 19 
Carlisle. § ‘ , on 0) 2 Cis Ae 
Canonsburg j F : vl 40 7 | 80s 14 
Chambersburg. : ; m39)) 56 Wed 43 
Danville. i f 4 407 58 76 39 
Haston : 5 : 5 >| 401 43 Tom iG 
Ebensburg . - 3 ; -|40 31] 78 45 
Erie . f : 3 ; al Ae 80 10 
Franklin. ; 3 . 5 |e 5) 19 be 
Fort Mifflin 5 A ; er 39.) oil Tom 12 
Gettysburg : ‘ . moos ol | ine we 
Girard College. : : ls9) 58) ove ik 
Green Hill : : ‘ .| 40 48 78 30 
Germantown 4 ; E 71 40 33 to 10 
Harrisburg : : ; .|40 16) 76 50 
Huntingdon : , ; eel) 20) Bill eS) el 
Haverford . ; ; ; on 20 10 15)» 20 
Indiana. ; ; 4 .|40 40 79 10 
Lamar x 3 F f SW 2 Tit a's) 
Lancaster . Z ‘ J = ako) 83 TA) RAE 
Lewistown : . 4 2) 401 35 Tipe OG 
Meadville . ‘ i . | 41 389 SO als 
Mifflintown ‘ 5 2 5 40) 32 it 28 
Mercersburg : j ; P89) 00) ied oG 
Milford. é : 2 aA 18 74 50 
Newtown . ‘ : E ; | 40° 14 74 57 
Norristown E : ‘ POE a7 75 18 
Northumberland - ; : 5 | Oe By 76 49 
Philadelphia. ; : Helioos On Weave LG 
Pottsville . ‘ i 3 .| 40 41 Moe Y 
Port Carbon ; . F .| 40 43 fGen. 16 
Pittsburg . : 7 f .|40 382; 80 2 
Reading . é .| 40 19 7f3).. fae 
Rose Cottage . ; : Paw oi oore og 
Silver Lake : : 4 Pad) Do Tore ol 
Somerset . : ; . ee 20th WOM a8 
Stroudsburg ; ; f . | 40 58 7) 16 
Smithport . : ; 5 Pee 4: Tish 338) 
Uniontown. 5 2 “ 5 || aeh ays 79 42 
Warren. : ; ’ > ai 5 (8S) ile! 
West Chester ; 4 | 39 59 TS > 35 
West Greenfield . ; : i 

York . j z : : . | 39 58 76 40 
Wilkesbarre ; ‘ , .| 41 14 75 ~ 56 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


10. Delaware, Maryland, and Virginia. 


Alexandria, Va. . : : . | 88° 46’ 
Annapolis, Md. . : : . | 88 58 
Baltimore, Md. . . , Seely eure 
Bellona Arsenal, Va. . ; sian 40 
Emmetsburg, Md. : ; ~ i oo | 41 
Fort McHenry, Md. . 5 uae) Le 


Port Washington, Md. 5 5 ies 


41 


ie 
76 
76 
aa 
WL 
76 
76 


WEN 


27 
37 
41 
20 
56 
58 


Time. Authority. 
11 months} Harris. 
1 year Brown. 
2 months -| Kummer. 
2 do. Linton. 
5 do. S. Ross. 
2} years | Allen and others. 
3 months | Campbell. 
1 month | Thompson. 
2 months | Frick. 
3} years | Elliot, Green, and others. 
1 year Lewis. 
3 months | Park and Reid: 
1 year Connelly: 
2 years Surg. U. 8. Army. 
12 year Jacobs. 
5 years Bache. 
1 month | Wright. 
3 months | Weister. 
1 year Heisley. 
1 do. Miller. 
10 months 
Odo: White. 
1 month | Matthias. 
2 years Atlee. 
5 months | Culbertson. 
1 year Limber and Dick. 
21 months | Kinkead. 
4 do. Green. 
1 month | Bull. 
1} year | Parsons. 
5 months | Coison. 
& year Huston. 
54 years | Hamilton and others. 
5 months | Porter. 
Nae do: P. C. Lyceum. 
1 year Bakewell and others. 
10 months | Egelman. 
3 do. Gaskell. 
1} year Rose. 
2 years | Mowry. 
10 months | Stokes. 
1 year Atkins and Chadwick. 
11 months | Weethee. 
8 do. Brown and King. 
11 months | Jeffries. 
Campbell. 
3 do. Mason. 
2 do. Dennis and Maxwell. 
1 month | Mountford. 
5 years Surg. U. 8. Army. 
1 year Maryland Academy. 
1 do. Surg. U..S. Army. 
3 months | Giraud. ’ 
12 years Surg. U. S. Army. 
2 do. Do. 


12. Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana. 


i Athens, Ga. 
Augusta, Ga... 

Do. Arsenal, Ga. 
Arendale, Ala. 
| Baton Rouge, La. 

| Hutaw, Ala. 
i Glenville, Ala. 
| Knoxville, Ala. . 

i La Grange College, Ala. 
Mobile, Ala. 
: Natchez, Miss. 
New Orleans, La. 
New Orleans Barracks 
} Port Gibson, Miss. 
Oglethorpe Barracks, Ga. 
Petite Coquille, La. 
} Savannah, Ga. 
Summerville, Ga. 
Springfield, Ala. 
Tuskeegee, Ala. : 
Vicksburg, Miss. 
} Washington, Miss.  . 
Whitemarsh Island, Ga. 
| Mount Vernon, Ala. . 
| Spring Hill College, Ala. 
| Fort Wood, La. . : 
Fort Jesup, La. . 
Fort Jackson, La. 
} Fort Pike, La. 
| Milledgeville, Ga. 

| Tuscaloosa, Ala. . 
Attakepas, La. . 
Frank’s Island, La. 


34° 2/| 83° 31’ W.| 5 years 
33 28 | 81 54 4 do. 
33 28) 81 53 14 do. 
34 56) 86 1 2 months 
a) 26) Oil 1s 7 years 
32 46] 87 54 1 year 
32 il@ } 8) Il 1 month 
3 2 Si a2 3 months 
34 40 | 87 46 8 do. 
SO AZ Nc Oo) 24 years 
Ble Bk Oh 25 vi@endos 
2) Br) BO 5% do. 
29 57 | 89 59 6 do. 
Bil Hf) || OL O 2 months 
Be @ ) ell) tS) 2 years 
30 10} 89 3 4 do. 
a | wil 8 3 do. 
384 28) 85 34 1 year 
3 | Bs || ie OY 1 month 
32 271 85 46 1} year 
82 22) 90 56 4 years 
Sil 3) Ql FA 2 months 
31 59) 80 57 12 do. 
Bl By, S83 B 10 do. 
300 42) 881 1 year 
BO By Bh wy 3 years 
Sl. 80 | SB By 20 do. 
29) 27 || 89) 34 1 year 
80 5 | 89 54 4 years 
a8 7 | GB) Xp) 2 months 
3 14] 87 38 1 month 
29 49 | 91 35 2 months 
near | N. Orleans. 2 do. 


McCay. 

Holbrook. 

Surg. U. 8. Army. 
Jones. 

Surg. U. 8. Army. 
Winchell. 

Taylor. 

Adams 

Tulwiler. 

North. 

Tooley. 


SERIES A.—LATITUDES AND LONGITUDES. 17 
Name of Station. Latitude. Longitude. Time. Authority. 
10. Delaware, Maryland, and Virginia.— Continued. 

} Gosport, Va. 36° 47’| 78° 15’ W.| 8 months | Patton. 

H Isthmus, Md. . 88 45} 76 15 10 do. Banning. 

| New Castle, Del. 89 40] 75 33 1 year Surg. U. S. Army. 
Norfolk, Va. 36 Hl | 7 19 1 month Do. 
Newark, Dele. 389 87 | 75 47 5 months | Norton. 

Old Point Comfort, Va. af 2 | gf 12 17 years Surg. U. 8. Army. 
| Washington, D.C. . ae 63 ] ay ll 163 do. Cranch and others. 
West Brunswick, Va. . 36 40 | 77 46 12 months | Astrop. 
11. North and South Carolina. 

| Abbeville, 8. C. 34° 11’ | 82° 24’ W.| 2 years Parker. 

# Camden, S.C. . 384 17} 80 33 1 year Holbrook. 
Charleston, S. C. 32| 46 | 79 57 5 years Ryan and others. 
Fort Moultrie, 8. C. 32 42) 79 56 10 do. Surg. U. S. Army. 
Chapel Hill, N. C. 85 54} 79 173 2 do. Phillips. 

| Beaufort, N. C. b4 44) 76 39 2 do. Surg. U. S. Army. 

Florence, N.C. : 36 80 1 month | Watkins. 

| Wake Forest College, N. Cy a0), OY | Te Be 1 do. White. 

Fort Johnston, N.C. . 34 0] 78) «6b 10 years Surg. U. 8. Army. 


Barton, Little, and others. : 


Surg. U.S. 
Reid. 


Surg. 


Army. 
ue ee Army. 


Posey, nae and others. 
Holbrook. 

Adams. 

Jennings. 

Hatch. 

A lady. 

Gibson. 

Surg. U. 8. Army. 
Fabre. 

Surg. y Army. 


a 

Do. 
Cotting. 
Hentz. 


18 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Name of Station. Latitude. Longitude. | Time. | Authority. 


13. Tennessee and Kentucky. 


i Greenville, Tenn. : 5 . | 86° 8} 82° 46’ W.| 3 months 
Knoxville, Tenn. : . .| 385 59] 83 54 8 do. Garvin. 
Mt. Atlas, Tenn. : . Pl ekon UN teter 2A) 6 do. Travis. 

Nashville, Tenn. . ; ; .| 36 10] 86 49 6 years Hamilton. 
Danville, Ky. . ; é . | 87 40). 84 40 5 months | Beatty. 
Louisville, Ky. . ; 5 pa oc) oulpeodmeal 2 do. Fleming and Peter. 
New Concord, Ky... ; Ata6' 3 88 3 1 month | Williams. 
Paris, Ky. . : : ; . | 88 84 6 2 months | Lyle. 
Springdale, Ky. . 4 J : 10; 85 40 2 do. 
St. Mary’s College, Ky. : ion oa) eon akO i do: Thebaud. 


14. Ohio. 


Ashtabula . ; : : ‘ 50’ W.| 5 months 
Cambridge . : : F a | eee 37 1 month | Brown. 
Cincinnati . : : : 27 7 months | Ray and Williams. 
Columbus . ; : : > (lec 3 8 do. Kennedy. 
Conneaut . a : 5 : 3 1 month Dibble. 
i Chillicothe . : : : : 56 14 year | Davis and Williams. 
i} Dayton ; : : ; ; 11 4 months | Williams. 
Granville College : ; ; 34 5 do. Carter. 
Hudson. , : f ihe 24 7 years Loomis. 
i Lancaster . 2 : : salts 2 36 5 months | Kreider. 
Lebanon. ; : : alee 7 13 do. Hatfield. 
Marietta . ; P 5 29 1 year Hildreth. 
New Athens 3 : 3 5 11 7 months | Mason. 
Ravenna . 5 : : - 16 1 month 
Sandusky . 5 : : 3 y 9 months | Morton. 
Steubenville : 5 : 3 14 years Marsh. 
Zanesville . ; ; ; : 11 months | Peters. 


15. Indiana and Illinois. 


| Brockville, Ia. . ; : . | 41° 42’| 84° 40’ W.| 38 years Coffin. 
Brookville, Ia. . ; . . | 389 25 | 84 54 4 months | Hayward. 

| Greencastle, Ia. . ' : . | 89 39) 86 46 3 do. Downey. 
Greensburg, Ia. . : . » | 89° 20) 85°28 3 do. Lathrop. 

} Indianapolis, Ta. é : = 39) 48°) 865 10 3 do. Wheeler. 
Rensselaer, Ia. . 2 : Pe) aye |) cre) 1 month | Luther. 

| Winnamac, Ia. . ‘ : 5 red ae | elo 3 months | Do. 

1 Chicago, Ill. : : 4 oy 22) OU Sie 8d 4} years | Wilson and others. 
Joliet, Ill. . : : 5 .| 41 380] 88 10 6 months | Brownson. 
Macomb, ll... ; 6 . | 40 30] .90 30 3 do. Richards. 
Jacksonville, Ill. : : 39) 48) 9019 9 do. Hawley. 
Peoria, Il. . : ‘ : . | 40 35 | 89 36 1 month | Washburn. 
Rock Island , : : » | 41 28 |) 90-33 8 years Surg. U. S. Army. 
Upper Alton, Ill. j ; 5 | ish Ct BN ail 2 months 

} Shawneetown, Il. ‘ : . | 387 42) 88 12 2 do. Roe. 


16. Michigan, Wisconsin, and Iowa. 


# Ann Arbor, Mich. : : . | 42° 15'| 83° 43’ W.| 2 months 
} Dearbornville, Mich. . . para? 2.0) esa 1 year Surg. U. 8. Army. 

Datroit, Mich. ... dames. plea! 42 - 94 |) 82058 3 years | Duffield. 3 
i Detroit Barracks, Mich. ee lee2 | LOM ERS2F 28> 3 do. Surg. U. 8. Army. 

Fort Gratiot, Mich. . : [4256/8218 9 do. Do. 


] 
. 
. 
an 
r 


SERIES A.—LATITUDES AND LONGITUDES. 


19 


Name of Station. | Latitude. Longitude. Time. Authority. 
16. Michigan, Wisconsin, and lowa.— Continued. 
ij Mackinac, Mich. 45° 51’ | 85° 5’ W.| 8 years Surg. U. 8. Army. 
} Fort Winnebago, Wis. 43 30 | 89 20 10 do. Do. 
} Green Bay, Wis. 44 40! 87 O 18 do. Do. 
Fort Brady, Mich. 46 39) 84 43 18 do. Do. 
| Prairie du Chien, Wis. 43 38) 90 58 14 do. Do. 
i} Bloomington, Iowa ALG 2.0)) 0 Oa 2, 5 do. Parvin. 
f Lowa City, Iowa . 41 40; 91 387 2 months | Murray. 
Fort Atkinson, Iowa 43; (0) | @il 30) 2 years Surg. U. S. Army. 
Fort Snelling, Lowa 44 53) 93 8 20 do. Do. 
Turkey River, Iowa. 43 6) 92 0 1 month 
Presque Isle, Mich. . .|45 18] 83 30 3 months | Woolsey. 
Source of the Des Moines, Iowa .| 44 38) 96 = 1 Nicollet. 
f Lac qui Parle, Lowa 45 0} 95 30 2) do. Williamson. 
| Hast Troy, Wis. . 42 50} 88 30 1 month | Jennings. 


17. Missouri, Arkansas, and Western Territories. 


| Porto Cabello, Venezuela. 


Dito 


28 


68 


3 months 


H St. Louis, Mo. 38° 37’| 90° 16’ W.| 10 years | Surg. U. S. Army. 

| Washington, Ark. 83 43 | 93 37 5 months | Slaughter. 

} Fort Wayne, Ark. 86 4] 94 38 2 years Surg. U. S. Army. 
Little Rock, Ark. 384 40) 92 12 2 do. Do. and Goulding. 
Council Bluffs 41 45 | 96 0O 5 do. Surg. U. 8. Army. 

} Fort Gibson ab) aly 95 10 15 do. De Camp and others. 
Fort Leavenworth 39 20)\) 95 11 11 do. Surg. U. S. Army. 

} Fort Smith 85 30} 94 81 3 do. Do. 

Fort Towson 88) 33} |} OH | i 10 do. Do. 

! Fort Laramie 42 12/104 48 Fremont. 

Fort Vancouver . 45 387 | 122 37 1} year C. Hall and others. 
Fremont’s Town . 14 do. Fremont. 

18. Florida, Texas, California, and Mexico. 
St. Augustine, Fa. 29° 48’ | 81° 35’ W.| 13 years Rodiman and others. 

) Tampa Bay, Fa. . Be Bf | BX Be) 12 do. Bunce and others. 

| Pensacola, Fa. 30 24] 87 10 8 do. Surg. U. S. Army. 

| Key West, Fa. 24 32); 81 47 7 do. Whitehead and others. 
Fort King, Fa. 2) 8) 82. Ie 5 do. Surg. U. S. Army. 

i Cedar Keys, Fa. . 8) 8 ® 1 year Do. 

| Tortugas Islands, Fa. . 24 37) 838 0 1 do. Thompson. 

| Indian Key, Fa. 24 54) 80 43 1 do. Howe. 

} Carysford Reef, Fa. 2 i ED 6 1 do. Whalton. 

| Cape Florida, Fa. 25 47 79 58 1 do. Dubose. 

} Galveston, Texas 29 24) 95 4 1 month 
Mazatlan, Mexico 16 0} 95 20 1% do. 

Yucatan : 21 83 Purdy. 
| Monterey, California 36 40 | 121 40 11 days 
19. West Indies and South America. 

| Matanzas, Cuba . 23° 3] 81° 30’ W.| 4 years Mallory. 
Ponce, Porto Rico 17 57) 66 40 1 month 

| Turk’s Island il 2G) al. 96) 1 do. Arthur. 

| Barbadoes . P 13 5 |] 59 43 9 months | Dawson. 

| Chagres, New Grenada Qik) | SO aly 1 month | Cobb. 

17 


Litchfield. 


20 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Name of Station. 


| Latitude. 


Longitude. | Time. | 


Authority. 


20. Atlantic Ocean and its Islands. 


Hamilton, Bermudas . 3% years | Reid. * 

Treland Isle, Bermudas 4 months 

Canary Islands 28° 45’ 7° 46’ W.| 1 month 

Funchal, Madeira : : . | 82 38 yy Me 3 years 

Fayal, Azores. 5 : aoor oo 28 40 2 months | Hunt. 

St. Michael’s, Azores . 7 . | 37 40 25 50 2 «do: Do. 

Terceira, Azores . ; : alas) 205 SO Gee oG 2 do. Do. 

Graciosa, Azores . ; : -| 389 12 | 27 58 12 days Do. 

St. Mary’s, Azores. : | toni) Oni) 24Oo 10 do. Do. 

On board ship : é 115 years | Hamilton, Quintard & others. 
21. Great Britain and Ireland. 

Aberayvon, Wales : ‘ if Le 35! 3° 48’ W.| 3 months 

Bronxholm, Scotland . : 5 |) bay ri 3° 0 10 years 

Elgin, Scotland . : omar tes 3 16 53 do. 

Clunie Manse, Scotland : . | 56 25 3 386 4 do. 

Inchkeith, Scotland. : ipo! 73 3° 9 10 do. 

Banff Castle, Scotland x sous too 2\- 45 1 year 

Calton Hill,* Scotland 10 years 

Castle Toward, Scotland. : 2 do. 

Kinfaun’s Castle, Scotland . .| 56 5d 38 30 12 do. 

Cheltenham, Eng. : : . | 51 55 2 21 1 year 

Alderly Rectory, Hey : | 52 38 0 52 1 do. 

Thetford, Hue: : ; . | 52 20 0 40H. | 1 do. 

London, Eo 3 é ; ol 73 0 7W. | 13 years? | Howard. 

Liverpool, tne ‘ : : . | 53 22 San0 7 do. Abraham. 

Greenwich, Eng. ; : Pol 729 OO) 11 do. Royal Society. 

High Wycombe, Eng. 3 . | 51 38 0 50 1 year 

Carlisle, Eng. . ; 4 DP 1513, weed 3 13 1 do. 

Keswick, Eng. . : : . | 54 44 2 46 5 years 

Southwick, Eng. : ; ; 11 do. 

Kendal, Eng. : 3 . | 54 18 2 46 5 do? 

Mansfield Woodhouse, Eng. Eo 3e aS 1 pal 10 do. 

Bristol, Eng... : ; of [On 27 2 36 2 do. 

Delphen, Eng. : : : aio) 0 0 7K. | 1 year 

Devonport, Eng. : : + | 700) 23 4 9W.| 3 years 

Sturbington, Eng. 3 - ; near | Portsmouth. 1 year 

Sidmouth, Eng. . : 5 . | 50 41 3 13 W. | 2 years 

Derby, Eng. ; : : . | 52 58 1 30 2 do. 

Gosport, Eng. . : 5 . | 50 48 16 5 do. 

Lancaster, Eng. . : : . | od 29 2 46 6 do. 

Penzance, Eng. . ; : iy | gD O ero 0 28 5 do. 

Helston, Eng. . : - 5 30 7 5 15 2 do. 

Manchester, Eng. : . | 038 25 2 KD) 4 do. 

Bushy Heath, Eng. . . 5 | Gul Bis QO, 1 7 do. 

New Malton, Eng... 5 . | 54 10 0 48 6 do. 

Cork, Ireland. F : . | ol 24 8 23 1 year® 

Dublin, Ireland . , : 5 || 3B) 9233 6 20 1 month 

Londonderry, Ireland . 2 .|55 0 Tee 1) 1 year 

Isle of Man d : : . | 54 8 4 30 9 years 


22. Denmark, Norway, Sweden, and Russia. 


Copenhagen, Denmark : 
Apenrade, Denmark . : . | 54 


1 On the Frith of Forth, 


50° 41’ 


50 


2 Probably more. 


12° 
9 


40’ H 
14 


50 years 
9 do. 


3 Time not known, but probably more than one year. 


» ia 


SERIES A.—LATITUDES AND LONGITUDES. 


Name of Station. 


22. Denmark, Norway, Sweden, and Russia.— Continued. 


Latitude. 


Longitude. 


Time. 


21 


Authority. 


Wurtzburg, Bavaria 


! Probably more. 
4 


10 18 


| Christiansoe, Denmark 54° 55’) 14° 56’ W.| 8 years 
f Goersdoff, Denmark 54 39 8 24 2 do. Muller. | 
} Skagen, Denmark Di sone LOO 9 do. 
Wyburg, Denmark? 56 3847 9 18 1 year 
H Spydburg, Norway 59 30 8 58 2 years 
} Stockholm, Sweden bo AO} ies © 4 do. 
| Cronberg, Sweden 56) 0) 13) 23 1 year 
i Holmia, Sweden G3 ° 8 | dle 283 3 years 
i Soendmor, Sweden? 12 do. 
Archangel, Russia 64 34} 388 59 18 do. 
f Dorpat, Russia 58 23 | 26 44 1 year M. Kaemptz. 
¥ Kazan, Russia 55 48] 49 18 1 do. M. Simonoff. 
Kerk, Russia? 45 167) 36 14? 2 years 
Lougan, Russia . 48 385 | 389 21 2° do. 
Moscow, Russia . 55 45) 387 381 5 do. 
Monachium, Russia 48 2) 80 44 4 do. 
f St. Petersburg, Russia 59 57 | 30 20 2 do:* 
| Schoessl, Russia 25%, do. 
H Wilna, Russia 54 41] 25 28 1 year 
23. Prussia, Austria, and Turkey. 
Berlin, Prussia . 52° 32’| 13° 26' H. | 25 years Beguelin. 
| Dantzic Prussia . o4 .22 | 18 38 15 do. 
Dusseldorf, Prussia ol 12 6 40 1 year 
Braunsburg, Prussia d4 22) 20 6 1 do. 
Hofmansgave, Prussia 4 years 
Konigsburg, Prussia 54 42 | 20 55 1 year* 
Pillau, Prussia 54 38 | 20 20 18 years 
} Posen, Prussia 02) 249)" iy 0 8 months 
Sagan, Prussia 51 42) 15 22 5 years 
Buda, Austria ay Xl) || 18 & 4 do. 
Divio, Austria? . At 19) 22) (36% 2 do. 
| Graetz, Austria . 47 4) 15 26 1 year 
Prague, Austria . 50 4) 14 45 2 years Kreil. 
| Schoenthal, Austria a 8 | 1s 1 year 
Vienna, Austria . 48 13 16 23 1 do. M. Littrow. 
! Constantinople, Turkey 41 1) 28 35 13 do. Dwight. 
24. Germany. 
Anspach, Bavaria 49° 18’) 10° 287 EH. | 1 year 
Gunzenhausen, Bavaria 49 6] 10 32 1 do. 
Erfurth, Saxe 50 50) 11 12 5 years 
Hof, Bavaria 50 18) 12 30 1 year 
Herbipolis,? Bavaria 49 46; 10 14 5 years 
} Ratisbon, Bavaria 43) 530i 1216 4 do. 
Uffenheim, Bavaria 49 30); 10 19 1 year 
Munich, Bavaria 48 9) 11 37 7 years 
St. Andex, Bavaria : 5 do. 
Giengen on the Brenz, Bavaria 48 46; 10 384 1 year 
| Ingolstadt, Bavaria 48 44) 11 165 1 do. 
49 46 d years 


£ Intended for Wurtzburg, it is presumed. 


bo 
bo 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Name of Station. | Latitude. Longitude. | Time. Authority. 
24. Germany.— Continued. 
Peissenberg,’ Bavaria? 47° 47'| 10° 42’ BE. | 4 years 
Tegernsee, Bavaria AT 40h ipl 47; 4 do. 
Manheim, Baden 49 26 8 31 10 do. 
Carlsruhe, Baden 49 4 8 30 3 do. 
Mergentheim, Baden . 49° 21 9 27 1 year 
Hamburg, : 53 34 9 5d 30 years 
Gottingen, Brunswick . 51 32 9 57 1 year? 
Burglengenfield . 1 do. 
Stuttgard, Wirtemberg 48 44 Al ido? 
Issny, Wirtemberg 47 42] 10 38 1 do. 
Tutlingen, Wirtemberg 47 55 8 40 1 do. 
Luneburg, Hanover 53 15 |) 10 36 15 years? 
Cuxhaven, Hanover dd 53 8 46 15 do.? 
Neustadt? 49 387) 10 43? 9 months 
Badenbach 1 year 
Giengen 1 do. 
Schussenreid 1 do. 
Stone Lighthouse 1 do.? 
25. Holland and Belgium. 
Amsterdam, Holland . 52° 25! 4° 40’ K. | 54 years 
Franeker, Holland ; - | 53 10 5 45 13 do. Van Swinden. 
Utrecht. : ; F = (PO) 16 5) ve 1 year 
Alost, Belgium . | 50 48 38 2 years 
Breda, Belgium . | 51 34 4 40 6 do. 
Brussels, Belgium - | 50) dil A? 20 do. M. Quetelet. 
Ghent, Belgium . ole 3 3 44 3 do. 
Louvain, Belgium , 5 . | 50 53 4 41 1 year 
Mailand, Belgium ol 57| 4 18 ido:? 


26. France, Spain, and Portugal. 


Paris, France 

Nancy, France ; 
Denainvilliers, France 
Marseilles, France 
Montmorenci, France . 
Hafnia (Havre?), France 
Toulouse, France 
Bordeaux, France 
Cambray, France 
Dijon, France. 

La Chapelle, France 
Metz, France 

Orange, France . 
Rodez, France 

Rouen, France . : 
St. Hyppolyte, France 
St. Lo, France 


Syam, France 


48° 50! 
48 45 | 
48 12 
43 18 
49 0 
490 291% 
43 36 
44 50 
50 11 
“a7 (19 
49 49 
AON it 
44 8 
44 21 
49 26 
43 54 
49 7 | 
46 45 


Oe We DPA OwOoroh oH lor os) 


° 


27 
20 
6 
30 
35 W. 


14 K. 
9 


“ 


8 
10 
48 
34 
oy) 
55 
4W. 
54 E. 


42 years 
6 do. 
31 do. 
20 do. 
15 do. 
3 do. 
19 do. 


2 do. 


Royal Society. 


Marconelli. 

Abria. 

Byard. 

Perry. 

Racine and Nell de Bréauté. 
Schuster. 

Gasparin. 

Blondean. 

Preisser. 


D’ Hombres. 


| Lamarch. 


Thorel. 


SE TE TE SE SP SS 


' This place is described as being situated in ‘Longitude 28° 34/ E., 1220 feet above the river,” but the meridian 


from which the longitude is reckoned is not stated. 


from Greenwich as here given. 


I have assumed it to be that of Ferro, which makes its longitude 
2 Probably more. 


5 There are several places of this name in Germany, and as the latitude and longitude were not given, it is not certain 


which was intended. 


| Oporto, Portugal 


SERIES A.—LATITUDES AND LONGITUDKES. 23 
Name of Station. Latitude. Longitude. Time. Authority. 
26. France, Spain, and Portugal.— Continued. 

Strassburg, France 48° 35! 7° 45! H. | 20 years 

Valognes, France 49 31 1 28 W.| 1 year Benoist. 

Versailles, France 48 48 2 74H. | 2 years Hueghens, Berigny, and 

Montpelier, France 43 37 3. 58 37 do.? La Croix. 

Cantabria, Spain ? 42 30 2, 9 W. || Tl year 

Gibraltar, Spain . 366 5 ig 3 months 

Mafra, Portugal? Se) OOK) =D ily 4 years 

41 10 8 22 2 months 


27. Switzerland, Italy, and the Mediterranean Sea. 


Tripoli, Barbary 


Regensburg, Switzerland . 47° 47’ 8° 20’ H. | 7 years 
Mt. St. Gothard, Switzerland 46 36 8 39 4 do. 
Bologna, Italy 44° 30) TW 21 1 year 
Genoa, Italy 44 25 8 58 1 month 
Naples, Italy 40 55 | 14 20 1 year Melloni? 
Padua, Italy 45 22] 12 1 4 years 
Parma, Italy 44 50] 10 30 1 year 
Rome, Italy 41 54] 12 29 3 years 
St. Zeno, Italy . 44 407 10 0? 1 year 
Kastern part of the Hettannam) 3 
Sea ; : 6 arr 
28. Asia. 
Barnoule, Siberia 538° 20'| 83° 27’ B 1 year Prang Ist. 
Catharinenberg, Siberia 06 50} 63 35 2 years Rochkoff. 
Bogoslowsk, Siberia 59 45 | 59 59 1 year 
Nertchinsk, Siberia ol 18] 119 21 1 do. Prang 2d. 
Nigne Taguilsk, Siberia 2 years 
Tobolsk, Siberia . 58 12 68 18 10 do. 
| Yacoutsk, Siberia 62 1/129 44 1 year Neveroff. 
Zlatouste, Siberia 55: 8 | 59 38 1 do. 
Beirut, Syria 33 50 | 35 29 8 months | De Forest. 
Bahmdun, Syria 83 46] 35 39 11 do. Calhoun. 
Smyrna, Asia Minor Be 23 | Be 7 10 do. Benjamin. 
Trebizonde, Asia Minor 40 25 | 39 45 1 year 
Erzeroom, Armenia 39 57] 41 36 1 do. Smnith. 
Jerusalem, Palestine 31 47 | 35 20 15 months | McGowan. 
Teflis, Georgia 41 41 | 44 50 8 do. Philadelphine. 
Tabreez, Persia . SSE ee GuelG 4 do. Stevens. 
Ooroomiah, Persia 387 30) 45 10 19 do. Perkins. 
Tehran, Persia 35 40 | 50 52 4 do. Reed. 
Bagdad, Turkey . 83 20} 44 46 1 year 
Bassora, Turkey . 30 30) 47 25 5 months 
Futtehpore, Hindoostan De | Oe on gues 
Putna, Hindoostan 25 40°) 85) 20 : 
Calcutta, Hindoostan . yey) 88 28 8 years 
_Duklum, Hindoostan . 18 26) 74 41 5 do. 
Pekin, China 89 54) 116 27 7 do. Gachkevitche. 
29. Africa. 
Cape Palmas, Liberia . 4° 29! 7° 32’ W.| 2 months 
| Bassa Cove, Liberia § Hs | wa il 3 do. 
Coast of Sierra Leone and Liberia 1 month 
32h ole | ss 2B odo: 


24 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Name of Station. | Latitude. Longitude. | Time. Authority. 


30. Pacific and Indian Oceans. 


Oahu, Sandwich Islands. . | 21° 20’ N.| 158° 22’ W.| 1 month 
Waioli, Sandwich Islands. aieae 1 Lp 160 0 1 year Johnson. 
Pago-pago, Navigators’ Islands .|14 0S.| 170 0 10 months 
Russell, New Zeal and . : : 4 do. 
Tananarivou, Madagascar. lelor } <0 45 40K. | 3 do. 


General Summary. 


No. of 
Places of Observation. stations. 


. Within the Arctic Circle 
. Iceland and Greenland . 

3. British and Russian America 
. Maine 

5. New Hampshire and Vermont 
. Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut | 
. New York : 5 ‘ : 
. New Jersey . 
. Pennsylvania : 
. Delaware, Maryland, and Virginia c 
. North and South Carolina : 
. Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana . 
. Tennessee and ae ch : : 
. Ohio. : 
. Indiana and Tlinois 
. Michigan, Wisconsin, and Towa 
. Missouri, Arkansas, and Western Territories 
. Florida, Texas, California, and Mexico 
. West Indies and South America 
. Atlantic Ocean and its Islands? 
. England, Scotland, and Ireland . 

22. Denmark, Norway, Sweden, and Russia . 
23. Prussia, Austria, and Turke : 

. Germany (Bavaria and smaller States) 
. Holland and Belgium : 

26. France, Spain, and Portugal . 
. Switzerland, gis and the Mediterranean 
. Asia 
. Africa . 
- Pacific and Indian Oceans 


It is probable that in the foregoing lists there are some mistakes in the location 
of places in Europe. Frequently the latitudes and longitudes were not given in 
the records and works which I consulted, so that I had no guide but the name, 
which might be common to several places. In some other cases, there was an 
uncertainty in regard to the meridian from which the longitude was reckoned. 

Series of observations, continued only for a few months, may seem of too little 
importance to be worth preserving; but such collections, though insufficient to de- 


' Including Fremont’s tour. 2 Not including two stations in Iceland. 3 Including yoyages. 


SERIES A.—LATITUDES AND LONGITUDES. 95 


termine the mean annual direction of the wind, are useful in obtainmg monthly 
results, and hence the annual curve. To determine the latter, with the same 
accuracy that we do the mean direction for the year, we need much more exten- 
sive data; and these monthly collections serve to swell the list, and increase the 
number of months on which the average is based. More complete series, and also 
collections of observations from additional places,’ might, no doubt, have been 
obtained in many cases by applying directly to the observers; but I had already 
taxed my friends so far that I felt unwilling to put them to any more trouble; 
especially as a long time must necessarily intervene between furnishing the data 
and seeing any fruit of their labor. 


* See Appendix A. 


26 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES B. 
The following abstracts show the proportionate length of time that the winds from each point of compass 


prevailed at the several stations, as indicated by the number of observations. 


| ne, | June, 


Course. May.! waist July, || Jan. | Feb. Mar. |April.| May. | June.| July. } Aug. | Sept.| Oct. | Nov. | Dee. |Total. 
Aug.! | Aug.2 


Winds within the Arctic Circle. 
Spitzbergen and vicinity. Melville Island and vicinity.® 


a 


Do NWNWOOCrRNHPNOONWNTOOSCCCCOCCSCOOCSOCOCOCOoOwWoNe SoH 
bo 


_ 


a TOISOHOnOrorcoocortoronowononooooononu 
— 


Oo PODSTOCNNWNKFOCOCOCOOCOOCCONCONOCrRONCOOCOOOCOOCOS 


bo 


WO ADWDOAGCSOHROCSCOCRFOCOOCOONOCOrFMOOCONOCOOCOCOCOCOCOCOFD 
a 


HOD AOCOCCSCOCOCOCSOFMOCORFOCOFMOWOrROMNOCOCCOCOCOWSOS 
bo 


DP OBDGOSCONCOCOCCSCSCSCSHFMOSOMOSKMOCCOCONONOCCONSOCO?N 
— 


S HK ROADCSCOCOMOMOCONOCOHN KRONE NOOCOHMPOCCOCOOCH ww 
— 


WwW CWONOSTNMCHFOOCSCWORHDAOCRONOOCOCOHSOCOCOND 


North | 9 
N. by E. 
_N.E. 
. E. by N.| 
5 1B, 
. by E.| 


“ 


ay 
bo ao 
oO 


—_ bo 
=O OWE TOWN ONWONNHE DN COORDH WHEATON GD 


bs 


bo 


— 


— 
WOW SCORN CWONWWOMNHODOWNH ROWNWNOWOOHM OR WHOG 


bo 


— 
WOW HEP NWNOOTNARWONTTSNSOCCOCOCOMNOROHOWHNWNCOOSL 


= 


= 
OPOoONoCc Cc CWOrMoWoOooOoooCoOnNocoooooooocoocCooNn 


— 
— 


Variable) 


and calm 


HH 

SSmrNSCoNOHDOSSCASONSOHONSOSOOHOHOCOOCOC OOS 

DD PONWTHRONSCOCOHOSCORWOONORROSCOSOCOHOG 
bo 


[o.e) 
— 


bo 


1 These observations were taken from May 1 to 7, on Parry’s voyage from Hammerfest, Norway, to Spitzbergen; from 
June 20 to August 28, at Hecla Cove, lat. 79° 55’, lon. 16° 49’ E.; and during the remainder of the time, off the north 
and west coasts of Spitzbergen. 

2 These observations were taken on the ice north of Spitzbergen, between the island and lat. 82° 45’, the most north- 
erly point ever reached by man. 

5 These observations were taken from August 28, 1819, to August 27, 1820; viz.: 314 days at Winter Harbor, lat. 74° 
45’, lon. 110° 48’ W., 48 days along the southern shore of the island, and the remaining 4 days a little eastward of the 
island. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 27 


AVERAGE FOR THE DIFFERENT MONTHS. 
Course. 


Victoria. 


Jan.| Feb. [Mer April Ary. June. July. | Aug. Sent Oct. | Nov. | Dee. 
i | 


Winds within the Arctie Circle.— Continued. 
Felix, Sheriff’s, and Victoria Harbors.* 


° 
xt 
+ 
i= 
bo 
Ho 
on 
15) 


1159/8913) 498 154 4/2653/1693/4183/337 3/5 3119} | 
57} 64 4 4 O |} 43) 0 | 343) Is ) 24 | 1623 | 
852/240 76 2853|1843)2623) 493 i i613 | 
186} 16 48 0 | 1383) 12 5) 215 | 
477|248 3} 45 10323|1662)188 é 
34 7z} 6] O 
42 12 | 163) 283 
48 J O;} 13 
192 313/111 
10 0 | 103 
24 6 | 193 

3 zt} O} 38 

121 y| 313) 96 

0 0 
71 463) 3 
41 36 
580 2| 96 
74 - 

340 
32 
596 
11 

147 
4] 

463 
40 

187 

20 
699 

.| 64 
697 96 

: 236 3| 33 


ikea and 23 : pac 2R91 
eee lid | 2622 


Sr 

| 

Gas 
Sl 2 


) 
SS 


SLPODOO OW ON 


b 


=I 
= 


"FA2ReaZ 
fey" 
| 

psy 


oo 
n 
i ie) 
HE 
be toe tot tie 


ary 
fer) Coe 
CAO wSkh 


we 


=ihes 
ag PES Ras 


So 
4 SPeg gen we 
nm we 


33 


oH 
Ere 
@B 


IN 
| N. 
N. 
| N. 
LN. 
N. 
| E. 
E. 
| E 
| 5. 
| E. 
| S. 
ls. 
Is. 
ls. 
| S. 
Is 
I's. 
Is. 
S. 
S. 
Sh 


me 
4 


@ a4s4ne 
Bomagarg 


fer) 


373 
18 
114 
6 


Ag 
= 


“zzrdadad 
ao 
| 


OOoOnNnonwtwonwkaTSO 


A) 
q4ae 
4s. 
-8 


@) 


Course. | va. Feb. | March.} April. | May. | June. | July. 


Tgloolik and vicinity.? 


1 


(2) 
= 
t 
=>) 
— 


A os oe 
wae Fes 
El 4 


ooonoooe 
onNnooocrhN® 
ooonooor§y 


oooocooos 
Scooooaoconorf 
Soonocown ® 
SOrFNWNONOSD 
SooocororROW 


HE AAAAAZ 
Sonmooooor, 
_ 
NROOCON SOO 
ooooooonrn 
SoOFONONOF 


tS 
tS 


1 These observations extend from October, 1830, to March, 1832, inclusive. 

2 These observations were taken from August 18, 1822, to August 12, 1823, viz.: 817 days at Igloolik, lat. 69° 217, 
lon. 81° 42’ W.; 9 days on the coast of the island, 28 days in the strait of Fury and Heckla, lat. 69° to 70°, lon. 82° to 
86° W.; and the remaining 11 days, off the west entrance of the same. 


28 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 
Course. Jan. Feb. [Mar April. | May. | June. | July. | Aug. | Sept. | Oct. Noy. | Dec. | Total. 
Winds within the Arctic Cirele.— Continued. 
Igloolik and vicinity.— Continued. 

Bast 0 0 0 0 0 P} 0 6 0 4 0 0 12 
KE. by S. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 
E. S. E. 0 0 0 0 4 0 2 2 4 4 2 0 18 
S. E. by E. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 
S. E. 4 0 0 0 6 2 20 if 4 5 2 0 50 
S. E. by 8. 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2, 1 0 0 4 
S. S. E. my 0 0 0 2 0 6 1 4 2, 0 0 17 
S. by E. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 
South 2 0 0 0 8 4 0 0 0 ) 2 0 21 
S. by W. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 
8S. S. W. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 wy 
S. W. by S. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 
S. W. 2, 0 4 0 4 6 0 Z 0 0 4 0 22, 
S. W. by W. OF a0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 il 
W.S. W. On 20 0 6 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 il! 
W. by S. Ol io 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 
West 2 4 1192 6 4 6 2 3 6 0 12 22. 99 
W. by N. 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2; 0 0 0 4 
W.N. W. 4 2 4 2 1 2 2 4 6 1 6 0 34 
N. W. by W. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 2 0 0 0 8 
N. W. 16 26 20 18 8 8 8 i 18 13 18 16 176 
N. W. by N. 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 4 
INES NisaWic 6 6 6 15 6 10 2 Uf 2 4 10 6 80 
| N. by W. 2 0 0 0 2, 2 2 0 0 0 0 2 10 

Calm or ; j 
en, 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 2, 0 0 2 0 10 

Winter Island and vicinity.* 

North 6 6 8 6 4 6 6 0 0 4 10 11 67 
N. by E. 0 wy 2, @ |G 0 0 5 0 12 4 0 De 
N. N. E. 1 0 4 2 4 AD ieaG 0 0 6 8 2 Syl 
N. E. by N 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 
N. E. 2 0 0 3 8 0 4 3 3 2 2 0 27 
N. E. by E 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 4 
K. N. E. 5 0 0 4 0 4 0 a 0 0 0 0 14 
E. by N 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 be 0 4 
East 0 0 0 4 0 2, 2 2; 2 4 2, 0 18 
E. by 8. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 2 
K. S. E. 0 0 2 2 2 8 4 0 4 5 0 2, 29 
8. E. by E 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 
S. E. 0 0 0 2 2 6 4 2 4 4 2 8 34 
8. E. by S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 
S. S. E. 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 3 0 0 0 6 
8. by E. 0 0 0 0 0 0 i 0 0 0 0 0 1 
South 0 0 0 2 i i 10 4 6 0 2 0 26 
S. by W. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 0 0 0 6 
S. S. W. 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 6 2 0 0 2 12 
8. W. by S 0 0 0 0 0 if 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 
S. W. 0 2 5 6 2 4 0 5 0 4 4 0 32 
S. W. by W. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 il 
W.S. W. 0 0 0 2 3 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 If 


! These observations were taken from August 1, 1821, to July 31, 1822, viz.: 269 days at Winter Island, lat. 66° 11/7, 
lon. 83° 10’ W.; 65 days in various bays and straits within 100 miles of it; 6 days in the upper part of Hudson’s Strait, 


and the remaining 25 days off the northeast coast of Melville Peninsula. 


Circle (21 miles), but some of the observations were taken within. 


The island itself lies just without the Arctic 


Pa 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. | 29 


Feb. Maren.| April. June. Oct. 


| 


Winds within the Arctic Circle — Continued. 
Winter Island and vicinity— Continued. 


Noy. | Dee. | Total. 


Sept. 


May. July. 


Aug. 


Course. | Jan. 


| W. by S. 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 0 6 
| West 6 0 2 4 1 6 5 2 1 1 0 6 0 33 
W. by N. 0 0 2 0 B a 1 2 2 0 0 0 10 
1 W.N. W. 10 3 13 4 2 0 0 12 2 2 2 4 54. 
} N. W. by W. 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 2 4 0 0 0 10 
s N. W. 18 22 18 7 12 12 10 3 4 4 10 25 145 
N. W. by N. 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 5 
N. N. W 14 17 6 6 14 0 2 4 0 6 4 8 81 
N. by W. 0 2 0 0 0 0 4 0 7 9 0 0 22 
Saale OPO OO OB ea WO ea Wa dO ea dens 
Baffin’s Bay, and the contiguous Bays, Straits, and Inlets. 
| June, | June, | July, | July, | July, | Aug. | Aug. | Aug. | Aug. | Sept. | Sept. | Sept. 
Course. 1821. | 1824. | 1824. | 1819. | 1821. |1819-20| 1822. | 1823. | 1824. | 1924. | 1819. | 1823. | Total. 
North 0 1 19 4 9 6 0 4 a 2 0 6 
N. by E 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 
N.N. EH 1 4 1 0 0 2 4 6 
N. E. by N 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 
N. E. 0 4 10 0 3 0 0 3 3} 5 3 2 
| N. K. by. E 0 0 0 i 0 0 2 0 
i H. N. E. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 
| E. by N. 0 0 2 4 0 0 0 0 
| Hast OQ |) 22 1 4 3 3 0 4 6 a 2 4 
} E. by S. 2 1 il 0 0 0 0 2 
| H. S. E. 0 0 0 0 BD 0 2 2 
S. E. by E. 2 @ 0 0 0 0 2 0 
S. E. 3 2 10 2 6 0 0 3 14 13 3 3 
| S. E. by S. 0 2 1 0 0 0 2 0 
| S. S. E. 4 5 2 0 2 6 2 0 
8S. by E. 0 2 0 0 0 0 f) 0 
South 0 17 5 0 2 1 2 5 7 701 8 2 
S. by W. 0 0 2 4 0 0 0 0 
1S. S. W. 5 0 2 2 il 0 0 4 
S. W. by 8S. 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 
| S. W. 2 6 3 5 1 a 3 2 5 2 2, 3 
S. W. by W. 2 0 2, 3 0 0 0 0 
} W.S. W. 4 2 1 4 1 0 4 0 
W. by S. 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 
| West 6 0 3 a 3 3 1 2 3 6 3 8 
W. by N. 0 0 i 0 2 0 0 0 
W.N. W. 2 0 0 1 5 0 2, 8 
7 N. W. by W 2 4 4 4 0 0 4 0 
N. W. 1 4 11 2 3 it 2 2 14 14 5 6 
N. W. by N 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 
N. N. W. 2 iil 2 2, 0 5 5 2 
N. by W. 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 
Calm or \ © SG pS eS Si sel S I aioe seh tr 
variable 


Nore.—The following table shows the latitudes and longitudes in which these observations were taken :— 


Date. Latitude. Longitude. Date. Latitude. Longitude. Date. Latitude. Longitude. 


June, 1821 | 58° to 622° | 11° to 65° || July, 1824 | 69° to 71°} 53° to 62°|| Aug. 1824 | 71° to 74° | 61° to 64° 
«1824 | 594 to 69 93 to 51 || Aug. 1819-20) 724to 75 | 78 to 1013|| Sept.1819 | 60 to 67 | 40 to 84 
July, 1819] 61 to64 | 65 to 76 © 1822 69 to 80 to « 1823 | 60 to 67 | 40 to 84 
« 1821/61 to64 | 65 to 76 ce 1823 66 to 69 | 82 to 83 «¢ 1824 | 57 to 74 | 32 to 66 


5 


30 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Course. Jan. Feb. Marcn.| April. | May. | June. | July. | Aug. | Sept. | Oct. Nov. | Dee. | Total. 
| 
Winds within the Arctic Circle.— Continued. 
Port Bowen.* 
N. 6 6 0 5 6 3 8 18 4 8 4 8 76 
N. E. 5 4 1 0 6 2 2 17 4 5 0 2 48 
E. 36 aie 36 36 19 25 0 2 9 PAL 17 30 268 
S. E. 3 0 0 4 2 5 10 0 9 13 16 9 71 
Ss. 0 0 0 0 6 4 4 3 0 2 0 0 19 
S. W. 0 0 4 0 2 9 6 5 6 0 5 2 39 
W. 0 2 4 8 4 5 24 3 21 1 3} 3 78 
N. W. 6 5 15 5 15 Uf 8 14 a 10 11 4 105 
Calm 6 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 2 2 4 4 26 
Winds in Iceland and Greenland. 
Hyafiord, Iceland. Reikiavik, Iceland. 
watt = : TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
é 3 5 a oe : q ce iad e i wo | 2 as e < we 2 a so | = Ss s 
8 |fs2| 22 (Pele liaise pelela le )sye la lal le ia laa au 
N. 161 148 | 10} 13} 27) 11) 46] 44) 49) 29] 20) 22) 19} 19]! 85] 23) 18] 9} 29) 78)42 
N.H.| 62 95 3) 6] 5! 8) 16} 29) 26) 37| 6) 6) 13) 2/} 29) 26) 6) 7 5) 51/18 
EK. 36 83 0} 2) 7} 38] 10) 7 12) 20) 14) 34) 9} 1]] 31) 4] 6) 22) 54) 3ia4 
S. E. 40 36 OW Bi) 7) Fal DL Ole ot) $GitG | Ts 7) 2\| 85) 29) 57) 57) 42) 20/12 
S. 154 144 | 86) 24! 36} 23] 18] 7| 16] 13) 28] 24) 37] 36]| 9] 21) 12) 12) 17) 2) O 
S. W.| 156 121 | 36| 25) 31) 26) 4 31) 4) 20] 30} 14) 25) 31); O}] 15) 6) 21) 41 76 
W. 101 133 | 34] 24) 27) 41) 19} 6) 5) 4) 20) 8] 16) 80) 11) 6) 6) 23) 4) 9119 
N.W.| 141 64 | 17) 37) 19) 20) 22) 24) 8 4| 6} 4] 15) 29)| 15} 26) 30) 17} 19} Oo} 0 
Calm 85 1038 5} 7| 9] 19) 22] 12) 29] 20} 22) 13} 18) 12|) 21) 0] 27) O| Oj] 1616 ‘ 
“New Herrnhutt, Greenland. 
Course. | Jan. | Feb. | March.| April. | May. | June. | July. | Aug. | Sept. | Oct. | Nov. | Dec Total. 
ING 2 1 1 5 4 5 3 11 5 ul 0 6 44 
N. E. 9 3 5 5 6 2 2, 1 0 2 6 8 49 
K. 13 12 24 7 12 8 6 4 16 i 20 15 144 
S. E. 0 3 0 0 0 0 il 0 0 1 1 0 6 
Ss. 2 7 0 4 0 0 6 5 5 14 2 2 47 ‘ 
Swe 2 2 1 4 4 3 3 di 2 2 1 0 31 
W. 3 0 0 4 5 12 10 3 2 4 0 0 43 A 
N. W. 0 0 0 al 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 ‘ 
Calm 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h 
~ 4 
Frederichthal, Greenland.” Ma 
> 
: 
N. | 28 hii; 18 1 31 21 0 q 
N. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 
EK. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 y 
S. E. 0 0 3 | 10 0 6 3 


1 These observations were taken at Port Bowen, from September 28, 1824, to July 19, 1825, 46 days in Prince 
Regent’s Inlet, and the remaining 24 days, to complete the year, between the parallels of latitude 73° 40’ and 74° 24/, 
and in longitudes ranging from 66° 52/ to 85° 48’; 17 days out of the 24 being spent west of longitude 80°. 

? These observations were taken from October, 1841, to April, 1842, inclusive. 


31 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 


Total. 


Dec. 


Noy. 


Sept. | Oct. 


Aug. 


July. 


April. | May. | June. 


March. 


Feb. 


Jan. 


Course. 


Winds in Iceland and Greenland.— Continued. 


Frederichthal, Greenland.— Continued. 


een) 
a 
ooon 


oooo 


HOO Ww 
re 
oooeo 
I! 
ooo1w8 


acoo 


Aue e 


Winds in British and Russian America. 


Fort Reliance, Great Slave Lake. 


Fort Enterprise.* 


DOWOMO 64d © 


BODOnOO OMNOCVUOHAOCHUANDNAOOMOOO 
"1807, =H NAN wWHtomas oO ar do AMoOnm co 
A lon! ie! (Gs) 
MSOWMDOACASMAHMOOMDOOCOOAOHAHOOCTOANHNGSSCONCOCO Ft 
20 a =H A Gr) io 
MODOANACHMHARODOCOHOOCOAHOOCOMOOCONANWOOCOoCoOOSO YF 
“AON sH ma rH AQ rH al 
"90 SSESoooononsoonoooocoocoscocooooooo°osS S&S 
jo WIV SS = 
SoOCorontorononmnoocoooocoononoronowtooc © 
“ARYL GU al 7 As) 
OOCOMm-OCMDOMDSCHMHODOOTONGCTCVONCrOCONCHOOO S&S 
Tudy Gr} A al 1 
HOO CDBDONNOWMOAOCOSNCCOHNDOOCOCAGCAANrAANOCHOOCO 
“IC JA tel A 4 A Re) 
BOOOCWDI GOA CTCOMOGOOHOTOMONGCACACHOOCO A 
“qoT far) io ral Ne) 
NHOCSCHODMOOODOOCOOOCONMNOHOAMMOONOOOOGO OS 
uBe Dal a) oO 
. . . . . 2 e a 
ee a ee ee ee 
3 5 b 3 be 
Eda eee Gee PE a ere oe 
Se oa bb et 9 a jeyesl [Bao [M2 2 a= : 
Sie itelglsislelstel tolel lalate laid AC al alate 
ZZZ22Z 20S Re ke ddnnnnnnnnineeeeEaaaaao 
“kOTT SOCCHACHHAAMOWMAMMDOHOnROHnOOMNMNOOCOCCSOSOCSO A 
*Tady AAIHODHHAAMOOOMOAANNANNHEMOMMAAOOWBoOo re 
‘ bal me N Aa ml aA 
“IVIL SNA On nA RHOADS HAOHAANNDOHAADWOAMWMAAMONS O& 
re Sl al yl baal inal ial ies 
“qa DOS AAA OmPAHMHMROANMOTMOSOHOCONOHWHANHOAAN & 
ral TI) a ri mM re 
“uRe MOrANMHtOoOte re ACCC CCCHHONRHAAMANMOMMSOOS 
rm rm aA Lema! 


* Course. 


we re hE | Roki aero 
ae Eda vg h Bun Eee Bed ZPE Eee 
4 Bans Py Pidcicia PE RoER EOS PARE EAE 


1 These observations were taken from September 1, 1820, till August 31, 1821, but were published im full only from 


In the published aéstracts for the year, the winds are divided merely into easterly and westerly, 


January 12 to May 9. 


as follows :— 


2103 
1484 


103 
204 


182 
114 


204 
172 


15 
15 


15 
15 


174 
193 


HCO 
i] 


24 
iG 


18 
12 


153 
15} 


154 
125 


14 
17 


Hasterly 
Westerly 


The station is about 300 miles north of Great Slave Lake. 


32 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Course. Jan. | Feb. | March.] April. | May. | June. | July. | Aug. | Sept. | Oct. | Nov. | Dee. | Total. 
Winds in British and Russian America.— Continued. 
Sitka,! Russian America. 
North Hi 6] 78 | 42] 12} 386) 42 Ss LS) es On mle 6 311 
N. E. 127 T1198 90 | 24) 42 ).78 | 42°) 18 | 30 | 30) 18 704 
East 48 14 | 222 | 233 | 156 | 162 | 90 | 156 | 246 | 240 | 270 | 210 | 2047 
8. E. 167 | 330 | 48 59 | 114 | 60 6 | 90] 102 | 174 | 90} 204 | 1444 
South 3; 48 | 48] 52 78 GOP 66" |) SOM G0 IF SO SON es 703 
S. W. 5 | 381} 48 | 113' | 156 | 66!) 120 | 54 |ee72. |) TS ae 42S 36 42 
West 57 | 138 | 66 | 65 | 144 | 186) 168 | 108} 42°) 72 |) 72 | 48°) 2oat 
N. W. 41 10), 36 \/ 853: | 30) 72) | 7386 |) 22 |) 36 6) 24}; 48 416 
Calm 279 | 237 0} 14; 18 |) 36 120 | 162 | 120 | 66) 150) 96 | 1298 
Fort Franklin, Great Bear Bete 
1825. 1826. | 1827. 
Course. 7 : | A 
see | el a HIE Pl/Slelealelel]slale]s]/B 18 
a | Bea eu ee eee ee tea eds lene | 2le|2\e\s 
N.toN..B. by Nu! 39] 45) 2) 23) Ba) D331 OR 0.5)70 1.07) On) CFG Oi Os) Oe ae 
N.E.toE.byN.| 7] 1/18 /6/9|)6/3]8|]4/]3]7)4 | 4 } 42/103)6)3)6/]2)0 
E. toS. E. by E.| 9 | 4 {17 | 3 |163) 6 17 |28 [34 /16 |29 | 9 | 5 | 53/11 | 93/17 [38 |81 |233 
8. E. to 8S. by E. | 2 |14 | 6 | 4 | 23) 1 z| 5 | 6 |16 | 7 | 4 /183) 93) 54) 43) 4 | 4 114 | 2 : 
S. t0.S.,.W. by 8.3] On! 20) 0) 39! OF) OR OOF) 0) "0s 1 Os On OR ON es Oe Oniae : 
SaoW: to, Welbysay) Oi) ny seat lia 4} 13} 2/3 ])0)|3138 +] 3) 4) Ta) 0} 2 aie . 
W.toN.N. by W.| 2 | 63) 8 |16 | 5 /10 | 922 |/0)3)4/4/)4 |14)4)6|,4/4)4)0 f 
N.W.toN.by W.| 6 {15 |10 |19 |23 |22 |182/10 |13 , 8 |11 |24 |153)/21 |20 [273/22 | 6 | 6 | 33 ; 
Calm or variable | 7 | 33] 4 | 72] 4 | 92) 92) 63) 2 |0)0/2 | 6314)7/7)5/0)]2) 2 : 
Norway House,*? Hudson’s Bay Territory. 
TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
Course. 2 : " +a " d ! 
S/S/S)/F/3/9)/5 S/S/ElSl Ee /S]/ 2 elel]el sis 
SI2(SIZ lS (2 (Slflelslslelelel4lelélelale 
North 49) 58} 92) 85) 43) 41) 60} 23} 38} 53. 30) 31) 27] 38) 24) 32) 50) 51) 31/428 
N. E. 55| 38] 34) 37| 60) 51) 47) 25) 34| 30, 47) 43) 27) 16| 13) 15) 25) 24) 25)822 
East 13] 14) 9) 4) 12) 11) 29) 7 6 6 8 7 6 9) 4) 4 13) 13) 9) 92 
8S. E. 31) 17| 14) 10} 31) 27/| 22) 18) 12} 11) 12) 10) 9) 9) 10) 22) 14) 14) 11/152 
South 61) 85} 69| 66) 61| 78/100) 31} 32! 44' 42) 47) 59) 57! 48) 38) 28) 44) 50/520 
8. W. 34| 25) 24) 30] 27) 29) 12) 24) 16) 14) 14) 16) 19) 13) 20) 11) 9) 7} 15/181 
West 15) 11) 16) 18) 14) 17] 19) 21; 9) 6) 3) 3) 2 4; 14) 18) 9) 9) 12)110 
N. W. 53} 43) 54) 93) 64) 61) 36] 46) 30] 26] 32) 20] 16) 32| 49) 39} 48) 30) 36/404 
Calm or variable | 54 74 53) 23] 53) 50} 40) 22) 20) 27) 22| 40) 45) 39 35) 31) 23) 18) 28/347 


1 March to December, 1842, and January and February, 1844. 
2 «Norway House is situated on a branch of Nelson’s River, about 20 miles due north of the outlet of Lake Winnepeg, 
and is supposed to be about 400 feet above the level of the sea.”—D. Ross. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 


Od 
(Se) 


Course. Jan. | Feb. | March. ssi May. | June. | July. | Aug. | Sept. | Oct. | Nov. | Dee. Total. 
Winds in British and Russian America.— Continucd. 
Nain, Labrador. 

North . 84 16 37 13 6 8 5 2 8 12 160 

N. EH. 1 9 8 9 21 23 2 3 2 4 0 82 

Hast 0 0 4 0 6 17 0 24 1 12 0 77 

S. HE. 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 2 1 0 Th 

South 0 1 0 1 0 0 il 0 2 il 0 6 

S. W. 0 i 0 1 1 1 3 2 3 0 0 12 
West 16 19 4 3 7 5 28 17 22 29 30 180 | 

N. W. iit 10 9 33 17 4 14 5 12 5 20 140 
Calm 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 

St. John’s, Newfoundland.t 
AVERAGE FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS, IN HOURS. 
4 Ss =| oy 3 ales 5 Z i 3 Blom} 2] E 3 a 
A 2} a) 2) falele|elelijele/ejetela| 3 

North 2) 45 28 24 | 56] 40] 63] 20] 28] 39] 18] 24! 21 72) 52) 96] 529 | 

46 38 31 43 | 12) 64) 87] 60} 96] 24) 9) 24) 48) 56] 72) 48) 600 

60 84 40 53 | 68) 60] 78) 56/124) 63) 15) 87) 78) 84/128) 0] 841 
INS JE) 2 9 8 4. SG 2 ee OO GO Gi GG tO 84 | 
Kast 18 28 8 13 | 16) 8} 27) 20) 36) 12) 18) 21) 9) 24) 40) 94) 955 | 
E. S. E. alait 2 0 3 OPA 3) 8) 12 12) 0 OO sire" 0 59 | 
S. E. 54 84 25 34 | 44) 36] 42) 48/164) 87| 75) 66) 57) 36) 8] 48] 711 § 
8. S. E. 11 23 12 12 | 16) 16) 12) 36] 20) 33) 15) 6) 9] 16) 12) 48) 9239 | 
South 59 41 22 18 | 52) 56) 27) 48) 20) 386) 48] 33) 57| 56) 44) 48] 525 4 
S. S. W. ili 31 34 22, | 32) 36) 15) 28) 12) 45) 66) 380) 39) 44] 8! 36) 391 § 
S. W. 132 89 78 | 101 |104) 382) 78)140) 56)123)186)228)150)160) 44/132) 1433 § 
) 39 y i 


1 Mr. Templeman, to whom I am indebted for the foregoing observations, accompanies them with the following 
description of his locality :— 

“The town is situated on the north side of the harbor, on the declivity of an eminence, the highest point of which 
does not, I should imagine, exceed 250 feet above the level of the sea. At the back of this (north) there is a succession 
of valleys and hills, the highest of which must, I should think, be 700 feet above the level. The south side of the 
harbor is a high mountain ridge from 700 to 800 feet high; the harbor is open to the sea EH. S. E. and W. N. W., so 
that (the land being high on both sides of the narrows) it is often difficult, except when it blows hard, to say precisely 
how the wind is outside when between HE. N. E. and 8. 8. W. We have nothing approaching to mountains in the imme- 
diate vicinity, and the highest hill does not exceed 1000 feet, and that is 4 or 5 miles from the town. It may, I think, 
be laid down as a general rule that, except when the wind is very light and blowing between HE. N. H. and S. 8. W., itis 
not subject to any local influence.” . . . . ‘There are no extensive rivers in this part of the colony; that which 
empties itself into the harbor is not more than 80 feet wide at the broadest part, and very shallow.” 


34 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Course. | Jan. 


Feb. | March. April | May. | June. | July. | Aug. | Sept. | Oct. | Nov. | Dee. | Total. 
Winds in British and Russian America.— Continued. 
Michipicoten, Canada. 
North 2 4 4 3 1 2 0 3 3 8 3 i) 3 
N. N. E 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 
N. E. 4 4 4 1 8 3 3 3 7 5 9 9 60 
E. N. E 0 2 1 2 4 1 1 1 2, 1 3 3 yA 
Kast 17 14 14 9 10 3 5 6 5 3 16 19 131 
E. S. E 0 il 0 1 5 2 0 0 1 0 1 0 ce 
S. E. 8 14 9 8 4 3 4 7 3 1 1 4 66 
Ss. 8. E 0 0 0 i 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 of 
South 6 5 2 6 5 6 2 2 2 8 7 a 58 
8. S. W. 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 
S. W. 5 9 22 20 17 16 16 il 10 14 5 9 154 
W.S. W. 0 0 0 1 2 3 3 il 2 0 0 3 15 
West 18 2 5 4 6 19 28 23 14 14 9 3 145 
W. N. W 0 0 it 2 0 1 0 3 0 5 1 0 13 
N. W. 2 1 0 2 0 0 0 2 if 3 5 0 16 
N. N. W 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 
Quebec, Canada. 
TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
E laiglelael¢ sl/elelelelslelelelslel 
3 2/2)/38/2 | 2 (/2\8lelslelelelalelslelal a 
East 121 | 111 | 120 | 109 | 109 | 44) 41) 50) 59 80) 53 45) 38] 31 a7 ) 54| 570 
West 220 | 205 | 211 | 224 | 209 | 93) 85] 88] 70 56 76, 98/102'104/101/104) 92) 1069 
Variable 254) 420) saa! F82 Beas 18 16| 17| 21 19) a 12 15 15 ti 8 9) 188 
Montreal, Canada. ef 2 
MONTHS OF 1838. s ss 
Eg | aS 
2 : aS s4-jfhens a aS : 
Ee 3 ny % A Fn as a= =a (= (= (es de fe 
3 = 2 Se seer etcetera alas Wels isa | 24 
N. 131.70 113.00/133.50/15.50| 4.00)7.50| 5.25/6.50/5.50/3.00} 4.50)5.00) 1.50 2.50 6.00 9 3 
N. E. 50.02) 77.00) 26.00] .00} .00) .50) .00)3.50)1.00,1.00) .50/4.00) 1.50)1.00; .00} 0 1 
E. 24.84! 15.00} 14.50) .00] .00/1.00) .25)/1.50/2.00) .00) 1.00} .00} 1.00] .50) .00)| 3 25 : 
S. E. 17.64) 22.00) 24.00} .00| .00} .00) 2.00/3.00) .00)1.00; .00} .00) 4.00:2.00) .00)| 0 8 
S. 111.32) 77.00) 98.50) 5.00) 1.00/1.00) 3.75)2.50/4.50)2.00 11.00)1.50) 3.00/5.50 8.50] 36 i 
Saws 145.34,120.00] 98.00} 3.00) 4.00) .00| 5.50/5.50)4.00/6.50) 3.50|5.00| 5.50/4.002.50| 12 8 
Ww. 159.82 203.00}189.50| 4.00|/12.00)2.00/10.75|5.00/6.00/9.50) 7.50/8.50/10.50/9.50 9.50, 9 54 
NS Wie 75.32| 77.00) 60.00} 2.50} 1.00/1.00) 2.50)1.50|1.00)4.00) 8.00}2.00; 2.00/5.00 ee 0 12 & 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 35 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


5 x t = ed eo = iS 3 
= e|2/a 


=| 
a 
6 | 


Winds in British and Russian America.— Continued. 
Toronto, Canada. 
By Osler’s Anemometer. 


Windsor, Nova Scotia, 
Tluluk, Aleutian Islands, 


hrs. hrs. | hrs. | hrs.| hrs.| hrs. 
450 57)\164 TID 125) Ie 
333 - 125 26) 55 
208 22) 76| 85] 61) 19 
470 | 43] 33! 98 38) 40 
519 j 85/173] 69/133 
278 54 46 108 
333 4A) 7 
264 12) ¢ 
373 
547 | 69 
448 |121)1: 
346 |106 
3856 {148 
400 | 49 
. Ww. 412 |108 
N. N. W. Byilis} }) fe) 
Calm 2409 |475) 


Winds in the United States. 
Hancock Barracks, Maine. 


1831 to TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1829-30. 


Course. 1829-30.:| 1842, 
inclusive. 


be} 
© 
com 
A 
° 
= 
is} 
o 
° 


. | Mar. |April.| May. |June. | July. | Aug. Bept.| Oct. 


2 2 
18 11 
3 12 
15 16 
1 1 
6 9 
0 1 
17 12 


36 731 
148 6503 
73 2964 
170 6443 
24 907% 
70 2553 
5 256 
213 6413 


— 
pt 
KS) _ pe 
OreTWOe-TOXoS 
oer 
Soe 


= 


Nw SOS Or) OO Or 
NreaTNTOOoO WS 
a 


WMOSDOoOH-~T-7 

NODOwancop 
4 

Ob) Ob oo 0 
dl 

WORDOWHa«Oc 

wWwowomw sp 


bo 
bo 
= 
bo 
ee 
bS 
bo 


Hastport, Maine. 


1822 to | 1831 to TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1822 To 1826, INCLUSIVE. 


1826, | 1835, 
inclusive.’ jinclusive."| Jay. | Feb. | Mar. April.| May.|June. | July. .| Sept. | Oct. | Nov. | Dec. } 


190 2163 | 30 | 16 13 23 
125 1642 | 15 | 16 14 
124 1523 
52 2443 
431 6594 
242, 3474 
267 4113 
398 


PP Aca 


4 2 


1 For the separate years, see the published yolumes of the U. 8. Army Meteorological Register. 


36 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


PROPORTION FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


Course. | 1844. | 1845. } 1846. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
Hampden, Maine.* 


Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | April.} May. | Sune, July. | Aug. Sept. | Oct. | Nov. 


Dec. | Total. | 


11.00 11.25) 8.50}10.00} 4.67)10.67| 3.66) 7.50) 9.25 
6.50} 4.00) 5.25] 2.67] 7.33] 6.33] 5.00) 7.00) 2.75 
1.25} 1.00} 1.50] 1.83] .67) .67} 1.83) 1.50) .25 
3.75) 4.75) 7.25) 9.00) 1.70} 8.83/11.383) 9.25) 5.75 
17.25)14.50 25.50)24.00/34.00)33.67/44.67|37.75 34.50 
18.25/15.00 12.25) 8.67/10.33)15.33}12.67| 5.75] 8.50 
9.25 19.25 20.00 23.67|15.67/22.00)17.00)15.50)14.25 
45.25 38.00/30.75 99 /22.53)16.00|20.00 Bee Nol 


Portland, Maine. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1827 T0 1830, INCLUSIVE. 


1827 to 1830, 


inclusive. 
since 1830.? 


o 
771 
u 
S 
i] 
o 


9 
=) 
< 


11.00 10.25 
5.25) 8.50 
2.00) 1.75 
14.75) 9.50 


23.00, 14.50/20.75 


15.75 13.75 
12.25 21.25 


¥5.25 
4.00 
25 
4.25 


13.50 
19.25 


28,50 33.25/39.50)350. : 


Biddeford, 
Maine, 1848. 
Fort Fairfield, 


qe 


AZARAE A 


4 


Fort Kent, 


Saco, Maine. 


AVERAGE FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


Course. 


. |April.| May. |June. | July. | Aug. Sept. | Oc 


t. | Nov. | Dee. 


129 
36 
21 
45 

336 

171 

189 
ililyy 


1 The average for the separate months extends from August 1, 1848, to April 1 


216 |2 
57 
57 
72 
249 12% 
99 
135 
120 


1847. 
’ 
2 For the separate years, see the published volumes of the U. 8. Army Meteorological Register. 


3 The average for the separate months extends from July 1, 1843, to December 81, 1846. 


231 |336 


309 


1 For the separate years, see American Almanac. 


2 For the separate years, see the published volumes of the U. S. Army Meteorological Register. 


6 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 37 
Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
Bath, Maine. 
Course. 2 Sut ples enelics Si | | 
ce =e a a a> Soo es =e ae 
peer We eee [Ses Wecee | aese ace 1 ee 
SSeS Gee. (ase ilaess| eee | eae 
N. aa 8 9 59 23 67 4 19 7 
N. E. 543 43 52 54 94 283 i 25 4 
K. 14 2 12 68 4 3 14 a 4 
8. E. 497 | 44 40 78 31 306 8 17 2 
S. Dit 12 15 39 12 60 9 11 7 
S. W. 230 | 117 105 116 141 427 8 57 5 
W. 42 29 13 232 48 154. ip) 16 4 
} N. W. 1065 | 100 99 180 53 317 18 15 6 
| Calm. 218 11 20 41 9 35 8 14 0 
at n 2 n oS 1 
ne ts a 3 mm oo a a a 3 B 2 a z) a 5 Ey 5 3 Ey . 
Sea | See | Sea | Bae | Sess) Saag |SEEG|SERE|/SESS | SERS 
<5 = Ax co Sax | ata aan |Of@a~ |Madslaada |eada 
North 6 76 101 10 3 9 119 32 4 1 
N. N. E. 14 1 0 29 1 1 8 0 0 8 
N. E. 24 26 43 57 12 8 825 10 8 9 
EK. N 31 0 0 1 6 0 0 5 4 0 
Kast il 7 16 1 aM 13 41 27 4 5 
E.S. E. 36 5 0 5 2 0 1 3 0 0 
S. E. 5 24 38 50 8 13 47 37 113} 4 
8. S. E 20 0 0 10 4 0 0 0 0 0 
South 2 28 20 9 2 10 72 67 1 38 
S..S. W. 42 1 0 9 1 4 12 7 0 0 
S. W. 8 56 71 73 4 20 274 94 21 14 
W.S. W 14 il 0 10 0 0 5 1 0 2 
| West 17 52 2138 ints} 3 9 99 67 22 9 
W.N. W. 37 0 0 23 0 2 5 6 0 1 
N. W. 41 229 162 147 i 28 246 362 70 5 
N.N. W 33 0 0 16 0 2 41 5 0 if 
Calm 19 527 0 32 0 0 4 0 1 0 
Portsmouth, New Hampshire. 
1897 to 1831 to TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1827 ro 1830, INCLUSIVE. 
Chore. || ERK, |) TIRE 1842. 
inclusive.” inclusive." Jan. | Feb. | Mar. |April.| May. |June. | July.| Aug. | Sept. | Oct. | Noy. | Dec. 
N. 71 212 22 22 5 6 a 8 1| 4 1 7 3 6 6 
N. E. 187 432 40 10 6 16933) 20s 14 er 2 20) Gs | 2, 
HK. 91 190 143 m4 |) Ue | a WO) |) l@. } 4b} 6 6 5 
S. E. 44 133 6 0 2 3 2 6 5 i 6 4 5 2 2 
S. 357 634 75 © |} il | BY | QE | 4b BS) BS | BD | Sl | SS | 1G |) wl 
8. W. 175 899 50s 13} | 2 || 1@ SB UA |) TB |) Gk | es | LG) AS 25 
W. 222 600 59 Sey || OS 1 TG) |) TL |} il) I) tal) alee) TE | 263) UG) BEE ee 
N. W. 314 687 98 34 | 40 | 34 | 23 | 15 | 13 | 16 | 21 | 23 | 24 | 40} 31 


38 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


a a 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
Dartmouth College, New Hampshire. 


PROPORTION FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS.* 
Course. 1835. ; 

Jan. | Feb. | Mar. |April.| May. |June. | July.| Aug. Sept. | Oct. | Nov. | Dec. Total. 

N. 79 153] 63) 54) 62) 93) 64) 94) 8) 2 6 | 213) 16 | 113.17 
N. E. 35 6 24 34] 2 6 a) 23} 0 0 5 53 42.50 
K. 11 1 0 3] 5 25 12| 3B 13} 0 0 4 3 21.83 
S. E. 85 43 43) 113) 103) 19 | 143) 6 33) 10 7 53) 4 100.67 
S. 51 113} 384) 153) 133} 9 74| 12 9 2 4 94) 4 101.33 
S. W. 382 134) 16 | 204} 164) 13 | 18 | 31 | 34 | 82 | 58 | 144) 143] 276.33 
W. 73 11 | 184) 11 83] 62] 8 9 Tes o3 2 64, 8% 92.83 
N. W. 375 303] 374) 234) 272] 272) 213} 19 | 27 | 44 | 21 | 274) 373%) 343.84 

Dover, New Hampshire. 
MONTHS OF 1842. 

E lelelelealels lelalslelslelslelelelels 
3 Sef 2 Sk | ee Be el ea E Ss |2\6)4 E | g ; A 
N. 5 2 1 5 4 Oe det La OF | OO.) 0208) 0 Os ORO 0 
N. E. 59 79 62 81 80 6d 2 2 OVO EE al Le ON eal Oli 9 
E. 8 10 10 9 8 EO te OO 0) | 00) 20) Sos SOn On nO 0 
S. E. 40 59 77 56 84 (2) 2 4 SA TS (LORS LG) Po aras 7 0 
S. 8 3 1 2 5 2510) ORO Onl, Det On On ae 20) 1 SOO 0 
Ss. W. 91 78 86 89.| 83 OF GH Gale Poses: 28 e 19s ae HON eo 3) 
W. 30 3) 28 29 27 WASTE 2a eO AOR, On) Zee ee SS eae a 0 
N. W. 124 | 100 | 100 94 74} 118 | 9/12; 8} 8 10/5/38] 6) 7 {16 {15 | 19 
fl Fayetteville, “s aS = a = eZ 
~ ia Vermont. : B A x te is oo aes ee 22 ’ 
iS) Aes | ape | year. | year. | Som | Mea | SPSS Se co Hea | sae aax 

N. 105 29 12 18 39 0 7802 5 1 26 52 
N. E. 11 if: 31 44] 45 2 131 42 10 38 49 
EK. iit 0 14 1S 23 8 122 3 2 45 5 
S. E. 3 0 9 13 78 77 181 29 6 20 ill 
S. 146 40 52 56 34 1 6810 15 0 28 30 
S. W. 10 0 78 57 98 12 1267 58 Ul 73 86 
W. 25 +t 50 66 90 9 739 i g 166 58 
N. W. 34 10 | 119 | 105 | 174 255 1866 83 58 95 79 
Calm 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 1 0 0 0 


' This average is for the entire year 1835, the months of January, February, March, April, May, June, July, August, 
and November, 1836, and November and December, 1834. 

* For abstracts for these years separately, see Annual Report of the Regents of the University of the State of New 
York for 1850. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 39 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 


Mendon, Massachusetts. 

Boston, 

TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS or 1845-46. Massachusetts. 

3 Si Sls s/s lei els | ELS) e |S) 2 ele] s 1831,2, 

is) a | ae a SiS le lela /e/S/6}/4 ]alo}]e |] qQ || 1828. |4,ana6. 
N. 0 2 1 3 BHO} OF OF Op yO] OO | By ae yoy a My at 32 
N. E. 52 | 71 | 66 | 50 | 59 J11 | 9 | 7 | LL 11 | 8 | 8 | 6} G 10 |14 | 8 || 59 275 
EK. 0 8 Gy dk | OB PLY | QL ey ae Bl Pe | By ae 2B 89 
S. E. 38) 85) 16 6 Sw} OF wt) 2 OO le | OF ©} B ] Wye I eit 110 
S. 0} 138 | 15 8 CLI OS) 21010 7 1) @ | at ph) By @ jy Bi 51 
S. W. {170 |185 |169 |156 |150 /18 |12 |27 |27 |31 (86 |81 |39 |32 |22 |17 |14 || 96 411 
v 0 Tl | Gril | By 1 O | Oy wy By Aa ah eS hal St Dy Bl 2 Wy Bo 73 
.W. {105 |111 | 85 |110 | 86 |21 |26 |16 |15 |10 | 8 |13 j11 12 /18 |16 [30 || 75 491 

| 


Williams College, Massachusetts. 
| 


oles 
SS a | A 
oa | o 


1819. 
1820. 
1823. 

824 


oO _~ 
oo _N 
ao (Zo) 
— Pl 


1818. 
1821. 
1825. 
1830 
3 
1832 
1833. 
834. 
1835 


cal tal 


Course 
1816. 
1817 


0} o| 0] 0] 0 
6] 2} i] oO] 5 
10; 1) 9] 5] 10 
_E. 74) 91| 90/137|148| 82) 64/134/106| 63] 96|105 228/164 258|223/191/192]174|142 146 |204|140| 3252 


N. 0} 0 | T7| 11) 29) 21) 22) 45/119] 63] 78) 72) 60) 545 
N 17 
S 95) 77) 95)228/208/213|287/258)150|175)209| 158 107)129) 86)115|148/138/165/170 169) 156\146| 3682 
W 
N 


0 8 2! 
8) 6) 5 42 15} 25) 12) 17) 11) 31) 28) 25) 6) 10) 280 
2) 18) 8| 18) 68} 76} 65) 41} 61) 97) 96/114)123| 48] 77) 957 


an © 
wnwo 
Neo 


71) 99) 71) 85} 84) 60) 56) 52/151) 99) 97| 85|121) 79) 58) 74) 36| 57) 56) 84) 46) 49] 65) 1735 
5 OQ} 14) 16) 17} 13) 14) 4) 4) 9) 31) 14/109 123/134) 74/104) 51|150)161|164 111|120/172] 1609 
.W. 279|260|269|586 eat 678)607 602|556)543 aun 445 |471)479)478 325)/292)/327|399 |440)413 |10576 


Worcester, Massachusetts. 


| | | | TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1846. 
lela lelslel ele iclelelele elelslelelsl: 
S S[ S/S) S/S) 4/5 |8 lela #/2/6/S/4]a/slasa 

N. 60 | 84 | 27 | 78 0 0 OOM Ol I OS OR NOR MOS OF OM OR iON KO, 
N. Tike) Ge |) Zak les) | Gl Se Be | BB By ee les By Ss PB | 7 
K. 0 6 0 3 2 1 OM Ome Oselen Os | ON OO Ol: OR MOR Os a0 
S. E 73 | Sil | Wk | Sl} BTM | 42 OO O10 10) 010) 2) 0 | Ly oO | i 
8. 102 | 72 5 | 86 1 ee One OM MOR OM Ome On tO ls OR Os OR TOR ORG) 
S. W. 931 |246 |134 |237 1102 |107 | 70 |}8/2)4)5)38) 8) 7 ll 13 |5)5) 4 
W. 60 | 39 | 24 |138 | 29 | 29 1/0/0/;0/0;0/0;0/0;0/0;0)0 
N. W. 360 [321 | 83 270 1113 120 | 76 1719 )5)5 | 314) 7)38)5) 7 | 5 6 
9 


40 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
Nantucket, Massachusetts. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


1837 and 1842.1 
4 months of 


1833.2 
Jan. 


~) 


t 
2 bo 


ie 
10 


ne 
ore 


21 
5) 


pond i 
=I 


re 

5 
ii 

i 
11 

6 
34 
14 
28 
16 
45 
12 |: 


— 
— 


13 
2; 
18 
2 
24 |2 
14 /2 
49 
13 
12 \2 
11 
32 
11 


ADNMDEAWWDOD 


ar 


oe 

oe 

co — 
MCOomnwon 


bot 
bo 


~) 
ao 


v 


b 


— 
AQOITAIOOH HTS 


hoe 
Ne 
Lor} — 
Go 02 Oe 


42 


New Bedford, Massachusetts.? 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


Course. 


etetaletelatelelalalee 


110] 93 101) 96) 85)115 92|120| 92/105)227/184/166|107| 85} 78) 70] 75/114/140)192/208/1646 


65] 55) 81! 71) 76) 65) 61 86] 50) 56} 59} 84] 76/100)123) 86] 57] 60) 95} 95) 98} 85} 90/1049 
9| 67] 71 48) 53] 73) 71 56| 56) 57] 58] 58] 59) 82) 88/115}101} 85/104) 92) 69) 56] 58) 967 
0)123 Les, 3)146/140/142 ue 131)139|161}143]127|133/148 Aeaieed 244)281)221)179/189/147/140)2181 


qe 


fe Be 
nPAn 
Ba 


2 
=. 3: 


17} 16) 14 15| 20) 15) 18) 38} 31] 28] 18) 14) 13 12) 19) 23] 32 

36| 38] 32 e 43] 25] 28] 29) 42] 38} 50) 61) 43] 29) 30) 47| 48) 49) 42 

35] 38) 33 43) 25) 28) 30) 42] 38] 50) 62) 43 a 48] 47) 49 

6} 25| 28) 38) < B 29] 28) 29] 30] 30] 31) 42] 45) 59 54] 48) 36 

23; 25, 35 271 28! 28! 281 281 28! 40! 43! 56 All 501 44! 33 28! 467 
97) 93) 95 87| 93]107) 96) 85) 89} 99/108)140 163 187)147/119}126 | 93/1464 
49| 47) 47 5| 44) 46) 54] 47| 42) 44) 49] 54) 70) 81] 94] 74] 60) 63 47| 727 
80| 71 96 92| 94] 77)100) 77) 87)189}153}138) 89) 71) 65] 58) 63) 95)117 wold 1372; 


=a 
sa 


Aannnnas 


A 


1 January 1 to August 1, 1842, and August 1 to December 31, 1887. 
2 January, February, May, and July. 


3 The numbers above the line are the actual record. Those below show the same, distributed by estimation of the 
observer. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. Al 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
Amherst, Massachusetts. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


4 
4 
1 
64 
2] 


88 
13 
118 


Massachusetts, 

8 months. 
Massachusetts, 
Cambridge, 
Massachusetts, 
11 months.* 
North Yarmouth, 
Massachusetts, 

1 month. 


8 months. 
Massachusetts, 


1781. 
Massachusetts, 


Dartmouth, 
Framingham, 
Ipswich, 
Waltham, 
1838. 
Newburyport, 
Massachusetts, 
5 months. 
Provincetown, 
Massachusetts, 
16 months.* 


Little Compton, 
Rhode Island, 


Massachusetts, 
1 month. 


Race Point, 
3 months.* 
Connecticut, 
1 month. 


Stafford, 


— 
Or em O> Ox 
e ry =) 

iH toe 
bo bo e 
OTS Wer er) 


ase 
~J 


ft St 
Sot 
ye 

De wonrowoor 


rt et 
SOWN © O-T 


© Ht ho 

Eo 

me 
ee 


_ 


bo 


eH 9 


a 
NOWOR SOO He eto to H Co OS Or 


bo 


SCWOOA TH WoOwWOONQN OrM-T 


Fort Wolcott, Rhode Island. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1822 To 1830, INCLUSIVE. 


Friends? School, 
Providence, 
Rhode Island. 


1822 to 1835, 
inclusive.” 


ep 
i=] 
<q 


1 For convenience of printing, these observations, originally taken for thirty-two points of compass, have been re- 
duced to sixteen points since the computations from them were made, which may slightly affect the results. 
2 For the separate years, see the published volumes of the U. 8. Army Meteorological Register. 3 Jan. to July. 


42 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 


Brown University, 


Fort Adams, Rhode Island. Providence, 
Rhode Island. 


Point Judith, 
Rhode Island, 
1 month. 


Course. 


Newport, 1831, 
2, 3, and 8. 


Jan 
Feb 
July 
Aug. 
Oct 
Noy. 
Dee 


bo bo om bo 
os 
oO 


toe 
WONNOWKS 


a 
O90) 00 5 00 8 OO 


= = 

DOwor OOD 
ar 

CODOTIoTE or 


1 
6 
9 
14 
13 
15 
1 
1 


He Oo STIS Oe SO AT 


New London, Connecticut. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1827-8. 
i 


March. 


Feb. 
May. 
July. 
Aug, 
Oct. 
Nov. 
Dee 


or 
—_ 
OD et 

ket 9 HS CO at pt 


— 


boa SO OS 09-1 OD 
— a 
WD Ort Orc 9 6 OD 


bo . 
Tbh © en =7T 09 -T bho 


— 
DOHAWAMn v9 


09 CO et cr en or aT 
0 0 Tent oN 


WMWDWONW ORD to 


= 
et et 


a 
= 


Middletown, Connecticut. 


PROPORTION FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


1854 and 43,2 


' For the separate years, see the published volumes of the U. S. Army Meteorological Register. 
? Making together a complete year, except the month of June. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 43 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
Litchfield, Connecticut. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


d 2 
a oO 
i) FH 


14 | 15 
Q | 7 
14 | 20 
Z|) 9 
7 | 10 
35 | 27 
43 | 31 
40 | 35 


Salisbury, Connecticut. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
Course. 


cy 
2 
i=] 
A 
° 
Bi 
is} 
o 
° 


.| Feb. | Mar. | April.| May. | June.} July. erasers Oct. 
| 


oO 

ox 

SSSOWSORHAMROS9DSCOMOOW 
Nie 2) i 

cy 

= 

iN 


SeMOOfSCKOWHOOWNOCOONOCOH 
(yi 


32 


Or 


S 
5 
rae 
i= 
Or 
SE ACNONOKRNOOHAWOORE OCD 


(oy) 
is 
on 


‘Sr 
S 
Se 
pon 
= 


te 


N 
N. 
N.N. 
N. E. 
N. E. 
N. 


eles 
Bl 
co 
mhz 
Bd 


De 
— 


H> 


SoVvonourconcocotyrooodor 
rs 


RH bo bolt 
oo 
SOUMVOKFFSMHODOFCDOOfOONnNooOoF 
iy) 
a 


tie 


wa 


te 
to} bo 


(Se) 
op bo 


He 
HPODOKFOAaOUNsSSsaArOOOOFS 


wie 


DADRA 
ao 
eM 
Bic 
a BBs 
= 
Ne 
(sv) 
SOWSDOREFOFORRE ORE OMOOrROCOF 
Rea 
ose 
(Je) 
SOrFrOCOROCOONWOOCOOCOHKOOO ORs 
bo 
SCOooononowwootsyoooacocoso 
(se) 
bo 
bo 
SOSOrFOoOMoOMnowooornNnoodoown => 


We be 


96 
0 
20 
0 
116 
1 
13 


po 
= 


bo 
SONOCOKROCWOWNOCOSDONSCOWOH 

a 

— 

bo 


rich 


re 
rom 


o 
nm 
co 
MOM OM NM Oe 


bo 
BRWwWNE OE NPOWDOHOHMONNA OND 

bot i 
a 

ws 

bo 

te 

bo 

— 

ne 

et 

yo 

(Sy) 

ee 

(oe) (yi 

~J 


ZA a2 rn 


o 
| 

oe 
roe) 


Surface Winds at New York City. (Redfield. ) 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS, 


Proportion 
for 7 years. 


> 
c= 3 3° 
5 5 Zi 


N. E. quarter L } ; 
including N. Oy = 
| S. EH. quarter, 14 | ] , . 34 
including H. ; i 
S. W. quarter 33k 
including s. uae oe 


N. W. quarter , ioe Ges : ala ‘ 
including W. aes 593 D 1143)129 


44 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 


UPPER CURRENT AT New York City, (REDFIELD.) 


Total for the separate months. 


Proportion 
for 7 years 


N. E. quarter, 
apladine N. \ 2 6 | 21 

8. E. quarter, 
including E. 9 O;.6) 4 

) S. W. quarter, 

including 8. 

N. W. quarter, 
including W. 


or 
i) 


bo 
nes 


102 81 | 93 |145 


o 
a 
or 


85 |122 |124 147 | 98 | 25 


oo 
or 
ao 


State of New York. 


et 
=] 
a 
7 
So 
5 


Granville. Lewiston. 


i= 
) 
4 
< 
i= 
i=] 
2 


Mt. Pleasant. || Montgomery. Cazenovia. 


1839 to 1846, 
inclusive.* 


1839 to 1847, 


inclusive.2 
1839 to 1847, 


inclusive.* 
1841 to 1847, 


inclusive.* 
1839 to 1844, 


inclusive. 
1839 to 1847, 


previous to 
inclusive.* 


1839.7? 
previous to 


1839.12 
previous to 


1839.13 
previous to 


1839," 
previous to 


7 years 

8 years 

6 years 

10 years 

8 years 
1839.12 

8 years 
previous to 
1839."? 


= 
i 
oo 
Oo 


998 
224 
82 
1009 
1197 
153 || 647 | 512 
169 || 221 | 208 
1280 |\1177 |1195 


=I 
co 
© 


ho oo 
aoe 
yas 
oo 
lor) 
S) 
-I 
Ye) 
r= 
mt et 
OH 
wo 


— 
a 
~Tb 


oo bo 
rary 
= 


(oe) 
Los) 
bo 


66 CO et 09 DD 
eho -I1o 
MOAOooan 

=I 

oO 

bo 

7) 

ee) 


io) 
So 
oo 


He bo 
nao 
Re oo 


i=) 
bo 
vo 


State of New York. 


Kinderhook. 


Lac] 
co) 
o> 
a 
a 
% 
B 
yy 
° 
B 
E. 
o 
=) 


Rochester. Lansingburgh. 


1839 to 1846," 


1839 to 1847, 
inclusive.* 


inclusive.* 
1839 to 1846, 


inclusive.* 
1839 to 1847, 


previous to 
1839 to 1847, 
inclusive.* 
inclu sive. 
since 1838.1 


1839.1? 
previous to 


1839.12 
previous to 


1839.42 
previous to 


10 years 
previous to 
1839.1? 

9 years 

12 years 
11 years 
1839.12 
previous to 
8 years 


bo 
-~I 
or 
S 
or 


t= 
bo 
Deep 
ae) 
> CO 
bo wT 
ORO 

— 

S) 

%) 

oO 


= 
> 
eo 
~I to b 
cow 
OH 


Agron Ay 
ae 2 
_ 
oe 
bo or 
_ 
on 
CO wD 
won 


8 
1452 |1212 


* For separate abstracts for these years, both annual and monthly, see Annual Reports of the Regents of the Univer- 
sity of the State of New York. 
2 1829 omitted. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
State of New York. 


45 


Middlebury. Newburgh. Ithaca, Mexico. North Salem. Onondaga. 
@ || 22] 2 = || 2 os = 8 2. e |S. 
S nea BS gia ne aoa oe 2 A a Ba ae @ So ae 
5 Se SE We se oe CSeAp coe ages he Eos Se See ae 
N. 735 | 190 || 467 | 33 892 | 211 || 120 | 354 || 259 | 310 || 398 | 175 
f N. i. 877, | 235 |)1184 )1148 || 247 | 112 72 | 124 |) 762 | 486 || 193 97 
| H. 66 72 52 | 118 || 180 41 81 | 305 || 300 | 239 || 187 | 249 
8. E. 84 87 || 259 | 527 || 570 | 398 || 242 | 760 || 567 | 683 || 467 | 332 
S. 141 | 347 |1000 | 697 ||1501 | 710 || 231 | 647 || 245 | 704 |/1824 |1014 | 
8. 3542 |2348 |/1559 {1138 || 286 |1015 || 266 | 414 |} 911 |1452 || 464 | 322 
W. 776 |132 599 | 961 || 3893 | 824 || 224 |1631 || 611 | 669 |/1618 |1264 
N. W. 853 | 508 | 776 | 916 ||1045 |2538 || 274 | 879 ||1457 |1301 ||1892 | 931 
State of New York. 
Oxford. Redhook Pompey. 
a) go 3 a 2 So TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
3 pics| ee lle2:| 2& || 22:| 2s 
2 SeS| So || S5S| Sa ll RES| 2S] g Peel eal Salers an | cele sli 
S |£s8| 28 lose) 28 |s2) 22) 2 le lalalaleieieieie12) 4] 
N. 851 | 474 ||1830 | 814 || 124 | 17] 1] 8| 16] 22] 16) 11] 8} 14] 12] 15] 9] 9f 
N. EH. 383 | 505 || 516 | 160 || 103 | 39 | 11) 5) 7| 27) 15) 13) 38) 10) 7 12) 2) anf 
EK. 110 | 20 || 3868 44 Al O} Si a ial) Bi Ue) Be BS By TL) 
8. E. 96 | 77 || 5386 89 || 7389 | 476 |128)101/115)127|119) 99} 44) 63} 73)105/102/107; 
8. 968 | 612 |/1966 |1338 ||1247 | 583 |164/121/156)178|124)145)115)155|161)152}155)1474 
|S. W. 1341 |1189 || 180 94 ||2270 | 595 |178/197/234|144 |244/266)355)293/268/173/219|/225} 
W. 1707 | 832 || 171 | 152 ||1710 | 784 |201/227/199)195|237|217|250)183)206]182|183/170} 
N. W. 1118 |1886 || 277 | 2381 ||1807 |1137 |803|/239)/256)/255 |229)138) 153]267|230|247|292/299} 
State of New York. 
Springville. Salem. Utica. Whitesborough.|| Cambridge. Ellisburg. Henrietta. 
ie oS g Z.. g S g gay se 2 
3 - | 2 | 22 |le2-| 28 |e8s| 2 82) 2. lleZ:| S31 2 
A 4 | si llasl Se | eee) S28 ile || ee eq ||eeo] ft 6 | 3 
LN. 24 | 175 || 165 |1091 8 51 || 180 | 54 |/1783 | 238 || 388 | 271 || 144 | 94 | 
N.E 69 | 819 || 155 | 593 55 | 14 54 | 52 || 191 | 91 || 507 | 326 67 | 39 
EK. 7 | 144 4 | "47 ||1963 | 848 || 831 | 269 50 4 || 125 | 139 84} 41 
|S. E. | 24 | 169 19 | 169 || 969 | 211 || 153 | 143 || 189 | 89 || 239 | 361 70) || 35 
LS. 36 | 172 || 188 | 983 || 295 | 618 || 257 | 203 1/1825 | 222 || 923 | 564 || 376 | 140 
1S. W.| 143 | 729 || 679 |1366 || 852 | 237 || 246 | 218 ||1316 | 367 || 814 | 406 || 378 | 158 
W. 224 | 858 91 | 410 |/4491 |2672 1488 | 449 || 990 | 147 || 819 | 631 || 192 | 173 
| N. W.| 203 | 354 || 162 | 455 || 170 | 463 || 443 74 ||1012 | 852 || 553 | 224 || 151 | 92 


1 For separate abstracts for these years, both annual and monthly, see Annual Reports of the Regents of the Univer- 
sity of the State of New York. 


7 


2 1829 omitte 


d. 


46 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
State of New York. 


Bridgewater, 

4 years.*? 
Canajoharie, 2 years 
previous to 1839.4 
Canandaigua, 

9 years,’ 2 

Gaines, 1839 to 
1842, inclusive.* 
Greenville, 1827. 
Malone, 

1839, 40, and 42.* 
Millville, 1840 to 
1847, inclusive.’ 
Oysterbay, 1834 
Palmyra, 1835. 
Plattsburg, 1841, 42, 
and 47." 
Schenectady, 2 years 
previous to 1839.+ 
Syracuse, 1843. 


133 122 
314 212 | 712 
171 46 | 314 
262 | 2: 104 | 557 
119 242 | 445 
622 484 |1718 
350 701 | 624 
951 | 2 281 |1163 | 347 | 149 


oo 
part 
lor) 


State of New York. 


Auburn. Gouverneur. 


previous to 
1839 to 1847, 
inclusive. 
1839 to 1847, 
inclusive.' 
since 1838. 
1839 to 1847, 
inclusive.* 
1840 to 1846, 
inclusive.* 
1839 to 1847, 
inclusive. 


1839.1? 
previous to 


1839.12 
previous to 


1839.12 
previous to 


1839,'2 
previous to 


1839.'? 
previous to 


11 years 
1839.12 


n 
b 
oS 
2 
tay 

oD 

Leal 


| 9 years 
6 years 
6 years 
6 years 
5 years 


= 
IR tl oO 
ooeos 
wmwoac 
bo bt 
oof 


bo 
Or 
=I 
to 
(oc) 
— 
CN > eS ton 
OD 0 ~T Tr 
ADDO 


1431 1069 
323 486 
1817 625 


~I 
-~J 
a 


—_ 
tt > et oo 

Saae ho fb 

SeOConNSS 

~I 

i) 

— 


State of New York. 


Fairfield. Goshen. Fredonia. Poughkeepsie. | Prattsburgh. 


since 1838.1 
since 1838. 
1839 to 1847, 
1841 to 1847, 
inclusive.! 


inclusive.* 
1839 to 1846, 


previous to 
previous to 
inclusive." 


1839," 
previous to 


previous to 
1839." 


9 years 
1839," 
2 years 
8 years 
8 years 
8 years 
1 year 
previous to 


to 


> co 
is) 
a > 


_ 
AAS 
Pepesis.) 


bo 
~~) 
mr 


‘ For separate abstracts for these years, both annual and monthly, see Annual Reports of the Regents of the Univer- 
sity of the State of New York. 2 1829 omitted. 


47 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 


State of New York. 


1a OS A ste 

e y OAISN[OUL a 3 3S 2 st S OO xH 
E | ‘crs 0} [PBT Core ar Se OVEN 
2 
a 
a cr 6S8L OO 69 GI 68 S69 O> Sd 
Ss 0} snorAord Gel Gay ie) Ba) ul ory Bal ee 

sivak 6 ce) 

. AO Ome te ot 
ta yOAIsnpoul I= Al 6d 2 SS = = 
| | Greening || TION bee Gy 
ma 
b 
BI 9 raSOOMm150 4 
5 exftet OO sH GO S =H 1D Hc 
fe] 0} SNOLADL A Ho N ow 
o sivok 6 ma 

nH OO b= sH 63 6D SH OD 

2 ¥S8EST eouts S210 I= Ss SH OO I~ 
A sivod J Risk seOleeCoioss 
= 
# 
iS cr6esl Coir ESS ah eS a 
a 0} snoraosd fp Say] Ot) CY CO 8S) Ge 

sivak g Toe yon 

SO o> 6 oC 

r8EsT 90uts 1g SS HOD tah a Se a8 

a suvak 7 Te 

1p 
cI 

5 or6esL CONG SOO 

qi 0} snotaeid a SS Sam 

sivek g A wes 

. es No) 
g y GAISNOUL =o 02 09 SD OD 
=) |“epsporecen | 62 SSN =tao tic 
a 
Be 
3 o r6E8L SAMMDMODOS 
a 0} snoraeid Sg Be st pe es s ae 1S 

saved [TT Sn 
*asInog 


Ogdensburgh,? New York. 


Total. 


Dee. 


Noy. 


SSSOCHNSHMOSONOSOMOONWOH 

Gam Hn Anaad 

BH OHPANSCHONMNONAHTH NH DHHHOMHANH Ohno HOI 
ret ri Son) mn nore ri N NAN ne 

BoescosconoscoSo So oSo oO oH Mm MMANN HOH HOOSHHSOS 


SING WO OlCoeoeoS gsenwDooonnocoonnscsonnnmnnoon 
A FAH mmdmmAHAN oD HH AAD Att A 
PR AARMNDANANANMNHHADOHDARMNSOHOMMOHHON 

mA Nn nN ne Sn ll Q ANN 
MSesesseoSoSSoSSSSOSCOHANNANnt tnt nneHOoOnSCSCSCS 


Sept. | Oct. 


SSSH OSH OH SOHSOSOSHSHLBMONNSSCOSH OH OOOMND 
Ho amdtt atm wm Homo Heo madd woods 


mHN Lal mann ran Aw Leal 


Boosoonnsosoococoo nnn HAN HoonnnHS 


SSSH HOW OOO SMW OSOODGHSOSOHSHONSOHSOHOANMODONOSD 
8 co natn de moreso ri od oH TAD OO HH NID SN 


PDO SCHARBHEMANNDSORDROSONNOMORHOHINGO 
Bo AA Ae RAN NS mann A 


DoonMANNOSOSS SO OCON RA HANHNHHHOOOCOOOS 


July. | Aug. 


June. 


May. 


April. 


March. 


SOSH OH SOMOOSOHDOSOHOODOADOSOMOSCNDOCSODOMDOMDOD 
Ga +d mat Hq FANS aaa HoH HO 


HRMHMDADONPRHRBABDHMOHONDDORAHAMOONMOD 
BAAR ANS onl mAN ae nN bol Ne 


Mosoeosoocecesesosoooocoonnn nnn on nnAnAnnHoCSs 


QOS SSH SCH OSOOOGOONH HO oSoOHSOHOSNHSOSOHONDNS 
ga Oo NH AHO HR A OHH HA elias! ra Ho} 


FPRBOARAHSOHMAMM ADO MO MM INODOHMNHHOHAH His 
a aA i in| aq | 


sessosceosesosososcocooonHnAmMdannnoooooos 


GSSTHOSHHeocHMNqoocwownonnooconnsnococooscosonsononcoo 
8M RA MHA maMDdtdmetaaHmModt oo Hoo Hh Hoo cH 


BOPNEEADOAMDMINONMDMARMHHARHNONH HORA RR 
N nN be oe he | al 


desconnnoscooo So oCc HO oOHr HAMM HOOOOOOS 


Serie poonooonnnnoconscoonsoscoocounccosoounos 
Ho 7 tos 7 MMH Ho HoH oo xt oD 7 


BOM ONMMOOHDODMARORARHROANDOSCONH NAOH 
mon Ar aa Lela! Lal ae ANN re Leal! 


BHoscHnHneSoSooCOoSC OSC CON HNANHMOOCSOOCOSCOSCS 


souHoSosSoSCSoSoSoSC OO SC OOOO OC OOOO OOo NOS HDS 
a7 oO ma) ao 
BRE ANMSHERRMODNDSOSCHHHSOHHRNAH HH OMMONNDONS 

N foal bo re Sree Nee re AN 


BSSSsooNSoSoSooSCOoSC CCH OnE MANO ANHHOHSS 


SSSSHOSOHSoNnoHnonnocosounnnnonnnnoocnon 
Am ato MH MW Ht HmAdta totam ato er 


AV eHtoomtrdtndtAnNncn rH MOH SHR OHH OK OHH 
Lan! ae Nr Lal N mn ae mre 


BDHORNHHHSSOSOSC OSC OCC O ON OHHH SCOCC OC OSCSS 


Feb. 


Jan. 


Course. 


SID2DO OW OSHSOSCSCOSOH HM BDSOSCOCSH OSH OD HSOSOHOnMOSO 
Ram amamto meta” moO tatoo) + Ficom 


FASHOASDHOHHHHOMMHDOHSOHE MDH MOMARHNCOnK 
Sea Asn a nN Annan A Arn 


BessosoososoosoocSo SOC ONS OHH RNR HAM HHOSCS 


SQ2OoOSHHOHW OM DO MOHSSCOSCSONHOSOSOHOSCSOSOSO HOH 
Bam Mmtn aA tHtona dH OD ra HOD Lon OO OD rs OD SH 


SP ID ID IND MOM H DINAN DHONAMDMDHAMDHROOMANL INO OD 
| aes Ae AANANN RAS 


BoeosonmnmoscososocoomaHHNmocoocoococos 


A ane: © Fe oes eae 
wane Oar Es bm RSE Ae 
Hab Paz vb Pasi esd BEY APP SES 


Pes at a ee ney ae HED, hae Pal EE Op Ope O 8 Nay Pa OSD 
Zea RAa Se Pudi PS PIES EOS ERABE EAS 


eeoan ene O25 SB ane Ree Se ee ee Oc Gama Moet 


AAA AA CAR eae dddddndddidEEEEE aa aas 


1 For separate abstracts for these years, both annual and monthly, see Annual Reports of the Regents of the Univer- 


sity of the State of New York. 


2 1829 omitted. 


3 These observations were taken by means of a self-registering vane, and the time is given in days, hours, and minutes. 


48 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
State of New York. 


Deaf and Dumb 
Institute. 


Water- 


Fort Columbus. town. 


1822 to 1830, 


inclusive.* 
1831 to 1836 


and 1839 to 
1842, inclu- 
sive.t 


1837 to 1840, 
inclusive.? 


Plattsburg, 
Youngstown. Barracks. 


1831 to 1842, 


1827 to 1830, 
inclusive.! 


inclusive.’ 


1829-30. 
1831, 33, 
40, and 42.! 
$1840 and 
1842." 


Aganny Aa 
ama le 


1852 984 
5234 75 
165% || 1872 
5053 90 
3452 || 178 
695% || 38472 
5123 || 3102 
720 224 


= 
lo oo 2) 


ob 


mt et bh bo 
wns > 
Or He et et 


1 month. 
Brooklyn, 
1 month. 
Chatham, 
4 months. 


Adams, 


State of New 


Flushing, 
1 month. 
Gallop’s Isl’d, 
1 month. 


Leonardsyille, 


Hamilton Col- 
lege, 1 month. 
1 month, 
Lockport, 

4 months. 
Nassau, 

1 month. 
Penn Yan, 

1 month. 
Rhinebeck, 

1 month. 


Sands’ Point, 
2 months. 
White Plains, 
4 months, 


2 months. 


Troy, 
Bloomingdale, 


1846. 


Acar 
~~ 
ie.) 


Sb 


te b 
Noro 


_ 
om aT 


(St) _ _— 
STOO eS 0 aT 
me Oo Oro 


a 
oo 


— 
— 


— 
e bo 


oT ee Oe i ee an an) 
bo 
NNWONancor 


aol oo e 
SoC OCOrWWSOS 


ars 


ee 
i 


State of New York. 


Buffalo. 


Sackett’s Harbor, 
1831 and 1842.1 
Somerville, 1850. 
Rouse’s Point, 1839. 


Watervliet. 


1834 to 1842, 
inclusive.* 


' For the separate years, see the published volumes of the U. S. Army Meteorological Register. 
* A hill, directly west of this place, accounts for the winds from that direction. 


See Regents’ Rep ort for 1850, p. 245. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 49 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 


Total of Winds in the State of New York, deduced from all the observations taken at the several 
Academies, as reported annually to the Regents of the University. 


Course. | 2826 | 18 1828. | 1829. | 1880. | 1831. | 1832. mel 1834, | 1835. | 1836. | 1837. | 1838. 


N 539 |1103 |1442 |1861 |2676 |2317 |2956 |2613 2755 |2903 |2300 |2624 |2996 ! 
310 | 641 | 849 |1502 |1735 |1417 |1754 |1794 |2173 |2158 |2048 |1614 {1810 § 
K. 345 | 623 |1061 |1110 | 926 | 890 | 974 | 869 | 971 |1359 |1442 /1155 | 855 | 
FS. H. 616 | 876 |1115 |1640 |1457 |1334 |1802 /2214 |1845 |2317 |2394 |1862 |1530 4 
1S. 1240 |1748 |3584 [3784 |4394 /4333 |5497 |4381 |4135 |5338 |3879 |4536 /3449 | 
|S. W. 942 /1828 |3890 [4805 3586 [4468 /4790 |4571 |4894 |6784 [3559 13558 [4619 } 
W 
N. W. 


1273 |2295 |3312 |4900 |3652 |4886 |3937 |4074 |3960 16206 4283 |4618 |4116 § 
1275 |2634 /3044 |4816 4204 4445 4662 |5020 |4805 |5785 |4322 15587 5275 | 


Total of Winds in the State of New York.— Continued. 


Course. 1839. | 1840. | 1841. | 1842. | 1843. | 1844. | 1845. | 1846. 


1847. | 1848. el Total. 


2982 |2332 |3601 |2942 |2804 |2806 2456 |2526 |1850 |1528 |1954 56096 
2236 |2007 |2200 |2544 |2014 |2319 1418 /2021 |1569 |1206 |1537 40871 
1029 | 871 |1037 |1254 |1171 |1064 | 910 | 587 | 598 | 665 | 538 22304 
KH 1709 |1970 |1876 |2317 2023 |1861 |1535 |1823 |1367 |1553 |1962 40928 

4332 |4458 |4949 [5502 [3752 [4475 |3492 |3537 |3104 |8015 12516 93430 
W. 0054 |5010 /4443 |5567 |5182 |4689 |5815 |4037 |3764 [8092 [2458 101400 

4190 |4569 |4598 [5605 |5966 |4819 |4523 |2978 |2286 |2853 |1992 95821 
W 9016 |5867 |5640 /6483 [5944 |5107 |5344 |4391 |3733 |4368 |3813 112080 


Zannnme 


Trenton, New Jersey. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1842 ro 1845. 


Course. 


July. 
Oct 
Nov. 
Dee 


o 
2| 
a l5 


1840 
1842. 
1843 
Jan 
Feb 
March. 
April 


N. 2 

N. E. 60} 72) 74) 79} 70) 93) 21] 24) 26) 38) 25) 18} 13) 35] 26) 26) 17] 26/448 
i. 13} 26] 17) 86] 35) 40) 7 10) 6) 13) 5) 16} 13] 14) 16) 4) 6 
8. E. 52] 49] 62) 63} 58} 71) 12) 12) 18} 23) 23) 23) 24) 35} 21) 21) 14) 6/355 
8. 65} 63) 41) 52) 40) 54) 16) 19) 20) 21) 14) 17) 20) 18) 14; 13) 16) 98i315 § 
S. W. 97|129|127/130)115)113) 40) 30) 32) 35) 63) 65) 67) 36) 27| 42) 37) 27/711 | 
W. 59) 39} 47) 44) 68} 42) 16) 20) 16) 12) 23) 17| 12) 8) 13) 19) 29) 20/299 § 
N. W. 90} 91)120/103|109)122) 41) 37) 52) 29) 33) 32) 25) 29) 19) 42) 388) 51/635 § 


50 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 


Five fathom 
Haddonfield, 


Bank 
(Cape May), 


2 months. 
(Cape May), 
2 months. 
Haddonfield, 
New Jersey, 
2 months. 
New Jersey, 
1831, 2, 3, 4. 


New Jersey, 
2 months. 
Vive fathom 
Bank 
Middletown, 


Newark, 
New Jersey, 
11 months. 
Bloomfield, 
New Jersey, 
1 month. 
Burlington, 
New Jersey, 
2 months. 
New Jersey, 
2 months. 
Middletown, 
New Jersey, 
1831, 2, 8, 4 
Newark, 
New Jersey, 
11 months. 
Bloomfield, 
New Jersey, 
1 month. 
Burlington, 


— 


SCORN Oe or 
7) 
ay 


_ 


onocooowmon 
_ 

tal bo 

Or He et CO 

me bo 

ab 

bo 

o 

ee) 

© 


Te 
oo 
a 
bo 
mb 
bo 
— 
fer) 


oo 
a 
—_ 
ile) 
q 


on 
=o 


ocoorToOoooo 
an 
rs 
aad 
=} 
bo 
(mo) 
(oo) 


to 
bo te 
— 


Girard College, Pennsylvania. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


1840 and 45.1 


eb 
= 
< 


184 
3 14 
142 
27| 26 
100 
28 
158 
18 
88 
13 
67 
14 
86 
17 
112 
7 § q 
2161/16 

49 
213/250 220/2 
65 46 
218/272/458/462/342/212/9 
17| 41 54 
91/179)2 148 
20} 23} 12] 28) 41] 54] 25] - 
90/132|158|121/114 212/29 ) 
45| 15| 23] 27| 29 P 
201/207 197 


20) 29 30) « : 
92411245 2111310}: ; 
: 

; 


maaare 
mag ox 


oO 


g2ddazzte 


29) 25 09 
175/183 127 
10} 34 52 


waazzdaaaay 


July 1 to December 31, 1840, and January 1 to June 30, 1845, a 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
State of Pennsylvania. 


51 


1 For abstracts for the separate months, see Journal of the Franklin Institute. 


eg) fsa Mifflintown. Re les Be Fort Mifflin. Butler. 
=| S6| Bs, = |e] 8] 8 é 
S| =s| <3 STAs | Pa st 
Slee cles (Salle | 2 lee 2 \2 
Ses seen | Sais | Ses 2 3$ 3 
= | Sele Sas Bel eee Eee ena | a ae Aa es 
= FElsaslaasl) #& Be || | | 2) as : - || BS o IS = 
SSS EUG ESN ae SS Er est IM se ies aS |acn| & | Be |8s 
iS) Ao fFaRl|ane| ae na Blo] Oo] ] bo sl = 2S = nw |Om 
N. 12 |) 384; 11 6 33 0} 82) 0} 50} 18 | 1.00 .00 1 Ay O | @ 
| N. E. ily} 155 1 By) 65 3| 36} 0} 31} 3 7.00 | 2.08 18] 43} 55 | 10 
K. 8 | 11 4} 20 32 0)184/314) 75) 3 | 1.16 83 | 110} 305/230 | 0 
8. E. CL 7 |) Ba 79 66 |205)113) 0/187) 78 | 3.83 | 8.58 11) 26) 465) 5 
S. 4] 51] 23 1 25 1) 56) 0) 51) 21 | 1.08 | 1.41 9 ay wo 
S. W. 88 | 182 |184 | 57 68 |119}155} 0)124)334 | 6.33 |10.08 | 114} 265/413 | 10 
W. 75 | TL | 234 AT 112 3/309/755|195/ 186 | 2.58 | 2.66 | 170} 372/291 | 0 
N. W. {169 | 85 | 72 | 168 | 181 /|645)/142) 0/332)197 | 7.41 | 5.83 | 24] 69] 59 | 3 
Calm 55 {176 | 226 | 496 | 207 0; 2) O} 0/128 0 0 0 0; O} 8 
State of Pennsylvania. 
Philadelphia (Franklin Institute). Newtown. Silver Lake. S 
; < 
Bie 2 a a Ey ae 2 29 > e 
e<| | Sone ea ES nes nee 3 |f & Wee lee 
oS & 2 o 6 ® £0 », |S \Hon | oo 
3 B |S 2| 8 |FSlFSlPa\ee| & Age] S [Ras] F SABA Salsas esas 
iS) Bisel a itaitnapen|ias| A aes] = tae al a HAA ligase laad| on 
North 19) || 29) 6} 5) 9} 25) 62) 2 13 | 30 62 |153 4; 38} 10) 89] 20 | 110 
N.N. E. 7| 34 Wil |) ig OF aa) 0; 0] 5) 26) 5 4 
N. E. 45 | 30) 87 | 16] 18) 37/104) 17 || 117 |178 8 | 25 || 33) 21) 7] 87) 94] 98 
_N. E. ‘ 3} 10 13) @ 0; 0 Z| 0} 10} 9} 19 1 
Kast 26 | 23) 46 | 19} 22) 10; 20) 28 7 | 12 3 | 0 |] 58; 43] 18/107) 52 | 20 
B.S. E. 7| 4 4) 12 0} 0 || 10) O} 36) 23) 5 3 
8. B. 45 | 62| 76 | 44) 12) 17) 41) 16 || 41 | 71 19 | 17 |/111/100)111} 46} 39 | 47 
8. 8. E. 2) 4 6 | 14 4) 1 P|) 22) 3 5 | 
f South 74 | 80) 72 | 16) 11) 40) 62) 14 14 | 30 || 99 |120 || 83) 51) 42/135) 16 | 73 } 
8. 8. W. 15} 25 10) 9 4} 2 Gl Ul 1), wh B 2 | 
Saw. 96 |108] 69 | 23) 82) 71/135] 48 || 164 |222 |) 158 |176 || 72/160/185| 47] 71 | 118 
We S: W: 17| 16 15 | 30 iit | 2 8) 2) 78) 10) 7 | 2 
West 348 1238/3871 | 95] 94] 39] 80/193 27 | 72 || 173 |323 |/115|304) 55) 96) 155 | 168 
W.N. W. 19/ 31 20 | 36 24) 4 |) 12) 8249) 4) 11 11 
N. W. 77 | 40) 58 | 22) 12) 85)142) 19 || 293 |279 || 208 |267 |/196/166)185} 62) 133 | 149 
N. N. W 10) 27 3 | 10 12) 4 || 11) 2) 51) 3) 11 10 
Calm 318/116) 0/854) 276 | 12 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


or 
bo 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
; State of Pennsylvania. 


pt April 
pril 


S) 


xcept May 
an., July, and Oct.! 


Stroudsburg, 

1 year, exce 

and June. 

Beaver, 

1 year, except March 

and April.! 

Haverford, 

1 year, exce 

and October.! 

Laneaster, 

Northumberland, 

2 years. 

Gettysburg, 

Carlisle, 

1 year, except July, 
gust and September.! 

Reading, 

1 year, except A 

and August.! 

Lewistown, 

5 months of 1839.1 

Canonsbur: 

J 

Erie, 3 months.! 

Rose Cottage, 

3 months.! 


Au 


bo i) 
S or 
Or OO fe 
ante 

_ 
H& CO bo 


co 
ee 


— 

a — | 

CWO bo 
ist) 


We) 
aACNRH OO 
BP ROHMO-T 
a 
CD OD eet 
OINGDe PwWWo 
=F 
WON FOC OFNWoL 


= 
bo bo 

WDmNWNEo 
i 


= 
SOHTOROHO-~T 


225 
2 34 
226 | 235 


bo 
bo 


State of Pennsylvania. 


Greenhill, 

1 month. 
Lamar, 

1 month 
Milfurd, 

1 month. 
West Chester, 
11 months.’ 
Wilkesbarre, 
2 months.’ 

3 months." 


2 months.' 
York, 


Course. 
Armstrong, 
2 months 
Bethlehem, 
2 months. 
Danville, 


2.25} 6.25 
58.25) 57.74 
3.25] 15.10 
23.63| 30.99] 


° 

bord 

o 

i= 
(SS) 


2 bs 
AOOoOrCROREFFRONOWODON 


) 
72) 

Tc 
to 
— 


a 


PORE A AZ 
—_ 


5.12) 18.44 
158.87|114.07 
18.75] 19.75 
102.88|107.66 


bo 


o 
TAR kd ta 
= 
ANnsonNrononoac-t 


i 


RMP 
to 
= 
OCWonkKeHTOMONocoCOoOCoCOorH 
be 
SCONMFHYHOSCCCOROGOCOrROAT 
me bo 
Sr FON COR HH OCOOUMrH ROM 


[=z] 


ee 
SCH BPW ADH WH NPHATEH AOS 

o> 

BS 


bo e 
SCNORETRE ROR OCWOLW 
— 


OS et 
Sas 
a 
oo 


ee) 
se 
Ce) 


422433 
oo 


Q 
ry] 

faa 
=) 

or 
= 
bo 


! For abstracts for the separate months, see Journal of the Franklin Institute. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 53 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
State of Pennsylvania. 


Carlisle, & 

Pennsylvania, aoe S a a 3 z 

(Military Station.) |, 23 a e E 5 a 2 
See [eke see ee] ea ee Bd 
Z 2 o |PEGeel ae | ee | 28 | Be | ee | ae 
BI = st = 2 Acs 28 Bq Ale 54 64 a 
iS) =| a 44.4 On Dio Oo ast Zio On 
North 27 52 391 12 68 18 22, 25 0 
N. E 57 68 258% 47 30 31 24 49 10 
Hast 132 112 1874 27 20 19 4 84 0 
8. E 68 58 1403 42 65 16 at 13 5 
South 53 68 332 49 94 4 14 62 0 
Ss. W 48 31 463% 73 71 44 54 91 10 
West 264 249 4003 51 138 28 140 367 0 
N. W. 94 94 3833 112 112 119 111 112 3 
Calm 1 111 0 147 9 3 


Somerset, Pennsylvania, (Lower Current.) 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. ee H 
3 Bd) 
5 ee tens eS eres = a |e 34 
8 se | eas | Fee eae a eee ees ee Sulese 
3 S| 86) Se (eee eye ee iS la less te [sce 
North 23 35 6 i) i} & S| Sl. Ge Blin Sl Ss] al Gl asi) 2 
N.N. B 1 3 0 O| Oo wh O| Tl Bl GO a O| a oO oO 4) 2 
N. B. 19 17 3 @| 2 Bl Sl @ O| SB BO] Bl a Bl Bey] 68h 
BE. N. B 4 14 0 O| Oo mw) 4) 4a) a) al al oO] G OF OF ws ay 
Hast 23 7 10 O| O} TO} Wa; eB) Dl Ww Ti OF Bl) BS | Bol 
H.S.E 0 9 3 | O O| OF it GB) oO] BF OF OF OF - oO SB) wv 
S. E. 36 37 3 “” Sl Bl ium Sil el By) ay iy) 4 Gh es alzr | 
S. S. B. 8 12 3 O| O| sl al al of 4 el il a) oO] GF Bol 68) 
South 58 76 9 | 11| 4/ 11/ 20] 6] 17] 4/ 16] 9] 8] 9) 12] 134) 36 
S. S. W. 7 8 0 a i S| a SB we ol ah a a oO} O 16) 2 
S. W. 109 | 106 58 | 12) 10] 14] 16) 25] 20) 29) 17) 20) 14] 26] 12) 215] 67 
W.S. W 45 | 106 90 | 12] 14] 12] 18] 3] 9] 1) 6] 9} 13] 17) 42) 151) 51 
West 182 | 129 72 | 45] 32] 32] 19] 25] 20] 12) 9] 27| 13) 43} 34] 311|| 174 
W. N. W. 51 94 16 | 14) 10] 10] 10] 14] 5] 14) 4) 12) 8) 16] 28] 145]| 51 
N. W. 36 46 18 3| 4! gi 5] 10) 5] 13) 6] 10) 8] 4] 6] 82] 52 
N. N. W. D) 5 1 | D-O wh a @ Gl O oO] oO Ti oO a 2B 
Calm 331 | 305 | 103 | 60| 34) 56) 43] 51] 65] 44) 77| 48] 73) 47| 38) 636) 154 


s : Boo 
5 lake) a Ce) as 
. Ce} n wm SD 
a4 6 3 52 aa . By 52 
ote 3 2 os oa 80 4 Bo 
el ics . a oe ase 5 og Bis co 
Course Fle | Bes oa | oa 2° Course. BF | Aaa | coe | oe ye 
A 7A aS cas ae] op 2 > ie] nae 5 | na 
a) maa | as 68 ec Ai Sas | sad S Bs) 
nS oR ee) ss mS rigs ong asc aS Beet 
Be eee Bal || Sie % 3 Bo | Reo | aee | Ss a3 
a6 SS aS oa Fa cs pa a 
Ze |Beo | Sea | as ae Ze |e | Han | aa Ex 


1 North 13 52 | 139 41 16 South 7 25 | 199 63 30 
N. N. E 0 0 0 a S. S. W. a 1 23 
N. E. 46 10 94 87 62 S. W. 115 49 85 | 164 85 
EK. N. E 0 2 0 1 0 W.S. W. 0 10 0 38 
Kast 25 12 74 | 140 10 West 72 «| 132 ay) 78 16 
E.S8. E 38 0 0 2 il W.N.W. 0 35 0 1 3 
8. E. 42, 26 46 | 140 24. N. W. 174 87 | 844 | 213 | 115 
8. 8. E. 4 8 2 14 10 N.N. W. 4 7 il 17 0 

il 203 0 16 


! For separate abstracts for these years, see the published yolumes of the U. 8. Army Meteorological Register. 


2 November, 1840, substituted for November, 1841. 
8 


54 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 


Fort McHenry, Maryland. 


Cours TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1831 To 1835, INCLUSIVE. | 
ouree- NE 1831 to t 


1842 
inclusive. | Jan. | Feb. | Mar. April. June. | July.) Aug. 


2923 SGU al) Sess 3 

6693 29 | 24 | 18 | 29 23 

272 14 | 11 | 34 | 32 7 

5883 AL } 11 | 23 | 25 32 33 

22 3084 LP il) oe 9 8 
123 596 16 | 23 | 17 2 | 22 27 
21 755 24 | 25 | 19 22 25 
82 901 49 | 44 | 39 38 | 26 | 29 


Annapolis, a F 
Maryland. Washington City.? 


TOTAL FORTHE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1823 70 1830, INCLUSIVE. 


1831 to 1834, 
1823 to 1830, 
inclusive.’ 
1831, 33, 34, 
and 1835.3 

8 months in 
1831, 32, 33, 
34, and 35.3 
July 1, 1838, 
to June 30, 

842.8 


inclusive.* 


a 
5 
15 


1 > bo 
G0 G9 o> 
© BD OO 


to 
no 
~T 0° 


oo 


ist) 
i) 
rs 


Old Point Comfort, Virginia. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1826 To 1830, INCLUSIVE. 


Bellona Arsenal, 
Virginia, 1832.! 
Fort Washington, 


Va., 1833-34.1 


Mar. . |June. | July. Oct. | Nov. | Dec. 


14 0 17 | 133)ea7 
: 29 32 

10 
30 
ul 
68 
7 
4 


SD 09 bo 
co 02 CO 


ee ROD 
onrFofet 
eS Ol or) 


! For abstracts of these years separately, see the published volumes of the U. S. Army Meteorological Register. 
2 Two independent registers for this station for the years 1831, 33, 34, 35, and 38. 
3 Calms 52.8. 


50 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 


Ss 
S 
a 
£ 
ws) 
» 

nN 

ue} 

o 

px) 

ot 
is 

p 
o 

na 

Fr) 
q 

ol 
n 

oO 
q 

5 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


qHdy, 


Beaufort, North Carolina. 


Ee ee 


. 1 AAS 
eux [PSEA 


. <5 G2 cD 0O 
qa | fe epee 


a ont 
ave | MoI oM HA 


1 


“GEPEST 


79 
50 
60 
32 
86 


‘sqyuOUL ZT 
*RIO1SIT A 
‘SOTASUNA SO AA 


205 }122 
367 


2.60 

66] 49 

9} 82 
97) 175 {113 


59 

153} 684 |188 
78| 369 

23) 241 


61 


‘syjuou g 
‘erursatA 410dsoy 


76 
110 


4 
9 
0 


‘qo T | > 
“BIULSATA ‘105-10 NT 


0} 15 
16 
23 
13 
1 | 40 


0 
1 
12 


-11A ‘BlIpuexe,y 


“asinoy 


LN. 

IN. E. 

lk 
SE 
S. W. 


Chapel Hill, North Carolina. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


Dec. 


A oo AQ re co on iar) 


Noy. 


Oct. 


- A el ins oO Yen} i! 


fos] =H me oD ide) al 


SMO MOSCSCSOrMOMOCOOMONCHSOtrOoNno 
hol re aA inp) il 


4 


SlSWSCOSCAWMSCHOHMOHONCSCOrKONS 
me on AN ise) 


) 
5 


DHOMOOMHOOSOOOCOBMMOSDOCOHOONS 
Le on st A 


ANSMOSOSSONCMORAErSCHeCOnEOMOMOHROS 
Lal Lal ar) ian) A A 


3 
3 


FDArOHSHOHADOSOrOrOCOMHOOMOHS 
st il A ie 


97 | 25 | 24 | 24 | 29 | 31 
5 
5 
0 
0 
2 


il sH oD m re 


SHOAWDSOSHSCHOHONDSOCSOCNDOMOrLONCSDONS 
A fest im A i! ca on ie | 


Feb. | Mar. |April.| May. |June. | July. | Aug. | Sept. 


Jan. 


SOSHADMMMHOOCOCHONADSCHDODOCIUAMRAHOKONMS 
ie m A oD A ine) 


MHA OF SCCM FE SCCSCHOnM AE AMA HHOMOHANHRANONA 
AN re me rm rm s — ies 


oorn 
i 


6 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 


Fort Johnston, North Carolina. 
10 TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1822 To 1826, INCLUSIVE. S 23 23 ga 
Course. | years-* : s 3 5| 3 S § 
Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | April.| May.| June.) July.| Aug. | Sept.| Oct.| Nov. | Dee. eceé® = aos 
N. 578 | 40 | 43 | 50 | 44 | 41 | 98 | 28 | 46 | 42/581 47/4511 93 | 9 
N. E. 650 8 6 | 10 | 10 4 0 D, 2 9 (AaB bela 19 54 
E. 131 9 8 5 (Gj) 1} 5 5 OF) 2) LOT So 5 0 2 
S. E. 155 2, 2 6 6 2 4} 12 0 3 2 5 4 0 43 
S. 820 | 31 | 29 | 40 | 63°] 62 | G5 | 51 | 44 | 86 | 81 | 36 | 46 2 10 
Ss. W. 688 | 15 5 | 10 3 8) 12 | 19 | 20 5 5 38 3 16 84 
W. 261" | 15) 24) 14>) 12°) 18 | Br) 81) 22 | 93))) 90) hon) Ta: 32 10 
N. W. 369 | 35 | 24 | 20 6 7 9 Ch U2 eX | Gey ayy |) Bis 8 203 
g 3 anrlenton, Routh Getabas Fort Moultrie, South Carolina. 
3 = Z = os TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1823-4. 
a Sen eee = S-.| s 
> (ee Sles ASiee f 
a resco eoeaal ~a . ? Ge lies ch ast = = a = a a Ps P $ 
a dSl2alia|/al/ael/S/S/8s/8s] ¢} e/a) 1B) s/S/ el eale]els 
8 |s2/22(2s/2/2/2/2 (82/78) S/F ele slelzelzielsleila 
N. 4 | 21 \186 |210)056) 60/32) | 48187 | 4 7) 2) 2) 60) 10) 0 Se) s6r aes 
N.E. | 97 |166 |879 |114/183/226/65 |172 |531 |21 |12 \17 |12 {11 |14 | 4 | 7 /19 |14 |21 |20 
E. 4 | 83 |166 | 90/108)144/88 |109 261 | 5 | 3} 4 )11 |; 9 | 6 | 5 116 114 17 | 6 (18 
S. BE. | 26 | 61 |287 | 99)129/126]43 |132 /367 | 4 | 7 | 8 |16 |12 16 |15 /19 |11 | 8 | 6 | O 
Ss. 0 | 44 |188 |830/201) 81/53 |100 296 | 3 |-7 | 7 | 7 |14 |17 15 114 | 7} 8) 4) 2 
8. W. |135 | 94 |515 | 78/188/228/69 /103 485 }15 | 8/9 | 7) 7) 5 17/6)6! 5 12/6 
W. 27 |196 |110 | 69) 45; 90/20 | 49 219} 5/7/)4/4);)3)1/)6/0)0)5)]6)/8 
N.W.| 65 | 49 |213 | 84/185/111/45 | 28 1261} 5)};6);1;)1)0/1;)/0);0)0/4);1)4 
Athens, Georgia.? 
SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1845. 
Course. a 1845. 
: Jan. | Feb, | Mar. | April.| May. | June.| July.| Aug. | Sept. | Oct. | Nov.| Dee. 
N. ag! 51° | ‘6 | 6] 8|°2} 1) 9) 8 er] 6 | 7 oe 
N. E. 119) 78 | 4190/5) 9 6 | alae ll a oer 
EK. 88 44 4 2 2 0 5| 4 3 3 9 | 10 0 2 
8. E. 30 17 2 0 1 1 3 4 1 2 0 3 0 0 
8. 35 11 0 3 0 il 0 l 4 0 1 0 0 1 
S. W. 100 96 9 8 6 8 8 | 15 ) 11 6 9 3 6 G 
W. LGoy| Li 20a) TAP 2b a e238 el ee Oe Los elie 6| 4] 138 
N. W. 64 63 Dy) 12 9 2 0 0 4 6 5 ul 8 | 11 
Calm or ; 
‘aude 149 | 7/13 | 11/18 | 27 | 21 | 7 | 21 | 40 | 10 eae 


1 For abstracts for these years separately, see published yolumes of the U. S. Army Meteorological Register. 

2 The following is an extract from a letter of Prof. McCay accompanying the observations: — 

‘I do not think there is any local cause for our winds. There are no mountains within 60 or 70 miles—no regular 
ridges for a still greater distance. The country is undulating, with no changes of elevation amounting to 500 feet in a 
circle around us of 50 miles. The river near us is very small. Its course is very irregular, sweeping round us in a 
semicircular course. Other streams near us have a general course to the §. E., nearly S. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 57 
Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
Augusta Arsenal, Georgia. 
Ons 2 ee TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1826 To 1830, INCLUSIVE. 
Course. ou Fene 
ag SESe Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | April.| May. |June. | July.| Aug. | Sept.) Oct. | Nov. | Dee 
N. a) | ake) 3 || il 9 6 7 5) 2 a 4 | 17 7 9 
N. 249 | 4002 | 14 | 26 | 18 8 | 20 | 25 @)) BS | 2S |) SO | Ih | 25s 
E. 97 | 2453 | 14 9 | 10 7 ri 4 8 9 | 13 9 2 5 
S. E. 297 | 449 1) wal |) BBs Dy | DS |) Wy BML BK || BS) aly |) BB) |] 2X0) 
Ss. Lot} 285 12 7 \ Dil | U4e | WO | @ y Ue | es |) ale @) | ie | aly 
S. W. 458 | 815 35 | 29 | 89 | 46 | 56) 41 | 59 | 85 | 25 | 22 | 41 |.30 
W. 201 | 4074 | 21 | 18 | 19 | 26 | 16 | 20 | 17 7 | U@ |) 1B |) Wb | We) 
N. W. 986 | 5102 | 27 | 80 | 16 | 15 | 11 | 23 | 14 | 17 | 29 | 89 | 85 | 30 
Oglethorpe Eutaw, 
Barracks, Augusta, Georgia. Alabama, Mobile, Alabama. 
.Georgia. 1851. x Cie 
Course. 2 a2 & a2 
x ‘3 s Gt a 33 Lower | Upper Part of eS 3 ae B 
eS oe oo es a ey current. | current. | 1841.2/1841. | 1838 & 1840. |53_4/a3— 
N. 29 34 295 79 240) 270 30 1 9 
N. E. 62 54 |321 |393 |116 | 49 || 1038 33 132) 141 9 10 a 
K. 25 28 53 alt: PA eral 0 1 3 
S. E. 69 36 |261 |195 | 58 | 98 || 302 85 105) 150 13 3 il 
S. 57 57 7) 62 417| 396 43 0 2 
S. W. 42 59 |252 |330 |118 |140 |) 122 227, 78| 66 15 6 il 
W. 20 46 107 310 AUS\ 112) 1 3 8 
N. W. 61 51 |210 | 86 | 61 | 71 || 204 179 51) 386 8 9 1 
Calm 99 474 0 0 0 0 0 
iy Savannah, Georgia. 
State ee al oe : Ge. | Sa. || es ae 
Baa | set °, Se | 222 | S23 | 222 | 223 
: age | See | a = BSS | £28 | 228 | 228 | 228 
5 Soa | FoR SI = Saag | Gea | Fan | Baa | San 
North 5 iil 0 223.80 U0 16 19 10 7 
N.N. 0 30 0 11 4 2 0 0 
N. E. 35 300 24 59 9 24 9 3 
K. N. 0 10 0 19 2 2 11 il 
Kast 48 85 0 271.74 114 10 9 41 8 
K.S. EH 0 6 0 37 9 1 4 0 
S. E. 36 197 8 52 12 Ali il 10 
8. 8. E 0 15 0 20 5 0 il 0 
South 56 829 3 220.77 202 36 23 a 53 
8. 8. W. 1 34 0 20 4 3 0 0 
S. W. 33 299 12 79 19 47 7 Tf 
W.S. W 0 65 0 19 12 0 0 0 
West 128 859 0 238.34 194 44 26 4 2 
W.N. W i 34 0 21 4 4 2 0 
N. W. 39 359 13 54 24 20 6 0 
N. N. W. 0 6 0 i 8 12 0 0 
Calm i 22.7 0 0 10 2 7 55 


1 For abstracts for these years separately, see the published volumes of the U. 8. Army Meteorological Register. 
2 Two independent registers. 
3 The numbers in this column are the original observations reduced in the direction of the cardinal points. 


58 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
Tuskegee, Alabama. 


o 
o 
= 


| 
Course. : March.| April. | May. | June. | July. 


| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 


—_ 


COooCoWmooOmanonaocrncose 
— 


— 
NWAOOCONTOSOMNNOOMDNNDSOS 


bo 


SFROROCMNOCCONOMNOK 
— 


es 
= 
NWMONMOMNMNONAWENW DOM 


bo 


SNMONCMONHOCOHWHwor 
— 


bo bo 


SOOCrRONOCCOCNMOFRNS 


a 


a 
SRAOMONCTSCOSONOMOSCOCK FS 


—_ 
PWS WH REDE BRN OMeHaODb 
— 
= 


— 
nomacawocsoicccs| 
— 


SOF OR RW FOR OHNOSO 


pot fe 
SSONONHKROONORODO 
ecocooocoooorROoOMOaSCS 


Spring Hill College, Alabama. 


bama, 3 months. 
Springfield, Ala- 
bama, 1 month, 
Arendale, Ala- 
bama, 2 months. 
La Grange Col- 
lege, Alabama, 
8 months. 


' 
= 
= 
o 
= 
a 
> 
a 
° 
S 
i 


S | Feb. 
EN | Sept. 


— 
bo 6 09 oo | March. 
Daonorkre-T 


= 
DOM OTNS 


DHOSHORERG 
b 


483 
4 |1433 | 564 


133 | 1 


— 
Oo 


rs 
i 
t 

bo 
co 


variable \ 


St. Augustine, Florida. Cape Florida. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1825, 26, 28, and 30, 


1825, 26, 28, 
and 1830.1 
1831, 32, and 
1833." 
5 years since 
1836." 

| March. 

| Winter. 


~ 

fez) 

a 

ppt 

i e. 
wow fe wool 


| Dec. 


coo | Spring. 


oo 
ee OD ‘ 
oCOPRNWwsSOON | Summer. 


ORTON HOO 


wo 


OR Un) | Nov. 


Qe ROAR eo 


bp | Oct. 


_ _ 
on ~Io 
Mmrets co 
ob 
a 
me UD 
ey) 
STR ATR EO Or 


— 
bo bo 


“TOO DD eS Ort 


thw 
r=) 
nse 
bo bop 
eH -. ox | Sept. 


AaADOOrH AG 


Bo Or 09 me -T TO OD 


vo 
bo 
=F 


a oe | April 
TOR OM or wDp 


oa 


' For abstracts for these years separately, see the published yolumes of the U. S. Army Meteorological Register. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 59 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
Key West, Florida. 


&3 TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1834 To 1837. 2 io 
E ae. Bens 
E 3 Sees ee |e Se | ete ts le ease 
S) a a Sileade|a leds |S )a4 ea) So] | ae ese 
North 39 216 32 | 40 | 16 | 16 8 8 0 0 8 | 82 | 16 | 40 184 
N.N. E 5 56 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 8 | 16 8 H 
N. H. a 576 40 | 40 | 48 | 32 | 24 | 32) 24 | 82 | 64 | 80 | 88 | 72 760 | 
E.N. EH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 i 
Kast 96 656 56 | 48 | 80 | 82 | 72) 48 | 72 | 48 | 48 | 32 | 72 | 48 360 | 
H.S. E 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 
8. E. 54 536 48 | 32 | 24 | 56 | 64 | 40 | 72 | 64 | 64 | 40 | 16 | 16 444 | 
S. S. E. 2 40 0 8 0 8 8 0 0 0 8 0 0 8 
South 9 128 8 0 8 8 8 | 32 | 24 | 24 0 0 8 8 50 | 
S. S. 'W. 0 32 8 8 0 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 H 
Ss. W. 22 13 8 0 8 | 16 | 16 | 24 | 16 | 24 | 16 8 0 0 92 
W.S. W. 0 24 0 8 0 0 8 0 0 0) O 0 0 8 \ 
West 12 48 0 0 0 8 0 8 8 | 16 8 0 0 0 46 | 
W.N. W. 0 40 0 8 8 0 0 8 0 8 0 0 0 8 
N. W. 42 232 32 | 24 | 24 | 16 | 24 | 24 8 | 16 8 | 16 | 16 | 24 256 | 
N.N. W. 0 56 0 0 8 8 0 0 0 8 8 | 16 0 8 
Variable 9 48 8 8 | 16 | 24 8 | 16 | 24 8 8 | 16 8 0 
Pensacola, Florida. Tortugas Islands, Florida. 
TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
Course. g j a = if a i - 5 & : 3 a 
2 a | 3s 5 EI S| eg | & oy |) ss 5 3 Be |) El a] 
haa i reer n eh aia eS gle, Wee ileal cel eal 
N. 216) 29 | 382 | 19 | 11 6 6 | 17 | 11) 15 | 28 | 25 | 17 |\16 | 43) 0 | 8 | 282) 
N. E. 254! 41 | 20 | 15 i 8 | 9 | 11 | 28} 21 | 41 | 18 | 35 | (32 3832) 6 |34 |1052 
K. C8} @ |) 1A) BO 2 3 1 4 8 i 820) a EWG o3y 
S. E. 472| 41 | 30 |-40 | 49 | 22 | 25 | 23 | 8 51 | 56 | 52 | 58 || 7 {18 |16 }13 | 54 | 
Ss. BO) BS | WH |) gel |) a!B3-) Ges} |) ayeh 4) Bay |) Bis) |] BME | Oy | I) | are | ey) ey | ee) 
8. W. 686) 25 | 43 | 45 | 70 | 96 102 |102 | 72 | 60 | 24 | 29 | 18 |} 8)3)38)] 2) 11 § 
W. 92} 6| 4 7 6 6 | 20 | 13 9 4 4 Bf LOM Uy | By 5 | 
TING We | B58) BS | 62 | G7 | Be | wb ales |) Pal Br Ore |) By | GO | Siar ME ssp Le) ss | 
Variable 2/9]41|9 | 24 
Tampa Bay, Florida. Indian Key, Florida. 
a oS = ~, |T0TAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1825, 26, 27, 28, and 30. 
pees le iee glalele 
B leeisiaé(alelelelelglalelealelelelalalal4al2l 
is) 2S (SSE lS (SIS Sle bs | Sila iS tee hea eas eae) 
N. CISA OAS 7 Ti Ne i 1) 2) 0} 2) 8B) 8) Bao 14 | tl ie 53 | 
N. E 310/43/391 | 11) 28] 19} 22) 18) 8) 10} 15) 34) 80) 25) 25) 58/138 | 2 | 3 |19 37 | 
E. 94511913303] 5) 8] 6) 16] 24) 35) 6) 13] 21) 24) 15) 15) 5714 |20 |46 |30 | 110 | 
S. E 352/18|2174| '7| 21) 25) 21) 25) 21) 39) 34} 29) 17) 18) 22) 63/13 |17 |23 | 8 61 
|S. 913) 8\199 | 21) 9] 11) 11) 18) 18] 35) 22) 13) 9) 10) 16) 21) 8 j25 | 7 | 3 43 | 
S. W 88311912674! 26|-35] 35) 32! 27! 28) 38) 33) 11) 25) 29) 11) 53) 1 | 2) 6) 4 13 | 
W. 351/121157 | 29) 21) 33; 29) 26] 27) 20) 21) 29) 80) 28) 41] 17) 4 | 8 | 2 | 5 19 } 
N. W. 97515311204! 27| 16] 19) 12) 9] 12) 6] 15) 13) 18) 23) 22) 83)14 | 2 |) 1) 5 22 | 
Variable 6 We ay fa 7 | 


1 For separate abstracts for each of these years, see the published volumes of the U.S. Army Meteorological Register. 


60 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 


Fort King, Florida. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1833, 34, and 35. Ape 
icola, 
Florida. 


Carysford Reef, Florida. 


Cedar Keys, 


ease 1842. 


= 
< May. 


| March. 


d 2 
5 3 

4 Os 3 
Hl r/ 21 
2 14 
3 9 
6 21 
16 


N. 
N. E. 25 15 
E. 20: 7 
S. E. . ; 
Ss 2 12 
S. W. 18} 13 
W. 2173 : 13] 28 21 
N. W. 4 Le 3 10 
Variable 16 


hoe | Noy. 


AOeOORAOWN 


12] 15 
12 


so 
Om AT 


1 
2 


bo 


ez, Mississippi. 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1840, 
41, 42, and 46. 


o fo a] . £ 2 . 
% Ea Els 2 
131/173/132 
22 41| 44 
79\124| 66| 77 
33 61) 66 
155 84107 
66 87/120 
37| 65| 53] 49 
20| 21| 49) 30| 28 


en fo | April. 


me 
3 
= 
8 31 
9 15 
36 
17 


= 
a 
46 
30 
30 
49 
35 
18 

8 

4 


Vicksburg, Mississippi. 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1842. 


. | Mar. |April.! May. | June.) July. | Aug. 


qy 
5 
5 
m 
is} 
a] 
oe 


—t 
_ 
—_ 


ocoooanwnooc 
a 


BOR OoOrROWO 


= 
BOSOM RwWH A 


_ 
NRE RECON > 


— 
HOD SO AT eS 


py 

oococunwnor 
— 

COCO ACw 
py 

i oan ie oo 6) 

He RD Oo co on oO 

bo ee bo orb bo bo 


New Orleans, Louisiana. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1841-42. 


g. 
1838 to 1842, 


April to Sept. 
for 1834, 35, 
36, and 37 
New Orleans 
Barracks, 
inclusive. 


| March. 

| April. 

| May. 
June 
Sept. 


| Jan. 
| Oct. 
| Nov. 
| Dee 


=I 
AMWGOAHwWAoOS | Feb. 


—_ 

5 | Tuly: 
i} 

—_ 


“TST OUbS B® AT on co 
bo 


pm 
He Or 01 GO OD Sb 


bo 


ry 
BROWN -1OQC | Au 
— 
— 
SWNODOH SE 
—_ 
=a 


= 
H bo Orbs HNO HO 


— 

Hm bo WTO COT COT 
=a 

atIow-I1—O-] 
bo 

oF oF ok eH oO 
bo 

BOO RHO eS or 
= 

Co Ore c en Go bS bo 


—_ 
—_ 
bo 


aa 
Rmowaahware 
— 


—_ 


' For separate abstracts for each of these years, see the published volumes of the U.S. Army Meteorological Register. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
Petite Coquille, L 


ouisiana. 


61 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


1827 to 1830, 


Course. 3 5 
inclusive. 


104 
269 
254 
196 

97 
196 
139 17 
208 23 


Fort Jessup, Louisiana. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1823 To 1830, INCLUSIVE. 


~ 
a 
sh 
o 
a 
is} 
=) 
oF 
iT 
ao 
teal 


inclusive.’ 


= 
COOH 
~I SI Ox 
© © oo 
tt 


(ora) 
oo 
Ne) 
NH 


oo 6c 
oo 
Or co 

Nie 


Baton Rouge, 
Louisiana, 


Fort Jackson, 
Louisiana, 


Fort Wood, Louisiana. 


18381, 33, 
and 1835.* 
Jan. 


a 
Soro 
ont 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


! For abstracts for these years separately, see the published volumes of the U. S. Army Meteorological Register. 


62 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
Fort Pike, Louisiana. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


1831 to 1834, 
inclusive.! 


3 
3 2 
5 < 


De 
S tb 
H& CO 


Fort Smith, Arkansas. ; 
& 
3 TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONT: ™" a > i 
a ot “| ¢ | ae i 
Ss 4 o 2 | Tee r 
a ma ao aes { 
eee os oad 38a : 
oa Ses| Sa ao N 
HH Sas 2 Es ae eB 
23 Hatin | Aas Edis / 
s 
148 31 
304 543 E 
201 46 
287 : 
445 
296 7 
286 
Nashville, Tennessee. 
, PROPORTION FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. ; 


si a reel a ee 


9) .146) . .080| .114| .078) .021) .069] .069} .054] .070] .118| .057 
4239/3788 ' F 1.425 |1.662 |1.865 |2.343 |1.704 |1.612 |1.711 |1.331 {1.150 |1.676 
1666/1809 844] . 618] .771) .656] .477| .480] .449} .309] .836| .753 | .622 

105 | 337} 437 H .239| .286| .158| .065| .105] .097| .091| .196| .340| .395 


has 


i 


1 For separate abstracts for each of these years, see the published volumes of the U. S. Army Meteorological Register. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 63 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 


Greenville, 
Tennessee, 
3 months, 
Knoxville, 
Tennessee, 
8 months 
Danville, 
Kentucky, 
5 months. 
Louisville, 
Kentucky, 
2 months, 
Kentucky, 
2 months. 
Springdale, 
Kentucky, 
2 months. 
St. Mary’s 
College, 
Kentucky, 
7 months. 


Paris, 


| 
| 
| 


_ 
pe 
bo 
(eo) 


ft 
Dpwwoponwe 


— 
Ox 


pt 
i 


ft 
or 


~I 
He 


to bb bp 
DWNwQNw Oe OLOUb O1> O10) © 


(Je) 
(or) 
SCONPNWwonmnoncrorn 


i) 


bt 
i) 
bo 
or 
bo 


ise) 


= 

bo 

On 
— 


bo 
HH SONOAANANOCOOe hb tO 


oo 
J 
is 
oo 
orb 
wo 


Cincinnati, 
Ohio, 
Granville, 
5 months. 
Sandusky, 
Ohio, 

9 months. 
Zanesville, 
Ohio, 

11 months. 
Ravenna, 
Ohio, 

1 month. 


Chillicothe, 
Ohio, 


Chillicothe, 
Ohio, 


6 months. 


Cy 
S 
f=} 
2 
3 
g 
ao 
a 
< 


5 months. 
4 months. 


Ohio, 

Ohio, 

1 year. 
| 


aS 
ors 
— 
ow 
a 
co Oo 
oe 
No) 
_ 
(op) 
mss 


i 
mm 


je 
one S co 
oa 
BD Cet 
bD CO He GO G OO 
(oP) 
one 
pon 
WOFONKENKHO& 


(Se) ee 
cw bo co 
Non 


oo 
ke o> 
onm-T 


eS 
=) 


a 
hoe 
tO 


Steubenville, Ohio. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


I 
=) 


12} 13) 10 18} 15) 14} 32) 28) 8} 7| 15 12| 17 
30] 26] 25 40| 28] 33] 36] 35} 24) 30) 28) 34 35 : 
160)150\148/148)155|170/183)155 135 156/146/153§ 


131)139)111 | 
195|192)188}219)202 : 216/202 ca 216|218 ee ee 221/232 


64 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
Hudson, Ohio. (Surface Winds.)* 


Course. Jan. | Feb. | March.| April. | May. | June. | July. | Aug. | Sept. | Oct. | Nov. | Dec. | Total. 
N. 205.0 |207.8 |305.4 |832.1 316.1 |286.6 \307.4 325.5 257.4 |207.5 |141.5 |219.2 |8131.3 
K. 132.3| 95.5 154.1 |169.5 159.6 |116.1 |103.8 |160.4 |154.1 |114.7 |123.2 |137.8 |1621.2 
S. 294.0 |257.5 187.8 |215.5 210.6 |264.0 |190.6 |189.4 |256.2 |255.7 |227.1 |236.2 |2784.8 
W. 537.2 |526.5 |500.9 ee 470.7 A777 = 397.0 ie 517.4 |486.9 |560.3 |5826.5 


Hudson, Ohio. (Clouds.) 


Course. Jan. | Feb. |March.} April. | May. | June. | July. | Aug. | Sept. | Oct. Nov. | Dec. | Total. 
N. 70.1| 67.0] 81.4| 74.7] 66.5} 90.5 /118.7 |125.4| 90.1} 96.1) 79.7] 81.7 |1037.1 
E. 22.6| 14.4| 33.0| 27.1] 29.7) 23.8) 24.4] 50.7] 42.3) 20.0) 33.7] 36.2] 357.9 
S. 121.2| 87.9] 65.3| 78.0] 78.7| 97.4| 82.7 |105.4| 82.8| 89.9 |111.1| 98.6 |1099.2 
W. 267.9 1256.3 |208.3 |192.8 |214.3 |250.9 |252.6 |222.8 |199.4 |245.8 |240.6 |252.9 |2804.6 
s Es sorte es rk Elm. 6 2 $ yale wesc? 
2 s|2 4|2 4|2 4/2 |4 2) 2 | 244| 2e4| 322/42 28|825 
B | S58] fo8| B28| 208| 298] es8|fe8| 222) 228/248) 828/ 238 
e se°| 844| see) €65| S6a|e65| 387) 224) és lass eeeleae 
N. 2 0 | 142 64 83 72% | 62 20 3 6 18 iby 
N. E. 16 0 99 45 PANSY A 76s) ial 18 33 5 27 aly 
E. 4 4 89 604 | 127 11 6 1 28 2 16 11 
S. E. 8 3 614 60 281 51 19 Uf 32 9 11 14 
8. 4 12 | 1944 | 241 228 | 752) 51 58 163 9 30 25 
S. W. 51 10 | 244 123 932 | 232% | 127 22 843 | 16 | 147 | 124 
W. 26% | 10 | 459 | 4264] 820 | 145 46 38 96 4 63 | 159 
N. W. 254 | 265 56 293 | 2153 | 42 12 141 8 31 81 
Calm 2 0 42 11 0 | 235 0 33 41 0 | 108 0 
Brockyille,? Indiana. 
S PROPORTION FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 7 
: tad 
g : ae SAPS ace lel cats |b eee alee : ges 
3 a a} Ss 3 2 5 >] is =| et +S 58 b 3 Bien = 
= 2 | 2 | so \2l2lelelsl2l/2lal8|s]2/4 || sae 
North 24 26 14 8) 4) 6) 4h) Si al “6h oF 91 SOls Ol Gi eam 
N.N. E 34 10 is AY 74) <3 Stet allel) 2) ob! LO Gane i 
N. E 59 37 62 S| 5! 18) 20) 21) 4) 17) 27| 14) 22) 1) 12) a8 
KE. N. E 21 22, 26 TU) eater redial 4) Ue aie Sh OP Gl 3 
Kast 18 28 46 1) 8] 17] 9] 12) 4) 3] 14) 10) 10) 4) 5 9 . 
EK. S. E 14 25 13 8) 13) V2) 7) 5) 80} Oh) Be Al Vel Oe) en 
8. E. 99 | 103 68 29} 7| 17} 23) 24) 25) 33) 80} 21) 40) 33) 81] 19 i, 
8. S. E. 38 24 9 20) 4). Si, 7 2) 98) 5) ) Sh 27 20). 4 Glas \ 
South 46 99 46 32) 15) 13] 26) 15] 14] 5} 23} 10) 16] 23) 7|| 47 
8. S. W. 32 18 27 117) Tei (Vaal) Va V | bmi" Msl tl [ced 13} fre beets Hel ein S95 
S. W. 185 | 182 185 52) 57] 50| 29) 44] 56] 76) 83] 57) 54) 31) 40)) 57 
W.S. W. 70 46 41 PQVeQ9 sO e Sie To. NG 3] 6] 22] 24) 15} 23 
West 89 | 213 166 60| 67] 41] 39] 48] 39) 31] 24) 28) 48) 387) 30)| 70 
W.N. W. 108 34 18 13] 17] 17| 21) 12} 12) 14] 16) 11) 22) 4) 12)| 39 , 
N. W. 98 110 41 10} 9) 20} 25} 30} 23) 30] 39] 31) 22} 9} 12)) 39 i 
N.N. W. wil 1 8 0} 22) 8) Bl Sh BNO) 25) 0) La eG ; 
Calm 15 18 25 3] 1) 3] 18} 4| 2] 6] 14] 4] 10) 0} 3]| 27 


1 These observations were taken with extreme minuteness in regard to direction, and then resolved in the direction of 
the cardinal points, taking into account both time and estimated force. 
? This register extends from Noy. 1, 1840, to Sept. 80, 1843 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 65 


N 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 


~~. Chicago, Illinois. 


PROPORTION FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


3 months of 


Course. 


=| =| fel ie 


4) 7 
0} 0 


SAZPPeEAAa 


= 
B 


Rock Island, near Stephenson, Illinois. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1827, 28, 29, anv 30. 


a 
i=] 
Ee 
° 
a=) 
oO 
o 
a 
Ee 
3 
a 
wn 


2 months. 


Tllinois, 
Athens, 
Illinois, 
1 year. 


ez gnmma zs 
Fa 4 F & 


Upper Alton, 
Ann Arbor, 
Michigan, 
Presque Isle, 
Michigan, 


Jacksonville, 
Illinois, 


Jacksonville, 
Illinois, 
9 months. 
Macomb, 
Illinois, 
3 months. 
Upper Alton, 
Illinois, 
2 months. 
Illinois, 
9 months. 
Macomb, 
Tllinois, 
3 months. 
2 months. 
Course. 
Mackinac, 
Michigan, 
8 years. 
2 months. 
6 months. 


12 | 
aS} 
~I 
Or 

| 

6; 
6; 


3 . 


W. 
1D) 


bo ee bo im) 
bo OOD OO 
top he 


OAZgenuE za 
cst Sp Bel de 


! For separate abstracts for each of these years, see the published volumes of the U. S. Army Meteorological 


Register. 


66 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
Detroit, Michigan. 


% PROPORTION FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 

: Ff 

5 = g = S |ai/314|B|/Flele| S/ele] el g 

S Ey ED Ea @ ie ie ht bee | ieee LS le le | eel ie 
North 19 47 61 50 40} 82] 48) 40} 32} 24) 72] 60) 63] 36] 12) 63 
N. by E to}. 86°) LOS OO ae Ole 4 4) 20).c40) (OF FONE OO 25): OG 
N.N. E. 2 18 10 14 12) 8] 24] 20] 16) 8] 9} 6] 18] 3) 12) 12 
N. E. by N LT |) SoV4) S20! ok P04) Ol, 1G) O60) Ol 0} SOR GEROI 231) oes 
N. E. 15 60 45 31 36] 28] 96] 72) 20) 20) 24) 51} 30) 48] 18) 30 
N. E. by. E 1 2 10 21 12), 4) 444i oS) Si “Sie SiO) Sir 12 ees 
K.N. E. fi 14 25 26 4| 12) 52) 40) 28) 12; 9] 15) 9] 12) 15! 94 
K. by N 4 95 18 4 8} 8) 20) 32] 382) 12) Gi’ O79) 24) “S16 
East 36 70 62 41 16} 24) 80) 76) 44) 72] 72) 57) 39] 33) 72) 12 
E. by S. 0 5 18 8 4) S| 60) 64} 20) 12) 15) 3) 9) 15) SIRS 
E. S. E. 4 8 4 9 Oh MO Ay 4A UG 10) 2913S) Sasa 
8. E. by E. OF tt 0 LY Or OO) 0/0 4 S10) 0 0 a ee 
S. E. 15 38 14 10 12} 12) 8] 20} 20) 16} 9} 36] 21) 21) 18) 15 
8. E. by S. O re x0 ef De OO Or 0) 20 Sih Ole (0) See 
S. S. E. 4 14 6 9 12\., 0) 28) 8]. 32,19) 3) Ve) 12) 3iesie 
S. by E. 2 6 13 0 A},..0) 16). 8) Al 4a Gl Ol Tb Si eS aes 
South 92, 32 41 38 24, 4! O} 8| 24) 48] 33] 69] 66) 39] 18] 24 
8. by W. 1 4 4 15-240) 20}) 0] 04.12) 0) Bi LOR Si sir ar 
S. S. W. 8 35 11 14 16} 16} 4] 16} 20) 32] 15} 30} 24] 21) 9] 8 
8. W. by S. 1 6 4 18 12/ 20} 8} O} 16) 12) 1 9| 6 O|} 6 0 
S. W. 53 219 139 136 |148/148]100/140/124/216|177'129 102/171! 78/159 
S. W. by W. 5 12 15 29 4| 16} 20} 12) 44) 8] 33) 12) 12) 6) 12) 9 
W.S. W. 10 52 46 65 60) 60} 28} 44) 12) 52) 39] 51] 30) 48) 69) 63 
W. by S. 6 30 20 if 24] 28] 16} 4] 16) 16) 12] 3] 6) 380} 80) 12 
West 46 122 62 68 88] 88] 52] 32) 40) 36] 72) 75| 75) 75|126} 81 
W. by N. 1 S| ‘6t |, 4)2 4) (8) 4 Si 4) 338) Gl Sik 9) eee 
W.N. W. 9 38 8 18 836] 36] 12} 32) 40) 4] 21) 3] 38] 15} 21) 9 
N. W. by W. 0 1 A, 8h AA 0) Ale Sea) SOO OG: 
N. W. 60 138 38 59 84| 56} 68] 36} 76) 48] 30] 84] 75] 45) 751120 
N. W. by N. DA 7 Bia) Bi Pe D ee Sh AW Ally Shi 8) Oil Oh ere ee ee 
N. N. W. 27 67 13 33 52! 36] 44! 16} 20] 12] 30] 15] 39] 39] 24) 57 
N. by W. 2 ibs Wy 1k 4) 12) 12) 4) O}- O} 12) 0) 24) 19) Gide 


Fort Gratiot, Michigan. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1831 To 1835, INCLUSIVE. artr 


Dearbornville 
Arsenal, Mi- 


* For separate abstracts for each of these years, see the published volumes of the U.S Army Meteorological Register. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRAOCTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 67 
{a 
Winds in the United States.— Continued. | 

Fort Brady, Michigan. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS oF 1823, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, anp 30. 


a : 
oO 3S 
2 e ‘ F = 
3 lea) es mal tS 
cs) 2 5S [az = 


Prairie du Chien, Wisconsin. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS oF 1822 anp 1824. 


oO g c= . 

z z : eal We te pe |e Esoue Waal Conk | Mgtereteu | ate 2 3 

g aC eee A ea ea eh el ene | Beles 
N. 7893| 10 | 18 a 15 13 @ || 18} 12 8 14 | 10 | 18 
N. 1912; I 0 4 | 12 2 0 0 1 + 2 4 2 
E. 227 0 0 1 5 0 i 0 1 2 0 0 0 
8. E. 3784! 3 aan lO 2 14 9 6 o) |) 12) 11 10 5 
8. 10614) 14 11 6 3 13 15 11 18 14 8 9 8 
S. W. 790 7 5 6 | 10 9 2 9 5 4 4 5 8 
W. 6613] 5 8 6 9) 2 10 3 5 0 8 8 6 
N. W. 9683} 22 13 22 4 9 6 13 Mik) WG 15 1 |) QO 

Green Bay, Wisconsin. 
TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FRoM 1822 To 1830, INCLUSIVE. 

Fd : Sal 3 : : 

=I mB I ‘| a be fn) 3 us E 3 

8 je) Sa Res See Weg ce ie 


bo | May. 
iS) 


* For abstracts for these years separately, see the published volumes of the U. 8. Army Meteorological Register. 


68 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 


Fort Winnebago, Wisconsin. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1831, 32, 35, AND 36. 


3 y 
roy a 
16 
6 
3 
4 
34 
23 
14 
18 


Bloomington, Iowa. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1843, 45, AND 46, 


= 
ws 
a+ 
Gr) 
en) 
~a 
oc 8 
sn 
mis 
mis 


Bq & 
3 5 
5 <q 


a 
ie) 
oo 


11 4 11 6 4 
19 | 28 26-| 35 | 29 
15 | 24 28°) 25°] 27 
48 | 34 2| 28 | 27) 30 


He CO 
bo 
on 


Fort Atkinson, Iowa. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


1841-42.1 


i) 
5 
=< 


= 
2 

5 if 0 

9% 5 2 0 

14 3 ot 

5 5 34 

3 82 | 10 

74) 1 6 | 13 123 

362 124 | 1 0% | 234 14 

361 18 8 25 193 | 18 64 13 124 


Source or THE Drs Moines, lowa.—‘‘ Whenever a bend, an angle, or some prominent bluff, is more exposed to the 
fury of the northwest winds that blow violently a great part of the year,” &c.—NICOLLET. 


. 


1 For abstracts for these years separately, see the published volumes of the U. S. Army Meteorological Register. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 69 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 


Fort Snelling, Towa. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1822 and 1824 To 1830, 1ncLUSIVE. 


Towa City, Iowa, 


2 months. 
Iowa, 2 months. 


Lae Qui Parle, 
Turkey River, 
Towa, 1 month. 


20 years.? 


Sept. 


= 
He AT 
bo bo 
cS 


bo eH CO on 
SCF ORE co 
oo 0 
5S 0 
Co ~T 


iss) 

(or) 
a 
—_ 
~J 
bo 


G2 DD Or O16 et Rw 


bo 
— 
bo 


St. Louis, Missouri. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1827 To 1830, INCLUSIVE. 


11 
8 
6 

26 

18 
5 
8 

31 


Council Bluffs, Indian Territory. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


1822 to 1826, 
inclusive.* 


bo mt CO 
bo Oe 
bo AT O or 


1 For separate abstracts for each of these years, see the published volumes of the U. S. Army Meteorological Register. 


10 


70 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
Fort Leavenworth, Indian Territory. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1831 To 1834, INCLUSIVE. 


April. 
June 


Mar. 
— 


lor) 
OOnwbdw Oe oA 


13 
4 
6 

11 

64 
1 

18 
7 


bo 
Orbs bo 


OT et 
Nowe 


p_ 
co 


= ~Te 
Co “Th be Oo eH CO 


_ 
— 
— 


5704 


Fort Laramir.—lt is stated in Fremont’s Report, page 44, that the prevailing wind at this station is west. 


Old Fort Wayne, Indian Territory. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


4 es 


Agnes az 


ee 


Fort Gibson, Indian Territory. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1828, 29, and 30. 


1828 to 1842, 
inclusive.* 
April 

May. 

June 

Aug 


met et CD OD OO ON © 
oe 
HOoOnmmaow 


wooournn- 


on 
AH AAS Oe 
oo 


1 For abstracts of these years separately, see the published volumes of the U. 8. Army Meteorological Register. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. Tel 


Winds in the United States.— Continued. 
Fort Towson, Indian Territory. 


ae TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 

E So] owls ps Mae Dal acy ee | NSA 

3 as sg Ei = | <= = 5 5 = a iS Zi a 

N. 283 18 31 | 30 25 9 16 5 15 31 34 18 | 14 

N.E 829 20 BY | Ay 13 9 U2 14 U7 22 31 18 | 26 

KE. 2794 22 10 | 11 26 15 15 11 15 17 5 8 | 16 

S. E. 5244 36 2a 3 34 45 30 36 31 37 26 46 | 48 

8. 768 40 32 | 583 57 83 96 | 104 78 61 45 P| De 
Ss. 6854 45 50 | 41 50 47 47 44 57 29 58 66 | 50 | 

W. 401 24 34/3 24 15 13 22 10 14 10 30 | 40 

N. W 3714 42 25 | 184 12 23 12 12 24 29 32 3a) 24 

Fort Vancouver, Oregon. Z 
Bt eave SEPARATE MONTHS FROM JUNE 1833 To June 1834. 3 

y | a ea : Bs 

: S| eee eel ale eS iced es leg teeee 

3 e | 22a Shee eae is Sere |S ee ss 

| N. 0 SON Op OO SOS th Walle Oylesteal 

N. E. 0 66 5 0 6 4 3 || dal 6 1 5 6 9 | 10 0 

i. 23 30 3 1 3 2 0 0 1 2 2 a 2 7 4 

S. H. 40 284 | 44 | 13 |} 21 | 16] 14 @) jf US) 1 |) BR | Gry | Bil ale 0 

Ss. 15 188 i io) ane) } |} 224) |) II) 9) B33 || BY) || 2B) 6 | 10 3 

S. W. 3 139 0 3 4 UO ¥ sy | Bil |} a} |} 1s |) Ga 5) || i110) 0 6 0 

W. 3 23 0 2 5 1 2 4 2 5) 2 0 0 0 5 
N. W. 30 70 1 8 5 6 6 GO tale 0 8 2 0 1 | 

Calm ils) || 82) |) Bx0 | Bey | G4E ale) 1 3 2 il! 6 8 5 4 


Fremont’s Tour, Oregon and California. 


It is not convenient to give an abstract, in tabular form, of the observations taken by Colonel Fremont during 
his tour in Oregon and California, in the years 1842, 1843, and 1844, The results will be given in another place. 


Winds in Mexico, South America, and the West Indies. 


12 3 

Ee Be pos cabelo; 2 2 Z Matanzas, Cuba. 

< a ae iS q as 33 SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1835. 

g Sol ee! a S|) Bates [Ree eae |e ale Wes co a Ss 
6 jasicclelelelaaleeiSe|2/2lalei2l2l2)2/2/s lea 

North 20 | 26 | 2} 21) 23] 91 | 22 || 88 | 9/11] 7/1)/0)0)0/0)0 |lo|/ 41/8 
N.N. E. OO ee ae OO OM eG 0 
N. Hi. 8 | 14 |101| 46) 43) 31 | 53 1165 |10 | 7 |12 |18 |23 | 9 | 9 13 {12 |18 j22 12 
XK. N. E. ©} O} IO) By U2} Be pao 
Kast 1 | 18 | 47| 58) 37) ‘74 | 84 || 50|38)5)/6)/1/2)0/0/2)0/3/4)4 
E. 8. E. 0; 0} O}| OF OF 0} 20 0 
S. E. Go|) La 21) 21) 26) |) 20 BQO} © OO | Os Oy by Oa © PO 1 -o 
8. 8. E. OO} OF} OQ Or a O | 2 0 
South gi) Sh Gwe 2a Ul By Dl SPOVGI Stuy oO;Ourn |2roO1@ |e 
8. 8. W. QO} ©} i 2 SB ©) @ 0 
8. W ZO eS 20S ON eel On NOM c On MOM Ok ON ON Ol e25 OR Om tO 
Wot We} ©} OF OF OF OF ©} © 0 
West 1B |) BA a a a Ba OO VOTO 1 O 1 © 1-0 1 © 10 | oO} © 1 @ } © 
Wo Be We | OF OF OF We a O11 Oo 0 
N. W. Si cy a BLO; wy tO SY OL) OOO} ©) O14 O 1 t O10 o 
aE N. W. OF OR 0) OO ON ears: 0 
alm or A ai lan 
Sie 34| 5| 5] 1) 5| 8] 2 \875/2/4/3] 7/5 [a1 foo ls is] olols 
YucaTan.—‘‘ On the northern and western coasts of Yucatan, there is a constant N. E. wind throughout the 


year.” —Purdy’s Sailing Directory. 


* For abstracts for these years separately, see the published volumes of the U. S. Army Meteorological Register, 
2 Date unknown, 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in the West Indies.— Continued. 


Barbadoes. 


Course. 


North 

N. N. E. 
N. E. 

HE. N. BE. 
East 

E. S. E. 
S. E. 

S. S. E. 
South 

Ss. S. W. 
Ss. W. 
W.S. W. 
West 
W.N. W. 
N. W. 

N. N. W. 


qoooocooooocth 


July, Aug. 
1841. 1841. 


0 1 
1 2 


_— 
nooo 
ee 
Hoo 
bo bo 
Cet 


eet 
SSeoosoooSoOMNOAaHsSSS 

bo oo 
SSOSCSOSCOOOH ROE 
eooooooonwne 

joak 
ooocoooooowasto 
SOSCSCONOCOHNPORDOQHH 


ee 09 
SCOSOS COSCO ON MOH WONHS 


ocooocoooocooNt OOH HHS 


CooooOoOOOONHENRASSO 


Upper cur- 
rent in 
Sept. & Oct. 


18 
+ 
9 

16 

16 
8 

26 

31 

11 
6 

89 


Winds at the Bermuda Islands. 


bt et at ttt 


PADD NDADM NA 


N. W. by N. 
N.N. W. 
N. by W. 
Calm or 
variable 


Sept. 1838. 
1841.7 


2793/145 
0] 0 
93 |227 
40 | 334 
148 |232 
24] 0 
2703|7743 
24 | 35 
250 |198 
921 | 24 
31637473 
15232793 
383 |3563 
99 | 94 
3623]484 
24 | 78 
919]1743 
81 | 40 
3343|179 
64 | 42 
743| 59 
0 | 48 


0 0 


8: 
eae a Sie Seoul Deo: 1832) 
5 b 


ocootoktoocooooHSS 


Centre Signal Station, Hamilton? 


PROPORTION FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


| June. 


= 
o oS 
cownooor 


meoo 
aro 


53 


8844]23941235 
1394] 0 | 48 
411 | 894/202 
0 |102 

497 |2584|32 

42 | 0 
674|135 


159 


' Except August, September, October, and November. 


2 Except October and November. 


6/5] 
$|4/a 


225 
24 
51 

0 
173 
0 
0 
0 

151 

0 

0 

0 

155 

0 
24 
0 


to 
= 09 


‘Xj ~—T 


noo 
o oormsntoocececense 


179240 


24594 


12| 24 | 279 
24| 314} 5644 


24 
157 

18 
0 
24 
64 
0 


19 
0 
27 
172 
0 
28 
0 
107 
0 


0 
0 


228 
17694 
654 
165 
36 
1615 
110 
5234 
48 
1870 
1814 


1034] 5704 


278 
18 


3 Nearly complete. 


Treland Isle. 


| September. 
ao 

by | October. 

co | November. 


Aa. =F 


% 
i=} 
a0 
5 
< 
3 
0 
9 
0 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 


=I 
(3%) 


Winds on the North Atlantic. 
Latitude 55° to 60°. 


alles Bal Cor es IOS GS Ges |e TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
° oS nm is} Nn oo oD vn) Oo oO 
2 i ° ° ° ° ° ° ° e 
} 2 a=) a ~ oy — oJ ~P » 
~ ° ° ie} ° ° fe} ° fo} 
3 SISTEIS AIA ISIS Sie ‘ || _- 5 
EI eile laleieglalelaeleleal 2 Welelele elelelelalsiele 
‘S) S18 )/S)Sys als|/si8/8] & IS/SlSlSls ls is lalaiéiaia 
North BN Oh Bh Cy Oy Wy By we PB a ae OO O Moya | Zo) Oi 41S | dO || © 
N.N.E AN O} Bl Biot OF Ol Oi OW OW Te HO Oy OW wo) By ata vB 1 O | oO 
N. E. S| S) 2 OO} ty Sy oO} 2} O} By ea WO} O} Ow aS © is) O12 @ | o 
E. N. E QO) OO} Si LPO} O} O} O} Bi OF Se WO} O VON) Gill O10) © Oi no 
East O| 3d]| Bl 2p 2 Qi oO} Bl Oo} Sl ab WOOO} 22/6) 11 2101 0} O | oO 
E. 8. E O} O} LES) 2 3) O} OF OF By tO MOON OPOLE 1 O] O1 OO 21 © | O 
8. E. OO} OF} By OF O} BB) 2] By Ly OW 20 HO} OO} 7216) 010181010) c 
S.S.E O} O} B) Sy 1) Vt} O} OF} OF OF Th OVO NOV ON Bi 1 BO} 6] © | o 
South i} 8) 2) Show Zyl Bi By Ol Of Se MOVON OM se Bat hay Ae |-@ | o 
Ss. 8. W Bl Ql Wil Vpwwy Oo} Pio oh} Of BB HOGI ZI31O1 7) 21 y lB) 81! o 
Ss. W. 13 || O} Oi dy} tO} 2) OH} Cle Ol BB WO 2a Oy ey ee 8 | GB imey iG) ah | @ 
Ww. S. W. i) 2) 20) ub) io} 2) O} 6] O}] Si  NOVSNS ONS 181 7191818 18 | oO 
West i| S| O)} ZG Ol OG) 42) OO) OF} BS HO} SO POV yoy ey 2B oo 
W.N. W 4) 24) Bi) i! 8 OF O} OF OF} OF} B HO/AI2/ 0) 1) 414 et ol1a to | o 
N. W. Oa) Sil Hi St B)] O) O] Al O} Op BO Oy Ll pO pa ya | St | By Ay wy a | o 
N.N. W. 3) 42) Bi) 2) 4) Bil O}] Dy) O] OF Bl HOVWLNOVaAI S161 14) ] 1 1] oO 
Calm @/ 21) 2) 2} OF OF] @! OF O} Of} 6 HOLOMGIO Oe VL OO} 8} 2) 0 
Total 41 | 84 | 98 | 80] 71] 19] 11 | 40] 9] 15 | 418 || 0 19 | 9 38 |44 |75 |42 |78 44 |67 | 7 | 0 
January OF On | On OK SOR ON Oj ee ON en Omth nO 0 
February QO} Oyay} 2) O} OF} OF GY] O} OF WW 
March O} OF} SI lO! O} O} O14 O11 Oo 9 
April QO} OO] 8] O} Gi) O} 8) ad) @) ©} Bt Norre.—The lower part of this, and se- 
ae u 3 iS i - 3 3 ; 3 veral succeeding tables, shows the total 
July 12 6 | 12 9 3 0 0 0 0 0 49 number of observations taken in each 
August 6 | 10] 14; 21/10] oO Onl One On lal 73 month between the meridians specified at 
September WW 0 2 3) 1 0 0} 11 0 0 44 the top. 
October 3 6 | 17 | 17 | 24 0 0 0 0 0 67 
November 0 0 5 2, 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 
December 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 
Total 41 | 34 | 98 | 80 | 71] 19] 11 | 40] 9 | 15 | 418 
Latitude 50° to 55°. 
ENitos °° o O° o o ok o OF or O° TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
oO — taal N nN oD oD H =H 1 ve} oO 
els S/SlelSslelsisisisis 
ade tad ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° 
3 SIS) 5 /S/alalasl[alsSi/aisie ee ioe e 
5 ala] ¢/elelélealelaela|lela SW eae eae ea ES 
‘S) 2 het sibs) ist ips tel tet ps WS isi is S WElelSIle le lSli4lelelele 
North 19] 42 35] 11] 0] 7] 5) 0/0]0/3]0 132 12| 16) 4] 13] 16] 20] 18] 5} 5] 10] 5] 13 
N.N. EB 13| 28, 34] 16) 9) 2) 111]0]21]4]0 105 || 10| 7| 4] 11) 17] 16} 9) 8] 9] 6] 5] 3 
N. E. 7) 23, 3) a 2 G20) 0 1 Sia 110 9) 7 38) 7| 16) 17) 7) 4) 15) 13) 11) 1 
E. N. 36] 22 54] 22) 20] 10] 2/0)/0])0/0)]0 166 8| 18] 17] 1] 23] 30] 17) 7| 7) 221 9] 7 
Bast 20) 341 56] 28] 8! 1) s}0/0}/0]4/1 160 10) 12) 7) 23) 24) 21) 18) 3) 8) 30) 6) 38 
E 19] 19} 62] 85} 20} 11) 17) 4} 0]3]0)]0 190 13) 23) 18) 10) 29) 25) 11) 4) 21) 26) 5) 5 
8. B 15] 23; 61) 38/ 21) 11) 10} 3/0)0]4)0] 186 |j 14) 18) 20) 20) 34) 21) 9) 5) 24) 18) 1) 2 
S. 8. E. 14] 28 82] 68] 47] 9] 1442]0]0}]2]0 266 || 25] 80) 20) 14} 22) 56) 21) 27) 22) 13) 13) 3 
South 23] 44) 69] 49] 32) 15] 81 1]/0]/1)1 4) 2 245 22) 86) 25) 14) 35) 48) 15) 8) 13) 14) 6] 9 
S. S. W. 34] 24) 79] 51) 45] 26] 1212 )0)38)8]0 284 18) 47) 380) 29) 20) 48) 40) 12) 15) 20) 5) 5 
Ss. W. 45| 41] 76] 86) 25] 41) 21}5 |0/]0]21]0 292 || 20) 38) 15) 12) 28) 44) 26) 16) 23) 30) 25) 15 
W. S. W. 25) 33] 121] 71] 59] 45] 201} 4] 0]2)0]0 380 32) 43) 23) 14] 21) 70) 65) 25) 28) 23) 22) 14 
West 40| 79] 85] 54] 35] 321 1113] 0/0]0]5 344 19] 44) 29) 17) 28) 35) 44) 84) 31) 20) 27) 16 
W. N. W. 95) 42) 83] 49] 84] 13] 11/5 | 1}8)0)] 0 266 19] 26) 17) 18) 20) 388) 31) 23) 20) 18) 19) 17 
N. W. 30] 81| 49] 29) 21) 14 3111/0/0]0/]0 178 18) 11) 13) 11) 23) 24) 18) 9) 18) 12) 13) 8 
N. N. W. 13] 17] 68] 18] 24) 23] 1210]0]0)]0]0 170 10} 19} 18) 5} 25) 19) 18) 19} 10) 11) 12) 9 
Calm 12] 21) 381] 88] 16] 8} 5) 1/0/0]0/0 132 || 13] 14] 6] 10] 12] 20] 19] 14) 2) 15) 5] 9 
Total 400|551|1075|622/431|270]160/34 | 1 |14 183 115 | 3606  |/272/409/269)229)/593)547)/371)223)/271/301)/189|132 
January 46] 45) 105] 59| 17] 0] 0] 0} 0/0]0]0 272 
February 28] 67| 118] 90] 60] 88) 8] 0}0/0]0]0 409 
March 18] 38] 116] 41] 39] 9} 1/8]/1]310]0 269 
April 15| 20] 81] 40] 23) 4] 160] 0] 8 |27] 0 229 
May 87| 84] 86] 95] 42] 82} 1770/0]0]0/]0 393 
June 64| 96] 150] 82] 44] 52] 47/112 /0]0]0/)]0 547 
July 54| 53] 92] 62] 48] 41] 21/0/0)/0)]0)]0 371 
August 18] 43] 58] 36] 53] 6] 910/0]/010]0 293 
September 25| 36] 96] 43] 13] 19] 8] 4] 0] 6 | 6 /15 271 
October 81] 18] 96] 37] 46] 35] 26/10 | 0] 21]0)]0 301 
November 19] 30) 43) 28] 26) 32) 7) 4/0;0]0)]0 189 
December 45] 21) 34) 9] 20] 2] of 1/0/0}]0/0 132 
Total 400|551|1075|622/431/270/160/34 | 1 }14 |33 /15 | 8606 


74 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 
Winds on the North Atlantic.— Continued. 
Latitude 45° to 50°. 
i & & & 2 & S % 2 % S % TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
Sie) 2 le | 2 Sse eens 
Pe ie ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °o jo jo 
3 SI2/E/S/R/R [Rl Slsl(alsisis; alo 5 y 
5 dla] ¢/a]a]a]4a]a/slal]eialal SilldlSsl/SIB/8] a |Slelelelels 
8 lalslslalalalale lates ete le le ele sue ie eee eae 
North 10} 15} 41] 47] 52] 67} 48] 20) 12) 4} 2! O} O} 313)) 15) 14] 18) 43) 40) 24) 22) 46) 24) 45) 17) 10 
N. N. E. 7| 18] 57} 41) 41) 46) 49) 28) 17} 25] 4) 0} 0} 328)} 16) 23) 22) 27) 37) 22) 41) 44) 28) 35) 16) 17 
N. E. 6] 19) 49) 88) 26) 22) 83] 25] 14) 1] 1) 8} 5} 287]) 7| 19) 27) 15) 41) 27) 28) 15} 21) 17) 10) 10 
EK. N. E. | 10} 12} 60} 389} 48} 383} 88} 384] 41) 23! 1} 2/ 0} 341]| 11) 18) 40) 24) 46) 42] 40] 40} 382] 26) 9) 13 
East 15) 22) 26) 23) 45) 28) 88] 49) 36) 25) 8] 1/ 0) 3811]| 16) 30] 28) 26) 36] 45) 23) 27) 29) 36} 10) 5 
E. 8. E 4] 22) 29) 33] 385) 35] 47] 47] 36) 21) 3] 1] 0} 313}} 24) 27) 24) 387) 53) 30) 27| 238) 27) 24) 10) 7 
S. E. 0} 19} 32] 381) 30) 24) 28) 24) 22) 11) 2) 2) 0} 225)| 21) 20) 18) 21) 28} 18] 18) 25] 27) 241 6 9 
8.8. E 4) 11} 40) 56) 73) 59} 48] 68) 44) 21! 7] 2) 0} 433// 26} 33] 18) 87] 48) 55) 56} 35] 44] 43) 18) 20 
South 21) 20) 41! 60} 57} 74} 80) 65) 42) 26) 3] 4} 0} 493]| 36) 46) 29) 29) 47) 87| 29) 40) 53) 89) 23) 35) 
8. S. W. 7| 22} 89) 90} 98) 128} 114) 88} 66] 50] 15) 4) 2) 778]| 62) 64) 50) 58) 73) 128) 67) 85) 61) 55) 25) 50 
S. W. 8} 23] 65] 74] 101} 98} 115] 107] 75} 27) 23/22) 5) 748]| 29) 53) 59) 40) 92) 136] 67] 99) 39) 44] 51) 34) 
Ww. S. W 27| 14) 100) 138] 129} 143] 124] 123) 97] 29} 22] 8] 0} 954|| 64] 63] 62} 61] 88] 1385)126)134) 50) 64) 60) 47 
West 14} 20) 87} 86) 135} 130) 114} 104] 55} 20) 17} 5) 0) 787|| 50) 49) 48) 44| 62) 136) 81} 76) 54) 70) 69) 48 
W. N. W. 8] 19) 129] 124] 122} 99) 183] 108) 65} 17} 3] 3] 0} 825]| 46) 54) 54) 48) 59) 105/100) 86} 71] 84) 62) 56) 
N:. Wi 9} 28) 71] 83} 94} 71) 66} 58! 49} 13} 19] 1] 2) 559] 32) 33) 52) 48) 42) 74) 50) 57| 39] 67) 387} 28 
N. N. W. 7| 18} 85] 84) 79) 883) 64) 50} 44! 19] 6] 1] 0} 540|} 20) 338) 31) 54) 51) 74) 39) 74) 47} 69) 25) 23 
Calm 2} 4) 29) 36) 50} 55} 39) 46} 82! 14) 4] O} O} 3811}} 18) 20) 8} 35) 36) 55) 387) 41) 20) 19) 15) 7 
Total |154)296}1030)1078)1215)1195}1173)1044/747|346]135/59/14/8486)/493/599/583)/647|879)1183)/846|947|666| 761/463 /419) 
January 0} 12} 48] 74) 67] 92) 98) 71) 82) 7} 2] O} 0} 498 
February 6} 6} 52} 69) 103) 111} 106} 65} 66] 12) 3] 0} 0} 599 
March 3] 12} 67} 74) 90) 90} 59] 72! 67| 86} 13] O} 0} 588 
April 0} 19} 89] 86) 125) 145} 92) 43) 19] 12) 17] 0} 0| 647 
May 9] 88} 128] 141] 137} 181] 182} 102) 53} 7} 1} 0} 0| 879 
June 49} 78} 119} 1382} 216] 188} 188] 165} 78] 44] 12/14] 0/1183 
July 26} 24) 94) 125} 105} 99] 97) 95/1038! 57} 16] 3} 2) 846 
August 21| 386} 128} 100} 69} 93] 106} 129/123] 80} 43/19] 0| 947 
September} 0} 20} 57} 81] 111) 109} 85] 78) 78} 21] 8] 6/12) 666 
October 18] 24) 88] 97) 88] 75) 114] 124] 73] 36] 7/17] 0| 761 
November | 22] 15} 71) 46} 55) 53] 86] 51] 86} 20] 8] 0} 0} 463 
December] 0] 12] 94) 53) 49) 59) 65] 49) 19] 14] 5] O} O} 419 
Total 154/296)1030/1078/1215|1195|1173/1044|7471346]135/59/14/8486 
Latitude 40° to 45°, Longitude from Greenwich 0° to 45°. 
OW ee |S | es 2 a me o TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
a = rc N nN of of H ss 
Sl oe| eal eed le Sal eee ieer ieee 2 
= ead ° ° ° ° ° ° ° 
3 So ey Wee et ee |e dics mS Ss : a 
EI Salle Wes Ris tlese Pe | etl d 2 sls lBlElBlelelslelelel s 
clege Pea cieck eecect Latte: hecbelea: & |lslelel<l=l|S(slalaléjala 
North CU RPA Steet aly |peallg ipaatie lh eal 43 48 196 5} =1) 19) 16) 29) 19) 8] 20) 32) 23) 8) 16 
N. N. E. 0} 5) 16) 27 | 20°) 847) 50 42 50 238 6} 8} 48] 83] 38] 18) 11} 17] 19} 25] 6] 15 
N. E. 0 GO) 14 |) 25 | 15>) 147) 26 19 19 132 1] 14; 24) 4] 15) 6) 9] 10) 23) 14) 6] 6 
E. N. E. Seif eb a Lee) MBean bs 49 45 217 7| 8] 18) 18) 24) 28) 20) 83) 53) 7] 4) 12 
East 3 il Ae AN ao DAs ae om 34 82 151 7| 6| 9] 9] 5 17) 19) 28) 26] 4) Siads 
E. 8. E. 0 Ol} tt TW Tie pert | ee tr 38 60 174 8} 6} 9} 20] 10) 14] 45} 16} 24) 14 5) 8 
S. E. 0 0 5 | 16 | 20 | 28 | 32 54 56 206 1} 18} 14} 25] 17) 40) 49) 11) 14) 38] 11] 8 
8. S. E. OD TOF LG et | ea HAST ao) 96 84 825 18] 19) 22} 32) 20) 37) 60) 52) 26) 16} 12) 11 
South 0; 0} 8 | 16} 81 | 40] 61 66 97 319 6| 22) 20} 84) 40) 42] 47) 32) 19) 30) 15) 12 
Ss. S. W. OOM Db 9 st T40 O46 7a 107 161 450 25| 17) 35} 35) 53] 47] 60) 59] 37] 28) 18] 86 
Save 0 |) 07} 14>) 22 |)40 | 267) 68 108 108 881 23} 29) 26] 39] 65] 62) 20) 88) 24) 24) 12) 19 
Wes: We 0} 0} 23 | 88 | 46 | 48} 82 158 144 534 27| 26) 62) 58) 63) 71] 65) 47) 31] 81) 11) 42 
West 1 0 | 28} 19 | 41 | 89 | 78 121 121 448 17| 42) 55} 36) 42] 64) 38) 38) 18] 31) 89] 29 
WAN. Wis |e eo SO sti (ZO 46 aes 112 165 491 19] 30) 62) 47] 54) 65) 35) 33) 38) 50) 22) 86 
INS We 0; 81] 19) 28 | 87 | 33} 61 51 94 826 10} 28) 30] 19} 87) 45) 17| 30) 36) 38} 8) 28 
N. N. W. 2| 8] 18) 28 | 84 | 50] 56 56 101 343 4} 13) 34) 43) 47) 44) 28) 34) 26) 28) 13} 29 
Calm 1 ORs ONY WB 32 43 64 193 5} 5} 20} 14} 10} 27) 40) 17) 19] 27) 4] 5 
Total 12 | 24 |285 |291 |443 /568 |905 | 1197 | 1449 | 5124  |/184/282)497)482/569/640/571|515/465|393/196 |330 
January 0 0 | 17 | 14 | 31 3 | 10 81 78 184 
February | 0| 0] O/]| 20] 30 | 25 | 58 79 70 282 
March 0 0 0 | 387 | 86 | 35 | 80 109 200 497 
April On) Osea 9 | 88 | 70 |104 115 115 482 
May 0 8 | 14 | 22 | 46 | 60 }108 136 180 569 
June 0 3 | 86 | 33 | 61 | 73 |107 157 180 640 
July 0] 6] 4] 24) 36 | 93 |102 151 155 571 
August 0) 8] 15] 17 | 60 | 35 |105 133 147 515 
September] 0 3 | 17 | 18 | 14 | 62 | 87 132 132 465 
October 3 8 | 16 | 40 | 88 | 68 | 78 Tae 86 893 
November| 3 8 | 33 | 18] 17 | 20 | 24 43 35 196 
December | 6 0 | 52 | 89 | 46 | 29 | 47 40 71 830 
Total 12 | 24 |235 |291 |443 |568 1905 | 1197 | 1449 | 5194 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 75 


Winds on the North Atlantic.— Continued. 
Latitude 40° to 45°, Longitude from Greenwich 45° to 75°. 


a 93 os o. 2 9. TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
a> Add oO oO ~ i~ 
2 2 8 8 3 2 
fe} fo} fo} ° ° ° 
3 3 3 3 S S os ; a é 
5 ai ai ¢@i &i] ai] é g A/S/B/E/B / 81/5] /2]e]e] sf 
3 SS host Sid ae S| Slealelflie (S/S /2/a)ela)ay 
North 81 94 | 104 | 115 | 1384 | 114 642 42) 29) 52) 73) 61] 70} 62) 59] 54 | 49 | 55 | 386 ] 
N. N. E. 88 68 51 67 67 63 404 21) 37) 24) 80) 65) 27] 35) 88] 59 | 19 | 23 | 381 
N. E. 60 89 78 85 | 116 | 122 550, 28) 33) 30] 36) 88) 385) 67) 62) 67 | 41 | 8 25 | 
EH. N.E. 86 39 28 59 56 51 319 25| 14) 21) 18) 31) 384] 381] 49) 86 | 20 | 31 9 | 
East 51 77 78 92 } 154 | 110 562 22| 22) 56] 87) 59) 77) 76] 70} 52 | 33 | 88 | 20 § 
B.S. E. 88 56 49 32 67 36 328 26] 20) 32] 16} 388) 25 8] 50) 24 3 | 21 | 20 | 
8. E. 70 92 86 82 | 129 97 556 16} 13) 60) 3 58! 53) 85! 80) 3 27 | 44 | 42 
8. S. E. 126 76 54 84 | 129 62 531 21| 15} 27) 30} 66} 58] 87) 108] 44 | 82 | 22 | 381 
South 96 | 1381 | 188 | 126 | 216 | 191 898 39] 17) 74| 60} 119} 110} 160} 118} 74 | 55 | 387 | 35 
8. 8. W. 124 90 | 121 | 102 } 156 | 181 724 32) 22] 36) 50} 78) 112) 150) 88] 72 | 30 | 23 | 81 | 
S. W. 98 | 168 | 201 | 205 | 216 | 268 1156 46) 38] 738) 73) 126] 195) 222) 134) 90 | 39 | 82 | 88 | 
W. 8. W. 160 | 101 97 | 146 | 181 | 116 801 83] 80) 39) 57| 86] 187) 186] 55] 48 | 81 | 58 | 41 } 
West 126 | 179 | 207 | 188 | 253 | 165 1118 51| 46] 79] 56) 113} 158) 204] 119] 86 | 64 | 80 | 62 
W.N. W. 123 | 102 | 115 | 125 | 142 | 119 726 59] 60) 66) 49} 49} 71) 86] 40| 49 | 60 | 75 | 62 | 
N. W. 94 | 154 | 154 | 128 | 175 | 176 881 64| 89) 89] 638) 75) 54! 90] 62) 55 | 75 | 84 | 81 | 
N. N. W. 88 93 92 93 | 128 78 572 35] 389] 47) 57) 63) 386) 61] 24) 47 | 59 | 77 | 27 4 
Calm 59 86 76 89 | 121 78 509 20| 18) 25) 89} 55) 40) 112) 71) 46 | 25 | 35 3 | 
Total 1618 |1695 |1729 |1818 |2440 |1977 | 11277 580/542/830/783)1230/1287|1757|1217/942 |672 1823 |614 
January 91} 89} 94) 64] 148] 99 580 
February 106} 88] 96} 84] 62 | 106 542 
March 121 | 108 } 118 | 126 | 206 | 151 830 
April 115 | 120 | 126 86 | 156 | 180 783 
May 195 | 160 | 170 | 189 } 281 | 285 1230 
June 213 | 202 | 184 | 216 | 235 | 2387 1287 
July 175 | 286 | 263 | 350 | 414 | 321 1757 
August 166 | 193 | 158 | 170 | 336 | 194 1217 
September 147 | 172 | 167 | 159 | 182 | 115 942 
October 108 | 101 | 131 | 105 } 124 | 103 672 
November 98 | 130 | 117 | 150 | 186 | 142 823 
December 85 | 96 | 105 | 119 | 115 94 614 
Total 1618 1695 |1729 |1818 |2440 |1977 | 11277 
Latitude 35° to 40°, Longitude from Greenwich 0° to 45°. 
ole & 2 2 & & & & TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
os | on |Pon |nol ° ° ° ° 
& 3 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ » ~ 
° ° fo) fo) ° fo} fo} 
3 slalailalalalas/]als : a f Hl 
5 Sa eG ee See Ee ee i eae esate Ss 
eee he lee ee Sleieile 2 Vale |e ile |e 4 
North 4| 27) 58] 42) 26) 42) 47) 40) 26) 312 || 24! 3 8} 20) 46 | 30 50) 47) 47 | 26 0} 11 § 
N.N. £. 7| 36] 68) 75) 51) 113} 78) 81) 62} 561 |] 31) 8 | 21] 38] 71 | 68 | 141] 54] 74 | 34 i) | 22 | 
N. E. 11} 27] 25) 63) 384) 388) 42) 44) 37) 821 || 17| 1} 17] 30] 35 | 45 60} 38] 34 | 19 4 | 21 | 
E. N. E. 24) 11) 40} 46) 38} 60) 98) 78] 45) 485 || 30] 2 9} 18} 61 | 52 63) 90} 63 | 15 | 16 | 16 } 
East 22) 29) 7| 22) 9) 87) 50) 43) 384] 258 || 13] 4 9} 18) 24 | 35 51} 19) 28 | 36 4/124 
E. S. E. 12} 22) 23) 14) 12) 46) 69] 66] 76) 3840 || 23) 7 | 10] 18] 28 | 45 60) 35} 26 | 389 | 80 | 19 f 
8. E. 6) 16) 16} 10) 15) 27) 63) 68] 82] 308 || 24) 3 | 11] 19] 32 | 67 46| 22) 18 | 20 | 20 | 21 § 
8. 8S. E. 0} 7) 26) 24) 18) 92) 127) 123) 117) 53 39) 4 7| 25} 89 | 60 | 148] 66] 55 | 80 |} 20 | 41 § 
South 4) 10) 22) 27) 50) 91) 97) 98] 107) 501 || 41] 4 | 18] 33] 31 | 49 98] 75] 89 | 60 | 28 | 265 § 
8. 8S. W. 1) 6) 47} 31) 59) 187) 200) 156) 215) 9852 || 76] 6 | 22) 37| 75 | 82 | 231] 149] 89 ) 36 | 21 | 28 
8. W. 11) 9) 49) 34) 41) 78) 80} 95) 128) 525 || 47/12 | 15] 25) 47 | 73 | 101] 73] 57 | 44 | 15 | 16 
W. S. W. 9) 19} 59} 59) 42) 187} 152) 124) 192} 843 || 64) 9 | 11] 36) 82 |114 | 254] 115] 66 | 36 | 21 | 35 
West 40| 36] 35] 35} 26] 80) 50} 72) 49] 428 || 43) 9 | 10) 47] 41 | 57 92) 49) 42 | 15 6 | 13 
W. N. W. 2) 8} 48) 62) 36) 88) 92) 78) 101} 515 || 51] 7 | 21) 25) 49 | 89 | 102) 55] 81 | 48 | 14 28 | 
N. W. 5| 28) 35) 86) 21) 48) 41] 37] 389) 290 || 20) 4 | 12] 15] 54 | 48 42| 23) 18 | 30 4 | 20 } 
N.N. W. 2| 29) 48) 49) 46) 90) 55) 53) 58) 425 || 44) 3 | 11) 17) 70 | 51 78| 48) 87 | 29 7 | 35 | 
Calm 24! 6] 16] 13] 17) 99} 67} 50} 44] 3836 || 18) 3 9} 8] 42 | 87 | 101} 48) 25 | 22 9 | 14 
Total 184/326)617|642|/541/1353/1398/1301/1407| 7769 ||605)84 |221 429/827 |997 |1718/1001|749 [584 |227 |377 | 
January 18] 51)116)112) 63) 64) 51) 48) 82) 605 
February QO} Oo; 0} 90) 19 6} 19) 25) 15 84 
March QO} 9) 25) 13) 5) 383) 24) 19) 93) 221 
April 21| 21) 77| 46) 48} 49) 385} 72) 65) 429 
May 45) 62/118) 82} 59) 105) 88) 140} 128) 827 
June 12} 24) 45) 48) 58) 179} 206) 212) 213} 997 
July 42) 52) 55) 82) 72) 448) 372! 348] 252) 1718 
August 8] 36] 30] 46) 50) 259) 256} 167) 154) 1001 
September 9] 22) 42) 86) 69] 108) 177) 97) 189) 749 
October 22) 31) 56) 56) 42) 54! 85) 74!) 114) 534 
November 12) 3] 22) 5) 15) 15| 382) 54) 69) 227 
December QO} 15} 381} 66) 46) 38) 53) 45) 83) 377 
Total 184/326/617|642/541|1353)1398)1301|1407| 7769 


76 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 
Winds on the North Atlantic.— Continued. 
Latitude 35° to 40°, Longitude from Greenwich 45° to 75°. 
re OS ft ee) Pee Pe TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
wo wo o © ~~ 
Sales: lies | sel eceral mee 
SS BSS. || Stes iliess eon ieee 
3 x ° ‘2 od £2 = 4 <2 eas a . . 4 
S peeitee Weer ee |) 3 ae Pee eel fasie oe Weta ei a elege |) 2 qh 
8 slaiajalal/al 8 | 8/8 le |4ie14 |S soa leiaie 
North 39] 54] 103) 145) 201) 382 924 53 | 58 | 116) 91] 105) 93) 80) 60) 74 | 69 | 60 | 65 
N. N. E. 49} 81) 75) 86] 125) 23) 646 23 | 44 41; 90) 87] 67| 41] 58) 62 | 55 | 28 | 50 
N. E. 28| 64] 101) 134} 219} 865 911 87 | 49 | 56} 105} 120) 78] 84] 98) 92 | 95 | 50 | 47 
E. N. E. 2| 79} 388) 44) 75) 182 480 20 | 23] 85) 62) 79) 48] 389) 41] 40 | 43 | 28 | 27 
East 20} 389] 69] 65) 138) 255 586 24 | 29 67| 51) 66} 64) 77| 56) 38 | 60 | 28 | 26 
E. 8. E. 46} 87| 32} 51] 60) 118 394 33 7 21; 36] 39) 43] 42) 40) 50 | 27 | 16 | 40 
S. E. 52} 81| 77} 55} 136) 189 590 23 | (27 41} 45] 95) 53] 92) 62) 44 | 47 | 27 | 34 
8. S. E 139} 146] 78} 79} 89} 133 664 82 | 22 | 47) 44! 80) 83] 63] 91) 54 | 67 | 33 } 48 
South 140} 135] 137] 123) 197) 320) 1052 67 | 85 | 90] 92) 131] 142) 1386] 124) 67 | 84 | 47 | 37 
Ss. S. W. 235] 249} 115) 96] 128) 202} 1025 45 | 25 | 66) 92] 110] 204/ 198) 103) 54 | 35 | 46 | 47 
S. W. 108] 158) 258} 260) 376} 487) 1647 76 | 65 | 131) 155] 191] 258] 308] 168/100 | 48 | 86 | 61 
Ww. 8. W 171] 173] 137} 148) 182} 228] 1039 68 | 40 |] 76) 83] 103] 118) 228] 90) 55 | 39 | 66 | 78 
West 78] 87] 201) 230] 300) 375} 1271 98 | 50 | 153) 114] 117} 188] 175) 93) 81 | 68 | 85 | 99 
W. N. W. 102| 189) 106} 138] 201} 205 891 83 | 91 | 126] 68} 70} 87] 62) 29) 87 | 48 | 88 |102 
N. W. 39] 60] 134] 196] 284) 381] 1094 |/117 | 85 | 164; 123) 64) 102) 57) 38) 55 | 80 | 87 |122 
N. N. W 81] 96} 82) 75} 114} 211 659 45 | 88 | 83] 85] 56] 47) 38] 47) 28 | 31 | 76 | 85 
Calm 38] 67| 58} 67) 124) 144 498 11 | 29) 42] 65) 87| 87) 114! 57) 89 | 27 | 22) 18 
Total 1427|1795}1801/1992/2949)4407| 14871 |/855 |717 |1855)1401)1550)1662)1829)1255)970 |923 |873 |981 
January 91] 110} 128) 117} 129) 280 855 
February 19} 79} 103} 102} 91) 3823 717 
March 76| 118] 149) 194] 360) 458 1355 
April 86} 186} 148] 156) 335} 545 1401 
May 114| 147] 169) 184} 324) 612 1550 
June 251, 281) 225) 248} 296) 361 1662 
July 250] 277| 265} 253] 461) 323 1829 
August 135] 145] 166) 193] 229) 3887} 1255 
September 145] 144] 128) 152) 194) 207 970 
October 104} 127] 128) 144) 144) 276 923 
November 80} 100} 96] 129) 188] 280 873 
December 76) 181} 101) 120) 198) 355 981 
Total 1427|1795|1801/1992)2949/4407) 14371 
Latitude 30° to 35°, Longitude from Greenwich 5° to 45°. 
Gein [eS AMMO Los Lokaliso: 1-70, TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
o ce nN Nn oO ar} st st 
Bees, Sel] SS SS 
De (NC, ° ° ° ° ° ° 
3 Slalalalalal]oa| & ai]. ; : . 
5 dlalalalalealalal BS do fue |) 8! | |B | Bl) ee | so) eee) cee es 
5 SISlsisisi6isiale 4 lea |4 [8 |2 |e |4 le jeu 
North 4 | 36] 38] 29] 44] 21) 35) 19] 226 || 10] 3] 121] 19 | 25] 88 | 84] 81 | 34) 18} 2) 6 
N. N. E. 8-| 58] 71] 81/102} 45} 61] 68] 489 || 24 | 17] 18] 12 | 84] 48 | 99 | 98 | 40 | 48 | 80 | 26 
N. E. 5 | 19] 45] 40] 20) 31] 53) 51] 264 || 831} O| 6] 10} 86 | 21 | 86] 31 | 29] 88) 8} 28 
E. N. E. 2 | 23] 31) 47] 90} 57] 125} 96] 471 || 88 | 41] 10 | 16 | 41 | 78 | 59 | 73 | 31 | 55 | 29 } 87 
East 4] 4| 9) 16] 82) 45) 56) 85} 251 |) 20) 7] 9) 6&5.) 20) 29 | 87 |'83 ) 23 | 29)) Dosiiaa 
E. 8. E. 0} 6| 14] 19] 35) 70} 73] 102) 319 |} 21) 5] 18] 17] 16 | 33 | 80 | 45 | 23 | 80 | 45 | 36 
8. E. 0 | 2| 11) 22) 25) 42) 69] 67] 288 || 29| 7| 6) 24/12) 27] 7] 26| 8} 14 | 42 )786 
8. S. E. 0 | 4| 19] 41] 47} 89] 130) 158} 488 |} 89 | 17 | 17 ; 52 | 45 | 51 | 82 | 62 | 27 | 86 | 52 | 58° 
South 0 1) 10] 18} 29} 63} 100) 83] 304 || 26 7] 19] 88 | 18 | 42 | 18 | 41 | 12 | 15 | 24 | 49° 
8. S. W. 0! 5] 23] 80} 55} 68} 108} 104] 393 |) 80 | 10 | 21 | 44 | 29 | 483 | 40 | 61 | 26 | 88 | 43 |} 18 
S. W. 1| 6] 5] 45] 72) 47] 62] 42! 280 || 29| 15] 38 | 16 | 28 | 26 | 25 | 53 | 20 | 31 | 26 | 13) 
W.S. W. 2) 7| 23] 29] 80} 50) 83] 75) 349 || 29} 8] 8 | 29} 87 | 69] 81 | 30 | 33 | 28 | 84 | 18 
West 4] 7| 15] 24) 26) 20) 36] 24) 156 || 11 | 8} 1) 10] 8 | 22] 12 | 22} 12 | 23 | 11) a6 
W. N. W. 2 | 25| 36] 45] 87] 81] 45) 42) 263 || 16] 3] 24] 8] 18 | 44 | 29 | 82 | 19 | 48 | 18 | 19) 
NRW 1 | 23) 16) 22/ 29) 28) 25) 81) 175 |) 10) 8] 8 | 10] 14) 41} 17} 12} 22 | 14 | 16 | ee 
N. N. W. 2 | 39] 31] 44] 74) 24) 48) 52) 314 || 3 2) 41/19 | 29 | 49 | 48 | 86 | 30 | 80] 19 | 16 
Calm 5 5] 10] 35) 60] 20) 59) 69) 263 5 6 | 16 2 | 24 | 44 | 41 | 81 | 20 | 44) 16 | 14 
Total 35 |270/407|587|857|751/1168/1168} 5248 |/405 |117 |200 |331 |424 |700 (585 |712 |409 |524 |427 |409 
January 3 | 63) 58) 35) 41) 74) 81) 50} 405 
February 0 | 9| 15) 14] 23) 80} 10) 22) 117 
March 0 | 21} 83} 22) 15) 33) 381) 45] 200 
April 0 9} 15] 29) 29} 47) 106} 96) 331 
May O | 82} 35) 11) 24) 49) 112) 160] 424 
June 0 | 9} 838) 77)157|104) 155} 165] 700 
July 10 | 385} 15] 86/201) 50) 104) 84] 585 
August 3 | 32} 62/117|169) 96) 126) 107) 712 
September 9 | 18} 56] 71) 51) 46) 86) 72! 409 
October 7 | 27| 82] 74] 75} 84] 180} 95) 524 
November 0 | 0} 22| 27] 35) 87) 108} 148) 427 
December 83 | 14] 36) 24) 37) 52} 119) 124) 409 
Total 35 |270)407 \587)857|751)1168)1168) 5248 


{ 
i 
| 
i 
y 


i 
4 
4 
r 
‘| 
i 


Page 
= 


eee 


all 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. ah 


Winds on the North Atlantic.— Continued. 
Latitude 30° to 35°, Longitude from Greenwich 45° to 75°. 


2 os a ck 95 3 TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
1D 1D C=) C=) = = 
Bi Sis] 2) Ss 
° ° ° ° ° ° 
. wy i—) vr} o ir) o 
2 H id i) Oo oOo = aa rs et 
5 di d a I = a s g | 3 a |e ta) a dee {fo Sy Ney 3s || & 
S a fs el shot a Sle ije#la/ae/s/5)/4/a}/s lz 
North 80 | 20 | 17 | 21 93] 85 266 18 | 13 | 28} 34] 32 | 14] 11 | 22 | 17 | 25 | 26 
N. N. E 49 | 56 | 54] 51 | 165} 164 539 39 | 34 | 56 88} 80 | 19 | 381 | 48 | 46 | 49 | 30 
88 
93 
38 


West 39 | 30} 381} 63 | 116) 55 333 84 | 383 | 42 67) 22) 17 | 10)} 11 i) || WG) |) Sil 
WeeN=) Wi. 87 | 55 | 48 1104 | 212) 168 619 65 | 74 |111 89} 34 | 26 | 20 | 11 | 19 | 43 | 49 
iN Wie 18 | 23 | 18 | 32 J8| 89 268 26 | 22 } 45 39| 23 | 13 9 4 9 | 23 | 31 
N. N. W. 56 | 44 | 24 | 61 | 154] 161] 500 85 | 39 | 59 | 76) 50 | 29 | 24 | 88 | 34 | 383 | 46 
Calm 52 | 14 | 384 | 59 | 108] 64 326 21 3 | 23 37 | 32 | 39 | 19 | 27 | 43 | 24 | 25 
Total 947 |709 |610 |973 |2513)1940] 7692 540 |477 |868 |1030 |862 [508 |683 |546 |471 |619 |592 
January 60 | 49 | 60 | 62 | 136] 178) 540 
February 18 | 29 | 37 | 53 | 190] 150} 477 
March 60 | 67 | 88 |116 | 833) 259 868 
April 111 | 72 | 28 |111 | 397) 811) 1080 
May 62 | 24 | 34 |116 | 431) 195) 862 
June 117 | 31 | 25 | 32 | 203] 100] 508 
July 118 | 84 | 74 |114 | 208) 85) 683 
August 46 | 72 | 55 |106 | 125) 142) 546 
September 538 | 84] 76 | 59 | 142] 107] 471 
October 120 |137 | 97 | 59 93) 118 619 
November 101 | 66 | 65 | 66 | 146] 148] 592 
December 81 | 44 | 26 | 79 | 109] 157 496 
Total 947 |709 |610 |973 |2513/1940| 7692 


Latitude 25° to 80°, Longitude from Greenwich 15° to 45°. 


S % 3 % S % TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
2] 3 2 S| 2) 2 
° ° ° ° °o ° 
s See | eras 4 
5 a/aleia) alg = eo ee el ee i eee) Gatien es 
8 S08 (22 lee Se eerie evs Ss eee 
North 14 | 25} 61) 31) 17) 14 162 12 15} Sh iG |} Sy adi 8B | We yp lO Wa ya 
N. N. E. 81 |203 | 210} 89} 81) 48 712 34 | 26 | 23 | 24 | 23 | 96 |155 |125 | 58 | 41 | 72 
N. E, 87 | 75 | 152} 50) 121) 50 485 24 | 12 | 15 | 24 | 24] 40 |144 | 35 | 29 | 45 | 46 
E. N. E. 84 | 80 | 149) 172) 204/149 788 69 | 89 | 80 | 46 | 51 | 67 |140 | 89 | 68 | 62 | 64 
East 12) 27 | 77) 62) 90) 71 339 20} 15] 6 | 22 | 20 | 26} 48 | 57 | 28 | 37 | 26 
E.S. E. 15 | 387 | 57) 76) 121) 81 386 81 | 16 | 28 | 31 | 20 | 29 | 381 | 23 | 380 | 34 | 46 
8. E. 5 | 138 | 22) 55) 46) 24 165 27|14)11/| 6] 8] 16 8| 7} 12] 12 | 1 
8. 8. E. 14} 11 35) 94) 69) 38 261 27 7 | 12'| 23 7 | 20 8 | 12 | 34 | 32 | 32 
South 7} 9} 40) 54) 51] 13 174 Tal 28a) 18) Tae 3s) 10 5| 4] 4 | 24 | 33 
8. 8. W. 10 | 16 | 40; 87) 92) 29 274 24} 18 | 20 | 22} 15 | 29 9} 6 | 28 | 28 | 46 
S. W. 3 | 7 | 26) 386) 24) 26 122 9| 8|12] 14] 6 8 By) |) slik yf jy alee 
W.S. W. 7 | 23 | 35) 53) 45) 16 179 16 | 10] 20] 7] 16] 19] 18} 14 | 15; 16) 16 
West BiB || 2a a OP) 68 FI ON Sl ON Gy 2 ty Si Bi Sy 7 
W.N. W. 12} 22 51} 41) 47) 34 207 25 | 24 9 8 | 10] 17 7 7 | 18) 24574 
Ne Wie 5 | 12 26} 34) 18) 8 103 a 6 | 15 7 (i) iil 4) ala 1 | 10 9 | 15 
N. N. W. 23 | 41 76) 68) 40} 12 255 18 | 16 | 28] 221 15 | 46 | 386 6 7 29h ae 
Calm 5 | 16 | 48) 389) 53) 26} 187 13 | 8] 17] 6] 6] 21 | 18 | 12 | 15 | 20) 40 
Total 289 |680 |1180)1042/1128/648 4867 370 |245 |270 |294 |254 |479 |680 |429 892 |441 |5384 
January 49 | 41 51) 76} 91) 62 370 
February 28 | 386 | 52) 76) 38] 20 245 
March 29 | 12] 45) 63) 86) 35 270 
April 10 | 87 | 56} 52) 99] 40 294 
May 17 | 19} 54) 64) 60} 40 254 
June 21 | 64 | 99] 122} 105} 68 479 
July 55 {181 | 218} 101] 107) 68 681 
August 11 |101 | 148} 51) 48) 70 429 
September 8 | 65 82) 110) 90} 37 892 
October 3 | 35} 90} 117] 115} 81 440 
November 32 | 53 | 115] 105) 155) 76 534 
December 26 | 36 | 122} 105) 139] 51 479 
Total 1042/1128)/648 


11 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds on the North Atlantice.— Continued. 


S. S. E. 
South 

8S. 5. W. 
S. W. 
Was: WwW. 
West 

We ROW. 


January 

February 

March 

April 

May 

June 

July 

August 

September 

October 

November 

December 
Total 


Latitude 25° to 30°, Longitude from Greenwich 45° to 80°. 


ot °” 2 of a Gu 2 TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 

2 “s ) o i~ ~ | oO 

yl heecel te pallial aap 

a laut ies ee pon aia 

3) 2 | 2) See 

a1 2} a9 21 Siete 

BR tl cal co RAIA 

4] 8| 387] 84 61) 25) 80 

5 | 15 | 27 |, 101) 69} 23) 16 

2 | 34 |116 | 802) 195] 74) 27 

31 | 24 | 66 | 106} 85} 17) 39 

58 | 44 }111 | 203) 124) 60) 58 

27 | 41 | 79 | 136} 68} 33} 25 

27 | 41 |163 | 271} 151] 50} 41 

8} 12} 32] 79} 48} 28} 18 

14 | 13 | 61 | 115) 68) 49) 17 

2| 8] 387) 75 61) 23) 4 

11 } 21 | 74 | 153) 112) 42) 10 

12}; 5} 21] 388) 28) 19) 6 

7 | 10 | 41 90) 38} 27} 18 

8} 5}]19] 383) 10} 8 18 

12 | 12] 33 | 80) 66} 33) 22 f 

2) 5] 25] 39) 32| 14) 10} 127 21 | 24 | 15 | 22) 16) 0 2) 2) 8 | Soveiae 
6 | 14] 388] 82) 57} 27) 18; 242 16 | 29 | 18 | 24] 19 | 12 | 14 | 26 | 33 | 22 | 12 7 17 
246 |307 |980 |1987/1278]552)372) 5717 ||481 |451 \589 \694 |713 |871 |414 |432 |295 |431 |403 |443 


25 | 12 | 76 | 150) 114] 28) 76) 481 
81 | 12 | 18 | 173) 128) 63) 26) 451 
12 | 26 j111 | 200) 152) 65) 23) 589 
13 | 21 |185 | 277) 157) 56] 35) 694 
13 | 88 |132 | 288) 150) 45) 47) 713 
19 | 10 | 63 | 150) 58) 45) 26) 371 
20 | 25 |104 | 138) 69} 27} 31} 414 
27 | 46 | 88 | 137 3} 31) 20) 432 
8] 3 77 | 103} 49} 22) 5) 295 
83 | 44 | 96 | 134) 67) 37] 20) 431 
36 | 32 | 388 | 107) 104) 45) 41) 403 
9 | 10 | 42 | 180 142} 88) 22) 443 
246 |3807 |980 1987 1273|552/372| 5717 


January 
February 
March 
April 
May 
June 
July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 
Total 


Latitude 20° to 25°, Longitude from Greenwich 15° to 45°. 


ei | Ge ° o pF TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 

an nN oD of a) —s 

po eee i eess all eres east if es 

s»/s|/s/s]/3)e 

4 aq a ) oD ~t — 4g = s 

iy Peat otal) et ies s ai/42/8 | 8/2) 8] So) 29) Ses 
Sd soba | awe [a a Sle |S /4}se}5 |S b4 |e le eee 
20 | 41 37| 39) 14 | 12 163 7 | 28 | 21} 10 | 2 9 | 25 | 20 | 10 | 14 9] 8 
29 |292 | 308! 160) 78 | 21 888. 38 | 55 | 24 | 33 | 28 /112 |210 |153 | 77 | 56 | 63 | 39 
10 | 83 | 157) 151]152 | 50 603 42 | 19 | 18] 381 | 83 | 64 |129 | 77 | 42 | 86 | 56 | 56 
9 | 76 | 183) 242/276 |116 902 62 | 68 | 30 | 58 | 49 } 92 |110 |} 86 | 82 | 91 |101 | 73 
4 | 56 67| 103] 78 | 44 332 42 | 19 | 21 | 20 | 16 | 29 8 | 20 | 34 | 87 | 41 | 45 
6 | 24 30) 79) 45 | 38 222 29 | 25 | 15 | 16 3 | 19 4] 11] 18 | 19 | 44] 24 
Ql 8| 22) 18 5 55 10 8 5 TE AG 3 0 3 1 8| 14] 2 
4 9 17| 34) 26 if 97 8 | 18 7 4 07 12 1 7 9 8 | 18 | 10 
0 | 13 8} 16) 9] 10 56 5 5 | 12 1 Oo! 2 1| 0} 2) 225) 105 
6 | 12 36| 32) 15 5 106 17 4) 19} 12 1 5 3, 0 4/11) 16 | 14 
0 8 28] 16) 7 6 65 15 5 | 10 3 Oy; 2 2| 0 2 | 11 | 12 3 
1 | 23 19} 15} 11 | 10 79 17 4] 12 7 4) 0] 18 0 3 5 7 ‘| 
1 3 4) 12) 4 0 24 5 1 4 1 81 0} OF O 1 2 1 1 
1 | 20 22| +27) 30 9 109 17 9 | 24 5 6} 38 0} 3 6|16/}15) 5 
0 | 14 17 9) 5 1 46 8 3 5 | 12 bi 2 2 1 0 3 8 1 
8 | 30 53| 45) 24] 4 164 13 9 | 29)| 28 8 | £9 5] 8 | 138 | 16) 6] 10 
2} 11 28) 17) 15) 10 83 2 2 8 6 4} 8 2| 5 6] 15} 14) 11 
101 |702 |1022/1019/802 |348 8994 337 |282 |264 }248 |163 281 515 |394 |304 |360 |430 |316 
17 | 50 85| 115} 79 | 41 337 

2 | 62 63) 70] 64 | 21 282 

22 | 29 57| 66} 50 | 40 264 

6 | 47 61} 50) 59 | 25 248 

6 | 18 40| 29) 54 | 21 163 

@ 67 83] 159) 57 8 381 

10 |125 | 144] 129] 79 | 28 515 

10 |105 | 161} 24) 49 | 45 394 

1 | 74 95| 74] 38 | 22 304 

7 | 36 | 121) 79) 90 | 27 860 

9 | 56 99) 122/104 | 40 430 

4 | 38 63| 102) 79 | 30 316 

101 |702 |1022)1019)802 |348 3994 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. E 


Winds on the North Atlantic.— Continued. 
Latitude 20° to 25°, Longitude from Greenwich 45° to 80.° 


SS WP eee || es TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
a> ive) oO ie) ~ ~ fee) 
S)/ 2| 218) 31 Sie 
fe} °o fe} to} °o ie} fe} 
3 Sls (3 )35 (Ss) 28 A a ; 
5 eilgileailagigl ale is AISIS IE ISTE) S12) eB ies |e 
S ahs ole | epe ted 2 gS See ys (es )S lee Se 
North 15 3 57| 43) 13 7 0 173 24 | 21 | 35 | 29 5 4 3 | 13 i 9 | 10 
N. N. E. 68 43} 79) 50) 11 2 4 257 28 | -24 | 83 | 30 | 17 9 | 19 | 13 | 83 | 10 |} 138 
HN. E. 49 | 245) 897| 236] 51 | 28 0 1006 58 | 89 | 68 |125 /179 | 83 | 59 | 86 | 65 | 45 | 87 
f B. N. EE. 67 | 168) 196) 124) 24 a 3 589 42 | 40 | 66 | 54 | 62 | 43 | 85 | 49 | 40 | 30 | 48 
Bast 53 | 184) 290) 163} 50 | 24 3 767 24) 64 | 81 | 97 | 90 | 57 | 92 | 64 | 46 | 60 | 46 
E.S. E. 32 87) 128) 90) 19 |} 12 6 374 22 | 23 | 36 | 58 | 36 | 29 | 32 | 20 | 20} 52 || 27 
8. E. 14 | 100) 209) 152} 28 | 17 df 507 28 | 40 | 60 | 78 | 75 | 29 | 22 | 24 | 60 | 68 | 14 
8. 8. E. 18 26) 42) 35) 11 i 1 134 9 | 16 | 11 | 14 | 20 9 6 3 3} 21 | 17 
South ite 45) 61) 44) 17 7 0 gil 30 | 15 | 21 | 387 | 18 3) 6 4) 10] 14 | 18 
8. 5. W. 3) 27| 27| 25) 3 0 1 92 10 | 10 7 9 4 5 0 4) 10] 14 | 17 
Ss. W. 8] 40) 34) 39) 12) 3] 0 136 O)] O) Soy ee CN Gy By Bye a2 7 iat 
W.S. W. 9) IS} Sy] WO) at 3 0 54 5 5 | 13 6 5 3 0 2 2 8 3 
West 4 25| 23 Ol uit 0 0 70 11 | 10 | 20 | 18 5 0 0 0 3 3 4 
W. N. W. 11 11; 18 5) 10 0 0 65 3 5 | 20 | 14 0 3 0 0 3 3 1 
N. W. 2 25) 30) 22) 10 1 3 93 18 8 | 20 | 27 5 2 0 0 0 5 5 
N.N. W. 9 7) 4) 20) 2 3 0 65 15 4) ale 8 2 0 1 0 6 1 5 
Calm 12 24) 44) 33) 13 8 3 137 10 @) j) Pal |) eb | ala 8 7 @) yj aul 8 | 18 
Total 897 }1121)1664/1098/286 |123 | 31 4720 |/846 |3892 |546 |647 |541 |800 |335 |285 |3834 |373 |340 
January 21 61} 140) 87) 18 | 12 7 846 
February 26 | 65} 149) 122) 28) 3) 4 892 
| March 61 | 147) 119) 149} 57 | 10 3 546 
April 88 | 146] 228) 149) 44 | 31 | 11 647 
} May 22 | 107) 247) 181] 32 2 0 641 
June 22, 76) 117) 69) 16 0 0 800 
} July 23 85) 161} 51) O} 15 0 335 
August 27 Ss] ts}, OS). 7 0 285 
September 39 | 110) 141; 32) 9 3 0 384 
October 75 | 103} 89} 58) 27 | 21 0 373 
November 28 95) 107) 81) 20 ) 0 340 
| December 15} 381) 88} 100) 31) 10} 6 281 
Total 897 |1121|1664)1098/286 |123 | 31 4720 
Latitude 15° to 20°, Longitude from Greenwich 45° to 80°. 
2° 2 oe °° a ra 3 . TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
iVen) wo oO o i i~ oo 
S| S| 8) SS) S83 
° ° fo} ° ie} fe] ° 
3 Sim | Se lS) oe lS tS a 
5 Ata) ei a) a aie g Fees ee ee a ease 
5 sie jeden Sis ie a Ses ie lays baie |) 4) eS |e 
North 25 25) 19 | 12 2 4 il i fee} 12 6 | 22 | 13 5 2 3 1 2 4 1 
N. N. E. 34 69] 37 3 3 4 1 151 7 | 40 | 26 | 15 4) 14 7 9 3 8 9 
N. E. 352 | 521/208 | 36 | 47 | 42 9 1210 70 |109 |148 |167 |178 |126 | 79 | 85 | 38 | 72 | 68 
EH. N. E 158 |} 289/178 } 17 | 21 | 11 1 675 27 | 44 | 68 | 82 |108'| 74 | 67 | 42 | 42 | 45 | 59 
Rast 147 | 242/146 | 22 | 74 | 47 | 15 693 83 | 55 |117 | 97 | 88 | 31 | 50 | 49 | 86 | 59 | 48 
E. 8S. E. 58 86) 56 U | ue 2 il 229 9 | 14 | 32 | 42 | 24 | 13 5 | 17 | 16 | 22 | 22 
8. E. 46 74) 72 | 138 | 20 | 14 6 245 13 9 | 26 | 67 | 22 4 1 | 10 | 17 | 41 | 23 2 
8.8. E. 14 8} 10 1 1 3 4 41 0 1 3 9 4 0 0 5 2 8 6 3 
South 18 80} 13 4 1 3 3 72 4 0 8 | 18 4) 0 3 4} 12 6 | 11 2 
S. S. W. 3 4| 3 0 0 3 3 16 0 0 1 9 0 0 0 0 1 4 0 1 
S. W. 9 14| 8 0 0 0 0 31 2 0 3 8 6 0 0 0 2 6 3 1 
W.S. W. 6 1} 0 3 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 aa 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 1 
West 3 10) 2 il 0 3 0 19 0 0 3 9 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 1 
W. N. W. 5 Oo} 1 1 0 1 0 8 0 0 5 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 
N. W. 14 HU 0 0 2 0 28 0 1 a 8 0 0 6 0 1 1 2 2 
f N. N. W. 1 1} 4 0 0 0 1 7 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 
Calm 13 16) 16 0 1 9 2 57 4 3 4} 15 6 0 0 0 0 9 | 10 6 
Total 906 |1395|775 {120 |189 |148 | 47 3580 |/181 |283 |468 |567 |4384 |264 |221 |227 |174 |287 |260 |214 
January 21 74| 27 | 21 | 10 | 28 0 101 * 
| February 24 | 132) 81 6 | 20 | 14 6 283 
March 122 | 141]109 | 88 | 42 | 10 6 468 
April 118 | 288)128 7} 23 | 41 | 17 567 
May 88 | 210/115 3 | 11 u 0 434 
June 50 | 145} 61 4 4 0 0 264 
July 70 97| 39 5 1 9 0 221 
August 94 79| 82 | 10 6 6 0 227 
September 87 42) 20 3 | 18 0 9 174 
October 87 80) 65 8 | 22 | 16 9 287 
November 96 | 90) 52] 8 7 Onlin) 260 
t December 49 67) 49 7 | 30) } 12 0 214 
Total 906 |1895]775 |120 |189 |148 | 47 3580 


80 


Course. 


North 


N. N. E. 


January 
February 
March 
April 
May 
June 
July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 
Total 


Lon. 15° to 20°. 


| 


bo 


CORNRPROOCORCOHRH RNS 


61 


RPoNOnrRUOoCoNoeD 


oe 


Lon. 20° to 25°. 


907 


Lon. 25° to 30°. 


69 
379 
296 
286 

95 

44 

18 

23 


NImownoogm 


40 
19 
1327 


82 
54 
64 
79 
41 
122 
163 
208 
116 
168 
115 
115 
1327 


Lon. 30° to 35°. 


Lon. 35° to 40°. 


(sx) 
onl 


114 


an 
or Or 
ea 


~~] 


ne 


WONFNYRrFORwWNW 


cs 
oR 
Or bo 


Winds on the North Atlantie.— Continued. 
Latitude 15° to 20°, Longitude from Greenwich 15° to 45°. 


ss 
vm] 

= 

3 

°o 

oe 

5 
d = 
c} o 
= = 
7 165 
12} 1045 

122 | 863 
87 | 955 
67 | 315 
39] 177 
25 54 
6 51 
4 28 
0 23 
2 17 
0 28 
1 17 
0 30 
0 19 
1 126 
3 83 

376 | 3996 


ry 
CO. 


~) 
mt 


oO 


b 


oo co ho 
CoH» 


b 


orsI co 
rs i 


23 


we Oe 
CO CO 


459 


s) 233 
9 204. 
37 235 
16 201 
30 188 
21 365 
28 557 
53 526 
75 395 
47 392 
41 420 
10 280 
876 | 38996 


Total 


January 

February 

# March 

April 

May 

June 

July 

August 

September 

October 

November 

December 
Total 


a arhS: fa Weee 
| = 3 a 
SMe (isl: bee | ee hice 
eee festa ast ia i 20 ae 
48 | 58 | 36 | 87 | 68 |115 
56 | 82 | 61 | 62 | 48 |112 
59 | 51 | 48 | 46 | 37 | 87 
23 | 18 | 23 | 21 | 16 | 19 
13 5 3 5 6 0 
0 2} 12 4 0 2 
2 3 6 al 0 0 
2 3 2 2 0; 0 
1 3 2 0 2 0 
BY Nal Ol 
5 1 2 1 0 0 
1 1 2 0 2 0 
1 1 2 4 3 1 
Na a eh it 
Ohl) 29) Ge liane leasn ele 
TN Sel Balle 
[283 |204 |285 |201 |188 |365 
| 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


July. 


me bo 
erga) 
wow 


bbe 
Sor 


ocoomoouno 


or 
orb 
“10 c 0D 


ie) 
ODOR PRR WOOO 


oO 
to 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


APOWOONWNN 


i 
Oo 
oO 


° ° o ° oO” oO 
a ee eo Uo 
Be Nei as | rvea eal ane rel uno 
° ° ° ° ° ° 
3 = 8 S 3 = 2 é c 
a gd |o4 Fe | E 3 doleon|iay [eee ier 
SU! Fai ek Oe a ek Ey as WS les [eee 
AS cObte Geb edie dl 30 Ones) |) Gu|esh eo 
55 | 26 Oo} 2 3] 0 86 || 2381/18/14] 7] 2 
675 | 277 Gel dew eaele Tl 995 || 57 1127 167 |153 |125 
214/119 | 25] 10 9| 0 377 || 16 | 35 | 69 | 63 | 66 
10%) G6 |) MOM tral BOule a 242 || 141 15 | 40 | 41 | 47 
Biase Wale 6 5| 0 93 Sule | FOS al) ee | tery 
Sao 4 3 Shea 63 BP a Ga Wale hat) 
11 4 5 1 0} 0 21 | Gal | Gly 3 
Bile aul 0 i te eS 14 Cai) ie ieee ico 
1 0} Oo 0 ‘Onl aG 1 OulpeO|POnln st eno 
5 1 0 CES Oy al 7 Oule conse Ou ae een 
0 1 0 Oil AOL) wd 2 Ou On|) del ate 
3 3 ON (Or eran 2 8 Oy ap WP Bib a 
2 illaO: OM, (OM) xGy|: 92 4 Ou) OC) Ono le 
CNP eee 1 ON}, e108) <0 14 ale |Site lean 
5] 2 0 ‘iy Od al 8 Oa Oa ok Senin 
10 10 0 0 0 0 20 1 0 3 8 0 
1182 '| 583 | 73] 58| 78] 16 1985 [1123 |216 |334 |305 |263 
68} 23] 16 9 Th er0 128 
146] 59 5 6] 6]! 0 216 
156 | 141 8} 9|.20] 0 3384 
172) uON|) ise Gull On| tl 305 
175} 74| 2 Oui) ean) a3 258 
UG e850 Oe KOs! SeOul a0 149 
77) 21 Ori Onl ert no 101 
Ge ONS I Tarlo a) 79 
45| 20| 9 Oal Wars nO 86 
62 82] 12) 8 Bul 105 
69 | 31 Bo | lemon a0 107 
51 | 21) 12 7| 25) 2 118 
1182 | 688 | 78| 68] 78| 16 1985 


Latitude 10° to 15°, Longitude from Greenwich 45° to 75°. 


2/3 
515 
Zip a 

Lie) 

106 | 68 
30 | 13 

9}, 9 

0; 4 

1) 4 

0; 0 

0| 0 

0}; 0 

0.) 2 

0} 0 

0; 0 

Oni 16 
a) 

D5 78 

Oi) a 
149 |101 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


Corowa 


— 
oe 
Oo ooctre 


bo 
ao 


wrDorbh o& ob 


Couanmow 


| Aug. 


ke oo 


CKHOCOCCOCOCCONFODADHKROWS 


~~ 


Sept. 


bo 


- 
ISWONTOCHRONWANORTY 


pmoocoococooneo 


rary 
o 
= 


= 
rary 
MOoOnNRPNWNOCOrFOCaAH 


ee a 


acl Deel laa ele elie ee ee ee eee 


k 


SHRIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. rel 


Winds on the North Atlantic.— Continued. 
Latitude 10° to 15°, Longitude from Greenwich 15° to 45°. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


. 
Lon. 15° to 20° 
Lon. 20° to 25°. 
Lon. 35° to 40°. 


| Course. 
June. 


Pal 


i bo” 
CO 


bo Go 


| Sento | Lon. 40° to 45°. 
or 


lo} 
2g 
a 
= 
o 
be 
Bort WN || Lon. 30° to 35% 


I 


Pieter 
446m 
Co oS 
10 

= 
“> G> CO 


i 
bo 
9 BD 
No} 


Ete om 
b 
(er) 
c 
L ny 
MoOorwrhatwr Oh 


ama 
j= 


is} 
Hee 
a) 
ee co 
Ro k=) 


nae 


bo 


OOH TIRWOLSO 
bo 
a 
tet 
Cr O) GO GO) G2 
pon 


— 
“Im~10 0 
oO 


2as4sarr 
IO) 


E 
a 
oO et 


232 
OwmewmooooodorH! 


Cre Ht © CoP CO CO NI OD 


e 
o> 

PrerorRooooooWw 

bo 

=I 

OWWroOoOOOOOCrF tt. 

OHNWOHOHOCOOHH 

ONrorROrcoOoCOoNWP 
oa 
Oo 

Co “Ico HT 6 CO 

oa 

<a 

Se 

co 

— 

IPR ORRrOCONrF cy 


Or 
co bo 


1085 


tvs) 
S 
ro) 
(SS) 


39 
64 
96 
137 
91 
75 
111 
149 
September 39 
October 118 
November 3 E 123 
December é 2 43 
Total 648 | 1085 


Latitude 5° to 10°, Longitude from Greenwich 10° to 55°. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


Lon. 10° to 15°. 
Lon. 15° to 20° 
Lon. 20° to 25°. 
Lon. 25° to 30°. 
Lon. 30° to 35°. 
Lon. 35° to 40°. 
Lon. 45° to 50°. 
Lon. 50° to 55° 


92 
271 
150 
170 

61 
102 

87 
306 
293 
3825 

85 
127 

20 

40 

16 

91 
144 

2370 1227 


iv) 
ivS) 


6 
11 


) 
ms 
oH 


16 
29 
40) 2 
53 
307 
514 
868 
94 
93 
48 
18 
9 
13 
74 
1725|882 |855 


bo 
bo eB Orr Get 


ive) 
oo 
NoOorRrRantaor 


— 


ANINofrwwoae 


ran 


an 
PAOBRND RDO 


be — 
SOB WOH AIH 
bo 
a 


WYRE De aWOWr hbo 
en 
is 


01 OH =1 GS © OG ST 02 6 CO bS 


On 
Or 
We) 


January Z 9) 108 69) 2 
February 33] 103 123 
March 92 144 
April 124 5} 126) ¢ 
May 134 140 
June 265 147 
July 351 2) 167 
August 489 92 
September 249 41 
October 227 4) 58 
November 52 102 
December 126 40 
Total 496 |1964|2370)1428 1228/525 


SON WOONnNwoae BPwNoooocoeoo 


82 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds on the North Atlantic.— Continued. 
Latitude 0° to 5,° Longitude from Greenwich 10° to 55°. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


| Lon. 15° to 20°. 


& 
o 
5 


Lon. 10° to 15°. 
Lon. 25° to 30°. 
Lon. 30° to 35°. 
Lon. 35° to 40°. 
Lon. 40° to 45°. 
Lon. 50° to 55°. 


a 
co 


0 
8 


fer} 
ay 


ios Lon. 45° to 50°. 


27 
31 


— 


23 
52 


2054 0/1217 


wir womb o& 


_ 


ONoronoocooconwweanl 


for} 


January 91 22! 89 
February 72 111 
March 100) 1: 155 
April 66 56) 166 
May 71 119 
June 2 96 5} 84 
July 9 | 245 52 
August p 602 9) 46} 52 
September 417 64) 100) 28 
October e 162 89| 61 
November 89|} 181} 205) 182) 69) 3 
December 93 3} 74) 48 
Total 543 |2052 365)1216|1158)72 


co 
BowaatsKE1cs)| 
ocmoococoorownoo moooooececoococococooorcocn 


az 
fer) 


Winds at the Straits of Gibraltar. 
Lat. 35° to 40°, Longitude 0° to 10° West from Greenwich. 


| 
Course. Jan. | Feb. |March.| April. | May. | June. | July. | Aug. | Sept. | Oct. 
| 


im 
o 
4 


— 
—_ 


SOOQH WATE OW OAROUOCOWH 


Ss 


EBPOIDOroarwronwocrwWAwANWATN 


OPNNHRWOWERE ARE 


fo 
a 


— 
SrPWNOCOANOHOCWOWRNOL 


= 
WrEOONFRDAOROTORHFOCOANGS 


oooooocooococoocoeocooo 
CNH rHoooooooCoOoorOwWrH 
BOSTOCK ONCOCOOCTHAWWOrF 
RFPOMnOrFOoFOCONOWDDOWOH 
SCNOFOAROCOCOCOONGDOFN WLS 
SOoooooooOoCOOHH SoHWwWoe 
SCrFMrROoONOCOCOCrFNOOCONOFRHOS 


—_ 
oor 
j= 
— 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 83 


Winds on the Atlantic Ocean and at the Azores. 


> 
N 
S) 
5 
@ 
a 
Ss 


Atlantic Ocean. 


SEPARATE MONTHS NORTH OF LAT. 36.° 


Lat. 20° to 30°. 
Lat. 30° to 34°. 
Lat. 34° to 36°. 
Lat. 36° to 40°. 
North of 


June. 


Course. 
| Lat. 10° to 20°. 


| St. Michaels. 
| Terceira. 


| Lat. 0° to 10°. 
nw 
| Aya 


tb 

ao 

f= | July. 
‘Sa 

> | Graciosa. 


Seucohkaws 
He 
Ss 
ao 


A 
to 
= 
S 
C3 
Ss 
~r 
C=) 
= 


93 
3134 
= 
101 
41 
170 
33 | 25] 0 
4624 |227|309 
163 | 65} 0 
135 | 13] 0 
84 3] 0 
5| 28 
0} 12 
27| 32 
0} 0 
2564 
30 
21 
iG 
18 
23 
42 
4) 24 7 0} 15 
183/100) 47}112/139193/584 
65] 7] oO] 5] 141 14 
58] 70 51} 650 Al 
48) 12 9] 61 0 
70)204 70| 763 
341 0 0 13 
7A] 29 36 88 
10) 0} 6} 23 9 


1m or 102/182/144) 63 
variable 


= 
oo 
oS 

Som | St. Mary’s. 


~ 
ive} 
Cy 
ist) 
oO 


o 
— 
ao 


fom 
ep LS eles 
mo wee 2 ois 
EA 


[aan 
Nous 


=r 
Snoootowooceats 


a 
Neoscoooa 
= 


wo 
a> 


ewneoossoooscooeucseso 
> 


2 
a 
ct 
oo 
oO 
— SD 
bo 
oo 


S 
ar 
book 
SNOnSoooHoRSoTSOMOAS 
= 


m 
= 


90 bl a eh ca 
Beg ge 


DTD es Ea Fl 
os 
Zag 


= 
= 
BOoOSoOOoOUuSSoNosoconuooSe 


ar 
co 
= 


sa 
a 
No 
wer 
2S 


a3” 


Bee 


eo: 
oo 


= 


i} 


= 
mMooouvcooocoeooonconoucoocoooucanse 


a44au 
4 4 
ofPocoocococoeonrohomoocos 


So uchoRooSCCSOCSoONSSSoOoacoS 


a 
q 


5. V7 
8. V 
HS. by 
8. 
8. by 
W.S. W 
WwW S 
W 
W. by N. 
W.N. W. 
N. by 
N. 
ING by 
N..N. W. 
N. by W. 
Cal 


Winds at the Madeira and Canary Islands. 


Funchal, Madeira. Teneriffe.? 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


Course. 


Sept. 
December, 


| July. 
Aug. 

| Oct. 
Noy 


FPwooowr+# | 


i) | April. 


He O10) HBS 6 1D 


oo | May. 


aBANmWwoorond 


bo | June. 


onNnodo wwe 


eH | Jan. 


DoD oe Ow com 


bo | Feb. 


Anoorpeay 
bo bo | Dec. 


=e 
NDaSSHaAoOe 


bo 


is 
Ree SD HON ot 


Or 


ao | March. 
SoSOoONNDSO 


MrHooFr wet 
eb 


OmTIROWOOE 


_E. 


likin or ‘ 
variable 


_ 

a 

— 

— 

— 

— 

a 
SLSioiNeions 


et 


! These observations were taken in the months of June and July, 1839. 
2 These observations were taken on board the brig Ocean, partly while lying at anchor at Teneriffe, and partly be- 
tween there and the Madeiras. 


_—— 


84 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in Great Britain and Ireland. 


Elgin, Scotland. 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


Calton Hill, Scotland, 


Bronxholm, Scotland, 
10 years. 


Aberavon, Wales, 
Sept. Oct. and Nov. 
10 years. 


April 
| May. 
| June 
| July 

Aug. 

Sept. 


| 1837. 
| Oct. 
| Nov. 
| Dee 


! 


| Feb. 
ooo 
So 


836. 
Om Soo Rb | 1836 
bo 
hoa » 


0D 
“ID 
i 
pal 
=o 
, 
COOMOHWSwWwoHoocoH 


bo 
oo 
COM COOH H TOMO OCOCOrFb 


oo et 
HB HOHM OMA mOAIATOMOHOH 
bo 


Ps 
StH wD PATO ONHS 


— 
bo 
5O 
=" 
wo 
SCSOrFRKNORFRWOFRN SO 
ies) 


iss) 
bo 
oo 
an 


bo 


or 
SWONOMHOArPODMOOHMN 
a 
WODWOWHWATOCOrHrOWOr 
— — 
AarawoooowmrRoroco oon 


fet 
_ 


as 
a) 
DNPREOROCCOCONONONON | Dublin, Noy. 1840. 


OPROWOOH HEH DOH FON OCS 
MoOoEHTONDEAMNASCOOOOF 
STH AIDOWNaraoRe-T 


bo 
So oP 
ell apd bo 
WON oaooOoodoowWwoade 
bo 


Se 
aIsooo 


ASS 
Ou 
(=) 
— 


Variable 


Castle Toward, 


Clunie Manse, Scotland. Scotland. Londonderry, Ireland. 


Banff Castle, 
ge 


a 
a 
s 
o 
i= 


| March. 
| April 

| July. 

| Au 


61 
141 
141 
128 

82 
470 
189 
249 


| Oct 
i Noy. 
Dee. 


Do | Jan. 


—_ 


hob eS Pie bo 
= 


a 

het Or CD CD ST 09 © CD 
=F 

NNWNORrOWH > 


= 
wonwmnNMme oh w& 


bo 


SwRDoCconrP 


— 
onNmeownon 


rary 


MAOWNWQBReeH May. 


R=. 09 09 09 open | Sept. 


war 


SIR woodr Ww 
oe 
wnNoonor 


Isle of Man, Irish Sea. 


Course. 


a 
el 6 P 
as | 


19 387| 42 93 82)105) 64 
97 |132|119] 93) 84) 64/| KE. 92 87| 102) 107 
67| 45) 95/146/119 142)! S. 61} 62) 86) 93)113 
169) 167 116 183}178/142) 83 Apo LLB . 120/126)110} 65} 82 


oe OR & 
Le 
= 


anr7 
Rnipn 


1 Date not known. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 85 


Winds in England. 


London. 1806 to 1818, inclusive. Manchester. New Malton. 


| 3 y’rs.t 


cs 

a 

= 
12/2 
67 


40 
32 
21 
74 
19 
, 40 


Calm o \ 55 


wee 
Sow undo 


Aannnn iz 
33 F & 


— eH 
bo bt 


S 


Variable 


Greenwich. Devonport.? 


Sturbington,° 


1 year. 


a 
Ss 
CA) 
al 


Delphen, 1 year. 


146/255} 91 
111) 73) 90 
756/772|762 
165)126)115 
828/641|397 

95} 80)104 
115/130) 76 
136/125) 77 
5981558)714 
389|685)205 
977|983|647 
208)195|513 
330/521/391 
230/155|248 
180/383/344 
Oh Ol O 


woo | 
Sous 
sR to 


IO O17 
Te GO or 


Lancaster. 


Mansfield Wood- 
Alderly Rectory, 


1 year. 
Keswick, 5 years. 


Cheltenham, , 
High Wycombe, 
1 year. 


1 year. 
Southwick, 


11 years. 


i 
d, 1 year. 
oo & 09 oe | Thetford, y 
bo 


> 
Soir 
re bos 


bo | 5 years.* 


men 
Soe 
SraMDnroe 
wrPeaeat 
— 
on 
bo 
~] 
en) 
who 


for) 6} 
comity 
co 
fer) 
aI 


Ce} eo) 
a bo 
he = | 
Rete Stools erKon 
oo 
AMHOOn 


1 Date uncertain, 2 By Osler’s Anemometer. 3 By Whewell’s Anemometer. 


12 


86 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in England.— Continued. 


FS, 


Bushey Heath. Penzance. 


o 
eo 
g 
l- 
4 


Gosport. Gosport. 
] 


= 
a 
<a 
taal 


Course. 
Sidmouth, 1813. 


| 4 years." 


31353] 87| 85| 84 
384 
54 | 58] 56) 39 


25S | Sidmouth, 1812. 


Noee oan — 
NS = omoo | 3 years. 


= 
ORWAOS 


26 
36 |111)119)128 


ee 
DOs 


3/51 
714/120}106|119 
53 


sZsPeMe2 
2a44" Re 


Agrnnm aa 
ag Se hems 


Calm or 
variable 


Winds in Denmark, Norway, and Sweden. 


Copenhagen. Goersdoff. ||Spydberg. Cronberg, 1842. 


} 


Apenrade, 
Christiansoe, 
8 years. 


9 years. 
| Wyburg, 1 year. 


Stockholm, 
4 years. 
Soendmor? 
12 years. 

| Feb. 

| April. 

cn | May. 
| June. 
| July 


ob twooam | March. 


1948) 4910 | 700 
3311] 48614 /1183 
5435| 66073 |1684 
5244| 5918}| 847 
3627| 7051 | 739| 702 
2476| 9361 |1368|1426' 
3545|10448 |1749|1631 
3006] 68923 |1585|1105 


| 


Liele sie si) 

Our 

oor 
= 


55|142 205 
53|128 97 
151/329 77 
65/166 172 
51/127 164 
239 141)277)|111)111 
1390}|230)173/403|| 67} 28 
9 |, 199 72)219]| 75) 49 


an 
on 
> 
oO 
=1 


o& | Sept. 


bo 
on 
bo 
= 


= 
oy a 
Co 
= 
orbs © 100 
wNonwon- 
bo 


bo me Or te to Co bo 
me CO 


—s 
NHoker 
eR 
ee 
“RAM wWo 


ao" 

100 © 
oRW 
co 02 CO 
Or wD 


Pee 
Oppo 


= bh 
mI bo Orb) OOO 


— 


=e 
otis etots ais | Jan. 


bo 

— bo 
eo oO 
el wo) 
foo or) 


Winds in Denmark, Norway, Sweden, and Russia. 


Holmia. Monachium. 


North and west 
coast of Norway, 


Skagen, 9 years. 
September. 
Archangel, 

18 years. 
| Kasan, 1 year. 


pe 
—_ 
or 


2350.2 
1426 
2339 
2760 
1969 
Q757 
3007 
2023 
1784 


= 
[oe Se) 
Oe Or 


a_o | 1785. 


_ 
oo 
Way oe wont 


oi ‘ 2 
oat | Kors 2 yoars? 
b 


— 
on 


= 
or 

pe 
- 


oo A 


SSOOOnnwnseorwoococcoscso 


tia 


' Date uncertain. ; 2 Locality doubtful. 3 St. Petersburg. (?) 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 87 


Winds in Russia.— Continued. 
Lougan.* 


| March. 

| Sept. 
Sept 

| Oct. 

| Oct 

| Dec. 


piss | Aug. 


6 1 
) 2 
118|65) 21 
24 0) 
2 

5 

6 

2 


& 

wo ore 
WWW Oo 
~J 


(=o) 
Ge Oo Or 
= 
ae 
De 
= 
bo 
bo oak © 
(Jv) 
TO -10 — 
Bb © 


He bo Ot 


19}: 
1/23) 1 
10 36/31/20) 
1] 9) 22)\24) 3 
60/68 /112)56/91/86 


15/38 
18 


or 
a 


(Se) 


we RS) 
S09 He on > ~T 00 | Jan. 
= 


oe 
oeosy) 


i) 

ers 

Pa = 

O 

r 

co 
OAwwowws wan 
a w eH 
OOOH 

er) 

1 EH! 00 

ce 

wows 

= 

et 
ACWHOHnDDS 


OA gnnme ay 


St. Petersburg. 


TOTAL IN 


20 years.? 


56] 29) 4¢ ? 3 146): 

175/310 48 4\980)65 
43)100 312): 
106) 84 y 2 234 

194)119 d 263 
380)|275 4) 344 3 537 
81| 65 j i 728 


“We 4 99 
ae 199 ie e882 


Winds in Prussia and Austria. 


Dantzic, 13 years. " b Prague. 


Dusseldorp, 


1 year. 


ro aTa1 3 | 
Or 00 = ~T 


wm oo 
2) bo 


variable 


Gaimlcr j i 


" There are two different records of observations taken at this place, both dated 1838. 2 Date uncertain. 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


88 


| 
Cs] 
“4 
da 
» 
Dn 
3 
<q 
ue} 
q 
ts} 
Cs) 
“4 
n 
n 
= 
Lal 
m4 
q 
“4 
n 
so 
q 
S 


3 
re 
mn 
B 
o 
~ 
Ay 
os 
=| 
=) 
ra 
By) 
ia 


PROPORTION FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FOR 11 YEARS.' 


vq | oomoonnoc 


“AON | SCONMOMA TS 


pO | COMMA MS 


ydag | CONSCOMON - 


| 
‘Suny | SSSSS B09 


‘sue | COOSCOSOOrRN 


| 
oun |] SS OMS Ost st 


1 
“ABIT | SAAS O60 cA 


1847-48. 


Posen, Poland, 


qd | COMONMRANS 
saoyt | 2 e910 10 © 00 1 


490 | nocd sds 


ydag |] COCHONMH 


“sny | Cnmtnococr 


*TOlUyy | mon tnonrn 


SOnmnANANWOMO 
"qat rei 


SCOAnnRNOSO 
“une a 


*tady | SCnnmnotworn 


| 
“ole yy | Rey a) 


“qar | cotcnaan 


“mB | Seowmooenae 


PROPORTION FOR THE DIFFERENT 
SEASONS FOR 17 YEARS.' 


i 


‘uMnny oO 
ban 


“rang 


85 


“Sandg 


190 | 113 


! 
“TOPOL MA | 


*savak c7 


“asmoy 


Vienna, Austria, 1841. 


20 
78 


12 


1 
39} 32/332 


5) 10) 4} 48 


9} 32) 21) 17/198 


0 


Sih eh Way alg 


1 
9) 63) 50} 44) 41) 48/623 


Ie 


i 


CO AN Ho co NH 
‘ang | Ll 


-oung | A ~ 


COI COM HN 


“astnog 


savak 
‘Sinqsunesg, 


84 
14 
63 
83 


*savok 
QABSSUBUIJOTT 


*savad gy ‘uel[tg 


= 
s 
Pay 
co] 
is 


S 
2 
=) 


28)|1073) 7 
280)| 825) 9 
38]|1349| 10 
43|/1581) 14 
48]1210) 14 | 165 
53 | 587/|2525] 20 | 229 
281/1892) 15 | 228° 
43][2027) 11 | 133 


0 
6 
2 
3 
4 


b 
° 
a 


19) || 12 


0 
8 
0 | 18 
4 
0 
0 


3 
ro) 


0 
0 
8 
2 
0 
2 


27 
0 
9 
0 


1 
57 | 47 | 74 | 59 


Schoenthal, Austria, 1841. 


“osmoy 


! Proceedings of British Association, 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 


Winds in Germany. 


89 


Course. 


we aa eer enna as 2 
PAgy4 nave rnns Anes 


| 
> 
~ 


S| ej a| ao ee 


Manheim. St. Andex. 
SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1785. [ 
Bye Sl elelelelel ele elelelalsielels| 2) al 
ESS SNe Ie Se eee Se el Si sis ss 
352) 27| 46) 24) 4) 9 Zi SON OO ON Oa ran AS ArT TS Gioia 
517) 50) 51) 78) 10) 7 a au Sy BN TW BB HY. 1S PAL OO) 
673) 53) 49) 84) 9] 6 | 14] 13] 15) 4] 2) 1) 8) 2) 5} 10/1131) 67) 39] 24) 17 | 
CRE TAO MOS) 7a Sy) BN Te Bi il Bi By ah Hy) IBY) Ta 6} 3) O] OF 
898] 44) 27) 53) 4) 2 3] 9} 38) J] 4! 4! 10) 5) 1) 7! 72/108) 94) 26) 49 % 
835] 89) 85} 81) 13) 7 IL Gi Gi) PN tay FS aI) 7c) (0) ss} 6} a 
615) 52) 53) 51) 7] 2 a Ty Bp al Oe SB By GI A ZS) TUG try rl BO) | 
626] 75) 69) 54) 6) 3 Py i By 4 By TWO] 7}, By SI OO One 
978) 23) 19) 42) 2) 1 0) 3) 2) 1 2) 8) 9} 65) 68) 61) 88) 49) 96) 35) FO | 
894/117)103] 84) 6) 8 By 4A AY Tia) TET U5) By a SB 7) B) 
818] 58} 99) 83) 4) 8 5} 2) 12; 1) 13) 12) 11) 6] 7] 2)1/156) 88) 92/1389) 98 | 
885] 87) 90) 77) 1) 8 Ao By, Sl US Sa. Ia) 4S 2 LO) SO 
456; 40) 31) 46) 1)| 7 5) 4) Qi 2) 1) 4) 38) 64) 62) «61 1999)44'7/959)991 1280 
751| 74| 83) 79) 5] 8 By) TU) BS) UG} BH GG 12} 10) 1) Of 
541) 57) 56) 81) 3) 3 | 12) 10) 7) 11) 5) 3) 64) 64) 11) 68) 1266)119)137| 62/195 
. 11045)129)153)101) 13) 7 | 13) 14; 8) 20) 38] 1 OO; 5 9] 8 OF Si i Ons 
42) O| 0} 0 
71) 62) 64) 83 


Course. 


Ratisbon. 


183 
181 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1785. 


a 4 

Sea ie 
5 = =] < 
3 | 12 8 | 15 

Be) 4] 1183 |} IS) 9 
( j iil |) ig) 7 

38 2 | 138 | 16 
0 0 0 1 

1 6 1 5 

1 | 16 4 9 

1D |) QL | BY | Be 


June. 
July. 


ise) 


WEAOCOANWS 


CO + + HR SO OD I 


— bo 


= 


co OO 


Aug. 


WATNM Rw Phe 


Oct. 


bo 


OR RE Ob ete 


bo 09 


Course. 


Aannne Aa 
aS. 5 


Anspach. 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1843. 


| Jan. 


oo | May. 


Hee | April. 
OOoOrOoON 
WOOT HS 


35 
13 


mtb 


ep 
} 
<q 


June. 
| Sept. 
| Oct. 


2 
11 
ul 
14 
9 
8 
20 
18 


— 
Sr ~T © 02 SD et 00 
in) 
ImMewWowo-Tso 
© bo ee 
Wook OWES 


bo bo 


et et 


1 Date uncertain. 


Lary 

ic) 

E 

=| 

ll] @ 
91; 5 
3]| 18 
2|| 4 
9/| 10 
5) | 20 
3|| 384 
lj} 3 


Wurtzburg, 5 years. 


z All) a| 
B | 2 | zalea| 
a | = | e5|a8 
3 B Bo] Bo 
ist m HA|OR 
381 | 20 | 16 | 31 
1130 | 60 | 31 | 27 
1339 | 99 | 85 | 49 
1134 6 | 32 | 36 | 
504 | 16 | 29 | 22 


90 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in Germany.— Continued. 


| 
| Peissenberg. 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1785. 


Jan. 
| April. 
| May. 
| June. 
WAAMmWNWNWOON SHH WH to -Th tb | poly: 


| Mar. 


125 


| Aug 
| Sept 
| Oct, 
| Noy. 
| Dee 
I oo | 5 years.* 


NDe ONY WOR DOTA OWTS 


85 


p= 
bell 


MOnNOeH WDOAINNOROMWEHWO 


— 


— 
De NPwWwOoH He BAH NODE WW 
bo 
—_ 


OFWOHANWNWONOMSMAASAN 
pee 


0 
102)226/212 
6 
118] 87] 85 


— 


if 
247/142} 15)104 


5 
121)248/153/185 


i 
KSWArAmWDKOUOKF EON WAONOe 


— 
Eb e OOOH aT OH bd or 


st 
ee 
Aanrtatworernwprhb-e 


10 
149|372/263 


a 

bo 
DPNTHDODONOSOMASANW PEW 

_ 

_ 

bo 

ji 
WROATNAWWHOKNHADWWHE 

co 

pa 

vo 

— 


fat kt 
CWONMMDAWODOWWH eb wh 


0 
78/126} 91 
6 


me wot eb OTE OOo WR OATH 


ppwpkeo 


— 


Uffenheim. Neustadt, 1842 or 43. (?) 


SEPARATE MONTHS or 18438. 


8h 
i=] 
< 


10 
0 
15 
10 
7 
11 
21 
7 


| Jan 

| Feb. 
July. 

| Sept. 

| Dee. 

| Jan 

| April. 

| May. 

| Aug. 
Sept. 


_ 
ll ed | Noy. 
=) 


e ee! May. 
= | 
_ 
0S OW TEN 
— 


—_ 
AW RPOODOW 
—_ 
Ore DHOOM SO 
Dt 6 100 CO 
eo 
QO 
= 
p—_ 
e 
WOAMDO | June. 


bo 


Ome wom | July. 
— 
meow e 
ies) 


rary 
or 


bo bo 
we 
DOM Toston 


or 
ay 
co 
rarer 
SH OOoOnQe ty 


on 
OW PRR OOM 
—_ 


bo > 
CNW RW 
aa) 
CHODOHH OD 
aN 

t 
Se 
on 

oO 
wo or 
me bo 
HIOMNCANGH 


Gunzenhausen. 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1843. 


Jan 
Feb. 

| Mar. 
April 
May 
June. 
July. 
Aug. 
Sept. 
Oct, 
Dec. 


— 
SOaOrFFRNM OO 
bo 
cCownmnatorn 
— 
rRaoMmnorkore 
= 
ns 
in) 
— 


AAGCAHIwon 


= 
TISONNON CW 


bo 
TOD bPTOr oO 


oo 
— 
bo 
bo 
BOTH ATS 0 
bo 
_ 
bo 
HOATIAROM 


[Jy] 
NWOAADSHOS 


ror FR WOR OF 
ccmwwiowh an 


et bS 


1 Date uncertain. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 91 


Winds in Germany.— Continued. 


Herbipolis.t 
SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1785. 
g : a] 3 
z eS) Sa ale eS eal eae ai I) (cay) es ees 1S I 
iS) Sal Seles Ss Peta pe ee | a 1a 1s eres 
North 97| 51) 50/120) 67) 14 | 138 | 11 | 12 4 3 2 0 0 ri 0 1 
N. E. 13 6} 0} 35) 0 0 Ay AL) 8} 2 2 0 0 0 il 4 Y 
N. E. 10| 77) 98/104) 53) 7 7 6 38 o 1 0 3 2 i 0 | 10 | 
H.N. EH HS) 22) 191 23) 2 5 0 2 2 0 0 1 0 1 3 7 | 
Kast 126; 96} 153) 98) 78) 9 2 7 2 9 0 0) 16) 15 | 11 1 6 f 
H.S. E 44) 18) 6) 7] 3 0 0 il 0 il 0 2 0 0 0 0 | 
S. E 116} 102) 66) 30) 48} 9 1 7 6 i 0 1 5 os 4 3 4 
8. 8S. E 52 wh Sl GO 0 Dy 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 | 
South 275| 105) 46) 49) 27) 5 il il 0 il 2, 0 2 4 1 5 5 | 
Ss. S. W. An QA Gl il @ 1 2 0 3 0 1 5 2 0) 2 
S. W. 246) 166) 233/163] 98) 7 9 3 7 2 iy) aly) tal LO | U2} We | 
W.S. W. 41) 31) 20) 51) 1 2 il 3 Oe elton nell: 1 0 0 1 4 
West 238) 134| 190/293|3822| 17 | 23 | 28 | 24 | 24 | 26 | 33 | 36 | 34 | 23 | 84 | 20 | 
W.N. W. 44) 14) 8 56) 4 2 1 2 9 | 16 | 11 1 4 1 2 3 | 
N. W. 32) 76] 111)147)133) 15 8) US) I@) 4) 17 2 7 8) 13) )20 9 
N. N. W. 6 6) 6) 45) 0 6 5 7 2 5 4 3 5 4 5 1 
Tegern See 
SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1785. 2 
< | & 
e ; : fl | a Ze| 2 
2 BR Soh PS Sy eS Bite ele Cet eles he es I ean ce al a 
8 SP SS PS eS) Se ee ese 13 ee aes 
North 288) 2388] 65) 39) O} 8) 3] 4) 6 1) 9) 4 FT 2 FI OO} 381) 10 | 45 
Q 19) Bo O} wp 2) Bl Sy Bl i Bl oy BB @ 0 54 | 
78) 7A) BB) BO 2 Sl SB, Bl BI Bp By BN Gy aU Ss 64| 10 |113 
a LG) WS oy 2 Oh. BE SB OO au yO BI) TIS 25 
ast PAS SN EB Il, YB Tu SB AN ALT yh ay = BH @)) |) ai 
Saeki 6} 31) 116 0} 7) 3] 4) 9} 10) 12) 17) 23) 14) 11 78 41 } 
5 1162) 1153) 159) 131) 23) 5) 1) 14) 8) 10) 11) 8) 14) 5) 18) 14 0} 13 | 96 
5 {Se IDE 39] OG) He, 12) mH GP Bi wor wl ay ep Oe By a) si 51 67 | 
South 130) Sey) Tee yal UG) Gy ky Bl a) Gi BW A Be BB Oy aly |) BS. | 
S..S. W. DG | eS SO ON SG Ol Ol 0) 2246 109 | 
S. W. UO SO; Be aes) ey ey NM By UO GI Ie 0| 16 |105 | 
| W.S. W. 0 By SAO WW OP Oy UW a SS OP Be BB Ih Ai 74 | 
West 28] 39) 23) 148) 2) 2) 4) 1} 0} 10) 23) 19) 19) 18) 18) 32 () ls} | BS) | 
W.N.W. 2 CBB TU a Ba Gy IG fy fy) I a 65 | 
N. W. 203) 186) 274) 214) 9) 34) 41) 38) 25) 18] 11) 9) 12) 9) 7 1 0) 12 | 69 
N.N. W. TB) VEO) Ss) Dy NB TT ai ya Oa 26 69 } 
Calm 29 
Giengen an der Brenz. 
SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1841. 
iS) = 5 i a < = 5 5 4 n S) zi A | 
N. 88 aft 8 7 19 9 15 6 a 8 1 2 5 | 
N. EH. 101 8 14 3 18 ia 3 4 8 12 a 5 8 i 
KH. 110 1 20 8 12 20 4 4 8 ily 6 5 5 | 
8. E. 33 8 4 2 1 3 0 2 2 2 3 0 6 | 
8. 115 8 5 16 8 8 + 6 9 9 10 23 9 
8. W. 259 37 10 18 5 ug Ue 23 12 16 Bi 35 | 36 § 
W. 203 18 10 25 9 11 21 28 22 10 19 14 | 16 | 
N. W. 167 ab 13 14 18 14 30 19 22 16 4 2 3 | 
Calm 9 1 3 1 Dy |) 2) 


1 Wurtzburg (?) 2 Date and number of years uncertain. 


Winds in Germany.— Continued. 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Giengen. 
SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1841. 
Z q j ; 5 ‘3 ca 3 ica th == x : 3 
= 242. 3.) SG 88 25) 2 ae ee eee 
N. 89 1 8 if 20 10 14 if 6 6 2 2 6 
N.E 99), 9 | 12°) SB MA Te) 8° | ee eet ee 
EK. iM 1 20 8 12 20 4 3 9 i 8 3 7 
S. E. 37 8 4 2, 1 3 0 2 2 2 3 4 6 
S. 117 8 5 16 8 8 5 6 9 10 10 23 9 
S. W. 255 | 36 10 17 5 17 13 21 12 15 36 37 36 
W. 202 | 18 10 24 9 11 21 29 22 10 19 12 iti 
N. W. 168 | 12 15 9 19 14 30 20 22 18 4 2 3 
Hof. 
SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1841, 
E do ai | 2 at esl gle ee 
é ee | oe poe Bede) ee ee 
N. Mala ws 9 4 13 9 10 4 ul 2 5 1 0 
N.E 88 1 19 6 16 14 2 4 1 8 3 4 4 
K. 59 4 6 fl 10 if 2 2 3 15} 4 2 3 
S. E. 196 8 24 17 15 29 12 9 18 22 13 11 18 
Ss Mall) eee: 5 19 9 if 6 ii 8 15 4 12 15 
S. W. L791) 29 4 14 4 8 13 22 14 7 14 27 33 
W. 246 | 28 8 20 15 12 2 35 22, 12 38 27 13 
N. W. PBS Deh 9 22 8 7 24 10 19 9 3 6 i 
Carlsruhe. 
TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1834 and 1835. 
is) = = =H 5 ior a < a 5 5 < nD ° a a 
N. 78 61 68 ik 5 8 | 29) 20 Sy a ata Oe eae 7 6 
N.E 394 366 298 | 86. | 421 67 | 70 | 58.) 56 | 45 | 487) 58°) 41 ene 
dl. 16 25 79 | 10 4 i + 3) La ie) 10 8 8 | 16 5 
8. E. 9 24 31 | 10 0 0 2 8 3 5 2 | 13 5 3 4 
S. 13 32 33 5 5 2 3 6 3 | 12 2 2 9 8 8 
Ss. W. 500 536 408 |103 | 95 | 67 | 43 | 7 78 | 73 | 93 | 72 | 98 | 74 | 74 
W. 66 13 137 Ca LON 23 AG 8 On) TS) atest SON ano 4/11 
N.. W. 19 38 46 6 | A25) 13 8 5 4 8 ff 4 if 7 


Winds in Germany.— Continued. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 


Mergentheim. 


SEPARATE MONTHS oF 1841. 


13 


z = a lee 8 = Sale als “3 4 : : 
| S Ses lhe eg fciael oe bercinal etal iene bine Saale ss 
i N. 132 6 12 11 24 15 24 ial 11 2 5 8 
y N. H. 85 8 15 10 16 2 8 3 5 1 0 9 
t Wy. 233 iil 42 26 Pl 38 10 9 20 24 5 12 
1S. E 30 2 0 1 2 2 4 0 4. 3 5 6 
| S. 109 13 0 15 4 10 5 7 12 9 14 16 
S. W. 57 34 9 8 11 12 10 27 ri 8 11 9 15 | 
H W. 271 13 2 13 8 12 6 30 Bil 33 46 26 35 f 
| N. W. 68 6 4 9 4 ®) alti 6 3 10 fi 4 24 
Burglengenfield. 
SEPARATE MONTHS or 1843. 
3 Pele 
I 3 : I Bi a & ep = “S So). 
: é Secunia) ee ee) ee) Gis | 2 ew 
N. 71 0 6 3 6 7 6 ili 5 18 0 8 1 | 
N. if 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 | 
K. 405 22 25 62 oi 32 17 24 45 34 26 50 31 | 
S. E. 57 16 1) 0 2 4 2 2 4 0 8 3 1 | 
S. 66 3 13 6 6 1 0 1 15 0 1 5 8 4 
1S. W. 15 2 1 1 alt 1 0 2 2: 1 2 0 24 
7 W. 422, 47 22 14 36 48 50 45 22 Di 54 21 36 | 
N. W. 47 3 2 il 2 0 8 8 0 9 2 3 3 
Issny. 
SEPARATE MONTHS oF 1841. 
= . 4 = ‘S co) SB +5 y 
=I | A $ = =) se it) 43 IS 3 
8 Es & ee Son” Sansa Ses] Seem bayel Saale) Sin Sa aes 
iN. 19 4 i 2 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 
N. 37 0 3 3 5 a 7 2 38 0 1 3 Be | 
EK. 162 11 11 22 18 25 10 a 2 18 Tf 8 3 
S. E. 76 5 12 9 4 3 2 6 6 13 5 3 8 | 
1S. 91 15 + 4 4 5 5 10 101 6 6 10 11 
S. W. 268 24 13 19 22 17 Q7 32 14 13 30 24 33 
W. DEAL Pr hla ewe bs ya so ert vm lsat sa i a I eA 
N. W. 15 0 2 2 il 0 2 2 2 2 0 if 1 | 


94 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in Germany.— Continued. 
Tutlingen. 


SEPARATE MONTHS oF 1841. 


a a 
S | & 
15 A} AG i 1 SLO.) 19 6| 13 2 0 5 

95 0| 23 6 6] 12) 14 7 
y 146 0 8 8) Papo ead 4 5 
8. E 13 0 0 2 4 1 3 0 
8 34 1 0 7 6 7 il 7 
8. W. 207 44 6; 21 7) 14 8 9 
W. 308 29) Ut 28 | 39 
INSAWi- 185 4] 32 13 | 20 


Badenbach. 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1842. 


é Soe) 2) SoS eee ee ee 
N. 29 5 0 1 6 1 4 Bal 22 2 2 3 0 
N. E. 55 if 4 TDMA )OR 1 Ua oo ps Fa Te 3) O40 if) 3 2 0 
K. 0 0 0 0 i} 10 it | 46 0 0 0 0 
8. E 106 14} 18 6 3 % | Ses) 1 10 | 11 ge 
8. 12 0 0 1 0 0; 2 3 0 3 1 2 0 
sb Wie 47 0 4) 10 1 Call i 5] 3 9 4 1 0 
W. 19 0 0 1 0 | 16 ut), 40 0 2 6 2 
IN. W; 89 5 2) idk | LO lee 15 | 46 6 9 5 6 


Schussenreid. 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1841. 


A 
N. 53 6 1 6 4 6 0 0 1 
N. E. 129 O| 24 7 4) 85 | 22 9 2 
E. 51 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 a 
8. E. 30 0 0 | 24 5 0 0 i! 0 0 
8. 33 6 2 9 4 4 0 1 6 |8 
S We 3381 | 46) 20) 38) 12°) 28) 85°) 351) 22) 10 1| 54] 387 
W. 269 12 0 3S | (Oi) ib) 123 | Wh 928) Sia) 2 0| 47 
N. W. 200 Zoa| tou) so OU Me) FLO) 2200) Foes alee ete 0 5 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 95 


Winds in Holland and Belgium. 


Franeker. 


PROPORTION FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


oo 
5 
<q 


263) 456 
1608) 1340 
170) 232 
967) 1125 
202) 185) 2 
2460). 2186] 2107 
De 576) 632) 1348 
33293 3755| 3844] 3827 


Brussels. 


PROPORTION TOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1772 10 1779. § 


1842, 43, and 
1844, 
Jan 
Feb. 
| 
Noy. 


sesame: 0S he Day Sa a tol 220 ete 


| 
ox | 1833 to 1842. 


bo 


mee ee 
GS COOH OS Or OO © 
DOremomoOodqc ww 
re co O11 OO Tr OD 


on 
D> 
mS) 

o ne oO = ee eo | May. 


Se OS re ee a 


| 
Se Mok HS. So FF nS) |} Mental 


SHR et SS ope 

KH &® wb oS 2 S&F SF fF June. 
iS ex GK So © 2S So | July. 
aH wo -F OD ee WO He So | Aug. 
OS) (Oueeou ti) (SO- b S ae | Sept. 
oOo NSM. Oe - So So | Oct. 

S O8 ex mo So ft oS Ss 


Utrecht. 


SEPARATE MONTHS or 1842. 


April 
| May. 

July 

Aug: 


bo 0 
| 


Bee OONOrF ot 
4 


to bw 0) Orb 


rt 09 6S et OD DS CO LO 


et 


96 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in Holland and Belgium.— Continued. 


Amsterdam, 


54 years, 
Mailand. 


~I 


North 
N.N. E. 
N. E. 

BR. N. E. 
East 

E. S. E. 
S. E. 

S. 8. E. 


bo cl 
oO oo 


Winds in France. 
Denainvilliers. 


PROPORTION FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


Montpelier, 
37 years. 
HE o oor wa March. 
can = 
prwhacnes | do 
SH We 
e 
June 
eet 
wrseooop-y] July 
ho et 
He Shee open | Aug. 
| sev. 


= 
RPoOoCoMaNnKore 
= 


¢ me 
PHODnoDoOos 


WODOeWwWoDm 
jk 
SOCOTH WOO 


Marseilles. 


Agen AA 
ce 


; 7 ‘ 
183}208/192 y 174)172\137|134 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 97 


Winds in France.— Continued. 


Strasburg. 
PROPORTION FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. j 
iS) a 5B is =) <q = 5 5 < nm [s) zy A | 
pr md | renter oa aT} ¥ ie = fares roe i 
N. 98.68) 6.34) 4.81} 8.94] 9.50| 12.06] 13.34] 8.47/10.41] 8.03] 6.59] 4.81] 5.38! 
N. E. 264.44) 25.25) 19.38] 28.28) 25.03) 24.69] 18.53] 17.28] 17.66] 23.78] 23.84] 21.28 119.44 | 
i. 61.09] 5.03) 3.84) 4.47) 6.87] 6.28] 5.44) 5.44] 4.84] 6.06] 5.63] 3.53! 4.16 | 
8. H 89.36] 8.31) 6.06) 4.37] 5.81) 7.03] 6.38] 7.75] 9.50] 9.09]10.53) 7.81! 6.724 
Ss. 309.09) 30.75) 30.31) 22.03) 20.22) 20.81] 16.31] 24.16] 23.09] 21.81) 27.38] 34.06 138.16 | 
S. W. 121.84] 9.25} 9.40/12.31| 8.94] 8.44] 10.84) 12.32|/11.44] 9.99) 8.88] 9.56/11.441 
W. 44.09} 1.94) 3.22) 3.72) 3.38] 3.78] 4.90/12.94! 5.94] 3.90] 3.15] 2.72] 9.50 
N. W. 107.15) 6.13) 7.62) 8.88] 10.75| 9.90] 14.44] 12.28] 10.25) 8.12] 7.03] 6.53] 5.221 
Paris. 
a s 5 TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1806 To 1845. | 
g = = : : 2 3 3 3 ot S 5 : : H 
E Se) Sl 2) Se ee By ee Bl esa) eae es eee a) 
é Sle), ele resis leleapelQleeiele erste | | 
North 483] 658) 28 | 27 |1242) 586)1589/111) 90/120)138)114|131} 97) 93] 97] 76] 58! 62 § 
_N. EH. 358 * | 35} 29) 40) 57) 48) 27) 20) 14} 20) 21) 17) 30 | 
N. H. 878] 811) 59 | 54 |1469| 670)2432/120) 77/189)127/118}122) 92) 92/120] 88] 93/118 } 
| H. N. E. 382 24) 26) 27) 56) 52) 23) 20) 26] 45) 31) 19} 33 | 
Hast 324) 414) 27 | 28 | 751) 850) 735) 59) 46) 58) 64) 70) 43] 40] 55] 71) 72] 59] 59 j 
| H. S. E. 239 24) 20) 20) 21) 20) 19} 12) 15) 20) 16) 25) 27 § 
S. E. 231) 493) 29 | 35 | 916) 398)1170| 98) 82) 57) 62] 79] 47) 48] 37] 62] 94) 91] 95 f 
8. 8. E. 373 48) 41) 23) 25) 29) 27) 12) 17) 30) 55) 39) 27 § 
South 682] 882) 45 | 51 |1725| 892)1319/142)166/112)132|121) 75) 98|111)152/186]167 161 i 
S. S. W. 649 52! 66] 56] 47) 51) 44) 53) 49] 52) 61] 60} 64 | 
S. W. 727|1317| 94 | 58 |2281/1043/3630)159|136)160/123/170]185 |185)/211 |192/175 222 |211 | 
W.S. W. 701 98} 52) 48] 32] 59) 65) 94) 70} 49] 48] 57] 69 | 
| West 853)1152) 56 | 62 |2055)1049/1265]140)145)159}129|132)190 |230)245 |135/148/153 |13 ! 
W.N. W. 590 38] 51) 58) 48) 45) 58} 79) 53] 39} 50) 31] 40 | 
N. W. 335)1711) 27 | 37 |1200|) 516]1560; 84) 77| 83/101) 88)114/125)117) 87| 92] 86] 82 i 
N. N. W. 281 24! 25) 24) 33) 38] 24] 25) 19} 22) 16) 14) 17 i 
Beal i 504 13 | 128 24) 7} 6| 5| G| 6| 10| 10] 7/11] 9/14] 
or calm 
. 
i 
Cambray. Dijon. i 
TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1845-46. 
5 Goh WES Mos SSS) SSeS Ses 1S |S he Sule ae | 
i N Tile) Ali) Boesl) 246) | BG || oss |) SG ibs TL | GB) ill | @ |) BS) a a © || We 
N. E 233) Lil) 404) 47.) 29 | 384.) 28 | 7.1) 8.12 | 7) 8 1 | 2 |) 2) 4) 4) 7 4 } 
E S| XO) ial SO | GO | Br | 44s } 40 Bi WG |) Ze ils yl) Zh lee) 28) 6 | 
8. H 13 4.0), TSW aL TS) USP a BO) 2b) GB Ze BG @ |B 0 | 
S 188} 191} 379|| 85 | 78 | 68 | 85 |15 | 8 j11 15 | 6 | 4 J13 /16 J18 18 20 | 19 | 
5S. W LAO) Dats Bota Aub We Mby | Gal | ey BW By Bs Bs) Ze ey ji eh) I. | 3 | 
W 167) 164) 331]| 99 | 774! 85 | 85 |154/16 |13 |17 |22 |20 120 121 | 0 11 | 5 | 16 | 
N. W. 75) To| 150) 14 | 154) 3 By Be at eb by) By IL BO BP By a 1 


1 Date not known. 


98 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 
Winds in France.— Continued. 
Versailles. Toulouse. Metz. 
$ $ TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1835 To 1846. 
gts hel oa. eee glelselélalslelelele 
3 aj2|eas Es 2lel2jelalelelelzlalelsiela 
North |137) 51) 188|} 38 9.78 26|| 47|179|183/185|186}165]179)125}178)120/143/116) 142 
| N. N.E. /185]/137| 322|| 0 : 3] 22 
N. E. |141)188} 279)| 25 5.27 5|| 14 
f K. N. EH. 24) 74) 98)| O = 3|| 15 
j East 73) 89} 162|} 10 4.79 § 2|| 36 
KH. S. E. 63] 62) 125)]| 0 ‘ 23 
iS. KE. 137| 95} 232)|| 89 86.90 37|| 18 
S. 8S. E. 93] 79) 172)| 0 F 32)! 16 
§ South 136/172] 308)| 6 7.91 47|| 31/186/233}180)179!200]186/240|187|245)223/249|228 
1; S.S. W. |156)224) 380]) 0 ; 10}} 19 
S. W. 174)202| 376)] 13} ) 9.03 3 17]| 23 
W.S. W. |127|/126) 253) 0 : l 12}| 25 
West 161213] 374!) 95 112.04 39]| 56 
W.N. W. {174/145} 319}} 0 cad 39]| 17 
N. W. 156)122} 278 at 73.03 To|| 11 
| N.N. W. | 68] 71] 139)) O|f ‘°°? U| 16] 12 
Calm or ¢ 
Rn g 297.05 |168 
Saint Lo. Rodez. 
io sie TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM Oct. 1845 To SEpr. 
ss | ss 
: glale| ZllSalcelsi @lelelsie@leletsl selec wea 
6 2/218) 8 iléelée/ 2) a|2\e)e/4/5|2\414)2/5) eae 
| North 46) 49] 35) 180)| 45 | 20) 14) 79,38 )4)810)5)8 119) 6) 5) 2) On56 
ING Noi. 53] 28) 25) LOGS Pie bd) Ol VEPOe OL 220 0 Cr On On tO emma 
| N. H. 71) 158) 73), 197), “6: 9) SB) 200! 0) A 0.234) oe OR Oa te ier 
E. N. E. 37) 35| 26) 98) O93) 0) SivOr 20s) 02 0890900 Rom On mae 
| Hast 34) 32) 3 96|} 10 | 10 4! BANCO 8) 2 0 | Be 22s Oe 
; E.S. BE. 24) 10) 5) BO Od GH O) 86) 1) 0 170. N80) | LE) heiO 4 Os Ge eae 
S. E. 49) 15] 25} 89]] 76 | 75 | 71] 222/25 | 8 |13 | 8 {18 |11 |10 | 2 | 8 12 j81 | 5 
8. S. E. 20) 25/17) 62) 8) f-9- <0) 22) Deh 004) Deed. )60.4)60 205) 20s Guta 
| South 23) 33) 41! 97|) 28 | 13 | 12 3) 6/0 | 9 | 2 (10 1 5 0} 1) 0) ae ai 
8. S. W. 4) 96)°34) LOL] 0) 3) | 0) a) 0 On 0 | 0170") 0") (0 0) 0) | ae 
S. W. 37| 63] 65] 165)| 25 | 24 | 26} 75)6)/3)6)/8)}5)3/4)0)/0)21319 § 
W.S. W 47| 44] 50} 141); 2 | 10 OD} D2 |SOL | Osea de es hte eile SOI Oa are i mes 
West 61) 72) 78) 211)|115 | 22 | 53) 190} 9 15 | 4 /20 | 5 /|14 |12 20 |11 | 8) 7 
W. N. W 40) 42) 16] 98]/ 5 | 18 0} 23/6151) 0) 311 )0) 2) 0) 0 )10)) a eaee 
N. W. 38] 43] 29] 110]} 49 | 34 |145) 228] 5 |13 j11 18 |} 4 112) 6)0)1)6/).3) Se 
N. N. W. 49) 35] 24] 108); 0 | 10 0} £0) 0} 2 2/1 }.0 110: 4 107) 0) 10) Ose 
Calm or 200 200 
variable 
> 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 


99 


eee 
Winds in F'rance.— Continued. i 


Bordeaux. s 6 = Bordeaux. x is = 
3 . o — Eb a . So . 3 5 . = = | s 3 
- |S] 2] 2/23] 2 z S| 2] 8) 3 \os| 88 
S 2S |e Wee se | Se 3 SS Poe We (ee) Se 
N. 86 | 74 |160 || 46 | 384 | 21.6 || S. W. Wey ty |) 2) Ih GO) |] 4k) |) eas 
N. H. 28 | 18 | 46 || 30 | 33 5.0 || W. 95 |121 1216 || 95 | 69 | 18.4 
KE. 60 | 39 | 99 || 52 | 38 | 10.7 || N. W. 20)}) 169) 36) || 450) 22) alee 
8. E. > | 10) |) 15 5 | 15 | 13.1 || Calm or ) 6 
8. 54 | 77 |18 33 | 88 | 72.9 variable { 
Syam Rouen. 
SEPARATE MONTHS or 1845-46. 
2 s|4i¢lsilsilal a ee SS Se aes ele ee 
8 eee oe eae 2 | Sees tele be (26 i281 
North 80 | 81 5| 40/ 41) 9} 95113/4/3/5/71/3!10/4/1]/0/6/9] 
N.N.E 7 US 1) OF O) 4 See OTe | 2) 572101 O} 1) oO 121 oO) 
N. H. 11 7 || 55) 41) 61) 19} 176 || 3 | 8 | 8 |12 |13 |11 | 4 Feo MOL Oe ow | 
HK. N. Hi. 1 BU OF Of Of wey 42S) a 1) 0); 270/018) 0] © | oO} 
Hast 3 9 By) el LOY | Sl WN SN TS Qt As PS ay ©) BO) 
H. 8S. H ONO ay OG O OF AWOLOTO)LIDZ)lO};O}O}] 2) ©} O | Oo) 
8. E. Z| 8 oy 2 20) OO, AO) WU EO ONO 1 BBB) 1 O} 
8.8. H 3 6 SFO) Sh Uy Wh Py OL Sy BO yy Oy wy aly © Wal © | 
South Bs) | BS) |i UW) sy) SO OS) WL NB] GLO | o | BB Wl) B14 Oy HB) 
8. S. W. Bi | US) jy} Sl OG Sy WU SHS) O1O)2)10)/ 915) 41837 61213) 
S. W. 52 | 56 |] 48/114)103) 18) 283 }/19 | 4 | 8 | 6 | 8 /12 |12 |14 |19 [25 |23 12 | 
W. S. W. Sp lee yt Ue OF OC) Of WSO] O12) 213) tt Osis); 2010) 
West 185) 207) 250/48) 25) WN WS4 | LE ON I NS 12 8 Ws | 7 8 oe 
W. N. W BZ Wi ao, OQ) a SB} ZOW OF 212178131476) 91010) 0 | it | 
N. W. GUO |} SO) 2) Bel We UO MS eB) BS) BB Ne) er nl) 
N. N. W. UO |} WS |) US, Oh OF Oy 1s HB ea a al BO | a ©) © OO |B 
St. Hyppolyte de Caton. 
AVERAGE FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS FROM 1837 To 1849, INCLUSIVE. 
: tN ised fe eM A Nie 
Z a : g I Es 2 5 Ph) = ay ES 3 H 
é mes ee shy) Se | ee ee | vee be arama 
N. 12.38 | 9.90 | 11.07 | 11.60 | 9.59 | 13.66 | 13.06 | 11.39 | 8.54 | 10.04 | 8.99 | 11.32 
N. E. 7.23 | 6.60 | 6.23 | 6:92 | 5.38 | 5.66) 3.48 | 4.85 | 5.62 | 6:68 | 5.66 || 7.46 | 
K. 15 30 92 22 29 .50 39 32 46 .69 | .64 23 | 
8. H. .23 eon 61 69) | 2:00) 1.28 .69 OD) 1262 | A249 379 5A fl 
S. 4.38 | 6.28 | 631 | 7.15 | 9.58 | 7.13 | 7.71 | 7.48 | 9.69 | 6.63 |7.49 | 5.54 | 
8. W. 31 30 46 <8 | 1.32 30 .28 .78 | 1.46 G8) |] otsi7/ D4 | 
W. 1.31 70 .69 32 22 20 .85 93 23 “Ui || WAS 17 
N. W. 5.01 | 3.15 | 4.70 | 2.77 | 2.62 | 1.20 | 4.54 | 455 | 2.38] 4.381 13.938 | 4.70 | 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


100 


Winds in France.— Continued. 


Montmorenci. 


“1 Tady 04 
TALL ST dy 


PROPORTION FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


CALL | ee 
Onorr-on 
Pat WN 


*20(T | SHLD Hr SHAD 10 cA 


“AON | mH OD 69 4 1 6 10910 


490 | aH HOO IP 6 00 oD 


dag aH od 69 410 © HOD 


‘Suny | OO Hrs cd SH O10 


“Aine | m>- OAS A109 © HH 


sung [| SOB Crt costs 15 


heyy [| 0 00 HHH 


judy | I= 10 6 ra GA st SH SH 


Yoie yy | P10 Hr 120 60 od 


qudy | PSH OMHOACADAN HOE 


SENS oso eh iS Sel eye Nn) Ae) 


Oporto, Portugal. 


*10(0}0Q puw 
“any ‘<ine 
{Ie} BIQUO 


savak 7 ‘uredg | 4 


“qauT | LO ON SH red SH b= HOO 


“une | OOH re od HH oO 


mest | BE RNISSS 


PROPORTION FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


aq | SHA OnMNMOS 


“AON | eSonoootar 


hy [Pek ae 


ydag | OAM OAMDAS 


Hafnia,? France. 


‘any | oto oonano 


“Ane | SnoontaM oO 


‘oun | AAMSSOAMS 


“AR | anNoootmo& 


qhdy | Atm OOnAS 


pay | PeSSSmTA 
qq | CRB SSOBAS 


“uur | ostoooannr 


“surat g Pe gS eels) 


| 


0 6 . . = 
sIN0K a ES ES 


Azkninnee 


Winds in France, Spain, and Portugal. 


“FSAT Nowmowmonooowoonwonsd 
bl co © © ion! in} 
1 = me 


Massillia,* France. 


‘est | NOHOOCOWHSOSCrEONSCASS 
mo 4 ea 
=H 


*osanos) 


Winds in Italy. 


~ 


333 

132 

177 

96 

64} 201 
189 

138 

99 


87 
65 


216) 319) 309 


Sel 
ao 
~ 
cand 


239 


50} 40 


76| 59 


169} 122) 135 
7o| 77 


*uMomy ON 


ouity, 


28 | 146) 121) 133 
21 | 149) 184) 145 
3 | 191] 111] 168 


8 
7 
4 
7 
12 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1842. 


‘ay 


18 
28 
2 
4 
0 
4 
3 
8 


ydeg | 


AIO rj © 19 09 OD 
aA ime! 


“Sny 


ODOnm ood 1o 
= iI inal 


“syne 


HOSMHOaHS 
ram 


‘oun 


IDS NO HOO 
bl aA 


“AU 


OD COO O10 NI CD OD 
mr a 


dy 


a 
Arc wWoOoNCe 
Lal nN 


“OAR | 


A 6d © 1010 H19 
rm in| 


“qe | 


CS) Soll CF 


agg 


HoOCON Ro 
N veal re 


“GPSL | 


*osinoy 


2 Havre. (?) 


! Marseilles. ( ?) 


101 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 


Winds in Switzerland. 


Mount St. Gothard. 


ERO Nes Gl Ge GY Se 
‘Sinqsuesary 


To i! me A A 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1785. 


rg | ©SCSCSHnmrEHeoSoSoSoSoSoSS 
st Sl A 


“A0 22 2 OES IO OS Si © 
N a a 


39 [SOM ema goacooenge 


Be 8 OXI SOS SOO 2 


4ydag a 


‘iy | SSS SORMOSSSOSOSOHS 


5 NS 
inp |P2oSergasacesenz= 


‘oune | SSOSCSSCSHBSOHMSOSCOCORDS 
Re) 


ayy |] COS OSS OS HSHSOSSOSS© 


‘Trad Soocoooceotooaoooondtrs4 
Tedy S S 


= 
“qoreyy | SOSSSSOBSONSSSONAHS 


ise) 


"dar | SeSCCnOOtNANCCOCOMrsS 
pies) 


‘wep | SSSSSBNSHSSSSONMSS 
aie co 


Sono aad DA 2 2 riper! 


“G82T Tet stay a 
aa FSSSH AAS SAH SSH HS 
PSAL QUAI 


ls 


at 


q So S O19 r= -¢ 
eeu | © So a 


re 
. re 
BLT | COS 0) rai Coles eS 


*asimmop 


a=] 
3 
H 
S 2 
BS 


Rome. 


Winds in Italy. 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1785. 


AQT SIS BOTS Ss) 


SAHDANSCAMNMOOOANHOAAN 
rt Ar 


HAHA AON DOME OD ONO 
il yest De 


SASMHAHONCHAOONTH 
il yl 


OANA OSH SS HED C9 G) OO GO 


SWANS GA) GC) SCN 29S S'S 


IAWNAS Hl C96) DEHLI GO) SS 


5) 
Za 


“qouT lOTMOAA OR HHH OMOOG 
Sl il 


ANSSHOAH HO OAH 


q 
3 
Lan) 


17 


8 | 39) | 2 
36 
25 

5 
33 


13 
54. 
94 
60 
27 


3 

13 
31 
96 
41 


”) 
a 


234 
19 
16 
78 
84 
10 


158 | 171 


on st 
Ca) 2) 
<S = 
rd 4 


230 

136 |108 | 150 
39 | 37 
25 | 31 
2 
14 
33 | 42 
61 
73 | 78 
36 | 40 

155 

115 |129 
25 | 34 
12 
35D | 38 
71 | 46 
11 


3 

8 
N. E 

E. 

N. E 
10) 
E 

_ 8. W. 
S. W 
Ww 
W 


North 
Hast 
E. 8. 
S. E 
8.8 

} South 

|S. 8 

|S. W 
W. 
West 
W.N. 
N. W. 
N.N 
3-47? 


N 
LN. 
H 


14 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


102 


Parma. 


Winds in Italy.— Continued. 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF 1841. 


“SPST ‘qoav yy 


*gouey 


"1004 T 


icp) 


ae ce 


‘eusZ 1g 
0d 
“AON 
90 2 
adeg | — 
° Hod HOD 
ay | San | 
ie See 
rOADHAnN 
CMS —— a 
mMoowmwaoa$o 
P| Se SO Sr 
Tee A 
AMHHOMH oO 
pag | SSIs - a 
a ACHMMHHDD 
er es | a 
OODDANMO10 
Date) == SS Sek 
spo, | MOH 9.00 
Tl | Mme Oooo oo 
Sea mea 
osinoy 
Soe se 
AZzknuwinee - 


Winds at Constantinople, Turkey. 


AVERAGE FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


* re rit ne 
eur OS om SoonononsoS 
“AON coMomoooqEegmoons 
: enooooceo 
po |CSHReosoooss 
aa SonocoooooonoooSeS 
ydag aS 4 
i Se A dn eel 
‘Sny oogoscossooassooe 
“mp |COneocoooootoooos 
TRE. + Sal 
rea re 
roe | POMPOM OSSSONSBSNS ©O 
ria re 
“f MOMOHnHOSOSOSCOHS OSS 
Tt oo a“ 


Indy =H a 


Hae 
QS POI SS) ono 


“qormvyl a 
lec dase ee ooo 
rn rea SS 
Fo Sad 
‘ane mencoo™ Fa 
“LFST pus VS RS Ka S OS tem SS 
BEST JO SHU ie = 
“OFST Od Ar a1 03 SII (EOF et Ne 
sari 
+H a 
*osinof/y 
Ae gd getter ekae 
fale cD ie EV ERCEANA |S GOSS : : 
SAA Zi gunn suk BaF ez 
CURED aac gel PCI BE Sad Op ey oye 
AAZAZn oe eninnnndeeeaZ 


Winds in Turkey in Asia, and on the Mediterranean Sea. 


ssuvok ¢ ‘vag 


o2 Hage 
TROUPE OF | cO cD od Oa 69 CG) 
jo yavd usojsegy SST SIG ro HIG 
Sait || SSeS are 
Ot i Slee See 
& po | CO SASHSHR 
p aoe a aS GN ne 
a e 
I Is | MSR eri Rane 
NX 
& 
3 S | “sng HHSocong 
as) r= 
a z rennp | PS eo rio wt 
N 
at A Keng io oasis 
ES) a 
4 4 THdy | CROSS corm 
5 pup | NOHOSOMOD 
a OR || ON soso pias 
‘up | TOO SxS 
EARa Spa ipaive iis) 
“9881 = rs 
oq | OOMAMSOON 
non | moarMBoNoe 
290 | Homo trois 
ie roung | oc cv c9 cu c1i 09 © 
Ht 
Be 
| oy | OHM OOSSO 
wR 


tudy | otra OOM rT 


“IBY | MA ADAAOmO 


“qay | otmranoon 


‘use | Or OOMOoOrrT 
“9sIn0) a Es q 
AZAAwWwnne AZO 


2 Three of these marked ‘‘ Sea breeze.” 


! Sea breeze. 


103 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 


S 
s 
cS 
| 
a 
“st 
n 
< 
q 
“4 
Pr 
oO 
a 
et 
3) 
sal 
q 
1 
n 
re} 
fe 
iS 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF THE YEAR. 


21 | 


0] 0] 0} Ol15 | 0 | 
0| 0/36 ojo [18 


0) 0} 0} 6 6 


0 
0 


Tay |S 


nt | 3 


3/10} 0} 0 


en | 2 


let oie 
qdy SHONOCSHS 


“Worley | ld OO O10 SH SH 


“qo | PID SSS 


SEPARATE MONTHS. 


“684 JO Weg 


| 
“uer | DION OOS 


0 


Braap | S 


6] 0) 0} 0} 0} 4 
58) 0} 0)12) 4/15 


8 
157|12/24/36) 6/13) 2 


reo dk T | 2 a 
it 


Jerusalem. 


“Ayn | a lS RO) Oe SS 


‘eune | SS i SES Seiichi 


“AUTL | VQOSQVOrhsI3QQqoQHnoae ino 


‘Tudy ASCHADSSCSCSOSOMSONSOHS 


“qa | Pwotmooooocotowoonae 


wee | Doma oOSSOSOOOSONA DOS 


09g CSoOtarrooooonoanao 


"AON | WOMANS SIMI} S 


mo | SoRorSeSssoosssoooNsS 


dag Ea SSeS So SSSosSaS 


‘ony ROSSSSSSSSSSHSOSS 


“AINE | DSSS SS S99 9282S 719315 


‘oun | WOSSO AIS NoooSonNos©> 


Bahmdun.t 


09d | OH AO 09S 


“AON | OANA SOCHORn 


| 
qdag joocosooncos 


“ony | mnoooooNn 


“np | ASSoOOMMO 


| 
oun | Qseeooroen 


| i) Qa 
“AR | HOnocoHDHS 


nin ric 
wwdy | CHmOoOMmaAdH 


“POIBy | soonoaako 


“Om | BOnocoam0N 


“aR e | CSOnonEN wo 


ken | ASCMOMDSOHSHSOHSCHSOLS 


=| hel ag el 
° S24 gunid sib? gee 
[Boze eeondadk eran 


“@SIn0) 


spay es oS 


| AA es 


Erzeroum. 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF THE YEAR. 


EKG h | OOMQono1w a 


“AON | HOt NO OOO 


0 | OOO O1W10 
ore 


| 
ydag | @AROSO A 


‘ony | 09 e919 SSO 69 9 


snp | HO NSSON 


“oun GO 96) Ge) S oi! G8 


PNCHIE | SOO O'S ae) 


Tady | 1 G19 10 © 69 rt SH 
! ie r 


“oan | 1 AAO SSON& 


‘a | AH adonen 


| 
aRe | AKrKoanoNnn 


CoP I Niel 
*OSST COCs (0 er a mow 


*asmnog 


Mount Lebanon--elevation 3,100 to 3,200 feet. 


1 On 
2 About half of these were marked ‘‘ Sea-breeze” in the original record. 


104 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds at Teflis, Georgia. 


SEPARATE MONTHS. SEPARATE MONTHS. 


Part of 1844. 


= | May. 
| June. 


ort orto & 
— 


eye | Part of 1844. 
= 
bS co Th 


en st 


or 
oo 


Winds in Persia. 
Ooroomiah. 


AVERAGE FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


Part of 
1848-49," 
May. 
July 
Aug. 
Sept. 


Dee. 1849, to 
April. 


Noy. 1850. 


Feb 
| Mar. 
| June. 
Oct 
Nov. 
Dee 


bo 


North 


a 
i) 


he bo 
ne toe bos beh 


CRO ORT NT HORM OP We 
bohe 


the 
toh 


oooococo oS 
eoocoe 
tH 


— 

toh Nh 

toe 

bot bot he 
bh 


el 


ay 


He 
so 


toe 


tom 
7 Se ke 
mn 
hoe bo 
ne 
aNoooWNr WSWOoOOCNCON 


ies) 
ie2) 
ths 


eo Se 
bo 


So 
BM Ie 


mnnnnntn 


Ce on Go 
ae pe 


toe 
Bp top 
he 


he 


toe 


a 
SIS ICS e ooro eo 


=s| 2 


“nag aed £2 One 
he 


a 
nas, sas 


tp top toe 


1 
2 
1 
2 


7 
S WOHKSCHNDPATRODOTNANNAONS CH coOCOCOHHE 


WH ep 


a 
SH ROROCH RR HETODORARROOAOSO 


a 
= 
4 
bo 
py =" 
SCONSKADDNOSTONOCOKR OH ONO oS 
—_ 
oO EPOWOHE MPO HOMNOLRATNARORHBOCWHHOS So 
te 


a 


0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
i 
0 
1 
0 
5 
b 0 
E 68 11 
KE 2: 
7 
4 
6 
0 
3 
0 
4 
9 
0 
2 


s44 ie 
; = S/S OA min 


is te WH 
me bo 


Nie 
te 
NH bo 


toe 


toe 
rem 
foe 
— 
ue 
— 
SOSCSHASCSHWWOSOMNSDOMNDSOSCSONOCOHHEWOOHSOOHE 
oo 


SNF SOKFCOMUMOCOFMCONOFMOCOCOROOCOrFWOOCOOMOCONNh 


toe 


m = 
SWHONS OWHK OMG HO 


be 


Ewoko 


toe 


Re 
te 


SWOSKDCTONAKDOHOCHN OHH ORC OWFROOCOWNDOHDM 
SOSCCS CCR K ORK ONOCOUONTHHOMWoOOoOOoOrcCCOCOOSCoOCo oS 
SNNW OUCH DMDOHOWCOOH ENR OHKMCOCORNEOCORM ON KS 


toe 
oO 


1 January 1 to June 18, 1848, and November, 1849. 

Norse.—I am indebted for the foregoing observations to Rey. Justin Perkins, who, in his letters accompanying them, 
dated February 19, and July 22, 1848, has given the following description of the place of observation, and of the local 
nfluences to which it is subject. : 

“My residence is on the north-eastern declivity of a high mountain. This location may, perhaps, affect the diree- 
tion of the wind here somewhat, though probably not a great deal. There are, however, some important local causes 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 105 


Winds in Persia and Siberia. 


Tehran, Persia, 1850. Tabreez, Persia, 1850. ane 

3 a 2 ; ] : 

3 a = zB S aes 5 $ z z 

‘S) eH = < = 7) fo) a A a 4 
| North 12 4 4 1 2 5 2 0 26 14 
f N. N. H. 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 49 10 
, N. EH. 11 6 5 4 8 2 0 0 125 124 
j EK. N. BH. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 8 
4 Hast 5 3 0 1 44 26 380 33 4 7 
| HLS. HE. 0 0 0 0 2 1 0 i 4 7 
8. EB. 3 10 6 itil 1 1 1 3 144 146 
} Ss. S. H. 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 17 3 
i South 2 8 4 19 0 7 7 9 31 Y5) 
} S. S. W. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 37 12 
S. W. 17 28 7 32 4 il 1 3 22) 225 
WS. W. 1 il 0 0 0 1 0 i 51 55 
| West 6 17 50 23 19 43 47 43 29 58 
| W. by N. 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 
| W.N. W. 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 50 79 
| N. W. 16 16 13 2 7 4 2 0 144 lea 
\ Ca W. 8 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 a7 12 

} Calm or 

Fable CO RORO sO. tee On foul Olrllts 144 \orenos 


Catharinenburg, Siberia.2 


TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 


affecting the winds in this province, which I will here state. About once a month, ordinarily, we have a strong wind, 
often violent, from the west, which is the simoom or Samiel from the Arabian desert. It usually continues about three 
days; and though its noxious properties are much neutralized by its passage over a distance of hundreds of miles, and 
across the high snowy Koordish Mountains, it is still a warm wind (often hot) here, and very debilitating to men and 
animals. And it is often so dry and hot here, as to wither and crisp vegetables.” . . . ‘There is ordinarily, par- 
ticularly in summer, a morning breeze lasting two-thirds of the day, from the Lake of Ooroomiah, which is about fifteen 
miles east of us; and an evening breeze, continuing through the night, from the Koordish Mountains on the west.” 

“We have also occasionally (once or more in the course of a month) a warm south wind from the hot plains 
of Mesopotamia, the nearest point of which is about a hundred miles distant; but this wind is distinct from the simoom 
that comes to us from the Arabian desert. At intervals of a few weeks, aa sometimes oftener, we have also a cold 
invigorating wind from the north, which comes down from the mountains of Ararat.” 

“The daily lake and mountain breezes continue during the warm part of the year with great regularity, except when 
interrupted by the simooms, usually once in four, five, or six weeks. During this part of the year, there is also much 
uniformity in the weather, a cloud seldom appearing in the sky. 

1 Situated upon a plain, 813 fect above the level of the sea. 


106 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in Siberia.— Continued. 


Bogoslowsk. 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF THE YEAR 1842. 


200 | 290 


Zlatouste.t 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF THE YEAR. 


Barnoule. 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF THE YEAR. 


1 Elevation 1,200 feet, surrounded by mountains two or three thousand feet above the level of the sea. 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 107 


Winds in Siberia.— Continued. 
Nertchinsk. 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF THE YEAR. 


Oct. 
Dec. 


SOWNIAHOSOoOr : 


et 
Com bh ee 


bS 
we 


Yacoutsk. 


SEPARATE MONTHS OF THE YEAR. 


Oct 
Dee. 


| 
| 


bo 


CONWwWNnNnNnowhybr 


on 


pt 
pe OS tO Co | 


N. 
N. E. 
Kk. 

S. E. 
S. 

S. W. 
W. 
N. W. 
alm 


oo 
1 ao 


fo) 


SEPARATE MONTHS or 1844, 


eon | Nov. 


et S ST Ora Ft or 09 


bo oo 


Ion 


108 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Winds in Hindoostan. 


| Calcutta. Patna, FPuttehpore, and on the Ganges. 
TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
5 HH cil cede) See | Began | cain) eee I MR ceca es || ee Tes ies Se | ee ea a) clears 
S Plelel|sisisleleislelé |= lade te | ee te syaeee 
N. 95|238|103] 46} 9) 4) O} 8] Oj 21/113)332/295)) 6] 0} 3)/0)]2] O| 0} 13 
N. EH. 79|132|122| 75) 33) 29} 30] 20} 73) 91)113)128)126 
B. 116] 66/154] 79) 29] 91)244/177/2381207| 64) 21) 22)/76 |62 |100/28 |54 | 24/30 | 45 
S. E. 143) 53) 75|176)163/226)159|258/226/266) 81) 25) 10 
8. 141] 37} 75)197|326/358/197)198}117| 91) 73} 4} O}] 1 | 1 £6 10 | 0) 07a 
S. W. 181] 74/117|281!284|209/250|230/246)232/165| 29| 14 
W. 95/118 159} 79)117} 49] 90} 89] 81) 71) 97| 54)120)/41 157 | 20/90 |64 |100/90 | 66 
N. W. 150'283|196} 67] 38} 383] 30} 20) 20) 21|294/407\414 
Duklun. 
TOTAL FOR DIFFER- : 
ENT HOURS OF TOTAL FOR THE SEPARATE MONTHS. 
THE DAY. 
3 g leaf |Ré aie 
= Sle} s| ala] Beslealss|el421 2)! S|] 2) S) ele] =) eae 
3 e[ ele) 2) S18 seis giss| Sis |e | ale sh Sed ie toa 
N. 33] 14] 21] 32] 15] 29] 40) 46) 0] 20) 20; 9) 7) 5) 1) 0} O| OF 23) 17) 
N. H. 82] 19] 15] 22) 55) 23) 57|-62) 1) 26) 17) 5| 10) 12) 1) O} O} OF} 25) 28) 19 
KE. 87|147|194/185| 90}130|368)197| 8|105| 63] 79) 29) 12} 1} O} O} Oj} 63)187|164 
} S. EK. 43] 29} 8] 12] 11) 20] 40) 41) 0] 13) 12) 1) 0} 8] 5) O| O} O| 9} 9) 46 
tS. 14) 912) 1) 0; V4 1A! Sle Ol 138i) iL) 22) VS > 5 2)" TOW NOl Ran) see eae 
S. W. 159| 6] 13] 40] 87} 55|1138}130} 7] 2) 3] 38) 6) 52) 87/101) 19) 26) 4) L OF 
Pave 318/489|419|432/324|357|643/902| 80| 46) 73)156)240|242 |241)279/314|299) 69) 10) 13 
N. W. 16] 14) 53] 18) 21) 27} 33) 51) 11] 8) 14) 14) 12) 35) 1) 0) 0} O} Sy) Teas 
Calm 359|34113201305|395|847 4521304117 |219|221/178)129| 77) 81) 52)126)114)259)171)142 
Winds in Africa. 
Tripoli. Bassa Cove. Cape Palmas. £S¢ | 
3 - S22 
a a a : ; 5 ; : 22s 
5 zg = 2 g 5 2, ic Z 3 d 28 5 | 
3 = = gna ic 5 2 a & Z A s Sas | 
f North 20 13 4 16 21 4 3 i 0 0 1 
| N.N. E. 0 2 il Ls siya 0 0 0 0 0 0 
N. E. if 9 18 Dil) 22 0 0 0 0 18 1 
KH. N. E. 1 BI 12 By iim 1? 0 0 0 0 0 i 
East 8 11 30 21 27 0 6 0 0 0 i 
| H.S. E. 2} it 3 12 2 0 0 0 0 0 i 
8. E. 7 9 10 9 5 0 2 0 0 3 5 
, S. S. E. 2 il 5 it 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 
South 16 16 if 5 2 6 il 0 30 9 1 
8S. S. W. D 8 0 0 0 33 0 0 9 0 il 
S. W. 14 2 O 0 0 29 48 74 24 33 33 
W.S. W. 3 u 1 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 7 
West 10 15 3 2 2 9 io) 4 0 15 3 
W.N. W. 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 il 
N. W. 20 19 ifs} 13 ie" 3 1 0 0 6 9 
N.N. W. 3 2 3) il 3 0 0 0 0 0 4 
Calm 9 8 iil 14 inl 0 0 0 12 9 18 


SERIES B.—ABSTRACTS OF OBSERVATIONS. 109 


| DEE 
| Winds at Islands in the Pacific and Indian Oceans. 
Waioli, Sandwich Islands. 


SEPARATE MONTHS oF 1842. 


April 1, 1845, 
to April 1, 
1846. 


Es 
= 


j N. EH. 6} 20 41 | 54) 52 
Variable 56 | 36 21 8 8 


— 
oo 
(ee) 


Russell, New Zealand. Pago-pago, Navigator’s Islands. Maas Een i 
a 5 5 


Oahu, Sand- 

wich Islands, 

July, 1837. 
Jan. 


SOMO | July. 


a 
aS 
= 
cl 
0 


— 


NOSSSSSOSSCSOHSCOR HO 


onws | June. 
— 
rh Co oS 


eee 

GO or 

THe 
Soe RWSoOS 


te 
— 
co bo 


he 
SSoSSCOHHOR | Aug. 


te 
toe 


he 


oo SWE HOM 
hie 
RS 
BPWOWIHNWpPonsodsdoso 


SHSWH OE bh to NE ow bo CO 
I SSogesoe Ss 


bo 


SeOWOSSHSOSSHOSOCC OND | April. 


WH 
= 

SON SODSHSOHOHMOSHL 
= 

SONMNNOSWHOLD 

WOAmnNSaSOCO Ot 


bo 


The following series of wind-roses exhibits to the eye the relative predominance 
of the different winds as given in the preceding abstracts; the width of the shading 
in the circumference at different points of the compass being proportioned to the 
time during which winds from those points prevailed. In a few rare localities, and 
others where there are marked local disturbances, a map of the surrounding coun- 
try is added, to show the cause of the disturbance. 


15 


110 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES C. 


Tue following Tables show the mean direction’ of the wind at each station, 
where observations have been taken for a complete year or more, and, in some few 
instances, for a shorter period. The stations are divided into five sections, and in 
each section they are arranged according to their latitudes, proceeding from north to 
south. The portions of the northern hemisphere embraced in each section are as 
follows, viz. :— 

1st section. America, east of longitude 87°. 
7-\ 3 ek ie The Atlantic Ocean and its Islands. 


(se Europe and Africa. 
4th « Asia, and the Pacific Ocean. 
3) 4 aa America, west of longitude 87°. 


The fifth column shows the ratio of the progressive motion in the mean direction 
to the total distance travelled by the wind, being as the numbers in the column 
to 100. 


Section I. 


No. 
Name of Station. Where situated. Mean direction of Rate of of years 
Vind. Progress. | embraced. 


Tgloolik : : - | Melville Peninsula 36° 18’ W. 42 


1 
2 
3 
+ 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 


Winter Island 
New Herrnhut 


Friederichthal, and at sea 


Nos. 3 and 4 combined 
Nain : ‘ ; 
Michipicoton . 
St. John’s (1840) 

Do. (1841) 

Do. (1842) 

Do. (1843) 
No. 8 to No. 11, inclusive 
Fort Kent : 
Fort Fairfield 
Quebec. . 
Fort Brady (1823) 

Do. (1824) 

Do. (1825) 

Do. (1827) 

Do. (1828) 

Do. (1830) 


No.6 to Now, inclusive Do. 


Houlton (1829) 
Do. (1830) 


near do. 
Greenland 
Do. and Baflin’s Bay 


Labrador 
Lake Superior 
Newfoundland 


Do. 
Lower Canada 
Michigan 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 


Maine 
Do. 


WAnAMiAmmMMmMmninnininmn nis A A io io 


BE 4E44244qa4aaq22: 


423 


FD ee fT ee et et tn 


1 In this table no allowance is made for the relative force of the different winds, the only element taken into account 
being their duration or time of blowing. } 


SERIES C.—MEAN DIRECTION OF WINDS. 


SERIES C. Sercrron I.— Continued. 


Name of Station. 


Nos. 23 and 24 combined 
Mackinaw (1826) . 
Montreal (1836) 

Do. (1837) 

Do. (1838) 
No. 27 to 29, inclusive 
Total of 10 stations 


Windsor . : 
Malone (1839) 

Do. (1840) 

Do. (1842) . : 
No. 33 to No. 35, inclusive 
Hastport (1822) . : 

Do. (1823) 

Do. (1824) 

Do. (1825) 

Do. (1826) ; 
No. 37 to No. 41, inclusive 
Ogdensburg ‘ ‘ : 
Plattsburg (1841) 

Do. (1847) . : 

Do. (1841, 42, 47) 
Hampden (1844) . : 

Do. (1845) 

Do. (1846) 


No. 47 to No. 49, Sadlnetive 
Potsdam 


No. 37 to No. 51, inclusive 


Gouverneur ‘ 

Bath - (1832) 
Do. . (1833) 
Do. . (1834) 
Do. . (1835) 
Do. . (1836) 
Do. . (1887) 
Do. . (1838) 
Do. . (1839) 
Do. . (1840) 
Do. _ . (1841) 


No. 54 to No. 63, Aaglinsie. 
Sackett’s Harbor asia) 
Watertown 


Lowville . 
No. 54 to No. 61, inclusive! 
Hllisburg . : 
Hanover . 
Portland (1827) 
Do. (1828) 
Do. (1829) 
Do. (1830) 


No. 71 to No. 74, inclusive 
Toronto 3 


Saco * (1844) 
Do. (1845) 
Do. — (1846) 


No. 77 to No. 79, inclusive 


Nos. 75, 76, 80, 518 comb’d 


Where situated. | 


Maine 
Michigan 
Lower Canada 
Do. 
Do. 


0. 
Lat. 45° to Lat. 50° 
Nova Scotia 

New York State 


New York State 
Lat. 44%° to Lat. 442° 
New York State 


Maine 


New York State 

Do. 

Do. 
Lat. 432° to Lat. 44° 
New York State 
New Hampshire 
Maine 


Upper Canada 
Maine 


Lat. 4320 to Lat. 43#° 


Mean direction of 


ind, 


RIAA 'A'AANNNADADAARANDARANANNA'ADRANANNANMIANNNNNMNNNNNMNMNANAAARD'A 
(=) 
Or 
aN 
Or 


> UGE Sey” 1B. 


AS AAAS A SAS ASAASAS ASR AS ASA SAS SARA RASA SA Sa aa SaaS a455 


Rate of 


Progress. 


Ja 


No. 
of years § 


embraced. 


TOO et et Et Eb 


4), 
is} 


ee 


eye 
Se ee tO Oe tt 


rt 


et 


00 CD Ah et RD HS ee EE EL 1 > CO CO PE 


= 


a 


oe) 


112 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES CC. Secrron I.— Continued. 


A 
° 


> Orne OO bo 


WOnRHRANMM DH 
=) 


oie) 
moo wont 


We} 
G2 bo 


OO 
or 


0 
“Io 


98 


lil eet ee eed 
oooocsd 
Ee WD OO 


105 


a 
SS) 
aS 


108 


RRR 
KH oO 
Hoo 


112 


a 
ee 
He oO 


115 


119 


139 


Name of Station. 


Mexico 
Gaines 
Granville . 
Salem F 
Youngstown (18: 29-30) 
No. 82 to No. 86, inclusive 
Whitesboro’ F 


Dover (1835) 

Do. (1836) 

Do. (1837) 

Do. (1838) 

Do. (1839) 

Do. (1842) . 

No. 89 to No. 94, inclusive 
Lewistown ‘ 
Millville 

Rochester . 

Utica 

Palmyra 

Fairfield 

Cambridge 

Portsmouth (1827) 

Do. (1828) 

Do. (1829) 

Do. G@S30)iy =: H 
No. 103 to No. 106, inclusive 
Syracuse 
Johnstown 
Henrietta . 


No. 88 to No. 110, indtukive 
Onandaga 

Pompey. 

Fayetteville 

Port Huron (1831 to 1835) 
Bridgewater 

Cazenovia . 

Canajoharie 

Buffalo 

Canandaigua 

Middlebury 

Hamilton 

Cherry Valley 

Schenectady 

Lansingburgh 

Cayuga. 

No. 112 to No. 126, inclusive 


Watervleit (1831 Ve 
Williamstown (1816) . 
Do. (1817) . 
Do. (1818) . 
Do. (1819) . 
Do. (1820) . 
Do. (1821). 
Do. (1822) . 
Do. (1823) . 
Do. (1824) . 
Do. (1825) . 


(1826) . 


* Where situated. 


New York State 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 


Do. 
Lat. 434° to Lat. 434° 


New York State 
New Hampshire 
Do. 


New York State 


New York State 
Do. 
Do. 
Lat. 43° to Lat. 434° 
New York State 
Do. 
Vermont 
Michigan 
New York State 


Do. 
Lat. 423° to Lat. 43° 
New York State 
Massachusetts 


Mean direction of 


PEG comme am pe oem nme | 


AAAAAAAAMDAANANEAAMNMMMBMNMMAmmInm 


Vind. 


72 
88 
62 
77 
79 
89 
72 
62 
89 


. 65 


54 
77 


5 (1 


45 
70 


. 89 


61 
69 


13 

9 
22 
37 
50 
33 
10 

2 
14 
14 

3 
51 
18 
58 
44 
32 
41 

it 
ol 
40 
12 
24 
39 


57° 24’ W. 
W. 
W. 
W. 


W. 


SSAASAAS SS ASAAAR SAAS SA AS45445 495585889544 24 8824494245 


Rate of 


Progress. 


283 


No. 
of years 
embraced. 


_ 
Ovo bs GO me bo 


i 
Bee DTI OHH ee ee 


Het 


= 


me =T 
WwWCRANWADCOWOR Ree ee 


ra 
Et et at tt 
WANROSONS 


Re ee ee 


SERIES C.—MEAN DIRECTION OF 


" Name of Station. 


Rvamncen ee 

Do. (1828) 

Do. (1829) 

Do. (1830) 

Do. (ee) 

Do. (1832) 

Do. (1833) 

Do. (1834) 

Do. (1835) 

Do. (1836) 

Do. (1837) 

Do. (1838) 
No. 129 to No. 151, ‘eedneine 
Tpswich 
Albany 
Hartwick . 
Homer 
Auburn 
Pratisburg 
Springville 
No. 128 to No. 159, “aliens 
Oxford 
Ithaca 
Fredonia : 4 
Detroit (1839) 

Do. (1840) 

Do. (1841) 
No. 164 to No. 166, inclusive 
Waltham . ; 
Greenville 
Kinderhook 
Amherst 

Do. 

Do. 


(1837) 
(1838) 
(1839) 

Do. (1840) 

Do (1841) 
No. 171 to No. 175, inclusive 
Cambridge 
Boston b 
Worcester (1840) 

Do. (1841) 

Do. (1842) 

Do. (18438) 

Do. (1844) 

Do. (1845) 

Do. (1846) 
No. 179 to No. 185, “ aglensiore 
Delhi ; 
Hudson . 
No. 161 to No. 188, saelneine 


Cuba 

Mendon (1842) 
(1843-44) 
(1845-46) 

No. 191 to No. 193, inclusive 

Provincetown 

Redhook . 

Salisbury 


Gey 


SERIES C. Srcrron I1.— Continued. 


WINDS. 


Where situated. 


Do. 

Lat. 424° to Lat. 423° 
New York State 

Do. 

Do. 
Michigan 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Massachusetts 
New York State 

Do. 
Massachusetts 


New York State 


Do. 
Lat. 424° to Lat. 424° 
New York State 
Massachusetts 

Do. 

Do. 


Do. 

Do. (Cape Cod) 
New York State 
Connecticut 


Mean direction of 


Kean on Okan ban ak BRE bana nanananrmnmnnr nner er Renn nnn RARE eE| 


V 


77 
76 
85 
69 
81 
73 
80 
83 


Vind. 


° 52’ W. 
0 W 


20 
0 
29 
39 
9 


12 


Rate of 


Progress. 


embraced. | 


il 


— 


oy ho 
CO OR OD 


on 
FOO Ft OT DD BD FD GD CO DO Td pt OT et tO et POT 


114 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES C. Srcrion I.— Continued. 


Name of Station. 


Salisbury (1845) 
Nos. 197 and 198 combined 
No. 190 to No. 199, inclusive 
Kingston . 
Silver Lake 
Smithport . 3 
Friend’s School, Providence 
Brown University, do. 
No. 201 to No. 205, inclusive 
Brockville 3 A 3 
Poughkeepsie 
Meadville . 
New Bedford . 
Middletown (1834 an. 1843) 
Do. (1835) f 
Do. (1836) 
No. 211 to No. 213, inclusive 
Montgomery 
Fort Adams 
No. 207 to No. 216, inclusive 
Fort Wolcott (182 2 2) 
Do. 


(1823) 
Do. (1824) 
Do. (1825) 
Do. (1826) 
Do. (1827) 
Do. (1828) 
Do. (1829) 
Do. (1830) 
Newport (1331, 32, 33) 
Do. (1838) ; 
No. 218 to No. 228, inclusive 
Franklin 
New London (1827) 
Do. (1828) 


Nos. 231 and 232 combined 
West Point (1827 to 1830) 
Goshen ¢ ‘ z 
North Salem 

New Haven 

Nantucket 

Hudson? . 

No. 218 to No. 239, inelasive 
Torty-nine different stations 
Mount Pleasant 


Newburgh 

Easthampton 3 : 
No. 241 to No. 244, inclusive 
Stroudsburg. : : 
Butler * 1840) 

Do. (1841) 

Do. (1844-45) 
No. 247 to No. 249, inclusive 
Oysterbay : F 
Bloomingdale 
Newark 


No. 246 to No. 258, jonlucive 
Deaf and Dumb Tnstitute 


Where situated. 


Connecticut 


0. 
Lat. 42° to Lat. 424° 
New York State 
Pennsylvania 


Do. 
Rhode Island 
D 


0. 
Lat. 412° to Lat. 42° 
Indiana 
New York State 
Pennsylvania 
Massachusetts 
Connecticut 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
New York State 
Rhode Island 
Lat. 414° to Lat. 412° 
Rhode Island 


Pennsylvania 
Connecticut 

Do. 

Do. 
New York State 

Do. 

Do. 
Connecticut 
Massachusetts 


io 
Lat. 414° to Lat. 413° 
New Eng., 8. of Lat.45° 
New York State 

Do. 
Long Island, do. 
Lat. 41° to Lat. 414° 
Pennsylvania 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 


Do. 
Long Island, N. Y. 
New York State 
New Jersey 
Lat. 402° to Lat. 41° 
New York City 


1 Upper current. 


Mean direction of 


AAA AMD TRIAD AAA A a TA A TA Ot On A ah TT 1 Ah hh 


60° 


ind. 
9’ B. 
7 E. 
42 W. 
10 W. 
24 W. 
6 W. 
35 W. 
33 W. 
0 W. 
5 W. 
20 E. 
2 KE. 
0 W. 
26 W. 
49 W. 
10 W. 
10 W. 
20 W. 
3 W. 
30 W. 
21 W. 
35 W. 
12 W. 
55 W. 
7 W. 
51 W. 
40 W. 
33 W. 
46 W. 
54 W. 
LOWE 
2 W. 
4 W. 
41 W. 
44 W. 
5b W. 
9 W. 
33 W. 
47 W. 
7 W. 
OW: 
33 W.1 
30 W. 
37 W. 
18 W. 
9 W. 
47 W. 
45 W. 
35 W.? 
47 W. 
39 W. 
58 W. 
59 W. 
27 W. 
52 Wi. 
538 W. 
54 W. 
58 W. 


Rate of 
Progress. 


9 
6 


of years 
embraced. 


No. 


a 


SCbe| 


I, 
i) 


= 
ry 


taal 
wl 


pe 
=> Te SPC? Co l= ke ik ee 


eat 


et 


za 
ONORTE RUE RD HEHE ee ee eee ee ee op ee 


Cohet 


Te 
S21 Cope 


SERIES C.—MEAN DIRECTION OF WINDS. IL) 


SERIES C. Sxcrron I.— Continued. 


No. i 
No. Name of Station. Where situated. Mean direction of Rate of of years } 
i Progress. | embraced. ! 
| 256 | New York City (Fisher) . aie ze City 8. 66° 56" We 21 10 
h 257 Fort Columbus (1822 to’30) Sh Gh 8) Wie 19 9 
1 258 | Northumberland ; : Dee eahia N. 53 32 W. 10 13 
| 259 | Haston (1848) . ; Do. N. 64 18 W. Uy 1 
1 260 | Jamaica . . 4 . | Long Island, N. Y. N.70 382 W. 24 12 
} 261 | Flatbush é 3 : Do. N.75 57 W. 29 12 
262 | Mifflintown d : . | Pennsylvania INS ONO OMe 314 1} 
} 263 | Pittsburg . : : ; Do. N. 87 30 W. 3 1 
| 264 | Hbensburg j : 5 Do. Sh toll Pl AW 47 1 
1265 | Huntingdon : Do. West 41 1 
1 266 | No. 255 to No. 265, inclusive | Lat. 403° to Lat. 403° | N. 83 45 Ww. 27 5375 | 
1 267 | 11 stations (1826) New York State S. 68 38 W. 30 11 
$268 | 238 do. (1827) : Do. S. 86 15 W. 314 23 
1269 | 29 do. tees 7 Do. S. 62 44 W. 35 29 
A270 | 28 do. 1829) . Do. See 2 Oe We 35 28 
} 271 | 384 do. (1830) : Do. S. 79 43 W. 27 3¢ 
1272 | 34 do. (4831) : Do. S. 76 42 W. 354 34 
1273 | 36 do. (1832) ; Do. S. 69 33 W. 29 36 
274 | 30 do. (1833) : Do. 8S. 74 50 W. 29 35 
H275 | 386 do. (1834) , Do. Ss. 80 12 Ww. 28 36 
276 | 45 do. (1835) é Do. §. 72 53 W. 332 45 
W277 | 89 “do. (1836) : Do. S. 76 55. W. 22 39 
1278 | 385 do. (1837) ; Do. So WY 29 85 
1279 | 383 do. (1838) : Do. S. 85 56 W. 33 3: 
#280 | 88 do. (1839) : Do. S. 85 16 W. 29 38 
| 281 | 387 do. (1840) : Do. Ses Ola 52 37 
282 | 39 do. (1841) : Do. s. 88 0 W. 28 39 
283 | 44 do. (1842) Do. Si 7) 2S) We 30 44 
1 284 | 40 do. (1843) : Do. S. 87 34 W. 34 40 
285 | 37 do. (1844) : Do. S. 82 16 W. 29 3 
1286 | 35 do. (1845) : Do. S. 81 21 Ww. 37 35 
287 | 34 do. (1846) : Do. S. 83 43 W. 26 34 
288 | 27 do. (1847) ; Do. Si dy AW 27 27 
288 a| 25 do. (1848) : Do. S. 81 26 W. 30 25 
288% | 23 do. (1849) Do. N. 88 24 W. 20 23 
289 | No. 267 to No. 288 3, incl’ve Do. S. 79 49 W. 30 797 
290 | 72 stations* : Do. S79 8 W. Bills 362 
291 | Middletown : 0 . | New Jersey 8. 86 35 W. 22 4 
1 292 | Steubenville (1833) . | Ohio N.85 2 W. il 
1 293 Do. (1834) : Do. N. 838 14 W. iL 
} 294 Do. (1835) t Do. S. 89 49 W. 1 
295 Do. (1836) j Do. IN. f8) Lt We I 
296 Do. (1837) : Do. S. 85 43 W. 1 
297 Do. (1838) Do. N. 81 20 W. 1 
298 Do. (1839) : Do. N. 81 18 W. 1 
299 Do. (1840) i Do. N. 82 52 W. il 
} 300 Do. (1841) : Do. N. 72 30 W. 1 
f 301 Do. (1842) ; Do. INE? a O2n We 1 
302 Do. (1848) : Do. N. 73 50 W. 1 
303 Do. (1844) : Do. N.70 59 W. 1 
304 Do. (1845) : Do. N. 838 50 W. il 
305 Do. (1846) Do. N. 75 43 W. 1 
#306 | No. 292 to No. 305, inclusive Do. N. 80) 58 W. | . 50 il 
307 | Harrisburg ! pony az N. 82 56 W. 28 14 
308 | Newtown . N. 63 31 W. 33 12 
309 | No. 291 to No. 308, inclusive | Lat. 4042 to Lat.402° | N.79 7 W. 34 202 
310 | Carlisle (1840) . | Pennsylvania 8. 89 30 W. 19 1 
311 | Trenton . : i . | New Jersey S. 75 52 W. 17 6 


1 These stations include all the preceding but two, and seventeen additional ones. 


116 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Name of Station. 


Lancaster . 
Bedford ; i 
Somerset (1841) 

Do. (1845-46) 
Nos. 314 and 315 combined 
No. 310 to No. 316, inclusive 
Girard College . 

Franklin Tate (1831) . 
i (1832) 
(1833) 
(1839) 
(1841) 
(1842) 
No. 319 to No. 824, inclusive 
Uniontown 4 
Fort Miffin (1823 ‘ 

Do. (1824) 

Nos. 227 and 328 combined 

Gettysburg ; 

No. 318 to No. 330, Oinaige 

40 different atakions 

Neweastle . 

Maryland Academy 

Fort McHenry 

No. 333 to No. 335, criokeies 

Marietta . 

No. 333 to No. 3 

Annapolis . ; 9 

Washington (1823) 
(1824) 


(1825) 
(1826) 
Ce 7) 
1828) 
(1829) 
(1830) 
No. 339 to No. 346, oli 
Washington (1831,2, 3, 4,5) 
Do. “(1838, 39, 40, 41,42) 
No. 339 to No. 349, inclusive 
Nos. 338 and 350, combined 
Bellona Arsenal 
Old Point Comfort (1826) - 
Do. (1827) 
Do. (1828) 
Do. (1829) 
Do. (1880) 
No. 352 to No. 356, inclusive 
14 different stations 
Nashville (1839-40) 
(1841) 
(1842) 
(1848) 
: (1844) 
No. 359 to No. 363, inclusive 
Chapel Hill (1845) 
Do. (1846) 
Nos. 865 and 366 combined 


36, inclusive 


SERIES C. Sxcrion I.— Continued. 


Where situated. 


Pennsylvania 


Lat. 40° to Lat. 404° 
Philadelphia 
Do. 


Pennsylvania 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Lat. 892° to Lat. 40° 
Pennsylvania 
Delaware 
Baltimore 

Do. 
Delaware and Maryland 
Ohio 
Lat. 394° to Lat. 393° 
Maryland 
District of Columbia 


Near Richmond, Va. 
Virginia 


Do. 
Del., Md., and E. Vir. 
Tennessee 


Do. 

North Carolina 
Do. 
Do. 


Mean direction of 


DAMMMMMNMM AMAA IAIN tals A A io tn 


See Fear eye ATR) 


Wind. 


. 819155! We 
57 W. 


40 
32 
27 


SASARAS ASA AS AAAS RASS SaaS SS 


Rate of 


Progress. . 


No. 
of years 
embraced, 


Fe ee et or 


fe 
het 


al feo Orpen 
bole 


a 
NOH HOoOH HH oO 


Coho coho aD 


fot et 
UOT at ed et ee CO 


bo 
Coe 


Dee oe eee bo 


SERIES C.—MEAN DIRECTION OF WINDS. 117 


SERIES C. Srcrron I.— Continued. 


No. q 
Name of Station. Where situated. Mean direction of Rate of of years } 
Wind. Progress. | embraced. } 


Beaufort . é 3 . | North Carolina 
Camden . 5 4 . | South Carolina 
Abbeville . : , : Do. 
Summerville . Georgia 
Athens (1841 to 1844) Do. 

Do. (1845) 
Nos. 372 and 375, combined Do. 

Fort Johnston (1822) . | North Carolina 

Do. (1823) 

Do. (1824) 

Do. (1825) 

Do. (1826) 

No. 375 to No. 379, inclusive 
Nos. 374 and 880, combined 
Augusta, Arsenal (1826) 

Do. (1827) 

Do. (1828) 

Do. (1829) 

Do. (1830) 
Augusta (1840) 

: (1841) 

(1842)? 

; (1843) 
No. 381 to No. 385, inclusive 
No. 386 to No. 389, inclusive 
No. 381 to No.389, inclusive 
Fort Moultrie, Charleston 

Harbor (1822) 

Do. (1823) 

Do. (1824) j 
Charleston (1831,2,3) . 

Do. (1834) 

(1837) 
(1841) 
: (1844) 
No. 398 to No. 395, inclusive 
No. 396 to No. 400, inclusive 
No. 393 to No. 400, inclusive 
Tuskeegee 
Savannah Georgia 
Oglethorpe Barracks (1834) Near Savannah 
St. Augustine (1825) . | Florida 

Do. (1826) 

Do. (1828) 

Do. (1830) 

Do. (1835) ; 
No. 407 to No. 411, inclusive 
Fort King (1833) 

Do. (1834) 

Do. (1835) 

No. 413 to No. 415, inclusive 
Tampa Bay (1825) 

Do. (1826) 

Do. (1827) 

Do. (1828) 

Do. (1830) 

Do. (1835) 

No. 417 to No. 422, inclusive 


57° 19’ W. 13 
32 W. 22 

5 
38 
12 
27 
30 

ri 
16 
15 
4] 


bo e bo 


32 


~_ 


a a ee ee pd ft ee ft pt ft et fe Ot et et et at tt SO tt et et et tt 


AAAI IA AIA AAA AZZ 14 i 70 


ope 


DAAAANMNNADAMNIAARRIAANANAMNNNANDAMAR wmmn~mtA 
He Sasa he ese Se See PPS SSeS Eee aehaSs 


118 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES C. Srcrron I.— Continued. 


No. 
Name of Station. Where situated. Mean direction of Rate of of years 
ind. Progress. | embraced. 


233} No. 407 to No. 422, inclusive | Florida 
Cape Florida 5 
Carysford Reef . 
Indian Key 
Tortugas Islands 
Key W est 
No. 424 to No. 428, inclusive 
Matanzas . A A 
Turk’s Island . , . | Bahamas 
Pouce Porto Rico 
No. 430 to No. 432, inclusive West Indies 
Barbadoes F : Do. 

Do. (Upper Current) : Do. 
Chagres and Porto Cabello . | South America 


pon 
Hee! ni HR CORR EE eS 


AAA IAA AA AAA iA nw 
CoH Des Ha fo9 S]omicg|™ 9} 


kt bo oo oo He OO 
WNHWHNAOMDO-r 


SERIES CG. Sxcrron II.—Atlantie Ocean and its Islands. 


Name of Station. Where situated. Mean direction of Time 
ind. embraced. 


. 86° 38’ W. | 22 {1 year. 
29 Wi... 3) 1010 sdor 
35 W. | 16 [2 years 
25 H.(?)| 202/7 months. 
55 W.(?)| 327/139 days. 
41 W. | 23 |1202 days. 
27 |2829 do. 
27 |1708 do. 
19 |8757 do. 
30 |68 years. 
25 |333 do. 
26 |2 months.? 
20 12 Do# 
20 |2 Do2 
21 17 Dos 
(?) 1136 Do. 
15 |2590 days. 
W. 183|4790 do, 
W.(?)| 8 |4 months. 
W. | 20 (32 years. 
14 W.(?)| 2 |4 months. 
63 KE. 1 year. 


Hyafiord (1812-13) : é . |\Iceland 
Do. (1813-14) , 

Nos. 1 and 2 combined . 

Reikiavik . : 

At sea, lat. 55° to 60°. 
Do. 50° to 55°. 
Do. 45° to 50° . F j ; 
Do. 40° to 45°, lon. 0° to 45° W. 
Do. Do. 45° to 75° W. 
Do. north of lat. 40° : 

No. 5 to No. 10, inclusive 

Terceira and vicinity 

Fayal and vicinity -—. 

St. Michaels and vicinity 

Total of five stations and vicinity : Do. 

At sea, between lat. 36° and 40°. . |Atlantic Ocean 
Do. lat. 35° to 40°, lon. 0° to 45° W. Do. 
Do. Do. Do. 45° to 75° W. : 
Do. lat. 80° to367. . : : : Do. 

Hamilton? . . : : , . |Bermuda Islands 

Treland Isle . : : - : 4 Do. 

Funchal (1826) . : : . {Madeira Islands 


ZAAARDARnnMMAnAAMn OA AAA 
b 
Se ais 


1 Computed from Maury’s Charts, Ist edition. The corrections made in the 2d edition have all been applied in Serie 
B, and the more important ones also in this Series and in Series D. The others are so small as hardly to affect the results 
officially, so that a re-computation seemed unnecessary. ‘ 

? These results were computed, and the corresponding drawings made, before the reception of Lieutenant Maury’s 
Wind and Current Charts, which afford far more satisfactory data, and it is thought best now to retain them, as they 
appear to be, for the most part, correct. 

® Observations at sea, in the vicinity, are combined with those taken for two months at the island in order to —a 


the year. 
» 


SERIES C.—MEAN DIRECTION OF WINDS. 119 


SERIES C. Skrcrton Il.— Continued. 


} No. Name of Station. Where situated. Mean direction of 2 bp Time 

; Wind. & & | embraced. 

| 23 | Funchal GIREYDY = 4 3 . {Madeira Islands |N. 31° 51’ B. 42 |1 year. i 

H 24 1 Do. (1828). E : : Do. EO) 4Oy a Do. 

| 25 | Nos. 22, 23, and 24, combined : ; Do. N. 23 50 H 45 |3 years. 

| 26 | No. 25 combined with Teneriffe . |Do. and Canary Is. |N. 25 52 E 46 | 35 years. 

| 27° | At sea, lat. 30° to 85° lon. 5° to 45° W. |Atlantic Ocean |S. 44 27 E 10 |1748 days. | 

1 28" | Do. Do. 45° to 75° W. Do. S: 3 35 W 11 |2564 do. 

1 297} Do. lat. 25° to30°, lon. 15° to 45° W. Do. N. 62 53 HE 26 |1622' do. 

{ 30") Do. Do. 45° to 80° W. Do. ish 08) 4b 1B, 28 |1906 do. 

p.3l?} Do. lat.20° to30° . : Do. S. 86 1 H.(?)) 22 |4 months. j 

F327) Do. lat. 20° to 25°, lon. 15° to 45° W. Do. N. 50 20 EH 58 |1331 days. | 

f 3831] Do. Do. 45° to 80° W. Do. N. 79 23 HE. 55 |1573 do. 

j 347} Do. lat. 15° to 20°, lon. 15° to 45° W. Do. N.49 1H. 774| 1332 do. 
351] Do. Do. 45° to 80° W. Do. N. 68 43 H. 77 \1193 do. 
SOs Dow late LOS To ez0S ss ; Do. N. 70 51 H.(?)| 84 |2 months. } 

7 37’| Do. lat. 10° to 15°, lon. 15° to 45° W. Do. N. 57 25 HB. 66 |1850 days. | 

} 381} Do. Do. 45° to 75° W. Do. N.59 55 H 82 |662 do. 
39'| Do. lat. 5° to 10°, lon. 10° to 55° W. Do. N.80 32 H 34 |8339 do. | 

) 407} Do. Do. 30° to 55° W. Do. INEOGHGnE: 58 {1250 do. | 

Pleo. lat 02 to lOc . Do. N. 79 56 H.(?)} 85 |1 month. § 

p 42") -Do. lat. 0° to 5°, lon. 15° to 55° W Do. sb OO) 2 IB, 5d |3005 days. | 

| 437! Do. Do. B0° to 55° W. Do. N. 87 55 H 66 |1057 do. 


SHRIES C.—Sexcrron IIT. 


No. Name of Station. Where situated. Mean direction of Rate of ee 
Vind. Progress. | embraced. f 
1 | Hecla Cove and vicinity . | Spitzbergen N. 81° 13’ £.(?) 13 Ts 
2 | Archangel . : - | Russia 8. 47 42 W. 9 18 
3 | Holmia?. . - | Sweden N. 84 48 W. 12 3 
4 | St. Petersburg ey . | Russia S. 85 21 W. 19 1 
5 Do. ds : Do. 8. 18 16 W. 34 1 
6 Do. ne . Do. 8. 43 41 W. 16 1 
7 Do. (1832) ’ Do. S. 20) 0) We 24 1 
8 Do. (1835-6) F Do. 8.14 9 W. 19 1 
9 Do. (1836-7) | aeD os Sa 22 We 8 1 
10 Do. (date unknown) . Do. N. 67 30 W. 10 20 
11 | No. 4 to No. 10, inclusive Do. 8. 85 45 W. 9 26 
12 | Petropolis (St. Petersburg)? Do. sb ll BQ Vio 11 1 
13 | Spydburg . F Norway 8. 86 57 E. 10 2 
14 | Stockholm ; : . | Sweden INES on Rae 104 4 
15 | Dorpat . : 3 - | Russia 8. 83 45 W. 20 1 
16 | Skagen . j 5 . | Denmark 8. 46 36 W. 20 9 
17 | Elgin F F : . | Scotland 8. 44 47 W. 44 3 
18 | Banff Castle . : ‘ Do. 8.2 47 W. 12 1 
19 | Castle Toward . : 5 Do. S. 25 10 W. 10 2 


1 Computed from Maury’s Charts, 1st edition. The corrections made in the 2d edition have all been applied in Series 
B, and the more important ones also in this Series, and in Series D. The others are so small as hardly to affect the 
results appreciably, so that a re-computation seemed unnecessary. 

2 These results were computed, and the corresponding drawings made, before the reception of Lieutenant Maury’s 
Wind and Current Charts, which afford far more satisfactory data, and it is thought best now to retain them, as they 
appear to be, for the most part, correct. 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Name of Station. 


No. 17 to No. 19, inclusive 

Wyburg . 

Kinfuun’ 8 Castle 

eh Manse 

Nos. 22 and 23 combined 

Calton Hill 

Inchkeith . 

Cronberg . 

Kasan 

Moscow 

Copenhagen 

Bronxholm 

Carlisle 

Londonderry. 

Nos. 82 and 33 combined 

Soendmor . 

Christiansae 

Apenrade . 

Nos. 36 and 37 combined 

toersdoff . 

Total of Sweden 

Total of Denmark? 

Keswick : 

Konigsburg 

Wilna 

Pillau 

Braunsbarg 

Dantzic 

Hoffmansgave 

Kendal 

New Malton 

Isle of Man 

Cuxhaven 

Stone Light- house 

Nos. 52 and 53 combined 

Hamburg : : 

Lancaster (1816) . 
Do. (1817-18) 
Do. (1819) - 
Do. (1820) 
Do. (1821) . 
Do. (date unknown) 

No. 56 to No. 60, inclusive 

No. 56 to No. 61, inclusive 

Manchester (1801) . 


Do. (date unknown) . 

No. 64 to No. 68, inclusive 
Liverpool . 

Nos. 63, 69, and 70 combined 
Luneburg . : : 
Franeker . 

Mansfield Woodhouse 
Derby 

Southwick 


1 Kaemptz. 


SERIES C. Srcrion ITI.— Continued. 


Where situated. 


Scotland 
Denmark 
Scotland 


Denmark 
Scotland 
England 
Treland 
Great Britain 
Sweden (?) 
Denmark 


East Prussia 
Russia 
Kast Prussia 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
England 
Do. 
Trish Sea 
Hanover 
Germany (?) 
Do. 


Do. 
England 


Hanover 

Holland 

England 
Do. 
Do. 


Mean direetion of 
ind, 


38° 0’ W. 


rob 


e 


4A SAR AAS SASASARARSARA AAP AASAARA 


445423: 


4244442242242 


ANMNMnMAnINMMMMMMNMMMMM ANNAN MMO OMMNMAAMnNniAn sin Amini mtn A 
bo 
oS 
a 
= 


he 
om 
az 


22 


Rate of 
Progress. 


183(?) 
25 


2 Dove. 


No. 
of years 
embraced. 


6 
1 
2 


a 
NOP APU OH YEN 


et 
to 
ae 
a 


moo 


—_ 
~~ 


wo 


TT Dt ed eh et et et et bet et 


SERIES C.—MEAN DIRECTION OF WINDS. 


SERIES C. Srcrron III.— Continued. 


Name of Station. 


Alderly Rectory : 
No. 75 to No. 77, fzaliseiiva, 
Berlin : 
Posen 
Amsterdam 
Utrecht 
Thetford 
Delphen 
Cheltenham 
Bushy Heath 
High Wycombe : 
No. 83 to No. 87, imelacive 
Mailand 
Cork 
Sagan : 
Breda (1838 at 8. 0 eV’. 
Do. (1888 “ 14 
. 1839 “8 
. 839 “2 
. (1840 “8 
2 (IRE) oS 
. A841 “8 
5 (el ee 
. (1842 “8 
> RE 
. 18438 “8 
» iss @ 2 
No. 92 to No. 103, inclusive 
Nos. 82, 89, and 104 comb’d 
Gottingen a 
Do. (date unknown) 
London (1806 to 1818) 
Do. (date unknown) . 
Greenwich (1800 to 1808) . 
Do. (1841) 
Do. (1842) ; 
Nos. 111 and 112 somilvinad. 
Bristol Mu 
No. 108 to No. 114, iaclnsive 
Dusseldorff ; 
Ghent 
Louvain . A : 
Brussels (1772 to 1779) 
Do. (1838 to 1844) 
Nos. 119 and 120 combined 
Alost 
Nos. 116, 7, 118, 121, sind 
122 online 
Stunbington 
Gosport (1816 to 1820) 
Do. (date unknown) . 
Nos. 125 and 126 combined 
Sidmouth . 
Devonport a 841) 
Do. (1842) é 
Nos. 129 and 130 woman 
Nos. 124, 127, 128, and 131 
combined 


. 
4 


ze 


NS OO So ee 


ge ec ias 
Sees ssas} 


= 
NS 


1 Kaemptz. 


Where situated. 


England 

Do. 
East Prussia 
Poland 
Holland 


Do. 
England — 


Belgium 


“Treland 


East Prussia 
Belgium 


Do. 
Holland and Belgium 
Germany 


0. 
England 


West ioaneain 
Belgium 


Do. and West Prussia 
England (?) 
Do. 


Mean direction of 
Wind. 


21° 31’ W. 
06 
78 


DNDN NIA AAA 7 J AREER nee eee Bae ee aoc eer ee 
444545535 eee cee eee eee errr ere ee 


121 


Rate of 


Progress. 


2 Dove. 


No. 
of years } 
embraced. | 


b> 


On 


fet ee to et 


icy) as 


. 


het 
WON DH WHONDNDHHOD WW yHTOH eee eee 


bn 


bo {tb GO OD Or eS -T 


et 
oS 
<4 


22 


SERIES C. 


178 
180 


183 
184 
185 
186 
187 
188 
189 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Erfurth (1781, 2, 3, and 4) 
Do. (date unknown) . 
Nos. 133 and 134 combined 
Hof . 
Nos. 135 and 136 combined 
Helston . 
Penzance (1819 to 1822 
Do. (date unknown) . 
Nos. 188 and 1389 combined 
Total of England 
Schoenthal 
Prague 
Wurtzburg 
Herbipolis (Wurtzburg ?) 
Uffenheim 
No. 144 to No. 146, inclusive 
Cambray . 
La Chapelle 
Hafnia (Havre 0 
pony 
Valognes 
No. 150 to No. 152, inclusive 
Manheim (1781, 84, and 85) 
Do. (date unknown) 
Nos. 154 and 155 combined 
Mergentheim 
Anspach 
Gunzenhausen 
Carlsruhe . 
No. 156 to No. 160, inclusive 
Ratisbon 
Giengen E 
Do. on the Brenz 
Ingolstadt 
St. Andex 
Stuttgard . 
No. 162 to No. 167, inclusive 
Paris (1815 to 1826) . 
Do. (date unknown) 
Do. do. 
Do. (1827 to 1845) 
Do. (1846) ‘ 
Do. (1847 
Do. (1806 to 1847) 
Versailles . 
Nos. 175 and 176 pembined! 
Montmorenci 
Saint Lo . 
Nos. 178 and 179, combined 
Nancy 
Metz 
Strassburg 
No. 181 to No. 183, inclusive 
Schoessl (?) é 
Lougan 
Schussenreid 
Badenbach 


Burglengenfield ; 


1 Dove. 


Srcrion III.— Continued. 


Where situated. 


Germany 


Austria 
Bohemia 
Bavaria 


Germany (?) 
Do. (7) 
Do: 1D) 


2 Kaemptz. 


Mean direction of Rate of 
Wind. Progress. . 

S. 002 10) We ut 
8. 86 48 W. 20 
8. 72. 30 W. 18 
8. 54 41 W. 23% 
S. 63 30 W. 202 
8S. 82 15 W. 15 
8. 69 35 W. 18 
8S. 62. 46 W.1 

Sa.Gy 0 MWe 16 
8. 66 0 W.t 20 
8. 41, 8 We 29 
8. 56 17 W. 3 
N. 80 39 W. 26 
8. 66 45 W. 25 
Sel LS We 28 
8. 82 30 W. 26 
8. 66 24 W. 8 
Sis, (38) We 16 
INE83). «0! WE 14 
8S. 82 45 W. 22 
Niaive 3 We 26 
N. 86 30 W. 20% 
N. 58 28 W. 4 
N. 64 46 W. 34 
N. 61 24 W. 4 
8. 89 50 W. 11 
N89) (09> Wet 12 
8. 53 53 W. 20 
S. 73. 19 W. 15 
Sofie 10) We 13 
N. 27,20. Wi 15 
SS Sia ye) We 27% 
8. 81 50 W. 28 
8. 40 30 W. 24 
N. 85, 21 W. 39 
8. 35 27 E. u 
8. 82. 0 W. 19 
8. 66 20 W. 23 
8.65 4 W. 21 
8.979) Lo We 12 
ee CU Te AW: 19 
8. 50 29 W. 18 
8. 56 24 W. 13 
8. 66 389 W. 20 
8. 70 47 W. 17 
8. 68 33 W. 183 
N. 48 11 W. 14 
Net, 89 We 11 
N. 52 20 W. 124 
N. 79 38 W. 15 
N.83 19 W. 12 
8. 47 20 H. 18 
8. 76 30 W. 6 
N.46 44 W. 30 
8. 63 6 E. ali 
8. 89 26 W. 44 
N.32 6 E. 3h 
8. 58 53 W. 2 


No. 


a 
SOF Ook 


_ 


ml bat 


rae 
WOH HES POW EWOWOH ROWED ee oobe PRR 


of years 
embraced. | 


cS 


2) 


. 


SERIES C.—MEAN DIRECTION OF WINDS. 


SERIES ©. Sxorron IlT.— Continued. 


Name of Station. 


Munich . 

No. 187 to No. 190, sialimetins 
Vienna 

Denainvilliers 

Monachium (7) . 

Tutlingen . 

Peissenberg 

Tegern See 

Regensburg 

Issny 

No. 195 to No. 199, acini 


19 stations 

Total of Germany . 

Do. of Russia and Hungary 

Do. of France and Netherl’ds 

Mount St. Gothard 

Dijon 

Syam 

Nos. 209 eal 210 combined 

Bordeaux . 

Padua 

Kerk 

Parma 

St. Zeno . 

Bologna. 

No. B15 to No. 217, falhosiors 

Rodez 

Orange 

St. Hyppolite 

Montpelier : 

No. 219 to No. 222, caclanine 

Toulouse (1747 to 1756) 
Do. (1839 to 1846) 
Do. (1847) ; 

No. 224 to No, 226, inclusive 

Massilia (Marseilles?) 

Marseilles . ; 5 i 

Nos. 181 and 182 combined 

Cantabria . : ; : 

Rome : 

Constantinople . 

Oporto 

Naples 

Mafra 

Gibraltar and vicinity 

Tripoli 

Liberia and Stans eane 


1 Dove. 


Where situated. 


Germany 

Do. @) 
Austria 
France 
Russia (7) 
Germany 

Do. 

Do. 
Switzerland 
Germany 
Lat. 472° to Lat. 48° 
Austria 

Do. (2) 

Do. 
Southern Germany 


Switzerland 


i 
Portugal (??) 
Spain 
Barbary 
Western Africa 


Mean direction of 
= 


Rate of 


2 Kaemptz. 


Progress. 


123 


No. h 
of years { 
embraced. 


Dt je 


ND bo 


hb 


Bie He toe et 0 tS 


whet 


DPR wy TY SOHD ROE REE Hoy 


TOD HCO He rt rt DS DO eb 


I C2 


re) 


HI 
to) 


REA, 


to] 


1 Dove. 


24 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 
SERIES C. Srcrion [V.—Eastern Europe, Asia, and the Pacific Ocean. 
No. 
No Name of Station. Where situated. Mean direction of Rate of of years 
Wind. Progress. | embraced. 
1 Yacoutsk . Siberia N. 45° 20’ W. 48 1 
2 Bogoslowsk Do. (Ural Mountains) N. 83 21 W. 20 1 
8 Tobolsk i Do. 8S. 67 00 W.t ? 10 
4 | Nijné Taguilsk . Do. 8S. 75 26 W. 37 2 
5 | Catharinenburg Do. 8. 638 54 W. 32 2 
6 Zlatouste . Do. N. 59 238 W. 26 1 
% Barnoule Siberia S. 35 . 3 W. 19 1 
8 Tluluk Aleutian Islands S: 04 la We 25 13 
9 Nertchinsk Siberia N. 72 56 W. 19 1 
10 | Teflis Georgia N.17 380 W.? 21 q 
11 Trebizonde Asia Minor N. 37 40 E. 23 1 
12 Erzeroom . : : Armenia INE bY (35. We 20 1 
13 | Pekin (1757 to 1762) China 8.22 4H. 32 6 
14 Do. (1844) . : Do. S. 74 22 W. 114 1 
15 | Smyrna Asia Minor N.85 58 EH. ? 29 8 
16 Tabreez Persia S. 62 43 W.? 6? + 
17 | Ooroomiah Do. 8. 75 5 W. 40 1 
18 Tehran Z Do. S. 77 34 W.? 42? 4 
19 | Mediterranean Sea Eastern part N. 24 39 E. 49 3 
20 Beirut Syria S. 68 32 W. 53 3 
21 | Bahmdun . Do. (Mt. Lebanon) | S. 84 51 W.? 32 13 
22 | Bagdad On the Euphrates N. 84 49 W. 65 iL 
23 | Jerusalem Palestine ING 26 2 We 62 1} 
24 | Bassora : Nearm’th of Euphrates} N. 37 29 W.? i vs 
25 | Sundry stations . On the Ganges N. 82 10 W.? 10 3 
26 | Calcutta Hindoostan S; 26) 2 We 13 8 
27 Waioli Sandwich Islands North-east 60 1 
28 Oahu Do. IN) On Bea. 81 vs 
29 Duklum Hindoostan Biv¥89) ead (We 26 5 
SERIES C. Sxrcrron V.imAmerica, West of Longitude 87°. 
No. 
No. Name of Station. Where situated. Mean direction of Rate of of years 
ind. Progress. | embraced. 
1 Melville Island . Arctic Ocean N. 20° 42’ W. 44 1 
2 Port Bowen Near Barrow’s Straits N:63:7 1658: 274 u 
3 Victoria Harbor Boothia Felix Ne. lz 230! We 30 by 
4 Sheriff’s Harbor Do. N. 61 18 W. 23 1 
5 Felix Harbor : Do. IN. 26): 2 Ve 23 1 
6 | No.8 to No. 5, inclusive Do. N. 34 55 W. 24 24 
if Fort Franklin Great Bear Lake N.70 30_B. 25 14% 
8 | Fort Enterprise 100 miles north of 
Great Slave Lake N. 39 54 EH. 14 it 
9 Fort Reliance Great Slave Lake N72) G05: Hs? 152 $ 
10 Sitka F q : Russian America S: bosseit Bs 24 1 
Wal Norway House (1841) On Nelson’s River N. “8 22 We 5 ail 
12 Do. (1842) Do. N. 84 389 W. 2 1 
13 Do. (1843) Do. N. 25 48 W. 18 1 
14 Do. (1844) Do. N. 39 21 W. 32 1 
15 Do. (1845) Do. N58 259 We 8 1 
16 Do. (1846) Do. N. 79 50 W. 4 1 
17 Do. (1847) : Do. 8: 7 len 7 1 
18 | No. 11 to No. 17, inclusive . Do. IN. 27 26: Wi 8 7 


SERIES C.—MEAN DIRECTION OF WINDS. 


SERIES C. Srorron V.— Continued. 
| ] 


Namo of Station. Where situated. Mean direction of Rate of 


ind. Progress. 


of years } 
embraced. 


Fort Vancouver Oregon 


Fort Snelling (1822) . : 
Do. (1824) 
(1825) 
(1826) 
(1827) 
(1828) 
(1829) 
(1830) 
No. 20 to No. 27, inclusive 
Green Bay (1822) 
(1823) 
(1824) 
(1825) 
(1826) 
(8 a0 
(1828) 
(1829) 
(1830) : 
No. 29 to No. 37, inclusive . 
Fort Winnebago asl, 32, 
35, and 86) . Y 
Prairie du Chien OS 2) 
Do. 1823) 
Nos. 40 and 41, combined . 
Fort Atkinson (1841-42) . 
Nos. 41 and 42, combined . 
Fort Laramie : 
Sundry stations* 


Chicago (1833 to 1836) 
Council Bluffs (1822 

Do. (1823) 

Do. (1824) 

Do. (1825) 

Do. (1826) : 
No. 47 to No. 51, inclusive . 
Nos. 46 and 52 combined 
Rock Island (827) 

Do. (1828) 

Do. (1829) 

Do. (1830) : 
No. 54 to No. 57, inclusive . 
Bloomington (1840) 

Do. (1843) : 

Do. (1844, 5, and 6) . 
No. 59 to No. 61, inclusive . 
Nos. 58 and 62 combined 
Sundry stations' 

Fort Leavenworth asst to 
1834) . : 
St. Louis (1827) 

Do. (1828) 

Do. (1829) 

Do. (1830) 

No. 66 to No. 69, inclusive . 
Fort Wayne 0 


Fort anbaen Co 


Ww 


Towa 

Wisconsin and Iowa 

Missouri Territory 

Oregon and California, 
north of lat. 38° 

Tllinois 

On the Missouri River 


Do. 
On the Mississippi 
Platte River 


Indian Territory 
Missouri 


Arkansas 
Indian Territory 


1 Fremont’s Exploring Tour. 


ARANADNA DDANAAnRnAnMnRnAAnnMAAn saBAnAAn DANA DAMDNAMAMNMMMAM NIA 
- b 


14 
22 

0 
15 
28 
48 
34 
54 


BE SSSa45 PSSAASASP AAAS AAP AAA 


15° 387’ EH. 41 1 
{ W. 

W. 
W. 
W. 
W. 
We 
W. 
W. 
9 W. 
W. 
W. 
W. 
W. 
W. 
W. 
W. 
W. 
2 W. 


22, 
31 
22 
08 
42 


HS BD BD et ee et 0 ee 


CO OUD teh a et et et 


FDS et et 


126 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES C. Srcrion V.— Continued. 


No. 
No. Namo of Station, Where situated. Mean direction of Rate of of years 
ind. Progress. | embraced. 
73 | Fort Gibson (1829) - | Indian Territory 8. 65° 51’ E 1 
74 Do. (1830) : Do. S. 62 26 E. 1 
75 | No. 72 to No. 74, inclusive . Do. 8. 59 58 E. 47 3 
76 | Fort Smith . Do. S. -9 31 W. 154 3 
77 Little Rock (1840) Arkansas 8. 58 58 W. 4 1 
78 | Fort Towson (1833 to 1840) On Red River, Ind.Ter.| 8S. 17 48 W. 29 8 
79 | Sundry stations Calif’nia, S. of lat. 38° | §S. 54 26 W. 30 
80 | Vicksburg (1841) . | Mississippi N. 56 26 E. 11 1 
81 Do. (1840 and 42) Do. N.59 8 E. 104 2 
82 | Nos. 80 and 81 combined . Do. N. 58 28 E. 103 4 
83 | Natchez (1825) : Do. 8. 54 4H. 16 1 
84 Do. (1826) : Do. S. 21 SiR 21 1 
85 Do. (1827) - Do. S. 89 36 E. 22 1 
86 Do. (1828) j Do. 8. 49 20 EK. 20 1 
87 Do. (1829) : Do. 8.43) E20 23 1 
88 Do. (1830) : Do. S. 0 58 W. 21 1 
89 Do. (1831) ‘ Do. 8. 28 58 EH. 14 1 
90 Do. (1832) : Do. 8S. 61 48 E. 13 1 
91 Do. (1833) : Do. 8. 54 47 E. 11 1 
92 Do. (1834) : Do. S: 33 42) E: 9 i 
93 Do. (1835) : Do. 8. 28 54 E. 9 1 
94 Do. (1836) ; Do. S.cUZS OnE: 12 1 
95 Do. (1837) ; Do. S. 28 .30 H. 3 1 
96 Do. (1838) ; Do. 8. 20 20 H. 1 1 
97 Do. (1839) : Do. S. 0 56 E. 11 1 
98 Do. (1840) : Do. S22 Shi 14 1 
99 Do. (1841) : Do. 8.24 8 E. 20 1 
100 | No. 83 to No. 99, inelusive . Do. 8.31 2 KE. 13 17 
101 | Nos. 82 and 100 combined . Do. S. 70> £5 E: 83 21 
1013 | Fort Jesup (1823) - | Louisiana 8S. 0 33 EK. 27 a 
102 Do. (1824) : Do. 8S. 68 17 E. 25 1 
103 Do. (1825) Fi Do. 8. 86 40 E. 21 1 
104 Do. (1826) : Do. N.75 32 E. 17 1 
105 Do. (1827) 4 Do. 8S. 84 45 E. 26 1 
106 Do. (1828) : Do. 8S. 87 73) 15 1 
107 Do. (1829) : Do. N. 63) 20° W: 10 1 
108 Do. (1830) Do. N75 19 W. 16 1 
109 | No. 101 to No. vo inclusive Do. 8. 56 54 EH. 10 8 
110 Mobile. Alabama S: 18) Sha Bs iif i 
1103 Do. Do. 8. 23 32 HE. 21 1 
111 | Nos. 110 and 110% combined Do. 8. 21 10 E. 19 2 P 
112 | Spring Hill College. - | Near Mobile, Ala. N.51 34 EH. 3 I 
113 | No. 110 to No. 112, inclusive | Alabama 8.224) Bi Be 11 3 
114 | Baton Rouge (185 z) Louisiana See sO 6 ut 
115 | Pensacola (1822 . | Florida 8. 9 315K t 
116 Do. (1828) : Do. SenOe en Bre a 
117 Do. (1824) A Do. S$. 55 18 iW. i 
118 Do. (1826) : Do. S40 awe 1 
119 Do. (1827) : Do. S$. 25s sae 1 
120 Do. (1828) 4 Do. SHES ue Oe aie 1 
121 Do. (1829) Do. S 0 47 W. 1 
122 | No.115 to No. 121, inclusive Do. 8. 28 48 W. 19 7 
123 | Petite Coquille (1 827) . | Louisiana 8. 67 41 E. 24 1 
124 Do. (ise8) ti Do. 8.49 57 E 8 1 4 
125 Do. (1829) c Do. N: 3 aloe 20 1 
126 Do. (1830) : Do. N.40 48 E. 20 il 
127 | No. 123 to No. 126, inclusive Do. N. 64 37 EB. 12 4 
128 Fort Pike . Do. N.88 0H. 14 4 


1 Same as Fort Pike. 


SERIES C.—MEHAN DIRECTION OF WINDS. 127 


SERIES C. Sxcrron V.— Continued. 


No. | 
of years | 
embraced. § 


Name of Station. Where situated. Mean direction of Rate of 


Wind. Progress. 


3” E. 5 
30 H. 19) 
30 H. 7 
47 EB. | 14 
15 E. 4 
16 W. 13 
52 KH. 4% 


63 
29 
38 


8 W.?? 28 


Fort Wood : Z Louisiana 
New Orleans (1826) 
Do. 1836) 
(1840) 
: (4841) 
Do. (1842) 
No. 130 to No. 184, inclusive 
Nos. 114, 127, 128, 129, 
and 135 combined . 
Fort Jackson : 
Galveston . 
Yucatan 
Mazatlan 


= 
BAT oe eee eco 


Texas 
Mexico 
Do. (west coast) 


rath th nanmmarn | 


SUPPLEMENT TO SERIES C. 
The following, mostly for fractions of a year, were added after the foregoing tables were completed. 


Section I. 


No. 


Name of Station. Where situated. Mean direction of Rate of of years 


Addison 

Machias 

Owl’s Head 
Steuben 2 
South Thomaston 
South-west Harbor 
Vinal Haven 
Charlestown 
Keene 
Peterboro’ 
Bennington 
Grafton 
Cabotville . 
Medfield 
Northampton 
Framingham 
Dartmouth 
Newburyport 
Little Compton . 
Point Judith 
Leonardsville 
Lockport . 
Bethlehem 
Cochranville 
Coudersport 
Beaver 
Bellefonte . 
Cannonsburg 
Krie . 
Germantown 
Greenhill . 
Indiana 


Do. 
New Hampshire 
Do. 


Do. 
Vermont 

Do. 
Massachusetts 


Do. 

Rhode Island 
Do. 

New York State 
Do. 

Pennsylvania 


1 A fraction of a year. 


ind. Progress. 


19? 
133°? 
34? 
17? 


mbaberarabarahsistsharabahetansh 


ONY we Tw ww wes 


443 
iy 


CT A CY ak CO Uh 0 ty at at A Ye tT Wt 


embraced. { 


CL LS STC 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SUPPLEMENT TO SERIES C. Srerton I.— Continued. 


No. 
Name of Station. Where situated. ‘| Mean direction of Rate of of years 
Wind. Progress. | embraced. 


. 53° 47’ W.? 37? 
oa Seo Ws 37? 
.86 5 W.i 53? 

33 W«! 48? 
29? 
51? 
BI? 
43? 
247? 
32? 
457? 
337? 
39? 
17? 
7? 


Haverford . : : . | Pennsylvania 
| Lewistown 
| Norristown 
2.| Pottsville . 


qo Carbon 
teading =. 


| Rose Cottage 
Warren 
Wilkesbarre 
West Chester : ; i 
York 4 ; 3 : Do. 
Cape May . : . . | New Jersey 
Newark . ; : . | Delaware 
Isthmus. 2 : . | Maryland 
Gosport . 2 c . | Virginia 
West Brunswick : : Do. 
Whitemarsh Island . . | Georgia 
Apalachicola : 3 . | Florida 
Arendale . : A . | Alabama 
Greenville ; ; . | Tennessee 
Knoxville . : : 3 0. 
Danville . : : . | Kentucky 
Louisville . : : Do. 
Paris 
Springdale 
Bardstown 
Ashtabula . 
Cambridge 
Chillicothe 
Cincinnati 
Columbus . 
Dayton 
Granville . 
Laneaster . 
Lebanon 
New Athens 
Ravenna 
Sandusky . 
Zanesville . i F 5 
Brookville ; F - | Indiana 
Greencastle f : : Do. 
Greensburg : : 
Winnamac : ‘ ; Do. 
Presq’ Isle : : - | Michigan 
Ann Arbor 5 : : Do. 
Somerville : F . | New York 
Amenia . ‘ : F Do. 
Newbury (1840 to 1849) . | Vermont 

Do. (1823 to 1849) . 
Biddeford . 4 ; 
Houlton , 
Eastport : : : : 
Portland . : : ; Do. 
Portsmouth : : . | New Hampshire 
Boston : ; i . | Massachusetts 
Fort Wolcott . : . | Rhode Island 
New London . j . | Connecticut 
Litchfield . F ‘ : Do. 


a 


AAZAAnDANMNMNAAAnAANNNAnAMnMNANAAMIAMmMAMmMMMMMMIN mtn tain iA to a ACO e oo oe I 


1 A fraction of a year. 


SERIES C.—MEAN DIRECTION OF WINDS. 


SUPPLEMENT TO SERIES C. 


Srcrion I.— Continued. 


129 


Name of Station. 


Sackett’s Harbor 
Youngstown 

Watervliet 

West Point 

Fort Columbus . 

Fort Wood 

Rouse’s Point 

Plattsburgh Barracks. 
Buffalo do. 
Watertown : 
Alleghany Arsenal 

Carlisle Barracks 

Fort McHenry . 

Annapolis 

Washington 

Fort Washington 

Old Point Comfort 

Fort Johnson 

Fort Moultrie 

Augusta Arsenal 
Oglethorpe Barracks . 
Nos. 46 and 534 cumin . 
Nos. 119 and 5385 combined 
Nos. 263 and 537, combined 
St. Augustine A 
Tampa ‘Bay 

Key West Barracks 

Fort King 

Cedar Keys 

Mackinac . 

Fort Brady 

Fort Gratiot 

Detroit Barracks 5 

Nos. 167 and 559 cam iined. 
Dearbornville . 

Nos. 428 and 553 combined 
Nos. 82 and 533 combined 
Easton 
Seneca Falls 

Chillicothe 

Burlington 

Nos. 53 and 567 continedia 
Nightingale Hall* 


Where situated. 


New York 
Do. 


Pennsylvania 
Do. 
Maryland 


Do. 
District of Columbia 
Maryland 
Virginia 
North Carolina 
South Carolina 
Georgia 

Do. 

New York 

Do. 
Pennsylvania 
Florida 


Michigan 
Wisconsin 
Michigan 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Florida 
Lat. 44° 57’ to 45° 
Pennsylvania 
New York 
Ohio 
Vermont 
Lat. 444 to 444 
South Carolina 


1 Not represented on the plates. 


Mean direction of 


42 

1 
23 
46 
27 
50 
30 

1 

ii 
48 

1 
29 
10 
32 

2 
14 

7 
29 
24 
42 
388 


RADAR IAA AnnnnAAzNMAnnN ANNAN MDA RIA AIA TAMIA TAA CAA A 


Rate of 


Progress. 


43 
25 


No. i 
of years f 
embraced. j 


et 


et 
PNNonwmnwarwHnnwe 


ae 


fe pet ee 
OOM SEW DTH RWOMOHoOWNWOPROD ROOT 


30 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SUPPLEMENT TO SERIES C.—Secrion V. 


148 
149 
150 
151 
1514 
152 
153 
154 
155 
156 
157 
158 
159 
160 
161 
162 
163 
164 
165 
166 
167 
168 
169 
170 
171 


Name of Station. 


i 


La Grange College 
Mount Vernon . 
Attakepas . : 
Frank’s Island . 
Washington 

ount Atlas 
New Concord 
Rensalaer . 
Shawneetown 
Juliet 
Macomb 
Upper Alton 
Athens 
Jacksonville 
Lac qui parle 
Turkey River 
Kast Troy . . 
Prairie du Chien 
Fort Winnebago 
Fort Snelling 
Green Bay 
Rock Island 
St. Louis . 
Little Rock 
Fort Towson 
Fort Leavenworth 
Fort Gibson 
Fort Jesup ‘ 
Baton Rouge. f 
New Orleans Barracks 
Hutaw (lower current) 

Do. (upper current) : 
Nos. 169 and 170 combined 


Where situated. 


Alabama 
Do. 
Louisiana 
Do. 
Arkansas 
Tennessee 
Kentucky 
Indiana 
Illinois 


Wisconsin 
Do. 
Do. 

Minnesota 

Michigan 

Illinois 

Missouri 

Arkansas 
Do. 

Indian Territory 
Do. 

Louisiana 
Do. 
Do. 

Alabama 
Do. 
Do. 


! Fractions of a year. 


Mean direction of 
ind. 


ANAAnAnDMAMMAMMONIAMAtnIZ nin A tniA Itt mnie wie tA 


pe 


19 
12 


87 


4’ BK? 

W.? 
34 W.?? 
E.?? 
iL Wete 
52 W.? 
W.?? 
18 W.?? 
W..?? 


SAP SREMSSS423 


Rate of 


Progress. 


18? 
30? 
477? 
447? 
Bor? 
58? 
467? 
292? 
387? 
37? 
302? 
447? 
31 
34? 
227? 
547? 
687? 
26 
144 


No. 
of years 
embraced. 


Dee et — cosa 50 ell ed 
Hee rTOMHHONOMDDOK F&F eet eR Pe RR BR BR RRR RP 


SERIES €.—MEAN DIRECTION OF WINDS. 131 


The following series of maps exhibits to the eye the results contained in the pre- 
ceding tabular series, and shows by means of the straight arrows the mean direction 
and rate of progress of the wind in the different regions of the northern hemisphere, 
as explained on page 9. The direction of the arrow shows the direction of the 
resultant, and its length the ratio of the progressive to the total motion of the 
wind, the unit being one inch. That is, if the wind were to blow constantly in one 
direction, so that the whole motion would be progressive, it would be represented 
by an arrow an inch in length. 

An interrogation point affixed to an arrow denotes that it is doubtful, either in 
regard to direction or length, and a double one that it is exceedingly so. One affixed 
to a dot or number shows that the locality is doubtful. The chief source of uncer- 
tainty in the resultants represented by the arrows is the fewness of the observations 
from which they were deduced. The numbers on the maps correspond with those 
in the series, and will serve as references. 

Plate VII. affords a general synopsis of the whole hemisphere. Every resultant 
that is at all reliable is represented upon it, either singly, or in combination with 
others in those sections of country where the stations are too numerous to allow 
each to be distinctly represented by separate arrows. And in combining different 
stations, care has been taken to select those having nearly the same latitude, since 
the investigations show that difference of latitude affects the resultants more than 
difference of longitude. As thus condensed, a single arrow, in some cases, repre- 
sents observations for more than a century. 

Plate VIII. contains the United States on a larger scale, sufficient to allow all the 
separate resultants to be exhibited, except in the Eastern and Middle States, where 
the stations are so numerous that the scale of the map is yet too small to allow 
them to be represented except in combination as before. This section is drawn 
upon a still larger scale on Plate IX. Plate X. contains Western Europe on an 
enlarged scale. 


132 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


DEDUCTIONS AND REMARKS. 


1. In the arctic regions of North America, lying within the polar circle, the 
mean direction of the wind is about N. N. W. and well defined. This is seen on 
Plate VII. The arrows, at six out of the seven stations (all except Port Bowen), 
are nearly parallel, and of a length indicating a progressive motion of about 40 per 
cent. of the entire distance travelled by the wind. This is a greater ratio than 
exists in any other part of the world, except within the limits of the trade winds. 
But it must be borne in mind that it is the relative, and not the absolute progressive 
motion, that is here considered. The latter may be, and probably is small; so small 
as to induce Parry and Barrow to believe that a perfect calm exists at the north 
pole. 

2. Between the parallels of latitude 60° and 66° there appears to be a belt of 
easterly or north-easterly winds. The observations at Great Bear Lake, Great 
Slave Lake, and Fort Enterprise (Plate VII, Nos. 7, 8, and 9), in the interior of 
British America indicate this; as also those at the two stations in Greenland, and 
at Reikiavik in Iceland. At Sitka, in Russian America (No. 10), which is a little 
farther south, the mean direction is also easterly, and it is not improbable that the 
southern limit of this belt, instead of coinciding with a parallel of latitude, follows 
some such course as is represented by the dotted line on Plate VII. and others, viz. 
a less circle having its pole at about lat. 84° and lon. 105° west from Greenwich. 
Such a circle, drawn at a distance of 28° 20’ from its pole, passes north of all the 
stations in the eastern hemisphere except Spitzenbergen (see Plate I.), and it is 
remarkable that there too the mean direction of the wind is easterly, if we may 
rely on the observations taken by Parry during the few months that he spent there. 
The observations which have been taken at Alten, in Lapland, and at Hammerfest, 
in Norway, should show the same result, if the above limit is correctly assigned. 

3. Passing south of this circle, we find a zone or belt of westerly winds, about 
232° in breadth, entirely encircling the globe, and having the pole of its southern 
as well as its northern limit near the point before mentioned, viz. in latitude 84° 
north, and longitude 105° west. This zone, which is exhibited in full on Plates I. 
and VII., and in detached portions on Plates VIII, [X., and X., embraces the 
southern portion of British America, all of the United States except the extreme 
southern part, nearly the whole of Europe, and most of the northern half of Asia, 
and at all the stations from which observations have been obtained, throughout this 
entire region, and the corresponding parts of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, the 
mean direction of the wind is westerly, with very few exceptions. This will appear 
from the following more particular statements. 


DEDUCTIONS AND REMARKS. 133 


4. Out of two hundred and fifty-one stations in North America, east of the Mis- 
sissippi, and situated within this belt, all but six have the mean direction of the 
wind westerly. (See Plates VII. and IX.) These six are Houlton in Maine, 
Salisbury in Connecticut, Redhook and Poughkeepsie in New York, Meadville in 
Pennsylvania, and La Grange College in Alabama, and it is noticeable that three 
of these places, viz. Salisbury, Redhook, and Poughkeepsie, are within thirty-five 
miles of each other, and in a region which Plate III. shows to be characterized by 
strong local disturbances, while La Grange College is located near the limit which 
divides the westerly from the equatorial winds, and, moreover, the mean direction 
of its winds was computed from only eight months’ observations—a period too short 
to be relied on. So that the only undoubted and unexplained exceptions are Houl- 
ton and Meadville. Out of the 245 stations, at which the mean direction is west- 
erly, at all but 14 it is from some point between N. W. and S. W., and at 210 of 
them it is within 35° of a due west point, as may be seen by the following state- 
ment :— 


Within 5° of due west, 39 stations; viz. 15 on the north side and 24 on the south side. 


6c 10 (73 70 ce 33 79 37 (19 
(74 15 ce 100 (<3 45 (74 55 (14 
(79 90 73 132 cc 60 (i 72, (14 
(43 95 CC 159 66 70 66 89 6 
66 30 (13 186 i3 80 66 106 (<4 
& 959 sete TOLO THO 90 a 120 © 
« 40 Ce eo2 in 96 ¢ 126 e 
AB GER VEG 100 ‘ 131 0 


The 14 exceptions among the westerly directions are as follows :— 


Within 50° of due west, 5 stations; viz. 0 on the north side and 5 on the south side. 
ce 55 ce 8 (a3 1 (13 He ce 
cae 60 fe 10 £6 
(43 65 66 12 6 
(<4 75 ce 13 (14 
cc 80 (<4 14. (73 


om & bo 


8 
8 
9 
9 


It is worthy of notice that, in all these exceptions,’ the rate of progress is small, 
and, as a general fact, the farther the mean direction at any place deviates from the 
ordinary direction in the region where that place is situated, the less is the pro- 
gressive motion; a fact that will be apparent by inspecting Plates VII. to X., and 
noticing the shortness of the irregular arrows. Thus, the average rate for all the 
251 stations mentioned above is 30 per cent., while for the 14 exceptions among 


* The winds at Toronto (one of these fourteen exceptions, and the greatest of them all) are very re- 
markable, and deserve special notice, as they were observed hourly, or bi-hourly, both by day and by night, 
for two years, with the utmost care, and with the most perfect instruments. And yet, the results are 
widely at variance with those which we find elsewhere in the same region, the mean direction being, as 
stated in the Table, N. 10° 23’ W., and the rate of progress only 6 per cent.; both indicating the exist- 
ence of some powerful disturbing influence there. It is true that this result has reference only to time, 
but if we make the computation from the distance actually travelled, though it in some measure relicyes 
the difficulty, it by no means removes it, as will be shown hereafter. 

18 


134 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


the westerly directions it averages but 18 per cent., and for the six where the direc- 
tion is easterly it averages only 10 per cent., viz. :— 


Houlton, 9 per cent. Poughkeepsie, 112 per cent. 
Salisbury, 6 “ Meadville, 5 as 
Redhook, 103 “ La Grange College, 18 ¥ 


5. On the Atlantic Ocean, the mean direction of the wind, in the zone we are 
considering, is more southerly, but more uniform than in the United States. Of the 
16 resultants (see Plate VIT.), all are westerly, and the entire range between them 
is but 51° 14’, viz. from N. 84° 20’ W. to 8. 44° 26’ W. The rate of progress is 
less than in the United States, being but 20 per cent. of the whole distance travelled 
by the wind. 

6. Out of 142 stations lying in this zone in Europe, 117 have the mean direction 
from some point between N. W. and 8. 30° W., and most of them are comprised 
within much narrower limits. (See Plates VII. and X.) Of the 25 exceptions, 
13 still have the prevailing direction westerly, leaving but 12 out of 142 in which 
it is easterly, viz., Spydburg' in Norway, Posen in Poland, Mailand in Belgium, 
Stuttgard and Badenbach in Germany, Strasburg, St. Hyppolyte and Montpelier 
in France, Graetz in Austria, St. Zeno in Italy, Kasan on the Volga, in eastern 
Russia, and Lougan in southern Russia, north of the Black Sea. Several of these 
stations are not very far from the southern limit of westerly winds, and at some 
others the irregularity may, perhaps, be accounted for from geographical peculiari- 
ties. Thus, Posen is situated on the Wartha, where it runs almost due north, and 
the mean direction of its winds coincides very nearly with that of the stream. 
The same is true of Banff Castle (one of the twenty-five exceptions), situated on 
the Deveron in the north of Scotland. The effect of valleys in modifying the 
direction of the wind is strikingly exhibited at most of the stations on the Hudson 
and Mohawk Rivers in the State of New York. (Compare Plates III. and IX.) 

7. There are but eight stations in Asia situated in the zone under consideration, 
and at all these the mean direction is westerly. (See Plate VII.) 

8. In that part of the zone which crosses the Pacific Ocean, we have but one 
station, viz. Iluluk, one of the Aleutian Islands, and there, too, we find the mean 
direction westerly. (See Plate VII.) The testimony of navigators in the North 
Pacific? rather corroborates this result, and I have no doubt that the investigations 
of Lieutenant Maury will do the same.® ' 

9. On the American continent, west of the Mississippi, there appears to be more 
diversity in the mean direction of the wind, yet here it is westerly at 16 stations 
out of 20, from which observations have been obtained. The most peculiar feature 
in this region is the line of southerly winds on the western borders of Arkansas 
and Missouri. It seems to form a kind of connecting link between the winds of 
this zone and the south-easterly ones that we find south of it, and, in some degree, 


* The locality of this station is very doubtful. 

* Mitchell’s Article in Journal of Science and Arts, vol. xix. p. 254. 

* Tam not without hope of obtaining Lieutenant Maury’s results before these sheets go to press, and if 
so, they will be inserted on Plate VII. 


DEDUCTIONS AND REMARKS. 135 


to favor an idea that has been advanced, that there is a vast eddy extending from 
the western shore of the Gulf of Mexico to the eastern shore of the Atlantic—that 
the easterly trade-winds of the Atlantic Ocean, when they strike the American 
Continent, veer northwardly and then toward the north-east, and thus recross the 
Atlantic and follow down the coast of Portugal and Africa till they complete the 
circuit. Though, on the whole, the evidence is against this theory. 

We wait with interest for the results of the investigations, now going on under 
the auspices of the Smithsonian Institution, in Oregon, California, and the terri- 
tories west of the United States. When they shall be received, no doubt this 
article will require modification. 

10. Near the limits which. divide this zone from the polar winds on the north, 
and from the equatorial on the south (particularly the latter), the progressive 
motion is very small. The reader will notice the shortness of the arrows in South 
Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and other places along the line, as com- 
pared with those farther north, on Plates VII. and VIII. The same thing is very 
noticeable on the Atlantic Ocean, and, in some degree, in Europe. The only mate- 
rial exception in the latter is Mafra, in Portugal, and it is exceedingly doubtful 
whether that place is properly located. And not only is the progressive motion 
small, but the direction is very uncertain. The different results obtained at 
Augusta and Savannah, in Georgia, in different years, could hardly be more diver- 
sified, and those of the upper and lower currents at Hutaw, Alabama (Nos. 169 and 
170), are almost directly opposite each other. In Pekin, too, in China, which is 
near the line, the results obtained by the French missionaries in the last century, 
differ entirely from those of the recent Russian ones, as shown by the two arrows 
at that place on Plate VII. 

11. The progressive motion is less in Europe than in America, as may readily be 
seen by comparing the length of the arrows. 

12. There seems to be some approach to parallelism between the mean direction 
of the wind in any part of the belt, and the direction in which that part of the belt 
runs, so that the mean directions incline to make a constant angle with meridians 
drawn through the pole of the belt." Thus, the winds are more southerly in the 
eastern part of the Atlantic than in the western part—more so in western Hurope 
than in America or Asia. In eastern Siberia it is even north-westerly, if we may 
rely upon the results at Yacoutsk and Nertchinsk, and the prevailing testimony of 
navigators seems to be that the winds of the extreme North Pacific are also north- 
westerly, though the observations at Iluluk, south of Behring’s Strait, do not indi- 
cate it. 

The following table shows the latitudes at which the limits of this zone cross the 
different meridians, at intervals generally of 10°; the direction in which they run 
reckoned eastwardly, and the region of country, &c., where they cross. 


* This remark is thrown out rather as a conjecture, which future observations may or may not verify. 


136 


Longitude. 


80° W. 
70 W.|56 
60 W.|57 


be el et et ded bt bd dt bt td bt td 


Ragas = SA 


a 3 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SOUTHERN LIMIT OF POLAR WINDS. 


NORTHERN LIMIT OF EQUATORIAL WINDS. 


Latitude. 


56° 20’ 


57 
42 


37 


MMM 


mum 


TA Tn TA Ta tA ta tA TA TA 


Direction. 


5. 84° 40’ W. 
. 82 


45 
See 
79 36 


78 


we 


77 


W. 
W). 


SASS S44 44554: 


Place of crossing. 


Hnudson’s Bay 

Labrador 

Off the coast of 
Labrador 

S. W. of Cape 
Farewell 

8. E. of do. 

Atlantic Ocean 


Do. (off S. coast | 


of Iceland) 
Do. 
Do. 
Coast of Norway 
Sweden 
Lapland 
Do. 
Arctic Ocean 


Do. 
Kamtschatka 
Sea of do. 

Do. 

Bristol Bay 
(near Alaska) 

Off the coast of 
Rus. America 

Do. 

British America 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 


Do. (near Lake | 


Winnipeg) 
Western shore of 


Hudson’s Bay 


Latitude. 


32° 47! 


33 


ATRIA TA TATA Ata tA TA 


Direction. 


. 86° 47’ W. 


85 38 W. 


Sa 4 4888844445454 84448 4444455424455 45 


Place of crossing. 


South Carolina 


Atlantic Ocean 
Do. 

Do. 
Do. 

Do. (near Azores) 


Do. 
Off coast of Portugal 
Spain 
Mediterranean Sea 
Turkey 
Black Sea 
Do. (eastern part) 
Caspian Sea 
Independent Tartary 
Do. 
Do. 
Chinese Tartary 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
China 
Sea of Japan 
Do 


Pacihic, Ocean 


Do. 
Do. (off coast of 
California) 
California 
New Mexico 
Texas 
Mississippi 


13. Passing south of the zone we have last been considering, we find that, con. 
tiguous to it, the winds in the United States and upon the Atlantic Ocean, are, on 
the whole, easterly, yet quite irregular, and having a very small progressive motion. 
This is seen by the shortness of the arrows in Louisiana, Texas, Florida, and the 
southern parts of South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, and Mississippi (Plate VIIL.), 


and also at Nos. 27, 29, 30, and 31 on Plate VII. 
and will be spoken of below. 


Nos. 25 and 236 are exceptions, 


14. Farther south, we fall in with the well known north-easterly trade-winds, all 
characterized by long arrows, showing a decided prevalence, yet more so between 
latitude 10° and 25° than nearer the equator. 


DEDUCTIONS AND REMARKS. 137 


vo 


15. In the eastern parts of the Atlantic Ocean, near the coasts of Africa, and 
upon the Mediterranean Sea, also in Barbary, the winds seem to incline toward the 
Great Desert. This is seen on Plate VII. at all the stations in Spain, Southern 
France, Italy, and on the Mediterranean as far east as Constantinople (No. 233) ; 
and Smyrna (No. 15); also at Tripoli (No. 238); at Liberia (No. 239); at the 
Madeira Islands (No. 25); and on the Atlantic at No. 42. At No. 39 the direc- 
tion is not materially changed, but the progressive motion is very much reduced, 
indicating a counteracting force in the direction of the Desert. It is also well 
known that all along the coast of Guinea south and south-west winds prevail. It 
was remarked by Dr. Halley, that, “in the southern parts of Italy, a south-east wind 
blows more frequently than any other;’ but our observations from Rome and 
Naples indicate nothing of the kind, but rather the contrary. Our observations 
from Tripoli (No. 238) may not be altogether trustworthy, as they embrace a 
period of only five months, but the time was a tolerably fair mean for the year, in 
regard to temperature, viz. from March to July inclusive, and the results harmonize 
very well with No. 19, which represents four years’ observations. At Fezzan, 300 
miles south of Tripoli, the winds are said to be northerly in winter and southerly 
in summer. 

16. In South-western Asia, the winds are so irregular as to defy all attempts to 
reduce them to system, from any data now in my possession. The north-west 
winds at Jerusalem* (No. 23), and the westerly ones at Bagdad (No. 22), are nearly 
as uniform as the “trades,” while at Constantinople’ and Trebizonde (Nos. 233 and 
11), the mean direction is north-easterly, at Teflis and Erzeroom (Nos. 10 and 12), 
nearly north, at Beirut and on Mount Lebanon (Nos. 20 and 21), also at Tabreez, 
Tehran, and Ooroomiah* (Nos. 16, 17, and 18), westerly; at Smyrna (No. 15), 
east; and at Bassora (No. 24), hardly in any direction. At Aleppo, it is said to 
be north-west, but I have no observations from that place. (See Appendix O.) 

17. The three stations in Hindoostan all show a feeble prevalence of westerly 
or south-westerly winds, although situated in latitudes proper for the “ trades,” and 
although the tracks of storms in the adjacent seas are generally from south-east 
toward north-west." 


4 Jn a letter to the author, from Rev. J. F. Lanneau, who long resided in Syria and Palestine, he 
remarks as follows, in relation to the north-west winds in the “hill country” of Judea: “ So uniformly 
prevalent is the north-wester, that the olive-trees in the interior, situated so as to feel their constant influ- 
ence, are inclined toward the south-east, and their branches checked in the opposite direction by its power, 


(= 
ASN 


so that in some cases three-fourths or more of them are on that side, thus vi" . This is very strik- 


I 

ingly noticed immediately around Jerusalem.” 

2 Rev. H. G. O. Dwight, to whom I am indebted for the observations on the winds at this place, makes 
- the following remarks in relation to them: “‘ There can be no doubt of the fact that the wind here, as a 
general thing, blows either from the north-east or from the south-west. A wind direct from either of the 
four cardinal points, never continues long in Constantinople. During the fifteen or sixteen years that I 
haye been here, I have noticed that our prevailing wind in summer is north-east. Indeed, from July to 
October, it is so constantly and regularly from that quarter, as to be almost a monsoon.” 

8 See the remarks on the winds at this place in Series B. + Piddington. 


138 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


18. On the whole, do not the results in Series C authorize us to lay down the 
following, as a general description of the winds of the northern hemisphere? Ist. 
That from high northern latitudes the winds proceed in a southerly direction, but 
veer toward the west, as they approach a limit ranging from about latitude 56° on 
the western continent to about latitude 68° on the eastern, where they become 
irregular and disappear. The area of the zone occupied by these winds is about 
11,800,000 square miles. 2d. That farther south there is a belt of westerly winds, 
less than 2000 miles in breadth, entirely encircling the earth; the westerly direc- 
tion being clearly defined in the middle of the belt, but gradually disappearing as 
we approach the limits on either side. The area of this zone is estimated to be 
about 25,870,000 square miles. 3d. That south of the zone last named, the mean 
direction of the wind is easterly. This area is estimated to contain 60,760,000 
square miles." 


Theoretical Considerations. 


In looking for the causes of winds, there are two which are obvious; Ist, the 
diurnal revolution of the earth upon its axis, and 2d, the unequal distribution of 
heat over different parts of its surface; and we apprehend that these two, taken 
conjointly, are sufficient to account for all the leading observed phenomena. Dr. 
Halley, in a paper read before the Royal Society in 1686, undertook to explain the 
phenomena of the trade-winds, by taking into account only the latter cause; or at 
least introducing the former only so far as it affects the temperature of places near 
the equator at different hours of the day. His view (as explained by Professor 
Mitchell in his article already referred to) was, that the rarefaction of the air over 
the spot where the sun is vertical, and the continual motion of this spot westward 
by the diurnal motion of the earth, generated a series of vortices, moving westward 
below and eastward above, and that the lower parts constituted the trade-winds. 

According to his views, the motion would be as 

B in the accompanying figure, in which AM NB 
represents a section of the atmosphere resting 

ww 6 on the equator A M, as seen from the north 

a Agee tor side, and the different arrows show the direc- 

AE tion in which the air is supposed to move. 

Others, on the contrary, have maintained 
that the mere rotation of the earth on its axis, combined with.its annual revolution 
round the sun, is sufficient to account for the leading phenomena of winds, without 
any aid from heat. If at one and the same time the entire atmosphere were 
reduced to a perfect calm all over the surface of the earth, and if the temperature 
were everywhere the same, they have supposed that mere cosmical influences, such 
as we have named, would, in some unexplained way, create just such currents as 


* Professor Dove, of Berlin, maintains that there are but two systems, viz. our Ist and 3d. See his 
Letter to Col. Sabine, published in the Report of the British Association for 1845. 


DEDUCTIONS AND REMARKS. 139 


now exist. To both these doctrines there are, however, insuperable objections,! 
and a correct theory can be obtained only by combining the two, for both must 
certainly operate, according to well-known physical laws, and unless neutralized 
cannot fail of producing their appropriate effects. It was by thus combining them 
that Hadley succeeded in satisfactorily accounting for the trade-winds, more than a 
century ago, and it remains to show that the same principles may be generalized 
so as to explain each of the three systems, which, according to our investigations, 
exist. 

The rarefaction of the air near the equator, by heat, will cause it to rise, and give 
place to the colder, and, therefore, heavier air of the temperate and polar regions. 
The amount of this influence can be calculated, and it is found to be commensurate 
with the effects observed. If no other cause then 
existed, we should have a regular vortex, extend- “ze ~<~ 
ing from the equator to the pole, as represented in 
the accompanying figure, in which K represents a 
point on the equator; N the north pole; C the centre 
of the earth; B Da line drawn through the centre 
of the vortex, and the several arrows the direction in 
which the air moves. 

If the air were equally dense in all parts of the 
vortex, and its velocity the same, the centre of the 
vortex must be over that parallel of latitude which 
bisects the northern hemisphere, viz. the parallel of 30°. South of this parallel, 
the air must ascend, and north of it, it must descend. In point of fact, the centre 
must be a little farther north, since the descending currents are colder and more 
condensed than the ascending ones, and consequently must occupy less space, but 
the difference is not material. The result would be, a constant current along the 
surface of the earth from the poles toward the equator, while the air which ascended 
at the equator would flow back again toward the poles. As applied to the northern 
hemisphere, the lower current would be from north to south, and the upper from 
south to north. 

But if we now take the rotation of the earth into account, it will modify these 
motions. As the heated air at the equator rises, and attempts to flow northerly 
toward the pole, it crosses successive parallels of latitude, whose easterly motion, 
by virtue of the earth’s diurnal revolution, is continually diminishing. But the 
air, retaining the easterly motion which it had at the equator, and consequently 
moving more rapidly in that direction than the places over which it passes, has a 
relative motion, as from the west, which, combined with its northerly motion, carries 
it toward the north-east, and finally toward the east. On the same principles, the 
lower current must continually veer more and more toward the west, as it 
approaches the equator. 

When we reflect that it is over 6,000 miles from the equator to the pole, while 
one-half of the entire atmosphere lies within seven miles of the surface of the 


Cc a0) 


4 See Appendix. 


140 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


earth, we see that it must be quite impossible for the upper and lower currents to 
flow in opposite directions, one upon the other, for so great a distance, without inter- 
mingling. Each must communicate to the other its own motion by friction, and it 
will be only near the northern and southern extremities of the vortex, that they 
will be kept distinct, and each have its own proper motion. In other words, there 
must be a system of equatorial winds at the south, a system of polar ones at the 
north, and a system of blended ones between. Let us notice the necessary cha- 
racteristics of each system separately. 

The lower current of the equatorial system proceeding southerly, and at the 
same time veering toward the west, constitutes the trade-winds, and it is probable 
that at the limit where the upper current becomes blended with the lower, no 
inconsiderable part of it folds under itself, and returns toward the equator, thus 
contributing to augment the strength of the “trades.” This limit we suppose to 
be that which defines the northern boundary of the equatorial winds on Plates I. 
and VII. 

On the same principles, the cold surface wind of the arctic regions must com- 
mence to flow southerly—must veer toward the west like the trade-winds, and for 
the same reason—and finally become blended with the winds of the intermediate 
system; thus defining the southern limits of the polar winds. 

In this intermediate system of blended winds, the mean direction must be the 
result of two opposite motions, the upper current tending to move eastward, and 
the lower westward. It is easy to see, however, that the former must prevail; for 
it has nothing to contend against but the friction of the latter, while the latter has 
not only this same friction, but also that of the earth’s surface, both conspiring to 
destroy its motion westward. As a consequence, westerly winds must prevail in 
this zone, though with less uniformity than exists in the other two.’ 


* T am aware that it may be urged as an objection to this view, that both the causes which are supposed 
to determine the lower current toward the south-west, “operate with greater energy between the parallels 
of 30° and 60°, than within the actual limits of the trade winds.” (Mitchell.) But it should be noticed, 
Ist, that even if this were true, the causes which determine the upper current are increased in the same 
ratio, and it is on the difference of the two only, that the mean direction depends. And 2d, that the objec- 
tion itself is not well founded, so far as one of the causes is concerned; for, according to our views, the 
zone of westerly winds lies wholly in the northern half of the vortex, where there could be no permanent 
ascending currents, as at the equator, to create trade winds. 

It may be farther objected, that the theory here advocated requires an excess of northerly over southerly 
winds in the temperate regions, so as to dispose of the current coming down from high northern latitudes. 
We admit it, and are we sure that there is not? It is true that, in respect to time, the mean direction of the 
wind in those parts of the zone that have been most fully studied (viz. the United States, Western Europe, 
and the Atlantic Ocean), is from a point somewhat to the south of west. But are we sure that it is not 
compensated by north-westerly winds over Asia and the North Pacific? This is a question of fact, to be 
determined by observation. Thus far the indications are, that there is such a compensation, and we await 
with interest the results of Lieutenant Maury’s investigations in that quarter of the globe to settle the 
question. Furthermore, are we sure that even in the parts of the zone first referred to, more air passes 
northward than southward? On this point Professor Dove, of Berlin, has the following remarks, in a letter 
to Colonel Sabine, published in the Report of the British Association for 1845: “ But the air which 
passes over the parallel, coming from the equator, brings with it a higher temperature, which it gradually 
parts with as it flows over the surface of the earth, and which it cannot, therefore, bring back with it, 


{ 


DEDUCTIONS AND REMARKS. 141 


Thus we find that theory harmonizes perfectly with fact, both as it respects the 
direction and the constancy of the winds regarded as systems. Let us now examine 
a few minor details. 

1. The facts mentioned in our fifteenth deduction have long been known, and 
have been usually, and I suppose correctly, accounted for by ascribing them to the 
rarefaction of the air over the Great Desert. Some additional facts, confirmatory 
. of this idea, will be mentioned as we proceed. 

2. The winds at the stations in South-western Asia, having of themselves but a 
feeble tendency to flow in one direction rather than another, owing to their prox- 
imity to the dividing line between two systems of winds, appear to be controlled 
entirely by the strong local influences to which they are subject, and for which that 
region is remarkable. This may account for their irregularity, alluded to above 
in our sixteenth deduction. 

3. May not the less progressive motion of the wind in Europe than in the United 
States (mentioned as our eleventh deduction), be accounted for by the higher tem- 
perature of the former? Just as a burning building increases the strength of the 
wind on the side from which it blows, and diminishes it on the opposite side. 


when it passes the same parallel on its return toward the equator. Now, colder air occupies less space than 
warm air, and therefore the current of air flowing from the pole to the equator is narrower than when it 
flows from the equator to the pole. If the beds in which these opposite currents flow are shifting ones, 
the same station will necessarily be oftener in a southerly than in a northerly current (in the northern 
hemisphere), and the proportion of southerly wind will in the course of a year exceed that of the northerly. 
Moreover, the southerly winds bring with them a quantity of vapor, with which they are continually 
parting in the form of rain and other precipitations; the returning northern dry winds do, indeed, bring 
back the same mass of air, but without its aeriform companion, which, having now assumed the form of a 
liquid, no longer contributes to raise the column of mercury in the barometer.” 

On considering the above-described alterations to which the atmosphere is subjected, on its passage from 

“and return to the equator, we see that throughout the temperate zone the mean direction of the wind may 

be from the equator, converted by the rotation of the earth into a south-westerly direction in the northern, 
and a north-westerly in the southern hemisphere. _ 

Professor Loomis seems to view the subject in a similar light. (See his articles on the Meteorology of 
Hudson, Ohio, published in the American Journal of Science and Arts.) 


19 


142 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES D. 


Turs Series of Tables shows the mean direction of the wind, and the rates of its 
progress, for each month of the year, at the several places and sections of country 
mentioned, and hence the annual curve which it describes." At a few places, there 
is added also the average number of days that the winds from the different points 
of compass prevail in each month; and, at a number of others, the direction and 
amount of the forces which deflect the wind from its mean annual direction. The 
method by which the latter were found was as follows: It was assumed that if there 
were no forces to deflect the winds, the mean direction and rate of progress would 
be the same for each month of the year, and equal to one-twelfth of the mean 
annual progress. If, therefore, according to the usual method of applying the 
“parallelogram of forces,” we make the progress in any month the diagonal of a paral- 
lelogram, and one-twelfth of the mean annual progress one of the sides, either of 
the contiguous sides will represent the deflecting force, both in quantity and direc- 
tion. Thus, for example, at Amherst, Massachusetts, the resultant for January is 
N. 69° 42’ W. 36, and for one-twelfth of the mean for the year, measured on the 

same scale, N. 73° 13’ W. 30. Draw A B in the 

4 Ni 1FW30__s direction N. 73° 13’ W. and make its length 30. 

Ware Also draw A D in the direction N. 69° 42’ W. and 

D make its length 36. Complete the parallelogram, 

and the side A C or B D will show the direction and amount of the deflecting 

force, viz. N. 52° 47' W.6.32. For the most part, the deflecting forces are merely 

approximations, determined, with tolerable accuracy, by construction upon a large 
scale, though in a few cases they were computed trigonometrically. 


* Tn computing the annual curves, it became necessary to fix upon some general principle, upon 
which to compare and combine the observations taken at different places, and I adopted that of allowing 
equal weight to the observations of each month, without reference to the manner in which they were taken. 
There is no doubt that more reliance should be placed upon observations taken several times a day and 
recorded for sixteen or thirty-two points of the compass, than upon those taken less frequently and 
recorded less minutely, but it was difficult to decide how much. 


SERIES D.—MONTHLY DEFLECTIONS. 


$5 SSS SSS SSS SS SSS SSS SS SSS SR 


SERIES D. 


No. 1.—Melville Island, Arctic Ocean. 


No. 2.—Port Bowen, Arctic Ocean. 


1 YEAR. 1 yrar. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of | 
Wind. Progress, Wind. Progress. | 
January INo 2 teh Vie 64 January N. 72° 41’ WB. 63 
February INFRLGH oN WE 603 February N.70 11H 65 
} March . N. 14 22 W. 70 March . N. 66 13 EH 34 
) April Ne @ BS 1h 47 April Ne 7. Wi By 46} 
| May N.12 49 Ww. | 43 May N. 35. 43 E. A 
June N.56 8 W. 20 June Se ll BS) IDL 24 
i July N. 34 16 W. 21 July S. 89 28 Ww. 41 
| August N. 64 17 W. 28 August We 4 BAN, 54 
| September N. 29 48 W. 58 September 8. 88 42 W. 18 
| October N. 37 40 W. 60 October N. 73. 53 BH. 43 
| November IN, J BA Wie 7) November 8S. 77. 38 EH. 94 
| December N.10 51K. 22% December N. 81 42 fH. 50 
| The year N. 20 42 W. 44 The year Ne 63. 6B: Q74 
No. 3.—Boothia Felix, Arctic Ocean.—3 stations. No. 4.—Igloolik, Arctic Ocean. 
24 YEARS. 1 YEAR. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of | 
ind. Progress. Wind. Progress. 
January N. 47° 28’ W. 28 January N. 19° 25! W. 50 
Hebruary N. 45 21 W. 21 February N. 32 3 W. 83 
i March . N. 50 16 W. 23 March . N.46 1 W. 78 
April N. 36 41 W. 35 April N.43 5 W. 83 
May N. 28 48 W. 30 May N. 83 32 W. 11 
June IN, 7A BG WG 26 June IN233) 928) We 51 
July N. 11 33 &. 35 July Ss 0L © IB 214 
August Nl We 35 August N.12 31 W. 33 
| September N. 32 18 W. 85 September N.20 41 W. 8 
October N54 1 W. 82 October N. 82) 5 EB. 19 
November INEM ble 194 November N. 62 28 W. 47 
December N. 44 34 W. 17 December N. 61 45 W. 40 
The year N. 34 55 W. 24. The year N. 36 18 W. 42 


No. 5.—Winter Island, Arctic Ocean. 


Months. 


January 
February 
March . 
April 

May 

June 

July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 
The year 


1 YEAR, 


Mean direction of 
ind. 


25° 29’ W. 
34 


= 


wawnmwaczia2 22 | 
wen HMwron 

Ae OoOONATeH yoo 
SHAM AASAAA 


Rate of 
Progress. 


81 


No. 6.—Baffin’s Bay (northern part). 


Months. 


January 
February 
March . 
April 

May 

June 

July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 


3 MONTHS. 


Mean direction of 
Wind. 


N. 6°30’ EK. 
S. 72. 16 EH. 
8. 21 20 HE. 


Rate of § 
Progress. 


32 
11 


144 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


No. 7.—Aretie regions of North America.* 


No. 8.—Arctie regions of North America.* 


7 stations. 8 stations. 
5} YEARS. 67 YEARS. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
Vind. Progress. Wind. Progress. 
January N. 27° 82! W. 45 January N. 18° 32’ W. 37 
February N. 32. 22 W. tt February Neale (Ome 37 
March . N. 38 47 W. 47 March . N. 31 55 W. 39 
April N.28 49 W. 41 April No 1G) Se We 333 
May N..28; 79 W. 33 May N2E “We 29 
June Ne O! bi. 25 June N.45 14 W. iy) 
July ISR TUE Bifold 13 July N.10 43 W. 18 
August N. 55. 28 W. 24 August N. 44 48 W. 25 
September N. 30. 42 W. 163 September N.37 2 W. 24 
October N. 28 20 W. 3 October N. 14 27 W. 283 
November NE A0) 16 We 36 November N.14 32 W. 34 
December INE aie 29 31 December IN: 12 We 294 
No. 9.—Fort Franklin, Great Bear Lake. No. 10.—Fort Enterprise. 
1% YEARS. 1 YEAR. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
ind. Progress. Wind. Progress. 
January ND ee Waly oR 34 January IN. 79° We 23 
February ING fa; D3) We 32 February N. 26 45 E. 30 
March . N. 74 51 E. 32 March . N.36 6 W. 8 
April sh (ie tele 51 April N.40 2H. 36 
May 8. 79 37 E. 554 May 8. 49 45 H 46 
June June Kasterly 60 
July 8. 63 42 H. 46 July Westerly 6 
August 8. 83 56 E. 41 August Neutral 0 
September N.18 10 E. 30 September Neutral 0 
October N. 32 41 HE. 10 October Kasterly 12 
November N.18 17 E. 23 November Easterly 18 
December N.16 42 W. 274 December Westerly 30 
The year N. 70 30 E.? 25? The year N. 389 54 E.? 14 


No. 11.—Fort Reliance, Great Slave Lake. 


Months. 


January 
February 
March . 
April 

May 

June 

July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 


8 MONTHS. 


Mean direction of 
ind, 


69° 48’ W. 
15 13 H. 
38 E. 
49 20 KE. 
76 51 EH. 


122 
_ 
co 


8. 64 
N. 66 
N. 65 


bobo bo 


me CS CO 


1 Nos. 1, 3, 4, 5, and 6 combined. 


4 No observations were reported for this month, and the resultant here recorded is merely estimated by taking the 


meansbetween May and July. (See data, pages 31 and 32.) 


No. 12.—N. W. British America.3—3 stations. 
33 YEARS. 

Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
Progress. Wind. Progress. 
18 January N. 25° 20’ W. 18 
10 February N. 6 32°H. 25 
9 March . N. 62 8°: 17 
254 April Not ‘OMBE 364 
66 May 8. 85 18 E. 56 

June* S. 71 40 EK. 51 
July 8. 638 42 H. 46 
August 8. 83 56 E. 41 
September N.18 10 E. 30 
60 October N74 oe 23 
30 November N. 386 57 E. 23 
22. December N. 30 6H: 24 


2 No. 1 to No. 6, inclusive. 3 Nos. 9, 10, and 11 combined. 


SERIES D.—MONTHLY DEFLECTIONS. 


ee SHRUBS! DI Continued. 


No. 13.—Hyafiord, Iceland. 


No. 14.—Reikiayik, Iceland. 


2 YEARS. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
Wind. | Progress. 
January 8. 61° 43’ W. 06 
| Kebruary S. 89 37 W. 42 
# March . Soom We 30 
} April S. 77 55 W. 40% 
| May N. 10 387 W. 2 
1 June N.18 18 W. 363 
| July N. 23 55 i. 35 
} August N.47 53 #. 245 
| September 8. 26 24 W. 22 
| October S. 62 18 E. 22 
# November 8S. 45 26 W. 19 
| December 8. 74 59 W. 44 
| The year N. 86 35 W. 16 


Mean direction of 


Wind. 


7 MONTHS. 

Months. 
January 
February 
March . 
April 
May N. 
June N. 45 
July N. 55 
August S. 22 
September 8. 87 
October N. 22 
November N. 34 
December 


09° 22) Bi. 


53 H. 
34 H. 
03 H. 
5 HE. 
53 E. 
36 E. 


Rate of | 


Progress. 


He I i ee nee 
No. 15.—Iceland.1—2 stations. 


No. 16.—New Herrnhut, Greenland. 


1 Nos. 13 and 14 combined. 


ih 
H 


t} 


i 


2 YEARS AND 7 MONTHS. 1 ypar. 
Months Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of } 
Wind. Progress. Wind. Progress. } 
) January 8. 61° 43’ W. 56 January N. 71° 41’ B. 51 
February S. 89 37 W. 42 February 8. 63 27 H. 59 
| March . Ss GS. A NY, a March . Wo Bil HB TB, 87 
j April Seen Ae 403 April IN, Gil ie 1h, 10 
| May N. 15 20 EH. 24 May INo Def 115). TB. 32 
| June N. 13 34 W. 25 June N. 47 40 W. 21 
| July N. 28 58 H. Q7 July 8S. 42 12 W. 19 
| August N. 80 19 H. 16 August N. 61 29 W. 12 
September S. 26 12 Et 15 September 8. 83 37 W. 42 
| October N. 63 57 E. 22 October [Sp lls) 1D, 46 
1 November We 19) Bil Wa 3 November IN fhe) IDL 81 
' December 8. 74 59 W. 44 December N. 64 56 EH. 73% 
The year N. 86 59 E. 32 
No. 17.—Friederichthal, Greenland. No. 18.—Baflin’s Bay (southern part.) 
7 MONTHS. 9 MONTHS. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of i 
Wind. Progress. Wind. Progress. | 
January North 84 January 
| February N. 18° 41’ W. 533 || February 
j March . N.19 50 EH. 20 March . 
} April Sa al2 by bye 56 April 
| May May ; 
| June June S. 48° 287 W. 42 
| July July N. 43 53 W. 8 
; August August S. 88 17 W. 19 
September September N. 59 52 W. 6 
} October North 100 October 
November N. 6 24 H. 63 November 
December Seer oil Wi. 88 December 


146 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


No. 19.—Southern Greenland and vicinity.’ 
3 stations. 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. | 


No. 20.—Nain, Labrador. 


2) YEARS. 11 monTuHs. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of | 
ind. Progress. Wind Progress. 
January N. 25° 50’ E. 56 January N. 28° 30’ W. 78 
February N. 54 30 E. 24 February N. 36 21. W. 61 ; 
March | N.71 0K. | 48 || March - N. 0 51.W. | 79 
April 8. 23 0.E. 25 April N.26 46 W. 76 
May N. 57 15 H. 32 May N. 7 40 E. 48 
June S. 22 0 W. 14 June IN.) 35m; 44 
July N.35 0.W. 9 July 
August N. 438 45 W. 24 August IN. 167, 2 We 57 
September N.78 40 EH. 63 September N.17 28 8. 23 
October N.12 0 F§. 29 October N. 53 9. W. 46 
November N. 54 30 £. 55 November N. 53 19 W. 35 
December 8S. 48 30 E. 423 December N29) 22) We 83 
The year N. 62 40 HE. 19 The year N. 25 55 W.? | 50? 
No. 21.—Norway House, Hudson’s Bay Territory. No. 22.—Sitka, Russian America. 
7 YEARS. 1 YEAR. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
Wind. Progress. Wind. Progress. 
January IN RDO La eye 16 January N. 88° 13’ E. 23 
February IN: BOS 20 We 16 || February 8. 56 356 E. 51 
March . If SG A 1B 14 March . N. 64 45 HE. 40 
April IN 29° Wie 14 April 8. 78 56 E. 22, 
May N. 57 37 E. 9 May Sh (a Uey Wie 50 
June 8. 12 43 H. 10 June 8. 56 42 W. 8 
July S. 86) af oWe 4 July 8S. 75 50 W. 18 
August 8. 88 9 W. 20 | August 8. 3 8 E. 21 
September N. 67 29 W. 12 September S. 59° 9) E: 35 
October N.10 16 W. 26 October 8.60 2 E. 47 
November ING PS. DOSER 15 November 8. 72 48 BE. 34 
December INS'GD5 Seay 7 December 8.953) Oeu: 44 
The year N.27 26. W. 8 The year 8. 55 37 E. 24 
No. 23.—St. Johns, New Foundland. No. 25.—Hampden, Maine. 
4 YEARS. 3% YEARS. 
3 Z Deflecting forces. Se % Deflecting forces. 
Months. | Mean direction of |2 ce Months. | Mean direction of |2 gp 
Wind. sa| Direction. |Am’t. Wind. | Direction. /Am’t. 
Jan. N. 87° 52’ W. |33)N..72 °W.! 15 || Jan. N. 72° 3) W. | 42 | N18 Cowen 
Feb. N. 47 55 W. |28|N. 1 -W.| 18 || Feb. N. 75 51 W. |47|N.34 W.| 22 
March | N.41 12 W. |22|/N.15 HE. | 17 || March | 8S. 82 24 W. |86|N.60 W. 
April 8. 59 OW. /24|S. 7 4&. 8 || April S. 85 41 W. 188 N59) We 
May N. 84 22 H. |24/N.82 4H. | 44 || May 8.37 3 W. |31/8..40 -Eeaiez2 
June 8. 47 56 W. |24/S. 22 HE. | 16 || June S. 54 9 W. 186 |\S.* 69) Rise 
July 8. 43 23 W. |52/S. 243 W.| 36 || July 8. 34 38 W. /42/8. 15 E.} 30 
Aug. S. 43 57 W. | 34/8. 10 W.} 22 || Aug. 8. 836 380 W. |30/8S. 35 EH. | 2 
Sept. S. 63 30 W. |27/S8. 244 W.}] 9 || Sept 8.7L 58) We 1/3515) LO nae 
Oct. S. 68 9 W. |14))\8) .84 oon: 8 || Oct. 8. 70 41 W. 26) Nao ewe 
Noy. NoL7 2 We )25)) N25) SBS 633) | Nor. N. 77 387 W. |87|N..104- W.|-16 
Dee. Sel Cee DV nr ued NS ou Vand] 4G. | eaeos N..75..46 W,/.454).N..293..Wo | ee 
The year| 8. 78 4 W. |18 . : 
1 Nos. 16, 17, and 18 combined. Determined approximately by construction. 


SERIES D.—MBAN DIRECTION OF WINDS. 147 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


“| No. 24.—Average duration of winds in each month, between the parallels of latitude 45° and 50°, deduced from | 
observations taken at ten different stations, in Towa, Wisconsin, Michigan, Canada, and Maine, for a joint period } 
of 17-75 years. 


Months. Mean direction. 


[x 
N. E. 
|x 
8. E. 
| s. 
S. W. 
W. 
W.N. W. 
| N. w. 
Rate of 
Progress. 


H January . 
February 
March 
April 
May 
June 
July . 
August . 
September 
October . 
November 
December 


oo 
A 


40’ W. 
43 W. 
We 
Eas 
W. 
We 

3 W. 
3 W. 
W. 
W. 
We 
W. 


2a 


coo 


To ee 
Stowawy 


ROTH 

ae SATE =r 

i ft he 

oo or ce OS 
rea 


thot 


BES Ra pana mate | W. 8. W. 


CT eS ns 


OOOO ODT 


Hy eGo eS to 
et oo =T or 0 02 Hc 
Royse 

b 

Bw? 

o 


BS Et LO oe 
whoa 
=A ost 


i jt 
aD 
wan 


CO}RO)RO NO Ut bo. C9 RO 
SHOHSUOaNHE Oe 
EH OnononDanoe-t 
SoRWIASbHRES 
SCORDADEWAWHS 
qo wo et et es tot to 
@0)09 co FR 9 O IS Gr RG Co 
bist HohbpaH Swe 


AROdDATN ON aoHon 
WNwwNNwhyenwwrty 


Soro 
Pook IopwRONls 


whan neh onsan 


BOOWRHE ASHP END 
~ 
= 

Gr on Cu BO 0D 9 JR 


WNW Pw gots 
wep RON SSR YRS 
AA DiIn ADDR 


ouwnentao 


to th Oo 
= =r 
Pires 


c= 0 
oO 
tot 


No. 26.—Ambherst, Massachusetts. No. 27.—Nantucket, Massachusetts. 


5 YEARS. 4k YEARS. 


Deflecting forces. Deflecting forees. 


Months. | Mean direction of 
Wind. 


Months. Mean direction of 
Direction. Am?t. Wind. 


53° W. 6 || January . 66° 45’ W. 
12 6 || Bebruary oi & We 
15 17 || March ~ 28° 10) Wi. 
16 11 || April 82 53 W. 
33 10 || May bil 59) We 
22 June 30 59 W. 
18 July 67 39 W. 
5 10 || August 60 47 W. 
47 19 || September 3 44 W. 
53 5 || October TO DI Vie 
20) 16 || November AB 6D Ws 
5 ies December 5) TL WN 
The year tt O We 


Progress. 


Direction. Am’t.4 
January 

| Kebruary 

| March 

) April 
May 
June 
July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 
The year 


| 


69° 42’ W. 
63 34 W. 
03 
55 
85 
67 
70 
88 
76 
78 
5) 
57 


51° W. | 15 | 
62 W. | 10% 
18) BL 24 | 
Aik W. 8 | 
1 W. | 
I. We 
37 W. 
61 Bi. 
. 702 B. 


29 
00 


eS | Progress. 


ise) 
49 bS 
St 


cob) COB TOTO bP 
ASASAASAzAA 


et or ord 
ns aaciernmmnan | 


Seen ahheas 
AAAznnnnns aA 


ai a i 


~t 
(SY) 
jy 
AAZAAAnnMn nA AA 


No. 28.—Average duration of winds in each month, in the New England States, south of latitude 45°, deduced 
from observations taken at forty-nine different stations, for a joint period of 78% years. 


Deflecting 
Mean $ forces. 
direction a 
of Wind. |e Direction.|Am’t. 
W.| 24 
E 


| w 
lw. w. 


| 8. w. 


[s. 


. 56° 49’ W. N. 2 
.59 2 W.} 30 
. 64 31 W. 
. 89 57 W. 
. 48 15 

. 51 46 
47 8 

. 40 51 

- 76 15 

. 84 16 

- 61 

. 09 

. 87 


bo 
So 


iS) 

f—} 

= 
to Sy A7 
ON eo 


0 
2 
9) 
Hast 
345 

al 
6 
4 
2 


¢ Ho co MO 
He ROS bee 
ns 


3 
6 


2 


nnn 


2 
. 13 


E. 
E. 
W. 
+ W. 
i. 
E. 
E. 
W. 
ae Oleic 


ESOS CORSO CIC 
ATO FR WT Go <7 5 jh 
AIA 


SER eee eet ‘ 
MDNNRTONAOW 
Noo wp oowhDy 

Dr och coe 
QaoawTSy Hwa 

Tw OMAN OTS 

= 

WEAR ATNONDAT ER 
NASSMSNSSTIUTINO 
BP STwWATTEOHDowS 
S He GO oo bO bY 69 BO GW BS Go OD 09 
WSORWOARKR OU OR oe 
NUE ROoOwWoOtAMiweD 
. . Bi, acy bho: Hou 
SCNWRrwWReH Oo 
SHOWASAS 


= 
= 


co 


148 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


No. 29.—Pompey, New York. No. 30.—New York State.-—72 stations. 
16 YEARs. 362 YEARS. 
«. 2} Deflecting forces. « %| Deflecting forces. 
Months. Mean direction of | ° 2 Months. Mean direction of | © 2 
Wind. £2 ind. al 
ec | Direction. |Am’t. ee | Direction. |Am’t. 
Jan. S. 70° 50’ W. | 454) N. 28° E. 8 || Jan. S. 87° 51’ W. | 33 | N. 46° W.| 6 
Feb. S. 71 31 W. | 53 |N. 24 W.| 5 |} Feb. 8S. 89 23 W. | 323/N.16 W.]| 7 
March | 8. 66 OW. | 50/N.85 KE. 2 || March 8S. 82 56 W. | 31 |N.28 W.| 8 
April S. 66 17 W. | 38 |N.68 E. | 14 || April N. 82 59 W. | 22 |N. 423 E. | 12 
May S. 65: 89) We)] 52/8) 34 sik: 1 || May S. 7 125We. | 28S: eee Bi. 5 
June 8S. 55 16 W. | 553/8. 6 E. | 18 |} June S. 67 36 W. | 84/8. 23 W.] 9 
July 8. 64 5 W.| 69 |S. 55 W.| 17 || July S. 67 27 W. | 43 |S. 35% W. | 12 
Aug. 8:69) 146 Wis) (aie NG SZ maWesl Osi Ao S. 76) 2 We | Soi iS: (Gone \Weleeet 
Sept. 8. 63 30 W. | 58 |S. 81 W.]| 6 || Sept. 8: 72 28 W..| 338 |S: 2% W.ls6 
Oct. S. GL S25Wa | snlissekee tbr: 6 || Oct. 8: 69) QI Ws | S8 iS soe Welleas 
Noy. S. 68 19 W. | 52 |N. 213 W.} 1 || Nov. SreS9) sa We SSeS WN Gen eon r 
| Dec. 8. 70 33 W. | 47 | N. 833 E 6 || Dec. S. 88 157 W. | 33 .Ne oo) Weleeo : 
The year] 8. 66 48 W. | 52 The year] 8. 79 8 W. | 313 


Proportion of winds in each month, in the State of New York, being the sums of the observations 
taken at fifty-five different stations for a joint period of 360 years. 


Rate 
of Pro- ] 
Months. N. N. E. E. 8. E. 8. 8. W. W. N. We Mean direction. gress. : 
| January 11413} 805 | 411] 681 | 1738 | 19383) 19763] 2466 || S. 87° 51’ W. | 33 i 
t February 9604; 750 | 400 | 6853) 15403) 1673 | 19303) 23303]| S. 87 6 W. | 33 
| March 10183) 725 | 498 | 7653) 19243) 1804 | 19283) 25203]| S. 82 55 W. | 31 
} April 12303) 10712} 626 | 7852) 16003) 15403) 16712] 2208 || N. 82 41 W. | 22 
May 1090 8693] 53863] 895 | 19963} 1984 | 1822 | 19493]| S. 71 24 W. | 28 
June 878 | 651 | 430] 826 | 1979 | 2229 | 19853) 19463)| S. 67 3882W. | 34 
July 827 | 4822) 316 | 6613) 20163) 2775 | 22743) 19862]| 8S. 67 27 W. | 43 
August 11243) 777 3883} 7113) 1979 | 2308 | 1993 | 20593!) S. 76 21 W. | 33 
| September 9823) 73¢ 398 787 | 1854 | 2267 | 1915 | 20083!) S. 72 30 W. | 33 
October 1098 | 759 | 439 8763] 21553} 2231 | 1857 | 20783)| 8. 69 21 W. | 38 
November 1162 828 4902| 6852] 16213) 1887 | 2042 23193 8: 89 | 7 Wieateee 
December 1245 | 876 | 452] 648 | 16803] 2093 | 2187 | 23824) S. 88 57 W. | 33 
Total 12758 | 93273] 58852) 90082/22086 |24730 |23578 |26256 | 8. 78 59 W. | 31% 
No. 81.—New York City. No. 32.—New Jersey and Pennsyl’a.—57 stations. 
10 YEARS. 63 YEARS. 
eid Deflecting forces. 3 os vi Deflecting forces. 
Months. Mean direction of | ° 2 Months. | Mean direction of | ° 2 
ind. Ne) ; Wind. £3 pe 
=e | Direction. |Am’t. =a | Direction. /Am’t. 
Jan. N. 66° 58’ W. | 87 | N. 31° W.| 27 || Jan. N. Tio AT! We | 26) Ne 222 ane 5 
Feb. N.56 7 W. | 24)N. 5 W.| 23 || Feb. N. 75 49 W. | 333) N.34 W.| 9 
March S. 77 39 W.| 22|S. 4 W.| 8 || March | N.81 10 W. | 25|N.41 HE. 4 
April 8. 59 51 W. | 29 |S. 372 W.| 8 || April S. 89 48 W. | 14/8. 86 E. | 14 
May S. 389 46 W. | 25/S. 20 KH. | 13 || May S. 84 23 W. | 28 |S: 14 Wee 
June 8. 38 16 W. | 48 |S. 20 W.| 382 || June 8.77 83. We) 308) (S: Sa Wel a 
July 8.26 0 W.| 39/8. 3 HE. | 28 || duly S. 78 53 W. | 83 4S) 83a) Walle 
Aug. 8. 19 43 W. | 28 |S. 232 HE. | 22 || Aug. 8. 58 26 W. | 19/|S. 44 E. | 15 
Sept. |S. 1 25 W.| 14/8. 703 E. | 19 || Sept. | N. 84.28 W. | 24|N.422E.] 3 
Oct. 8S. 87 54 W.) 19 |N. 3 B. 8 || Oct. N. 85 25 Wz | 32°|.N, 60) W.n4 
Nov. 8°89 5 W.) 31) N..60. W.) 15 ||) Nov: N76 6) Weslo 2s iN 2 OS Wee 
Dee. N.45 44 W. | 23+N. 5 E. | 24 || Dec. N. 73 58 W. | 86 | N. 313 W.} 11 
} The year| 8. 66 56 W. | 21 


SERIES D.—MONTHLY DEFLECTIONS. 149 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


Average duration of winds, in each month, in the State of Pennsylvania, deduced from observations taken at forty 
different stations, for an aggregate period of forty-eight years and eleven months. 


eee lel | let eee wil. 
Months. 2 ell is Se 2 = ui 2 = s Fi Resultant. B & 3 a 
a\2/4)/a/ ala] ole] al[al s |/E] EE] ale | s ea lee 
January 1.17] .47} 2.58] .28] 1.97] .11| 2.73] .17) 1.26] .30} 4.49] .44] 5.41 “79 5.97 27 “2.64 N. 80° 52’ T 28 31 
February | 1.13] -24| 1.94] .17| 1.45] .14| 2.02] .06| 1.04] .15| 4.31] 53] 4.94| .57| 6.42| 31| 2:58|| N.73 5 w. | 38 | 98 
March 1.72| .49] 2.27) .15} 1.85] .11] 2.36) .12) 1.62] .82| 4.63] .51] 5.45] .61| 5.66] .18| 2.95 N. 82 58 W. 30 31 
April 1.63] .45] 2.56) .18| 2.19] .09| 3.04) .23) 2.20] .85] 4.29] .35| 4.64! .58| 5.01] .34]| 1.87 8. 89 9 W. 20 30 
May 1.16] .28| 1.83] .21] 1.34] .19] 2.61] .29] 1.96] .54] 4.84] .37] 4.97] .70| 6.29] .54] 2.88|| S. 88 45 w. | 33 | 37 
June 1.24] .10} 1.61} 11} 1.47) .20) 2.45) .13] 2.03) .27| 4.88] .45] 5.20) .59| 5.18] .30] 3.79 S. 83 31 W. 33 30 
July 1.21) .19| 1.41) .11|] 1-46} .11| 1.91] .27| 2.01] .44] 5.12] .54) 6.52] .93] 4.89] .22] 3.66 8. 82 32 W. 41 31 
August 1.13} .22} 1.91) .14] 2.18] .86) 2.78) .25] 2.59) .18| 4.97) .84 | 5.42) .63] 3.55] .19] 4.16 S. 64 10 W. 26 31 
September 1.47} .18] 1.43] .15| 2.05) .10) 1.98} .34] 2.20] .23) 3.84] .383] 5.33] .63] 5.45] .37] 3.92 N.89 3 W. ol 30 
October 1.39} .12} 1.53] .05) 1.58] .15| 2.42) .13] 1.78] .37] 4.40) .48] 6.00] .55| 6.44] .45] 3.16 N.88 24 W. 37 31 
November 1.48} .14] 1.55} .18} 1.96) .05} 1.84) .09} 1.30) .19}| 3.76] .47| 6.84] .74] 6.19] .43] 2.79 We YA) By Ys 39 30 
December 1.64} .28} 2.03} .11} 1.71] .06/] 1.89} .10] 1.26) .21} 4.36] .77| 6.39] .85) 6.60] .24] 2.50 N. 79 10 W. 44 31 
Total 16.37/3.16 |22.60|1.84 |21.21 |1.67 |28.03)/2.18 |21.25|3.55 |53.8915.58 |67.11/8.17 |67.65|3.84 136.90 N. 88 15 W. 32 365 
No. 33.—Girard College, Philadelphia. No. 34.—Fort McHenry, near Baltimore. 
5 YEARS. 5 YEARS. 
| 
acm Deflecting forces. ots Defiecting forces. 
Months. Mean direction of og Months. Mean direction of °°: 
Wind. g a Wind. £2 
Ay Direction. Am’t. ea Direction. Am’t. 
January | N. 49° 20'W. | 293 | N. 9° W. | 18 || January | N. 31° 0’ W. | 35 Ne TOO AW. | 22 
February | N. 65 47 W. | 323 NERO 2M 12 || February | N.55 388 W. | 31 N.49 W. | 18 
March N. 64 28 W. | 20 N. 30 E. 3 || March N.18 41 #. 9 N. 86 4H. 17 
April N. 6 55H. 8 N. 85 HK. 21 || April N. 55 26 H. 183 WE Sa 1D 27 
May Selous OW 23 S. 15 W. 11 || May Soelsn roo Wee |S Si ily 1B, 25 
June 8. 58 5 W. | 29 S. 113 W. 21 || June Sb a By Wo | 16 8S. 34 W. | 13 
July S. 58 388 W. | 27 See Oom We 20 || July Sh 6 & Wo | Zl S. 84 W. | 38 
August S. 80 53 W. | 10 8S. 45 HE. 21 || August S. 59 22 W. | 134 S. 4 &. 16 
September | N. 42 10 W. | 16 N. 56 4. 11 || September | 8S. 82 47 W. | 19 Saad) Weel) le 
October INE ile er  OmWiee lol: N. 65 W. 10 || October N. 40 34 W. | 164 IN, 16) 18h 5 
November | N. 54 15 W. | 36 INEoe We 18 || November | N. 21 46 W. | 26 Me 1B 17 
December | N. 60 30 W. | 36 N. 43 W. 16 || December | N. 41 17 W. | 45 INES2 Wen les0) 
The year | N. 74 5 W. | 21 : The year | N.59 6 W. | 153 


No. 35.—Average duration of winds in each month, in Delaware, Maryland, and Eastern Virginia, deduced from 
observations taken at fourteen different stations, for an aggregate period of 254 years. 


; 5 = 2 : : = = _. 2| Deflecting forces. 
Months. eles Las A Baill. E >|: |]. || Mean direction |5 2 : oa 
2) 8 |z a] | oi ANE TSP a ie Le of Wind, |2 © a 
ZIZ\42 1/81 e lela lala lala |EIE Ela lass q,| Direction. | Am’t.| 3S 
Jan. 2.81 | .02) 4.73] .01] 1.46] .00} 2.49] .05] 1.56] .03) 4.69] .01] 3.29] .08) 8.82) .03|.92 Ne 474A Wie 20 | Ne 202 We 18 31.00 
Feb. 1.78 | .00} 4.53} .00] 1.36] .02] 2.47] .07] 1.44] .03] 5.11) .03] 2.46) .07| 7.93) .04/.90 N.56 32 W. Ze Nee Los Wis 12 28.24 
March |2.05 | .01/ 4.65] .00] 2.28] .00] 4.13] .01/ 2.19] .01| 5.28] .02| 2.92) .06| 7.13) .05|.21 N. 64 25 W. 173 | Mis 1) U5 6 31.00 
April 1.65 | .00) 4.61] .00) 2.75] .00} 4.13] .04| 2.81] .00| 5.14| .00| 2.05) .01/ 6.81) .00|.00 N.77 23 W. en 7 196 6 30.00 
May 1.15 | .04| 4.48) .00] 2.32) 00] 5.79] .04) 4.05] -00} 5.61} .00| 2.50) .00) 4.60) .03).39 Slo dk PY Vive 144) S. 41 E. 18 31.00 
June 1.10 | 00} 3.94] .01] 2.30] .00} 4.65] .01) 3.42] .02| 7.23] .00| 2.58] .00] 4.39] .00|.35 S. 26 26 W. 18 | 8.16 EH. 17 30.00 
July 1.05 | .01) 3.75} .00] 1.02] .00) 4.69] -00] 3.63] .00) 9.37] .00| 2.48) .00| 4.97) .00/.03 S. 41 41 W. PX | So IO Who 19 31.00 
Aug. 1.85 | .01) 4.87} .00] 1.61] .00] 5.16] .01| 3.07] .00] 7.31] .00| 2.63) .00| 4.35) .01).12 S. 31 20 W. is} |) Sis AQ 196 13 31.00 
Sept. |2.29 | .00/ 5.90} .00] 2.00} .00| 3.51] .00} 3.14] .00] 6.07] .00/ 1.94) .00] 4.79) .01).35 ise bie ORL Vive 3 | 8. 88 H. 10 30.00 
Oct. 2.07 | .00) 5.50) .00} 1.73] .00| 3.46] .00| 2.65] 00} 5.63) .02] 2.55) .00| 7.39) .00|.00 N.55 33 W. 12) N.21 HE. 6 31.00 
Nov. 1,96 | .00) 3.96} .00) 1.41] .00} 2.59] .01/ 2.32] .00) 5.91] .00] 3.01) .00) 8.50) .04).29 N.70 58 W. | 25 | N.51 W. 12 30.00 
Dec. 2.17 | .00| 4.88} .00} 1.12] .03] 2.55] .05| 2.16] .00| 5.98] .00/ 2.58) .00} 9.40) .08).00 N. 86 57 W. | 23 | N.85 W. 10 31.00 
0 SR SS a | 


is} 
o 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


No. 36.—Washington City, D. C. 


No. 37.—Old Point Comfort, Virginia. 


8 YEARS. 5 YEARS. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
Wind. Progress. Win Progress. 
January : . | N. 66° 24’ W. 20 January N. 21° 33’ W. 32 
February. 3 Neb haw is 20 February N. 9 55 E. t 
March . : h N. 30 54 W. 15 March . 8. 66 18 W. 5 
April . ; .| N. 64 12 W. 20 April 8S. 1. 16H! 12 
May . : S. 25 12 W. 17 May 8. 60 25 BK. 23 
June . $ - S. 58 20 W. iY( June S. 8 37 HE. 25 
July 4 8. 55 18 W. 253 July S. 6 40 W. 34 
August 8S. 45 42 W. § August 8.14 9 W: 173 
September N.11 16 W. 103 September N.34 1H. 18 
October N.88 6 W. 16 October N. LY, 25 W. 20 
November N. 76 34 W. 30 November N85 SWe 14 
December N. 85 52 W. 25 December N. 74 58 W. 15 
The year N. 85 12 W. 17 The year S. 48 15 W. 3 
No. 38.—Chapel Hill, North Carolina. No. 89.—Nashyville, Tennessee. 
2 YEARS. 5 YEARS. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
ind. Progress. Wind. Progress. 
January nse, sie? the Me 32 January 8. 89° 41’ W. 30 
February Nol 28 We 22 February 8. 65 22 W. 22 
March . S. 68 42 W. 12 March . 8S. 70 35 W. 21 
April S. 30 16 E. 17 April S. 57 38 W. 41 
May 8S. 43 27 H. 18 May 8S. 57 29 W. 384 
June S. 68 15 W. 21 June S. 45 —41L, Wi. 49 
July S. 16 42 B. 9 July 8. 89 18 W. 27 
August 8S. 86 59 E. 14 August 8. 20 31 W. 25 
September N. 27 56 EH. ig September S. 34 30 W. 18 
October IN. 3d 6 iy October 8S. 81 13 W. 2 
November 8S. 84 49 W. 16 November S. 62 42 W. 23 
December N. 84 35 W. PAI December S. 60 59 W. 394 
The year 8. 76 5 W. 6 The year 8. 57 20 W. 30 


No. 40.—North Carolina, north of latitude 35°, 
and Tennessee.—7 stations. 


No. 41.—Latitude 34° to 35° in North Carolina, 
Georgia, Alabama, and Arkansas.—65 stations. 


5 5-6 YEARS. 8 5-6 YEARS. 
., 2 | Deflecting forces. «. 2 | Deflecting forces. 
Months. Mean direction of | ° 2 Months. Mean direction of | 9° 2 
ind. 2 I ind. = = 
a,| Direction. |Am’t. : a | Directions. |Am’t. 
Jan. §.1692 534 Weal 29: jane G1 awa Jan. N. 66° 39/ W. | 21 |.N..23° Wislene 
Feb. 8. 82 6 W. | 17 | N. 21% B+] 10 Feb. N. 59 54 W. | 24 |N.23 Wz.) 12 
March | S. 76 46 W. |] 20/N. 8 KE. 7 March | S. 69 19 W. | 22/8. 40 W.} 14 
April S. 46 30 W. | 29/N. 6 W.| 8 April 8S. 40 51 W. | 133)S. 22 EH. | 14 
May 8. 62 19 W. | 29/8. 62 W.| 4 May 8.°55) «8° Wi. | QS. * es ee 
June S. 54 51 W. | 453) 8. 46 W.] 21 June 8. 19 23 (W. | 28 |S. 13) Bias 
July S81) 59) Weal 20 Se 58etkeal as July S. 89 48 W. | 35 |S. 15 W.| 28 
Aug. Si or 238) Wi) 1948581 Ah ae Aug. S: 86) 57 We. 4] 21'S. 70) Wel See 
Sept. S. 56 21 W. | 213) Bast 5 Sept. N. 28 11 W. 9 |N. 64 E. | 13 
Oct. N. 838 47 W. | 15 |)N.27 B. | 14 Oct. N. 0 27 W. | 241N. 33 EL 18 
Nov. S. 69 20 W. | 32) N. 89 W.! 10 Noy. N. 53 32. Wo) A8 N.S. Wi 
Dec. SOs OL Wir oo suseasy. ial ao) Dec. N..36. 19. W..) 23.)| Nid. W.) 26 


SERIES D.—MONTHLY DEFLECTIONS. 151 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


No. 42.—Augusta, Georgia. No. 43.—Lat. 33° to 34° in Georgia and Alabama.* 
4 stations. q 


5 YEARS. 5} YEARS. 


Deflecting forces. 
Months. Mean direction of 


Mean direction of Rate of 
Wind. 


Wind. Progress. { 


Rate of 
Progress. 


Direction. |Am?’t. 


73° 25’ W. 3) N. 47° W.| 7 || January 


. 86° 49’ W. 
6 Og Gib Vive 
45 2 W. 
39 
28 
54 
26 
24 
41 
. 25 
64 
79 


Jan. 
Feb. 
March 
April 


HHS 2 
. 80 42 
39) (Air 
May . 28 59 
June 54 8 


8. 
A S| IN. 12 .| 21 || February 
Ss 

S 

8. 

July S$. 26 55 

8. 

8. 

N 

8. 

8. 

8. 


11 || March . 
11 || April 
17 || May 
4 || June 
31 || July 
23 || August 
17 || September 
27 || October 
15 || November 
7 || December 


= 


Hor. or 


Aug. 24 46 
Sept. 41 3 
Oct. 5 AD Pall 
Noy. 61 48 
Dee. 79 44 
The year 52 


SaaPR SaS445 
a tal Caan Wn ot 


is 
f=} 
a 
RaNweSiwsd 
444° h453 


No. 44.—Average duration of winds in each month, between the parallels of latitude 32° and 33°, | 
deduced from observations taken at nine different stations in South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, and | 
Mississippi, for an ageregate period of 84 years. 


Mean direction 
of Wind. 


N. E. 
|= 
|s E 
|. 
|s.w 
[N. w 
Calm. 
Rate of 
Progress. 


A 
S 

° 
at 


Ww. 


ao 
) 
eo 
ow 


© 
oon 
woo 


2 
lor} 


KORE oD 
BOTS RO 


JS) 
to 
we 


Heb hbonos 
= 
<— 


WN wR oe 
oO 
STRwonwmwoc 


Nwhwnwby 
oor y 


Roe). 
tO & 
oH 
to 
i} 
oo 


AAAD EWN ww RDO 
Re ON RrwATOWowmN 
NoOowWooWOaTeE hoo 
moor ROWWNON 
MROTOUNWADDOo 


WNNWan PE Sort 
BTORWAODN ROHS 
TOSONTATOOSOUDOSOCSOF 
OWeEeTOWO RON Ch 


RF oe oe oR a 99 9 
OSwWobAR RSW 
SNOWNDEWWKHEEO 
BO FBO bo 7 9 Ge 02 BS Se Go 
CANE ROMUMAN ASN 
SO eine 
RTAOCMOHTReE OG 
RPORNOONOCH WOW 
AAAzAzRnAnnh wp 


on 
ao 


No. 45.—Latitude 31° to 32° in Alabama, . 46.—Latitude 30° to 31° in Florida, Ala- 
Mississippi, and Louisiana.—6d stations. bama, and Louisiana.—8 stations. 


13 1-6 years. 23 1-6 YEARS. 


Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
Wind. Progress. Wind. Progress. 


SS ee, et 


BRO BY ID, January 5 HILO GR? 1B, 11 
55 13 February 3 UT 5 
18 39 March . Die) 134 
By By April il Bil 22% 
11 30 May 18 11 24 
10 49 June 30 50 33 
9 39 July 87 44 94. 
. 87 August ey 2 8 
5 ll September 72 53 20 
. 49 October 56 45 29, 
sali ; November 229) Art i 
ail ; December .44 48 17 


January 
February 
March . 
April 

May 

June 

July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 


AIA AAA RANNNRRA 
beled bt ed ed ft et 

AZIZ ARRANRNARNA A iA 

Pe ehtasesers 


' This is the same as No. 42, with the addition of six months’ observations at other stations. 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


No. 47.—Latitude 29° to 30° in Florida, 


Louisiana, and Texas. —6 stations. 


No. 48.—St. Augustine, Florida. 


84 YEARS. 4 YEARS. 
«. 2 | Defleeting forces. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of | © 2 
Wind. Progress. ind. 22 
Z| Direction. |Am’t. 
January N. 58° 18’ E. 8 Jan. N. 9° 27' EH. | 26 | N. 62° W.} 33 
February S. 38 16 E. 16 Feb. S. 78 53 EH. 25 js. 20 We tele 
March . Seon aa. 21 March | S. 81 52 E. 27: aoe ee 8 
April S. 51 18 EK. 15 April 8S. 74 32 KH. 35 |S. 193 BE. | 16 
May S: 45 7 H: 24 May S. 65) 12 3: AS 8.22 Bales 
June 8. 44 9 E. 28 June 8S. 85 29 E. 380 |S. 16 E. 7 
July 8. 35 43 E. 33 July S. 61) 5K. 383|S. 16 E. | 24 
August S. 28 35 E. 25 Aug. 8. 54 48 EK. 28 |S. 193 W.| 22 
September 8. 81 49 HE. 313 Sept. N. 76 42 KE. 50 | N.69 EH. | 22 
October N. 58 51 E. 33 Oct. N. 57 26 E. 56 | N. 32 HE. | 31 
November N. 45 49 KE. 17 Noy. N. 37 58 E. 263| N. 38 W.| 21 
December N. 64 49 EK. 16 Dee. N. 56 13 E. 24 |N.47 W.} 12 
The year] N. 79 19 H. | 25 
— S558 585858585 SSS 
No. 49.—Fort King and Cedar Keys, Florida. No. 50.—Tampa Bay, Florida. 
6 YEARS. 11 YEARS. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
ind. Progress. ind. Progress. 
January S: 2° 286 He 12 January Ne Oomliastis 10 
February 8. 39 25 W. 12 February 8. 86 14 EK. 12 
March . S26) 12 25 March . So Te Wwe 12 
April Sado: 9s We 30 April 8S. 30 23 W. 10 
May S250) 53: W. 19 May 8.) 35688: 14 
June 8.10 4 W. 38 June 8. 18 33 E. 26 
July 8. 5 51 &E. 3 July shelatshve zal 1d) 35 
August S: 10) 520Hs 214 August S. 19 58 EK. 29 
September S. 41 27 E. 17 September 8. 80 46 E. 25 
October N. 29 50 EK. 13 October N.66 14 KE. 22 
November N.41 48 HE. 13 November N.55 2.4. 15 
December N. 56 36 HE. 4 December N. 27 200K: 13 
No. 51.—Key West, Florida. No. 52.—Florida Reefs, lat. 24° to 26°.—5 stations. 
4 YEARS. 8 YEARS. 
N ., 2 | Deflecting forces. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of | ° 5, 
ind. Progress. ind. 29 L aes 
cc. | Direction. |Am’t. 
January N. 68° 32’ KE. 39 Jan. N. 61° 2’ R. | 31 |. N. 583° We) as 
February N. 54 32 E. 37 Feb. N.47 245. | 30 |N. 542 W.| 24 
Mareh . N. 61 49 E. 46 March N. 68% 82°Re ||) 45. | N.) 2) JE 
April 8S. 81 55 E. 27 April 8. 75 12 Be | 26 |8..54 Woaijeal 
May 8. 76 44 E. 40 May 8.61 18. | 39 |S. 15% W.| 27 
June 8. 61 50 E. 23 June 8. 58 7 HE. | 27 |S. 402 W.| 30 
July SHiGL) = Sieh 53 July 8. 57 20 B. | 61 |S..14 EH.) Al 
August S. 55 388 E. 30 Aug. S. 51 55 EB. | 34/8. 32 W.! 32 
September N. 84 59 EH. 46 Sept. N. 84 16 E. | 21 /S. 79 W.} 21 
October N.47 44 E. 53 Oct. N47) 15RS | Ay IN. 1G Weller 
November N. 58 48 EH. 68 Nov. NDS 7 Ee pO NE 9 oe eel 
December N. 40 53 E. 50 Dee. N. 83 23 E. | 40 |N. 354 W.| 32 
The year N.78 68. 38 The year| N.80 8 H. | 35 


SERIES D.—MONTHLY DEFLECTIONS. 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


153 


No. 58.—Matanzas, Cuba. No. 54.—West Indies, Latitude 18° to 23°.1 
1 YEAR. 1 1-6 yzars. 

Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 

ind. Progress. ind. Progress. 
January N. 49° 57’ EH. 49 January N. 50° 44’ B. 57 
February NEO OE 68 February IN, 2) 0) 1B: 68 
March . N51 11 BE. 49, March . N. 59 47 BR. 54 
| April NEVO (0) E: 59 April N.51 O48. 59 
| May INO) iE: 17 May Ie BO 7 1D, 77 
June N.45 OE. 42, June N.45 O 8. 42 
July N.45 0 EK. 41 July N.45 0 #. 41 
} August N. 56 36 EK. 46 August N. 56 36 H. 46 
September N.47 44 E. 29 September N. 47 44 Bi. 99 
October N. 34 41 #. 89 October N. 34 41 H. 89 
November N.45 0 H. 92 November N.45 0 &. 92 
December N. 40 46 E. 62 December N. 40 46 E. 62 
The year N. 60 39 HK. 65 The year N. 60 31 E. 65 


No. 55.—Barbadoes and the Northern Coast of 


1 1-6 years. 


South America.?—4 stations. 


Rate of 


No. 56.—Fort Wood, Louisiana. 


3 YEARS. 


Rate of | 


Mean direction of Months. Mean direction of 
ind. Progress. ind. Progress. 
January N. 67° 13’ B. 83 || January N. 438° 20’ W. 62 
February N. 71 55 E. 91 February 8. 238 49 K. 5 
March . INE Vivien 0) Ee 91 March . 8. 18 48 W. 26 
April N. 81 35 E. 21 April South 3 
May S. 66 6H. 93 May S. 23 49 W. 113 
June S. 83 33 E. 94. June S 7 & ish 314 
July N. 78 13 H. 43 July Saif oon bE: 31 
August N. 85 48 H. 82 August N. 58 11 W. 10 
September 8S. 88 5 EH. 77 September N. 72 34 EH. 36 
October INISS) Wd) HE 88 October N. 42 14 H. 27 
November N. 72 49 H. 61 November N. 1 41 & 15 
December N. 68 15 #. 97 December Ne i 38 WW. 36 
The year N. 82 40 E. 84. The year 8. 86 3 E. 5 


No. 57.—Western Reserve College, Hudson, Ohio.® 


7 YEARS. 


9 o?CLOCK A. M. 3 O’CLOCK P. M. 
Months. 
Mean direction of Wind, as indicated Rate of Mean direction of wind, as indicated Rate of { 
by the motion of the clouds. Progress. by the motion of the clouds. Progress. ff 
January 8. 79° 50’ W. 51 S. 76° 44’ W. 52 
j February 8. 85 31 W. 56 8. 84 36 W. 58 
March N. 83 0) W. 42 N. 86 13 W. 49 
April S. 86 17 W. 41 N.89 4 W. 48 
1 May Saeov@allane 46 S. 85 24 W. 49 
June N. 89 40 W. 47 S. 86 30 W. 52 
July N..79 44 W. 49 N. 84 31 W. 48 
August N.77 40 W. 37 ie SO) BH AW. 31 
September N. 81 15 W. 37 Sey lly MWe 39 
October S. 89 23 W. AT N. 86 28 W. 53 
} November S. 81 50 W. 41 8. 80 58 W. 48 
| December S. 85 59 W. 45 Si fy 8) Wi 48 
The year 8S. 89 57 W. 52 8S. 87 18 W. 54 


1 Same as No. 53, with the addition of two months’ observations at other islands. 


2 These results are obtained from observations for nine months at Barbadoes, three months at Porto Cabello, Vene- 


zuela, one month at Chagres, New Grenada, and twenty-six days at sea near the coast. 

3 The mean directions are copied from Professor Loomis’s article in the Journal of Science and Arts. The numbers 
in the columns headed ‘Rate of Progress,” express the ratio that the resultants bear to the sum of the winds, after being 
resolved in the direction of the cardinal points, and are somewhat less than if they had heen computed from the original 
observations. ; 


154 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


No. 58.—Steubenville, Ohio. 


14 YEARS. 


Months. 


January 
February 
March . 
April 
May 

June 
July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 
The year 


Mean direction of 


ind. 


. 83° 54’ W. 


waaazizaaaaz'2 2 | 
io 2) 
wa 


49 W. 
See 


4444445 


14 W. 
49 W. 
58 W. 


Rate of 
Progress. 


No. 59.—State of Ohio.—17 stations. 


28 7-12 rears. 


« 2 | Deflecting forces. 
Months. Mean direction of | © & 
ind. ee 
Sc | Direction. |Am’t. 
Jan. S. 77° 42’ W. | 47 |S. 5° EL) 12 
Feb. S89, 8 0W. | 51 | 848 “Weilea 
March | N.86 5 W. | 50 |N.70 W.| 3 
April N.81 7 W. | 43 |N.48 E.]| 6 
May N. 84 26 W. | 41 |N.76 EH. } 6 
June S. 84 388 W. | 48 |S. 102 W.| 7 
July N. 86 12 W. | 52 |N.78 W.] 5 
Aug. N. 82 39 W. | 44 |N.36 E.| 5 
Sept. N. 84 28 W. | 40 |N.76 H.| 7 
Oct. N. 85 18 W. | 49 | N. 63° W.]) 3 
Noy. N.89 6 W. | 50 |S. 65 W.| 4 
Dec. N. 83 9 W. |50 | Nia Were 


No. 60.—No. 59 exclusive of No. 58. 


Months. 


January 
February 
March . 
April 

May 

June 

July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 


16 stations. 


14g YEARS. 


No. 61.—Lat. 41° to 45° in Michigan, Wisconsin, 
and Iowa.—18 stations. 


Mean direction of 


TAA ta tn Ia A Ct ta AT 
(92) 
bo 


» GO>26) Wi. 


ind. 


46 W. 
25 W. 
44 W. 


57 W. 
39 W. 
58 W. 


AAA 


Rate of 
Progress. 


42 YEARS. 

Months. Mean direction of Rate of 

ind. Progress. 
January S. 79° 52’ W. 32 
February 8. 87 10 W. 33 
March . N. 89 593W. Paik 
April N. 89 14 W. 13 
May S. 36 41 W. 16 
June S. 45 25 W. we 
July 8. 49 59 W. 22 
August S. 42 26°W. 21 
September 8. 53 40 W. 21 
October 5: 625) Loew 27 
November N. 85 28 W. 26 
December Scots ff NIE 26 


No. 62.—Indiana and Illinois, north of lat. 39°. 


14 stations. 


132 YEARS. 


Months. 


| 
| 


January 
February 
March . 
April 

May 

June 
July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 


Mean direction of 


ind. 


. 61° 49’ W. 


a A ACL AS 
o 
[o 2) 


Bh Nike 
30 W. 
31 W. 


Rate of 
Progress. 


30 
30 


10 
5 
24 


No. 63.—Lat. 37° to 39° in Kentucky, Illinois, 
and Missouri.—11 stations. 


52 YEARS. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
i Progress. 
January S. 72° 43’ W. 36 
February S. 83 47 W. 34 
March . N. 79 18 W. 26% 
April S. 49 10 W. Q7 
May erste) ears MW PAT 
June S205) a34We AT 
July IN: 88! uD Ws 113 
August 8. 19 40 W. 49 
September S. 55 46 W. 14 
October N. 58 29 W. 12 
November N. 87 49 W. 8 
December S:-60-.50..W. 10 
The year 8. 67 30 W. 23 


SERIES D.—MONTHLY DEFLECTIONS. 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


155 


No. 64.—Fort Leavenworth, on the Missouri. 


4 YEARS. 


No. 65.—Fort Towson, on Red River. 


8 YEARS. 


Months. 


January 
February 
March . 
April 

May 

June 

July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 
The year 


1 Se? 


Mean direction of 
ind. 


9’ W. 
86 


Riz DANNRAD MIA 
aq aagheh aaaas 


Rate of 
Progress. 


Months. 


January 
February 
March 
April 

May 

June 

July 
August . 
September 
October 
November 
December 
The year 


Mean direction of 
ind. 

BHO WP AWW 

65 

31 


npmnannnnmnrr| 
445445454 


Rate of 
Progress. 


No. 66.—Washington, Arkansas, combined 
with No. 65.—2 stations. 


No. 67.—Forts Gibson, Smith, and Wayne.* 
3 stations. 


8 5-12 yEARs. 


8 YEARS. 


January 
February 
March . 
April 
May 

June 

July 
August . 
September 
October 
November 
December 


Mean direction of 
ind. 


iS) 1 W. 
rs) 42 W. 
8 We 
iS) 40 W. 
8. 33 W. 
8. 23 W. 
Ss) 
S) 
8 
8 
8 
iS) 


. 34° 


. 65 


57 W. 
44 W. 
1 EK. 
57 W. 
46 W. 
5 W. 


Rate of 
Progress. 


Months. 


January 
February 
March . 
April 
May 

June 

July 
August . 
September 
October 
November 
December 


Mean direction of 
ind. 


sft bd edd 


Rate of 
Progress. 


No. 68.—Fort Vancouver, Oregon. 


Months. 


January 
February 
March 
April 

May 

June 

July 
August . 
September 
October 
November 
December 
The year 


1 YEAR. 


Mean direction of 
ind. 


52° 58’ EH. 
14 W. 
44 K. 


8. 
8. 
8 
Ss 
8 
8. 
8. 
8 
8 
iS) 
Ss) 
Ss) 
8 


Rate of 
Progress. 


No. 69.—Hamilton, Bermudas. 


| 
| 
| 


January 
February 
March 
April 
May 

June 

July 
August . 
September 
October 
November 
December 
The year 


34 YEARS. 


1 Near the N. W. corner of Arkansas. 


Mean direction of 
ind. 


0 BRS WG! NW 
16 W. 
29 W. 
39 W. 
22 W. 
20 W. 
43 W. 
14 EH. 
54 E. 
49 H. 
49 W. 
29 W. 
48 W. 


AN AANNDANAnNANZ 


Rate of 
Progress. 


156 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


No. 70.—Ireland Isle, Bermudas. 


4 MONTHS. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
ind. Progress. 

January 
February 
March 
April 
May 
June 
July 
August . Sho GP 6 NG 41 
September see ty Bre Nive 1G 
October N.35 22 B. 28% 
November N. 38 13 W. 35 
December 


No. 71.—Bermuda Islands.—2 stations. 


3 5-6 YEARS. 

«. @ | Deflecting forces. 

Months. Mean direction of | ° 2 

ind. = SI 
ra | Direction. |Am’t. 
Jan. N. 52° 17’ W. | 15 | North 23 
Feb. S. 72 16 W. | 163) N. 16° W.| 8 
March 8.82 29 W. | 88 | N. 70) Wels 
April 8. 51 39 W. | 23 | N. 672 Welle 
May S. 88 22 W. | 30 |S. 253 W.| 12 
June 8. 34 20 W. | 55 |S. 30 W.] 38 
July 8. 9 43 W. | 48 |S. 15 EH. | 30 
Aug. S. 17 57 BE. | 42 |S. 42 EH. | 38 
Sept. 8. 14 42 Bk. | 16/S. 838 E. | 20 
Oct. N.51 51 E. | 29 |N.50 E. | 55 
Noy. N. 27 56 W. | 23 |N. 33 BEpie4 
Dee. 8S. 89 29 W. | 29 |N.49 W.| 21 


No. 72.—North Atlantic Ocean, Lat. 50° to 55°. 
1202 pays. 
aa Deflecting forces. 
Months. Mean direction of | ° 2 
ind. = = 
cA Direction. |Am’t. 
Jan. S: 45° 577 Wi. || 23 1S. 883° R. 3 
Feb. S: 40) 14 W. | 3318S. 14 .W2)) da 
March S. 31 58 W. | 28 |S..20 .E. | 10 
April Ss 72 40) We Wel S.280) DE ats 
May S. 4 45 BE. 10 IN. 80 HE. | 20 
June Se sor ton We lpZbsiS. 26) ab 8 
July S2 Go! 29) We i368: 87) SW 
Aug. 8S!) 67 AG We | 33) 1N. 83 7 Wai 2 
Sept. 8. 48 1 W. | 18 |N.86 &. 6 
Oct. S. 16) fo. be 13 |N. 87 E. | 20 
Noy. S! 8% 22° We \34 IN. bi SNe E20 
Dee. N. 85 17 W. | 86 |N. 45 W.| 24 
The year] S. 52 41 W. | 23 


No. 73.—North Atlantic Ocean, Lat. 45° to 50°. 


2829 pays. 


Months. Mean direction of Rate of 

ind. Progress. 
January S. 60° 25’ W. 32 
February 8. 52 59 W. 28 
March S. 78 59) .W- 23 
April 8. 86 42 W. 18 
May 8S. 59 28 W. 17 
June S. 63 86 W. 34 
July S. 78 32 W. 32 
August . S. 81 45 W. 33 
September S. 65 31 .W. 19 
October . N. 82 13 W. 27 
November N.89 8 W. 33 
December S. 412) 52 We 41 
The year 8. 74 19 W. 27 


No. 74.—North Atlantic Ocean, Lat. 40° to 45°, || 
Lon. from Greenwich, 45° to 75°. 


3757 DAYS. 
eo Deflecting forces. 
Months. Mean direction | > 2 
of Wind. see 
ae Direction. Am’t. 
Jan. N. 73° 28’ W.| 22 |N. 8°20’ W.| 8 
Feb. N. 51 48 W.| 32 |N. 18 41 W.| 21 
Mar. S. 82) 18 Wel 16483 79-33 B.S 
April N. 86 53 W.| 19 IN. 19 27 BL] 3 
May S. 56 29 W.| 15 |S. 48 16 B./ 10 
June S. 52 10 W.] 35 |S. 20 20 W.| 22 
July iS. 50 32 W.| 3418. 0 55 W.| 20 
Aug. S. 18 52 W.| 22 |S. 33 47 E.| 23 
Sept. N. 68 44 W.| 16 IN. 33 56 5.| 9 
Oct. N. 67 33 W.| 23 IN. 12 29 W.! 10 
Noy. N. 68 51 W.| 26 IN. 21 22 W.| 12 
Dec. N. 82 22 W.| 24 IN. 38 27 W.| 6 
The year |S. 85 8 W.} 19 


No. 75.—North Atlantic Ocean, Lat. 40° to 45°, 
Lon. from Greenwich 0° to 45°. 


5424 Days. 
..%| Deflecting forces. 
Months. Mean direction of | © 2 
ind. a = 
fea, | Direction. |Am’t. 
Jan. 8. 57° 49’ W. | 43. | S. 30° Walleae 
Feb. 8. 72 +6 W.-| 38>) 'S.63- Waieee 
March N..79 24 W. | 320) N22 Wena 
April |S. 70 0 W./}25|8. 68 W.| 8 
May §. 83 53 W. | 814). S07 Wale 
June 8: 68 (4 W.. | °83)||\S:140) Walaa 
July 8S. 14 34 W. | 30 |S. 40 EH. | 28 
Aug. S. 48 (8 Wi. |) 2le) S157 eae 
Sept. N. 27 a WE 6!)N.61 HE. | 25 
Oct. N.-'78.458-Weed 3 .Lei] AN, 18 cc Wares 
Noy. 8. 71 46 W. | 35 |S. 64 W.) 8 
Dee. N. 86 59 W. | 31 |N.27 W.| il 
The year] 8. 73 8 W. | 27 


SERIES D.—MONTHLY DEFLECTIONS. 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


| No. 76.—North Atlantic Ocean, Lat. 35° to 40°, 
Lon. from Greenwich 45° to 75°. 


4790 DAYS. 
; oI 3 Deflecting forces. 

1 Months. Mean direction 2 By 
of Wind. on Direction. Am’t. 
f Jan. N. 86° 22’ W. |32 IN. 74° 6’ W.| 14 
| Keb. N. 56 24 W.|/28 IN. 18 383 W.| 18 
} March |N.76 10 W.|29 |N.48 4 W.} 18 
| April N.75 6 W.|16 |N.26 29 H.| 7 
| May S. 438, 3 W.|12 |S. 55 49 BH.) 14 
| June S. 50 40 W. 2923/8. 14 385 W.) 17 
i July S. 45 2 W./36 |S. 16 39 W.) 25 
| Aug. |S. 24 1 W./21 |S. 29 37 B.| 20 
i Sept. 8. 68 4 W.| 5 |S. 89 59 H.} 14 
| Oct. N. 11 32 BH. | 4 |N: 88 47 EH.) 19 
i Nov. N. 76 40 W./30 |N. 50 56 W.) 14 
Dec. N. 64 30 W.(|30 |N. 80 27 W.| 17 

} The year|S. 84 0 W. 183 


157 


No. 77.—North Atlantic Ocean, Lat. 35° to 40°, 
Lon. from Greenwich, 0° to 45°. 


2590 


DAYS. 


Months, 


January 
February 
March . 
April 

May 

June 

July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 
The year 


eee eeee aaa | 


Mean direction of 
Wind. 


. 57° 13’ W. 243 


7 W. 30 
21 W. 7 
oT W. 10 
44 W. 12 
51 W. 16 
33 W. 24 
22 W. 20 
38 W. 7 
48 W. 11 
30 EH. 35 
56 W. 9 
26 W. 15 


Rate of | 


No. 78.—Atlantic Ocean, North of Lat. 36°.1 


No. 79.—North Atlantic Ocean, Lat. 30° to 35°, 
Lon. from Greenwich, 5° to 45°. 


| No. 80.—North Atlantic Ocean, Lat. 30° to 35°, 
Lon. from Greenwich, 45° to 75°. 


No. 81.—North Atlantic Ocean, Lat. 25° to 30°, 
Lon. from Greenwich, 15° to 45°. 


1622 DAYS. 


2564 DAys. 
Hl es g Deflecting forces. 
} Months. Mean direction | 2 5 
t of Wind. fc ey Direction. Am’t. 
f Jan. S. 80° 10’ W. |16 IN. 56° 27’ W.) 12 
F Feb. S. 79 16 W.|30 IN. 80 59 W.| 24 
March |S. 73 19 W.|21 |N. 76 54 W.| 15 
| April 8. 49 3 W./11 |N. 49 44 W.| 3 
| May S. 62 43 H. |14 IN. 80 48 H.} 18 
| June S. 22 27 W.129 |S. 16 58 W.| 18 
July S. 8 41 H. |/35 |S. 23 38 Hi} 28 
Aug. 8. 7 11 EH. |19 |S. 40 38 H.} 13 
| Sept. 8. 49 8 EH. j19 |S. 81 23 H.} 20 
| Oct. N.85 7H. |18 IN. 65 17 EH.| 26 
} Nov. S. 84 32 W./10 IN. 68 46 W.| 9 
Dec. N. 81 21 W./29 |N.59 4 W.)| 27 
1 The year|S. 31 35 We 11 


Months. Mean direction 3 & 

of Wind. oa 
Jan. N. 78° 26’ E. | 19 
Feb. IN, 43 BS) 1B, |} Tal 
March |N.80 19 H.] 38 
April Ne 7 8) 1h |) 8 
May IW, OF Bo) 1, || & 
June N. 42 48 EH. | 35 
July IN: 44535) B67 
Aug. NE D3) IE Tol 
Sept. N. 62 36 H. | 33 
Oct. We 7S Bil Io, 1 Biz 
Noy. N. 78 50 EH. | 20 
Dee. 8. 70 27 EH. |38 
The year | N. 62 53 H. | 26 


RANAAAAnAnAR 


Deflecting forces. 


Progress. i 


) 


7 YEARS. 1749 pays. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of | 
ind. Progress. ind. Progress. || 
January N. 58° 57’ W. 16 January 8. 46° 8’ KH. 12 
February N. 77 20 W. 32 February S. 2 47 E. 25 
March N. 81 14 W. 27 March . 8. 27 53 EH. 93 
April 8. 89 41 W. 46 April Soleo We 31 
May N.84 8 W. 26% May N. 88 32 H. 8 
June San Olin olde We 34 June N.30 9 W. i 
July S Sa Bil Wie 42 July N. 32 35 4. 225 
August N.88 41 W. 46 August S. 76 13 E. 113 
September NEG See 38 September N.14 40 E. 13 
1 October N.78 47 W. 38 October N. 45 21 KE. 8 
| November N. 88 33 W. 23 November 8. 21 58 E. 29 
December 8. 82 15 W. 30 December 8. 42 25 H. 26 
| The year N. 87 34 W. 30 The year 8. 44 27 H. 10 


Direction. Am’t.§ 
18° WwW. OF 
76 W.| 16 | 
60 40’ W.) 24 
55 46 W.] 19 | 
60 42 W.} 18 
5 E.| 15 | 
30 EK. | 45 
45 KE. | 38 
Oil BIE! 70} 
28 DE), 6) 
153 WwW. 9 | 
24 EH. | 27 | 


1 The results in this table do not ands Ae in any of the aiaveeha ones, being cette on gutiely different 


data. 


puted from data previously in my possession, and the sheets made ready for the press. 


21 


All the others, from No. 72 to No. 90 inclusive, were obtained from data contained in Lieutenant Maupy’s valua~ 
ble Wind and Current Charts of the North Atlantic, a copy of which did not reach me till after this table had been com- 


158 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


No. 


Months. 


Jan. 
Feb. 
March 
April 
May 
June 
July 
Aug. 
Sept. 
Oct. 
Nov. 
Dee. 


The year } 


82.—North Atlantic Ocean, Lat. 25° to 30°, 
Lon. from Greenwich, 45° to 80°. 


2906 pays. 


Mean direction 
of Wind. 


N. 42° 50’ E. 


N. 55 
N. 74 } 
NE (oaeo abe 
S. 43 17 E. 
8S. 67 2k. 
8S. 74 51 E. 
8. 81 
S. 69 
N. 66 
N. 70 ; 
8.779 4h. 


Deflecting forces. 


Direction. Am’t. 
N. 46° 46’ W.| 24 
N.60 0 W.} 2u 
N.76 3 W.} 25 
N.15 16 W:! a 
S139 Wh Boas 
S: 5. 42. Baieeyr 
8. 55 52 B.| 30 
8. 68 42 H.} 19 
N. 87 50 EH.) 7 
S. 46 28 B.| 12 
N. 30 20 E.} 16 
N. 76 51 W.| 26 


No. 83. 


Months. 


Jan. 
Feb. 
March 
April 
May 
June 
July 
Aug. 
Sept. 
Oct. 
Nov. 
Dec. 


The year 


—North Atlantic Ocean, Lat. 20° to 25°, 
Lon. from Greenwich, 15° to 45°. 


1334 Days. 

Mean direction | © 2 
of Wind. = S 
9-7) 

N. 64° 9/ B.} 38 
N. 56 50 H.| 53 
N.26 6 H.} 21 
N. 48. 70 Ws) ols 
N. 45 34 E.| 67 
N. 48 49 H.| 74 
N. 37 45 H.} 85 
N. 42 1 4#.| 84 
NAbL SS HS} 7 
N. 57 58 E.} 50 
N. 67 7 #.| 53 
N. 65 9 H.} 59 
N.55 20 B.| 68 


Deflecting forces. 

Direction. Am’t. 
§. 242° W.i23 
S..214 E.| 8 
8. 62 W.| 39 
S. 88 W.| 10 
N. 20 E. | 10 
N.45 22'H.| 19 
N. 10 E. | 28 
N. 20 E. | 26 
N. 643 E. | 15 
S. 8 Wok 
8. 143 E-| 19 
8. 27 KE. | 17 


No. 84.—North Atlantic Ocean, Lat. 20° to 25°, 
Lon. from Greenwich, 45° to 80°. 


No. 85.—North Atlantic Ocean, Lat. 15° to 20°, 
Lon. from Greenwich, 45° to 80°. 


1573 DAYs. 1190 pays. 
A Deflecting forces. wi Deflocting forces. 
Months. Mean direction | ° 2 Months. | Mean direction | ° & 
of Wind. = = ind. 2 Ey 
on Direction. Am’t. eA Direction. Am’t. 
Jan. N. 65° 29’ H.| 85 |N. 763° Wz.) 24 || Jan. N. 64° 21’ H.| 78 |N. 7° 40’ W.| 8 
Feb. N.75 53 H.| 503\N. 72 W.| 5 || Feb. N. 58 25 H.| 86 |N. 6 W.| 17 
March |N. 72 33 H.| 373)\N. 84 W.| 18 || March |N. 67 21 B.| 75 |N.52 30 W.| 4 
April N.82 44H./ 46/8. 66 J’ W. 9 |} April |N.77 27 H.| 64 |S. 36 W.| 20 
May N.80 1 E.| 65 |N. 83 28 E.| 10 || May N. 68 21 H.} 84 |N. 64 23 E.| 7 
June N. 80 42 HE.) 65 |N. 87 51 H.} 10 |] June N. 60 20 H.} 95 |N. 24 15 HB. 23 
July N.78 24 H.| 8b iN. 76 18 H.| 26 || July N. 62 25 EH.) 873/N.21 45 HE.) 15 
Aug. N.72 6 E.| 76 IN. 58 i.) 24 || Aug. N.70 38 H.| 80 |S. 38 K.| 5 
Sept. N.83 08.) 5418. 38 W.| 4 || Sept. N. 88 32 Ei} 73 |S. 2 W.| 20 
Oct. 8. 68 49 H.| 55 |S. 53 W.| 31 || Oct. N. 83 49 H.| 70 |S. 8 W./ 18 
Nov. N.79 14H.| 52 |S. 85 38 W.| 3 |] Nov. N.75 48 H!| 72 |S. 7 W.| 12 
Dec. N. 69 52 H.| 57 |North 13 || Dee. N.61 5 E.| 73 |N. 40 380 W.} 10 
The year/N. 79 23 H.| 55 Theyear| N. 68 43 H.| 77 
No. 86.—North Atlantic Ocean, Lat. 15° to 20°, po. 87.—North Atlantic Ocean, Lat. 10° to 15°, 


Lon. from Greenwich, 15° to 45°. 


Lon. from Greenwich, 45° to 75°. 


1332 pays. 


Months. 


Jan. 
Feb. 
March 
April 
May 
June 
July 
Aug. 
Sept. 
Oct. 
Noy. 
Dee. 


The year 


Mean direction 
of Wind. 


BewAA a Aw AZ ZZ 2 
ASS 
= 


50° 42’ B, 
48 Hi. 
29 Ki. 
28 EK. 
43 50 EK. 
42 8K. 
26 EH. 
49 Ki. 
14 ¥. 
54 50 E. 
“3 K. 
58 5 Bh. 
1 E. 


Deflecting forces 

Direction Am’t. 
8. ol ee2 Wai 8 
8. 74 8 Wa, 7 
S. 45 27 W.| 8 
IN5G0 956) Hjias 
N. 353 Wali 
N. 34 EK. | 16 
N, 14 KR. | 23 
N. 54 W.| 11 
8. 15 }. |ead 
8. 13 W.| 18 
8. 374 BE. | 15 
S. 16 BE. | 18 


Months. 


Jan. 
Feb. 
March 
April 
May 
June 
July 
Aug. 
Sept. 
Oct. 
Nov. 
Dec. 
The year 


662 pars. 


Mean direction 
of Wind. 


| 


50° 
12 
14 
59 


AAAAZAAAAZAAAAA 
or 
oo 


0’ iH. 


_ 
is 
bebe bet tf bt bd dt bt 


Deflecting forces. 

Direction. Am’t. 
North 10 
N. 32° BE. yd 
N.20 HE. | 12 
N. 653 HE. i 
S070.) ae 8 
N.12 EH. | 22 
S. 254 HE. 7 
Si67- "He 
S. 253 W. | 388 
S.tL7 ) Wet 
N20 Hae 
Notae Wealelp 


wie ON, beth a ae 


SERIES D.—MONTHLY DEFLECTIONS. 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


159 


| avo, 88.—North Atlantic Ocean, Lat. 10° to 15° No. 89.—North Atlantic Ocean, Lat. 5° to 10, 
Lon. from Greenwich, 15° to 45°. Lon. from Greenwich, 10° to 55°. 
1850 pays. 3339 DAYS. 
y a Deflecting forces. a ing 1 
{ Months. Mean direction 6 3 gene Months. Mean direction | o 3 DISHES ORO 
of Wind. =) 22 of Wind, | 2 # 
eo Ay Direction. Am’t. aa Direction. Am’t. | 
| Jan. N-90° 307 B.| 85 JN. 21° 2° h-) 7 || Jan. |N. 47° 5’ 8.1 65 | N. 17° W. | 25 | 
i Keb. N. 54 41 H.| 81 JN. 26 58 W.| 4 || Feb. N. 44 56 E./ 72| N. 9 W. | 97) 
| March |N.55 51 H.| 89 IN.37 30 E.| 9 || March IN.45 3 48.| 74] N. 7 W. | 294 
) April N.56 44 H.|) 88 |N. 44 19 H.| 7 || April |N. 44 50 B.| 82) N.10 KE. 36 | 
| May N. 49 14 H./ 90 |N. 2 0 EH. } 15 |) May. N.55 38 H.| 69 | N. 183 E. 15 | 
| June N.55 0 H.| 75 IN. 84 23 W.| 6 || June |S. 89 1£ | 301 S. 43 W. | 33 § 
| July N.o7 2 H.| 42 8. 59 4 W.! 38 || July Sb Tae | 45 |S, BO We PS |. 
_f, Aug. N.49 18 H.| 17 |S. 61 W.| 47 || Aug. |S. 4 59 W.| 71 | S. 26 W. {104 
i Sept. N.46 6 H.} 23 |S. 63 W.| 59 |] Sept. IS. 8 26 W.| 58] S 98 W. | 944 
} Oct. N. 69 20 E.} 55 |S. 283 W.| 29 || Oct. Sb Bs 21 | B S. 36 W. | 614 
H Noy. N. 68 54 H.| 78 |S. 9% K. | 18 || Nov. 8. 82 15 H. | 55] S. 14 E. 32 | 
| Dec. N. 61 33 E.| 78 |S. 9 W.| 13 || Dee. N.60 25 H.| 52 | N. 86 W. 9 | 
j The year|N.57 25 H. | 66 The year|N. 80 32 E. | 3 i 
No. 90.—North Atlantic, Lat. 0° to 5°. No. 91.—Funchal, Island of Madeira. 
3005 DAYS. 2 YDARS. 
ey # Deflecting forces." ae Deflecting forces.’ 
Months. Mean direction | ° 2 Months. | Mean direction | ° 2 4 
of Wind. 33 of Wind. | 2& ; 
ea Direction. Am’t. =t-0 Direction. Am’t. j 
Jan. S. 81° 46’ H.} 53 | S. 562 W. | 17 |) Jan. N. 9° 437m. | 1 |) S. 24° Ww. | 30 4 
Feb. IN, BB BIL TB || LIN, W@. Wye || 1 II) TRIO. N. 6 3 W.| 45 | S. 84 W. || 25 7 
March |N. 68 13 H.| 52 | N. 4384 W. | 30 || March |N.18 28 HE.) 43 | S. 623 W. 5 i 
April Ne 52) 18) Ha 56) | N. 385s We 39) April’ | N38) 88) B31 |S: 38 Ww. | Lo); 
| May 8. 89 59 H.| 48) S. 81 W. | 17 || May No IL QB, | BAH ING Ae Wie |) EL 
} June S. 47 45 H.| 69 | S. 193 W. | 50 || June |N.14 18 H.| 50] N. 543 W. 7 | 
| July S. 87 17 H./ 82 | S. 14 W. | 70 || July N. 28 29 H.| 62 | N. 54 HE. 16 | 
; Aug. S320 52H.) 84) Si 24 W. 87% |) Aug. IN. 48 17 H.| 96 | N. fo EK. 4 J 
H Sept. S. 20 15 H.| 79 | S. 253 W. | 86 || Sept. |N.24 46 W.| 2 S. 61 W. | 844 
Oct. Sao SOME alin on 2OMWenn Go| Octal a Note Adu 40) S008" eb 16 | 
Nov. S. 08 28-H./ 80) S. 2 EH. 45 || Noy. N- 8 49 BH.) 50 | N- 32) W. | 17} 
1 Dec. S. 68 23 H.| 56 | S. 283 W. | 28 || Dec. ING SO) 2 19, || GB || ING 8 18 25 | 
} The year |S. 60 2 H.| 55 The year|N. 23 50 H. | 45 i 
No. 92.—Azores and vicinity.*—6 stations. No. 93.—Gibraltar and yicinity.® 
581 DAYS. 586 DAYS. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months Mean direction of Rate of 
Wind. Progress, Wind. Progress. H 
| January N. 81° 41’ W. 19 January N. 89° 52’ W. 16 
| Kebruary Ss G2 3 Wy, 73 February 
} March . N.17 35 E. 58 March . N. 2 40 W. 79 
April Salon) 4 We 35 April 8. 78 10 W. 12 
} May N. 72° 20 W. 22 May IN. 12) 30) EY 15 
; June N.45 5 W. 16 June 8. 89 24 W. 3894 
F July N. 45 5 W. 16 July N. 74 10 E£. 44 
} August 8. 50 15 W. 85 August N. 86 48 EH. 54 
| September 8. 44 10 W. 41 September N. 16 20 W. 22 
) October Saleem We 48 October N. 67 55 Hi. 27 
November fk 15) ts) NING Sa) Ke November N.61 37 E. 92 
} December Ig GL Ba AW 26 December . 8. 84 35 H. 36 
The year ‘S. 63 21 W. 2) The year__- |_N. 38 18. 23 


Tn Sungate t these 5s aenscins forces, the mean arial direction of fine ar in wit same Jatitude in pre ocean Was 
taken as the standard of comparison, on account of the influence of the Great Desert, which affects the annual results 
all along the African coast in these latitudes, as may be readily seen by inspecting the length and position of the arrows 


on Plate XIII. 
2 These results are obtained from observations taken at five different islands for a joint period of 205 days, and on 


board ships in the vicinity for 37 


6 days. 


3 These results are obtained from observations taken at Gibraltar for 76 days, and on board ships in the vicinity of 
the straits for 510 days. 


160 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


No. 94.—St. Petersburg, Russia. 


No. 95.—Cronberg, Sweden. 


5 YEARS. 1 YEAR. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
Vind. Progress. Wind. Progress. 
} January 8. 40° 16’ W. 38 January N. 84° 28’ EK. 41 
February 8. 16 48 W. 38 February 8. 31 57 W. 14 
March . S35) seh: 35 March . N. 85 33 W. 50 
April 8S. 20 49 E. 22, April N. 62 57 E. 77 
May N. 65 49 W. 6 May N. 35 48 EK. 33 
| June Nie Wi 3 June N74 TW 24 
July S. 62 54 W. 7p July Nes 2 bnWe 35 
August 8. 34 23 W. 104 August N. 60 33 E. 25 
September 8. 30 17 W. 12 September S. 64 387 W. 9 
October SH SAV 32 October 8. 65 11 W. 22 
November 8. 18 19 E. 35 November N. 50 25 W. 304 
December Se elo ys 334 December N. 45 33 W. 234 
The year N.17 48 W. 9 
No. 96.—Dantzic, Prussia. No. 97.—Berlin, Prussia. 
13 YEARS. 11 YEARS. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
Wind. Progress. ind. Progress. 
January 8. 50° 24’ W. January 8. 48° 26’ E. 24 
February eae AD AN February 8. 40 14 W. 36 
March . 8S. 84 20 W. March . S. 67 27 W. 45 
April INS69" i We April 8S. 70 54 W. 50 
May N. 38 30 W. May 8S. 60 54 W. 21 
June N. 41 31 W. June West 57 
July N. 72 38° W:- July N. 80 29 W. 954 
August S. 82 43 W. August West 84 
September 8. 71 46 W. September 8S. 78 20 W. 58 
October 8S. 37 16 W. October Ss) 22 2emwWe 374 
November 8. 54 47 W. November 8: 7°47 OW: 213 
December 8. 48 1 W. December 8. 45 0 W. 33 
The year 8. 68 7 W. 11 The year 8S. 78 17 W. 29 
No. 98.—Posen, Poland (combined with No. 97). No. 99.—Carlsruhe, Baden, Germany. 
11% YEARs. 2 YEARS. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
Wind. Progress. Wind. Progress. 
January S. 77° 43’ B. 42 January S. 47° 58’ W. 344 
February 8S. 37 38 W. 42 February S560) wwe 35 
March : 8S. 538 37 W. 21 March . N. 59 23 W. 15 
April 8. 70 54 W. 50 April N. 0. 45 W. 29 
May S. 60 54 W. 21 May S. 7Gsiod ae 143 
June West 57 June 8. 74 33 W. 9 
July N. 80 29 W. 953 July S. 44 26 W. 16 
August West 674 August 8. 63,59 W. 23 
September SOM NYE 583 September Ss. Lelia We 53 
October 8S. 41 13 W. 50 October 8. 46 50 W. 30 
November 8. 21 18. W. 26 November 8. 48 59 E. 6 
December 8. 41 21 W. 31 December 8. 78. ov We 6 
The year S. 73, 19 W. ly 


Ag eet hee 2) 


SERIES D.—MONTHLY DEFLECTIONS. 161 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


No. 100.—Average duration of winds in each month, in Germany, deduced from obseryations taken at nineteen 
different stations, for an ageregate period of 192 years. 


a <3] iS =] a = = = : = ts 3 Deflecting 
5 a| Aa} 2 al a | BT Se | eqs | ese tee ie ames 
= wBilelalsa|s HEE nan | wa mc w am IE | Ee Wie | ee leis of Wind. |2¢ | Direction. |Am’t.4 
Tan. | 172| .19| 2.49| .18| 2.07] .42| 3.93| .40| 2.27] 19 7.47| .05| 6.30] .19| 2.59| 42] .19 || s. 51° 287 w. | 28 1s. 189m. | aif 
Heb, | 1.94] 15] 3.75] .23| 4.24] .12| 2.98] .17| 1.92] .15| 4.35] .17| 3.67] 20] 3.74] 43] 03 || N.48 56 W.| 2 |N.79 | as | 
Mor. | 1.90] .28| 3.57| .33| 5.03] .13| 2.41) 17] 2.65] 13] 4.68] 15] 4.42] .19] 4.56] .39| 01 || N.77 47 W.| 5 |N.78 EL | 141 
April 3.42] 40) 3.84] .20) 3.86) .17} 1.83] .07] 1.67) .10} 3.00] .07| 6.34] .28] 4.00] .62] .13 || N.36 23 W. | 20 |N. 21 E. 19 § 
May | 2.38| .50| 4.33] .43] 4.61] 17] 2.27] .22| 1.49] .18] 4.66] .27] 5.70] .35| 3.06] .28| 10 || N. 47 3 W.| 8 |N. 603 B. | 15 § 
June 3.18] .25) 2.84) 15] 1.83] .23) 1.44] 17] 1.24] .22| 4.79] .43] 6.58] .72]. 5.28] .55] .00 || N. 68 55 W. | 35 |N.43 W.| 20 4 
July 1.99) .12) 1.79) 12) 1.72) .27| 1.51] .08| 1.63) .20) 5.87] .68] 8.97] .51| 5.21] .83] .05 || N. 89 24 W. | 44 IN. 85 W-.| 25 i 
Aug. 1.66) .08) 2.35) 12) 3.78] .89) 2.37) .83] 2.54) .48] 4.72) .43] 6.85) .46) 4.24) 12] .08 || S. 73 7 W. | 21 |S. 15 W. 4 | 
Sept. | 1.94 .07| 2.90] 21] 5.42} .48| 2.08] 20] 2-08] .20| 4.03] .21| 5.91] .31] 3.68] 16] .02 || Ss. 87 7 W.| 8 |N.83 E.| 11 | 
Oct. 479) 12) V7) .29 | 2:59) .72| 2.81] 21) 1.68) .45) 6.57) .82| 9.54) .84] 2.63) .21| .02 || S. 63 56 W. | 36 |S. 43 W.] 19 | 
Noy. 1.54) .25) 2.51) .20| 4.04) .48| 2.90] .30|] 2.82) .28] 6.92] .23) 5.08] .27) 1.84] .27] .07 Se Bil Sw Wo |) Bal Wis Dy 15, 18 | 
Dec. | 1.03| .48| 3.04| .61| 2.55] .29| 3.54] .21| 1.91] 30] 6.29] .23| 7.76| 43] 2.07] 20] .06 || S. 76 51 w. | 27 |S. 60 w.| 64 
otal. |23.49|2.89 |35.12|3.07 |41.74)3.87 |30.07|2.53 |23.90/2.98 |63.35)/3.19 |77.12 |4.25 |42.83]3.98 | .86 || S. 82 4 W. | 20 
No. 101.—Franeker, Holland. No. 102.—Brussels, Belgium. 
13 YEARS. 8 YEARS. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
Wind. Progress. Wind. Progress. § 
January 8. 38° 49’ W. 8 January S. 74° 48’ W. 304 
February S. 37 20 W. 34 February 8. 47 19 W. 68 
March N. 60 59 W. 16 March Sa G0 We 8 
April N. 64 32 W. 33 April Si 77 a Vie 13 
May N. 61 21 W. 33 May N. 62 26 W. 32 
June N. 68 42 W. 45 June N.60 3 W. 41 
July N. 88 46 W. 50 July S. 88 35 W. i 
August S. 82 43 W. 463 August S. 445 @ Wye 23 
September 8. 62 4 W. 25 September S. 61 34 W. 53 
October 8S. 49 17 W. 33 October S. 25 30 W. 66 
November 8S. 45 55 W. 15 November S45 © We 71 
December S. 46 27 W. 24 December 8. 66 42 W. 5d4 
The year Sec Om We 27. The year 8. 64 22 W. 39 
No. 103.—Holland and Belgium.—3 stations. No. 104.—Elgin, Scotland. 
28 YEARS. 3 YEARS. 
Cs & Deflecting forces. 
Months. Mean direction of | © EB) Months. Mean direction of Rate of ff 
Wind. ad Direction. Am’t. Wind. Progress. 
January S. 59° 58’ W. | 15 N. 89° EB. 16 || January 8. 46° 18’ W. 
February | S. 46 56 W. | 47 S. 12 W. | 24 || February S. 50 21 W. 
March N.78 54 W. } 11 N. 59 HE. 21 || March 8. 49 34 W. 
April N. 63 46 W. } 21 N. 29 HE. 20 |) April Gal Br Mv 
May N. 61 388 W. | 32 N. 1448. 24 || May N. 70 23 W. 
June N. 61 26 W. | 43 ING WV ole |lieiume 8. 82 8 W. 
July S. 88 21 W. | 594 | N.79 W. 30 || July S. 44 17 W. 
August 8. 73 54 W. | 34 Si, 74 VW 4 || August 8) 46 17 W. 
September | S. 60 36 W. | 34 Ss. 10 W. 8 || September Salmo DmaWe 
October | S. 388 383 W. | 44 S. 4 E. | 26 || October Se 25 ye Wie 
November | 8S. 44 9 W. | 82 S. 24 KE. 16 || November Ses Ome 
December | 8S. 51 47 W. | 87 S. 2 W. | 14 || December Ss. 40 18 W. 
The year 8S. 44 47 W. 


162 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


No. 105.—Great Britain.—6 stations. No. 106.—London, England.* 


! Copied from Kaemptz’s Meteorology. 


2 An inspection of the data on pages 96 and 100, from which this table is computed, will show that no great reliance 


can be placed on the results, less so, probably, than in those at Paris alone (No. 108). 


16} YRARS. 12 YEARS. 
% % | Deflecting forces, 
Months. Mean direction of = By Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
4 Vind. rag, | Direction. |Am’t. ind. Progress. 
Jan. S. 66° 36’ W. | 20 |S. 292° E.| 4 || January IN. S621 We 
Teb. S. 51 19 W. | 35 |S. 184 W.| 19 |] February 8. 63 W. 
March S. 70 53 W. 8 |N. 83 EH. | 12 |} March . N. 20 W. 
April N. 58 53 W. | 10 |N. 53 4H. } 15 || April N. 12 i. 
| May N.74 2 W.| 5 IN. 70 4H. | 163/| May S. df EK. 
+ June N. 69 33 W. |) 25 |N. 12 Wz.) 18 || dune N. 65 W. 
j July N. 87 49 W. | 38 IN. 72 W. 18 || July N. 89 W. 
; Aug. 8. 84 384 W. | 37 |N. 89 W.| 16 || August N. 86 W. 
| Sept. 8S. 87 42 W. | 1043/8. 73 E.| 15 || September 8S. 77 W. 
f Oct. S. 57 57 W. | 21 |S. 28 E.| 7 || October S. 51 W. 
# Noy. 8. 77 28 W. | 24 |S. 634 W.| 3 || November 8. 88 W. 
Dee. 8S. 68 59 W. | 26 |S. 37. W.) 6 || December 8. 89 W. 
The year N.89 2/'W. 16 
No. 107.—Northern France.*—7 stations. No. 108.—Paris, France. 
116 rEAns. 40 YEARS. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
ind. Progress. ind. Progress. 
January N. 88° 54’ W. 5 January S. 50° 55’ W. 144 ; 
February 8. 66 52 W. 17 February 8. 59 4 W. 204 
| March . N. 56 48 W. 10 March . NOP =i We 134 ( 
} April INES 2 W.. 13 April N. 51 42 W. 10 \ 
| May N.37 9 W. Lil May 8. 79 26 W. 1d y 
| June N. 52 27 W. 15 June N.83 0 W. 27 
July S. 62 54 W. 303 July 8. 85 49 W. 37 
i August S. 79 20 W. 21 August S95 27 We 343 
| September Sh Gale We 14 September 8. 538 46 W. 17 y 
| October S. 26 21 W. 21 October 8.3 29We 24 
| November S.41 2W. | 22 |] November 8. 89 25 W. | 380 7 
| December Sar hl We 11 December 8. 39 15 W. 24 q 
q 
7 
No. 109.—Mount St. Gothard, Switzerland. No. 110.—Parma and Genoa, Italy. 
1 YEAR. 13 monTuHs. 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
ind. Progress. Wind. -Progress. 
) January sb alg tahe Lh. 20 January N. 48° 42’ W. 34 
| February N. 47 35 W. 49 February N. 6 36 E. 34 
March . 8. 54 47 W. 26 March . N. Lf (2208. 32 
i April N. 52 58 W. 52 April N. 20 37 E. 25 
May N.49 52 W. Bt May IN: (O21 oe): 23 
| June N. 47 44 W. 59% June 8S. 65 35 W. 1} 
July N. 55 43 W. 40 July 8. 47 31 W. 15 
August S. 87 56 W. 20 August N. 4 42 E. 36 
September 8.23.19 n: 83 September N. 21 38 W. ii 
October N. 49 33 W. 36 October N. 9 47 E. 4 
November 8. 8 50 W. 12 November N. 63 48 W. 47 
December 8. 30 27 E. 49 December N. 388 32 W. 44 : 
The year N. 82 56 W. 26 _ 


SERIES D.—MONTHLY DEFLECTIONS. 163 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


> 


No. 111.—Rome and Naples, Italy. No. 112.—Vienna and Schoenthal, Austria. 
2 YEARS. 2 YEARS. | 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of | 
Wind. Progress. Wind. Progress. | 
| January ING IMLS 7" We 35 January S. 78° 24’ W. 45 | 
| February N. 14 53 HK. 29 February N.73 47 &. 39 | 
i March . S. 89 16 W. 21 March . S. 50 50 W. 24 | 
April N. 85 50 W. 14 || April N. 20 35 W. 17 | 
May Sh Bll BIL Vive 25 May Ie US We 20 | 
June SaGisess eWe 17 June IN 8B. AWE 35 
July 8. 47 28 W. 35 || July N. 86 48 W. 50 | 
August 8. 45 1 W. 43 August 8. 65 48 W. QT | 
September 8. 74 28 W. 25 September ish Oil Me 13 | 
i October N. 34 48 W. 14 October S. 37 40 W. 46 3 
November N. 40 35 W. 5 November S. 34 48 W. 35 | 
| December N. 35 49 H. 36 December Sa a awe 30 | 
No. 113.—Graetz, Austria.t No. 114.—Lougan, Southern Russia. 
1 YEAR. 2 YEARS. ; 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of } 
Wind. Progress. Wind. Progress. } 
| January S. 41° 56’ BH. January Si 2° Oy ID} 13 Ff 
| Hebruary 8. 52 35 H. February 8. 24 59 W. 15 } 
March . So tol) Gh) 10} March S: 63 29) EH. 45 | 
April So 7 tL 18) April S. 69 46 H. 32 | 
| May 69 13 H May S. 71 46 E. 37 ff 
| June N. 69 57 EH June N. 44 18 W. 14 | 
i July 8. 49 382 H July N. 86 24 E. ta 
| August 5S. 56 53 HE August 8. 25 33 W. 5 | 
September 8. 66 54 H September 8. 88 13 K. 44 § 
October 8. 85 23 H October S. 81 44 H. Wy. | 
| November S. 82 37 W November S. 4 10 E. 13 
December 8S. 14 36 HE December S. 70 50 H. 21 f 
i The year 8. 75 58 H i 
; 
No. 115.—Turkey, Asia Minor, Armenia, and No. 116.—Syria.—2 stations. i 
Georgia.—6 stations. ; 
5 1-6 years. 19 MonTHS. 
i 
Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of } 
Wind. Progress. Wind. Progress. f 
| January S. 83° 197 Bt 21 January N. 50° 49’ W. 55 | 
February So 7k Gil 15, 21 February S. 67 14 W. 503 | 
} March . N. 40 17 H 26 March 8. 84 14 W. 32. 
April N.36 36 HE 32 April 8. 46 9 W. 42% 
May NS 50 Wi ily May Ss (2 ag We 52 
June N.19 19 E 94 June : a) Sb) 6G We 58 | 
July N.44 25 SS aalll duly auth Sayegh ve 
August . N. 42 22 36 August . . | 
September N. 36 30 E 20 September . ! 
| October ING Uy 23 15) 19 October : : i 
November S. 59 34 W. 5 November Ol] “feo GES) Nie 41 | 
} December N:. 27 38 H. 4 December , 5 S: bl 2a We a 
Total S. 77 388 W.?] 40% 


1 Copied from some source not now recollected. 


164 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


- 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


No. 117.—Jerusalem, Palestine. 


Months. 


January 
February 
March . 
April 
May 

June 

July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 
The year 


17 MONTHS. 


Mean direction of 
Wind. 


cel No O27 Ai 


50 W. 
44 


tt i ttt tt 


Rate of 
Progress. 


44 
59 


44 
52 
80 
92 
90 
913 
783 
62 
47 
62? 


No. 118.—Bagdad (on the Euphrates). 


Months. 


January 
February 
March . 
April 
May 

June 

July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 
The year 


1 YEAR. 


Mean direction of 
ind, 


. 66° 23’ W. 


ZAAAANAANA AAAS 


Rate of 
Progress. 


No. 119.—Bassora (head of Persian Gulf). 


Months. 


January 

) February 
March . 
April 
May 
June 

j July 

F August 
September 
October 
November 
December 


No. 120.—Ooroomiah, Persia. 


5 MONTHS. 


Mean direction of 
ind. 


S. 44° 16’ W. 
N. 76 24 W. 
8. 88 0 HE. 
N.46 12 W. 
N.45 41 W. 


Rate of 
Progress. 


Months. 


January 
February 
March .« 
April 
May 

June 

July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 


19 mMonTHS. 


Mean direction of 
ind. 


44° 25’ W. 
60 
56 
44 
06 
62 
70 
56 
84 
44 
88 
51 


wa tata ia tn aon aca an | 


No. 121.—Northern Persia.—3 stations. 


27 MONTHS. 


Months. 


January 
February 
March . 
April 
May 

June 

July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 


Mean direction of 


44° 25’ W. 
86 54 
62 83 
74 40 
46 48 
62 36 
70 46 
56 21 
.81 32 
56 49 W. 
. 85 43 W. 
1A LG Wie 


0A Tn IA tai TAA TA oA tA 


Rate of 
Progress. 


49 


January 
February 
March . 
April 
May 

June 
July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 


Mean direction of 


39 W. 


AA ANiAmiAmwMM!A 
44444452545 


Rate of 
Progress. 


Rate of 


Progress. 


SERIES D—MONTHLY DEFLECTIONS. 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


No. 123.—Patna, Futtehpore, and on the 
Ganges, Hindoostan. 


8 MONTHS. 


Months. Mean direction of 


ind. 


Rate of 
Progress. 


January 

7 February 
| March 

) April 

| May 

} June 

| July 
August 

+ September 
| October 

| November 
| December 


N. 81° 52’ Bi. 
S. 78 41 H. 
N. 88 34 H. 
8. 84 28 W. 
N.78 41 W. 
West 
West 
N. 58 


14 W. 


No. 124.—Caleutta, Hindoostan. 


8 YEARS. 


Months. 


Rate of § 
Progress. j 


Mean direction of 


January 
February 
March 
April 

May 

June 

July 
August . 
September 
October 
November 
December 
The year 


Rie 2 Annnnnnne A 


asses ee eal asl, 


No. 125.—Duklum, Hindoostan. 


5 YEARS. 


Rate of 
Progress. 


Months. Mean direction of 


ind, 


36’ EH. 
15 W. 
16 W. 
57 W. 
6 W. 
46 W. 
29 W. 
39 W. 
30 W. 
30 EH. 
36 E. 
54 Ki. 
7 W. 


January 
February 
March 
April 

May 

June 

July 
August . 

} September 
October 
November 
December 
The year 


6 tae 
4 


RA A iAnnm th tA A Ao 


No. 126.—Western Siberia (near Ural M’ts.). 
3 stations. 


4 YEARS. 


Months. Rate of 


Progress. 


. 66° 32’ W. 
32. W. 
51 W. 
11 W. 
53 W. 
5 : 
1 


Mean direction of 
ind. 


January 
February 
March 
April 

May 

June 

July 
August . 
September 
October 
November. : 4 
December. : : 4 


1 


No. 127.—Barnoule, Siberia. 


1 YEAR. 


Months. Rate of 
Progress. 


Mean direction of 
ind. 


SNE 
15 W. 
56 W. 
53 W. 
46 W. 
42 W. 
54 W. 
31 H. 
58 E. 
14 H. 
29 H. 
33 W. 
3 W. 


. 41° 
22 
32 
23 
37 


January 
February 
March . 
April 
May 

June 

July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 
j The year 


nnniAZiannizannn 


No. 128.—Nertchinsk, Siberia. 


1 YEAR. 


Rate of | 
Progress. } 


66° 20’ W. 
31 W. 
47 W. 
6 W. 
17 W. 


Months. Mean direction of 


ind. 


January 
February 
March . 
April 
May 

June 

July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 
The year 


On 
ms 
ie) 


Aasa542! 


12 ton 0 at, ta 
Ob bo bo 
D> 2 09 OD Ort = 


1 Copied from Kaemptz’s Meteorology. 


166 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


No. 129.—Yacoutsk, Siberia. No. 180.—Pekin, China. 


1 YEAR. - J YEAR. 


Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
Wind. Progress. Wind. Progress. 


43° 45’ W. January 
44 43 W. y February 
85 37 W. March . 
43 6 W. April 
48 29 W. May 
Ze 2isWi June 
0 W. July 
39 EH. August 
87 We September 
W. : October 
W. November 
36 W. December 
20 W. The year 


. 50° 22’ W. 
68 55 W. 
18 12 W. 
17 20 -W. 

46 W. 


January 
February 
March . 
April 
May 

June 
July 
August 
September 
October 
November 
December 
The year 


~I 
& 


28 


wanna | 
Rin ZA Am TA I 


pales hala 


No. 131.—Tripoli, Northern Africa. No. 132.—Liberia, Sierra Leone, and yicinity.* 


5 MONTHS. 14 YEARS. 


Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
ind. Progress. Wind. Progress. 


. 55° 43’ W. 36 
45 W. 38 
BilWe 49 
51 
46 
77s 


January : : January 
February : 3 February 
March . : aa WNP Uukee 22, Wi. March . 
April, ¥. : . | N. 42 58 W. April 
May . : a eNer ipo, SBE: May 
June . : .| N. 60 15 E. June 
July . : .| N.47 50 E. y July 
August . - ; August . 
September . : September 
October : : October 
November . ; November 
December. : December 
The year 


4 


Arn INTIMA TATA TA Tat I tt 


Hm Co RH Or Ore bo 
SAASAP AAA: 


No. 133.—Sandwich Islands.2—2 stations. No. 134.—Navigator’s Islands (Pago-pago). y 


13 monrTus. 10 MonTHS. 


Months. Mean direction of Rate of Months. Mean direction of Rate of 
Vind. Progress. Wind. Progress. 


January : : North-easterly January 
Do. é 


February February 
March . : ; 5 March . 
April. 4 : b j April 

May . : : : 3 May 
June. : : June 
July. ‘ 3 July 
August August 
September September 


October , 3 L October 
November 


December 


mann ins 
¢€ t 


1 These results are obtained from three months’ observations at Bassa Cove, two months at Cape Palmas, and eleven 
months along the coast of Sierra Leone and Liberia. 

2? These results are obtained from observations taken at Oahu for one month, and at Waioli for one year. At the 
latter station, all the winds were recorded either as North-east or “Variable.” 


SERIHS D.—MONTHLY DEFLECTIONS. 167 


SERIES D.— Continued. 


No. 135.—Madagascar (Tananarivou). 


3 MONTHS. 


Months. Mean direction of Rate of 

ind. Progress. f 

| January o|/ IN, G2 
} February  . 5 || (Sh om 
| March . Neal 


5’ A. 
42 E. 
53 E. 


By combining in succession the resultants for the several months at any place, 
as given in the preceding series of tables, a general outline is obtained of the track 
pursued by the wind in the course of a year. The results, at a considerable num- 
ber of places, are exhibited in Plates VII., VIII., and X. Each of the twelve 
parts, into which the curve is divided, shows the mean path of the wind in the 
corresponding month, the curve commencing in all cases with January, and ending 
with December. 

It is obvious that much more extensive data would be needed, to secure accuracy 
in the form of the annual curve, than in the mean annual direction merely; and 
hence it was not thought worth while to exhibit in the plates any results based on 
less than three years’ observations, except in a few rare localities. The numbers 
at the origin of the curves correspond with those in Series D, and may serve as 
references. 

In order to render the form of the curves more distinct to the eye, they are 
drawn on a scale four times larger than the arrows which represent the mean 
annual directions, as may, in most cases, be seen by comparing the distance between 
the two extremities of any curve with the straight arrow for the same place. A 
few of the curves, however, are not computed from the same data as the mean 
annual direction, one embracing a greater number of years than the other, which 
produces slight discrepancies in the results. 

Tn some few instances, where the general form of the curve was obvious, and 
where combining the results of two or three successive months would cancel irre- 
sularities, it has been done, and the tracks for the separate months preserved by 
means of dotted lines. As, for example, in the curve for Jerusalem (Plate VII. 
No. 117), the tracks for the months of November and December are united. 


168 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


DEDUCTIONS AND REMARKS. 


1. Puates VIL., VIIL., and X. disclose a system of winds on each side of the Atlantic 
Ocean possessing monsoon features. If we represent the mean annual tracks by 
drawing straight lines from one extremity of each annual curve to the other, we 
perceive that on the western side of the Atlantic, the actual track falls south of 
these lines in the fore part of the year, and north of it in the latter part; and 
‘that on the eastern side the curvature is generally in the opposite direction. Out 
of thirty-five curves on the western side, in British America, the Eastern United 
States, and the western half of the Atlantic, there are but two exceptions; and both 
of these are between the parallels of latitude 31° and 35°, just on the limit which 
divides the equatorial winds from the westerly ones. 

On the eastern side of the Atlantic, there is a general similarity in the form of 
the curves, yet by no means so great as on the western side. At sea, we perceive 
it only between the parallels of latitude 15° and 40°; but on land, all the curves 
show it, more or less, except that for St. Petersburg on the north, and that for 
Rome and Naples on the south. The opposite curvature of the latter, also that for 
Madeira, and the two at sea, south of latitude 10°, will be adverted to hereafter. 

2. On the western side, the monsoon character of the winds is much more strongly 
marked near the sea-coast than in the interior of the country. Thus, on Plate VIIL., 
the curvature is greater in the New England States (No. 28) than in the State of 
New York (No. 50) or Pennsylvania (No. 52). Compare, also, the curve for Pom- 
pey, in the interior of New York State (No. 29), with the curves east of it, all of 
which are for places nearer the sea-coast; or No. 40, which is derived from obser- 
vations taken mostly at Nashville, in Tennessee,’ with Nos. 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, or 
41 near the coast. No. 37 is remarkable—almost equal to the monsoons of India, 
as may be seen by comparing it with the latter on Plate VII. In Ohio (Nos. 57, 
58, and 59), the monsoon feature does not appear to exist at all, though there seems 
to be slight traces of it still farther west (Nos. 61, 62, and 63). 

3. On the western side of the Atlantic, there appears to be considerable uniformity 
in the time of the year when the curves cross the mean annual path, particularly 
in the zone of westerly winds. Starting from the Ist of January, all the latter, 
both on sea and land, fall to the right or south of the line that represents the mean 


* Five years at Nashville, two at Chapel Hill, in North Carolina, and ten months at other places. 


SERIES D.—DEDUCTIONS AND REMARKS. 169 


direction, recross that line for the most part (thirteen curves out of twenty) in 
July, and continue on the north side till the end of the year. Four curves cross 
a little earlier, in June, and of the remaining three, the two at the extreme north 
(Newfoundland and Canada) cross in August, and the one at the extreme south, 
near the southern limit of the system, in May. The time seems to vary somewhat 
with the latitude and the trending of the adjacent coast. 

Of the four curves on the limit between the equatorial and westerly systems 
(Plate VIII. Nos. 44, 45, 71, and 80), two do not cross the line of mean direction 
at all, but lie to the right of it for the whole year; and the other two cross it in 
August, lying to the right before and to the left afterwards. 

Of the easterly winds of the equatorial system, those north of about latitude 
24° (Plate VIII. Nos. 46, 47, 48, 50, 51, 52, and 82), cross the line of mean diree- 
tion in April, May, or June, and those farther south (Plate VII. Nos. 84, 85, and 
87) in October. The latter are at sea, and may possibly be affected by the prox- 
imity of the coast of South America. 

4. On the eastern side of the Atlantic there is less uniformity in the time of 
crossing, though (not including the exceptions already named), it is on an average 
considerably earlier. Out of eighteen curves (Plates VII. and X.), one crosses in 
February, one in March, four in April, five in May, two in June, one in July, one 
in September, and three do not cross it at all, but lie to the south for the whole 
year. One of these three is at St. Petersburg, in Russia, another at Elgin, in the 
north of Scotland, and the other at sea (No. 77), on the limit between the equato- 
rial and westerly systems, thus agreeing with its neighbors (Nos. 71 and 80) on the 
western side of the Atlantic. The curve for the stations in Austria (No. 92) might 
very properly be added to this list, as it lies south of the line of mean direction 
over eleven months in the year. 

5. The curvature in India and China is the same as in the westerly system on 
the west side of the Atlantic, while that in Western Siberia corresponds to those of 
the Huropean stations, so far as it can be said to have any character at all. 

6. The stations east of the Mediterranean Sea are as devoid of law or agreement, 
in the form of the curves described by their winds, as they were shown to be in 
regard to the mean direction of their winds. 


Theoretical Considerations. 


The causes of the peculiarities, in the inflection of the curves we have been con- 
sidering, are more clearly seen by analyzing them in the manner described in the 
introduction to the foregoing series (D). By thus detaching the deflecting forces 
from those which determine the mean annual direction of the wind, the law at once 
becomes apparent that on the sea-coast, and even for some hundreds of miles from 
it, both on sea and land, the deflecting forces are directed towards the land, in the 
warmer parts of the year, and towards the sea, in the colder; a most convincing 
proof (if any more were needed) of the influence of heat in the production of winds, 
and that, too, upon an extensive scale. 


170 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


Plates XI. and XII. show the truth of the law just stated more clearly than any 
verbal explanations. The directions and lengths of the arrows show the directions 
and amounts of the forces which deflect the wind from its mean annual direction 
in the several months of the year. These arrows are drawn on a scale twelve 
times greater than those which represent the mean annual directions, in Plates VIL. 
to X. inclusive; but as the latter represent the mean progress of the wind for the 
entire year, while the mean monthly progress, if there were no deflection, would be 
only one-twelfth as great, both may be regarded, for the purpose of comparison, as 
drawn on the same scale. So that the length of an arrow on one of those plates, is 
to the length of one for the same place on Plate XI. or XII, as the force which 
determines the mean annual direction of the wind is to that which deflects it in 
the particular month to which the latter arrow relates; and the length of the cor- 
responding portion of the curve (increased threefold, because the curves are drawn 
upon a less scale)'is proportional to the resultant of the two forces. Thus, for 
example, at Hampden, in Maine, the force which determines the mean annual direc- 
tion, the deflecting force in the month of January, and the resultant of the two, 
are to each other as the numbers 33, 22, and 42; and by measuring the arrow, 
No. 50, on Plate VIIL., that for January on Plate XI., No. 25, and the first divi- 
sion of the curve No. 25, on Plate VIII., increased threefold, it will be seen that 
their lengths are to each other in the ratio of these numbers. 

Now, if with the light of these explanations we examine Plate XI., we shall 
notice that the arrows point with great uniformity toward the land in the warmer 
months, and toward the sea in the colder. The cause is to be found in the differ- 
ence of the temperature of the two. It is well known that the surface of large 
bodies of water, and particularly the ocean, is much more uniform in its tempera- 
ture throughout the year than that of land, and consequently must be colder in 
summer and warmer in winter. Hence, we may account for the monsoon charac- 
ter of the winds on the opposite shores of the Atlantic, just as we do for the well 
known phenomena of land and sea breezes on the sea-coast; the only difference 
being that the former are on a more extensive scale. 

These views are confirmed, when we examine particular localities and sections of 
country. The decrease in the curvature of the curves, as we recede from the sea- 
shore, has been already adverted to, the examples mentioned being 29, 50, 32, and 
40,on Plate VIII., as compared with places near the coast. If we now look at the 
same numbers on Plate XI., we shall see by the shortness of the arrows that the 
deflecting forces, though conformable to the theory, are much less than at places 
nearer the sea.” The absence of the monsoon character in the winds of Ohio is 
probably to be ascribed to the fact that that State lies directly between the ocean 
and the great lakes, so that the latter, being nearer, neutralize the influence of the 


* Tt would be more convenient for comparison if all could be drawn on the same scale, 7. ¢. if the curves 
could be drawn upon a scale three times larger than they are; but they could not in that case be repre- 
sented upon the maps without making the latter of unwieldy size. 

* No. 80 should properly be placed farther west, as the places whose results it represents are scattered 
pretty uniformly over the southern half of the State of New York. 


SERIES D.—THEORETICAL CONSIDERATIONS. lial 


former. ‘The same reason does not exist in the States farther west, and accordingly 
we find, even there, slight traces of the oceanic influence, as already remarked. 

That the lakes are capable of exerting considerable influence upon the direction 
of the surface-wind, is proved from the fact that at the Western Reserve College, in 
Ohio, some twenty-five miles south of Lake Erie, the mean direction is uniformly 
more northerly by several degrees in the afternoon than in the forenoon, as may be 
seen by the following statement.’ 


More northerly in the 
Months. 9 O?CLOCK A. M. 3 O’CLOCK P. M. afternoon by 


- 82° 34’ W. 
17 


January 
February 
March . 
April 
May 
June 
July 

} August 

| September 

} October 

| November 

i December 

| The year 


RNAMhA'A A nin AA TTD 
AZAZRAAAAAAAANP 


+4++4++t++4++ 
wo 


The peninsular form of South-western Hurope no doubt prevents the full deve- 
lopment there of the general law we have been discussing; yet we have already 
had proof of its existence in the general similarity of form in the annual curves 
(Plate X.). We can see traces of it also in the deflecting forces (Plate XII. Nos. 
80, 83, and 85). In all three, the arrows for June, July, and August point toward 
the land, and those for the colder months generally toward some neighboring body 
of water. No. 80, being so nearly equidistant between the North Sea, the Baltic, 
the Mediterranean, and the Bay of Biscay, shows more irregularity. No. 72 ought 
to afford evidence of the law, and I am unable to account for its failure to do so. 
No. 75 fails also, which is not surprising, since over half of the observations from 
which it was computed were taken more than 1200 miles from the nearest point in 
Kurope, and so nearly in the middle of the Atlantic as not to feel the influence 
we are speaking of. 

The peculiar curvature at Rome and Naples (Plate VII. No. 3), is easily ex- 
plained. Both places are near a sea-coast, whose general direction is from N. W. 
to S. E., and have in their rear the range of the Apennines, running nearly in the 
same direction, and rising to an elevation of several thousand feet. The mean 
direction of the wind for the two places is from W. N. W. to E. S. E., which, com- 
bined with deflecting forces acting at right angles with the coast (landward in 
summer, and seaward in winter) must plainly give us a curve of the same general 
form as that which we find to be actually described. 

Nos. 81, 83, 86, and 91 (Plates VII. and XII.) have caused me much perplexity. 
The arrows for the warmer months evidently indicate a point of rarefaction situated 


1 Loomis on the Meteorology of Hudson, Ohio, published in the American Journal of Science and Arts. 


172 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


to the south or south-west, and yet, all the observations from which they were com- 
puted were taken within a few hundred miles of the African coast and Desert of 
Sahara, a region the annual range of whose temperature must be exceedingly great. 
The only way in which I can account for a fact so astonishing, is by supposing the 
deflecting forces at these numbers to be secondary to the influence which we see so 
strongly marked in Nos. 88, 89, and 90. Let us, then, first devote our attention 
to these. : 

The intense heat of the Great Desert rarefies the air exceedingly from June to 
October, inclusive, and hence the arrows of unparalleled length (Plate XII.) pointing 
toward it during those months, the longest being longer than that which represents 
the most uniform of the trade-winds in the ratio of 104 to 89. The influence of 
this rarefaction is sufficient to curve the powerful current of the trade-winds in the 
manner exhibited on Plate VII. Nos. 89 and 90, and to produce the not less re- 
markable change in No. 88, holding the current back and retarding it, so that its 
progressive motion in the three months of July, August, and September united 
hardly exceeds that during any one of the colder months of the year. But while 
this is so, the trades on the western side of the Atlantic are pursuing nearly their 
recular track, being but slightly affected by these influences. As a consequence, 
the latter must leave, as it were, a partial vacuum behind them, which is filled by 
air flowing in from the north-east and south-east. This will account for the seem- 
ing anomaly of having a somewhat strong deflecting force directed toward mid- 
ocean in the hottest part of the year, as in the numbers above referred to. And 
yet it may be very naturally asked, Why does not the air from these parts supply 
the Great Desert directly, instead of taking a circuitous route to supply the region 
that supplies it? A question which, I confess, it seems difficult to answer. 

The following table, and Plate XIII. will assist in affording a clear idea of the 
winds off the west coast of Africa during the warmer months. The arrows show 
the mean direction and progress of the wind in each square of 5°, for the months 
of July, August, and September, the months when the influence of the Desert is 
greatest. The numbers affixed to the arrows show the number of observations 


from which they were computed, as contained in Maury’s Pilot Chart of the North 
Atlantic :— 


Lat. 0° to 5°. Lat. 5° to 10°. Lat. 10° to 15°. Lat. 15° to 20°. Lat. 20° to 25°, 
a | 3 ‘| 2 | a e 
Longitude. ellie wel 5 mele eS tte 
Mean direction) © =| ‘3 |Mean direction | 5 &| ‘5 |Mean direction) ° z % |Mean direction| ¢ & ‘%S | Mean direction) $ E| 3 
of Wind. $ i a of Wind. sels of Win PS of Wind. = els of Wind. |295] ¢ 
aa 2 Ba) a Ba a aes | ael ee 
0? Ow. | §. 2°55’ RB. | 89 | 446) S. 12° 0’ W. | 883) 179 
15 ba 0 W. §.12 41 EB. | 86 |1262] S. 4 7 W. | 82 |1273/ 8. 85° 7 W. | 36] 47) N.19° a xt 60 15] N. 21950’ EB. | 78 | 21 
20 25 W $.34 25 EB. | 90 | 529] S. 8 5 W. | 71 }1034) N. 212 E. | 145) 626) N. 32 E. | 76 | 456) N.29 29 E. | 81 (304 
25 30 W. 8.49 50 B. | 82 | 221) S. 11 40 W. | 41 | 885) N. 62 42 E. | 85 | 504) N.38 Bt E. | 81 | 476] N.36 22 BE. | 84 |306 
30 35 W 8.58 26 EK. | 79 | 196] 8. 0 55 E. 404| 224) N. 69 36 E. | 39 | 247) N.51 46 E. | 87 | 192) N. 47 57 E. | 84 |243 
35 40 W 8.45 9K. | 84 | 203) 8. 46 39 FE. 17 | 269] N.57 15 E. | 40 | 300) N.55 1, | 852) 149] N.61 42 HE. | 89 /168 
40 45 W §.52 42 BE. | 884} 123) 8.58 2 E. 36 | 262) N.54 47 E. | 52 | 287| N.65 31 BH. | 88 | 156] N.68 445, 
45 50 W. §.69 28 E. | 76 | 19) N.89 42 4%. 54 | 99) N.63 31 E. | 81 | 184| N.67 41 E. | 72 | 251 


SERIES E.—FORCE AND VELOCITY. 173 


SERIES #&. 


Tux following tables show the average relative force and velocity of winds from 
the different points of compass. At five of the stations, viz. Toronto, Girard Col- 
lege, Devonport, Greenwich, and Sturbington, the pressure was obtained in pounds 
per square foot, by means of an anemometer ; and the velocity computed therefrom 
by Rouse’s Table. At the other stations, the force was merely estimated, and 
represented by numbers, ordinarily from 0 to 10, 0 denoting a calm, and 10 a 
hurricane, and the velocity computed according to the following scale, which has 
been adopted at the Smithsonian Institution :— 


SCALE OF WINDS. 


Force in Force in 
Miles | pounds per Character. I Miles | pounds per Character. 
per hour.| square foot. per hour. | square foot. 


2 .02 | Very light breeze. 45 10.00 | Gale. 

4 .08 | Gentle breeze. 60 18.00 | Strong gale. 
123 .75 | Fresh wind. 75 Violent gale. 
25 3.00 | Strong wind. 90 Hurricane. 
85 6.00 | High wind. 100 Most violent hurricane. } 


Toronto, Canada. 


By Osler’s Anemometer. By estimation.! 


Velocity in No. of miles 


3 A miles per travelled. 
Pressure in pounds per Pressure in hour.? 


Time in hours. square foot. Time in hours. | lbs. per foot. 


Esti- | Ane- 
mMa- |mome- 
tion. | ter. 


Average 
Total pres- 
sure for 
1841-42. 


| 
| 1841. 


1245/543.1 [512.8 |1055.9| . 826] 679 9} .Ol2 10.24 |16036 
381)222.0|841.3] 564.3) .83 | 116) 88 ae\| oe 9.56 | 8717 
164.3 |202.5| 366.8] . 434| 254) 68: AG 10.56 | 6246 
131.6 |317.6| 449.2) . 116} 186 pI 13.79 | 8440 
324.0 |428.4| 752.4] . 506] 673 Bo) 12.61 |12061 
135.7 |295.9| 483.6] . 66} 28)" oll os 10.67 | 7598 
235.0 \187.8| 372.8) . 362) 281 8}. 9.41 | 7078 
51.4] 100.7] . 166) 140 Data) Y 8.67 | 3348 
103.0} 189.6] . 342) 646 HD) |} oo 9.19 | 5167 
254.9} 4338.6] . 116) 92 6] . 11.50 | 8973 
578.1 | 782.6 444) 582 4]. 10.92 |10896 
752.2 | 980.8 170} 118 EOI 13.30 |11072 
297.6 | 613.3] . 826) 350 plh}}o 11.91 | 9472 
418.9 | 958.4 |1. 34) 65 : 16.21 |11790 
668.6 |1171.7 636} 605 HS) II io 12.29 |13381 
886.0 |1271.0 416} 380 ' 18.78 |15307 
2596|2474 


Ordo bo WO et 
MOoOowrwNor0 
Gr Cd <O Or G0 HR OD OO 
OMA AU co 


or 


oo 


1 Some of these observations were taken hourly, and others bi-hourly, and to obtain a proper average for the entire 
years, they have all been reduced to hourly observations by doubling the number of bi-hourly ones, together with the 
corresponding pressures. 2 By Rouse’s Table. 

23 


i 


74 


WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES E.— Continued. 


Total number of miles travelled in the tw 
Average rate per hour . : : : 


Do. in mean direction 


o years at Toronto 


Estimation. 


117634 
7.69 
72 


Anemometer. 


155579 
8.98 
1.49 


Course. 


° 
Le} 

= 
i= 


go. Tee. 
SI 


SA bas el ee 
Z 


2 
a 
S 


& 


C2 0 TU Ob eb et bt 1 a 
wf 


o 


sno os 
Po ag PE eens 


mown Ta ta Ma A 
443 
a7. e584. BES. Gem, ae 


4A" AAG 


ota 
ao 
Ss 
=— 
eer 


oe 

wm 

or 
4 


444 azg 


Za2z2a4e4sa5 
sale 
Sg 
Zz 


x 

& 
—_ 
= 


Boothia Felix.—3 stations. 


2% years. 


Cambridge, Mass. 10 months. 


No. of Obs. 


25484 
125 
1116 
202 
765 
63 
123 
55 
679 
49 
149 
35 
715 
29 
398 
130 
1749 
153 
645 
45 
1345 
32 
385 
77 
12038 
107 
493 
59 

17834 
224 
2738 
524 


Sums of 
numbers 


representing | Mean force. 


forces. 


8586 
640 
2917 
528 
1735 
143 
277 
230 
1284 
82 
378 
89 
1253 
59 
819 
338 
3102 
341 
1562 
127 
3199 
106 
1107 
207 
2851 
355 
1317 
162 
4732 
919 
12534 
2324 


bo OBS by bo on o9 
bo DS > o> et CO 


mt 
tH bo 
DARD ADT 


_ 
co 
eo) 


WS) 
Wor 
ou GT 


heed 
oki 
ISAS 


© © G 00 bo to COR 
me o> COT rR “1 bo bo 


No. of Obs. 


Sums of 

numbers 
representing |Mean force. 

forces. 


482 
122 
654 
14 
147 
10 
21% 
9 
Ls) 
8 
113 
0 


NOON WwWoannoevo 


35 
8 
39 
8 
89 
5 
15 
8 
19 
5 
6 
0 


~I 


Hee ee ee eee NS ee be ee, ber nabebeub dee bO eth as 
WAMDHSOSORRNDOUUNHBDUNSO™-E YORDOSOEROONSIwY 


AwWwwnscetIaranarnroooane 


bs ei att tt 


North Carolina.—3 stations. 
2 1-6 years. 


Hudson, Ohio. 
Mean force. 


Bermudas. One year. 


Sums of 
numbers 
represent- 
ing forces. 


No. of Obs. Mean fo 


529 
9 
82 
0 


1.41 
1.29 
i370 
? 
1.39 
? 
1.14 
1.00 


Part of 
1838 and 
1840. 


ree. 


1.83 
2.38 
2.00 
1.80 
2.14 
2.00 
1.87 
1.78 


+ He bo bo bo bo tO BS 
OTIcCwwkrwk 
SCOWOWMmMO Oh 


Sums of 
numbers 
represent- 
ing forces. 


No. of Obs. Mean force. 


SERIES H.— Continued. 


SERIES E.—FORCEH AND VELOCITY. 


175 


North Carolina.—3 stations. Hudson, Ohio. 
2 1-6 years. Mean force. Bermudas. One year. 
Course. 
Sums of Part of Sums of 
No. of Obs.| numbers |Mean force.|| 1838 and 1841. No. of Obs.| numbers |Mean force. 
represent- 1840. represent- 
ing forces. ing forces. 
Kast St 437 1.16 2.00 2.00 396 1366 3.45 
i. by 8S. 2 2 1.00 2.20 PM 24 60 2.50 
K.S. E. 18 19 1.06 1.62 1.79 24 120 5.00 
8. E. by E. 0 0 2 1.62 2.10 24 120 5.00 
S. E. 158 171 1.08 1.47 1.87 720 2354 BAT 
S. EH. by S. 0 0 ? 1.00 1.75 84 324 3.86 
8. S. HE. 20 24 1.20 1.62 1.56 252 960 3.81 
8. by E. 5 4 80 1.40 2.15 36 84 2.33 
South 337 405 1.20 1.50 2.2L 152 593 3.90 
S. by W. 10 11 1.10 1.64 1.89 204 1044 ol 
S. S. W. 85 118 1.39 1.87 1.72 276 900 3.26 
S. W. by 8. 3 3 1.00 2.00 131 240 1092 4.55 
S. W. 423 585 1.38 2.06 2.00 1404 5954 4.94 
S. W. by W. 4 5 125 1.84 2.12 72 168 2.33 
W.S. W. 50 60 1.20 2.12 2.28 252 1081 4,29 
W. by S. 10 11 1.10 2.25 2.58 36 115 3.20 
West 440 639 1.45 2.41 2.50 492 1624 3.30 
W. by N. 6 6 1.00 Psif) 2,91 132 444 3.36 
W.N. W. 15 20 1.33 2.84 2.97 192 839 4.37 
N. W. by W. 1 1 1.00 2.60 3.13 0 0 ? 
N. W. 249 415 1.67 2.65 3.04 312 1441 4.62 
N. W. by N. 0 0 ip 2.04 2.82 72 252 3.50 
N. N. W. 19 21 Tall 2.29 2.75 264 1188 4.50 
N. by W. 2 2 1.00 2.36 2.25 156 733 4.70 
Southern Maine, New Hampshire, and Vermont.—18 stations. 
39 MONTHS. 
Course. 32) &¢4 3 a 33 Be[5 3/5 3158 ae 2 Bion F 5 ae, 
Z3| 2s ws Bs | Ssleslasiasi||a2s leases) ee) 84d |asse 
North 0| 146] 148] 115 | 37] 1/1] 0 || 448 | 946 (2.11) 33262 | 7.43 
0 11 16 LO) | Or |0 39 82 |2.10 271 6.95 
1 3825 | 214 123. |) Gol} 83) |p Lt 723 | 13888 |1.92]| 48094 | 6.65 
mo 0 1 2 0 0 1/0) 0 4 10 |2.50 45) | E25 
Kast 0 95 50 25 | 18 5| 0 | 0 193 | 3867 |1.90) 18272] 6.88 
EH. S. E. 0 alt 3 1 0 20) (70 i 20 |2.86 964 | 18.79 
S. E. 9 242, 149 0) | BS | Bil) © jj 556 | 1116 |2.01| 4289 7.71 
S.S.E. 0 3 3 De ap On © 11| 31 2.82) 1603 | 14.59 
South 0| 142/ 90| 43/027] 5/2/0 || 3809 | 596 /1.93| 21213 | 687 
8. 8. W. 0 9 Bale ONO) | 00 1) 0 35 | 94 |2.69| 448 | 12.80 
S. W. 0| 567 | 382) 150 | 48 | 12] 0 | 0 || 1159 | 2038 |1.75| 6157 | 5.31 
W. 8S. W. Or} 13") 40 ae) a | “olo, ro |) 28°) 49 75) V4 5204 
West 0| 265] 299 | 156/62 | 11/1] 0 || 787 | 1626 |2.07| 5628 | 7.15 
W.N. W. 0 4 8 8 5 1) 0) 0 26 69 |2.65 800 | 11.54 
N. W. 49 | 532) 362 | 8377 |144 | 22| 1 | 0 || 1480 | 8079 |2.09| 116812 | 7.89 
N. N. W. 0 21 14 DANO A ONTO 3 141 (2.24 538 8.54 
Total 52 | 2377 | 1748 | 1187 |480 |103/19 | 2 || 5868 |11647 |1.98| 418403 | 7.04 
Add calms. i : ‘ . : 4 3 625 0 | .00 0 .00 
Total including calms : ; 5 6493 |11647 |1.79 | 413403 | 6.87 


176 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. = 


SERIES E.—Oontinued. 


Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut.—11 stations.* 


30 MONTHS. 


Number of 
bers repre- 
senting 
forces. 
number of 


miles. 
wiles per 


Number 
of threes. 
Number 
of fours. 
Number 
of fives. 
Number 
of sixes. 
Number 
of sevens. 
Total num- 
ber of ob- 
servations. 
Total num- 
Total 
Mean ve- 
locity in 
hour. 


Hoososoocooccocon | 


oo 
SN) 
or 
on 
co 
S| 


North 

N. N. E 
N. E. 

HE. N. E. 
Kast 

I. S. E. 
8S. E. 

S. S. E. 
South 

8. S. W. 
S. W. 
W.S. W. 
West 
W.N. W. 
N. W. 
N.N. W. 5 2, 

Total 137 | 1741 27 154 jl 
Add calms 2 A 4 
Total including calms 


— 
oo 
Oo-nTt 
mo 
ore 
ont 
oo 


co 
or 


ROE > 9108 OFT AT 
Rea HoOooRe 
“T09  Or et CO 0D bo OO 


NOR OOWOr 
ot 
an 
nr 


ivy) to bo 
oNnNnowucoroTONSO 
oo in) 
NORE PON ORD OW Oto 


bo 
SD 


~~ CONACHOKROCORFPOCOREOCOROCO 
mBoooc”coocrorcoocoococo 


SOT IR 90 
CGCWNAaTOaS 
SW ONrE SO 


FS ee ee RO arene bo hee 


SBSOoasatHe 


0 
216812 


Mean force at Amherst and Williams Colleges, Massachusetts, for one year cagh, viz. :— 


xe | i 


Amherst (1849) aly 
Williams (1838) 2. 


3 
34 


New York State.—11 stations. 


16 MONTHS. 


Number 
of threes 
Number 
of fours. 
Number 
of fives. 
Number 
of sixes. 
Number 
of sevens. 
Number 
of eights. 
Number 
of nines. 
Total num- 
ber of ob- 
servations. 
Total of 
numbers 
represent- 
ing forces. 
number of 
Mean ve- 
locity in 
miles per 
hour. 


swowomo-row | 


North 
N.N. E. 
N. E. 
KN. E. 
Kast 

BK. S. EH. 
S. E. 

8. S. E. 
South 

8. 8. W. 
8S. W. 
W.S. W. 
West 


bo to 
[oO SOO 
= [ot] 
or D 
Roo 


a 


bo iss) 


BeOomrK wow 
= 


258 
0 
856 |422 


= 


NOHOCWORDOCOKCOMNOASS 
= 
,tMocoomounoooooncoocooe 
OoOonowowooorcrcrcoo 
aAIonrowoncrcqocormrocococococo 


ices} 
a. 
= 
= 


Add calms : 
Total including calms 


' Cambridge, Amherst, and Williams Colleges not included. 


SERIES E.—FORCE AND VELOCITY. Hever 


SERIES E.— Continued. 


New Jersey and Pennsylvania.—15 stations.1 Bomerset near 
Mean force. 


3 1 
38 MONTHS. 8 MONTHS. 


1! Number 
of zeros 
Number 
of threes. 
Number 
of fours. 
Number 
of fives. 
of sixes. 
Number 
of sevens. 
Total num- 
ber of ob- 
servations. 
Total of 
numbers 
represent- 
ing forces. 
number of 
Mean ve- 
locity in 
miles per 
hour. 


DANS IS OK ONIONS St SNES | 
bo 
SHoOrPWOrHWeTOTOOOW 


| Number 


. a ee 


| 


on 


ise) 
SS Ore! ~TS 09 
me bo 


an 

f=) 
or 
loz) 
bo 


— 
on 
He He o> ©? 
SH cto 
CTH 


(Se) 


@ 85 ‘By 
HSH GOH 
El > OUD) G co 

i 

io 

Hn 


30 


et 


68 


a 
bo 

SS SoS 

CSOs 

MATHS 


to 
Se 
bo 
OD) 


90 
3 


Sn 
OX 
OX 


iS) 
HSH OnNDOWESCONOHSOHFOF 


134 
11 

Wis 165 

N. N. W. 10 

Total 36 |2730}1015|652|267 
Add calms and variable 


on 


4.12 
6433)11.70 
64783) 7.89 
224 | 7.00 
27301 | 5.71 

.00 


No} 
= 


mSeoooocoorocoocdooooooo 
° 


(op) 
Or 
rary 


: 5 Oe 0 
Total including calms and variable . . .06/27301 | 5.20 


Girard College, Philadelphia. 


= 
oo 
_ 
bY 


1844. NUMBER OF MILES TRAVELLED IN THE SEPARATE MONTHS oF 1843. 


Course. 


No. of hours. 
September. 


| No. of hours. 
No. of miles 
Mean force. 


en 
He Or 
Ce) 
=) 


travelled. 


357 4,23 ||426/330.73 | . 61 46] 548 
. (BIL 4,73 ||326/235.80| . 147 d 486 
4352168) 4.98 ||310|240.16 | . 378 624 
582|5155| 8.86 |/516|235.47 | . 22 711 2 1446 
317/1328)4.19 |/346|275.71 | . 44 386 
189| 972/5.14 |/198} 95.19] . 31 38 
176) 605/3.44 ||265) 92.19) . 32 119 
199}1183] 5.94 |/255/171.03 | . 30 230 
287|1179)4.11 |/521/266.12 | . 0 2 196 
. (579|2974) 5.14 ||700|393.87 | . 4 13 205 717 
792|3494| 4.41 |/761|391.64 | .f 0} 42 425 541 
. |502|2095| 4.17 ||412|193.48 | . 8 0 79 234 487 
465)/3037|6.53 ||440|438.70| . 10 | 73 125 575 
. |939/9328| 9.92 |/630/778.21 |1. |348 225/155 128)1411)1508 
7112/6349] 8.92 ||713/701.66) . 53/475 89 260)1855)1051 


-|598/4727| 7.91 ||503/450.87 | . 315 52 13/210 375| 308| 846/1363} 


Total distance travelled in 1843 ; ‘ : j ; ? . ; 47574 miles. 
Average rate per hour. . : . : : : : : : 6.39 do. 
Do. in mean direction . 5 5 é : i : : : 5 2.24 do. 


1 Somerset and Girard College not included. 


178 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 
SERIES E.— Continued. 
Delaware, Maryland, and Eastern Virginia.—5 stations. 
24 MONTHS. 
vel se |sel sé| sel eel se|| 232] sees a 282 
come | a8] 28 | 2E| ea| 22| ea| fei ee? | gez2| g¢ | ged | 228s 
as| as |a“s|as|as|aslas|/eis| Sef] 33 | dae |aSe8 
North P2057 Ssiromh iee2 |) PON O 313 480 | 1.53 14052 | 4.49 
N. N. E. 0 0 OE On RCO ee Ga aG 0 0 0? 0 0? 
| N. EK. 0 | 153 | 80) 51/14] 0} 0 298 522. | Lio 16183 | 5.41 
E. N. E. 0 2 OH SO ON Ode w) 2 20g 2.00 
Hast Os ten Bale ele) | OL 0 133 230 | 1.78 742 5.58 
E. S. E. 0 0 oO} 1 0 0 0 1 3 3.00 123 | 12.50 
8. E. OF) Oe 48248) FOr 172 29%, | Lis 919 5.34 
S. S. E. 0 6 Selig (ONlln ROMenG 10 15 | 1.50 363 | 3.65 
South OB SSe OR dalaoom | Ola sat 311 858 | 2.76 | 48842 | 14.10 
Sass Wi. 0 2 21 Or eee piel 7 21 | 3.00 17 | 16.78 
S. W. 0 | 463 | 221/103 | 41] 1| O 829 | 13838 | 1.67 | 41573 | 5.01 
W.S. W. 0 0 22 Oa TOR "6 + 10 | 2.50 33 8.25 
West TP, 2087 LOS Aon bs Pa 0 385 651 | 1.70 19763 | 5.13 
W.N. W. 0 2 AS en pie O 15 43 | 2.87 197 | 13.18 
N. W. OF) 27a VAG TLOD | St | 20° 2 656 | 1896 | 2.13 55873 | 8.52 
Ne Ne Wie 0 5 OES Orr TORO 9 17 W189 60 6.67 
Total 2 |1568 | 807/424 |251 | 88 | 5 || 8145 | 5928 | 1.88 | 21246 6.76 
Add calms . ‘ rj : : ¢ : : 268 0 .00 0 .00 
Total including calms 3413 | 5928 | 144 | 21246 6.23 
Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Northern Florida.—12 stations.* wile 
67 montus.! 6 MONTHS. 
cal sel gel sdleeleeleeledled| ozlse 2 + leak ls le 
come \a5| B5|25| a5 /eclee eel s(se|| 2° flea ee) g¢| Zed |222 eies|2d| 22 
ae|a3|a3s/ASAsAcAcaAslas|GSsaf8/ SS|h08 S8eslaslac/ae 
North 9 | 220) 245) 178) 52/15 | 3 | 0 | 0 722) 1545 |2.14| 5614 | 7.78 || 61) 93)1.52 
NeaNeaer 9/20 8] 15} | 12) 4) E08) 0,0 40| 95 |2.37| 3861 | 9.02 8} 10)1.25 
N. E. 1 | 176) 192) 155) 50/11 | 2) 4) 0 591) 1320 |2.23| 50234) 8.50 |) 34) 551.62 
E.N.E. | 0 D2) Bal F2OE ROR ORO 12) 34 /2.83| 1472)/12.29 || 14) 3112.21 
East 1 | 161) 223) 68) 17) 3) 7} 2) 0 482) 950 |1.97| 3030 | 6.29 || 50} 82/1.64 
E.S.E. | 0 ANTS GIS 151) 10} OF ON OO 15} 31 /2.07 943) 6.30 || 33} 43/1.30 
S. E. 3 | 297) 291) 137) 27) 6 | Fiat 0 763) 1441 |1.89 | 44633) 5.85 || 27| 37)1.37 
S Si By 0 | Way 4 0-08) O80 F0 20| 32 |1.60 90 | 4.50 |} 16} 28/1.75 
South 0 | 193/ 410) 268} 49) 8; 1| 0] 0 929] 2059 |2.23) 6926 | 7.49 |1184)194/1.45 
SSW. (O00) D7) Wey 2 20 08} 00 1) SE. GEE MRGD)|)> 169) F4eG9 8) 141.75 
S. W. 0 | 235) 303) 199} 82) 8} 2)4)0 783] 1646 |2.10) 55793) 7.13 || 40) 61/1.52 
W.S.W./ 0] 34) 27) 10) 5|0/0/)0)0/]| 76) 188 |1.82| 426 | 5.61 || 18] 25/1.39 
West 3 | 583] 266) 148] 55/22 | 4 | 7 | 7 || 1095) 2018 /1.84) 7853 | 6.72 || 60} 71)1.18 
We NE Wiia0 IAT LS OOF OF ONO 80> | 40 77 |1.92) 2123) 5.31 8} 91.12 
INE ie 1 | 357) 229) 108) 25/10 | 0} 0 | 0 || 730) 1289 |1.77| 8956 | 5.42 || 20) 27/1.35 
NAN. Wet! 10 8 3 Ol OS OT OR Os 13 22 |1.69 78 | 6.00 5] 8|1.60 
Total 18 |2318|2250}1810|822/84 |20 |18 | 7 || 6347|12758 |2.01 |43524 | 6.86 ||536/788|1.47 
Add calms . ; : : : : 580 0 | .00 0 .00 
Total including calms 6927|12758 |1.84 |43524 | 6.28 


1 Not including Savannah. 


SERIES H.—FORCE AND VELOCITY. 179 


SERIES E.— Continued. 
Ohio.—138 stations.? 


68 monrus.! 


Course. 


Number 
of threes 
Number 
of fours. 
Number 
of fives. 
Number 
of sixes. 
Number 
of sevens. 
Number 
of eights. 
Number 
of nines. 
Total num- 
ber of ob- 
servations. 
Total of 
numbers 
Tepresent- 
ing forces. 
Mean 
force. 
number of 
Mean ve- 
locity in 
miles per 
hour. 


| 
| 
| 


a 


eet 

(=) 
=I 

2) 
— 
— 

~) 
I 


127 
1141 
142 
805 
62 
841 
ou 
1505 
259 
4318 
394 
4790 
416 
2997, 
184 
19179 
0 


bo 
woaOTOr aw 
-I lor) 
oe SS) eb 
eee 
DODO 
eTOoo 


bo 


onooonrw 
is 
CO 
b 


oNnouanworew 
on 
oni 09 
SoMa 
IIR OD 
NON SADOANSOSN WH 


bo 
OTHE 09 CO HE OUT OT SD OH 


RHDwMRWORH WHS 
SH ONTOS WN AOS 


ia 
pare 


OH POWOO 


(Se) 
mt Or 0 OT HE 


— 


N.N. W. 
Total 141 


OonwnowocoorococsocoeD 
WOHRHOOrHcoCoCOCCSooSo 


; wpmooocoocoororccoooooo& 
= 
EP 
> 
to} 
PRN NERNEPSSSES 


Add calms : ¢ : : ; E 
Total including calms. ; ; : 5 4 : 19179 


WSMMSowMmtby 


0 
636492 


= 


Kentucky and Tennessee.—9 stations. 


29 MONTHS. 


Course. 


number of 


miles. 
miles per 


loeity in 
hour. 


Number 
of zeros 
Number 
of twos. 
Number 
of threes. 
Number 
of fours. 
Number 
of fives 
Total num- 
ber of ob- 
servations. 
Total of 
numbers 
represent- 
ing forces. 
Mean 
force 
Total 
Mean ve- 


| 


North 


— 
— 
ge) 
Ne) 


meh eo co 
bo bb 


— 
waornwiI~yontroco out 


(ory) 
COOH aAOCNOROE GS 


— 
Re 
ETE ORMSODOORO1S 


SCOOCOSHwWHEMOHOoOHNDPSOSS 
OXI IB IR 00 Go Ga Cn E09 BD 


N.N. W. 
Total 24 | 2668 
Add calms 6 : 

Total including calms 


HSHOocownoocoonmnooo°o°o°o°O° 


A 
AOOTIOnmFeNPNNORFOCOSCCCOCS 
a 


i 


bomnwoabd Sebonwouaraak uy 


Ne Was iio sory \) 


oo WR CDC COR PbS COL DP tO BR ow 


' Hudson not included. 


180 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES E.— Continued. 
Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, Wisconsin, and Iowa.—11 stations. 


26 MONTHS. ~ 
cone. |2|2e|8e| 22 /ee| ze leeledieg] 228 |e bee g, [teh 
Be |e3|22|83|22/ES/EZ/ec G2 S25 fees) 28 | FES | S232 
42cl\a4s|aslaclasl|e4casasias| ase? jaaes] ae Hed |aS85 
' North 5 72), .50}. 18) 19) Sia On| at 191 446 | 2.384 2099 10.99 
N. N. E. 0 3 1 0} 0 OnE, 20.) 20: 4 Onl eaese il 2.50 
N. E. 0 | 182) 93) 49) 32 Gr lipow Onn 370 T2L | 0.95 27183 7.380 
KE. N. EB. 0 1 0 0} 0 OF OR On) 0 1 1 | 1.00 2.00 
East 0 93] 34) 24) 6 oe ee) 1) 165 299 | 1.81 1072 6.50 
E. 8. E. 0 3 1 0} 0 OD ROS POR TO 4 5) 1:25 10 2.50 
S. E. O) |) 127122) 352) 15 Dy |e pO mo: 322 618 | 1.92 1987 6.17 
8. 8S. E. 0 1 i 0} 0 0;0/;0;|0 2 8 | 1.50 6 3.00 
South e219) Ab) some lou LOD sae Onine 436 796 | 1.88 27014 6.20 
S. S. W. 0 7 4 0) 0 Ot Ok Ow) 11 15 | 1.36 30 2.73 
S. W. 5 | 558} 346} 111) 59 9/0/01] 0 || 1088 | 1864 | 1.71 56824 5.22 
W.S. W. 0 2 De 0 0;0);0,; 0 6 12 | 2.00 37 6.17 
West 3 | 806} 291) 114) 3 Iya si) OW 768 | 1467 | 1.91 4764 6.20 
W.N. W. 0 2 WW a OF Oy | Ono 3 A} 1.33 8 2.67 
tN. W. ONL ZTS TAN LS sae ea alle) es 661 | 13872 | 2.08 5294 8.01 
7 N. N. W. 0 3 0 0) 0 0;0/;0)0 3 3 | 1.00 6 2.00 
Total 14 {1857/1243} 545/259 | 90 |25 | 1 | 1 || 4085 | 7631 | 1.89 | 264974 6.55 
Add calms : : 5 ; : 4 ‘ A 169 OFS 300 0 00 
Total including calms t 3 5 , 5 3 4204 | 7631 | 1.82 | 264274 6.29 
Pouce, Porto Rico. | Turk’s Island, Porto Cabello, Venezuela. Sturbington, England. 
1 month. | Bahamas. 1 month. 3 months. 1 year.* 
Course. Hy 1a Teal) es | aa au 3 aa iba & 
g (S52) s lig .lseee 3 (3882 gs |F22 ||sela | = 
As|AeeSS Balas eaee as las|Qses SS lhe |RSesliazs|a3| 88 
North 91 92 185 || 22) 46 |2.09|) 46) 61 {1.83) 174 | 3.78 42/10.3 432 
N. N. E. 0 0 OG) Ses ess 2 8. 11-50 6 | 3.00 |/854/10.6| 2398 
N. E. 31 42 1074]| 53) 101 |1.91|/190) 333 |1.75] 9823) 5.17 |/817)14.2) 4468 
E.N. E. 2 DTG) © Die | Qe Oe S| ai 85} 27 | 2.08 ||147/17.0] 2491 
East 74 | 110 397 || 341 82 |2.41]/142) 188 /1.89| 485 | 3.42 75|12.6 948 
K.S. E 0 0 0 || 20) 41 |2.05 0 ? 0 19 68)}12.5 854 
S. E. 26 47 162 || 20} 86 /|1.80); 59) 50 .85| 186 | 2.31 81} 8.6 699 
8. S. E. 0 0 0 2) 2 |1.00) 14; 14 /|1.00} 29 | 2.07 77\14.6] 1125 
South 1 1 2 3 3 |1.00|} 48) 39 .81] 1003} 2.09 |/136/13.3]} 1811 
S. S. W. 0 0 0 0 0 ? 6 5 83} 11 | 1.83 |}149]18.7| 2787 
S. W. 0 0 OF 2 2 |1.00|) 48) 50 {1.04] 121 | 2.52 |/265)21.8) 5778 
W.S. W. 0 0 0 0 0 ? 0 0 ? 0 ? 609|17.0| 10227 
West 2 2 Atle od 1 !1.00|) 25} 29 {1.16} 674} 2.70 ||383]17.0| 6836 
W.N. W. 0 0 0 0; +0 ? 2. 2 100 4! 2.00 ||877|18.5) 16301 
N. W. 1 il 2 || 10) 14 |1.40|) 23) 31 /1.85] 93 | 4.04 |/412)16.2) 6695 
N. N. W. 0 0 0 3 Dea deon|| 60 0 ? 0 ij 298)10.1| 3011 
Calms 3 0 0 11 0 0 0 0 
Total number of miles travelled in the year at Sturbington F : . . 66786 
Average rate per hour . : : ; : ‘ } . : : . 15.56 
Do. in mean direction . : ; ; ; ‘ . z : , . 7.62 


1 By Foster's Anemometer. 


SERIES E.—FORCE AND VELOCITY. 181 


SERIES E.— Continued. 


Inchkeith, Scotland, 10 years. Calton Hill, Scotland, 10 years. 


Gales and 
storms. 
Mean ve- 
locity in 
miles per 
hour. 
Moderate 
and calm. 
Brisk and 
sharp. 
Very high 
Mean ye- 
locity in 
miles per 


pan 
T¢ a Se) 
CW © 0 “TJ 


Devonport, England. 


1842.1 Number of miles travelled.s 


Course. 


GI 
Oo 
=| 
o 
> 
S 
5S 


nw 2 
ce 
ga 
ZS 


Number 
of hours 
Miles per 
Miles per 
hour. 


: 


Mean 
force 
Mean 
force 


267.0 
515.0 
444.5 
760.3 
1390.5 
97.0 
101.5 
215.0 
2 |8229.8 
2108.5 |: 
171.0 
16.0 
309.5 
588.0 | 522. OF 
184.5 | 203.0 | 202.7 
210.0} 165.0 | 258.8 | 


390|: 

772 

| 820 

780 

530 

11390 
N.N.W.| 330 


SNP PRS Sie wos 
0 Th bs tl MD bo G2 OD OO Sb 
SAASHWONSHAWNSHNASS 


By Osler?’s 
Anemometer. 


} Total number of ie travelled in 1841 and 1842 . g : j : ; : 327272 
Average rate per hour . 3 : ; ; : F ; : Ds 


Do. in mean direction 


! By Osler’s Anemometer. 2 By Whewell’s Anemometer. 


24 


182 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


SERIES E.— Continued. 


Greenwich, England. Oporto, Portugal. Tripoli, Barbary. 
1841. 1842, 1 month 5 months. 
Course. 

U 1m boa ~~ A . 
eels 2 Jes ilee la S |2g2eelsees! & lls lsees 
es/eeias|s2/82S les! a3 les] as) 82 lee elad alae silgslesecias 
ae) ae | Se) as $8 BOT SRI SESE] ce llega sls saws Salis ols § awleo x 
As|/ne/a22 1/48 |45 40 nS |SSlSa|45 les saat saa sliacinagsee 

North 418 | 404.5] 2.00 | 20.56| 8594|| 482 | 174.5] 1.47 |17.28] 8329|| 12 22 | 1003 || 74 | 136 |1.84 
N.N. E. 136 81.5] 2.00 | 20.16 | 2768]| 168 78.0 | 1.14 |15.22| 2557 0 0 0 5 12 {2.40 
N. E. 420 | 72.7| 1.48 | 17.34] 4161|| 454 | 153.7] 1.35 |16.56| 7518|| 1 1 2 || 77 | 165 |2.14 
E.N.E 234 | 430.7 | 3.65 | 27.23) 6371]| 210 93.7 | 1.53 |17.63 | 3702 0 0 0 31 90 |2.90 
East 204 | 43.3] 1.88 | 19.54] 3987|| 438 | 68.0] 1.17 |15.42| 6754|| 5 14 86 || 97 | 224 [2.31 
E.S.E. | 74| 3.5] .87 | 13.33] 986|] 62) 1.2] .42] 9.20] 570ll 7 7 14 || 20 56 |2.80 
8. E. 78 4.7) .68 | 11.75| 916 30 20.0 | 2.22 |21.24|] 637 4 4 8 40 90 {2.25 
8. S. E. 136 | 137.0] 1.93 | 19.80 | 2692]| 46 68.5 | 1.70 18.59} 855 2 6 37 13 29 12.23 
South 508 | 403.7] 2.16 | 20.94 |10637|| 480 | 139.0] 1.61 |18.10] s688|| 14 27 =| 137 || 46] 101 {2.20 
S.S.W. | 684 |1104.0| 2.64 | 23.17 |/15848]] 432 | 400.0] 1.71 |18.63| 8048|| 5 8 33 5 11 {2.20 
S. W. 1196 |1191.7| 2.45 | 22.31 |26682/| 916 |1244.0| 2.58 |22.90 |20976|| 20 40 | 1863 |] 18 41 |2.28 
W.S. W. | 808 | 889.5] 2.37 | 21.70 |17541|| 792 | 819.0] 2.35 |21.85|17805|| 8 8 16 || 11 39 13.54 
West 798 | 321.5] 2.00 | 20.16 |16087|] 538 | 224.0 | 2.33 |21.76|11706|| 4 4 8 || 32 55 (1.72 
W.N. W.| 220 | 118.7] 1.88 | 19.54] 4298|| 118 | 102.5| 2.93 |24.40| 2879|| 9 13 51 1 2 12.00 
N. W. 200 | 136.2 2.47 | 22.40] 4480|| 86 | 64.0] 2.20 /21.14] 1818|| 20 av | 237 || 80] 159 {1.99 
N.N. W. | 164 | 197.7] 2.40 | 22.00] 3608]| 142 | 102.0] 1.79|19.00] 2698]/ 8 33 | 212 || 11 32 |2.91 
Total number of miles travelled in the two years . : : F : 3 . 235196 
Average rate per hour : : : : : : : : : - : 20.15 
Do. in mean direction : : - : : 3 : : : : ; 7.25 
SUMMARY. 
3 8 ' 
Fakes oe on 8 
Place of observation. 4 a eS 3 B ma Bs p 
ae ee SSE85 
ze | Sts) Sam 
Boothia Felix . : : . : : : : : 3 2.44 
Toronto (by anemometer) . : ¢ ‘ ; : : : 1 61 8.98 
Do. (by estimation) . : : 5 : 3 1 44 7.69 
Southern Maine, New Hampshire, and Vermont . : . : 2 13 pa) 6.37 | 
Cambridge, Massachusetts . ‘ : ‘ 5 : : 5 : i 1.62 
Williams College, Massachusetts : : d d ‘ ; 1 3.17 
Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut. A ; ‘ ; 11 pare! 5.18 
New York State : : ; f : - : : 11 1.97 7.86 
New Jersey and Pennsylvania : ‘ : ; : : : 5 15 1.56 5.20 
Girard College, Pennsylvania. ; ; : : . : : 1 12 6.39 
Somerset, Pennsylvania. : : : : . 1 1.02 
Delaware, Maryland, and Eastern Virginia i : : : 5 1.44 6.23 
North Carolina : : : . : ‘ ; ‘ 5 3 1.34 
Savannah, Georgia. : ; ; : 1 1.47 
Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Northern Florida 5 : : 12 1.84 6.28 
Tennessee and Kentucky : 5 ; : 9 1.30 3.29 
Ohio : : . ; : 13 1.75 5.79 
Indiana, Mlinois, Michigan, Wisconsin, and Iowa ; 4 - 11 1.82 6.29 
Porto Cabello, Venezuela 1 129 3.55 
Pouce, Porto Rico . E : 1 Tet 3.88 
Turk’s Island, Bahamas. : : ‘ 3 1 1:99 
Bermudas " ‘ A ; : ; - ; , 1 3.45 
Inchkeith, Scotland . ‘ 3 : 2 : ; c : 1 13.27 
Calton Hill, Scotland F i f ; 1 13.63 
Sturbington, England 5 : ; ‘ , : 1 15.56. 
Greenwich, England ; 5 : ages : 1 1.37 20.15 
Devonport, England . : ‘ , ‘ : 1 1.46 21.48 
Oporto, Portugal : ; : ; 1 1.96 9.41 
Tripoli, Barbary < ; 1 2.21 


’ For Toronto, Girard College, Greenwich, and Devonport, the force in this column is expressed in pounds of pressure 
per square foot; for all the other places, it is expressed in terms of the numbers 0, 1, 2, 8, &c., 0 denoting a calm, and 
10 a hurricane, except that, for Boothia Felix and Bermuda, the maximum is 12 instead of 10. 


SERIES F.—EFFECT OF FORCE AND VELOCITY. 183 


SERIES F. 


Tue following table is designed to elucidate the last of the series of questions 
proposed at the outset of this discussion, and shows the effect of combining the 
element of force, or velocity, with that of time, in computing the mean direction of 
the wind. The question itself is a highly important one, for since the real point 
that we wish to arrive at is the mean direction and amount of the actual motion, 
or transfer, of the air that passes over any given place or section of country, it is 
obvious, that if there is a difference in the velocity of winds from the different 
points of compass, or over different sections of country, such as to materially affect 
the results that would be obtained if it were always and everywhere the same, all 
the computations in the foregoing pages must require correction, if they be not 
rendered in great measure worthless; for they were all made on the assumption 
that the velocity was uniform, or, which is the same thing, without any reference 
to the velocity. And not only so, but nearly all the observations that have ever 
been taken, both by land and sea, must be thrown aside (for in very few of them 
has the force of the wind been recorded), and the whole work of observation must 
be commenced anew. 

The question admits of being considered under two aspects: Ist, in regard to the 
effect of difference in the mean velocities of winds from the different points of com- 
pass, which obviously might affect both the direction and amount of the resultant, 
at any given place of observation; and 2d, a difference in the mean velocity of the 
whole, in different regions or sections of country, which might affect the amount of 
the resultant, but not its direction. Viewed in either aspect, the question is one 
that can be determined only by observation and experiment. We can know no- 
thing about it @ priori. Difference of velocity may produce a very great effect 
upon the mean resultant, or very little, or none at all. 

As, in the absence of anemometers, different meteorologists have employed differ- 
ent measures for the velocity of the wind, some making use of the numbers them- 
selves which represent the forces,! instead of interpreting them into miles per hour, 
as is done at the Smithsonian Institution, it seemed best, in examining the question, 
to compare the results by each of these methods, with those for time only. The 
data for the computations are contained in the columns of Series E, headed re- 
spectively “Total Number of Observations,’ or Number of Hours;” “Sums of 
Forces,” or “Total of Numbers representing Forces ;” and “Integral Effect,” or 
“Total Number of Miles ;” and, for convenience of comparison, the resultants, both 
in regard to direction and amount, are placed in parallel columns. In order to 
express the ratio for time only, in terms of force and velocity, I first found, as in 
former tables, the ratio that it bore to the total of the winds observed at the stations 
(which must evidently hold true, whatever be the measure adopted for the velocity), 


* See Prof. Loomis’s articles on the Meteorology of Hudson, Ohio, published in the American Journal 
of Science and Arts. 


184 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


and then multiplied the total force and distance by this ratio. Farther, as some 
of the resultants were computed from a greater number of observations than others, 
it became necessary to reduce them to a common standard, so as to render them 
capable of comparison. This was effected by dividing each resultant by the num- 
ber of observations from which it was computed. 


3 °° 
= Direction of resultant. Amount of resultant. |£ 2 = 
5 ae 
Place of observation. 3 In terms In miles 338 
% y , of force.t | per hour. | 39:3 
, Time. Force. Distance. wae 
3 Eo 3 3 3 5 Ee 
E #| 5 | 8 |a¢leage 
4 Alma |e {As lesa 
Boothia Felix . . . | 3 |N. 85° 10’ W.|N. 27°10’ W.| — — —].-71,1.15] —|— | 29 
Toronto (by anemo- 
meter) . A .|11N.10 23 WIN. 41 58 W.*|N. 34° 29’ W.) .04] .18] .54|1.49 6 
Toronto (by estima- 
tion) . ; .| 1 IN. 21 380 WIN. 21 21 WIN. 12 47 W.) .04] .08] .69}1.23 9 
Southern Maine, New- 
Hampshire, and Ver- 
mont . j . |13 IN. 71 42 WIN. 66 56 W.|N. 63 22 W.!) .47] .54/1.66/1.89] 26 
Cambridge, Mass. .| 1 |S. 87 21 W.JS. 87 37 W.| — — —] 44] 47) —| —] 27 
Williams College, do. | 1 |N. 77 47 W.|N. 79 89 W.| — — — | -98)1.01] — | —] 31 
Massachusetts, Rhode 
Island, and Con- 
necticut : . |11 IN. 77 31 WIN. 78 6 W.|N. 78 49 W.| .53| .55/1.61 |1.68| 31 
New York State . {11 IN. 85 56 WIN. 88 17 W.|S. 81 385 W.| .61] .68/2.44|3.04| 31 
New Jersey and Penn- 
sylvania +. . 115 [N. 85 8 W.IN. 73 12 W.|N. 80 -5 W.! .55) .66 |1.82 2.19) 135 
Girard College, Penn- 
sylvania (1843) 1 |N. 68 58 W.| — — — |N. 54 20 W.| — | — {1.58 |2.24) 24 
Do. do. (1844) 1 |S. 89 37 WIN. 63 16 W.| — — —| .13] .24| —| —] 18 
Delaware, Maryland, 
and Hast. Virginia | 5 |S. 87 47 W.|S. 83 24 W.|S. 77 8 W.| .40| .55/1.81j1.98| 29 
North Carolina 8 |S. 88 5 WIN. 74 9 W.|] — — —] .10] 17) — | — 7 
Savannah, Georgia 1 |S. 5 21 E. |S. 21 24 BE. | — — — | .29] .29) —| — J] 20% 
Georgia, Alabama, Mis- 
sissippi, and North- 
ern Florida . . {12 |S. 62 57 W.IS. 57 1 W.|S. 66 18 W.| .24| 23] 82) .73} 18 
Tennessee and Ken- 
tucky 9 |S. 65 6 WIS. 65 18 W.|S. 64 138 W.| .59] .68/1.48]1.77} 45 
Ohio d 13 |S. 77 12 W.|S. 82 42 W.|S. 85 57 W.| .68] .77|2.26|2.73} 39 
Athens, Tlinois 1 |S. 61 49 W.|S. 65 50 W./S. 70 538 W.) — | —] .99j1.17| 31 
Indiana, Illinois, Mi- 
chigan, Wisconsin, 
and Iowa . . {11 |S. 69 O WIS. 75 47 W.|S. 87 14 W.| .68] .62/1.97|1.94) 34% 
Porto Cabello, Vene- 
zuela_. E .| 1 N. 76 25 B.IN.59 1 5. IN. 57 24 E.| .54] .70}1.49|2.05} 42 
Pouce, Porto Rico 1 |N.50 38 EH. IN. 62 47 E. |N. 71 10 E.| .84] .86/2.48)3.14| 64 
Turk’s Isl’d, Bahamas | 1 |N. 64 46 BH. |N.66 3 BE. | — — — |1.29/1.41} —|] —] 65 
Bermudas , .| 1/8. 87 11 WIS. 75 41 W.| — — — |] .79| 66) —] —] 23 
Inchkeith, Scotland . | 1 |S. 71 38 W.) — — — |S. 79 21 W.| — | — |2.79|5.02| 21 
Calton Hill, do. 1 |s. 80 10 W| — — — |S. 838 10 W.| — | — |8.27/6.43| 24 
Sturbington, England | 1 |\N. 67 35 W.|) — — — |N.76 48 W.| — | — |6.69 |7.62| 438 
Greenwich, do. (1841) | 1 |S. 59 25 W. — — |S. 61 30 W.) —|—]|]—|]—] 42 
Do. do. (1842) | 1 |S. 61 44 W.| — — — |S. 63 0 W.) —|—]—]|]—] 25 
Do. for the two years | 1 |S. 60 14 W.|S. 52 388 W.|S. 62 24 W.| 47] .74/6.95|7.25| 342 
Devonport, England 
(1841 ; .{1 (8. 79 19 Ww.) — — — |S. 78 80 W.] — | — |5.46 [5.50] 25 
Do. do. (1842) | 1 |S. 71 33 W.| — — — |S. 70 41 W.} — | — /|1.69 /4.18 8 
Do. for the two years | 1 |S. 77 24 W./S. 54 39 W.|S. 75 9 W.| .25| .89|3.65/4.84] 17 
Oporto, Portugal 1 |S. 84 85 W.IN. 77 44 W.|N. 68 388 W.| .67| .64|3.20/8.09| 34 
Tripoli, Barbary 1IN.50 38 35H. IN.60 10 BE. | — — —j] .54| 62) — | —-| 248 


' For Toronto, Girard College, Greenwich, and Devonport, the force in this column is expressed in pounds of pressure 
per square foot; for all other places, it is expressed in terms of the numbers 0, 1, 2, 3, &c., 0 denoting a calm, and 10 
a hurricane, except that, for Boothia Felix and Bermuda, the maximum is 12 instead of 10. 

2 Computed from the published abstracts, in which the force on pressure is resolyed in the four cardinal directions. 


SHRIES F.—HFFECT OF FORCE AND VELOCITY. 185 


The modifications occasioned by introducing the element of force, or velocity, 
may perhaps be more clearly seen in the following table, which is deduced from the 
preceding one, and shows the difference of the resultants, both in direction and 
amount, from what they are when computed from time only. In the columns 
headed “Difference in Direction of Resultant,” the sign + denotes that the direc- 
tion is farther to the right than it would be if computed from time only, and the 
sign —, that it is farther to the left. In those headed “ Difference per cent. in 
Amount of Resultant,” the sign + denotes that it is greater than if computed from 
time only, and the sign —, that it is less. 


Difference in direction of Difference in amount y 
resultant. of resultant. 4 
Place of observation. 


Distance. Force. Distance. | 


Boothia Felix 
| Toronto (by anemometer) . 
Do. (by estimation) 
Southern Maine, New Hampshire, and Vermont 
Cambridge, Massachusetts . 
Williams College, Do. 
Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut 
New York State é : 
New Jersey and Pennsylvania : 
Girard allege, Pennsylvania (1843) . 
do. (1844) 
menace Maryland, and Eastern Virginia 
North Carolina . : é 
Savannah, Georgia 
Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Northern Florida 
Tennessee and trad 
Ohio : 
Athens, Illinois | : : 
Indiana, Hlinois, Michigan, Wisconsin, ‘and Iowa . 
| Porto Cabello, Venezuela : : : 
Pouce, Porto Rico 
| Turk’s Island, Bahamas 
| Bermudas . : 
Inchkeith, Scotland 
Calton Hill, do. 
Sturbington, England 
Greenwich, do. 
Devonport, do. 
Oporto, Portugal 
| Tripoli, Barbary 


| + 

(Ju) 

- 0O 
fo} 


=e & 
+ 8 43 
+ 8 20 


Le) 
HS Oo 


SCM RwaIANSon 


18 
29 

3 
38 


be 
hin 


a 


bo 


et 
DEHWAAEMONAWET HNOHORS 
o) 
TH 


39 


tet ft4t++4+4++4+ 


16 


+[ +++] + 
RK Snows 
++[ +++] 


qeaeae | ararsiese || ll abide ah | IL || tebe 


qe [fae |) dear 
| Seah || teapse | 


+[4++ 
[+t++4+ 


Ty the series of wind-roses on Plate XIII., the width of the shading, in different 
parts of the circumference, is proportional to the average force of the winds from 
those directions, as given in Series HE. The arrows exhibit to the eye the direction 
and amount of most of the resultants contained in Series F, No. 1 being that for 
time, No. 2 for force, and No. 3 for distance. . 

An inspection of the foregoing tables and plate shows very clearly that, as a 
general thing, the difference in the velocity of the winds from different points of com- 
pass affects the resultant but slightly, either in direction or amount. This is 
especially true, when observations, taken at a considerable number of stations, are 
combined, so as to neutralize the effect of local influences, to which almost every 


186 WINDS OF THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. 


single station is more or less subject, causing the velocity of winds from certain 
points of compass to be greater or less than naturally belongs to them. The only 
apparent exception is in North Carolina, and there it is only apparent, for twenty- 
four out of the twenty-six months’ observations reported came from one place. If 
we combine all the places in the United States, at which the velocity has been 
estimated by the use of the numbers 0, 1, 2, 3, &c., the mean resultant obtained 
from the actual distances is 8. 87° 44’ W. 1.74 miles per hour; while, if we take 
the same observations, and give the same mean velocity to each, it is 8. 85° 59’ W. 
1.53 miles per hour—a difference of only 1° 45’ in direction, and 21 hundredths of 
amile in amount. . . . Nor is there any uniformity in the operation of this 
slight influence of velocity on the mean direction. If we look over the list, we 
notice that in some cases it makes it more northerly, and in others more southerly ; 
though it almost invariably increases the amount more or less; showing that the mean 
velocity of air moving in the same direction as the main current, is, on the whole, 
a little greater than of that moving in the opposite direction. This is what we 
should expect; for, in the case of any local disturbance or eddy in the atmosphere, 
the velocity of those parts which move in the same direction as the main current 
is equal to the swm of the two motions, while, in the opposite parts, it is equal 
only to the difference. 

We can obtain light upon the remaining inquiry, viz.: the effect of difference in 
the mean velocity of the wind in different countries or parts of the country, from the 
general summary at the end of Series E. The only effect of this difference is, 
as has already been remarked, to increase or diminish the amount of the resultant, 
without altering its direction. Other things being equal, the amount of the result- 
ant must obviously be exactly proportional to the mean velocity of the wind; so 
that it is necessary only to compare the velocities, as given in the table just referred 
to. Turning to it, we perceive that, while the mean velocity of the entire United 
States is about six miles’ per hour, there could hardly exist a greater diversity in 
the geographical distribution of the parts of it where the velocity exceeds or falls 
short of the mean. Is it not, therefore, more natural to refer the difference to local 
influences, or errors of observation, and to conclude that, on the whole, there is, 
throughout the United States, no great difference of velocity? 

But if we now cross the Atlantic, and compare American with European obser- 
vations, there seems to be a remarkable difference between the velocity there and 
here. If the observations are to be relied on, and there is no apparent reason why 
they are not, the velocity there is very much greater. We see it not only at those 
places where the velocity was merely estimated; but at Greenwich and Devonport, 
in England, as compared with Toronto and Girard College, in this country, at all of 
which places it was accurately measured with instruments of the same construction, 
Osler’s anemometer being used at them all, and yet the records show the velocity to 
be nearly three times greater at the former two places than at the latter two. 
This difference of velocity, if it really exists, will more than compensate for the less 
ratio that the progressive motion of the winds in Europe bears to the total motion, 
formerly adverted to, so as, on the whole, to make the progressive motion greater 
there than in the United States. 


* More strictly 5.8 miles. 


APPENDIX. 


A. 


No doubt materials exist, if they could be collected together, for a far more 
thorough investigation of the laws of atmospheric circulation in the northern hemi- 
sphere than I have been able to give in this memoir. In a letter from Mr. Kupp- 
fer, Superintendent of the magnetic observations in Russia, to Sir John Herschel, 
dated May 25, 1845, it is stated that the meteorological archives of the Academy 
of Sciences, at St. Petersburg, contained, at that date, collections of observations 
from seventy-five different stations in the Russian empire, while all that I have 
been able to obtain amounts to but about a dozen, and the names of five more; 
and, for aught I know, my collections from some other countries may be proportion- 
ably meagre, compared with existing materials. Series of meteorological observa- 
tions (some of them very valuable) have been taken, and no doubt preserved, at 
all the following places; and might not some of those who have them in charge, 
do a useful service to the cause of science, by giving them greater publicity ? 


Name of station. 


Lesser Slave Lake, British America 
Fort William, do. do. 
Fort Coulogne, do. do. 
Halifax, Nova Scotia ‘ 
Waterville, Maine, U. S. A. 
Brunswick, do. do. 
Pembroke, New Hampshire, Ue 8. NS 
Concord, do. 
Epping, do. 
Lynn, Massachusetts, 
Salem, do. 
Woonsocket, Rhode Island, 
Hartford, Connecticut, : 
West Greenfield, Pennsylvania, do. 
Charlotteville, Virginia, do. 
Robertville, South Carolina, 
Brunswick, Georgia, 

} Huntsville, Alabama, 
Cahawha, do. 

} Portsmouth, Ohio, 
New Harmony, Indiana, 
Lexington, Kentucky, 

| Nassau, Bahamas : 
Santa Cruz, West Indies 


Mr. McDougal. 


Observer. 


Mr. McKenzie. 

Mr. Severight. 

Merchants’ Reading Room. 
Professor Keely. 

Professor Cleaveland. 


J. Harmer. 
W. Plumer. 


Dr. Holyoke. 
Mr. Green. 

W. W. Turner. 
S. Campbell. 
KH. T. Tayloe. 
Dr. Smith. 

J. Bancroft. 
Dr. Allan. 

Mr. West.2 

Dr. Hempstead. 
D. D. Owen. 


J. C. Lees. 
Dr. Tuckerman. 


1 Tn possession of EH. Pickens, Selma, Alabama, 


188 APPENDIX. 


Name of station. 


Alten, Lapland 
Hammerfest, Norway 
Christiana, do. 
Helsingfors, Sweden 
Upsal, do. é 
Baltischport, Russia 
Nicolaieff, do. . 
Koursk, do. . 
Taganrog, do. 
Nigereytagnilsk, do. (Ural Mountains) 
Edinburgh, Scotland 
Inverness, do. 
Kingussie, do. 
Makerstown, Kelso, Scotland 
Kew, England 
Bensberg, Westphalia, Prussia . 
Gotha, Saxony 
Leipsic, do. . 
Heidelberg, Baden 

| Marburg, Hesse Cassel 

i Breslau, Silesia 
Senftenberg, Austria 
Cadiz, Spain 
Le Caire . 
Port Arthurt 
Cairo, Egypt . : 
River Niger, Africa* 
Algiers, dosier 
Simla, Himmaleh Mountains 
Lucknow, Hindoostan* 
Bombay, do.* 
Cochin, do.* 
Penang," 5 
Singapore, Farther India* . 

f Aden, Arabia . : 

, Cape of Good Hope 
St. Helenat 
Van Dieman’s Land 

i Antarctic Expedition’ 
Ross Bank 


B. 


Observer. 


J. F. Cole. 


J. R. Crowe. 
Mr. Nervander. 


Mr. Kalk. 


Mr. Semenoff. 
O. Trebinsky. 
A. Demidoff. 


J. A. Brown. 


Dr. Boguslawski. 


Mr. Cerquero. 
Mr. Alger. 

J. Lempriere. 
Mr. Lambert. 


Mr. Aimé. 

J. H. Boileau. 
R. Wilcox. 

G. Buist. 


J. B. Taylor. 
C. M. Elliott. 


Lieutenant Wilmot. 
Captain Lefroy. 


Ross and Crozier. 
Captain Ross. 


Extract from a letter from Donald Ross, Esq., Norway House :— 

“ T may as well mention that this post is situated on a branch of the ‘ Sea River,” 
or, more properly speaking, the Nelson River, about twenty miles due north from 
where it leaves the great Lake Winnipeg, and is, as near as I can judge, about four 


hundred feet above the level of the sea. 


It may be somewhat curious to notice that, although the winds here blow from 
the South for a greater number of days during the year, than from any other single 
quarter of the compass, yet the Northerly wind, together with the N. E. and N. W., 
very far exceeds the Southerly, S. E. and S. W., so that, in reality, the North may 
be considered as the most prevailing wind; neither the East nor the West prevails 


much at any season of the year.” 


' Jn the archives of the Royal Society, London. 


ae 


APPENDIX. 189 


C. 


Extract from a letter from J. M. Batchelder, Esq., Saco, Maine, accompanying 
his observations :— 

“This place is situated on the Saco River, three miles from the ocean, from 
whence we have the south wind, which, you will observe, is the prevailing one 
during the summer months. There are frequently local currents down the valley 
of the river; but I think that the observations are, in the main, correct.” 


D. 


For a description of the meteorological stations in the State of New York, see 
the reports of the Regents of the University of that State, as made annually to 
the legislature. 


E. 


Lafayette College, where the observations for Easton, Pennsylvania, were taken, 
is situated on an abrupt bank of the Delaware River, nearly 200 feet above its 
surface, and distant from it not more than one-fourth of a mile. There is no local 
cause that can materially affect the direction of the wind, unless it be the Blue 
Mountains, which are about twenty miles off. 

Extract from a letter from George Mowry, Esq., Somerset, Pennsylvania, accom- 
panying his observations :— 

“ The locality of Somerset is about half way between the Alleghany and Laurel 
Hill, which mountains run nearly north-east and south-west. There is no other 
table-land between us and Laurel Hill; but a few miles south and east of us, Negro 
Ridge lies, flattened down to within fifty or sixty feet of the level of Somerset ;— 
farther south-west, toward the Maryland line, it is a considerable mountain. You 
are right in your inference that we are at the head of a branch of Youghiogeny; 
and, on a close inspection of a good map, you will observe that the waters flow 
north and south from us—consequently we are situated on some of the highest 
table-land in the State.” 


G. 


Extract from a letter from Professor McCay, Athens, Georgia, accompanying an 
abstract of his observations :— 

“1 do not think there is any local cause for our winds. There are no mountains 
within sixty or seventy miles—no regular ridges for a still greater distance. The 
country is undulating, with no changes of elevation amounting to five hundred feet, 
in a circle around of fifty miles. The river near us is very small. Its course very 
irregular, sweeping round us in a semicircular course. Other streams near us have 
a general course to the south-east—nearly south.” 


HIE 


Extract from a letter from the Rev. H. G. O. Dwight, Constantinople, Turkey, 


accompanying his observations :— 
25 


190 APPENDIX. 


“Tn regard to my record of the winds, I must say, that if I had been situated 
where I had a high vane to guide me, the table would probably have shown some 
slight veerings to the east or west, which do not now appear. There is, however, 
no doubt of the fact, that the wind here, as a general thing, blows either from the 
north-east or the south-west. A wind, from either of the four cardinal points, never 
continues long in Constantinople. During the fifteen or sixteen years that I have 
been here, I have noticed that our prevailing wind in summer, is north-east. In- 
deed, from July to October it is so constantly and regularly from that quarter as to 
be almost a monsoon; and during that period, the nights are very apt to be calm. 
The wind begins to blow gently soon after sunrise, and it increases until, say two 
o'clock, when it not unfrequently blows very strong, and then gradually dies away, 
and, soon after sunset, it becomes calm again. During the prevalence of this wind 
in summer, the atmosphere is usually clear, or, at least, there are only flying clouds,” 
without rain; but, in winter, the north wind always brings clouds and rain. When 
the south wind blows in summer, it is usually a mere land breeze, and I have often 
myself observed, in passing up the Bosphorus on a summer’s day, when the wind is 
south-west at the entrance of the Bosphorus into the Sea of Marmora, it is north- 
east at the northern end of the same strait, 7. e. as it issues from the Black Sea. 
I have known it to blow all day thus in opposite directions, the two winds meeting 
at the middle of the strait where it was perfectly calm. 

“One fact you will probably notice from my table, and that is, that there is far 
more southerly wind in winter than in summer. And this leads me to say a word 
in reference to your question, whether I know of any local cause, besides the direc- 
tion of the straits, that would affect the wind? About seventy or eighty miles 
south of us is the high range of Mount Olympus (not Thessalian, but Bithynian), 
whose summit is at least eight thousand feet above the sea level; and, of course, in 
winter, it is covered with an immense mass of snow. This has been supposed to 
be the chief cause of our having so much southerly wind in winter. I do not give 
this as my opinion, however, but I simply state the fact of such a mountain being 
in such a relative position to the capital, and also an inference that has been drawn 
from that fact. I have always noticed that our coldest weather in winter comes 
when the southerly wind first begins to blow, whic I account for on the supposi- 
tion that such a wind brings first over us the frozen atmosphere of Olympus, and 
other high ranges of mountains in the interior. But if the wind continues two or 
three days (and it sometimes does two of three weeks uninterruptedly in winter), it 
is sure to bring mild and almost summer weather. The barometer here invariably 
sinks with a southerly wind, and the rain point is much higher with a northerly 
than with a southerly wind. I have sometimes noticed an alarming fall in the 
barometer, but I soon learned not to anticipate any unusual storm from that, if the 
wind was just coming from the south or south-west. Our heaviest blows, and our 
most copious rains, ordinarily come just as the wind is changing from a southerly 
to a northerly direction. 

“ As you are interesting yourself in the study of the winds, I will just mention 
one more fact, though an isolated one. (I wish I had more of them.) Three 
years ago, I was in Smyrna, in the autumn, when we had one of the most dreadful 


APPENDIX. 191 


gales I have experienced on these shores. It came in the night, and blew for four 
or five hours, I think, with the greatest violence, so that much damage was done 
to the shipping. I took particular notice of the wind, and found that the same gale 
had been felt, if possible, still more severely in Gonsenenonie. though somewhat 
later, 7. ¢. two or three hours, perhaps; and an observant sea captain of my ac- 
Pimitance, who happened to be off this port at the time, informed me that the 
wind here was from the south-west, 7. e. directly opposite that in Smyrna. J must 
say, however, that as I took no note of it at the time, I am not positively certain it 
was later at Constantinople. It may have been so much earlier instead of later, 
though my strong impression is that my first statement is correct. The main point, 
however, to which my mind was directed, was the fact that in the same gale the 
wind blew from opposite quarters at Smyrna and at Constantinople. The distance 
between the two cities, by sea, is estimated at about 350 miles, though by an air 
line it must be considerably less.” 


I. 


Extract from a letter from Rey. 8. H. Calhoun, Mount Lebanon, Syria, accom- 
panying his observations at Smyrna and Bahmdiin:— 

“In the summer of 1844, I removed to Syria” (7. e. from Smyrna, Asia Minor), 
“and as you will see by the continuance of sheet No. 1, and the whole of sheet 
No. 2, was at a village named Bahmdin, situated S. S. EH. from Beirut, and near 
the Damascus road. Its elevation I SapBOSE to be between thirty-one and thirty- 
two hundred feet, on Mount Lebanon.” * ‘Z : 

“Sheet No. 5 contains the records of Dr. De Forest’s observations at Beirut. 
You will see that his observations for April, May, and June, 1843, were made at 
an elevation of 213 1-6 feet above the sea, and the succeeding ones at an elevation 
of about 80 feet.” 


IKE 


Extract from a letter from Rev. N. Benjamin, accompanying a collection of ob- 
servations at Trebizond :— 

“ The prevailing winds at Trebizond are north-west winds and easterly winds. 
The sirocco also sometimes prevails. Rain storms, which are very frequent, are 
almost invariably with a wind blowing from the north-west. The clear and plea- 
sant weather was almost as uniformly with an easterly wind, and I also quite gene- 
rally observed, that the barometer was lower with an east wind when quite clear, 
than with a north-west or a north wind accompanied by an obscured sky, and even 
with rain. So that we had often the extraordinary phenomenon, of the barometer 
rising as the storm was coming on, and standing very high during a protracted 
rain, and sinking on the return of clear weather.” ne ee "7 aS AY 

“T have not been able to form any satisfactory conclusions in regard to the local 
causes which affect the direction of the winds at Trebizond, and can only say that 
the whole country in the rear of that place is mountainous to an unusual degree.” 


192 APPENDIX. 


L. 


Extract from a letter from Rev. J. F. Lanneau :— 

“There are, however, some general remarks which my long residence in Syria 
and the Holy Land enables me to make concerning the direction of the wind, and 
other topics alluded to in your letter, and which may be of some interest to you. 

“The whole-of Palestine is intersected by a chain of hills, or small mountains, 
rising to an elevation of nearly three thousand feet, and extending north and south 
nearly midway between the Mediterranean and the Jordan. On the sea-coast, the 
wind generally blows ‘off the land, or from the east and south-east during the 
night, and follows the sun, as the day advances, toward the south, south-west, and 
west, and perhaps one-third of the time continuing on to north and north-west, 
increasing toward sunset, and, shortly after, dying away to a calm, which lasts 
until about midnight, when the land-breeze again commences. At Jerusalem, how- 
ever, and in the hill country of Judea, the direction of the winds is almost always 
from the north-west during winter and summer, except when the Shileak, the 
Arabic term for the wind commonly known elsewhere as the Sirocco, or east wind, 
blows from the desert. So uniformly prevalent is the north-wester, that the olive 
trees in the interior, situated so as to feel its constant influence, are inclined 
toward the south-east, and their branches checked in their opposite direction by 
its force, so that, in some cases, three-fourths, or more of them, are on that side, 


thus: This is very strikingly noticed immediately around Jerusalem. 


** And this leads me to an obvious answer to one of your questions, viz.: ‘Are 
there any local influences that would affect the direction of the wind? I have 
always thought the position of Jerusalem, and that whole region, with the immense 
evaporation from the Dead Sea, and the Arabian desert to the south-east of it, 
must be the physical cause of the north-west direction of the wind the greater 
portion of the year, while the deep gorge in the mountains, extending all the way 
from the valley of Jehoshaphat and Hinnom to the Dead Sea, occasions a stronger 
current over the Holy City and the Mount of Olives. The Arabs have a saying, 
that Jerusalem is the most windy place in the world, the centre of the earth, and 
thus attracting all the wind there, &e. During the winter, the south-west wind on 
the coast, and the north-west wind in the interior, generally accompany a rain, 
though occasionally there is a shower from the south-east. A north wind on the 
sea-coast always drives away rain, but it is generally a very chilly and uncom- 
fortable one, and is considered by the natives as unwholesome. The rainy season 
commences about the Ist or 15th of October, and continues until the middle of 
April. Sometimes a few showers fall in September and May.” 


M. 


For an extract from a letter of the Rev. Justin Perkins, Ooroomiah, Persia, 
accompanying his observations at that place, see pages 104 and 105. 

In regard to the winds at Tabreez, he remarks as follows :— 

“At Tabreez, across the lake, which is about seventy miles distant from us (in 


APPENDIX. 193 


a direct line), and nearly east from Ooroomiah, there is daily a strong wind from 
the Caspian Sea, which is about one hundred and fifty miles north-east of that city. 
This wind is very invigorating.” 


N. 


. Extract from a letter from the same, accompanying observations from Tehran, 
Persia :— 

“Properly to understand these phenomena, it may be well that you have in 
mind the local situation of Tehran. I will copy a reference to its situation, penned 
on the spot when I visited it several years ago. ‘The local situation of Tehran 
renders its situation extremely warm, and hemmed in as it is on the north and 
east by naked mountains, which tower some 5000 or 6000 feet above it in the rear, 
and the vast extent of arid land in the two opposite directions, reflecting the heat in 
summer like a burning desert, the city cannot be otherwise than like a great oven 
during the warm months of the year, not taking into account at all its relative 
elevation, which is much less than that of Tabreez, and other cities of Azerbijon.’ 

“YT may add to this notice that the Caspian Sea, lying some seventy or eighty 
miles north of Tehran, though separated from it by a lofty range of mountains, 
doubtless affects the character and direction of its winds, and still more probably, 
the immense salt desert that skirts the plain of Tehran, some fifty miles south- 
east of the town.” 


0. 


When these sheets were first sent to the Smithsonian Institution for publication, 
the observations from Tehran and Tabreez had not been received, and those pre- 
viously received from Ooroomiah, gave the mean direction a good deal more south- 
erly. This addition of three new stations, at which the direction of the wind is 
westerly, may lead us to question whether the southern limit of the zone of west- 
erly winds should not be altered so as to include this region of country. 


os 


The reception of Lieutenant Maury’s Charts of the North Pacific Ocean, after 
the entire completion, as was supposed, of the foregoing manuscript, and the kind 
aid of Mr. Solon Albee, a fellow college officer, in discussing them, and making the 
necessary computations, has enabled me to add, as an appendix to Series C, Section 
IV, the following list of resultants, deduced from an aggregate of more than one 
hundred and sixty-five years’ abservations. Owing to the probable monsoon cha- 
racter of the winds near the coast, or say within six hundred miles of it, the re- 
sultants for each of the several months were computed separately, and from them 
the mean for the year; but, in mid-ocean, where there was no reason to apprehend 
any influence of that kind, such precaution was deemed unnecessary, and the 
resultants were obtained by simply resolving the traverse of all the winds re- 
ported, without reference to the time of the year in which they were taken. 

The almost entire want of observations during the colder months of the year, 
north of latitude 40°, necessarily renders the results near the coast doubtful, and 


194 APPENDIX. 


in the vicinity of Sitka and Fort Vancouver, the deficiency was supplied by using 
observations at those places. 


North Latitude. West Longitude. Mean direction of Wind. Rate of | No. of Ob- 
Progress. | servations. 
55° to 60° 130° to 150° S. 40° 58’ E. 21} 15633 
55 60 150 165 S. 62 24 W.? 32 3006 
50 55 125 145 N. 85 -9 W.? 35 6937 
50 35) 145 155 S. 68 12° W.? 28 14347 
50 55 155 165 S. 41 43 W.? 20 6682 
45 50 120 145 Nee Ade Wet 44 2180 
45 50 145 155 8. 73 11 W. 42 2271 
45 50 155 165 8S. 88 48 W. 34 1989 
40 45 120 140 INE G49 iis We 26 1201 
40) 45 140 150 S. 78 29 W. 30 1395 
40 45 150 165 S72) 279W:. 26 2425 
35 40 120 135 NiO eo 3 4066 
35 40 135 150 N. 52 41 #. 15 2982 
35 40 150 165 S. 41 28 W. 13 3588 
30 35 115 125 N. 28 34 W. 65 1672 
30 35 125 135 N.18 56 E. 45 2925 
30 35 135 150, N. 81 57 E. 30 3878 
30 385 150 165 8S. 44 34 HE. 20 7366 
25 30 105 125 N. 14 51 W. 374 1766 
25 30 125 135 N. 36 9 EH. 64 1117 
25 3 135 150 N.48 6 E. 46 1425 
25 30 150 165 Nit OR, 48 6606 
20 nas 105» 125 N. 28 41 W. 57 3780 ) 
20 25 125 135 N. 33 40 E. 82 yer 
20 25 135 150 N. 59 16 E. 75 960 } 
20 25 150 165 IN. 662 eh 68 9245 i 
15 20 90 110 INALS OWE 374 1835 ‘ 
15 20 110 120 N..22 9 RB. 60 838 { 
15 20 120 135 N36 7H. 85 764 : 
15 20 135 150 N.54 8E. s4- | 2046 
15 20 150 165 N. 62 37 H. 72 4656 
10 15 85 100 N.28 14 E. 37 944 
10 15 100 110 N.39 2 HE. 37 1078 
10 15 110 120 N.46 2 E. 46 863 
10 15 120 135 N. 41 28 H. 73 1198 
10 15 135 150 N. 50 43 KE. 86 1569 
10 15 150 165 N. 65 32 HE. 85 2482 
5 10 15 90 S. 71 54 W. 22 1430 
5) 10 90 105 8. 51 389 HR. 47 1826 
5 10 105 120 8. 42 383 EH. 47 2271 
5 10 120 135 S. 81 51 HE. 53 1960 
5 10 1385 150 8S. 89 38 KH. 57 1612 
5 10 150 165 8. 89 18 HE. 65 3268 
0 5 75 90 S.- 6 18 HE. 66% | 14358 
0 5 90 95 8. 18 59 E. 71 7078 
0 5 95 100 S. 22 38 H. 48 2572 
0 5 100 105 S. 38 27 H. 84 1617 
0 5 105 110 8. 39 44 KB. 91 1306 
0 5 110 115 8S. 46 42 K. 84 1373 f 
0 5 115 120 S) 52) 13 84 1816 
0 5 120 125 S. 56 30 E. 89 2408 
0 5 125 130 8S. 60 381 EH. 84 1782 
0 5 130 135 8S. 62 22 E. 82 1566 
0 5 1385 140 iS: 7(o alpen 86 968 
0 5 140 145 8. 78 30 HE. 75 447 
0 5 145 150 BS. elo) 2, be 76 738 
0 5 150 155 8. 69 48 H. fil 1156 
0 5 155 160 8. 69 4 H. 84 1481 
0 5 160 165 8S. 75 37 HE. 81 770 


q 


APPENDIX. 195 


Q. 


As Dr. Halley’s theory of winds is revived, and advocated with a good deal of 
ability, in Professor Mitchell’s paper, referred to on pages 134 and 138, we will 
point out some of what we conceive to be objections to it. 

1. As applied to the trade-winds, it is entirely inadequate to produce the effects 
observed. Itis on the ocean that the trade-winds are most uniform, and most fully 
developed. Let us see, then, what the effect would be, if the equatorial parts of 
the earth were entirely covered with water. 

Suppose A B DC to be a section of one of the vortices of Dr. H., or Professor M. 
(seen from the north side, and drawn in the form of an 
oblong, instead of an ellipse, for convenience of calcula- 
tion), im which the lower current moves westward from C 
toward D, and the upper eastward from B toward A; and 
let its horizontal length be 100 miles (which is, we pre- 
sume, as much as they would desire, since the vortices are spoken of as being of 
“moderate dimensions’), and its height two miles. 

Now, the extreme diurnal range of temperature on the surface of that part of 
the ocean does not ordinarily exceed 1° F., and the difference between the two 
extremities of the vortex could not amount to 5,5, of 1°. Air expands about 
xi, of its bulk for each degree that its temperature is raised; consequently, the 
difference in the specific gravity of the columns at the ends of the vortex (A C and 
B D) would hardly amount to 77555 of the weight of either, or ¢yyq5555 of the 
weight of the air in the entire circuit. But it is this difference only which consti- 
tutes the moving force, while the quantity of matter to be moved is the air of the 
whole circuit. Hence, according to well known principles in mechanical philosophy, 
the velocity communicated 1s zggeyoa0 Of that with which a body would fall freely, 
and is precisely the same as that of a body descending on an inclined plane, whose 
height is to its length as 1 to 48960000. Such an inclination, amounting to no 
more than about ,1, of an inch in a mile, would be insuflicient to give the slightest 
appreciable motion to a fluid placed upon it. 

Professor M. attempts to meet this objection by the following remark: “ That it 
(the cause in question) is adequate to the creation of a considerable wind, is proved 
from the fact that it is upon this that the other, or permanent temperature, depends, 
and that it is what determines the existence of two winds; the land and sea-breezes 
blowing in opposite directions every twenty-four hours.” But neither of these facts 
seems to be relevant. The tendency of water to resist sudden changes in its tem- 
perature, in no way interferes with the accumulation of heat in the equatorial 
regions, and it is on this that the higher temperature of those parts depends. And 
in reeard to land and sea-breezes, it must be borne in mind, that the diurnal change 
of temperature on land, is at least thirty times greater than on water. 

2. We cannot understand how Halley’s theory accounts for the westerly winds 
that prevail beyond the limits of the trades. The following is the explanation, as 
given by Professor M., after remarking that the explanation of the trade-winds 


196 APPENDIX. 


“applies to such parallels of latitude only as have the amount of heat communi- 
eated to the portions of air lying north and south of them nearly the same, or 
along which the point of greatest heat, or of heat very little below the greatest, 
may be supposed to travel from east to west. If,” he proceeds, “ the excess of heat 
on one side be moderately increased, the plane of the vortex will be inclined in 
that direction; but if the excess become considerable, as through the greater part of 
the temperate zone, the equilibrium will be established in a totally different way. 
Thus, with regard to the United States, the point of greatest heat first passes south 
of us, and an impulse is given to the under strata of the atmosphere in that direc- 
tion, and when, some time afterwards, the columns in the meridians west of us 
come to be expanded, the air that should have supplied the eastern or trade-wind 
having passed off toward the equator, the upper or western current descends to the 
earth, creating a westerly wind, or rather, by the composition of motions in conse- 
quence of its mingling with the current that is proceeding southward, a north-west 
wind, which may be regarded as the natural wind of the parts of the globe lying 
on the north side of the equator beyond the thirtieth parallel. The same reason- 
ing applies to the other hemisphere. As, however, the natural and gentle flow of 


the air in this direction is interrupted by evaporation, condensation, and other 


causes, the result is simply a predominance in those latitudes of winds from the 
west, and the direction of the pole, over those from opposite quarters.” 

This whole reasoning appears to me obscure and unsatisfactory. 

3. The theory fails to account for the system of easterly winds which seems to 
exist in high northern latitudes; for, if the above reasoning is sound for the tem- 
perate regions, it will apply just as well all the way to the poles. 

4. The cause which Professor M. disregards must exist, and he makes no provi- 
sion for it. We do certainly know that a body in motion tends to retain its motion; 
and that if air, partaking of the easterly motion of the earth due to a higher latitude, 
were, without any change in its motion, transferred to the equator, it must have a 
relative motion as from the east. All this we should know even without observa- 
tion or experiment, and if this cause does not produce appreciable effects, it is 
incumbent to show how it is neutralized. 

The purely cosmical theory, on the other hand, runs to the opposite extreme, 
and disregards the influence of heat altogether. The views of those who advocate 
it may, if I understand them, be thus expressed. The absolute motion of a place 
at midnight, say they, is equal to the swm of the annual and diurnal motions of 
the earth, while, at noon, it is equal only to the difference ; and hence, that the air, 
tending to preserve a uniform motion, travels slower than the earth in the former 
case, and faster in the latter. But the same reasoning would apply if the earth had 
no annual motion. The place would then move in one direction at midnight, and 
in the opposite one at noon, making the difference the same as now. We all know 
that a pail of water whirled around on board a steamboat or railroad car, when the 
latter was in rapid motion, would present the same phenomena as when at rest. 
The whole matter is easily understood by recurring to the first principles of central 
forces. Motion in a circular orbit is neither accelerated nor retarded by a force 
directed toward the centre of the orbit. Nor will a common motion, communicated 


APPENDIX. 197 


both to the centre and to the revolving body, affect their position relatively to each 
other. Now, in the case of the atmosphere, the motion in opposite directions just 
spoken of, is caused solely by the force of gravity, which retains the air about the 
earth, and prevents it from flying off in a tangent, by virtue of its centrifugal force, 
but has no effect whatever upon its horizontal motion, nor any tendency to change 
the relative position of a place on the earth’s surface and the superincumbent air. 
A musket-ball, discharged horizontally with a velocity of about five miles per second, 
would, if the air were removed, travel round the earth with a uniform velocity, 
and yet would move in opposite directions at opposite points of its orbit. Nor 
would its relative position in regard to the surface of the earth be in any way 
affected by the revolution of the earth around the sun. 


26 


LIST OF PLATES. 


I. Map of the Northern Hemisphere, showing the position of the meteorological stations : 


II., Iil., IV., V., and VI. Wind roses, a the distribution of the winds at the different 
stations : 3 E 3 ‘ 0 c 


VII., VIII, TX., and X. Mereator’s Charts, showing the mean resultants of the winds at the 
different stations, both annual and monthly : - ; 2 2 5 


XL. and XII. Mercator’s Charts, showing the direction and amount of the forces that deflect the 
wind from its mean annual course in the different months of the year * 


XIII. Winds off the west coast of Africa.—Wind roses, showing the relative foree and velocity of 
the different winds, and the effects of the same on the mean resultants ; 


PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 


WASHINGTON, D. C. 


NOVEMBER, 18538. 


_—— o 


: y Lae yea Pes L oe, ‘i a ee ai 
ua 2 a eam . i le a ; 


uit} 


y 


IN 


METEOROLOGICAL STATIONS (N THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE 


trom which collections ofobservations have been obtamed for tus memoir 
NB The dots indicate the stations 


Lith of Sarony é- Major, New York . 


a 


BRITISH AND RUSSIAN AMERICA. 
SHERTEE'S HARBOUR 


BOOTHIA FELIX 
2. 


IGL 0 OT, TK 


T= 


A= - 
five = 


} 
nil 


WI | 
AAAI 
Mi 

D 


Ww 


i ian 
SU ii < 
04 D> i 
7 \| \) (? fi | 
{ 1) py) If 
N AH BRITISH 7/4 | f 
« ‘ a Mil yun Nay 
nM | [AMERICAY A. ANI 
UAT GA SAN 
\ NK Ml . Sv A \ 
SUAS Ah 
NSN \ 
( 
\ 


WIND SOR, NO 
wn 

(|) il 

H! “ i 


eg 
i 


Hl i 
i 


Plate lll . 


Ss uy, Corn 


Plate IV. 


R U. STATES. 


Plate V. 


SOULDHERN WU. 


Chapol Hill, NC. 
Dyers, 


= 


Beaufort,N.C. 


STATES 


NORTH ATUANTIC 


Nashville. Teun. 


New Herrnhutt , 
GREENLAND. 


Friedericirthal , 
GREENLAND. 


Eyafiord , 
ICELAND 
ers. 


Spel Sie Sele AC Ni) SS aenceac 


Lat. 35° to 60° N, 
Lon. 0° to 65 °W. 


Lat 5O°lo JIN, 
Lon. Oo 6F°W 


Lat. 45 to JON, 
Lon. 0° to 65 °W. 


Lat. 40a 45M. 
hon Ota h5 OW 


Lat LO T045°NV, 
LondkS to 15 We. 


Lat. 35 to han. 
Lon. 450 79 N. 


“to LOW. 
Lon Oa 45 W. 


Lat SOMAGIOWN. 
Lon 3°to LI W. 


Lat 30°to 33°N. 
Lore 2310 75W 


BERMUDAS. 


2Strtans . 


ATs 


Lat: 20 to 25°N. 
Lon L5°to 60°. 


Lit 250 30 WN, 
LOS TIS H. 


Lat 0° lo 2F°N, 
Lon 5a 45 W, 


Lat ts°to 20°N, 
Lim 15% 80 


Latlso 20'N. 
Lan le to L3 We 


Lat 10 ta lG Nn” 
Long oho We 


Lat10°to ls WV. 
Lon 45a 15 W- 


Tak 5ta lO W. 
Lanld WGI W 


Lat 0% FI DN. 
Lon lta dF W. 


Plate VL. 


[or RO Ig 


Di 


A 


Ss 


I 


IN g 


SPITZBERGEN. 
Arctic Ocean, 
Imonths. 


Archangel . 


RUSSIA. 
TB 4 7 


StPelersburgh , 
RUSSIA, 


Stockholm, 


SWEDEN. 
LVCATS. 


SWEDEN ¥* 


WESTERN 


5 Ural Monn® 
DF SCMONS. 


SIBERIA 


AYU, 


+ 


Yacoutsh, 


SIBERIA, 


Ong yea 


Uerriles | 


Elgim, 
SCOTLAND. 


TVOATS, 


Londonderey, 
IRELAND, 


Copenhagen , 


DENMARK. 
JOyeas. 


Tasam , 
EASTERN RUSSIA. 
One YOM: 


ES 


Liverpool , 


ENGLAND. 
Tyears . 


Greenwich , 
ENGLAND 


Amsterdam , 


HOLLAND. 
FL VOUS. 


Moscow, 


RUSSIA, 
JVCHS. 


DENMARK. # 


Barnoule 


SIBERIA 
One year, 


Nertchinsk , 
SIBERIA. 


Humburd, 


GERMANY. 
JSOyears. 


Brussels, 
BELGIUM. 


20 years. 


Berlin, 
PRUSSIA. 


Layears . 


ENGLAND.+ 


Pelan , 
CHINA 
One yeu: 


Ghent. 


BELGIUM. 
3 years. 


GER MANY.* 


Trebisond, 


ASIA MINOR. 


Krzeroum, 


ARMENIA. 


Devonport, 
ENGLAND. 


Manhenn , 


BADEN. 
TOVvears. 


Prague , 
BOHEMIA. 


RUSSIA AND 
HUNGARY, * 


Smyrna , 
ASIA MINOR 
JO months , 


Ooroomial , 


PERSIA. 
& months . 


FRANGE,. 
27 years. 


Munich . 
BAVARIA. 
Tyears 


Vienna, 


AUSTRIA. 


FRANCE AND 
NETHERLANOS-* 


Jerusalem . 
PALESTINE. 


Bagdad . 
onthe Euphrates, 


Marseilles , 
FRANCE. 
18 vears 


Mount S? Gothard , 
SWITZERLANQ, 
4yenrs. 


Constantinople , 
T UPR SK EY. 


Calcutta , 
HINDOOSTAN. 


Beirut & MY Lebanon, 
SYRIA. 


10 


25 


30 


35 


30 


I” 


A |Z 


C\# 


O 


HW 


Al TF LL) A N\T 


10 


15 


35 


40 


5 uw 
tS] =n 


20 


5 


» 


; STVOPSIS OF THE COURSES OF THE WINDS 


TY) 


NORMAMIRN EGS PEE RIS 


aires 


Tinmit af| 


Is 


equator 


at Wena 


e 3 4 oo 4 
EWC, | ae oe 
AS ff 2 2 


LPO LL LT 


Plate VIII . 


GOURSIES OF TEOE WINDS 


i 


SYNOPSIS 


OF THE 


TN THE 


ONITED STATES. 


ey 


D. Sinlarrs Lith) Freak 


Plate IX . 


i: ean ol UL z & 4 iy w 6 7 19 1 
‘ay 4 | a 
SONIA HO MOTMLOLYLO NVA 
[Lav ern S Was | | 
SaWlwWILS CELI 
ea ’ ia 
Tf 
GF 
| TS OHOVS SPH 
OU INV =a =o 
EF | 
ae 
MANE TF 
= 
se 7 SF 


10 2 


tars 
13? 
RW AY 


f 


ate AL . 


80 


This Plate shows the direction and arnount 
of the torces which detlect the wind from its \ ef; 
mean annual course in the different months Hi 
of the year: 5 


WESTERN COAST 


OF THE 


NORTH APLANTIC | 


if 


ce 


60 


D, Sinclain's ith Pia. 


KASTERN COAST 
OF THE 


—~ 


NORTE ATLANTIC 


(c 


a] 


This Plate shows the direction and 
caanount of the torees which deflect 
thewind trom us mean annual 
course in the dittérent months of 
the year. 


WINDS OFF THE COAST OF AFRICA IN JULY, AUGUST & SEPTEMBER. 


Plate XII . Note-Thefigares annexed to the arrows express the nuncber of observations from which ther were computed . 
AO 35 30 25 
fo 
‘b ‘S » 
: vA . 

4, % 
AS - ~ 
& 
a VE so ¥ 

boul Boul 

io ix} 

CP 

O 4B > “o 

a. a 
35 30 25 
° 
FORCE & VELOCITY OF WINDS 
NB. Scaleof the arrows 8 mules to an arch. 
SOUTHERN MAINE, |MASSACHUSETTS RHODE ISLAND 
TOBY CANADA NEW HAMPSHIRE 2 VERMONT &@ CONNECTIGUT NESW YAOT RK S ATL ARTRES: 
| W stations-26months 17 stations-I6 months 


BOOTHIA FELIX A 
2 years . 73 stations- 39 months 


3 stations 2/2 years. 


NOATH CAROLINA GQ Hi oO 


DE LAWAREMARY LAN D 
3 slations~ 2/6 years 


GIRARD GOLLEGE 
&® EASTERN VIRGINIA 


NE W JERSEY 
& PENNSYLVANIA 
15 stations 38 months. = years 


GEO RIGIA A AIBA A OLS Sachin aa] GIRL ETEINEWALCEH RERNECHIMAUNED 


TENNESSEE & KENTUCKY & NORTHERN FLORIDA 4 
5 an Cy i Z 
72 stations- 67 moriths SCE 


INDIANA ALLINOIS MICHIGAN 
2 year 


WISGOQNSIN & IOWA. ; 
7 stations-2Z6 months 9 stations ~29 months. 


T Sirecliars Wee 


id 


Vey 
a 


# 


Fort 


{ Laramie 


L Alay, 


Longitude 26° 
West trom Washington 


Bad 
Lands 


WAP 
SHOWING THE POSITION 
of the 


BAD LADS 


or 


MASTAIS® TERRES 
HIB RA SAN 


fiom a draft by 
JOHN EVANS 
of the 
U.S. Geological Corps. 


Latitude 42° 


4 ‘ : 
UG 


ANCIENT FAUNA 


or 


hea ” 


SF UBRASKA- 


eee pened cone ee ee Ce ae 


ie OR, 


a Fees 


DESCRIPTION OF REMAINS OF EXTINCT MAMMALIA AND CHELONIA, 


Sap Masaka 


ena ee 


BY 


we 


JOSEPH LEIDY, M.D., 


PROFESSOR OF ANATOMY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. 


ees re 


PACE ere aE an See a 


nA [ACCEPTED FOR PUBLICATION, DECEMBER, 1852.] 
With Mie Ts ; 


tena! 4 tay 


tia’ i ee 
POR eR ates) 


PAS i 


ha sraticn ee a cae | 


r 7 i 
Lil Ami mls > Tian NA Mit EMD 9 Ae cM 


eal erably 


COMMISSION 


TO WHICH THIS PAPER HAS BEEN REFERRED. 


Prof. James Hatt. 
Joun L. Leconts, M.D. 


JosepH Henry, 
Secretary S. I. 


CONTENTS. 


PREFACE 
INTRODUCTION 


MAMMALIA. 


CHAPTER I. 


DESCRIPTIONS OF UNGULATA PARIDIGITATA 


Fam. 1.—RUMINANTIA . : 

Poebrotherium . 
Wilsonii 

Agriochoerus 
antiquus 

Oreodon 
Culbertsonii 
gracilis . 


Comparison between Oreodon Culbertsonii and Oreodon gracilis . 


Oreodon major . 

Kucrotaphus 
Jacksoni 
auritus 

Tam. 2.—PARIDIGITATA ORDINARIA 

Archaeotherium 
Mortoni 
robustum 


CHAPTER II. 


DESCRIPTIONS OF UNGULATA IMPARIDIGITATA 


Fam. 1.—Sonrprpia 
Anchitherium 
Bairdii 
Fam. 2.—IMPARIDIGITATA ORDINARIA . 
Titanotherium 
Proutii 
Palaeotherium 
giganteum 
Rhinoceros 
occidentalis 
Nebrascensis 


PAGE 


19 


19 
19 
19 
24 
24 
29 
45 
53 
oy) 
55 
56 
56 
56 
o7 
57 
57 
66 


67 


67 
67 
67 
72 


° 


a 


72 
78 
78 
79 
81 
86 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER Til. 
y CARNIVORA , : F F : 
Fam. 1.—DIGiriarapa . é Sal ee : : — : i 2 
Machairodus : 5 5 - 7 5 ; 5 4 3 
hy primaeyus . : . : : . 5 . . 
; 
CHELONIA. 
CHAPTER T. 

: Testudo . ; 5 : , : : ; F P 

Nebrascensis 7 : - 4 : 4 3 ; 
‘ hemispherica : “ : . : 5 5 . 

Oweni : mn a oe: 5 = 5 2 

Culbertsonii : P 4 3 x : : : 

lata : : E : : A ‘ 3 


: THIS WORK ‘ : : : : : : P no 
INDEX . . M3 5 inte 5 4 é P , 5 
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES . 


elven ene © ie 


THE present Memoir, entitled “The Ancient Fauna of Nebraska,” is founded 
upon a large and highly important collection of fossil remains of Mammalia and 
Chelonia, of the Eocene Period, from Nebraska Territory, which have been sub- 
mitted to me for examination by the Smithsonian Institution, Dr. David Dale Owen, 
of New Harmony, Indiana, and Dr. Hiram A. Prout and Prof. O’Loghland, of St. 
Louis, to whom I express my sincere thanks for the interest they have taken in 
my labors. 

To Prof. S. F. Baird, Dr. S. D. Culbertson, Messrs. Alexander, Joseph, and 
Thaddeus Culbertson, Capt. Stewart Van Vliet, Dr. S. G. Morton, Dr. John H. B. 
M‘Clellan, Dr. A. H. Senseny, and Mr. J. S. Phillips, I am also obliged for the 
aid which they have contributed to the work. 

I embrace the present occasion to acknowledge the talent of the artists who 
have added so greatly to the value of the Memoir, by the excellent and faithful 
drawings which accompany it, viz.: Mr. A. Sonrel, of Woburn Centre, near Boston, 
and Messrs. A. J. Ibbotson, A. Frey, F. Shell, and I. Butler, of Philadelphia. 


eh OD. CO Talon: 


It has ceased to be a startling fact that, prior to the advent of man, a long series 
of ages had rolled by, during which numerous races of plants and animals succes- 
sively originated and became extinct; and we no longer doubt our power to unveil 
the past, even to the period when the encrinite, the trilobite, and the brachiopod, 
were the sole representatives of life upon our planet. 

In the earliest known palsozoic rocks, remains of invertebrate animals only 
have been found, and fossil fishes are first discovered in the upper Silurian forma- 
tions. Recently, remains of reptiles have been detected in the Old Red Sandstone 
of Morayshire, Scotland,’ but it was not until the middle of the Secondary Period 
that this class of animals appears to have reached the acme of its development. 

The era of the origin of birds will probably always be involved in more obscurity 
than that of the other vertebrata, as, from their physical construction, their remains 
are the least likely to be preserved. With the exception of footprints, supposed 
to be those of birds, but which may yet prove to be of reptiles, in the sandstone 
and conglomerate of the valley of the Connecticut, no truly characteristic remains 
of the former class have been discovered in any of the primary or secondary fossili- 
ferous strata. 

Of mammalia, a few undoubted remains have been found even as#ow in the 
geological series as the Trias. Prof. Plieninger recently discovered, in the bone- 
breccia of Wiirtemberg, two molar teeth, supposed to have belonged to an insect- 
iyorous animal, to which the name Microlestes antiquus has been given.” In the 
same deposit, Prof. Plieninger found several incisor teeth, which he considers to 
have appertained to a species of fish allied to Sargus, and, therefore, proposes for 
the animal the name of Sargodon, but Jaeger suspects they also may have be- 
longed to a mammal, which was allied to the Anoplotherium, Cuvier.’ 

In the Stonesfield slate of Oxfordshire, England, belonging to the Oolitic Period, 
seven halves, singularly enough, of lower jaws, have been discovered, which have 
been referred to three species of two genera of insectivorous marsupialia: the Am- 
plugonus Prevostiit, Ag.; Amphigonus Broderipii; and the Phascolotherium Buck- 
landii, Owen.* 


* Telerpeton elginense, Mantell: Quart. Journ. Geolog. Soc., 1852, VIII. 100. 

? Wiirtemb. naturw. Jahresb., 1847, III. H. 2, 164. 

° Fos. Siiugeth. Wirtemb., 1850, 139. 

* Jahrb. yon Leon.u.Bronn, 1835, 186; Owen: Trans. Geol. Soc., 1841, VI. 47,58; Brit. Fos. Mam., 
29, 61. 


8 INTRODUCTION. 


In Europe, no remains of mammals have been detected in the cretaceous series, 
but in this country several vertebrae have been found in the Green Sand of New 
Jersey, associated with bones of the Mososawrus, which I have referred to two 
species of cetacea, under the names of Priscodelphinus grandevus and Priscodel- 
phinus Harlani." 

The tertiary geological period is remarkable for the great number of mammals 
which have been ushered into existence in successive races, and in the same course 
have become extinct. 

In Europe, the earliest tertiary or eocene formations have yielded an extraor- 
dinary abundance of mammalian fossils, in which we have reason to feel a peculiar 
interest, as, through the brilliant genius of Cuvier, they became the opening chapter 
to the great volume of palzontological science. 

Until recently, in North America, the only mammalian genus which had been 
detected as a member of the early Tertiary Period was the huge cetacean, the 
Basilosaurus, Harlan, from the eocene deposits of Louisiana, Alabama, and South 
Carolina. Of this genus several distinct species have been indicated as follow :— 


BASILOSAURUS CETOIDES, GIBBES: Journ. Ac. Nat. Se., 1847, I. 5. 
Zeuglodon cetoides, Owen: Trans. Geol. Soc., 1841, VI. 69. 
Zeuglodon macrospondylus, Miiller: Fos. Res. d. Zeug., 1849. 

BASILOSAURUS SERRATUS, Gibbes: Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1847, I. 5. 
Zeuglodon brachyspondylus, Miiller: Fos. Res. d. Zeug., 1849. 

BAsILOSAURUS PYGMAUS ? 

Zeuglodon pygmeus? Miiller: Fos. Res. d. Zeug., 1849. 


Quite lately, I referred a cervical vertebra found at Ouachita, Louisiana, to a new 
genus of cetacean animals under the name: 


PonToGENEvs priscus? Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1852, VI. 52. (This may belong to the Basilo- 
saurus pygmeus.) 


Very numerous remains of extinct mammalia have also been discovered in the 
miocene and pliocene deposits of Europe, and likewise in those of the latter period 
in the Sivalik Hills of the Himalayas of India, in South America, and Australia. 

The mammalia, which have been indicated as belonging to the Miocene Period 
of North America, are as follow :— 


Poca WyMANI, Leidy. Wyman: Am. Journ. Sc., 1850, X. 229. 

Puocopon, Agassiz. Wyman: Ibid., 56. 

DELPHINUS CALVERTENSIS, Harlan: Proc. Nat. Inst. Washington, 1842, II. 195. 

Devpurinus Conravt, Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1852, VI. 35; Wyman: Am. Journ. Se., 1850, X. 231. 
BALENA PALHATLANTICA, Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Se., 1851, V. 308. 

BaLa@na prisca, Leidy: Ibid. 


In the pliocene deposits of this country the remains of extinct mammalia are 
very numerous, and a large number of species have been determined as follow :— 


CERVUS AMERICANUS, Harlan: Fauna Amer., 1825, 245. 


1 Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1851, V. 327. 


| 
i 
’ 
i 
a 
; 


INTRODUCTION. 9 


CERvus ? 
Elaphus americanus, De Kay: Nat. Hist. New York, 1842, Pt. I., Zool. Mam., 120.1 
Bison tarirrons, Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Se., 1852, VI. 117; Smiths. Contrib. to Knowl., 1852, V. 8. 
Bos latifrons, Harlan: Fauna Amer., 1825, 273. 
Bison anriquus, Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sce., 1852, VI. 117; Smiths. Contrib. to Knowl., 1852, V. 11. 
BoorHERIuM CAVIFRONS, Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Se., 1852, VI. 71; Smiths. Contrib. to Knowl., 1852, 
Wie 2. 
Bos Pallasii (in part), Dekay: An. Lye. Nat. Hist. of N. York, 1828, IT. 280. 
BoorveriuM BomBrrrons, Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sce., 1852, VI. 71; Smiths. Contrib. to Knowl., 1852, 
We Ua ; 
Bos bombifrons, Harlan: Faun. Amer. 1825, 271. 
Ovis MAMMiInARIS? Hildreth: Am. Journ. Sc., 1857, XX XI. 82. 
HARLANUS AMERICANUS, Owen: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1846, IIT. 94; Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1847, I. 18. 
Sus americana, Harlan: Amer. Journ. Sc., 1842, XLIII. 143. 
PLATYGONUS compREsSUS, Le Conte: Am. Journ. Sc., 1848, V. 103; Trans. Am. Ac. Arts, 1848, III. 
957; Leidy: Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 1852, X. 328. 
DIcoTYLES DEPRESSIFRONS, Le Conte: Proc. Ac. Nat. Se., 1852, VI. 3; Leidy: Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 
1852, X. 323. 
DICOTYLES TORQUATUS (fossilis). 
Dicotyles costatus, Le Conte: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1852, VI. 5. 
Prorocherus prismaricus, Le Conte: Am. Journ. Sc., 1848, V. 
1852, X. 328. 
Hucu@rus macrops, Leidy: Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 1852, X. 323. 
Equus AMERICANUS, Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1847, III. 262. 
HippaRion VENUsTUM, Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1853, VI. 241. 
TAPIRUS AMERICANUS (/ossi/is). Carpenter: Am. Journ. Sc., 1842, XLII. 390; Ibid., 1846, I. 247; 
Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1849, IV. 180. 
Tapirus mastodontoides, Harlan: Fauna Amer., 1825, 224. 
Taprrus Haystt, Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1852, VI. 148. 
ELEPHAS AMERICANUS. (The fossil elephant of North America.) 
Elephas primigenius, Blumenbach. In part, of numerous authors. 
MASTODON GIGANTEUS, Cuvier. See numerous authors. 
Ursus AMERICANUS (fossilis). Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1853, VI. 
Urnsts AMPLIDENS, Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1853, VI. 
Farts atrox, Leidy: Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 1852, X. 319. 
Procyon priscus, Le Conte: Am. Journ. Sc., 1848, V. 106. 
Anomopon Snyprrt, Le Conte: Am. Journ. Se., 1848, V. 106. 
CASTOR FIBER (fossilis). Wyman: Am. Journ. Sc., 1850, X. 61. 
CASTOROIDES OHIOENSIS, Foster: Second Ann. Rep. of the Geolog. Survey of Ohio, 1838, 80, 81; 
Wyman: Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc., 1846, V. 385. 
Oromys Alsort, Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1853, VI. 241. 
M&GATHERIUM MIRABILE, Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1852, VI. 117. 
Megatherium, Cuvier. Cooper: An. Lye. Nat. Hist. of N. York, 1824, I. 114; Ibid., 1828, I. 267; 
Hodgson: Mem. on the Megatherium, 1846. 
Megatherium Cuvieri, Desmarest. Harlan: Fauna Amer., 1825, 200. 
Mrcatonyx JErrersonit, Harlan: Fauna Amer., 1825, 201. 
Megalonyx laqueatus, Harlan: Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1838, VI. 269. 
Aulaxodon s. Plewrodon, Harlan: Med. and Phys. Researches, 1835, 330. 
MEGALONYX DIssIMILis, Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., 1852, VI. 117. 


105; Leidy: Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 


4 This may prove to be a new species, but it certainly is not the Cervus americanus of Harlan, as is 
supposed by Dr. De Kay, for the remains of the latter indicate an animal even greater in size than the 
ah Wy Yo 

rish Elk. 


10 INTRODUCTION. 


Mytopvon Hartant, Owen: Zool. Voy. Beagle, Pt. I., 1840, 68. 
Megalonyx laqueatus, Harlan: Med. and Phys. Researches, 1835, 334. 
Orycterotherium Missouriense, Harlan: Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1841, IL. 119; Am. Journ. Se., 1843, 
XLIV. 69. 
Orycterotherium Oregonensis, Perkins: Am. Journ. Sc., 1843, XLIV. 80. 
Erepropon priscus, Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Se., 1853, V. 241. 
Evuprapys ANTIQUUS, Leidy: Ibid. 
Megalonyx potens, Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Se., 1852, VI. 117. 
DELPHINUS VERMONTANUS? Thompson: Am. Journ. Se., 1850, XT. 256. 
TRICHECUS VIRGINIANUS? Dekay: Nat. Hist. New York, 1842, Pt. I., Zool. Mam., 56. 
Trichecus. Mitchell, Smith, and Cooper: An. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. York, 1828, IT. 271. 
Trichecus rosmarus (fossilis). Harlan: Med. and Phys. Researches, 1835, 277. 
Mawnatus, Cuvier. Harlan: Journ. Ac. Nat. Se., 1825, IV. 286; Med. and Phys. Researches, 1835, 278. 
RoRQUALIS AUSTRALIS (fossilis). Dekay: Nat. Hist. New York, 1842, Pt. I., Zool. Mam. 99.1 


In addition to the species just enumerated, remains of numerous mammals and 
other vertebrates have been discovered, by Prof. 8. F. Baird, in various caves of 
Pennsylvania and Virginia, and are now deposited in the Museum of the Smith- 
sonian Institution.” The collection contains representatives of nearly all the 
larger recent mammals and turtles of the United States, together with a few 
extinct species. 

The particular object of the present memoir is the description of a large and 
highly important collection of remains of mammalia and chelonia from an exten- 
sive Kocene deposit, which immediately overlies the Green Sand of the Cretaceous 
Period, in the Mauvaises Terres of Nebraska Territory. 

The Mauvaises Terres, or Bad Lands, as they are named, constitute a district of 
country extending along the foot of the Black Hills, a spur of the Rocky Mountains, 
situated between the Platte, or Nebraska, and the Missouri Rivers, at the head of 
certain branches of the latter called the L’Eau-qui-court, White, Cheyenne, and 
Moreau Rivers.’ 

Dr. Owen, in describing this region, from notes of a visit made to it by Dr. John 
Evans, in his magnificent “ Report of a Geological Survey of Wisconsin, Iowa, and 
Minnesota, and incidentally of a portion of Nebraska,” observes that it presents one 
of the most extraordinary and picturesque sights that can be found in the whole 
Missouri country.* 


* The following are erroneously reported as fossil remains :— 

RuINOCEROIDES ALLEGHANIENSIS, Featherstonhaugh: Journ. of Geol. 1831, I. 10. This is no animal 
remain whatever, but is merely a fragment of stone. See De Blainvyille’s Osteographie, article Rhino- 
ceros, p. 172. Further confirmed by Dr. Isaac Hays and Mr. Isaac Lea, who have had an opportunity 
of inspecting the specimen. 

OsTEOPERA PLATYCEPHALA, Harlan: Fauna Amer., 126. The cranium described under this name is 
now preserved in the Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences, and without the slightest doubt 
belongs to the recent Calogenys paca, Rengger, of South America. 

Equus CABALLUS? 

Equus major, Dekay: Nat. Hist. New York, Pt. I., Zool. Mam., 108. 

Equus curvidens, Owen. Leidy: Proc. Ac. Nat. Se., 1847, III. 262. 
* See Proceedings of the American Association, at Cambridge, 1849, IT. 352. 
® See the map accompanying this memoir, for the use of which I am indebted to Dr. D. D. Owen. 
ay Pls19G; 


a 


f 
d 
\ 


INTRODUCTION. ah 


“From the high prairies that rise in the back-ground, by a series of terraces 
towards the spurs of the Rocky Mountains, the traveller looks down into an exten- 
sive valley, that may be said to constitute a world of its own, and which appears 
to have been formed, partly by an extensive vertical fault, partly by the long con- 
tinued influence of denudation. 

“The valley is about ninety miles in length, and thirty in breadth, and stretches 
away, westwardly, towards the base of the dark gloomy range of mountains, the 
Black Hills. Its most depressed portion is about three hundred feet below the 
general level of the surrounding country, and is covered by a soil, similar to that 
of the higher ground, supporting scanty grasses. 


View of the Mauvaises Terres.—From the Geological Report of Dr. Owen. 


“To the surrounding country, however, the Mauvaises Terres present the most 
striking contrast. From the uniform, monotonous, open prairie, the traveller sud- 
denly descends, one or two hundred feet, into a valley that looks as if it had sunk 
away from the contiguous world; leaving standing, all over the surface, thousands 
of abrupt, irregular, prismatic, and columnar masses, frequently capped with irre- 
gular pyramids, and extending to a height of one or two hundred feet, or more. 

“So thickly are these natural towers studded over the surface of this extraor- 
dinary region, that the traveller threads his way through deep, confined, labyrin- 
thine passages, not unlike the narrow irregular streets and lanes of some quaint 
old town of the European continent. Viewed in the distance, indeed, these rocky 
piles, in their endless succession, assume the appearance of massive artificial struc- 


Ibe INTRODUCTION. 


“a 


tures, decked out with all the accessories of buttress and turret, arched doorway and 
clustered shaft, pinnacle, finial, and tapering spire. 

“One might almost imagine he was approaching some magnificent city of the 
dead, where the labor and the genius of forgotten nations had left behind them a 
multitude of monuments of art and skill. 

“On descending from the heights, however, and proceeding to thread this vast 
labyrinth, and inspect in detail its deep intricate recesses, the realities of the scene 
soon dissipate the delusions of the distance. The castellated forms which fancy 
had conjured up have vanished; and on every side appears bleak and barren 
desolation. 

“Then, too, if the exploration be made in summer, the scorching rays of the 
sun, pouring down in the hundred defiles that conduct the wayfarer through this 
pathless waste, are reflected back from the white or ash-colored walls, that rise 
around unmitigated by a breath of air or the shelter of a solitary shrub. 

“The drooping spirits of the scorched geologist are not permitted, however, to 
flag. The fossil treasures of the way, well repay its sultriness and fatigue. At 
every step, objects of the highest interest present themselves. Embedded in the 
debris, lie strewn, in the greatest profusion, relics of extinct animals. All speak of 
a fresh-water deposit of the early Tertiary Period, and disclose the former exist- 
ence of most remarkable races, that roamed about in bygone ages high up in the 
valley of the Missouri, towards the sources of its western tributaries; where now 
pasture the Big Horn (Ovis montana) and the Buffalo (Bison americanus).” 

Mr. Thaddeus A. Culbertson, who visited the Mauvaises Terres in 1850, under 
the auspices of the Smithsonian Institution, and made a good collection of its animal 
remains, has given a description of this remarkable country closely corresponding 
with that just detailed. In one part of his journal, he observes: “ The road now lay 
over hills which became more steep and frequent as we approached the Bad Lands. 
These occasionally appeared in the distance, and never before did I see anything 
that so resembled a large city; so complete was this deception that I could point 
out the public buildings; one appeared to have a large dome, which might be the 
town hall; another, with a large angular top, suggested the idea of a court-house, 
or some other magnificent edifice for public purposes; and then appeared a row of 
palaces, great in number and superb in all their arrangements. Indeed, the thought 
frequently occurred as we rode along, that we were approaching a city of palaces; 
with everything upon the grandest scale, and adapted for giants, who might have 
ruled the huge animals, whose remains are there still, and not for pigmies, such as 
now inhabit the earth. Again and again, as from different positions this region 
was visible, thoughts of an immense city would arise in my mind, and I could 
almost fancy its din and bustle were occasionally borne upon the wind to my ear.” 

The structure of the columnar rocks of the Bad Lands, according to the report 
of Dr. Evans, quoted in the work of Dr. Owen, before indicated, is as follows:— 


* Journal of an Expedition to the Mauyaises Terres and the Upper Missouri in 1850. Fifth An. Rep. 
of the Smiths. Inst., p. 84. 


INTRODUCTION. 13 


Section of Beds constituting the early tertiary (Eocene) of the Bad Lands (Mauvaises 
Terres).—(Numbered in the descending order.) 


1. Ash-colored clay, cracking in the sun, containing silicious concretions 30 feet. 
2. Compact white limestone ; ‘ : ‘ : : : seit ieee 
3. Light-gray marly limestone . s j : seh Sue “4 
4. light-gray indurated silicious clay (not Himoseer') , : SU 
5. Aggregate of small angular grains of quartz, or conglomerate, cemented 

by calcareous earth (slightly effervescent) : 5 4 ipSgdeg 
6. Layer of quartz and chalcedony (probably only par eh : . f Lomeh: 


7. Light-gray indurated silicious clay, similar to number 4, but more 
calcareous, passing downwards into pale, flesh-colored, tered silicious, 


marly, limestone (effervescent), turtle, and bone bed : : : . 25 feet. 
8. White and light-gray calcareous grit (slightly effervescent) . gilli, yo 
9. Similar aggregate to number 5, but coarser. i Siem 
10. Light-green, indurated, argillaceous stratum (Gienin, Sraean 

Titanotherium bed . : 5 : ‘ : : : 3 : . 20 feet. 


The extensive cemetery of eocene vertebrata in the Mauvaises Terres, or Bad 
Lands, of Nebraska, was first brought to our notice in a communication entitled 


Description of a Fossil Maxillary Bone of a Palcotherium, from near White River, 


published by Hiram A. Prout, M.D., of St. Louis, in the American Journal of 
Science and Arts, for 1847, page 248. 

Nearly at the same time, Mr. J. 8. Phillips, when on a visit to Chambersburg, 
Pennsylvania, observed in the possession of Dr. 8. D. Culbertson, several remark- 
able mammalian fossils, which had been sent as curiosities from the Bad Lands by 


his nephew, Mr. Alexander Culbertson, of the American Fur Company. These 


specimens, at the suggestion of the late distinguished Dr. 8. G. Morton, were 
obtained through Dr. John H. B. McClellan, a friend of Dr. Culbertson, and were 
obligingly placed in my hands for examination. A description of them was pub- 
lished in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, of Philadelphia, for 
1847 and 1848; and they were afterwards presented by Alexander Culbertson 
to the Academy. 

The attention of Dr. D. D. Owen having been directed to the interesting region 
whence the fossils were obtained, he requested Dr. John Evans, an assistant in 
the geological survey in which he was engaged, to pay it a visit. This gentleman 
brought home a magnificent collection of fossils, which form the basis of one of 
the chapters in the Report of Dr. Owen, before quoted.’ 

Through the instrumentality of Prof. S. F. Baird, who from the first fully appre- 
ciated the importance of a complete examination of the Mauvaises Terres and their 
animal remains, Mr. Thaddeus A. Culbertson, under the auspices of the Smith- 


* Dr. J. Leidy’s Memoir, p. 533, of the “Report of a Geolog. Surv. of Wisc., ete.” 
3 


14 INTRODUCTION. 


sonian Institution, visited the locality in 1850, and brought home a valuable addi- 
tional collection of mammalian and chelonian fossils. 

From a variety of favorable circumstances, but especially through important aid 
from the Smithsonian Institution, and Dr. D. D. Owen, I have been enabled per- 
sonally to inspect all the animal remains brought from Nebraska, of which I have 
had any intimation. In commencing, then, with a description of the Eocene Fauna 
of Nebraska, the following collections were submitted to investigation. 

1. The original fragment of a maxillary bone described by Dr. Prout, with the 
addition of several other important specimens. These were kindly loaned by Dr. 
Hiram A. Prout, of St. Louis. 

2. A collection which accompanied the former, cen to, and obligingly 
loaned by Prof. O’Loghland, of St. Louis. 

3. Specimens presented by Alexander Culbertson, Esq., through Joseph Cul- 
bertson, Esq., to the Academy of Natural Sciences, of Philadelphia. 

4. The collection made by Dr. John Evans, at the instigation of Dr. D. D. 
Owen, for the United States Government, and now belonging to the Smithsonian 
Institution. 

5. A collection procured, as above mentioned, by Mr. Thaddeus A. Culbertson, 
for the Smithsonian Institution. Very important aid in making this collection was 
rendered by Mr. Alexander Culbertson. 

6. A small but very excellent collection made by Captain Stewart Van Vliet, of 
the United States Army, and by him presented to the Smithsonian Institution. 
These specimens, though last received, were actually among the first collected, 
having been procured by him when on a journey from Fort Pierre to Fort Lara- 
mie, in company with Mr. Alexander Culbertson, who, on the same occasion, ob- 
tained the specimens first described by me. 

Most of the specimens when received, were partially enveloped by, or had 
attached to them a hard, silicio-caleareous clay, of a dirty cream color; and the 
same material fills the cavities of the skulls and the interior of the turtle shells. 

This matrix, according to Dr. D. D, Owen, has the following composition :— 


Water of absorption . ; 3 LO 2.50 
Flesh-colored silicious earth, jabsttible’t in duitettana seid : : 33.00 
Lime : é : é é : : : : - . Cad 30.90 
Carbonic acid . ; F F , : : f : AICOE 19.00 
Sesquioxide of iron . : ; : : : : : . FeO; 2.00 
Alumina . ; : F : ; , . . : » £A20; 1.00 
Manganese : s 3 3 : : : : : - MnO 1.00 
Magnesia ; . : , é : : ; é . MgO 1.00 
Phosphoric acid ; ; : : : : : ‘ ; 1.80 
Chlorine . ; 5 : L : : : : + COL 0.44 
Potash. ; . ; ‘ ; : : : - KO 4.08 
Soda and loss. ; 5 : : : : : : . NaO 3.28 

100.00 


* Rep. of a Geolog. Surv. etc., p. 606. 


INTRODUCTION. 15 


A portion of the matrix attached to the bones of the Titanotherium, obtained 
from the lowest bed of the geological section, No. 10, p. 13, also analyzed by Dr. 
Owen, was found to be composed as follows:— 


Water. : ‘ : : : : ; : : . HO 4.00 
Silica i : ‘ 6 ‘ : Bea mee : : . SiO, 59.00 
Lime... : 3 ¢ ‘ : : F : ; . Cad 10.00 
Carbonic acid . : : : ; : j : i . CO, 12.20 
Sesquioxide of iron . : : : : i : ‘ . FeO, 7.20 
Alumina . : , : ; : : ‘ : E NEO: 4,20 
Phosphorie acid : : : é 3 : : : ; 1.90 
Chlorine . : : : : : : ; 3 : sO 0.037 
Sulphuric acid . : 6 ° ; : p ‘ : . SO, 0.03 
Alkalies and loss : : : : : : : ; , 1.483 
100.000 


The bones, unlike those of the gypsum quarries of Montmartre; (which are 
of the same age but not mineralized) are as completely petrified as any found in 
the most favorable circumstances. Most usually they are exceedingly hard, com- 
pact, and heavy, and only rarely have they become friable. The cellular, vascular, 
and medullary cavities are filled with mineral matter, in most instances, consist- 
ing of crystallized or amorphous silex or chalcedony, which is sometimes botryoidal 
in its arrangement in the larger cavities. 

The bones are preserved in very various degrees of integrity, some being beau- 
tifully perfect, whilst others are crushed or otherwise fractured, the crevices being 
filled with the ordinary matrix, or with a harder mineral matter. The latter 
evidently were subjected to violence while enveloped in a soft mud which now 
constitutes the matrix; for in most instances in which the fragments have been 
widely separated, they still retain their proper relative position to one another. 

The teeth, where they exist, are usually preserved quite perfect, and in all cases 
their pulp cavities are filled with dense amorphous, or with crystallized silex. 

The dentine is commonly of a cream color, or pure white, but occasionally it is 
tinged with a roseate hue; and in most cases where exposed from the enamel having 
been worn off, it is covered by a lamina of compact peroxide of iron. Its texture is 
firm, though more friable than in the recent condition. The enamel is well pre- 
served in texture, but in every instance is stained. Its color passes from trans- 
lucent light brown resembling horn, through different shades of brown, to black 
with a brown or bluish tinge. Its surface is highly lustrous, and in those cases in 
which it is dark in color, resembles polished steel. 

The bones are cream white, yellowish, brownish, brown, and iron gray, and 
most frequently have a slightly polished surface. Very often a thin layer of 
brown oxide of iron adheres to the latter, and is difficult to detach, without re- 
moving a portion of the osseous structure. 

None of the specimens have the appearance of being water worn, or rolled, but 
all the teeth and processes of bone, when entire, exhibit all their original sharpness 


1 Rep. of a Geolog. Surv. ete., p. 606. 


16 INTRODUCTION. 


of outline, indicating that the carcasses of the animals to which they belonged 
decayed upon a soft, muddy bottom of a lake or similar body of water. 

An analysis of portions of some of the bones and teeth having been made by Dr. 
Francis B. Greene, under the immediate inspection of Dr. F. A. Genth, at the re- 
quest of Dr. D. D. Owen and myself, the following results were obtained :— 

Specimen 1. Fragment of an os femoris of Titanotherium. This was compact, 
with a subeonchoidal fracture, and tough. Its hardness was = 4.5; the sp. gr. = 
2.870. Lustre resinous. Color brown; opaque. On heating, it eliminated an 
ammoniacal water, together with the odor of burnt horn. 

Specimen 2. Fragment of a tibia of Archeotheriwm. This was compact, and 
presented an uneven, somewhat splintery, fracture. Its hardness was = 4.; the 
sp. gr. = 2.826. Lustre pearly. Color pinkish white; opaque. When heated in 
contact with the air, it assumed a green tint from the development of manganic 
acid. 

Specimen 3. Fragment of enamel from a molar tooth of Titanotherium. Appear- 
ance fibrous, with an uneven fracture, and very tough. Its hardness was = 4.7; 
the sp. gr. = 4.7. Lustre upon the surface subvitreous, that of the fibres pearly. 
Color bluish gray, opaque. 

Specimen 4. Fragment of dentine, from a molar tooth of Titanotheriwm. It was 
compact, and had an uneven, somewhat subconchoidal fracture. Its hardness was 
= 2.5; the sp. gr. = 2.935. Lustre dull. Color white, with gray spots and black 
streaks; opaque. On heating, in contact with the air, it assumed a greenish tint. 


COMPOSITION. 

Spec. 1. Spec. 2. Spec. 3. Spec. 4. 
Sesquioxide of iron. : = Hes): L.777 trace trace trace 
Oxide of manganese . : . MnO trace trace trace trace 
Magnesia. : : ; . MgO 0.348 1.140 0.219 0.53 
Lime : : : : . CaO 49.837 47.052 51.872 49.82 
Fluoride of calcium. : . CaFl 0.716 5.086 0.099 2.90 
Baryta c ‘ a A . Bad 0.359 1.131 a — 
Soda . E é : : NAO 1.134 1.572 1.288 0.75 
Potassa : : : : op LO, 0.317 0.276 0.239 0.28 
Silica : : : ; -« SiO} 0.135 0.259 0.611 0.79 
Sulphuric acid. : : . SO 1.067 2.200 1.011 1.51 
Phosphoric acid. 2 : 7 BOs 34.148 32.957 39.348 36.10 
Carbonic acid. : : COs 4.088 2.2'70 3.165 2.83 
Chlorine. : : : 5 Cl trace trace trace trace 
Water : : : : - HO 2.048 aya 0.626 2.10 
Organic matter. : P : . ; 5.682 4.086 2.538 2.66 


101.656 100.000 101.016 100.22 


Or, the composition may be considered thus :— 


INTRODUCTION. if 


Spec. 1. Spee. 2. Spee, 3. Spec. 4. 

Phosphate of iron i . 2Ke,0,,3P0, 2.821 
“ _ magnesia . 38Mg0O,PO,; 0.770 2.099 0.408 0.98 
ee lime : - 38Ca0,PO; 69.685 68.582 83.835 77.81 
é soda : . 2Na0,PO; 1.415 1.079 1.413 —. 
Sulphate of baryta : - BaO,SO, 0.547 1,723 — ——— 
us soda , . NaO,SO, 1.083 2.443 1.437 1.71 
potassa . KO;SO, 0.587 0.510 0.442 0.43 
aS lime : . Cad,SO, —. — — 0.60 
Silicate of lime . : . 38Ca0,Si0, 0.382 0.732 L727 2.23 
Carbonate of lime ‘ - €a0,CO, 9.315 5.172 7.212 6.45 
Lime . ! 3 j . Cad 6.605 6.517 1,284 NS 
Fluoride of calcium . - CaF 0.716 5.086 0.099 2.90 
Water : : : . HO 2.048 1.971 0.626 2.10 
Organic matter . : 3 : : é 5.682 4.086 2.538 2.66 


101.656 100.000 101.016 100.22 


Cuvier, in speaking of the remains of mammalia in the gypsum quarries of the 
Paris basin observes, “on peut s’étonner que dans une contrée aussi étendue que 
celle qu’occupent nos carriéres, et qui a plus de vingt lieues de l’est 4 louest on 
nait presque trouvé que des os d’animaux d’une seule famille, et que le petit 
nombre d’espéces étrangéres 4 cette famille principale, y soient d’une rareté ex- 
tréme.” The distinguished author infers from this a condition analogous to that 
presented in our day by Australia. More recent researches, however, have shown 
that in the single family alluded to, the Pachydermata, he included members really 
belonging to one of the other Cuvierian families; for the Anoplotherium and Di- 
chobune are now generally considered to have been true ruminating animals. 

With a single exception, all the species of extinct mammalia, which have yet 
been obtained from Nebraska, belong to the Ungulata, and, as in the case of those 
of the Paris basin above referred to, consist of Ruminantia and Pachydermata. 

The great order of Ungulata, or hoofed mammalia, according to the idea originally 
expressed by Cuvier, and confirmed by De Blainville, but more especially by Owen, 
is divisible into two distinct sub-orders, the Paridigitata or even-toed ungulates, and 
the Jmparidigitata, or uneven-toed ungulates. 

The sub-order Puridigitata may be divided into the families Ruminantia and 
Ordinaria. 

The Ruminantia are further divisible into sub-families as follows :— 

1. Those which are hornless, and have incisors and canines in both jaws; as 
Anoplotherium, Macrauchenia, Dichobune, Chalicotherium, etc. 

2. Those which are hornless, and have canines and an incomplete series of in- 
cisors or none at all, in the upper jaw; as Camelus, Auchenia, Moschus, Dorcathe- 
rium, ete. 

3. Those which have processes of the os frontis, or have antlers, in one or both 
_ sexes, and have or have not upper canines, or have them in a rudimentary con- 
dition, and which are without upper incisors; as Cervus, Cameloepardalis, etc. 


1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Se., VI. 292. 


18 INTRODUCTION. 


4. Those which possess true horns, and have neither upper canines nor incisors; 
as Antilope, Bos, Ovis, etc. 

The Puridigitata ordinaria are represented by Sus, Dicotyles, Hippopotamus, Chee- 
ropotamus, Anthracotherium, Hyracotherium, etc. 

The second sub-order of Ungulata is figiaile into the following families :— 

Solipedia, represented by Equus, Hipparion, Anchitherium, etc. 

Ordinaria, to which belong Ehinoceros, Tapirus, Puleotherium, etc. 

Proboscidia, containing Elephas and Mastodon. 

Of the mammalia from Nebraska, which will be described according to the pre- 
ceding arrangement, there are seven species of four genera which belong to the 
Ruminantia, two species of one genus to the Puridigitata ordinaria, one species to 
the Solipedia, and four species of three genera to the Imparidigitata ordinaria. 

The exceptional case above referred to, belonging to a different order from the 
Ungulata, is a carnivorous animal of the feline genus Machairodus. 

The chelonian fossils from Nebraska, of which there are five species, belong all 
to the genus Zestudo. 


MAMMALTA, 


CHAPTER I. 


DESCRIPTIONS OF UNGULATA PARIDIGITATA. 


Fam. 1.— RuMINANTIA. 


Gen. POEBROTHERIUM, Leivy. 


Poebrotherium Wilsonii, Lewy. 
(Puate I. Figs. 1-4.) 


Poebrotherium Wilsonii, Leidy: Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1847, III. 
322; Owen’s Rep. of a Geol. Sury. of Wisc., etc., 1852, 571. 


Poebrotherium is a peculiar genus of ruminants, among recent animals most 
nearly allied to the Musks, and probably belongs to the second sub-family according 
to the characters before indicated. 

The species Poebrotheriwm Wilsonii was established upon the greater portion of a 
skull, which was the first mammalian fossil, sent to the Academy of Natural 
Sciences of Philadelphia, from the eocene beds of Nebraska. It was presented 
by Mr. Alexander Culbertson, of Chambersburg, Pennsylvania, and, when first re- 
ceived, excited great interest among the members of the Academy, as being an 
indication of the rich palzeontological treasures since derived from the same locality. 

The specimen has lost the symphysis of the lower jaw, the end of the nose, one 
zygoma, the upper part of the face, and the upper and posterior part of the 
cranium. It is also much fractured and fissured; but the portions of it which 
remain appear to have very well retained their original relative position. 

It belonged to an individual just reaching adult age; the permanent true molars 
haying protruded, but none of the deciduous molars having been shed. In the 
upper jaw the molars are preserved on both sides, but several of those upon the 
left side are broken. This series consists of the three permanent true molars and 
three deciduous molars in a continuous row, and the first permanent premolar 
separated by a hiatus from the others. (PI. I. Figs. 1,3.) In the lower jaw, on the 
left side, are preserved five, and on the right side six teeth, viz., three permanent 
true molars, and three deciduous molars, forming a continuous row. (Figs. 1, 4.) 


20 POEBROTHERIUM. 


When the specimen was received, the right side of the lower jaw contained a 
fragment of a fang, separated from the remaining molars by a hiatus, and situated 
just in advance of the position of the first permanent premolar above, with which 
it most probably corresponded. 

The form of the head, if restored, would probably most approach that of the 
existing Musks, or the extinct Dorcatherium, Kaup, from the Middle Tertiary Form- 
ations of Europe. The face is relatively longer than in either of these genera, 
and is also more advanced in position; for in Poebrotheriwm the anterior margin 
of the orbit is on a line with the middle of the penultimate true molar, whereas in 
Dorcatherium it is in advance of this, and /in the Musks it is anterior to the first. 

At the side of the nose, the face is depressed into a remarkably deep concavity, 
at the bottom of which the ossa maxillaria of the two sides are nearly in contact; 
and the face, in this position, is only about two lines and a half in diameter. (Figs. 
1,2.) The depression may, to some extent, be the result of accident after the 
death of the animal, for the specimen is fractured; the parts, however, generally 
appear to have retained their natural position. 

Dorcatherium also presents a concavity holding nearly the same relative position; 
but, in consequence of the distance between the orbit and the bottom of the canine 
alveolus being comparatively short in this genus, the depression is close to the 
orbit; whereas, in Poebrotherium it is far advanced by reason of the prolongation 
of the face, which converges from the margin of the orbit to the bottom of the 
concavity. 

Anteriorly, in the specimen, the concavity is abruptly intruded upon by a bulging 
of the face, apparently produced by a canine alveolus like that of the Moschus 
moschiferus and the Dorcatherium. 

Below the concavity of the side of the nose, the face becomes rather abruptly, 
vertically convex; and here, above the anterior fangs of the last temporary molar, 
less advanced than in the Musks, is situated the exit of the infra-orbital canal. 

The anterior and inferior margins of the orbit remain, and show it to have been 
large and subcircular, as in Dorcatherium, and to have had a direction outward and 
slightly upward, but apparently not at all forward. The margin of the orbit, 
anteriorly and inferiorly, is everted, and is most prominent at the lachrymal border. 

The malar bone below the orbit is about three lines deep, and, except its slightly 
everted orbital margin, is vertical in its position, so that its lower border is sftuated 
considerably exterior to the alveolar processes. That border is nearly on a level 
with the edge of these processes, and the maxillo-malar suture curves upward and 
forward from near their edge, about the position of the middle of the last molar 
tooth. Anteriorly to the orbit, the malar bone rises for nearly half an inch above 
its inferior margin, and is there from four and a half to five and a half lines wide. 

The lachrymal bone externally is six lines broad, and forms part of the slope of 
the face converging to the bottom of the concavity at the side of the nose, but pre- 
sents itself no disposition to the formation of a lachrymal sinus. Its orbital face, 
near the margin, is pierced by an infundibular orifice about one line wide to the 
ductus ad nasum. 


POEBROTHERIUM. 21 


The only parts preserved and visible of the base of the cranium, in the speci- 
men, are the auditory bull, separated by the body of the sphenoid bone. These 
are remarkable for their great size and position. Relatively they are not longer 
than in the Musks, but their transverse and antero-posterior diameters are rather 
greater. They are also more vertical in their position than in the Musks, and 
are so situated that their postero-external portion projects considerably exterior 
to the ramus of the lower jaw, filling up nearly a concavity formed by its posterior 
margin. The length of the bulle from the meatus auditorius is eleven lines, the 
transverse diameter posteriorly nine lines, and the antero-posterior diameter an 
inch. Externally they are convex, and converge forwards within the position of 
the ramus of the lower jaw; internally they are vertical and slightly convex, or 
nearly plane; posteriorly they inclose the stylal pit; and postero-internally they 
present a broad irregular surface, which abuts against the paramastoid process. 
The space separating the bulle, or the width of the sphenoidal body between them, 
is about five lines. (Fig. 1.) 

The auditory process resembles that of the Musks, and the meatus auditorius 
externus, which holds the same relative position as in these, is subcircular, and 
about a line in diameter. 

The glenoid articulation, so far as can be ascertained by viewing its position with 
the condyle of the lower jaw in contact, is much like that of the Musks, but 
appears rather more concave. 

Inferior Maxilla.—The form of the lower jaw in Dorcatheriwm is very similar 
to that of the recent Musks, but is very peculiar in Pebrotheriwm. In this the 
base is much more nearly horizontal, and when placed upon a plane surface touches 
it at the angle and middle, and the anterior portion, which curves downwards from 
the position of the third premolar to the symphysis, also nearly reaches the same 
level. (Fig. 1.) 

The outer surface of the bone below the true molars is convex, but below the 
premolars is nearly plane and deeper than in the former position. The alveolar 
margin rapidly ascends posteriorly from the position of the second true molar, and 
descends in advance of the second premolar. 

The ramus is remarkable for its breadth, and the possession of an angular 
apophysis, as in the Camel, carnivora, and most rodentia. ‘The process in position 
and form is intermediate to that of the Camel and Rabbit. From its point a thin 
convex edge, corresponding to the technical angle, descends to the base of the jaw, 
and a concavity, which in a great measure is occupied by the auditory bulla, ascends 
to the condyle. 

The relation of the condyle and coronoid process is about the same as in the 
Musks, but below the notch separating them, the ramus is depressed relatively as 
much as in the Peccary, a peculiarity in which the genus differs from all existing 
ruminants. 

The condyle externally has nearly the same form as in the Musks, and as far as 
can be seen in the specimen; its articular surface appears to be a little more convex 
than in those animals. 


The coronoid process is relatively broad, and curves upwards as in the Musks. 
4 


22 POEBROTHERIUM. 


- 


Its extremity is broken in the specimen. The symphysis also is broken away, but 
it appears to have commenced from behind about four lines in advance of the second 
premolar, and the anterior mental foramen is situated just above this portion of it. 

Dentition.—I think it probable that the permanent dentition of Poebrotherium 
was equal to the following formula :— 


HELP i tie p.m. Seine 
ata tO Por 4 4 3.38 

In the specimen, the symphysis with its teeth is broken away; and a portion 
only apparently of the upper canine alveolus remains. 

Superior Molars.—The upper teeth, in the specimen, consist of the three per- 
manent true molars, fully protruded, and the three temporary molars, forming 
together a closed row, and separated from this by a hiatus with an acute concave 
margin about four lines long, is, what I suspect to be, the first permanent premolar, 
which had no predecessor. (Figs. 1, 5.) 

The permanent true molars resemble those of the Musks, but their constituent 
lobes possess much less prominent summits. The inner lobes also are less angular, 
but more convex internally, and the outer lobes are much less prominent in the 
same direction. The outer lobes of each true molar, in the Musks, are separated 
by a narrow cleft, but in Poebrotherium they are separated only by a longitudinal 
ridge, which is the most prominent of those existing externally. The median 
ridge of each lobe externally is the most prominent and convex in the Musks, 
but is relatively narrow in Poebrotherium, and the intervening spaces are more flat 
in this genus. . 

In the specimen under consideration, the last molar had been but a short time 
fully protruded, the enamel being worn only from the summit of its postero-internal 
lobe, and remaining nearly intact upon the postero-external. The summits of all 
the other lobes of the true molars present narrow tracts of exposed dentine sur- 
rounding the interlobular pits of enamel. 

The temporary molars, also, have a very great resemblance to those of the Musks. 
The last of the series is like the permanent true molars, and in the specimen the 
enamel has been worn from the masticating surface, except a small crescentic islet 
between the posterior pair of lobes. 

The second temporary premolar in the specimen has its enamelled triturating 
surface obliterated, and in its present condition is constituted by a wide posterior 
lobe, the result of the confluence of an original transverse pair, and a narrower 
anterior lobe with a pyramidal summit, which does not distinctly appear to be 
formed from the association of an antero-posterior pair, such as exists in the corres- 
ponding tooth of the Musks. Externally this tooth presents three convex promi- 
nences, separated by concave depressions. 

The first temporary premolar has a simple, broad, oblong, trenchant crown, which 
is most prominent at its anterior part. It is convex externally, and the enamel 
internally is worn off in a sloping manner. 

The first permanent premolar, which, as before observed, is removed from the 
others by a hiatus, has a simple oblong, trenchant crown like that last described, 


Saabs 


POKEBROTHERIUM. 23 


but is longest or most prominent at the middle, is convex externally, and sloping 
plane internally, and is inserted in the jaw by two diverging fangs. 

Inferior Molars.—(Figs. 1,4.) The lower teeth, preserved in the specimen, consist 
of the permanent true molars, and the three temporary molars. The former are re- 
markable for the simplicity of their lobes, and these, as in the case of those above, 
have not as prominent summits as are found in the Musks. The internal surface of 
their inner lobes is vertical and plane in comparison with what it is in the Musks 
and other ruminants, and its longitudinal ridges are but slightly elevated above 
the intervening spaces. The external surface of these lobes is quite plane and 
nearly parallel with the internal. 

The outer lobes are vertically prismoid with the anterior surface broader than 
the posterior, and the internal surface more vertical than in the Musks or Deer. 
The extremities of the crescentic summits join the corresponding margins of the 
inner lobes, and there is no disposition to the bifurcation of the posterior horn of 
the antero-external lobes as in the Musks. 

Each transverse pair of lobes, in the specimen, presents a trilateral pit of enamel 
surrounded by a narrow tract of exposed dentine. 

The fifth lobe of the last molar is a simple, thin, enamelled plate, with a trench- 
ant edge. 

The last temporary molar, as in all ruminants, is composed of three pairs of 
lobes; but, in the specimen, from the obliteration of the interlobular enamel pits, 
it rather consists of three antero-posterior prismoid lobes. 

The two temporary premolars, in the broad trenchant character of their crown, 
resemble those of the Musks. Their trenchant margin rises to the middle of the 
teeth, the external surface is elevated into three slight convexities, and the inner 
surface is convex posteriorly, but is depressed anteriorly. The margin of the second 
premolar is broadest posteriorly, and is worn off in this position in the specimen, 
and the anterior fifth of the tooth bends within that preceding it. As before ob- 
served, when the specimen was first received, a fragment of the first permanent 
premolar remained in the lower jaw, situated about five lines in advance of the 


first temporary molar. | ; 
This species is named in honor of Dr. Thomas B. Wilson, of Philadelphia, a 


distinguished patron of the natural sciences. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 


Distance from meatus auditorius to anterior part of first permanent premolar . 4 
Distance from meatus auditorius to infra-orbital foramen : ; 
Diameter of orbit from lower part of post-orbital arch to lachrymal margin 
Breadth at meatus auditorius 

Breadth at auditory bulla 

Breadth at malar bone below orbit 

Breadth at infra-orbitar foramen . 

Breadth above first permanent premolar 

Breadth above middle true molar 

Height of orbit from base of lower jaw 

Height of lower jaw at condyle ; : : : ; : : Shea al 
Height of lower jaw at middle true molar 


me bb eH ee oo 


et et 
me 
VEoortwwPpPrH OPH CO 
ee) 


24 AGRIOCHOERUS. 


Inches. Lines. 


Height of lower jaw at first temporary premolar . : ; ; 4 : 7 
Height of angular apophysis : - - : - , : : ; 10 
Distance from coronoid process to anterior mental foramen 4 4 
Length of upper series of six molars 2 6 
Length of lower series of six molars 2 8 


GREATEST DIAMETER. 
SF ee 
Antero-posterior. Transverse. 


Seventh upper molar . : ; A ; : : - - 1 lines. 6 lines. 
Sixth upper molar. A s ; : 3 ; " Page oy soci bE 
Fifth upper molar. ‘ : : : ‘ : : Fhe 3 as Bireee 
Third temporary molar ; : : é : - : maa pint ce 
Second temporary molar. : : ; : - ; he SEE 3 3% 
First temporary molar : : : ‘ ; : : . 4y Hhiyy 466 
First permanent premolar . ; ‘ , . : , Peas, Lape 
Seventh lower molar . : 2 : : : 3 ? = 405 4 By ee 
Sixth lower molar. F ‘ ; : : ; : sO 

Fifth lower molar ’ E , ’ : : : 2 oP eee 

Third temporary molar : : : ; és ; : = WEIS ait 
Second temporary molar. F : ‘ : ; i A pbtys i 
First temporary molar : : ; : : : : 2g ies Ligte 


AGRIOCHOERUS, Lenny. 


Asriochoerus antiquus, Lrry. 
(Puate I. Figs. 5-10.) 
Agriochoerus antiquus, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1850, V. 121; Owen’s Rep. of a Geol. Sury. of Wisce., etc., 571. 


Agriochoerus is a remarkable and very peculiar genus of ungulata, representing 
a type which occupies a position in the wide physiological interval existing between 
recent ruminants and the anomalous Anoplotherium. 

It was first established in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences 
of Philadelphia, for 1850, upon a portion of a skull, and several fragments of jaws 
with teeth, received from my friend, Dr. Hiram A. Prout, of St. Louis. 

Of the species characterized under the name of Agriochoerus antiquus, 1 have 
had the opportunity of studying the following specimens :— 

1. A much mutilated face, with the forehead, and portions of both sides of the 
lower jaw, apparently of an adult individual. The upper jaw contains upon one 
side the posterior five molars, and upon the other side the posterior six molars. 
Both fragments of the lower jaw contain the posterior five molars. The first true 
molar is only slightly worn, while the others have hardly yet been affected by 
trituration. Received from Dr. Prout. (PI. L., Figs. 5-8.) 

2. Two fragments of the upper maxilla, containing each the last two true molars, 
and a fragment of the lower jaw containing the anterior two true molars. These 
apparently belonged to the same and an older individual than the former. Received 
from Dr. Prout. (Figs. 9, 10.) 

Description of the portion of a Skull.—Viewed from above, the anterior portion of 
the skull is nearly equilateral triangular, the sides of the face converging in a nearly 


AGRIOCHOERUS. 25 


straight line from the posterior part of the orbit to the most anterior of the molars 
in the specimen. Viewed laterally (Fig. 5), it is remarkable for the lowness of the 
forehead and the parallelism of its upper part with the alveolar margin. 

The forehead is broad, and between the anterior part of the orbits is convex, but 
between the posterior part, at its middle half, is flat or slightly depressed, and upon 
the post-orbitar processes is rather abruptly depressed. 

The posterior part of the os frontis, in the specimen, has a small fragment of the 
ossa parietalia attached on each side, and between these it is convergent backward 
to where it is broken off, evidently indicating it to have been pointed and received 
into a notch of the parietalia as in the Camel and Merycopotamus. Anteriorly, 
the os frontis, though broken, is easily perceived to have terminated in angular 
processes between the ossa lachrymalia and nasi. 

The remains of the frontal suture existing in the specimen, are distinct and zig- 
zag posteriorly, but straight and a little out of the normal course anteriorly. 

About a line on each side of the frontal suture, in a position corresponding to 
the anterior third of the orbit and ten lines from its margin, is a small supra-orbitar 
foramen. 

No portions of the nasal bones are preserved, and the notch of the os frontis, for 
the reception of their posterior extremity, is too much broken to ascertain their 
limits in this direction, but they appear to have extended a little posterior to the 
position of the anterior orbital margin. 

The orbital entrance is open posteriorly as in Anoplotheriwm, but is relatively 
larger than in this, and its plane is directed outward and as much upward almost 
as in feline animals; but not so much forward as in the Deer, though rather more 
so than in the Musks. In form it is subcircular, and is about one inch in diameter. 

The post-orbital processes of the os frontis and os male are six lines and three- 
fourths distant from each other, and are thick, compressed, conoidal, and pointed. 
That of the former bone is directed outward and downward, that of the latter 
upward, inward, and slightly anterior, and its point is about four lines external 
to the one above. 

The lachrymal margin ig partially broken, but it appears to have been only 
slightly prominent. The facial surface of the lachrymal bone is seven and a 
half lines in vertical diameter, and is a feebly depressed inclined plane, on the 
same level nearly as the orbital entrance. 

The malar bone, compared with that of recent ruminants, is robust, and its 
external face, below the orbit, is vertically slightly convex. Antero-posteriorly it 
is convex, and its anterior limit is on a line with the first true molar tooth. 

The superior maxillary bone, from the position of the malar bone forward and 
upward, as far as it is preserved in the specimen, is prominent and convex, and 
below this upon the alveoli is vertically convex. The infra-orbitar foramen is 
vertically oval and directed forward, and is situated above the hinder fang of the 
penultimate prenfolar an inch in advance of the orbit. 

The hard palate, for the most part, is obscured by a very hard matrix, to remove 
which would endanger the specimen; but where exposed, between the anterior of 
the premolars, it is remarkable on account of the very great degree of inclination 


26 AGRIOCHOERUS. 


_ 


of the two sides; its median suture being about five lines above the alveolar 
margin. (Fig. 6.) 

Inferior Maxilla—The two fragments of lower jaw, preserved in connection 
with the specimen just described, and comprising as much of the body of each side 
as contains the hinder five molars, present pretty much the same form as the cor- 
responding portion of the jaw of the Camel, but are relatively deeper and less 
convex externally. (Fig. 5.) 

The alveoli have a remarkable degree of descent forward in relation to the base 
of the jaw; the depth of the bone below the posterior lobe of the last molar being 
twenty-one lines, whilst it is only eleven lines below the last premolar. 

Internally the lower jaw is much more convex than externally, especially in 
advance of the first true molar, and also posterior to this upon the alveolar portion 
of the bone. 

Just above the thick, rounded base of the jaw internally, and below the position of 
the first true molar, a concavity commences, which gradually expands and deepens 
to a line with the posterior lobe of the last molar, when it abruptly increases and 
then continues to the broken margin of the specimen, so that it is probable the 
technical angle of the jaw within is deeply concave, as in the Tapir. 

A little more than half way below the position of the last premolar externally 
is a small foramen directed backward, which is probably an offset from the inferior 
dental canal. 

Dentition—The molar teeth of Agriochoerus are certainly ruminant in their 
type, and the true molars in both jaws are constructed upon the same pattern as 
those of all recent ruminants, each being composed of two symmetrical pairs of 
demiconoidal lobes, with an additional odd lobe to the last lower molar. In the 
specimen above described, the posterior six molars are preserved in the upper jaw, 
and the posterior five in the lower jaw. 

The molars in both jaws successively decrease in size from behind forward. 
Those above, on the two sides, are nearly parallel internally, and from thirteen to 
fourteen lines apart, but externally their line is convergent forward. 

Superior Molars.—(Figs. 5, 6-10.) The upper true molars resemble very closely 
the corresponding teeth of Hyopotamus deprived of their anterior median or ac- 
cessory lobe. As in this genus, their transverse diameter is greater than that 
antero-posteriorly; the result apparently of the expansion of the teeth from the 
condition in which they exist in the recent ruminants generally. The lobes are 
low and spread wide apart, and the interlobular spaces are broad and shallow; 
thus the perpendicular height of the outer lobes of the last molar is four lines, 
and the distance between the summits of the anterior pair of lobes is three lines. 

The outer lobes conjoin externally to form a prominent median convexity, and 
another, similar but not quite so large, is formed by the union of the anterior angle 
of the antero-external lobe with the contiguous prolonged arm of the summit of the 
antero-internal lobe. The surface of the outer lobes, between the external con- 
vexities, is transversely concave with the feeblest degree of median elevation, and 
inclines very much inward. Internally the outer lobes are convex and nearly 
vertical. 


AGRIOCHOERUS. op 


The inner lobes are smaller than those external, are convex internally, and con- 
cave externally with a slight median elevation. The extremities of the summits 
extend around the base internally of the outer lobes, except that posterior of the 
antero-internal lobe, which ceases abruptly at its arrival in the transverse valley 
of the tooth. 

Constituent portions of a basal ridge, feebly developed, exist principally between 
the bases of the inner lobes, and anteriorly and posteriorly. 

The fourth premolar is quite peculiar, and rather resembles a last deciduous 
molar than the permanent premolars of ordinary ruminants. It consists of two 
pairs of lobes like those of the true molars, but the postero-internal lobe is in a 
rudimentary condition, consisting of a small pyramidal tubercle occupying the 
normal position. The prominence externally produced by the confluence of the 
outer lobes is relatively not so large as in the true molars, but otherwise the prin- 
cipal lobes have the same form. 

The third premolar consists of one large trihedral pointed lobe, with a rela- 
tively small pyramidal lobe, situated at the base of its postero-internal face. The 
latter lobe is broken in the specimen. The external face of the former is the 
broadest, is slightly convex, and is prominent in the median line. The inner faces 
are sloping, and that posteriorly is concave. 

The second premolar has nearly the same form as that last described. Its prin- 
cipal lobe is relatively less broad, and its external face is more convex. A rudi- 
mentary lobe, which apparently existed at the base of the postero-internal face of 
the principal lobe, is broken away in the specimen. 

The upper true molars are implanted by four fangs; the last premolar by three; 
and those in advance by two. The fangs of the anterior premolars, and the outer 
ones of the last premolar and the true molars, present a remarkable curve outward 
in their course downward. 

Inferior molars.—(Figs. 7-9.) The outer lobes of the lower true molars are larger 
than those within, but do not rise quite so high. Their internal face is concave and 
slightly elevated in the median line. Externally they are conoidal, are confluent 
at the base, are without intervening portions of a basal ridge, and are slightly 
spread outwardly towards their lateral margins. 

The anterior extremity of the summit of the antero-external lobe joins the con- 
tiguous margin of the lobe within; its posterior extremity in association with that 
anterior of the summit of the postero-external lobe turns upward and becomes con- 
fluent with the posterior part of the external face of the antero-internal lobe; and 
the posterior extremity of the postero-external lobe, except that of the last molar, 
bifurcates, one portion connecting itself with the posterior part of the outer face of 
the postero-internal lobe, the other with the posterior margin of the same lobe. 

The inner lobes externally are convex and nearly vertical, and internally are 
most prominent in the median line, and have their angles everted into short, promi- 
ent, divergent folds. 

The fifth lobe of the last molar is about the size of those external, and in section 
is oval. Its pointed summit descends by a pair of U like arms, one of which joins 


28 AGRIOCHOERUS. 


_ 


the margin of the internal of the posterior pair of lobes, the other the contiguous 
extremity of the summit of the inner of the same pair of lobes. 

The fourth premolar, like the true molars and the corresponding tooth of the 
upper jaw, also has four lobes. Those external have the same form as in the true 
molars, but that anterior is larger than the one posterior. The inner lobes are 
reduced representatives of those homologous in the true molars, and still preserve 
the same form, but as they retain their connection with one another, they are 
placed at the posterior three-fourths of the position of the tooth. 

The third premolar is formed by a single, large, broad, demiconoidal crown, in 
which, however, may be traced a constitution of two outer lobes corresponding to 
those of the true molars, the posterior of which has become almost entirely fused 
with the anterior, but is still distinguishable by a depressed line externally, and a 
well marked cul-de-sac internally. 

All the inferior molars have two fangs, and in the last of the series the posterior 
consists of a confluent pair. 

The enamel upon the teeth described is everywhere smooth, or is only very 
slightly corrugated. 


MEASUREMENTS. 

Inches. Lines. 
Breadth of face from one malar bone to the other, posterior to the orbits Se 
Breadth of forehead at post-orbital processes of os frontis 2 4 
Distance between the infra-orbital foramina . 1 64 
Diameter of the orbits , ; 1 
Height of forehead above the alveolar margin iL 10 
Distance between the posterior molars anteriorly 1 2 
Distance between the third premolars . 1 2 
Length of line of the posterior six superior molars 3 
Length of line of the five inferior molars 3 
Length of line of superior true molars . 1 10 
Length of line of inferior true molars . . : ; 5 2 1} 
Greatest antero-posterior diameter of the posterior superior molar . : : 9 
Greatest transverse diameter of the posterior superior molar . . : : 103 
Greatest height of the posterior superior molar. : ; : : ; 34 
Greatest antero-posterior diameter of first superior true molar : : : 7k 
Greatest transverse diameter of first superior molar - : : - : 8 
Greatest antero-posterior diameter of fourth premolar . 5 5 : 5 6 
Greatest transverse diameter of fourth premolar . é 5 5 : : 63 
Greatest antero-posterior diameter of second premolar. 5 : é ; 4} 
Greatest transverse diameter of second premolar . é : é 2 : 3 : 
Height of the second premolar. ; : ; : - : , : 34 
Antero-posterior diameter of posterior inferior molar. : . . viet gil 
Transverse diameter of posterior inferior molar. : : - ; : 6 
Antero-posterior diameter of first true molar : : 3 ; : : 64 
Transyerse diameter of first true molar : : . . : : : 4) 
Antero-posterior diameter of fourth premolar : é c : : ; 64 
Transverse diameter of fourth premolar , : - - . . . 4 
Antero-posterior diameter of third premolar . 6 ; : : ; - 4} 


Transverse diameter of third premolar . A : . : : . 2 3 


OREODON. 99 


ORECDON. 


(Puares II.—VI.) 


In the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia for 1848, 
I described two fragments of an upper and a lower jaw of an extinct ungulate animal, 
from the Bad Lands of Nebraska Territory, presented to the Academy by Mr. 
Alexander Culbertson. The fragment of an upper jaw contained the last two 
molars, that of the lower jaw the three true molars, and from the form of the teeth 
I characterized the animal under the name of Merycoidodon Culbertsonii. 

In 1851 I received from the Smithsonian Institution, and from Dr. Hiram A. 
Prout, of St Louis, several fragments of skulls and jaws, obtained from the same 
locality as the former. These contained the same form of true molars; but, being mis- 
led by a fragment of the face of a young animal containing a portion of the first 
permanent premolar, followed by the entire first, and portions of the second and 
third deciduous molars, in a verbal communication to the Academy,’ I referred 
the specimens to two other distinct genera, to one of which the name Oreodon 
was given, and to the other that of Cotylgps. 

All these have since been satisfactorily determined to belong to a single genus, for 
which I desire to retain the name Oreodon, in preference to Merycoidodon ; for all 
the anatomical characters of the animal indicate it to have been a true ruminant, 
and not merely like one in the form of its molar teeth. 

Oreodon is a remarkable and very peculiar genus of ruminant ungulates, constitut- 
ing one of the links necessary to fill up the very wide gap between existing rumi- 
nants and that exceedingly aberrant form of the same family, the extinet Anoplo- 
therium of Kurope and Asia. 

Of this genus I have been enabled to examine crania, more or less perfect, and 
fragments of others; and teeth of numerous individuals of at least two, and probably 
three distinct species, and can render our knowledge of the head of the animal 
almost complete. 

Description of the Skull—The form of the skull of Oreodon is so peculiar that I 
know of none among existing ungulates with which to compare it nearer than that 
of the Camel; and yet this only approaches it in the form of the cranium proper. 
Generally it has most resemblance to that of Anoplotherium, but from this it strik- 
ingly differs, in the existence of post-orbital arches as in all existing ruminants; in 
the greater size of the orbits; in the presence of deep lachrymal depressions, rela- 
tively as large as those of the Deer or of the extinct Bootherium; and in other 
important particulars. The true molar teeth are decidedly of a ruminant cha- 
racter; while canines and incisors exist in both jaws, and form with the molars 
almost unbroken rows, as in Anoplotherium. 

Lateral View.—(PI. Il. Figs. 1,3; I1.2; V.1; VI.3,4,6.) The side view of 


1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., V. p. 287. 
5 2 


30 OREODON. 


the skull resembles in its general form very much that of Anoplotheriwm. The - 
upper outline of the skull forms an almost unbroken convexity from the inion to 
the end of the nose; being depressed very slightly only upon the forehead at the 
bifurcation of the sagittal crest. The outline of the inion is obliquely downward 
and forward, and is only intruded upon by the occipital condyles. 

Among existing ruminants, the cranium proper of Oréodon is very like that of the 
Camel and Llama. As in these, the temporal fossa is large and extends superiorly to 
the median line of the skull, where it rises upon a prominent sagittal crest, which 
posteriorly, in conjunction with the occiput, forms an eminence projecting above the 
inion and constituting its summit. The fossa at the margin of the inion forms an 
oblique crest, which relatively is not as deep as that of the Camel, and which is 
constituted by the junction of the squamous portion of the temporal bone with an — 
elongated process from the pars petrosa intercalated between the former and the 
occiput; and above by the occiput alone. Anteriorly the fossa is bounded by the 
divergent portion of the sagittal crest upon the post-orbital process. 

The temporal surface generally is smooth and convex, but is concave along the 
course of the occipital crest and the sagittal crest posteriorly, and as in the Camel, 
nearly one-half of its extent is constituted by the squamous portion of the tem- 
poral bone. . 

Following the course of the squamous suture at its anterior part, in some of the 
crania, the parietal bone is depressed into a groove, resembling the impression 
of a bloodvessel, or the trochlea of a tendon; but in other specimens this groove 
does not exist, or is very slight. At the back part of the same suture, varying in 
position in different individuals, are one or two vascular foramina, directed upward 
and backward. (V. 1.) 

In all the specimens under investigation the zygomatic arch is broken; but, 
judging from a portion remaining in the skull of an immature animal, it is rela- 
tively as strong as in the Camel. (VI. 6.) . 

The malar bone, as in the Deer, has a much more anterior position than in the 
Camel, but itis more robust than in this, and its outer surface is convex and on 
the same plane with the entrance of the orbit, being directed forward and upward. 
Anteriorly, it is continuous with a corresponding swell of the face, converging 
forward above the alveolar processes. 

The post-orbital process of the os frontis combines with that of the malar bone, 
so as to form a complete post-orbital arch, such as exists in all recent ruminants; 
which is relatively stronger than that of the Deer, Ox, or Sheep, but is not quite 
as strong as in the Camel. (IV. 3; VI. 4,6.) The temporal attachment extends 
upon the post-orbital arch, as far as the transverse suture. 

The entrance of the orbit is sub-rotund, and is directed to about the same extent 
forward as in the Deer, but in a slight degree more upward. (IV. 3.) 

The face, in its general form, strongly resembles that of <Anoplotherium; and 
in comparison with that of the Deer, not only appears to be shortened to an extent 
corresponding with the vast hiatus existing anterior to the molars in the latter, but 
also to recede; for, the last molar is on a line vertical to the post-orbital arch, as 


OREODON. 3] 


- in the Camel and Anoplotherium; whereas, in the Deer, and other ruminants, it is 
beneath the anterior part of the orbit. (IT. 1, 2.) 

Internal to the position of the malar bone, the face is deeper than in Anoplothe- 
rium, but relatively is not as deep as in the Camel. 

The infra-orbitar foramen is placed above the position of the third premolar, and 
is more advanced than in the Anoplotheriwm or Camel, but is less so than in the 
Deer, Ox, Sheep, and other ruminants. The face, from the post-orbital arches to 
the nose, constitutes very nearly an equilateral triangle, being relatively broader 
between the post-orbital arches, or at the base of the triangle, than in Anoplothe- 
rium. he side of the face, in advance of the orbit, is vertically convex, and 
one of the most remarkable features of the genus exists upon this surface, viz., a 
large lachrymal depression gradually commencing at the borders of the bones in 
sutural connection with the lachrymal bone. This depression is rather more 
elevated in its position than in the Deer, and is hemispherical, as in the extinct 
genus of pliocene Oxen, the Bootheriwm. Anterior to the infra-orbitar foramen 
the face is slightly depressed, and just in advance of this position is a gentle rise, 
corresponding to the course of the fang of the canine tooth. 

The lateral view of the extremity of the nose resembles more that of the Anoplo- 
therium than of any existing ruminants, presenting the same slope lateral to the 
convex termination of its floor, which is constituted by the incisive alveoli. The 
intermaxillary bone, however, is very much smaller than in this genus, projecting 
as it does at the lateral margin of the nose only very slightly beyond the end of 
the maxillary, and at the incisive alveoli a very small distance relatively beyond 
the anterior line of the canine tooth. (II. 1.) 

Superior View —(P1.1V. Fig.1; V.4; VI. 1.) The upper view of the cranium 
proper, much resembles that of the Camel. The sagittal crest is prominent, and 
pyramidal, with concave sides; and it bifureates immediately at the position of the 
coronal suture. The forehead generally is convex; and it has very nearly the 
form of that of the Camel, but it is less prolonged outwardly towards the orbits, and 
is not so prominent above these, and also is relatively not quite so much depressed 
at the bifurcation of the sagittal crest. 

The supra-orbitar foramen varies in its exact position in different individuals, but 
is usually situated a short distance from the frontal suture, and nearer to the fronto- 
nasal, than to the coronal suture. It is directed forward, and is continuous with a 
shallow groove passing to the outer side of the fronto-nasal suture. (IV. 1.) 

The muzzle is relatively short, as in Anoplotheriwm, and superiorly is usually 
transversely convex, with the sides vertical; but in some specimens it is nearly flat 
at the nasal bones. 

As far as can be ascertained in any of the specimens, but principally from an im- 
pression upon a portion of matrix, the anterior extremity of the nose, as constituted 
by the ends of the ossa nasi, appears to have been like that of the Deer; and the 
lateral margin and incisive alveoli are convex; and the latter project relatively 
to their position in Anoplotherium, or recent carnivora, very little beyond the front 


of the canines. 
Posterior View —(P1. IV. Fig. 2.) The occipital surface resembles a good deal 


32 OREODON. 


that of Anoplotherium. Its median portion bulges backward above the foramen - 


magnum, and is concave below the summit of the inion. The lateral portions of 
the surface are directed outwardly from the median, and are moderately concave, 
but relatively much less than in the Camel. 

The lateral margin of the inion, or the occipital crest, is relatively less prominent 
than in the Camel; and at its lower part is formed, as in the Deer and other rumi- 
nants, by the elevated border of the pars squamosa and a process of the pars petrosa 
intercalated between the former and the occiput. 

The occipital foramen is transversely oval and emarginate above. 

The condyles resemble those of the Anoplotherium, and do not advance upon 
the basilar process inferiorly as in the Camel, Deer, and other ruminants. Their 
position corresponds pretty closely with that which they have in the Camel; and 
their angle and superior and inferior faces present in the same direction. 

Inferior View.—(Pl. III. Fig.1; V.2,3; VI.3.) The base view of the skull, 
in its general form, much resembles that of Anoplotherium; but it is relatively 
broader in comparison with its length, and presents numerous peculiarities. The 
basilar process slopes on each side from a central crest, which expands at the con- 
dyles and at its junction with the post-sphenoidal body. The surface of the latter 
is smooth, slightly convex, and inclines slightly upward in its direction forward. 
(EEL. Ls Wen2t) 

The pterygoid processes commence a little in advance, and to the outside, of the 
position of the spheno-basilar junction, and are very oblique in their course down- 
ward and forward. To their inner side is a shallow groove, directed to the foramen 
lacerum, for the reception of the Eustachian tube. 

The paramastoid processes form the infero-lateral terminations of the occiput, and 
are conspicuous objects either in the lateral or posterior view of the skull. They 
are relatively about as long and strong as those of Anoplotherium, but are nearly 
vertical, or bent slightly forward and outward. Their form is elongated pyramidal, 
and the outer portion of their base abuts upon the posterior process of the pars 
petrosa, as in the Deer; while the antero-internal portion rests upon the auditory 
bulla. Antero-externally the para-mastoid process is longitudinally excavated, and 
between its base and the pars petrosa it incloses the stylo-mastoid foramen, and in 
advance of this the pit of reception for the styloid process. (III. 1; V. 2.) 

The mastoid process is small, as in all ruminants, and is a compressed eminence or 
ridge forming the posterior boundary of the meatus auditorius externus. It does not 
descend as low as the bottom of this, and projects between the auditory process 
from which it is separated by a notch, and the base of the paramastoid process. 

The auditory process constitutes the antero-inferior boundary of the meatus, and 
inferiorly forms a ridge-like vaginal process curving forward and inward to the 
auditory bulla with which it is continuous. 

The latter is relatively very small to what it usually is in ruminants, and cor- 
responds in this respect with Anoplotherium. It is convex, surmounted by the ridge 
just indicated, rests against the paramastoid process posteriorly, and is continuous 
with the bony process of the Eustachian tube anteriorly. Internally, as in existing 


OREODON. 33 


ruminants, the pars petrosa borders a large irregular excavation, constituting the 
foramen lacerum posterius, and anterius, and a portion of the Eustachian tube. 

Immediately posterior to the foramen lacerum, and internal to the base of the 
paramastoid process, the hypoglossal or anterior condyloid foramen is situated. 

The foramen ovale holds the same relative position as in recent ruminants, being a 
little to the outside of the commencement of the pterygoid processes, and in advance 
of the bony process of the Eustachian tube. 

The glenoid articulation, one of the most important features of the cranium in 
reference to the habits of the animal, is broad as in existing ruminants, is slightly 
convex anteriorly and concave posteriorly; and in this position is bounded by a 
mammillary post-glenoid tubercle, which is compressed antero-posteriorly, and is 
relatively very large and robust. This tubercle is a very conspicuous object in the 
lateral view of the head, and projects below the auditory process and bulla. Between 
it and the auditory process is a narrow fissure, and at the bottom of this internally 
is the glenoid foramen. 

Antero-internally, the glenoid articulation is prolonged upon a broad surface for 
muscular origin, formed by the conjunction of the post-sphenoid and pars squamosa, 
and terminating anteriorly in a pyramidal eminence, as in the Deer. 

The pterygo-palatine notch is long and narrow, and extends as far forward as 
the posterior third of the last molar. Its margins are thick, strong, and rounded. 

The notch extending between the palate bone and the tuber maxillare is almost 
as deep as that of the Deer, but is more angular. It terminates on the same line 
nearly as the pterygo-palatine notch, as in the Sheep. 

The hard palate is slightly arched, and deepens in an angular manner towards 
the centre. In some of the specimens it deepens very much, and in others not 
more than in the Deer in advance of the molars. Its lateral margins, correspond- 
ing with the alveoli, are nearly parallel throughout the course of the molar series. 

The posterior palatine foramina are pierced in the palate plates of the superior 
maxillary bones on a line with the fourth or third premolars. 

The position of the incisive foramina, as far as can be ascertained from the imper- 
fect specimens, appears to be on a line with the canine teeth. 

Orbits— (Pl. IV. Fig. 3; VI. 4, 6.) As before observed, the entrance of the 
orbit is subrotund and directed outward, and a little forward and upward. Its 
margin is less prominent than in the Deer, and at the inner canthus is elevated 
into a vertical, slightly sigmoid, compressed mammillary, lachrymal process. The 
inner wall of the orbit is more oblique in its course backward to the optic foramen 
than in the Deer, and the alveoli contribute more to its floor, which is deep and 
concave. 

The entrance to the infra-orbital canal is a broad oval orifice at the lower part of 
the front of the orbit, formed below by the alveolar processes and above by the 
lachrymal and palate bones. 

The lachrymal foramen is vertically oval, and contracted at its lower part, and 
is situated just within the lower part of the lachrymal process. Near it externally 
is a small round foramen. 


84 OREODON. 


At the inner side of the entrance of the infra-orbital canal, are two foramina, 
homologous with the posterior palatine and spheno-palatine foramina. 

Another foramen, the anterior orbital, is situated in the suture between the 
lachrymal and palate bone, about half way between the entrance to the infra-orbital 
canal, and the lachrymal margin of the orbit. 

The foramina spheno-orbitale and rotundum, form one large and vertically oval 
foramen, which is situated just within the pyramidal process forming the terminal 
conjunction of the temporal and pterygoid surfaces. 

The optic foramen is situated some distance in advance of, and slightly above 
the position of the spheno-orbital, is about one-third the size of the latter, and is 
also vertically oval. 

The bones which contribute to the construction of the orbit are the lachrymal, 
frontal, superior maxillary, malar, palatal, and anterior sphenoid. 

Form, Relations, and Connections of the Bones of the Skull—The occipital bone 
posteriorly, is trilateral with a prominent apex, and it terminates by its other angles 
in the long paramastoid processes. 

The lambdoidal suture commences at the outer side of the base of the latter, and 
ascends posteriorly between the occiput and the process from the pars petrosa, and 
then advances over the occipital crest to the side of the cranium between the occipital 
and parietal bones. It is serrated, and at the occipital summit it forms a trifoliate 
line. 

The spheno-basilar connection is not obliterated in the adult specimens under 
investigation, but is elevated and distinct. 

As in the Camel, the squamous portion of the temporal bone, from its great 
relative size to that of most other animals, is a striking feature in the anatomy of 
the temporal fossa. 

The squamous suture forms about three-fifths of an oval outline, and is pretty 
strongly serrated as in ruminants generally. 

Between the pars squamosa and the occiput posteriorly, is a narrow process from 
the pars petrosa, ascending from between the mastoid process and the base of the 
paramastoid, to the conjunction of the occipital with the parietal bones. To the 
pars squamosa and occiput, it is connected by serrated suture. 

As in all ruminants, there is only a single parietal bone; and, as in the Camel, 
this is remarkable for its length in comparison with that of more ordinary mem- 
bers of the family. It is narrowest posteriorly, and gradually widens to the ante- 
rior portion of the squamous suture, where it descends to the wings of the post- 
sphenoidal bone. Anteriorly it is deeply notched for the reception of the posterior 
part of the ossa frontis. 

The body of the post-sphenoidal unites with that of the ante-sphenoidal on a 
line with the spheno-orbital foramina. 

The wing of the ante-sphenoidal bone articulates with the vertical plate of the 
palate bone, the frontal, a small portion of the parietal, and the wing of the post- 
sphenoidal bone. 

The external pterygoid process is united with the internal, as in the Sheep and 


OREODON. 95 


other ruminants; but it is very much more oblique in its course than is usual in 

these, and even more than in the Sheep. 

_ The internal pterygoid process shows itself as in recent ruminants, at the pos- 
terior extremity of the orbit, between the vertical plate of the palate bone, the 

external pterygoid process, and the wing of the post-sphenoidal bone. 

The frontals remain separated in the adult condition, and are relatively shorter 
than those of ordinary ruminants. They commence in an angular manner poste- 
riorly, and expand rapidly forward and outward to the post-orbital margin, as in 
the Camel, and then converge forward, the supra-orbital margins being nearly 
straight, and terminate in angular processes which advance beyond the ossa lac- 
rymalia. Anteriorly they form a deep notch, extending nearly to a line with the 
anterior orbital margin, for the reception of the posterior extremities of the ossa nasi. 

The forehead, as constituted by the ossa frontis, ordinarily is prominent and con- 
vex above the orbits, and slightly depressed along the median line or course of the 
frontal suture. The orbit presents more upward than in recent ruminants, and 
the post-orbital process in its descent to join the malar bone is directed more out- 
ward; and it also is directed backward, as in the Camel, though not to the same 
relative extent. The nasal bones, anterior to the angular processes of the ossa 
frontis, are of nearly uniform breadth, are slightly convex, and incline more or less 
outwardly. 

The lachrymal bone forms two sides of an irregular cuboidal figure, with the 
facial side depressed into a deep hemispherical lachrymal sinus. The two 
sides are sub-equal, and their angle of union constitutes the anterior orbital 
margin. Inferiorly the orbital side forms the supero-external boundary of the 
entrance to the infra-orbital canal; and postero-internally it is deeply notched for 
the reception of the upper extremity of the palate bone. 

Asin recent ruminants, the lachrymal bone articulates with the os frontis, os 
maxillare, os malze, and os palati; and it is separated some distance from the os nasi 
by the advance of the angular process of the os frontis. 

The palate plates of the ossa palati advance as far as the position of the first 
true molar, and in some specimens, to the interval between the latter and the fourth 
premolar. ‘The vertical plates are shallow, but relatively broader than those of 
recent ruminants. 

In the orbit, the palate bone forms the internal boundary of the entrance to the 
infra-orbital canal, and is pierced internal to this by the posterior palatine canal, 
and the homologue of the spheno-palatine foramen. It articulates with the maxil- 
lary, the frontal wing of the anterior sphenoid, the anterior margin of the internal 
pterygoid process, and the extremity of the external pterygoid process. 

The superior maxillary bone, compared with that of recent ruminants, is not as 
short as might be supposed; for the space in these which constitutes the hiatus 
anterior to the molar series, is in Oreodon occupied by a molar additional to the 
ordinary functional number, together with a well-developed canine ; leaving a little 
vacancy for the accommodation of an inferior canine. Its outer side is vertically 
convex, but is depressed in advance of the infra-orbital foramen. 

The suture between the maxillary, and malar and lachrymal bones, ascends in 


3 OREODON. 


wv 


an irregular oblique line from the antero-inferior angle of the malar bone, opposite 
the position of the second true molar, to the angular process of the os frontis at some 
distance posterior to its termination. 

The malar bone below the orbit externally, presents a single, smooth, convex 
surface, slightly directed upward. Its inferior margin is thick, strong, and rough- 
ened; and its posterior extremity beneath the position of the post-orbital arch, is 
deeply notched for the reception of the anterior extremity of the zygomatic pro- 
cess of the temporal bone. 

The intermaxillary bone, compared with that of recent ruminants, or of the Anoplo- 
theriwm, or even with that of carnivora, is very small but strong. Its upper extre- 
mity is received into a notch of the maxillary bone, and does not come into con- 
tact with the nasal bone. 

Inferior Mazxilla.—(Pl. II. Figs. 1,5; I1V.4; VI. 4, 6.) The lower jaw is inter- 
mediate in its form to that of the extinct Anoplotheriwm and the common Hog, 
except that the alveolar margin, at its anterior extremity, is not everted as in the 
latter, but retains the upward direction, as along the course of the molar alveoli. 

The body of the bone, compared with that of the Deer, is relatively deep, and 
its base pursues a less sigmoid course, and is very like that of Anoplotherium Its 
outer side is vertical, and very slightly convex, but anterior to the mental foramen 
is convex forward, or rapidly convergent to the symphysis. Its thickest part is 
along the line of the latter, and that of the alveoli. 

The symphysis is deep, and forms a strong slope; but it approaches the vertical 
line much more than in the Anoplotherium, or than in the Hog. Its lower part, or 
the posterior mental tubercle, is on a line perpendicular to the second premolar, or 
in some specimens to the interval between this and the third. 

The alveolar margin ascends so rapidly posterior to the last premolar, that the 
body of the lower jaw behind the last molar, is deeper by more than half than it 
is below the former tooth. 

The ramus is relatively as broad as in the Hog, but is more vertical and convex 
upon its outer face. It is relatively deeper than in Anoplotherium, but is less pro- 
duced backwards than in this, and more so than in the Hog. The posterior mar- 
gin is thick and convex, and projects externally into an irregular ridge for the 
masseteric attachment. The inner side of the ramus inferiorly presents a concavity 
which converges forward below the molar alveoli. Below the notch separating 
the condyle and coronoid process the external surface presents a depression in form 
like that of the Peccary, but deeper, in the possession of which Oreodon differs 
from all recent ruminants. 

The coronoid process, in comparison with that of the latter, is remarkable on 
account of its shortness, being relatively not longer than that of the Hog, which it 
also resembles in form and relation to the condyle. The latter is a transverse 
convexity, very slightly inclining downward within, and possesses about the same 
extent and form as in the Peccary. 

The anterior mental foramen is placed below the second premolar, or the interval 
between it and the first. Not unfrequently there is a second, or even a third, but 
smaller foramen, situated at variable distances posterior to the principal one. 


as 


OREODON. 37 


Dentition.—The dentition of Oreodon is remarkably distinct from that of any 
living or any known extinct genus, and it indicates the combined habits of ruminat- 
ing and suilline animals, or, in other words, it appears to characterize a ruminating 
hog. 

The formula of the permanent dentition is as follows :— 

2 2 
a. a @. i“ pan. m. : pa 

The true molars are constructed after the type of those of recent ruminants; the 
premolars approach most, among recent animals, those of the deer tribe; the canines, 
those of the peccaries; and the incisors occupying both jaws, in this relation among 
living ruminants, find their nearest representative in the camel tribe. 

Relative Position of the Teeth—(P1\. I11—VI.) The upper molars, internally, are 
nearly parallel upon the two sides of the jaw, but externally they are convergent 
forward from the second true molar, by reason of the gradual decrease in size of 
the teeth in advance of this. Viewed laterally, they present a convexity down- 
ward rather greater than that in the Deer. 

Each true molar, at its antero-external margin, projects exterior to, and a little 
in advance of the contiguous margin of the preceding tooth, as among existing rumi- 
nants, in Anoplotherium, Fhinoceros, etc. 

The fourth premolar, and in some specimens the third, project at their antero- 
external margin exterior to the outer face of those preceding, but never in advance 
of this point. 

The second premolar, on the contrary, has its anterior margin a little within the 
position of the first, as if this had been pushed backward and outward to form the 
small hiatus existing between it and the canine. 

The face increases slightly in breadth in advance of the premolars; apparently 
for the accommodation of the canines, which, at the base of their crowns, project 
one-third their transverse diameter exterior to the first premolar. 

The hiatus existing between the upper first premolar and the canine, is only 
sufficiently large to receive the point of the inferior canine. Between the upper 
canine and the incisors there is usually, but not in all the specimens, a hiatus 
smaller than the former, adapted to the accommodation of the outer angle of the 
crown of the large lateral incisor below. 

The superior incisors are arranged in the arc of a circle greater than in the Wolf, 
and they project vertically downward, and very little in advance of the position of 


- the canines. 


The inferior molars of the two sides are internally nearly parallel; and are 
much more nearly so externally than the upper molars, from the breadth of these 
being less uniform. Viewed laterally, the triturating surface of the former presents 
a concavity corresponding to the convexity of the series above. 

The relation of the true molars and of the third premolar to one another, is the 
same as in existing ruminants. The anterior margin of the second premolar is 
placed within the position of the first, and the corresponding portion of the latter 
holds the same relation to the canine; apparently as if these teeth had been pushed 


outward and backward in a jaw, in which little space could be spared to form, ante- 
6 


38 ° OREODON. 


rior to the lower canine, a hiatus of sufficient size to accommodate the cusp of the 
upper one. This hiatus is in a trifling degree less than that posterior to the upper 
canine. 

The inferior incisors are oblique in their position, but relatively, less so even than 
in the Musks; and they form a longer arc of a lesser circle than those of the upper 
jaw. 

When the jaws are closed, the inferior molars are situated within the line of the 
outer lobes of the upper true molars, but anteriorly they are placed very little within 
the outer faces of the upper premolars. 

The intervals between the pyramidal crowns of the premolars are triangular, 
and the three inferior crowns are included by the four superior ones. 

The crown of the superior canine is directed downward and outward, and, as 
in the genus Puleotherium, it is placed in advance of the canine below; a position 
which is exceedingly anomalous. Its point projects considerably exterior to the 
inferior canine, and only its internal angular margin occupies the hiatus in advance 
of the latter tooth. 

The crown of the lower canine is directed upward, and a little forward and 
outward; and its point, though projecting slightly exterior to the hiatus provided 
for it above, is yet within the line of the outer surface of the upper canine. 

The inferior incisors, laterally, are included within the circle of the superior; 
while the cutting edges of those anterior come in contact with the edges of the 
corresponding teeth above. The outer sides of the upper incisors are vertical, and 
those of the lower incisors incline to them at an angle of about 50°. 

Superior Molars.—(PI. I. Figs. 1, 3; Il]. 1,2; IV.6; V. 2,3; VI.2,3,4,6.) The 
crowns of the upper true molars are composed of four symmetrical lobes, as in all 
existing ruminants. Among these, they approach most in their form the crowns 
of the corresponding teeth of the Deer, but they are more expanded trans- 
versely, and more square, the interlobular depressions more shallow, and the 
inner lobes are uncomplicated with accessory folds or lobes. Among the extinct 
ruminants of which we have any knowledge, they resemble most those of 
Merycopotamus ; but they differ from the teeth of this genus in a number of par- 
ticulars, more especially in the non-isolation of the outer lobes (which conjoi 
in a prominent buttress, as in Anthracotheriwm), and in the relatively slight degree of 
development of the basal ridge, which does not traverse the bottom of the trans- 
verse interlobular space, as it does in the Merycopotamus. From the corresponding 
teeth of Anthracotheriwm, Hyopotamus, and Caenotherium, they differ most in the 
absence of the fifth constituent lobe, which in the former two genera is introduced 
between the anterior pair of normal lobes, and in the last genus between the poste- 
rior pair. From those of Dichodon, they differ in the absence of the curiously 
cuspidate basal ridge, and in the less acuteness of the lobes. Finally, from the true 
molars of the most aberrant forms of extinct ruminants, the Anoplotheriwm and 
Chalicotherium, they differ as characteristically as do those of any of the existing 
members of the family. 

When unworn, the lobes of the true molars have acute crescentic summits 
elevated to a middle point. The outer lobes anteriorly, and consequently 


“a 


OREODON. 59 


where they conjoin in each tooth, form prominent columns, not robust and con- 
vex, as in Hyopotamus, but antero-posteriorly compressed and rather abruptly ex- 
panded near the base of the crown, where they are more or less connected by 
intervening portions of a basal ridge. In some specimens, however, this ridge is 
obsolete, more especially at the postero-external lobe. (II. 1, 3; III. 1, 2.) 

In two specimens under investigation, the basal ridge externally is well developed, 
strong, and rough at the margin ; and it exhibits a tendency to extend itself on the 
outside of the projecting columns, as is indicated by a roughness of the enamel. 
(III. 1, 2.) 

As in all ruminants, there is a disposition in the postero-external lobe of the 
molars to form a posterior column or fold, which, however, to a great extent, 
except in the case of the last molar, remains aborted; and which, in the external 
view of the jaw, is concealed by the anterior column of the antero-external lobe. 

The outer faces of the external lobes of the molars between the columns are 
transversely concave, slightly prominent in the median line; and they incline at an 
angle of about 40°. The imner faces are nearly vertical, but they incline slightly 
outward, and are angularly convex. 

The internal lobes appear broader transversely than the external, because their 
outer face becomes confluent at the basal third of the inner face of the latter. 

The outer face of the internal lobes is concave, and very slightly prominent in 
the median line; and it inclines to about the same extent as the corresponding 
surface of the external lobes. The inner faces are not quite as angular in their 
convexity as those of the external lobes. 

The summits of the latter are confluent at the apex of the median outer column, 
but those of the internal lobes are not confluent. The anterior extremity of the 
summit of the postero-internal lobe ceases abruptly, and it is included between the 
anterior half of the inner face of the postero-external lobe, and the posterior extre- 
mity of the summit of the antero-internal lobe, which latter extremity bends for- 
ward to the posterior part of the inner face of the antero-external lobe, and then 
terminates abruptly. i 

Portions of a basal ridge, which are sometimes more or less excavated, and have 
an irregular crenulated margin, usually exist at the bases, anteriorly and poste- 
riorly, of the internal lobes. Occasionally they are continuous around the base of the 
postero-internal lobe of the second and third true molars, but more frequently upon 
the latter alone than upon both. Between the lobes internally, the ridge sometimes 
forms a single tubercle, simple and obtuse, or excavated. 

In the trituration to which the true molars are subjected in mastication, the 
summits of the anterior lobes suffer at first more than those of the posterior, and 
the internal more than the external; but, in course of time, the abrasion is nearly 
equalized over the grinding surface. 

When the dentinal substance is first exposed by the removal of the enamel 
summits of the external lobes, the surface presents the form of the letter W, or of 
two crescents, confluent where contiguous. At the same period, the inner lobes 
present distinct broader crescents of exposed dentinal substance. As the attrition 
proceeds, the latter crescents increase in breadth, and also become continuous. 


40 OREODON. 


Subsequently, small portions of the external faces of the inner lobes, in continuity 
with greater portions of the internal faces of the outer lobes, are left upon each 
tooth, in the form of two crescentic islets of enamel, occupying the middle of broad 
spaces of dentine. The portions of the external faces are first obliterated, but they 
are speedily followed by the remaining portions of the other faces; and the teeth 
then present only broad, quadrate, dentinal surfaces, bordered by enamel, and 
bilobed internally and externally. (VI. 2.) 

All the premolars have a general resemblance to those of Anoplotherium, but 
they differ in many details of structure. The fourth premolar is composed of a 
sinzle pair of symmetrical lobes, as are the functional three premolars of all exist- 
ing ordinary ruminants, and the corresponding tooth of the Camel. The lobes of 
the fourth premolar are the equivalents of one of the transverse pairs of the true 
molars, except that they are considerably larger, and that the column at the antero- 
external margin is not as prominent. (II. 1, 3; III. 1, 2.) © 

The anterior three premolars decrease a little in succession forward, and the 
crown of each forms an irregular trilateral pyramid with a pointed apex. The 
third premolar is broader posteriorly than anteriorly; and, in transverse section, it 
forms nearly an equilateral triangle. The others are of more uniform breadth 
transversely, and in section have a more elliptical outline. 

In all the premolars, the outer face is cordiform; and in the last of them, it is 
concave transversely; in thesthird it is less so; and in the remaining two it is 
cotlvex, in consequence of the gradually increasing breadth of the median promi- 
nence common to these and the true molars. 

The inner side of the crown of the third premolar presents a lobe which is like 
the internal lobes of the true molars; but it is aborted, and it occupies a position 
exactly corresponding with that of the posterior half of the inner face of the 
external lobes of the true molars. In advance of this aborted lobe, the anterior 
half of the inner face of the tooth presents a double enamel fold, inclosing a pair 
of culs-de-sac. 

The inner portions of the two anterior premolars present the same elements of 
structure as the third, but in a more rudimentary condition; in the first premolar, 
the postero-internal lobe, as it exists in the two premolars behind it, being almost 
entirely obsolete. 

From mastication, the grinding surface of the fourth premolar passes through 
the same phases as the corresponding portion of a true molar. Among our speci- 
mens of the other premolars, there are none which exhibit the course of attrition; 
but there are several which indicate that, at first, the wearing is greatest at the 
postero-internal side. 

Inferior Molars.—(P1. IL. Figs. 1,5; II. 3-6; IV. 4; VI. 4-11.) As in all 
existing ruminants, the lower true molars of Oreodon have two pairs of symmetrical 
lobes; and the last of the series has an additional lobe. 

In their form they bear a very great resemblance to those of the Deer, but they 
are relatively more expanded in breadth, and the transverse pairs of lobes are less 
oblique relatively to each other. Other and important differences are briefly as 
follows :— 


OREODON. 41 


The inner lobes internally are less prominent in the middle line; their posterior 
marginal fold is less developed, is shorter, and more divergent; and their external 
face is more convex. (III. 4.) 

The outer lobes are less angular externally, and are more tapering from their base. 

Finally, the tubercle between the bottom of the outer lobes is not conoidal, but 
it appears as a transverse talon with an external angular notch. 

The posterior lobe of the last true molar is relatively larger than in the Deer, 
and is more elliptical in transverse section. (III. 5, 6.) 

‘In the attrition to which the inferior true molars are subjected in mastication, 
crescentic surfaces of dentinal substance are exposed by the removal of the origi- 
nally acute enamel summits of the lobes. As the wearing progresses, the dentinal 
crescents increase in breadth; most rapidly upon the outer lobes until the abrasion 
reaches the bottom of the inner faces of these; at which period the outer dentinal 
crescents are considerably below the inner ones, and are twice as broad. At the 
next stage, a small portion of the internal face of the outer lobes, in union with a 
larger portion of the external face of the inner lobes, is left between each trans- 
verse pair of lobes as a crescentic islet of enamel upon a broad surface of dentine. 
The external portion of the islet is next obliterated, and is soon followed by the 
remainder or internal portion. At a late period, the upper surface of the external 
portions of the basal ridge is worn away by the apices of the outer lobes of the 
superior molars, so as to leave shallow pits in the dentine. (VI. 5, 8.) 

The inferior premolars exhibit more peculiarity in comparison with the true 
molars, than do the anterior three upper premolars. (II. 1, 3; II. 3,4; VI. 4, 5, 8,9.) 

In the Deer, it is easy to trace in the lower premolars, the constituent lobes of 
the true molars. Thus, in the third premolar the anterior pair of lobes are very 
like the corresponding pair in the true molars, but the posterior pair have under- 
gone modification in size, form, and position. In the second premolar, the antero- 
internal lobe of the true molars appears to be represented by the anterior double 
fold, their corresponding outer lobe by the succeeding largest fold, and their poste- 
rior pair of lobes by the two hinder folds. In the first premolar, all of the four 
lobes may be traced as in the second premolar; but all, save the homologue of the 
antero-external lobe, are reduced to their most rudimentary condition, and in some 
individuals are entirely obsolete. 

The plurality of lobes of the true molars is much less readily distinguishable 
in the premolars of Oreodon than in those of the Deer; nevertheless, their gradual 
disappearance may be traced. 

The premolars decrease in size from the last to the first, and each presents an 
antero-posteriorly broad pyramidal crown. The transverse section of the crowns of 
the posterior two at their base is an isosceles triangle with the apex directed for- 
ward; while the section of the crown of the anterior at the same position is elliptical. 

Externally they are all prominent at the middle and are convex transversely, and 
the posterior half of the surface is directed outward; while the anterior portion 
presents forward and outward. The first premolar is simply convex externally; the 
second presents a slight fold at the posterior part of the external surface; and the 
third is depressed posterior to the median prominence of the same surface. Postero- 


49 OREODON. 


internally the last premolar is excavated into a quadrilateral cul-de-sac, of which 
the inner boundary is a pyramidal tubercle, the homologue of the postero-internal 
lobe of a true molar. The outer apex of the tooth continues inward upon the sum- 
mit of a pyramidal sub-lobe, apparently homologous with the antero-internal lobe of 
a true molar. In advance of this sub-lobe, there is a broad notch sloping to the 
base of the tooth. 

The second premolar exhibits internally a rudimentary form of the correspond- 
ing portion of the tooth behind. The tubercle has disappeared; and the sub-lobe 
in advance of this has degenerated into an oblique ridge descending obliquely 
backward from the summit of the tooth. The surface postero-internal to this ridge 
is-sloping, and receives from it a slight abrupt offset. Anterior to the ridge, the 
internal surface presents a simple, broad, sloping depression. 

The first premolar exhibits internally a simple ridge descending from the summit 
obliquely backward, and dividing the surface into two depressions, of which the 
anterior is the broader. 

In tracing upon the premolars, among our specimens, the effects of mastication, 
it is observed that when the enamel is nearly obliterated from the triturating sur- 
faces of the true molars, the bottom of the posterior cul-de-sac in the third premolar 
is left as a small oval islet of enamel upon a broad shoe-formed surface of dentine ; 
while the second premolar is worn so as to present a surface of dentine having the 
form of a Greek ¢. (VI. 8.) 

As in existing ruminants, the inferior molar teeth of Oreodon are inserted by 
two fangs placed one before the other. The last molar having a fifth lobe, the pos- 
terior fang is proportionably broad, and is constituted by a confluent pair. 

Canines.—(P1. IL. Figs. 1, 8; HI. 1, 2.) The possession of well developed 
canine teeth in both jaws, is one of the most remarkable characteristics of Oreodon. 
The form of these teeth is peculiar; neither those above nor below grow from per- 
sistent pulps; and only the crowns are capped with enamel. Those which I have 
concluded to belong to the male of Oreodon, are more robust than those attributed 
to the female. 

The upper canine, commencing at the extremity of its fang above the interval 
of the first two premolars, curves forward, downward, and in a less degree outward. 
In the male, it is directed more externally than in the female. The fang of the 
upper canine renders the face slightly prominent along its course, and is trihedral, 
with rounded margins, and approaches more or less a cylindroid form. In some 
specimens it is flattened, or nearly so, upon the outer side, and exhibits one or two 
slight flutings at the lower part. 

The crown is a trihedral pyramid, with the lateral margins acute, the anterior 
margin subacute, and the summit pointed. Its sides are nearly equal; one being 
directed outwardly, another inwardly and forward, and the third posteriorly. The 
first is nearly plane; and the second is also nearly plane, and presents a median 
obtuse ridge, which vanishes above in the fang, and below towards the point of the 
crown. The remaining side is visible in only one specimen; its enamel is worn 
off, excepting a small portion at each basal angle; and it is quite plane and smooth, 
and is a little larger than the other sides. 


OREODON. 43 


The point and lateral margins of the crown of the upper canine were kept con- 
stantly sharp, by being subjected to attrition only at the posterior part, where it 
came in contact with the corresponding tooth of the lower jaw. 

The inferior canine is straight, and is directed from the end of its fang obliquely 
upward, forward, and outward. 

The fang is variable in its form in different specimens; in one its section is 
transversely compressed and elliptical, in another cylindroidal, and in a third quad- 
rilateral with rounded margins. 

The crown is a broad, transversely-compressed pyramid, with trenchant margins 
converging to a slightly rounded but sharp summit. It is of about the same length 
as that of the upper canine, but is a little broader. 

The inner face is convex; and the outer face is angularly convex, with one por- 
tion directed outwardly, and the other antero-externally. 

The anterior margin is directed inward and forward, and at its outer part, 
when the jaws are closed, comes into contact with the posterior face of the upper 
canine, so as to suffer from attrition most in this position. The margins at the 
bottom of the crown project slightly beyond the outline of the fang. 

The enamel of the canines is a little thicker externally than internally, and is 
slightly corrugated; and that upon the trenchant margins of the lower ones has a 
slightly crenulated appearance. 

Incisors.—(P1. Il. Figs. 1,2.) In only one specimen among the many under 
investigation are the incisors preserved, and in this, their outer face alone is visible, 
the other being enveloped in a matrix, the removal of which would endanger their 
integrity. ‘There are three incisors above, and four below, upon each side of the 
median line. 

Of the superior incisors, the internal is smaller than the outer two, which are 
nearly equal in size. ‘Their outer face is convex, and they are trapezoidal or nearly 
ovoid in outline, with the long diameter about one-fourth greater than the trans- 
verse. ‘The cutting edge and inner margin are convex, and the outer margin has 
a slightly prominent talon. 

Of the inferior incisors, the internal is the smallest; the succeeding two are 
nearly equal in size, and the external is a fifth larger than the others. The outer 
face of the anterior three incisors is convex, and oblong quadrilateral. ‘The cutting 
edge of the first incisor is convex, that of the second slightly so, and that of the 
third straight. The lateral margins have a more prominent talon than those of the 
incisors above, and this is larger externally, and is situated about halfway down the 
crown. The outer face of the external or fourth incisor is also convex, but is more 
trapezoidal than the others. Its cutting edge is convex, and is above the level of 
those of the incisors in advance of it. The lateral margins are oblique and nearly 
straight. 

The presence of eight incisors, in addition to well-developed and undoubted 
canines, in the lower jaw of Oveodon, appears to indicate, in accordance with the 
view of M. Cuvier, that the lateral or fourth incisors of existing ruminants, are true 
physiological incisors; and not transformed canines, as inferred by Mr. Owen, unless 


ay, 
44 OREODON. 


we adopt a hypothesis which supposes the lateral incisors of Oveodon to be trans- 
formed canines, and the functional canines to be the transformed first of the 
normal series of seven molars.- The latter view is favored by the absence in 
Oreodon of the first of the normal number of molars, and also by the unusual 
position of the inferior canine tooth. Further, the latter has almost the exact form 
which would be produced by merely prolonging the crown of the first functional 
premolar. On the other hand, in Puleotheriwm, the lower and upper canines have 
the same relative position as in Oreodon, and yet the lower jaw has the normal 
number of premolars. 

Temporary Dentition and Order of Succession—The deciduous dentition of 
Oreodon, so far as can be ascertained from the specimens under investigation, is 
expressed by the following formula :— 

etsy cl Ze yaes oul, (ob 
Ce NE = GIne ee 
deta Leak A DAD 

In the order of protrusion of the temporary molars, judging from the relative 
extent of abrasion which these teeth have undergone in the specimens under 
observation, the true molar is first, and then follow the premolars in succession 
from behind forward. 

Form of the Temporary Molars.—(Pl. IV. Figs. 4,5; V. 2,3; VI. 6, 7, 10, 11.) 
The superior temporary true molar has exactly the same form as the permanent 
true molars, but is about one-sixth less in size than the first of these. (V. 2, 3.) 

The crown of the second upper premolar is composed of three lobes like those 
of the true molars: two posterior and transverse, the other anterior and opposite 
to them. It resembles very much the crown of the fourth permanent premolar in 
conjunction with that of a small third premolar. The anterior lobe at its inner side 
is connected with the adjacent side of the postero-internal lobe by means of a 
shallow fold, which forms a cul-de-sac between the two. 

The anterior premolar has nearly the same form as the corresponding permanent 
tooth, but is smaller in size. Its antero-internal culs-de-sac are not as deep as in 
the latter, and the external of these is twice as broad as the other, but is shallower. 

The inferior deciduous true molar, as in all existing ruminants, possesses three 
pairs of symmetrical lobes, which have the same form, and the same relative posi- 
tion with one another as those of the permanent true molars, but which decrease 
in size from behind forward. (IV. 4,5; VI. 6, 7, 10, 11.) 

The two deciduous premolars of the lower jaw closely resemble in form the 
corresponding permanent teeth. 

The normal first superior molar appears to belong to the permanent series, 
succeeds all the temporary molars in the order of protrusion, and has no deciduous 
predecessor. 

The permanent true molars successively protrude and occupy their functional 
position before any of the deciduous molars are shed. The displacement of the 
latter by their permanent successors, appears to begin with the eruption of the 


last of these, which is followed by those in advance. The first permanent’ 


premolar of the upper jaw appears to have protruded after the deciduous teeth, 


OREODON, NS 


and oceupied a position with them in the functional series, but remains after these 
are shed. 

In comparing Prof. Owen's figure of the series of upper molar teeth of Hyopo- 
tamus vectianus (in Plate VII. Vol. IV., of the London Quarterly Journal of the 
Geological Society), with that stage of the dentition of Oreodon in which the per- 
manent true molars occupy their functional position in company with the deciduous 
teeth, I cannot avoid a suspicion that what are represented as the third and fourth 
permanent premolars (the latter of which has the exact form of the succeeding 
permanent true molars), are really deciduous teeth, which were to give place to 
more simple, bilobed, anthracotheroid, permanent premolars. The teeth, however, 
represented as of the latter character, to belong to the deciduous series, appear too 
slightly worn in relation to the condition presented by the first permanent true 
molar, although it is not improbable that the permanent true molars might follow 
the eruption of the deciduous teeth so rapidly as to exhibit little difference in the 
relative extent of their abrasion. In the lower jaw of an undoubtedly adult indi- 
vidual of another species, Hyopotamus bovinus (represented in Fig. 3 of Plate VIII. 
of the same work), it is observable that the anterior two permanent true molars 
are deeply worn, while the two permanent premolars in advance are but slightly 
abraded, which could not be the case under such circumstances as those presented 
by the upper teeth in the figure first referred to. 


Oreodon Cuilbertsonii. 
(Pu. Il. ; IID. ; IV. Figs. 1-5; V. Figs. 1,2; VI. Figs. 8-11.) 


Merycoidodon Culbertsonit, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1848, iv., 47, pl. figs. 1-5. 
Oreodon priscus, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1851, v., 238. 
Cotylops speciosa, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1851, v. 239. 
Oreedon Culbertsoniz, Leidy: Owen’s Report of a Geol. Survey of Wisc., etc., 548. 

Of this species of Oreodon, I have had the opportunity of examining the fol- 
lowing specimens :— 

1. A very much fractured skull, with the posterior extremity, zygomata, post- 
orbital arches, upper margins of the orbits, upper part and left side of the end of 
the nose, and most of the teeth of the left side broken away. 

On the right side, the entire series of teeth exist in both jaws in a state almost 
as perfect as when the animal was living. (Plate I. Fig. 1.) 

From the collection of Mr. T. A. Culbertson. 


MEASUREMENTS.” 
Inches. Lines. 
Height of face from infra-orbitar foramen to the end of the angular process of 


the og frontis . : F : A : : : : , 4 eae 4 
Distance of supra-orbitar foramina from the ossa nasi : : ( 
Height of symphysis of lower jaw =. : : : : - : oll 8 


Es NI I a a gr eg Ne 


« As far as the specimens permit, measurements are given to show the variations which may in this way 
exist in different individuals. 
7 


46 OREODON. 

Inches. Lines. 
Depth below the hinder portion of the lower middle premolar - ; : 18 
Length of entire series of upper teeth . 4 3 
Length of entire series of lower teeth . 4 4 
Length of series of upper molar teeth . 3 4 
Length of series of lower molar teeth . 8 3 
Length of series of upper true molar teeth . 1 10 
Length of series of lower true molar teeth 2 
Antero-posterior diameter of last upper molar. 3 : : : : 9 
Antero-posterior diameter of last lower molar : : : : : - Lt hn 
Length of crown of the canine teeth 3 : ; : 2 : : 7 
Extent of hiatus behind the upper canine. : : : : : : 3 
Extent of hiatus between canines and incisors. , : , : ; 13 


2. A very much mutilated skull, with the zygomata, upper superficial portion of 
the face, orbital margins, and rami and greater portion of the base of the lower 


jaw broken away. The specimen 


is very much fissured, apparently from exposure 


to the weather since its exhumation. All the teeth, except the crowns of the 
canines and incisors, remain on both sides. 


The form, proportions, and size 
that first indicated. 


of the specimen correspond pretty closely with 


From Messrs. Culbertson’s collection. 


Length of head from occipital condyles to the anterior incisive alveoli 
Breadth of face at infra-orbitar foramina ~ 


Breadth of face above first premolar 


Breadth of face at roots of incisors just in napenc of the upper canines 


Height of symphysis of lower jaw 


Depth of lower jaw below second premolar . 


Length of series of upper molars 
Length of series of lower molars 


Length of series of upper true molars 
Length of series of lower true molars 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 
5 
83 
74 
24 
ij 
z 
5 
3 
9% 
11 


et a 


3. A much broken anterior portion of a skull, agreeing very closely in its form 
and proportions with the corresponding part of the preceding specimens. 
From Capt. Van. Vliet’s collection. 


Breadth of face at infra-orbitar foramina : 
Distance from the latter to the frontal angular processes 


Length of series of upper molars 
Length of series of lower molars 


Length of series of upper true molars 
Length of series of lower true molars 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 


9 
4} 
5 
£ 
9 


bo eH! 09 Oo et et 


4. An anterior portion of a skull containing all the true molars and one last pre- 
molar, with fragments of the others. It is accompanied by a portion of lower jaw 
containing the last premolar and the succeeding two true molars. 


OREODON. 47 


The specimen agrees with the preceding, except that the face is more flat above 
so as to appear of less depth, and in transverse section more square. 
From Messrs. Culbertson’s collection. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 
Breadth of face at infra-orbitar foramina  . : i : : : raeanat 6 
Breadth of face above the first premolar : A j cai 6 
Height from infra-orbitar foramina to angular processes of 0s fr Aare feet 2% 
Breadth of ossa nasi between the points of the latter processes F : : 114 


5. A portion of a very much mutilated skull, with attached fragments of both 
sides of the lower jaw widely extended from the upper teeth. Upon one side the 
specimen contains all the upper true, and the lower posterior two true molars, and 
on the other side the upper posterior two and the last lower molar teeth. 

From Messrs. Culbertson’s collection. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 
Length of series of upper true molars 2 : : : : a al 11 
Antero-posterior diameter of the upper last wel : 3 ; ‘ : 10 
Antero-posterior diameter of the lower last molar : 0 5 : pal 


6. A fragment of the right side of the face of a young animal, containing a 
portion of the first, the entire second, and the inner portion of the third temporary 
molars, and the succeeding two permanent molars. 

It was this specimen to which I applied the name Cotylops speciosa, erroneously 
supposing it to be distinct from Oreodon. 

From Capt. Van Vliet’s collection. 


7. Thirteen fragments of upper and lower jaws, all containing from one to 
three true molars, except one, in which are preserved the anterior two lower pre- 
molars. They apparently belonged to seven different individuals. 

From the collections of Dr. Owen, Capt. Van Vliet, Dr. Prout, Prof. O’Loghland, 
and Messrs. Culbertson. 


8. A portion of the right*side of the lower jaw of a young animal, with the 
remains of the anterior two temporary premolars; the entire temporary true molar, 
considerably worn; and the succeeding two permanent molars. (PI. VI. 10, 11.) 

From the collection of Capt. Van Vliet. 


9. A nearly entire skull, comparatively slightly fractured, and wanting only 
the end of the nose anterior to the canines, the upper of the latter, the incisors, 
zygomata and post-orbital arches, a portion of the parietal crest, and the right angle 
of the lower jaw. 

Its details of form vary in a very slight degree from those of specimen 1. In 
the latter, it was observed in the table of measurements, a hiatus of one and a 


48 OREODON. 


half lines in extent existed between the canines and incisors, but in the specimen 

under inspection no hiatus existed in a corresponding position of the lower jaw, 

the lateral incisor having been in contact with the canine. (Plate IT. Fig. 2.) 
From the collection of Dr. David Dale Owen. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 

Breadth of face at infra-orbitar foramina = - : : : ‘ , oh Wal! 64 
Breadth of face above first premolar. ¢ : : : . ee! 3 
Distance from infra-orbitar foramina to frontal Prediar processes. : ou! 4+ 
Breadth of ossa nasi at the points of the latter processes : : : : 8% 
Length of series of upper molars : 4 , ; : : ties 4} 
Length of series of lower molars ; : ‘ 5 : : : ph Sue 4 ae 
Length of series of upper true molars il 10 
Length of series of lower true molars 2 4 


10. A skull with the anterior extremity of the nose, the zygomata, and summit of 
inion broken away. The forehead is slightly crushed, but otherwise the specimen 
is comparatively well preserved. It contains all the molar teeth of both sides, the 
left canine, and the fang of the right canine. A small fragment of the right side of 
the lower jaw, containing the true molars, accompanies the former specimen. 

The skull I suspect to have belonged to a male individual of Oreodon Culbert- 
sonit, on account of its generally more robust character than most of the others 
which have been indicated; and specimen 9, particularly, I suppose to have 
belonged to a female. 

Besides the relatively greater degree of robustness of the male skull of Oveodon 
Culbertsonit, the face is depressed or flattened above, or is not so much arched as 
in the female, and in transverse section it has a more square than conoidal appear- 
ance, as in the latter. The molar teeth, also, are more robust, and the true molars 
possess a well-developed ridge between the bases of the external columns or but- 
tresses, and a feebler ridge exists externally at the base of the premolars. The 
canines are a little more robust, a little longer, and project a trifling degree more 
outwardly. 

In the specimen under immediate inspection, the supra-orbitar foramina are nearer 
the centre of the forehead on each side than in any of the preceding. 

The parietal region on one side of the sagittal suture presents an irregularly 
eroded and areolated vascular appearance, with several slight thin exostoses, indi- 
cating inflammation to have existed during the life of the animal. (Plate IIL. 
Figs. 1, 2.) 

From the collection of Dr. Owen. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 
Breadth of face at infra-orbitar foramina —. : : : ; seth 74 
Breadth of face above first premolar. i F j : F ie 5 73 
Distance from infra-orbitar foramina to frontal angular processes. c are 4 
3readth of ossa nasi at the ends of the latter processes . : : Baas i 93 


Length of series of upper molars } t : : 3 : : Maid 1 


OREODON. 49, 


Inches. Lines. 
Length of series of upper true molars : 6 ‘ : p 6 gel 113 


Antero-posterior diameter of last upper molar : é : : : 9s 


11. The facial portion of a skull, apparently of a male, containing all the 
molars except the crown of the first premolar. In section, it presents the same 
squareness of character as in specimen 10, and also has the same flatness above and 
uniformity of breadth anteriorly. The ossa nasi have been slightly shorter than 
those in specimen 10, and less rounded posteriorly. 

The specimen is remarkable in comparison with that last indicated, because the 
true molars are a little smaller and the premolars a little larger; but this increase 
of the latter is in breadth, and not antero-posteriorly, so that it produces no effect 
upon the length of the series. 

The basal ridge of the molars is more feebly developed internally than in 
specimen 10, and externally it is obsolete. 

The hard palate is slightly more arched, and has a little greater breadth than in 


specimen 10. 


From Capt. Van Vhet’s collection. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 

Breadth of face at infra-orbitar foramina . 3 : : ; ; Tyee: 7s 
Breadth of face above first premolar 3 7h 
Distance from infra-orbitar foramina to frontal snr processes 2 
Breadth of hard palate posteriorly 
Breadth of hard palate anteriorly 
Hxtent of hiatus posterior to the upper canine 
Length of series of upper molars 
Length of series of upper true molars . 
Antero-posterior diameter of last upper molar 


et 


ise) 


—_ 
oo ob ® Oo 
NH 


12. A fragment of the face and forehead. The former in transverse section is 
nearly square, but is rather more arched above than in specimen 10, and is narrower 
and less deep than usual. 

From Dr. Owen’s collection. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 
Breadth of face at infra-orbitar foramina. 6 ; : é . areal Da 
Breadth of face above first premolar. : ; 6 : ale | 43 
Distance from infra-orbitar foramina to frontal paealae processes. : qateel 2 
Breadth of ossa nasi at the ends of the latter processes . : : é 0 11 


13. A portion of the face and forehead of an individual just arriving at adult 
age. Though very imperfect, the specimen is an instructive one, as it exhibits the 
order of succession of the permanent to the temporary molar teeth. 

Upon the right side, the last molar is preserved and fully protruded, and has 
the enamel summits of its anterior lobes slightly worn. The second true molar 
has the dentine exposed upon the summits of the lobes; most so upon that antero- 


50 OREODON. 


internal, and least so upon that postero-internal. Of the first true molar the inner 
half alone is preserved, and presents the corresponding lobes with broad crescentic 
surfaces of dentine. 

The socket of the fourth premolar had lost its tooth, and is now filled with 
matrix. 

Portions of the crowns of the third and second premolars, yet remaining, indicate 
that these teeth had not been protruded from the gums. 

From this account, it appears that all the permanent true molars are fully pro- 
truded before the temporary molars are shed. 

The two entire teeth above indicated, are in this specimen a trifling degree 
smaller than in specimens 1 and 10, and yet the fragment of skull, though not of a 
fully adult animal, is larger than the corresponding portion of any of the preceding 
specimens described. In the upper view, it appears as if it had belonged to a 
distinct species from Oreodon Culbertsonii, and had it been the only specimen in 
the collection besides the first indicated in the list, I would have so considered it 
without hesitation, but, from the many variations presented in numerous individual 
cases, I am inclined to think it is only a variety. 

The forehead is unusually long and broad; being about three-fourths of an inch 
greater in the former direction than in the largest specimen previously indicated. 
The supra-orbitar foramina are removed to double their usual distance from the 
fronto-nasal suture, or rather they appear to occupy the ordinary position, while 
the portion of the os frontis in advance of them is unusually prolonged. The © 
lachrymal depression, also, is more shallow than usual, apparently by the spread- 
ing or expansion of the lachrymal bone; for the outer face of this is several lines 
higher and broader than in the preceding specimens. 

From the collection of Dr. Owen. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
‘ Inches. Lines. 
Distance of infra-orbitar foramina from frontal angular processes. : pba | 6 
Distance of supra-orbitar foramina from fronto-nasal suture. ; : eA 2 
Length of series of upper true molars : 3 ; : . : east 9 
8 


Antero-posterior diameter of last molar 


14. A fragment of a face of a young animal, containing on both sides portions 
of the temporary molars; the succeeding two permanent true molars; and, con- 
cealed within the jaw, the last molar. 

From the collection of Dr. Owen. 


15. The greater portion of a face and lower jaw, containing all the molars 
except one of both sides. It presents nothing peculiar, except a slight variation 
in details of size. 

From the collection of Dr. Owen. 


OREODON. d1 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 


8 


a 


Breadth of face at infra-orbitar foramina : 
Distance from infra-orbitar foramina to frontal angular processes a val 
Length of series of upper molars : 6 : ; F ; ‘ ae 1 
Length of series of lower molars 3 
Length of series of upper true molars . 1 
Length of series of lower true molars . ; : : : : : Hebe ek 10 

16. The skull of a young animal, accompanied by the greater portion of the left 
side of the lower jaw. ‘The end of the nose and superficial portion of the right 
side of the face are broken away. The upper jaw, on the right side, contains all the 
molars perfect; consisting of the first permanent premolar and the succeeding three 
temporary and two true molars protruded, and the last true molar just on the 
point of protrusion. The portion of lower jaw also contains all the molars nearly 
perfect; consisting of three temporary molars and three permanent true molars, the 
last of which is only partially protruded. 

Independently of the specimen not being adult, it evidently indicates a smaller 
individual of Oreodon Culbertson than any of the others previously designated. 
(Plate V. Figs. 1, 2.) 

From the collection of Dr. Owen. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 


Length from occipital condyle to canine alveolus . 3 3 ; i Sen 


Length of series of upper molars 3 1 
Length of series of lower molars 3 

Length of series of upper permanent true sll 1 8 
Length of series of lower permanent true molars il 10 
Antero-posterior diameter of last upper molar 5 : : : é § 12 
Antero-posterior diameter of last lower molar 0 2 ; : : 2 9 


17. Fragment of the left side of the lower jaw of an old individual, containing 
the true molars and the two premolars in advance, with the characteristic enamelled 
triturating surfaces nearly obliterated. (Plate VI. Figs. 8, 9.) 

From the collection of Dr. Owen. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 
Length of series of true molars é : : Seat ‘ j Subpinc 9 
Antero-posterior diameter of last molar : : ‘ i F j F 10 


18. Seven fragments of upper and lower jaws, containing true molars, appa- 
rently from six different individuals. 
From the collection of Dr. Owen. 


19. A skull, without the lower jaw, and with the end of the nose and posterior 
part of the cranium broken away. It is particularly valuable from its preserving 
the post-orbital arch entire on both sides. The teeth are all broken. (Plate IV. 
Fig. 3.) 

From the collection of Dr. Hiram A. Prout, of St. Louis. 


52 OREODON. 


20. Fragments of the upper and lower jaw, the former containing the last two 
molars, the latter the last three molars. Upon these was originally established the 
Merycoidodon Culbertsonii, in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences 
(vol. iv. p. 47. Plate: Figs. 1-5). 

The specimens were collected by Mr. Alexander Culbertson, and presented to 
the Academy of Natural Sciences by his father Mr. Joseph Culbertson. 


Average Measurements of Specimens of OREODON CULBERTSONII; but principally taken 
Jrom the female head represented in Plates IT. and IV. Figs. 1, 2. 


Inches. Lines. 
Length of skull from occipital condyles to incisive alveoli in the female . 
Length of skull from occipital condyles to incisive alveoli in the male 
Length of face from antero-orbital margin to incisive alveoli . 
Length from post-glenoid tubercle to incisive alveoli 
Length from hinder part of last molar to incisive alveoli 
Length from inion to coronal suture : 
Length from coronal suture to end of nose . : : : - .* 
Length of os frontis at middle 
Greatest breadth of skull at zygomata . 
Greatest breadth at inter-temporal region, near fdité : 
Least breadth at coronal suture 
Breadth at middle of post-orbital arches 
Breadth of face above last molar : 
Breadth of face above first premolar 
Breadth of face at infra-orbitar foramina : 
Breadth between ends of frontal angular processes 


[a 


mtb Oo ete eB DOOR O& CO AT Ay 
— 
TPOWWTDISDHOWARAOK 


i) 
Breadth of each nasal bone 5 
Vertical diameter of the orbit 1 3 
Transyerse diameter of the orbit 1 1 
Greatest length of lower jaw ; 6 2 
Height of lower jaw at coronoid process 3 3 
Height of lower jaw at condyle . 2 9 
Height of lower jaw at last molar 1 4 
Height of lower jaw at second premolar 1 1 
Length of series of upper molars 3 a 
Length of series of lower molars 3 3 
Length of series of upper true molars i 10 
Length of series of lower true molars 2 
Antero-posterior diameter of last upper molar 9 
Antero-posterior diameter of last lower molar il 
Antero-posterior diameter of penultimate lower molar ih 2 
Antero-posterior diameter of upper premolars . - : 2 : é 5 
Antero-posterior diameter of lower premolars : 5 : : : : 54 
Length of crown of upper canine : : ; : : male 9 lines; female 7 
Length of crown of lower canine : : : : : : F - 6} 
Breadth of lateral series of upper incisors . : - : : : : 7k 
Breadth of lateral series of lower incisors . ; : 2 : : 2 9 
Length of crown of upper internal incisor . : : ; : : : 3k 
Length of crown of upper lateral incisor. 0 : - : - , 4} 


i 
F 
Length of crown of lower internal incisor . : : - . : : Bt ‘ 
Length of crown of lower lateral incisor =. ? ; : : : : 5 : 


OREODON. 53 


The species is respectfully dedicated to the Messrs. Culbertson, through whose 
aid the first specimens were obtained upon which the genus was established. 


@reodom gracilis, Lurpy. 

(Pu. V, Figs. 3, 4; VI. Figs. 1-7.) 
Oreodon gracilis, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1850, y., 239; Owen’s Rep. of a Geol. Surv. of Wisc., etc., 550. 
Merycoidodon gracilis, Leidy: Owen’s Rep., 550. 


This species was first characterized in a verbal communication to the Academy 
of Natural Sciences in August, 1851, from several fragments of an upper and a 
lower jaw containing the true molars and one premolar. 

The head is about two-thirds the size of that of Oreodon Culbertsonii. 

The specimens, which I have had the opportunity of examining, are as follows :— 

1. Lower and upper jaws, occiput, and os frontis of an old individual. The 
rami of the lower jaw are broken away, but on the left side it contains all the true 
molars, the third premolar, and the fangs of those in advance. The right side of 
the upper jaw contains the true molars, the fourth premolar, and the roots of those 
anterior. (Plate VI. Fig. 4, the lower jaw; Fig. 6.) 

From the collection of Captain Van Vliet. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 
Length of series of upper molars 2 2 
Length of series of lower molars 2 2 
Length of series of upper true molars 6 : : ‘ ; : ne Peal! 2s 
Length of series of lower true molars 6 : z : ; ; nye lh 4 
Distance between ends of frontal angular processes 6 . : : : 43 
Distance between supra-orbitar foramina ‘ : : : : : : 53 


2. The skull of an adult, with the end of the nose, base of the cranium, and 
zygomata broken away. It contains upon the right side the true molars and the 
fourth premolar, and on the left, fragments of all the molars. Accompanying it is 
a portion of the lower jaw, containing the true molars. (Plate VI. Figs. 1-3.) 

From the collection of Drs. Owen and Evans. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 
Breadth of cranium above roots of zygomata : ! : : : 1 6 
Breadth of cranium at most prominent part of the temporal oka a é 1 4 
Distance from bifurcation of sagittal crest to ossa nasi é : ‘ : 1 64 
Distance between supra-orbitar foramina 3k 
Length of series of upper true molars : : : . : 5 6 1 i 
1 


Length of series of lower true molars 


3. A facial fragment containing on the left side the last two molars, the fangs of 
all those in advance, and that of the canine. It is particularly valuable from the 


left orbit being preserved entire. 
8 


54 OREODON. 


The specimen corresponds in its proportions and details with specimen 2. (Plate 


VI. upper part of Fig. 4.) 
From the collection of Dr. Owen. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 
Length of series of upper molars 5 . é ; i F : ee 1 
Breadth of face at infra-orbitar foramina =. i ; : : 2 : 113 
Distance between supra-orbitar foramina 3 ; : : : : : 4 
Distance between frontal angular processes. : : ; : , ‘ 83 


4, The skull accompanied by the right side of the lower jaw of a young animal. 
The former has the posterior and superior portions of the cranium and the nose 
broken away; the latter the ramus and symphysis. 

The upper jaw contains on the left side the molar series nearly complete, con- 
sisting of the first permanent premolar, the temporary molars, and the succeeding 
two permanent true molars which are fully protruded. 

The portion of lower jaw contains two temporary molars, and the succeeding 
two permanent molars. 

The forehead of this specimen is remarkable for its flatness; being much more 
arched in the adult. (Plate V. Figs. 3,4; VI. Figs. 6, 7.) 

From the collection of Dr. Owen. 


Average Measurements of Specimens of OREODON GRACILIS. 


Inches. Lines. 


Estimated length from summit of inion to incisive alveoli. ? : Bey ts 8 
Breadth below the orbit at the maxillo-malar suture. : - see 5 
Breadth of cranium at most prominent portion of temporal foae 1 43 
Breadth of cranium at narrowest portion . : d : : : : 103 
Estimated length of sagittal crest 1 10 
Length of forehead in median line : 1 7 
Breadth of forehead at middle of post-orbital ar shes 2 2 
Breadth of face from above the lachrymal tubercle 1 7 
Breadth of face at infra-orbitar foramina 1 


Breadth of face between ends of frontal angular processes. : ; : 8% 
Height from middle palate suture to fronto-nasal 

Height from middle palate suture on a line with the first premolar : 2 
Diameter of the orbit : 5 4 : : - : ; 9 


a 
oo 
te 


Breadth of palate between fourth ea : : : - - - 84 
Depth of lower jaw at last molar ‘ : A ; ; : Eee! 

Depth of lower jaw at third premolar : ; : : : : : 8 
Length of series of upper molars if 


Length of series of lower molars 

Length of series of upper true molars 

Length of series of lower true molars a 

Antero-posterior diameter of upper middle true alae : 5 

Antero-posterior diameter of upper fourth premolar. : t - : 3 
7 
5 
4 


me re bo bo 
= 
cy 


Antero-posterior diameter of last lower molar 
Antero-posterior diameter of second lower true molar 
Antero-posterior diameter of third lower premolar ~ 


OREODON. 55 


Comparison between OREODON CULBERTSONII and OREODON GRACILIS. 


Besides the great disproportion in size between Oreodon Oulbertsonii and Oreodon 
gracilis, (the latter being nearly one-third less than the former,) there are other 
differences which, though slight, are important. 

In Oreodon Culbertsonii, the sagittal crest rises from the sides of the temporal 
fossee in a gradual pyramidal manner; but in Oreodon gracilis, the intertemporal 
region at its upper part is more arched, and the sagittal crest rises from it in the 
form of a thick, abrupt, rugged, linear ridge. 

In the latter species the lachrymal depressions are relatively less deep, and the 
entrance of the orbits more nearly circular. 

The posterior convergent extremities of the ossa nasi terminate more abruptly 
in Oreodon gracilis ; or in this they are convex and in Oreodon Culbertsonii are 
angular. 

The ossa tympanica are relatively much more inflated in Oreodon gracilis; and 
the prominent ridge continuous from them to the auditory process in Oveodon 
Culbertsonit, is but feebly developed in the former species. 


Oreodom major, Ley. 
(Pu. IV., Fig. 6.) 
Syn. Merycoidodon major. 

A third species of Oreodon with some hesitation is proposed upon a fragment of 
the right side of the upper jaw, containing the true molars, from the collection of 
Dr. Owen. 

The specimen belonged to a middle-aged individual, as indicated by the tritura- 
tion to which the teeth have been subjected in mastication; the characteristic 
enamelled grinding surface of the first true molar being quite obliterated. 

The teeth correspond closely in form with those of Oreodon Culbertsonii, but 
they are much larger than any of the specimens which have been attributed to the 
latter. 

It is not improbable, that upon further investigation, the specimen may prove 
to belong merely to a large variety of Oreodon Culbertsonii, for the difference in 
size of the teeth from those indicated in the specimen 10, of the latter species, is 
not as great as that existing between the teeth of this and those of specimen 16. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 
Length of series of upper true molars 2 3a 
Antero-posterior diameter of the last molar . 1 ir 


Breadth anteriorly 


56 EUCROTAPHUS. 


EUCROTAPHUS, Levy. 


Eucrotaphus Jacksoni, Levy. 


(Prater VII. Figs. 4-6.) 
Eucrotaphus Jacksoni, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1850, v. 92. 


Eucrotaphus auritus, Ley. 
(Plate VII. Figs. 1-3.) 


Eucrotaphus auritus, Leidy: Owen’s Rep. of a Geol. Sury. of Wisc., etc., 563. 


The genus Lucrotaphus was originally proposed in the Proceedings of the 
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, upon a cranial fragment presented to 
the Society by Mr. Alexander Culbertson through his father, Mr. Joseph Culbertson. 

The specimen is remarkable for the great relative size of the pars squamosa of 
the temporal bone; being hardly equalled in this respect by that of the Camel or of 
Oreodon. 

The family to which Lucrotaphus belongs has not yet been ascertained with cer- 
tainty, though from the form and proportions of the cranium being so very much 
like those of Oreodon, I suspect it to have appertained to the ruminantia. 

Coincidentally, Dr. Owen’s collection contains the portion of a cranium corre- 
sponding to that just indicated; but it belongs toa different and rather larger 
species. 

Besides the foregoing, no specimens have been discovered, which can be ascer- 
tained to belong to Hucrotaphus. From the similarity in construction of the 
cranium proper of the latter and of Oreodon, and from the decided ruminant cha- 
racters of the specimens upon which Agriochoerus has been proposed, with the 
relations of size which these bear to those of Hucrotaphus, I suspect the latter two 
are in reality the same genus. 

To the smaller species of Hucrotaphus, the head of which was about the size of that 
of Oreodon Culbertsonii, the name ELucrotaphus Jacksoni was given in honor of my 
much esteemed and distinguished friend Dr. Samuel Jackson, Professor of the In- 
stitutes of Medicine in the University of Pennsylvania. 

For the second species the name Hucrotaphus auritus is proposed, from the rela- 
tively larger size of the auditory bulle. 

It is unnecessary to describe in detail the specimens upon which the two species 
are founded, for they agree so closely with the corresponding portion of the 
skull of Oreodon, that it is sufficient to point out the peculiarities of structure 
which distinguish them from the latter and from each other. 

The lateral and upper views of the cranium proper of Eucrotaphus (Pl. VIL. 
Figs. 1, 2, 4, 5,) are identical with those of Oreodon, except, perhaps, the pars 
squamosa is a trifling degree larger in the former, and the parietalia are rather 
more depressed in advance and upon the course of the squamous suture. : 

The outline of the base view (Figs. 3, 6), and the position of the foramina are 
also the same as in Oreodon; but in Eucrotaphus, the glenoid articulation is rather 


ARCHAHOTHERIUM. 7 


deeper; the post-glenoid tubercle is shorter and relatively very much more robust; 
and the os tympanica, instead of being slightly swollen at the inner termination of 
the vaginal crest of the auditory process, as in the former, is developed into a bulla 
relatively as large as in the Californian Deer. 

In Hucrotaphus Jacksoni (Fig. 6), the auditory bulla forms a large, simple mam- 
millary eminence, which abuts against the sphenoid bone anteriorly and the para- 
mastoid process posteriorly, and rests with its base internally upon the margin of 
the basilar process and the conjunction of this with the sphenoidal body, and is 
outwardly continuous with a ridge the homologue of the vaginal process. 

In Hucrotaphus auritus (Fig. 3), the auditory bulla has the same connections as 
in the former, but in addition rests against the post-glenoid tubercle; and it is rela- 
tively slightly larger, and laterally compressed. 


Fam. 2.—PARIDIGITATA ORDINARIA. 


Gen. ARCHAEOTMERGIUMN, Lewy: (Lntelodon? Aymard.) 


Archaeotherium is a remarkable genus of suilline ungulata combining apparent 
ruminant and carnivorous characteristics. In the form of its superior molar teeth it 
exhibits an affinity to the extinct Choeropotamus, Cuvier, and in a less degree to 
the Hyracotherium, Owen; but, judging from a sketch in Gervais’s Zoologie et Pale- 
ontologie Frangaises,! of the upper molars of Hntelodon, Aymard, it approaches 
this much more nearly than either the former. Indeed, the posterior five 
superior molars of Hntelodon and Archacotheriwm are so alike in relative position, 
proportion, and form, that I consider it doubtful whether the latter is distinct from 
the former; but not having an opportunity of examining the original descriptions 
and figures of Aymard,” nor of extending the necessary comparisons, I have pro- 
visionally retained the generic name originally proposed. 


Archacotherium MWortomi, Lrrpy. 
(Puate VIII; 1X; X. Figs. 1-7.) 


Archaeotherium Mortoni, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1850, v. 92; Owen’s Rep. of a Geol. Surv. of Wisce., 508. 
Archaeotherium (Entelodon?) Mortoni, Leidy: Owen’s Rep. etc., refer. to Table X. 

The species Archaeotherium Mortoni was established in the Proceedings of the 
Academy of Natural Sciences (Vol. V. p. 92, for 1850), upon a fragment of a face 
containing the third and fourth premolars of the left side, presented to the Academy 
by Mr. Alexander Culbertson. 

Later, I have been enabled very greatly to extend our knowledge of this animal 
by the investigation of several interesting specimens in the collection of Dr. Owen. 

One of these is a portion of the face very much mutilated, of an adult individual, 


4 P. 102, p. 2, 26; fig. 12: 
2 Mem. Soc. Agric. Sci., ete., du Puy, t. xii. p. 240; 1848. Gervais. 


58 ARCHAEOTHERIUM. 


containing, on both sides the anterior two true molars, and the fangs of the last 
molar and of the last premolar. The other specimen, much the most important, 
consists of the greater portion of the skull of a young animal, in which the ante- 
rior two permanent true molars had protruded, but all the other permanent molars 
were yet concealed within the jaw. It is broken into two pieces, and is accompa- 
nied by fragments of both sides of the lower jaw. The upper part of the face, left 
orbit, and left zygoma are broken away, but upon the right side the latter two are 
almost perfect. The upper jaw, in its present condition, contains upon the left side 
the posterior five permanent molars (those concealed within the jaw having been 
artificially exposed), and upon the right side, the permanent true molars and the 
posterior two temporary molars. The fragments of the lower jaw consist of one 
of the left side containing the posterior five molars, of which the first and last had 
not yet protruded; and two of the right side, of which one is the angular portion, 
and the other contains the last temporary molar, the permanent last premolar and 
the first and last permanent true molars. 

Description of the Skull.—The form of the head of Archaeotherium Mortoni is so 
peculiar that I know of none among existing ungulata with which to compare it. 
In viewing it from above, it resembles more in general configuration that of the 
Lion or other species of Felis, than it does that of any of its own tribe now in 
existence. From the head of the Lion, however, it differs in numerous important 
points, among the most striking of which, are, the uniform height forward of the 
sagittal crest, the recession of the temporal fossee, the verticality of the zygomatic 
root, the existence of a post-orbital arch as strong as that of the Camel, the ver- 
ticality of the orbital entrance, the relatively great size and depressed character of 
the forehead, the extent of the lachrymal bone, the more prolonged and demi- 
cylindroidal form of the face, the advanced position of the infra-orbital foramen, ete. 

Lateral View.—(P1. [X., Fig. 1.) In the side view of the head, the upper outline 
descends slightly from the inion, then rises towards the forehead, and again descends 
along the face as in the Lion, but relatively not to the same extent. The outline 
of the inion appears more oblique than in the Peccary, and is intruded upon by 
the occipital condyles and a vertical convex prominence above them. 

The temporal fossa is quite transverse in its direction in comparison with that of 
the Hog and Peccary, and, as in these, its position is more posterior than in the 
Lion; but it is relatively longer and less deep than in the former animals, and is 
as much more capacious than these, as is that of the latter animal. Its increased 
capacity is not only produced by extension upward upon a strongly developed 
parietal crest, but also, as in the Choeropotamus and Lion, by the greater extension 
outwardly of the zygoma than in the Hog or Peccary. 

The root of the zygomatic process in association with the mastoid and paramastoid 
processes forms a remarkably strong scroll-like apophysis, which protrudes directly 
outward from the lateral margin of the inion, and expands like the mouth of a 
trumpet, is open below; and it leads to the meatus auditorius. Its anterior surface is 
an almost vertical convexity, nearly two inches in depth, and contributes very 
greatly to the extent of attachment of the powerful temporal muscle. Externally, 
the zygomatic process becomes abruptly narrowed to less than half the depth of its 


’ ARCHAHOTHERIUM. 59 


root, and from this position it turns directly forward and terminates by resting 
upon a long rectangular notch of the malar bone. 

The posterior half of the outer surface of the zygoma forms a nearly vertical 
plane; but anteriorly, where formed by the malar bone, it is remarkable for its 
extraordinary depth; being over two inches, and is vertically plane above, but 
slightly bent outwardly below. 

In the specimen, the sagittal crest is broken at the inion and along its free mar- 
gin, but it is yet sufficiently entire to exhibit the remarkable uniformity of its 
height in comparison with that of the Camel and Lion. Posteriorly, as in the 
two latter, it has the appearance of having contributed to the formation of a strong 
process overhanging the inion, but it is not as concave laterally as in either of 
these animals. 

The margin of the temporal fossa bordering upon the inion is acute, but forms 
no trace of a projecting crest. 

The post-orbital process of the os frontis is as thick and strong as in the Camel; 
and, as in this, has nearly the same direction outward and backward, and it joins 
an equally short and strong process of the os male. 

The temporal surface along the sagittal crest is concave, but below the base of 
this is uniformly convex in the vertical: direction. 

The orbit is relatively larger than in the Hog or Peccary, and is broader below; 
is vertical and ovoidal at its entrance, and is directed outward and forward at an 
angle of about 45°. Its superior margin is prominent and obtuse, and the lachry- 
mal border forms a simple, compressed mammillary eminence, bounded above and 
below by a rounded notch. Just internal to the lower notch is a single lachrymal 
foramen. Below the orbit the malar bone is remarkably shallow, and its surface, 
from the infra-orbital margin, slopes outward, downward, and backward. 

The post-orbital arch is even relatively stronger than in the Camel, and has 
about the same form. The possession of this arch by Archaeotheriwm is a remarka- 
ble peculiarity, as it does not exist in the closely allied Choeropotamus, nor in any 
of the recent suilline genera, except as an inconstant characteristic in the Hippo- 
potamus. 

The side of the face is vertically convex, and is directed forward in a straight 
line from the position of the termination of the malar bone. 

The outer face of the lachrymal bone is slightly bent and nearly plane and ver- 
tical. The infra-orbitar foramen is vertically oval, and is situated above the posi- 
tion of the penultimate premolar, and nearly three inches in advance of the orbit. 

Superior View.—(Pl. IX. Fig. 2.) In the upper view of the head of Archaeo- 
thervum, the cylindrical form of the interparietal region, bounded above Py the 
high sagittal crest, is a striking peculiarity of the genus. 

Between the zygomata the breadth of the head is relatively greater than in feline 
animals. 

The space inclosed by the zygomatic arches is as capacious as in the Lion, but 
is relatively a little longer and not quite so broad, and is oval in form. 

The forehead and prognathous face much resemble those of the Hyracothervwm. 


60 ARCHAEOTHERIUM. 


The former is relatively broad compared with that of the Hog and Peccary, and in 
this character and in its form is more like that of the Camel. 

The sagittal crest at its bifurcation is, to an extraordinary degree, strong and 
prominent, and the fronto-temporal ridges leading from them are at first elevated 
and acute, but afterwards decline and become irregular in their course outwardly. 

The forehead presents a rugged appearance; is prominently convex on each side 
above the orbits, and is deeply depressed in the middle. In the greater part of one 
side remaining in the specimen, over the orbit, are two small vasculo-neural fora- 
mina; and near the middle line and the fronto-nasal suture, is a fronto-orbital 
foramen, which is relatively very small to that of the Hog or Peccary. The face 
has the form of a demi-cylinder very slightly convergent forward. Its upper part 
in the latter direction forms a very slightly concave slope similar to that existing 
in the same position in the Dicotyles labiatus. 

Posterior View.—(PI. X., Fig. 6.) The inion forms a broad triangle, from the 
middle of the base of which the occipital condyles project downward and backward, 
and these have very nearly the same form and relation to each other as in the Hog. 

Above the condyles the occiput forms two vertical convex prominences separated 
by a concavity which extends to the summit of the inion, as in the Hog and Pee- 
cary, but is deeper than in these. Laterally, the inion is depressed into a deep pit, 
at the bottom of which is a large foramen communicating with the interior of the 
cranium, as in the Camel. 

Inferior View.—(P\. VIII., Fig. 1.) The base view of the skull bears consider- 
able resemblance in its form to that of Choeropotamus ; but posteriorly it is relatively 
broader, from the greater degree of extension outwardly of the zygomata. 

The basilar process is demi-cylindroidal, convergent anteriorly, and terminates in 
two lateral abutments, which rest against a corresponding pair extending as lateral 
ridges from the post-sphenoidal body. 

The post-sphenoidal body at its middle forms a concave gutter, and anteriorly 
terminates at the orifice of a very large azygous canal, which also exists in the 
Hog, but in a relatively feebly developed condition. 

The anterior condyloid foramen occupies a position at the bottom of the concave 
lateral portion of the basilar process, a few lines in advance of the condyle. 

In front of the latter foramen is a large, irregularly crescentic foramen lacerum, 
which surrounds the inner side of the auditory bulla. 

The foramen ovale is situated in front and at the extreme bottom of the zygo- 
matic root. The foramen spheno-orbitale is placed about three-fourths of an inch 
in advance of the ovale, is circular, and is bounded externally by a prominent 
acute ridge, which curves upward and forward, and constitutes the antero-inferior 
limit of the temporal fossa. 

The optic foramen is relatively about as large as that in the Hog, and is situated 
about three lines anterior to the one last described. 

The homologues of the paramastoid processes or the inferior angles of the occiput 
are thick and strong, and are prolonged in a curvilinear manner outward and 
downward. In the specimen they are broken at their extremity, and they are 
associated with the mastoid processes, considerably external to the position of the 


ARCHAHOTHERIUM. 61 


occipital condyles, @nd constitute the posterior part of the infundibular expansion 
of the root of the zygomatic process. 

The auditory bulls, broken in the specimen, appear to have been broad and 
convex, but compared to those in recent suilline animals were feebly developed. A 
strong conoidal process projected from them anteriorly downward and forward, 
bounding the passage of the Eustachian tube externally, and the foramen caroticum 
internally. Externally, the auditory bulle are prolonged into a broad and strong 
auditory process. 

The external auditory meatus is circular, is relatively considerably larger than 
in the Hog, and is remarkable for the large infundibular expansion which leads to 
its entrance. 

The inferior border of the root of the zygomatic process is thick and convex, 
and is prolonged outward and downward to the glenoid articulation. 

The latter in position and form resembles that of the Peccary ; but it is relatively 
broader and more shallow, or its anterior and posterior tubercles are shorter. 

From the glenoid articulation, the zygoma converges to the face and expands 
outward and downward; and where constituted by the antero-inferior margin of 
the malar bone, it forms a prominent acute edge. 

The posterior palatine notch, as in the Tapir, Rhinoceros, and extinct Choeropo- 
tamus, extends to some part of the space intervening to the penultimate molar 
teeth. It is about three-fourths of an inch wide at its commencement, and has 
nearly parallel sides and a concave bottom. m 

The hard palate is concave, and parallel at its sides, and is not roughened as far 
as preserved in the specimen. 

The palate plates of the palate bones are short, as in the Hog; and the posterior 
palatine foramina are situated in the transverse palatal suture. 

Form, Relations, and Connections of the Bones of the Skull_—The parietalia are 
fused at the sagittal crest into a single symmetrical bone, which descends on each 
side in advance of the pars squamosa, to the bottom of the temporal fossa to join 
the sphenoid bone, and anteriorly is notched for the adaptation of the os frontis. 

The pars squamosa of the temporal bone appears to be almost entirely extended 
outwardly to form the deep anterior face of the root of the zygomatic process; and 
its suture descends so rapidly that its most anterior part is only a little over an 
inch from the position of the meatus auditorius. 

The os frontis, even in the young animal, is single, and it contributes to nearly 
one-third of the extent of the temporal surface. Anteriorly, it terminates in an- 
gular processes, which extend in advance of the ossa lachrymalia, and for more 
than two inches along the sides of the ossa nasi. 

The bottom of the fronto-nasal suture is nearly on a line with the anterior mar- 
gin of the orbits, from which position the ossa nasi gradually widen to the points 
of the angular processes of the os frontis, and then, in the specimen, in a more 
gradual manner decrease in width to their broken extremities. 

The facial surface of the lachrymal bone forms an oblong square measuring nearly 
two inches antero-posteriorly. 

The maxillo-malar suture descends in the same oblique line, as that anterior to 

9 


62 ARCHAEOTHERIUM. 


the lachrymal bone, to about the middle of the position of th@ penultimate molar 
tooth. 

Inferior Maxilla.—Of the lower jaw we have the opportunity of examining only 
several small fragments, but fortunately these are important ones, as from the form 
of the superior molar teeth resembling very closely those of Choeropotamus, we 
might expect to find a lower jaw constructed like that of this animal, which is far 
from being the case. One of the fragments consists of the posterior extremity of 
the right side, externally attached to a mass of matrix. (X. 7.) The coronoid process 
and condyle are broken, but they appear to have preserved their relative proportion 
and position to one another, which are as in modern suilline animals. The tech- 
nical angle, which is preserved entire, is not prolonged into a hook as in Choeropo- 
tamus, nor is it rounded as in the Hog and Peccary, but is almost rectangular, and 
lengthened slightly backward and downward, as in the Deer; and it is thick and 
convex atthe apex. The ascending ramus is broad, and, as in the Hog, is apparently 
not depressed to any extent in advance of the position of the condyle. The pos- 
terior border of the jaw is vertically concave; and, indeed, excepting the condyle 
and coronoid process, the posterior part of the bone partakes of the form of that of 
the Hog and Deer. 

The other fragments are portions of the lower jaw of both sides containing molar 
teeth; and are two inches in depth below the position of the first true molar. That 
of the right side is an exceedingly interesting and important piece (VIII. 2), for, as in 
Anthracotherium, it has a short obtuse process projecting from the base of the bone. 
The direction of the process is outward and downward, and it is situated below the 
position anteriorly of the last permanent premolar. From the outward curve of 
the process the jaw above and on a line with it is concave. 

Dentition—Of the permanent dentition of Archaecotherium we are acquainted 
only with the posterior five upper molars, and the posterior four below. These are 
constructed upon an undoubted suilline type, but approach none of the recent forms 
so much as they do those of Hyracotherium, or more those of Choeropotamus, and 
most, if they are not identical with, those of Entelodon. 

In the specimens, the molar teeth above mentioned form a close row in both 
jaws, and their relation to one another is the same as in the Hog, Peccary, or 
Hippopotamus. 

Superior Molars.—(VIII. 2; [X.1,5-5; X.1.) The upper true molars are con- 
structed after the same type as those of Choeropotamus and Hyracotherium, but differ 
principally in the less extent of development of the basal ridge. 

The crowns of the anterior pair of true molars are quadrate with convex sides, 
and internally as in Lntelodon magnum have no basal ridge like that existing in the 
other two genera mentioned. The grinding surface of these teeth presents two 
transverse rows, each of three conical lobes, of which those external and that 
antero-internal are the larger, and are nearly equal in size; and the remainder are 
subequal. 

The enamelled sides of the lobes are corrugated and their apices are excavated, 
though feebly, compared with what they are in Hyracotherium and Choeropotamus. 


pass: 


ARCHAEOTHERIUM. 63 


Anteriorly, the crowns are embraced by a strong and deep basal cingulum or 
ridge, relatively more robust than in any of the allied genera. 

In the first true molar a strong basal ridge passes in a festooned manner from the 
apex of the postero-internal lobe posteriorly to the base of the corresponding ex- 
ternal lobe, and from this externally to the base of that in advance, but does not 
embrace it as in Hntelodon magnum. 

In the second true molar, as in the corresponding tooth of Entelodon magnum, 
the apex of the postero-internal lobe is continuous with a thick basal ridge ascend- 
ing posteriorly from the base of the postero-external lobe; but no ridge exists ex- 
ternally upon the tooth as in the latter animal. 

The last of the true molar series has a quadrilateral oval crown, presenting as in 
the teeth described, an anterior row of lobes, bounded at base anteriorly by a similar 
but shorter and more tuberculated basal ridge. The posterior third of the triturating 
surface is composed of an assemblage of four low tubercles, which correspond to 
the posterior lobes and basal ridge of the two molars in advance. 

The posterior two premolars are not at all like those of Hyracotherium, but are 
constructed upon the same pattern as those of Choeropotamus, and are very much 
like those of Hntelodon magnum. 

As in the latter, the last premolar has a quadrilateral crown with the inner side 
shortest and that anterior oblique. It is composed of a transverse pair of conical 
lobes, of which the internal is the smaller, and both are very much larger than the 
homologous constituents of the true molars. Posteriorly they are associated by a 
strong basal ridge, a portion of which exists also at the anterior part of the outer 
lobe, but no portion exists internally and externally as in Entelodon magnum. 

The crown of the penultimate premolar forms a single, large, laterally compressed 
conoidal lobe, resembling very much that of a corresponding carnivorous tooth. It 
is relatively greater antero-posteriorly, and is narrower than that of Choeropotamus, 
and is very much like that of Entelodon magnum ; but, judging from Gervais’s sketch 
of this tooth of the latter, is more uniform in its transverse diameter. Externally 
it is convex, and in its direction downward curves slightly backward. Its anterior 
margin is convex, but posteriorly it presents a salient margin separating the external 
and internal faces. Posteriorly, the internal face towards the base of the crown is 
rugged, and anteriorly it presents a portion of a basal ridge, which forms a double 
festoon downward. 

The enamel of the molar teeth of Archacotherium is everywhere corrugated, but 
this appearance wears off as age advances. 

In the trituration to which the true molars are subjected, the enamel at the 
apices of the lobes is first worn through, and the exposed dentine afterwards extends 
across the latter in transverse tracts. 

The posterior two premolars, in the specimen upon which the species was origi- 
nally established, exhibit the result of considerable mastication. In the last pre- 
molar the posterior basal ridge is partially worn away, and the anterior portion of 
the same ridge and the division between the lobes are completely obliterated. The 
triturating surface in its present condition, presents a broad, transversely ellipsoidal 


64 ARCHAEOTHERIUM. 


disk of dentine, communicating by means of a narrow isthmus with a smaller 
disk, of the same form as the former, at the base of the anterior margin of the 
outer lobe. In the penultimate premolar the apex of the crown is worn off, leaving 
a subcircular dentinal surface continuous with a narrow tract, extending the length 
of the posterior margin. (IX. 3, 4.) 

The upper true molars of Archaeotheriwm, and the last premolar are inserted by 
three fangs; two external and nearly vertical, and a third internal, which is broad, 
and is apparently composed of two portions confluent. The penultimate premolar 
is implanted by two fangs, which are nearly vertical, and are placed one before the 
other. 

Inferior Molars.—(VIII. 2; X. 2,3.) Of the lower molar teeth of Archaeotherium 
we have the true molars and the last premolar; but we have no opportunity of 
comparing them with figures of the corresponding teeth of Hntelodon. 

The crowns of all the true molars possess the same form, and differ only "by 
successively decreasing from behind. They are oblong oval, and constricted at the 
middle, and are composed of two transverse pairs of conical lobes, with wrinkled 
sides. Posteriorly they are bounded by a conical tubercular heel, which relatively 
is not better developed in the last of the series than in those in advance; and 
anteriorly below the confluence of the lobes they are embraced by a thin basal 
cingulum. 

A remarkable peculiarity of a generic character in these teeth is a transverse 
division of the apex of the antero-internal conical lobe, apparently as if this was 
composed of a confluent pair. 

The last permanent premolar is constructed upon the same plan as the penulti- 
mate premolar of the upper jaw. The crown is large, transversely compressed 
conoidal, and slightly curved backward, and is bounded anteriorly and posteriorly 
by a salient margin. At the base posteriorly a ridge exists with a festooned pro- 
longation on each side, and antero-internally a smaller and excavated talon exists 
with an outer simple and inner double festoon. 

The inferior true molars are inserted by two broad fangs placed one before the 
other, and consisting each of a connate pair; and the last premolar also has two 
fangs, but these are simple in their form. 

Temporary Dentition—(VIII.1,2; IX.1.) As in the Hog, the anterior two 
permanent true molars are fully protruded before the deciduous molars are shed, 
from which fact, together with the evident suilline character of Archaeotherium, it 
is reasonable to suppose the order in succession of the permanent to the caducous 
dentition is the same as in the former animal. 

The upper temporary true molar resembles the upper permanent true molars, 
but it is very oblique antero-internally, and all the lobes of the masticating surface 
except the two external are quite rudimentary. At the base of each outer lobe 
externally there exists a festooned ridge. 

The penultimate deciduous tooth has an antero-posteriorly elongated, trihedral 
crown; the posterior half of which is the broader, and is composed of a transverse 
row of three lobes, as in the true molar behind it, except that the internal one is 


ARCHAHOTHERIUM. 


as well developed as that external; and the anterior half forms a quadrilateral 


pyramid, more elevated than the lobes behind. 


The deciduous true molar with its anterior portion broken away is contained in 
one of the fragments of a lower jaw, and is sufficiently perfect to show it keeps up 
the suilline character of the animal, in having an additional pair of conical lobes 
to the normal number of the permanent true molars. 


The enamel of the deciduous teeth is thinner and less corrugated than that of 


the permanent teeth. 


The species is named in honor of the late distinguished Dr. Samuel George Mor- 


ton, of Philadelphia. 


MEASUREMENTS. 


(Taken from the young specimen.) 


Distance from meatus auditorius to the infra-orbital foramen . 
Distance from meatus auditorius to the lachrymal tubercle 


Breadth of head at the transverse fronto-malar suture 
Greatest breadth at lowest part of ossa malarum 


Length from occipital condyles to anterior part of pecuiinitate aoa ‘ 


Distance inferiorly between the glenoid articulations 
Greatest breadth inferiorly of the temporal fossee 
Greatest length inferiorly of the temporal fossa 
Narrowest part of inter-temporal region 

Greatest breadth at squamous suture 

Breadth at lachrymal tubercles 

Breadth at posterior margin of infra-orbital orang 
Breadth of hard palate between the middle true molars 


SUPERIOR MOLARS. 


Diameter of seventh molar 
Diameter of sixth molar . 
Diameter of fifth molar . 
Diameter of fourth molar 
Diameter of third molar 
Diameter of last temporary molar 
Diameter of penultimate molar 


INFERIOR MOLARS. 


Diameter of seventh molar 
Diameter of sixth molar 
Diameter of fifth molar 
Diameter of fourth molar . 


Lines. Inches. 
8 6 
5 9 
7 0 
8 9 
0 0 
4. 6 
3 3 
3 6 
2 3 
2 9 
4 1 
2 8 
1 5 
Antero-posterior. Transverse. 
92 lines. 9 lines. 
112 6c 114 “ 
10 (9 10 co 
9? (73 9 (13 
123 (G Fi “cc 
10 (<4 8 (19 
11} “ 73 
12 lines. 8 lines. 
12 (13 8s (13 
103 “ res) 
122 (7 6 (v4 


post. 4 ant. 


66 ARCHAEOTHERIUM. 


Archaeotherium (/néelodon?) robustum, Lervy. 
(Prats X., Figs. 8-13.) 


Arctodon, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1851, y. 278. 
Archaeotherium robustum, Leidy: Owen’s Rep. of a Geol. Sury. of Wisce., etc., 572. 


This species is proposed upon fragments of the crowns of the posterior two 
molars of the left side, and a portion of the crown of a canine tooth probably of 
the left side inferiorly. 

These specimens, which belong to the collection obtained by Mr. T. A. Culbert- 
son, I at first supposed indicated the existence of a genus allied to the Bear; but 
by comparison, they have since been determined to belong to a species of Archaeo- 
therium larger than that described in the preceding pages. 

The fragments of molars (X. 10-13) are almost identical in their form with 
the corresponding portion of the same teeth of Archacotheriwm Morloni, except that 
in the last molar the posterior basal ridge rises into a conical eminence or fifth 
lobe, which is more regular, but less prominent, and more expanded at the base than 
those in advance. The teeth have been almost a fourth larger than those corre- 
sponding of Archaeotherium Mortoni. 

The fragment of the crown of a canine (8, 9) resembles more that of the Bear 
than that of any existing ungulates. It is curved conical in form, and presents a 
slight longitudinal ridge defining its outer and inner faces. It is completely covered 
with enamel, which is thinnest at the inner face, and is unworn in the specimen. 


CoHPAGP ME Kok) 
DESCRIPTION OF UNGULATA IMPARIDIGATATA. 


Fam. 1,.—Soutpepia. 
Gen. ANCHIP THRE IREUNE, Meyer. 


Unper the name of Palacotherium aurelianense, M. De Blainville has included 
also the Palaecotherium monspessulanum, and the Pulaeotheriwm equinum, Lartet, 
seu hippoides, De Blainville. These, according to the view of M. De Christol, 
(Comptes Rendus, vol. xxiv., p. 374,) do not belong to the genus Palaeotherium, 
but to a soliped, to which the name of Hipparitherium is given. In regard to this 
animal, he observes, “Ses os des membres ressemblent 4 un tel degré a ceux de 
VAne et du Cheval, qu’on en trouve une description trés étendue et trés-rigoureuse 
dans les traités d’anatomie vétérinaire, et qu’on peut suivre sur ces os de pretendus 
Palaeotheriums les descriptions myologiques des vétérinaires aussi complétement et 
aussi stirement que sur une squelette d’ane ou de cheval.” 

H. von Meyer had already placed this species in a new genus under the name of 
Anchitherium Hzquerrae, which generic name is adopted by M. Pomel, in his classi- 
fication of the Pulacotheria, as a subgenus.’ 

As a result of these investigations the specific name of the animal is Anchithe- 
rium aurelianense, Gervais. 

A second species, the Anchitherium Dumasii,' has been indicated by Gervais from 
the eocene formations of France. 


Anchitherium Bairdii, Lripy. 
(Prats X., Figs. 14-21; XI.) 
Palaeotherium Bairdii, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1850, y. 121. 
Anchitherium Bairdii, Leidy: Owen’s Rep. of a Geol. Sury. of Wisc., etc., Sie) 


Among the fossil remains collected by Mr. Alexander Culbertson were the 
ereater portion of a skull and fragments of jaws with teeth, of a species of Anchi- 
therium. The teeth of this so closely resemble those represented in De Blainville’s 
Osteographie, under the name of Palacotherium hippoides, that they might readily 


1 Osteographie: Palaeotherium, 75. 2 Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, 1844, 298. 
§ Bul. Soc. Geol. de France, vii. 219. 4 Comptes Rendus, xix., 381, 572. 


68 ANCHITHERIUM. 


be considered to belong to the same species, were it not that those of the Nebraska 
animal, which I have called Anchitherium Bairdii, are only about three-fifths the 
size of those of the former. 

The specimens which we have an opportunity to study are as follows :— 

1. The cranium proper, with a portion of the face containing on one side the last 
two and on the other the last three molars. The zygomata and post-orbital arches 
are broken away. The specimen was accompanied by several fragments of a lower 
jaw, of which two contain the last two molars, and one has the coronoid process 
nearly entire. 

2. Both sides of the upper and lower jaws containing nearly all the molar teeth. 

3. Three small fragments of lower jaws of different individuals, containing teeth. 

The Anchitherium Bairdii, as indicated by the specimens, was rather more than 
half the size of the Anchitherium aurelianense. 

Description of the Head.—The cranial specimen is particularly important from its 
being the first yet discovered of the genus Anchitherium. In its form it is remark- 
ably like that of the corresponding portion of the skull of the Horse, and presents 
but few points of resemblance to the Piulaeotheriwn, to which genus it has been 
supposed to belong. 

Lateral View.—(XI. 1.) The skull of Anchitherium appears relatively shorter 
than that of the Horse; as,in the specimen under examination, the molar teeth are 
much less advanced in their position than in the latter; the last of the series 
being placed below the middle of the orbit. 

The upper outline of the cranium proper, as in the Horse, is convex, and the 
temporal fossa has the same form and relative convexity ; and posteriorly it mounts 
in the same manner upon a low sagittal crest. The summit of the inion and the 
posterior boundary of the temporal fossa are relatively not quite so prominent as 
in the Horse, but as in this, the root of the zygomatic process is implanted about 
the middle of the lower border of the fossa. 

The mastoid portion of the temporal bone is relatively higher than in the Horse; 
and, as in this, impressed upon the parietal bone, there ascends from the squamous 
suture a large, deep, irregular, branched, vascular channel. 

The meatus auditorius is bounded below by a thick auditory process. 

The face is relatively of less depth than in the Horse, arising from the shortness 
of the teeth, compared with those of the latter. Below the position of the orbit 
the alveolar margin is convex antero-posteriorly, as in the Horse. 

The malar bone does not advance as much upon the face as in the latter; its 
anterior suture ascending obliquely from the position of the last molar to the ante- 
rior lachrymal suture. 

In the specimen, the orbits, at their inferior margin are broken away. When 
perfect, their entrance appears to have had almost the same form as in the Horse, 
but was relatively very much larger. They are also more deeply excavated, and 
approached each other much more. Their floor is very extensive, and at its poste- 
rior part forms a thick, obtuse margin, which is situated considerably below the 
level of the sphenoidal bodies. 

Whether a post-orbital arch existed cannot be ascertained from the specimen, for 


ANCHITHERIUM. 69 


in this the process of the os frontis, which, in the Horse, contributes to its forma- 
tion, is broken away to its base, leaving a triangular surface, two sides of which 
measure only three lines, the other four lines. ‘ 

The lachrymal bone externally is almost as concave as in the Sheep, leading us 
to suspect the existence of shallow larmiers. Its orbital margin is acute, and 
within this, at its lower part, there is a single, vertically oval, lachrymal foramen. 

Superior View.—(XI. 2.) The upper view of the cranium of Anchitherium also 
resembles very much that of the Horse. The forehead is a little more flat, and 
extends into a relatively larger triangle posterior to the coronal suture, which holds 
a corresponding position. The anterior margin of the frontals are not extended 
into long angular processes between the bases of the ossa nasi, as in the Horse, 
but form together a very obtuse angle. 

The sides of the face, as formed by the lachrymal bones and the upper maxillaries 
below them, descend much more abruptly from the anterior orbital processes of the 
ossa, frontis, or they approach the vertical line much more nearly than in the Horse. 

In the specimen, the sagittal suture of the frontals and parietals is still open. 

Fosterior View.—(X. 20.) The inion, from its summit being relatively less broad, is 
more triangular in outline than in the Horse. Its middle part bulges over the foramen 
magnum, and above this point is depressed upon each side of a slight vertical ridge. 

The relative position and form of the condyles and the form of the foramen mag- 
num are very much the same as in the Horse, except that the inferior surfaces of 
the former are more nearly horizontal, and diverge more posteriorly and approach 
nearer anteriorly. 

Above each condyle, as in the Horse, there exists a crescentic depression of the 
occipital surface. 

Inferior View.—(X. 21.) The basilar process is relatively broader, less deep, and 
more angular than in the Horse, and upon each side it presents a long impression, 
and at the middle is elevated into a superficial tuberosity for muscular attachment. 

The junction of the basilar process with the sphenoidal body occupies the same 
position as in the Horse, being on a line with the anterior margin of the foramina 
lacera, but in the specimen it is obliterated. 

The sphenoidal bodies are slightly convex compared with those of the Horse, and 
the posterior does not present the deep muscular impressions existing in that animal. 

The paramastoids hold the same relative position to the condyles as in the Horse, 
and as in this between them a deep fossa exists, at the inner side of which the 
anterior condyloid foramen is situated. 

The os tympanica is relatively slightly more dilated than in the Horse; and the 
os petrosa abuts closely against the basilar process. 

The base of the styloid process, alone remaining in the specimen, is embraced 
antero-internally by the os tympanica. 

The foramen lacerum is large anteriorly, but becomes a very fine crevice poste- 
riorly. 

The inner portion of the glenoid articulation, which alone is preserved in the 
specimen, resembles very much that corresponding to it in the Horse. The post- 
glenoid tubercle is relatively much more robust; and is mammillary in its form. 

10 


70 ; ANCHITHERIUM. 


The surface, for attachment of the external pterygoid muscle in advance inter- 
nally of the glenoid articulation, is much less inclined than in the Horse; and at 
the antero-internal part, as, in this, it presents a foramen conducting to the fora- 
mina rotundum and spheno-orbitale. 

The latter, and the optic foramina, are of large size, and hold very nearly the 
same relative position as in the Horse. 

The interpalatine notch, as in the latter, expands as it approaches its bottom, 
which is on a line with the interval of the fifth and sixth molar teeth. 

The hard palate is broken in the specimen, but it appears to have been about as 
much arched as in the Horse, and the exit of the posterior palatine canals is just 
in advance of the sides of the interpalatine notch. 

Inferior Maxilla.—(P1. X., Figs. 18, 19; XI.5, 6.) As in the case of the alveoli of 
upper jaw, corresponding with the shortness of the teeth relatively and compara- 
tively with those of the Horse, the body of the lower jaw of Anchitherium is 
proportionately less deep than in the latter. Its outer side is vertical and slightly 
convex; its base is thick and slightly convex forward; and its upper margin 
rapidly ascends posteriorly, and curves in a sigmoid manner more backward to the 
summit of the coronoid process than in the Horse. 

The coronoid process is curved like in ordinary ruminants, buf is relatively 
shorter and broader. 

The condyle is very like that of the Horse, but the notch in advance of it is 
relatively broader, 

The ramus, which in the Horse is very slightly depressed externally below the 
position of the coronoid process, in the fossil is almost as much depressed as in the 
Peccary. 

Dentition—(Pl. X. 14-17, 21; XI. 1, 3-8.) Gervais" states the formula of the 
dentition of Anchitherium to be:— 


rao io bhiese ell he Bi 
m. = Can. — mol. 
3) 


3 AL al rage 


It is extraordinary that Anchitherium should be so much like Palaeotheriwm in 
the anatomical and physiological construction of its teeth, and yet be so much like 
the Horse in its skeleton. 

The crowns of the molar teeth of Anchitherium are entirely devoid of cementum, 
and in the adult are completely exserted. 

The specimens of Anchitherium Bairdii, which we have an opportunity of 
examining, contain in the upper and lower jaws all the molar teeth except the 
first of the series. 

The posterior six upper molars (XI. 3, 4,) are nearly alike in form and size; the 
crowns, as in those of Pulaeotherium, consisting of two transverse pairs of lobes. 

The outer lobes, as in the genus just mentioned, are demiconoidal with triangular 
summits, the basal angles of which are continuous with the extremities of inverted 
U shaped ridges bounding the sides and bases of the external transversely concave 
surfaces. 


The inner lobes are conoidal, and are prolonged outwardly to the antero-internal 


* Zoolog. et Palzont. Frang., p. 63. 


ANCHITHERIUM. 71 


side of the outer lobes; in this course becoming dilated into a small conoidal pro- 
cess about the middle. 

These teeth are not bounded by a basal ridge internally, but portions exist ante- 
riorly and posteriorly ; and in the latter position inclose a small conoidal process. 

The first upper molar of the normal series is much smaller than the others, as is 
indicated in the specimens by two small fangs, one before the other. 

The inferior molars (X. 14-17; XI. 5-8,) also are exceedingly like those of 
Palacotheriwn. Their crowns are composed of two lobes placed one before the 
other, except the last of the series, which has an additional, or third lobe. The 
lobes are demiconoidal, with their outer side angularly convex and their inner side 
concave and sloping. Their summit is Y shaped; and the posterior extremity of 
this rises to the apex of a pyramidal process of the inner side of the crown. The 
anterior extremity of the summit of the anterior lobes curves to the base of the 
anterior pyramidal process, while that of the summit of the posterior lobe ceases 
upon the outer side of the same process. In the unworn teeth the apex of the 
anterior pyramidal process is indented. ‘The third lobe of the last molar is smaller 
than those in advance, is ovoidal in form, and has a crescentic summit inclosing a 
concave fossa. 

The inferior molars have no continuous basal ridge, but a portion exists between 
the bases of the lobes externally, in the form of a small pyramidal tubercle; at 
the anterior part of the crown; and at the posterior part of the latter, in which 
position it forms an angular process. 

The first inferior molar, as indicated in the specimen by a single fang which it 
possesses, is a much smaller tooth than any of those in the series posterior to it. 

The species is named in honor of Prof. 8. F. Baird, of the Smithsonian Institution. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 


Length of cranium from summit of inion to anterior extremity of ossa frontis 
Length from occipital condyle to anterior orbital margin 
Length of temporal fossa 

Length of sagittal crest 

Length of ossa frontis : 

Height of inion . : : é 

Height of face at last molar alveolus . 
Height of orbit from floor to supra-orbital margin . 
Breadth of cranium at para squamosz . 

Breadth of forehead at anterior orbitar processes 
Breadth at paramastoids c 

Breadth at post-glenoid tuberosities 

Breadth of hard palate at sixth molares 

Height of body of lower jaw at last molar . 
Height of body of lower jaw at second molar 
Length of upper normal series of molars 

Length of lower normal series of molars 
Antero-posterior diameter fourth upper molar 
Transverse diameter fourth upper molar 
Antero-posterior diameter fourth lower molar 
Transverse diameter fourth lower molar 
Antero-posterior diameter last lower molar 


A 
SCoOoONMNauarntod aw 


yi 


Be 


1B 


SOC SC COW NPOKM HE NPE KE DH NHYYE DH wR BE 


jan 
TREO TO Or 1b So 


~I 
bo 


TITANOTHERIUM. 


Fam. 2.— IMPARIDIGITATA ORDINARIA. 


TITANOTHERIUM, Ley. 


Titanotherium Prowtii, Lemmy. 


(Pirate XVI. XVILI., Figs. 1-10.) ° 

Palaeotherium, Prout: Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1847, iii., 248, figs. 1, 2. 

Palaeotherium ? Proutii, Owen, Norwood, and Evans: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1850, v., 66; Leidy: Ib., 122; 
Owen’s Rep. of a Geol. Sury. of Wise., etc., 551. 

Rhinoceros Americanus? Leidy: Ib., 1852, vi., 2. 

In the American Journal of Science and Arts for 1847, page 248, Dr. Hiram A. 
Prout, of St. Louis, described and figured the fragment of a lower jaw containing 
the true molars of a huge animal, supposed to be a species of Puleotheriwm. 

The specimen, which was the first fossil from the eocene cemetery of Nebraska, 
presented to the notice of the world, with another corresponding of the opposite 
side, apparently from the same individual, were kindly loaned to me by Dr. Prout 
for examination. (Pl. XVI. Fig. 1.) 

These strongly resemble the corresponding portion of the lower jaw of Palco- 
therium, and if they do not belong to this genus they do to one closely allied to it; 
and if the animal preserved the same relations of size as Palaeotherium magnum it 
was more than twice the size of this, which Cuvier has estimated to have been 
over four and a half feet in height at the withers, or equal to the Rhinoceros of 
Java; less lofty than a large Horse, but stouter, with a more massive head, and 
with extremities thicker and shorter. 

The two fragments of the lower jaw, before assuming their present mineralized 
condition, were very much fractured, and the fissures are now filled up by a hard 
matrix, which also adheres to their exterior surface in a concretionary form. 

Along the true molar series the jaw measures eleven inches; below the middle 
lobe of the last molar it is six inches in depth; and midway below the position of 
the first true molar is nearly two and a half inches in thickness. The sides are 
slightly convex vertically, and the bone is thick and rounded, and descends from 
the position of the last molar towards the posterior broken margin of the specimen. 
Two inches back of the last molar the depth of the fragment is nine and a half 
inches, but its thickness is not so great as it is anteriorly. 

The inferior true molars are constructed upon the pattern of those of Pulaeothe- 
rium; the anterior pair being composed of two, the last of three demiconoidal 
lobes. These have crescentic summits, the extremities of which rise to the inner 
side of the teeth, and there become confluent, and form prominent points. In the 
specimens under examination, the outer side of the lobes of the molars is embraced 
by a strong basal cingulum about two lines in depth. The inner surface of the 
teeth forms a vertical plane, which is slightly convex antero-posteriorly, and does 
not possess the slightest trace of a basal ridge such as exists in the true 
Pulaeotherium. 


TITANOTHERIUM. WB 


oO 


The triturating summits of the lobes present more or less broad crescentic sur- 
faces of exposed dentine, bordered by enamel, with the horns rising to the inner 
side of the teeth, and there becoming confluent and forming simple conoidal promi- 
nences. The enamel spaces embraced by the horns of the crescentic summits of 
the lobes do not slope towards the base of the teeth internally, as is represented to 
be the case in the figures of the corresponding teeth of Palacotherium, but they form 
deltoidal concavities, which are nearly on the same level with the dentinal cres- 
cents, and are bounded internally by a thick obtuse border; open, however, at the 
middle to the bottom of the concavities. 

The third lobe of the last molar is smaller than those in advance, and resembles 
one of them atrophied at its posterior half. The external basal ridge of this tooth 
ceases upon the third lobe just before reaching its posterior surface; but upon this 
internally a small portion is developed. 

The enamel of the teeth is rugose, and is most so externally, in which position 
it also presents a very uniform series of transverse striae. At the triturating sur- 
face of the teeth externally, where the enamel is thickest, it measures one line and 
two thirds. . 

The measurements of the teeth in the fragments of jaw just described, are as 
follows :— 


ANTERO-POSTERIOR. TRANSVERSE. 
Inches. Lines. Inches. Lines. 


Last molar ; : : : 5 : 5 i 6 tae 6 1 10 
Second true molar 5 ; ‘ 2 ; 3 : a 8 3 2 
First true molar ; 5 3 Fi 5 i ; eres 8 il 10 


Tn the collection of Dr. Owen, there is preserved a portion of the left side of a 
lower jaw (Pl. XVI., Figs. 2, 8) containing true molars exactly like those just de- 
scribed, and the fangs of the preceding two premolars. Accompanying this specimen, 
and probably derived from the same individual skeleton, there are also the crown of 
the second or third left lower premolar, the crown of a lower canine, and fragments 
of two upper molars. The fragment of lower jaw, before it became infiltrated with 
mineral matter, was very much crushed, and at present it is more light and friable 
than any other of the specimens of fossils which have been brought from Nebraska. 
It is considerably smaller than the corresponding part of the bone in Dr. Prout’s 
specimens, measuring nine and a half inches along the series of true molars, five 
and a quarter inches in depth below the last molar, and an inch and a quarter in 
thickness below the first true molar. Two inches posterior to the last molar it is 
seven and a quarter inches in depth. Its form closely corresponds with that of 
Dr. Prout’s specimens, as does also the form of the teeth contained in it, except 
that their basal ridge is not of uniform depth, but gradually rises in a pyramidal 
manner, and becomes thinner from between the lobes to their most prominent ex- 
ternal part. 

The teeth are more worn than in the specimens of Dr. Prout, and their enamel 
presents the same appearance, but in the same position is a third of a line less in 
thickness. 

The measurements of the true molars are as follows :— 


74 TITANOTHERIUM. 


ANTERO-POSTERIOR. TRANSVERSE. 
Inches. Lines. Inches. Lines. 


Last true molar ; : ; ; : : ; Seber: 2, 1 11 
Second true molar 4 A j 3 3 : 7 42 9 1 9 
First true molar : ; ‘ : : ; P 3 1 y 


The isolated crown above mentioned of an inferior left premolar (Pl. XVI. Figs. 
8-10), probably the second, measures only sixteen lines antero-posteriorly, and 
almost an inch transversely, indicating a rapid reduction in size of the teeth from 
behind forward; nevertheless, this is gradual, for the fangs of the last premolar, 
still retained in the portion of lower jaw, on a line with the connection to their 
crown, measure twenty-one lines antero-posteriorly. The inner side (Fig. 10) of 
the specimen of the premolar is a smooth vertical plane; and externally (Fig. 9) 
the basal ridge is deep, but thin, and rises to the most prominent part of the lobes, 
as upon the true molars. The masticating surface (Fig. 8) presents a broad tract 
of dentine bordered by enamel, bilobed externally, and straight internally. 

The crown of the inferior canine (Pl. XVI., Figs. 11, 12) is curved conical in 
form, and, in section at its base, is very nearly circular. Internally, its base is 
embraced by a thick, deep cingulum, with a prominent margin, which exhibits also 
a tendency to pass around the outer side of the tooth. The outer (Fig. 11) and 
inner (Fig. 12) sides of the tooth are defined by a saliance of the surface, and the 
former is uniformly convex and smooth, the latter angularly convex, less broad, 
and less smooth. The enamel is worn off from the poimt of the tooth, and also 
below this antero-externally over an oval space almost half an inch in length, indi- 
cating that the inferior canine, as in the undoubted Pulaeotherium,' occupies a 
position, when the mouth is closed, posterior to the superior canine. 

Measurements of the crown of the inferior canine are as follows:— 


Inches. Lines. 


Circumference at base : ; : ? : : : : C 403 
Length of external convex surface. ' : : ; ; - Ap! 7 
Height from the base internally . 5 : : : : : caabete 2 


Of the two fragments of upper molars above mentioned, one is the internal half 
of the crown of a premolar (Pl. XVIL., Figs. 5, 6), probably the second; the other 
is an internal portion of a true molar (Pl. XVL, Figs. 6, 7). 

’The former specimen measures one inch five lines antero-posteriorly, and its 
masticating surface (Pl. XVII., Fig. 5), which is very much worn down, presents 
a form intermediate to that in the corresponding tooth of Pulaeotherum magnum, 
and Aceratherium incisivum. Internally (Fig. 6), the crown is transversely convex, 
and is very sloping inwardly from the fangs, so that the tooth has projected very 
considerably internal to the alveolar margin of the palate. This side of the tooth 
is formed by a thick and deep cingulum, which envelops the bases of the inner 
lobes, and exhibits an obtusely rounded margin, thickest anteriorly. 

The inner lobes, of which the anterior is very much larger than the posterior, 
are confluent, and, in the specimen, are nearly worn to their base, and present a 


1 Cuvier, Rech. sur les Ossem. Foss., éd. 8, III. 8, 9, Pl. V., Fig. 1. 


TITANOTHERIUM. 75 


tract of dentine (Fig. 5) extending to the broken margin of the tooth. The exter- 
nal portion of the dentinal surface about its centre, and near the posterior margin, 
is occupied by a pair of trilateral enamel islets, which are the remains of the termi- 
nations of transverse valleys, such as exist in the molars of Rhinoceros and Palaco- 
thervum. 

The fragment of a superior true molar (Pl. XVI, Figs. 6, 7) presents a large 
conical protuberance, corresponding to that antero-internal in the Palacotheriwm 
magnum. It has the enamel of its apex just worn through, leaving a discoidal 
surface of dentine about one line in diameter. External to the conical lobe are 
remains of the abraded masticating surface of the outer lobes of the tooth, and at the 
base of the former, there exists one side (Fig. 7) of a deep pit homologous with that 
at the base of the posterior half of the inner face of the antero-external lobe of the 
corresponding tooth in Palaeotheriwm magnum. Antero-internally to the base of 
the conical lobe, a thick, obtuse prominence (Figs. 6, 7) exists, which is a portion 
of a basal ridge; but of this no trace exists on the inner side of the tooth, like that 
in Palaeotherium magnum. 

In Dr. Owen’s collection, there are also the isolated crowns of an inferior first 
and last true molar (Pl. XVII., Figs. 8-10), apparently from two other distinct 
individuals of the same species as that indicated by the specimens just described. 

The measurements of these are as follows :— 


Inches. Lines. 
Antero-posterior diameter of the last inferior molar . : : : BORE 3 


Transverse diameter of the last inferior molar 1 u 
Antero-posterior diameter of the first true molar i : : 5 6 # 10 
Transverse diameter of the first true molar 1 10 


In the collection of Dr. Prout, and accompanying the two portions of a lower 
jaw, which have been the subject of investigation, is a portion of the left superior 
posterior molar, probably belonging to the same species, though not to the same 
individual (Pl. XVI., Figs. 4, 5). What is preserved of this specimen exhibits a 
strong resemblance to the corresponding part of the homologous tooth in Palaeothe- 
rium magnum; but it presents several important differences. 

Upon the masticating surface of the crown, the valleys everywhere, antero-poste- 
riorly as well as transversely, are nearly uniform in depth (Fig. 5). 

The summits of the outer lobes have been denuded of their enamel, and present 
the remains of a broad W shaped tract of dentine, while the apex of the antero- 
internal mammillary lobe has not yet had its enamel worn through. 

As in Palaeotherium magnum, at the base of the posterior half of the inner face 
of the antero-external lobe, there is a deep elliptical pit of enamel, and a little pos- 
terior to this is a second smaller and shallower pit. 

The external face of the crown of the superior molars of Pulaeotheriwm, as de- 
scribed by Cuvier, inclines inward as it descends, and is divided by three longi- 
tudinal salient ridges (arvretes) into two concavities, rounded towards the fang, and 
terminating in a triangular cusp at the triturating surface, the basal angles of 
which rest upon the salient ridges. 

In the special subject under investigation, about three-fourths only of the outer 


76 TITANOTHERIUM. 


surface of the antero-external lobe (Fig. 4) is preserved, and this does not conform 
to the characteristic appearance of the corresponding portion of the tooth of Palaeo- 
therium. It inclines and terminates below as in the latter, but relatively is only 
slightly concave, and it possesses no bounding salient ridge at its anterior part, 
such as is represented in the figures of the teeth of Pulaeotherium in the works of 
Cuvier, Jaeger, De Blainville, Gervais, and others. In the place of such a ridge, 
the tooth forms a prominent convex margin, projecting, as in ruminants, in Lehinoceros 
and Pulacotherium itself, exterior to the position occupied by anterior molars, and 
the basal ridge winds around the prominent margin to the anterior part of the 
tooth, descending to its masticating surface, which it reaches, in the specimen, a 
half inch internal to the outer edge of the latter. 

The dimensions of the tooth, so far as they can be ascertained in its present con- 
dition, are as follows:— 

Inches. Lines. 
Distance from the apex of the antero-internal lobe to that externally of the - 


antero-external lobe. 4 : ; ; : 3 2 ; cc gal! 6 
Height of latter from base to point. . : : - : . . ret 2 


The enamel of the specimen just described is smooth upon the masticating sur- 
face, and at the base of the antero-internal conical lobe is about one line in thick- 
ness. On the outer side of the antero-external lobe it 1s rugose, and at the external 
masticating margin of this is also about one line in thickness. In other positions 
it is thinner, especially where it invests the inner sides of the outer lobes, the 
bottom of the antero-posterior valley, and the deep pits. 

The various fragments of lower jaw and teeth above described, though exhibiting 
a very great resemblance to the corresponding parts of the Pulaeotherium magnum, 
are yet sufficiently different to indicate they probably belong to a distinct but 
closely allied genus, for which the provisional name of Titanotheriwm is proposed. g 
The most important differences, which have been presented, are the absence of a 
basal ride at the inner side of the inferior molars, and at the same side of the frag- 
ment of a superior true molar; the nearly uniform depth of the antero-posterior 
and transverse valleys in the upper true molars; and the absence of the salient | 
ridge, characteristic of Palaeotherium, at the anterior margin of the antero-external 
lobe of the last superior molar. 

In the collection of Mr. Thaddeus A. Culbertson, there are the crowns, nearly 
whole, of two superior premolars (Pl. XVII., Figs. 1-4), and fragments of two 
others, which also probably belong to Titanotheriwm Proutii. These, I stated in a 
verbal communication to the Academy of Natural Sciences, probably belonged to 
a species of Rhinoceros, for which the name 2. Americanus was proposed,’ but they 
certainly do not belong to this genus, though closely partaking in its characters 
those of Palaeotherium. 

The nearly perfect crowns of the superior premolars are quadrate, and are 
ereater in their transverse diameter than antero-posteriorly. Their outer side 


eS 


4 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., VI., 2. 


ee 


TITANOTHERIUM. Wa 


(XVII. 2) presents a basal ridge, descending at its anterior and posterior margin to 
the masticating surface; but it does not possess a median salient ridge like that of 
Palaecotherium, nor does it present the anterior characteristic fold of the Rhinoceros. 
The portion of this surface corresponding to the posterior lobe inclines inward, in 
its course downward, and the anterior portion of the same surface rises into a 
median longitudinal prominence, descending to the apex of the anterior lobe. 

The iner side (1) of the teeth is transversely convex, and forms a thick and 
deep cingulum, with a wide, obtusely rounded border, enveloping the bases of the 
inner lobes. 

The latter, of which that anterior is very much the larger, are confluent their 
entire height, and are isolated from the outer lobes nearly to their base; thus de- 
stroying the principal transverse valley as it usually exists in the molars of Fh7- 
noceros and Palaeothervwm, and creating one antero-posteriorly (3, 4). 

The antero-posterior valley, at the position corresponding to the depressed in- 
terval of the outer lobes, communicates with a large and deep trilateral pit, homo- 
logous with the termination of the principal transverse valley in the molar teeth of 
Rhinoceros, and with a similar pit in the teeth of Palaeotherium. Posteriorly this 
valley is connected with another, but smaller and shallower pit, which also finds 
its homologue in the Rhinoceros and Palaeotherium. In one of the specimens (4), 
probably the third premolar, the antero-internal lobe is more confluent with the 
corresponding outer lobe than in the other; and its ternal cingulum is more 
irregular. 

In the trituration to which these teeth have been subjected, the enamel has been 
worn off from the masticating surface of the outer lobes, very nearly to the base 
of those within, leaving a broad tract of exposed dentine, which is bilobed inter- 
nally by the deep central enamel pit. In the supposed third premolar (4), this 
tract is continuous, anteriorly upon the summit of the antero-internal lobe, but in 
the fourth premolar, the summits of the inner lobes present a separate antero-pos- 
terior tract. 

The enamel of these teeth, except where worn, is slightly rugose, and, upon the 
outer lobes, externally exhibits numerous transverse undulating lines. It is thickest 
upon the inner lobes, where it is one line and a half; and upon the external part 
of the outer lobes it is about one line in thickness. 

The measurements of the two specimens, in their present condition, are as 


follows :— 
Inches. Lines. 


Antero-posterior diameter of third premolar 2 5 
Transverse diameter of third premolar 1 10 
Antero-posterior diameter of fourth premolar 2 i 

1 9 


Transverse diameter of fourth premolar 


One of the fragments of the premolars above mentioned, exhibits the inner lobes 
entirely associated as one, and disconnected to their base from the outer lobes. This 
connate lobe has the form resulting from the confluence of an anterior larger cone, 
with another posterior and smaller (7). The sides of the connate lobe, where not 
affected by attrition, are rugose, and the summit presents a clavate tract of dentine 


with a border of enamel nearly one line and a half in thickness. 
11 


78 PALAEOTHERIUM. 


The antero-posterior diameter of the tooth to which this fragment belonged, is 
one inch ten and a half lines. The specimen still retains a portion of the internal 
basal cingulum, extending anteriorly and posteriorly, and also portions of the two 
enamel pits with the intervening antero-posterior valley of the tooth. 

The other fragment of a premolar, alluded to, consists of the fangs and a portion 
of the outer lobes, which exhibits the same peculiarities as those already described. 

Dr. Evans states, in the report of Dr. Owen, previously quoted, that the remains 
of the Pulaeotherium (Titanotherium) Proutii were found in a green, argillo-calcareous, 
indurated stratum, situated within ten feet of the base of the geological section. 
(See page 13 of this memoir.) He observes: “A jaw of this species was found, 
measuring, as it lay in its matrix, five feet along the range of the teeth, but in such 
a friable condition that only a portion of it could be dislodged; and this, notwith- 
standing all the precautions used in packing and transportation, fell to pieces.” 

“A nearly entire skeleton of the same animal was discovered in a similar posi- 
tion, which measured, as it lay imbedded, eighteen feet in length, and nine feet in 
height.” 

The specific name applied to the animal whose remains have just been described, 
was proposed in a letter to the Academy of Natural Sciences, of Philadelphia, by 
Drs. Owen, Norwood, and Evans, in honor of Dr. Hiram A. Prout, of St. Louis, 
who first indicated its existence. 


PALAEOTHERIUM, Cuvier. 


Palacotherium giganteum, Luivy. 
(Plate XVII., Figs. 11-13.) 


In the collections of Messrs. Culbertson and Dr. Owen, there are several frag- 
ments of molar teeth of an animal equally huge with the Titanotherium, and most 
probably belonging to a species of Pulaeotheriwm, which was twice the size of the 
Palaecotherium magnum. 

The fragments, of which there are five, are only single external lobes of the 
upper molars. These, externally, correspond to the description of Cuvier of the 
teeth of Palaeotherium. A conjoined pair of the lobes forming the outer part of a 
tooth, “present the external face strongly inclined inwards in descending, and divided 
by three salient ridges into two concavities, which are rounded towards the fangs, and 
terminate in a triangular cusp at the masticating surface, the basal angles of which 
rest upon the termination of the salient ridges.” The median ridge is a thick 
obtuse fold outwards of the tooth, and the anterior and posterior ridges are acute, 
roughened offsets from the basal ridge, descending to the masticating surface. 

The measurements of the more perfect specimens are as follows :— 


Inches. Lines. 
Length of the longest lobe 
Length of a second specimen 
Breadth of the second specimen at ths aa waite of the cusp 
Length of the shortest lobe F : 
Breadth of the shortest lobe at the basal ales of the! cusp . 


et et BD bo 
orno 


RHINOCEROS. 79 


RHINOCEROS, Linnazvs. 


TE existing species of J¢hinoceros are confined to Africa and Asia, and the 
Islands of Java and Sumatra. A vast quantity of remains of extinct species have 
been discovered in Great Britain, the continent of Europe, Siberia, and the Hima- 
layas, but, until the region of Nebraska had been visited, no traces of the genus 
had been found in America.' 

The number of extinct species which have been proposed, frequently upon the 
slightest characters, is so great, that the criticism of De Blainville upon their 
authors appears to be quite just: “Qui semblent considérer les os comme des in- 
dividus, comme des masses minérales, sans considérations biologiques ou physio- 
logiques; en sorte que les espéces se créent chez eux, pour ainsi dire, au compas.” 

Among the fossil remains discovered at Nebraska, are those of two species of 
Rhinoceros, certainly different from any of those found in other parts of the globe. 
The larger of the two species, as indicated by an almost entire skull, was nearly 
three-fourths the size of the Rhinoceros indicus, or it was about the size of the 
Rhinoceros minutus, Cuvier, which is regarded by De Blainville as a small variety 
of the Rhinoceros incisivus. 'The other was less than two-thirds the size of the for- 
mer species, and is therefore the smallest Ehinoceros which has ever yet been indi- 
cated. 


1 In the Monthly American Journal of Geology, ete., 1831, p. 10, the editor, G. W. Featherstonhaugh, 
has given a description of what he considered to be the fragment of a jaw, containing two incisor teeth of 
an animal closely allied to the Rhinoceros, found in Pennsylvania. Mr. Featherstonhaugh observes: “The 
mineral composition of this fragment gives it a very anomalous character, and is a circumstance entitled to 
the particular consideration of geologists. There is nothing of the nature of bone about it, except its 
form; the whole substance, the teeth included, being constituted of an aggregate of quartzose particles, 
and presenting the appearance, not of a gradual substitution by mineral infiltration to osseous matter, but 
of a cast of part of a jaw and teeth formed of small quartzose grit, and giving a semi-translucency to the 
teeth, which is wanting to the more opaque jaw.” 

Dr. Harlan, in his Medical and Physical Researches, refers to this specimen, page 268, and says : “For our- 
selves, we are disposed to wait for further discoveries of this nature, previous to admitting the present specimen 
as part of our fossil fauna. The specimen is no less singular or interesting to geologists, as demonstrating 
the very close analogy of a mere dusus nature of the mineral kingdom, if it be nothing else, to a portion 
of theanimal skeleton.” Dr. Harlan further remarks, in a note: “The original specimen was sent to Lon- 
don, and the geologists who there examined it, considered it of too doubtful a character to be admitted as 
a fossil remnant.” 

De Blainville, in his Osteographie, page 172, in reference to this specimen, says: “Ce n’est pas le lieu 
de discuter ce point au moins fort contestable ; mais comme la piéce en nature fait aujourd’hui partie des 
collections du Muséum, nous pouyons assurer qu’elle ne resemble pas le moins du monde 4 un fragment 
de michoire de Rhinocéros, ni pour le corps de l’os, ni pour les dents prétendues. C’est sans doute une 
piéce artificielle, une grossiére supercherie. I] est done véritablement 4 regretter qu’ on en ait hasardé et 
exprimé la pensée ; et que tous les catalogues de paléontologie aient inscrit une espéce de Rhinocéros fossile 
en Amérique, sans méme une expression de doute.”’ 

Tn addition, my friends Dr. I. Hays, and Mr. I. Lea, haye informed me they had seen the specimen, and 
had always regarded it as a mere mineral fragment. 

2 Osteog. Gen., Rhinoceros, 212. 


80 RHINOCEROS. 


I was at one time disposed to consider the two species of Nebraska Ehinoceros as 
having belonged to the subgenus Aceratherium, Kaup, from the fact that in one of 
the specimens, upon which the larger species was established, the upper part of the 
face, as far forward as the position of the second molar tooth, presents no indica- 


tion of an advancing rise to produce a prominence or boss at the end of the nose 


for the support of a horn. In the specimens of the smaller species, the face is too 
much mutilated to obtain any idea of its form, but from the resemblance of the 
back part of the cranium and the lower part of the face to those of the larger 
species, I supposed the similarity probably continued in the remainder of the face, 
and thus indicated the species to be of the same subgenus as the other. Upon 
more mature reflection, I am inclined to think both species of Rhinoceros of Ne- 
braska possessed a horn upon the end of the nose, for although this portion of the 
face is not preserved in any specimens to determine the fact, yet the construction 
of the remaining portion of the face is more after the type of that of the true 
Rhinoceros than that of the Aceratheriwm. In this, according to the representation 
by Kaup (Fig. 2, Tab. X. of the Ossem. Foss.), the lateral notch of the anterior 
nares extends as far back as the commencement of the fifth molar tooth; or, as 
represented by De Blainville (Ost. Gen., Rhin., Pl. TX.), (who regards the Acera- 
therium incisivum as the female of the Rhinoceros incisivus, Cuvier, with which the 
name is synonymous), as far as the fourth molar tooth, thus leaving little width to 
the face from this point to the orbit, and a feeble support to the nasal bones from 
the ossa maxillaria, necessary to afford a firm basis to a nasal horn. On the con- 
trary, in both species of Nebraska Rhinoceros, the lateral notch of the nares does 
not extend beyond the position of the first molar tooth, thus producing a great de- 
eree of relative breadth to the face, and an ample support laterally to the nasal 
bones, so as to enable them to sustain the horn, which probably tipped the nose. 
Both species of Nebraska Rhinoceros, at most, were unicorn, for the forehead is 
slightly depressed and smooth, and presents neither boss, elevated roughness, nor 
other indication of the existence of a frontal horn. 

In the form of the upper molar teeth, the species of Nebraska Rhinoceros re- 
semble the Aceratherium incisivum more than they do recent species of Rhinoceros, 
especially in the existence of a well-developed basal ridge on the inner side of the 
premolars. _ 

In the smaller species of Nebraska Rhinoceros, incisor teeth existed in both jaws 
in the adult, as indicated in two specimens by small remaining fragments of the 
fangs, and it is probable that they also existed, under the same circumstances, in 
the larger species, although this is proved only for the upper jaw, one of the speci- 


mens of which yet preserves a portion of an incisive alveolus in the intermaxillary 
bone. 


RHINOCEROS. 81 


Rhinoceros Occidentalis, Levy. 
(Puares XII., XIII.) 


Rhinoceros occidentalis, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1850, y., 119; Ib. 1851, 276; Owen’s Rep. of a Geol. 
Surv. of Wisc., etc., 552. 
Aceratheriwm, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1851, v., 331. 


The materials which we have in possession to describe the larger species of Rhi- 
noceros from Nebraska, are as follows :— 

1. A skull, with the right superficial portion and end of the nose broken away, 
and otherwise much fractured and mutilated. It contains upon the left side all 
the molar teeth except the first, which fortunately exists upon the other side; but 
all the remainder are broken. From the collection of Dr. D. D. Owen. 

2. Two fragments of lower jaws, from two other individuals; one containing the 
last two molars, the other the posterior three molars, except the last. From Dr. 
Owen’s collection. 

3. Nine fragments of as many upper molars, and eight small fragments of lower 
jaws, only two of which contain perfect teeth; apparently from three or four dif- 
‘ferent individuals. From the collections of Messrs. Culbertson and Capt. Van Vliet. 

The species was originally established upon several small fragments of molar 
teeth, procured by Mr. A. Culbertson, and its existence was afterwards confirmed 
by several entire molars brought home by Mr. T. A. Culbertson. 

Description of the Skull—The skull in the collection of Dr. Owen, is about three- 
fourths the size of that of the Rhinoceros indicus. Its upper part and left side, with 
the corresponding molar teeth, are comparatively well preserved. The specimen is 
an adult one, though it did not belong to an old individual, for all the molars are 
protruded, but in none is the enamelled triturating surface obliterated. 

Lateral View.—(Pl. XII. Fig. 2.) One of the most remarkable features of the 
species is presented in the side view of the skull, viz.: the verticality of the inion, 
with the slight degree of inclination forward of the upper part of the head. In- 
deed, the latter is so nearly horizontal, that, in comparison with the skull of Rhino- 
ceros indicus, it appears as if the two extremities of the head had been depressed, or, 
in other words, as if the head had been forcibly made straight. In connection with 
the peculiarity just described, a relatively large proportion of the temporal fossa is 
situated posteriorly to the root of the zygomatic process, which holds a position 
about the middle of the fossa, whereas in Rhinoceros indicus it is placed at the pos- 
terior third of the latter. 

The zygomatic process extends from its root less outwardly, but rises more than 
in Lhinoceros indicus. Its upper margin slopes forward more than in the latter, 
and the upper surface of its root is nearly horizontal. The outer surface is vertical 
and convex; but anteriorly, or where the malar bone contributes to the formation 
of the zygoma, it is flat. The deepest part of the zygoma is just in advance of the 
glenoid articulation, and measures about two inches. ; 

The meatus auditorius is vertically ovate, with the narrow part downward. 

The temporal fossa has almost the same relative extent as in Rhinoceros indicus, 


82 RHINOCEROS. 


but it is longer, and less deep vertically. _Superiorly, it is bounded by an acute 
ridge, diverging from the median line to the post-orbitar process. The parietal 
crest formed by the contiguity of this ridge of each side is broad and strong, and 
includes a median angular groove. 

From the temporal surface, inclining to the middle line of the cranium, it appears 
more oblique than that of Rhinoceros indicus, but for two inches and a half above 
the zygomatic root it is nearly vertically convex. In advance of the root of the 
zygomatic process, the temporal fossa appears more deeply excavated than in the 
last mentioned species; and anteriorly it is better defined from the orbital cavity 
by a prominent pyramidal ridge, which proceeds in a curved line inward and back- 
ward from the post-orbital process to the position of the spheno-orbital foramen. 

The side of the face from the post-orbital process forward is vertical. The orbit 
is excavated more transversely and deeply than in Rhinoceros indicus, and its ori- 
fice is better defined. The entrance constitutes three-fourths of a circle, and is 
bounded above by a very prominent supra-orbitar process, which is formed by the 
confluence of the antero- and post-orbitar processes. The surface of the supra- 
orbitar process is convex and rough, and its lower margin slightly overhangs the 
inferior edge of the orbit. The vertical diameter of the entrance of the orbit is 


two inches and a quarter; and it is defined below by a small pyramidal process at~ 


the junction of the malar bone with the zygomatic process of the temporal. The 
floor of the orbit is deeply concave, and terminates posteriorly by an abrupt convex 
margin. The lachrymal bone and foramen are too much broken to judge accu- 
rately of their form, but there appears to have been a single one of the latter, rela- 
tively of large size. The lachrymal process was small and rough. The face in 
advance of the orbit is much fractured in the specimen. It is relatively longer 
than in Rhinoceros indicus, and is quite vertical the entire extent. The greater 
portion of the infra-orbitar foramen is broken away, but sufficient remains to show 
its position to be about one inch and a half above the interval of the second and 
third molar. From a fragment of the left intermaxillary bone being preserved, it 
may be determined that the notch of the anterior nares was relatively short, com- 
pared with that of Rhinoceros indicus; and this bone is stronger, and is articulated 
by a finer serrated suture. It rises much more than in Rhinoceros indicus, its pos- 
tero-superior extremity being even above the middle line of the face, or it is on a line 
with the inferior suture of the lachrymal bone, which is above the inferior margin 
of the orbit. The maxillo-intermaxillary suture is only a half an inch below the 
anterior portion of the naso-maxillary suture. 

The intermaxillary fragment retains the bottom of the corresponding incisive 
alveolus, and this is just twenty-two lines from the posterior extremity of the bone 
in which it is situated, or is one inch and a quarter from the upper portion of the 
maxillo-intermaxillary suture, and presents some idea of the relative position of the 
incisive teeth compared with those of Rhinoceros indicus. So far as can be ascer- 
tained, the hiatus in advance of the molars to the intermaxillary bone has been 
about one inch and a half. 

Superior View.—(Pl. XIII. 1.) The upper view of the head presents an extensive, 
depressed, trapezoidal surface. Commencing posteriorly as an angular groove, in- 


RHINOCEROS. 83 


cluded by the two ridges forming the parietal crest, it gradually expands forward, 
and, between the supra-orbitar processes, measures in its perfect state seven inches 
in breadth. On each side of the forehead above the anterior part of the orbits, and 
extending a short distance upon the nose, it is prominent and convex ; but in the 
middle of the forehead, and upon the nasal bones, which incline slightly at their 
upper surface towards each other, it is transversely concave. Upon the forehead, 
in the specimen, are three slight exostoses. 

The fronto-nasal suture is doubly crescentic with the conjoined horns directed 
forward. The lateral margins of the ossa nasi converge anteriorly, and are a little 
concave, but vertically are convex, and the naso-maxillary suture has been about 
three inches and a half in length. 

Posterior View.—In examining the head from behind, the remarkable degree of 
lateral compression of the cranium in comparison with that of the Rhinoceros in- 
dicus is a striking feature of the species. The inion is exceedingly narrow in 
comparison with that of other species of Rhinoceros, and the occiput, in a corre- 
sponding degree, bulges out posteriorly, so that, in the median line, it projects at 
least an inch back of the position of the condyles. 

In a corresponding degree with the narrowness of the cranium this is elongated, 
so that neither its capacity nor its surfaces for muscular attachment are less than 
in existing species of Phinoceros. 

In the specimen, the occipital foramen and condyles are too much broken to 
judge accurately of their form. The former appears to have been vertically oval, 
and not so much notched above as in Rhinoceros indicus; and it measured about one 
inch and a half in its long diameter, and one and a fifth in breadth. The condyles 
appear not to have differed in form from those of recent species of the same genus. 

Inferior View.—(P\. XII. 1.) The base of the skull is more nearly horizontal than 
in recent species of Ehinoceros. 

A portion of one condyle, preserved in the specimen, indicates the position of the 
condyles to be more vertical than in [hinoceros indicus. The angle of their arti- 
eular surface is also more abrupt, is lateral, and nearly vertical. The posterior 
portion of the articular surface is directed backward and relatively slightly upward; 
the inferior portion forward and outward, or much less downward than in Rhino- 
ceros indicus. 

_ The basilar process in advance of the condyles is narrow, measuring a little over 
an inch only between the anterior condyloid foramina. It is elevated in the median 


tine into a prominent acute crest, which is pyramidal posteriorly, and serves as a 


sort of abutment to the inferior termination of the condyles, and anteriorly it 
gradually decreases and vanishes at the prominent junction of the process with 
the post-sphenoidal body. The sides of the basilar process are concave antero-pos- 
teriorly, and form, between the condyle and the para-mastoid process, a deep con- 
cavity, at the anterior part of the bottom of which the condyloid foramen is situated. 

The para-mastoid processes are broken in the specimen, and they appear to have 
been relatively small in comparison with those of Ehinoceros indicus ; projecting, as 
they do, very little below the mastoid processes, which are much more robust in 
their proportions. 


84 RHINOCEROS. 


The foramen lacerum is relatively small compared with that of Rhinoceros indicus, 
and the foramen ovale, which is distinct from it, is situated on a line internally 
with the glenoid articulation. 

The latter antero-posteriorly in comparison with its breadth, is relatively ereater 
than in Rhinoceros indicus, and is directed more outwardly, and at its postero- 
external portion is more depressed. 

The post-glenoidal tubercle is relatively short, thin, and broad compared with 


that of Rhinoceros indicus. It is obliquely compressed, and has one broad surface. 


directed backward and inward ; the other, forming part of the articulation, present- 
ing outward and forward. 

As in Rhinoceros indicus, the root externally of the pterygoid processes, is tra- 
versed by a short but large canal, into which opens a foramen representing the 
associated foramina rotundum and spheno-orbitale. 

The passage to the posterior nares, between the pterygoid processes and vertical 
plates of the palate bones, has about the same relative extent as in Ehinoceros 
indicus. 

The hard palate in the specimen is very much fractured, but the parts appear 
to have retained their natural relative position; and it is remarkable for its deep 
and narrow arched form. The molar teeth, in a nearly straight line upon each 
side, converge anteriorly, and are distant between the first premolars only nine 
lines, and between the anterior lobes of the seventh molars twenty-two lines. 
The inner sides of the molars, in advance of the posterior two, project internally 
beyond the alveolar margin, and gradually increase in this disposition to the first 
premolars, so that the passage between these latter and the hard palate forms 
nearly four-fifths of a cylinder. 

Inferior Maxilla.—(P1. XIII. 2-4.) Of the two fragments of the lower jaw pre- 
served in Dr. Owen’s collection, which are both of the left side of two different 
adult individuals, the one contains the last two molars and half of that in advance, 
and the other contains the third to the fifth inclusive. The depth of the lower 
jaw below the posterior molar is twenty-eight lines, and its thickness fourteen lines. 

Superior Molars.—(Pl. XII.) The superior molars are about three-fourths the 
size of those of Rhinoceros indicus, and present a very great degree of resemblance 
to those of Aceratherium incisivum. All possess a basal cingulum, which, however, 
is feebly developed at the outer side of the antero-external lobe, and is entirely 
obsolete at the base postero-internally of the fifth and sixth molars, and for a nar- 
row space internally upon the antero-internal lobes of the same pair of teeth. 
Upon the inner side of the base of the molars, from the second to the fourth in- 
clusive, it is better developed than in the same position in Aceratherium incisivum. 

In the seventh molar, the lobes are quite simple, neither of those within sending 
any sublobes into the single valley of the tooth, although they are very feebly 
bulging about the middle of their course. 

In the corresponding lobes of the two molars in advance, the bulging of that 
anterior successively increases, while that posterior in the same position is con- 
stricted. This bulging of the lobes diminishes the depth of the principal valleys to 
a degree corresponding to its successive increase forward. 


RHINOCEROS. 85 


The bottom of the single, simple valley of the last molar is nearly level its 
whole length, and is bounded at its entrance by a prominent portion of the basal 
cingulum. 

The principal valleys of the sixth and fifth molars are successively shallower 
externally, and deepen in a sloping manner toward their entrance, where they are 
partially closed by a prominent portion of the basal ridge, and hence, in the tritu- 
ration to which the teeth are subjected, these valleys are obliterated from without 
inward, and leave no isolated enamel islands, or pits, as in the molars in advance, 
or in the corresponding teeth of Rhinoceros indicus. 

In the sixth molar, the posterior valley is as deep externally as the principal 
valley, and in the fifth molar it is deeper. 

In the specimen under consideration, trituration has left the principal valley of 
the fifth molar as a tract of enamel, which is narrow and slightly depressed ex- 
ternally and curves backward and inward, and expands and deepens as it approaches 
its termination. 

In the second to the fourth molar inclusive, the inner lobes at their bases in- 
ternally are confluent, and from the degree of trituration which the third and fourth 
molars have undergone in the specimen, the principal valleys are left as simple, 
oblique, trilateral pits or islets of enamel, occupying the centre of the exposed 
dentinal surface. In the second molar, from the less degree of confluence of the 
inner lobes internally, in addition to its being less worn, the principal valley still 
remains open. 

In the fourth molar, the postero-internal lobe is not much more than half the 
thickness of that in advance ; but in the second and third molars, the inner lobes 
are nearly equal in size. 

The basal cingulum of the molars, from the second to the fourth inclusive, en- 
velops the base of the postero-internal lobes to a much greater extent than upon 
the antero-internal lobes, or rather these are shorter than the former, and the basal 
ridge descends in its course postero-internally, where it is very thick and strong, 
and is so prominent, that when the teeth are worn down so that the principal val- 
leys remain only at their outer extremity as very small pits, the posterior valleys, 
which are very nearly as deep, would be left in the same condition. 

The first molar in the specimen presents an almost equi-trilateral surface of ex- 
posed dentine, with the internal lobes of the crown curving inward and backward 
and dilating at their termination, and with the antero-external lobe forming its 
anterior rounded and prominent apex. Portions of a basal ridge connect the 
bases of the inner and the antero-external lobes together. The short principal 
valley remains as a narrow tract of enamel constricted at the middle and deepened 
at both extremities. The posterior valley remains as a small trilateral islet of 
enamel. Between the antero-external and internal lobes the basal ridge forms a 
broad cul-de-sac. 

Inferior Molarvs.—(P1. XIII. 2-6.) The teeth, preserved in the fragments of lower 
jaws referred to, belong all to the posterior four molars, and these do not differ in 
their form from those corresponding to them in recent species of Rhinoceros. A 
basal ridge with a rough margin exists in all, but is obsolete on the inner side of the 

12 : 


86 RHINOCEROS. 


posterior three molars, and on the outer side of the posterior lobe of the same teeth, 
except the last. Between the bases of the lobes externally it forms a small 


tubercle. 
Other Teeth—No incisors are preserved in any of the specimens, but from a 


portion of alveolus preserved in one of the latter, already referred to, it is of course 
conclusive that incisors existed in the adult, at least in the upper jaw. 


MEASUREMENTS OF THE HEAD AND TEETH. 
Lines. Inches. 


Length of skull from the upper margin of the occipital foramen to the inter- 
maxillary bone . 3 f : : ; £16 

Length of skull from same sapere to the first mathe 3 : ‘ : 2 25 

Breadth of inion at the mastoid processes; estimated 

Greatest breadth at the zygomata : 

From the tip of one post-glenoid tubercle to the other? ; Sstimnatdd : 

Distance from the meatus auditorius externus to the lachrymal tubercle . 

Height of face from alveolar margin on a line with the anterior orbital margin 

Height of face from alveolar margin on a line with the infra-orbitar foramen . 

Greatest breadth of forehead at the supra-orbitar processes ' 

Length of upper molar series 

Greatest breadth of seventh molar 

Greatest breadth of sixth molar . 

Greatest breadth of fifth molar 

Greatest breadth of fourth molar 

Greatest breadth of third molar . 

Greatest breadth of second molar 

Greatest breadth of first molar : 

Antero-posterior diameter of last lower molar 

Antero-posterior diameter of the third lower molar 


Be On HHH Heath Owaon 
HADORAATDMDHWOAROACORSES 


Rhinoceros Nebrascensis, Lery. 
(Piatse XIV., XY.) 


Rhinoceros Nebrascensis, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1850, v., 121; Owen’s Rep. of a Geol. Surv. of 
Wisc., ete., 556. 
Aceratherium Nebrascensis, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1851, v., 331. 


Of the smaller &hinoceros of Nebraska we possess portions of at least twelve 
different individuals, as follows :— 

1. The anterior portion of a skull, accompanied by the lower jaw, of an adult 
individual. The former has the forehead, orbital entrance, and molar teeth well 
preserved, but the face is very much broken, and its nasal part is displaced. The 
lower jaw contains all the molars in perfect condition, but it has lost its rami and 
the symphysis. (XIV. 1-3.) From Captain Stewart Van Vliet’s collection. 

2. A much mutilated face, containing on both sides the molar teeth nearly per- 
fect. It belonged to a nearly adult individual, as the teeth, which belong to the 
permanent series, are all in place except the last, which has about two-thirds 
protruded. (XIV. 13.) From the collection of Dr. Owen. 

3. The skull, accompanied by a small fragment of the lower jaw, of a very old 
individual. The former has its upper part broken away, but the base is nearly 


RHINOCEROS. 87 


entire; and it contains all the molar teeth, which have their crowns worn nearly 
to a level with the alveolar margin. (XV. 1,2.) From Dr. Owen’s collection. 

4. The crowns of four permanent premolars of the left side of the upper jaw 
and one of the right side. These are perfect and are not at all worn, having been 
concealed within the maxillary bones, from which they were removed with much 
labor. (XIV. 4-8.) Presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences, by Mr. 
Alexander Culbertson. 

5. A small fragment of an upper jaw containing the first permanent true molar, 
slightly worn, and a portion of the fourth permanent premolar, which was still 
concealed within the bone. From Dr. Owen’s collection. 

6. A small fragment of an upper jaw, with an unworn sixth molar, and the 
seventh unprotruded. From Mr. Culbertson’s collection. 

7. A second inferior permanent molar, and two fragments of lower jaws. One 
of the latter contains the fifth molar unworn, and the other contains a sixth molar 
partially protruded. All three specimens are apparently from different individuals. 
From Mr. Culbertson’s collection. 

8. A fragment of the right side of a lower jaw, containing the last three molars. 
From Dr. Owen’s collection. 

9. A fragment of the left side of a lower jaw of a very young animal, containing 
the last temporary molar unworn, and the first permanent true molar protruded. 
(XIV. 9,10.) From Dr. Owen’s collection. 

10. A fragment of the right side of the upper jaw, containing the posterior three 
temporary molars, which are considerably worn. (XIV. 14.) From Mr. Culbert- 
son’s collection. 

Description of the Head.—The skull of Rhinoceros Nebrascensis is about three- 
fourths the size of that of Rhinoceros occidentalis. 

Lateral View —(P1. XIV.1; XV.1.) So far as can be ascertained from the im- 
perfect specimens, the side of the head presents most of the characters of that of 
Rhinoceros occidentalis. 

The root of the zygomatic process is implanted about the middle of the bottom 
of the temporal fossa, and its upper surface is antero-posteriorly convex. 

The temporal surface is convex and smooth, and, as in Rhinoceros occidentalis, 
apparently rose upon a prominent sagittal crest. Its occipital border curves from 
the base of the mastoid process upward and backward to the summit of the inion. 

The squamous portion of the temporal bone is nearly vertically convex, and is 
an inch in height above the root of the zygomatic process. 

The squamous suture at its upper part pursues a course almost horizontal for 
nearly three inches. At its posterior part, in the particular specimen under investi- 
gation, there are two deep, ascending, vascular grooves. 

The orbit has about the same form as in Rhinoceros occidentalis, but in the 
specimens its floor is more superficial. 

The optic foramen is large and vertically oval, and is placed an inch in advance 
of the spheno-orbital foramen. ; 

The margin of the orbital entrance is as well defined as in Rhinoceros occidentalis ; 
but the supra-orbitar process is neither quite so prominent nor so rough. 


8s RHINOCEROS. 


The post-orbital process, though merely the termination of the supra-orbital 
margin, is nevertheless well marked compared with its condition in Rhinoceros 
indicus. 

As in the latter, there exists a prominent lachrymal process; but there are two 
lachrymal foramina, placed one above the other internal to the process. 

The malar bone is robust, and in its course is directed a trifling degree more 
outward than in Rhinoceros occidentalis, and its external face presents more upward. 

The alveolar portion of the face is vertical, but antero-posteriorly is convex. 
The position of the lachrymal bone presents an oblique slightly depressed surface. 

The infra-orbital foramen is placed about an inch above the interval of the 
second and third molar teeth. 

In all the specimens, the remainder of the face is too much broken to form any 
correct idea of its form. 

Superior View.—(Pl. XIV. 11.) The forehead, preserved nearly entire in one 
specimen, is broad, and above the orbits is elevated and convex, but is depressed 
towards the median line. The temporal ridges converging from the post-orbitar 
processes are relatively not so prominent as in Fhinoceros occidentalis ; but, as in 
this, they evidently conjoin to form a sagittal crest. 

Posterior View.—(Pl. XIV. 12.) The inion has a more trilateral outline than 
in Rhinoceros indicus, and in the middle it is much more bulging or prominent, so 
that the superior angular margin of the foramen magnum projects considerably 
posterior to the basilar margin. Towards the summit the median portion of the 
surface of the inion becomes depressed, and each side is directed quite laterally in 
its course to the temporal margin. 

The occipital condyles are more vertical in their relation to one another than in 
Rhinoceros indicus ; and above each there is a well-marked depression of the surface. 

The occipital foramen is subrotund, and about ten lines in diameter, and it has 
an angular margin above and a concave one below. It is directed backward and a 
little downward. 

Inferior View.—(P1. XV. 2.) In the specimen in which the base of the skull is 
preserved, the junction of the basilar process and sphenoidal body is completely 
obliterated. Near its position on each side is a superficial rough elevation for 
muscular attachment. 

The median line of the basilar process is prominent, and each side is slightly 
depressed. Z 

The sphenoidal bodies are prominently convex, and within the roots of the 
pterygoid processes slope on each side to form a broad shallow groove for the 
Eustachian tube. 

Separated by the anterior scroll-like terminations of the occipital condyles, a 
distance of ten lines, are the anterior condyloid foramina, which are oval and three 
lines in diameter antero-posteriorly. 

To the outside of the latter, and a little in advance, is the para-mastoid process, 
existing in the specimen as a broad stump, compressed antero-posteriorly. 

The mastoid process forms the posterior abutment of a high arch conducting to 
the entrance of the tympanic cavity, or in other words the meatus auditorius, as it 


RHINOCEROS. 89 


exists in R/inoceros indicus, is open at the bottom. The process is strong and is 
bent forward at its apex, which is tuberous and extends nearly as far downward as 
the post-glenoid tubercle, from which it is about five lines distant. 

The pars petrosa is quite small. It appears at the bottom of the arch between 
the post-glenoid and para-mastoid processes, as a V-shaped body, bent forward at 
its lower part by the base of the styloid process. 

The remaining portion of the latter, in the specimen, is a stout cylinder clasped 
antero-internally by the os petrosa. 

Between the bottom of the styloid and para-mastoid processes is the stylo- 
mastoid foramen. 

The foramen lacerum is a very large reniform vacuity, being about an inch in 
diameter antero-posteriorly, and about four lines transversely. 

In advance of the latter a few lines is a distinct foramen ovale, and a short 
distance antero-internal to this is a round foramen, conducting into the homologue 
of the foramina rotundum and spheno-orbitale. 

The latter opens at the bottom of the orbit just internal to a pointed process 
arising from the conjunction of three ridges; one of which comes from the margin 
of the foramen, the other from above the position of the optic foramen, and the 
third constitutes the boundary of origin between the temporal and external ptery- 
goid surfaces. 

The optic foramen is placed about an inch in advance of the spheno-orbitale. 

The glenoid articulation is more concave than in Rhinoceros indicus, and that 
portion of its surface situated on the anterior part of the root of the zygomatic 
process presents more backward and outward. 

The post-glenoid tubercle, compared with that of Rhinoceros indicus, is relatively 
short; at its outer margin being ten lines in length, and it projects only two lines 
below the mastoid process. What it loses in length it gains in robustness and 
breadth ; and its outer side is rough, and the apex truncated. Posteriorly it is 
perforated by a vertical foramen. 

The interpalatine notch extends forward as far as the posterior third of the 
penultimate molar tooth. 

The hard palate is strongly arched, though not so much as in Rhinoceros occi- 
dentalis, and it also differs from that of the latter in being relatively broader, and 
less convergent at the alveolar margin anteriorly. 

Inferior Maxilla.—(Pl. XIV. 2.) The body of the lower jaw externally is ver- 
tically convex, and anteriorly is more convergent than in Lhinoceros indicus. Its 
depth below the posterior molar tooth is about twenty lines; below the first molar, 
fifteen lines. The base is rounded, and is about as convex antero-posteriorly as in 
the last mentioned species. 

In the specimen under investigation, the symphysis is broken off a few lines in 
advance of the molars, and it there presents a crescentic surface only ten lines 
broad and six deep, indicating the inferior incisor teeth to be of small size in this 
species. Upon each side of the broken surface, about three-fourths of an inch from 
the position of the first molar teeth, there remains the end of the fang of the 
external incisors. 


90 RHINOCEROS. 


The anterior mental foramen occupies a position near the base of the bone below 
the hinder fang of the second molar of the remaining series. In advance of it, on 
nearly the same line, are two other and smaller foramina of the same kind. 

A portion of the ramus shows this to have been thin and deeply excavated 
internally, as in the Tapir. The posterior mental foramen is large, and placed 
about one inch behind the last molar tooth. 

Dentition—Except the first inferior molar tooth, which is shed at an early 
period, the entire series of permanent molar teeth in Ehinoceros Nebrascensis is 
retained to a late period of life, as is indicated by the specimen of a skull of a 
very old individual in the collection of Dr. Owen, in which, although the crowns 
are almost completely worn away, yet the whole number remains. 

From minute fragments of fangs of an upper and lower incisor existing in two 
of the adult specimens under investigation, we are satisfied of the existence of 
these teeth permanently, but the number we have no means of ascertaining. 

Superior Molars.—(P]. XIV.1,15; XV.3.) The upper molars bear a very great 
resemblance in form to those of Aceratheriwm incisivum ; and they possess a basal 
ridge all round except at the inner side of the bases of the internal lobes of the 
true molars, and where it has been obliterated by pressure from the teeth in contact. 

The outer surface of the true molars is broad and slightly depressed at the 
middle, and at the anterior fifth forms an abrupt fold, as in all other species of 
Ethinoceros. 

The last molar exhibits a disposition to the development of a posterior valley, 
or rather a separation, as in the other molars, of the postero-internal and external 
lobes. The anterior valley of this tooth is almost as deep as the crown, is nearly 
level at bottom, and is bounded at its entrance by a mammillary eminence, which 
is a portion of the basal ridge. The hinder lobe is quite simple, and exhibits no 
tendency to encroach upon the anterior valley; but the antero-internal lobe at its 
middle posteriorly protrudes considerably into the latter. 

The inner lobes of the true molars in advance expand gradually to their base, 
are impressed anteriorly, and protrude into the valleys about their middle poste- 
riorly. The valleys are of equal depth at their outer extremities or termination, 
and the principal ones, except in the penultimate tooth in one specimen in which 
the bottom throughout is nearly uniform, deepen towards their entrance, so that in 
the trituration to which the teeth are subjected in mastication, as in Rhinoceros 
occidentalis and Aceratherium incisivum, they become obliterated from without in- 
wardly. The entrance of the anterior or principal valleys in the fifth and sixth 
molars is not obstructed by the existence of a constituent portion of the basal 
ridge, as in Rhinoceros occidentalis. 

A small fragment of an upper jaw, presented to the Academy of Natural Sei- 
ences by Mr. Alexander Culbertson, contained the crowns of the four premolars 
entirely concealed within the bone. These, having been divested of their hard 
envelop, are remarkable for their state of preservation and beauty, and lead me 
to describe them more minutely than may be considered essential. (XIV. 4-8.) 

The first premolar is only three-fourths the size of the others, and it is trilateral 
with the inner and posterior sides, forming a continuous convexity. The posterior 


RHINOCEROS. a vt 


three premolars increase slightly to the last one, and they are quadrate and have 
the inner side convex and narrowest. 

The outer side (4) of these teeth forms a large quadrilateral surface with rounded 
angles. It is slightly convex, and is feebly waved longitudinally. At the fore part 
a narrow fold descends from the base and expands towards the triturating margin; 
but it is successively less developed forward, and in the first of the series is rudi- 
mentary. ‘This fold increases in depth in the true molars, and is quite character- 
istic of the outer part of these teeth in Rhinoceros, as it does not exist in Pulaco- 
therium, Titanotherium, nor Anchitheriun. 

In advance of the fold just described, the antero-external margin of the molars 
projects forward and slightly outward, and looks like an independent column or 
buttress, and is the shortest portion of the outer lobes. 

The triturating margin of the latter, in the specimens of premolars under especial 
examination, is bilobed and acute. 

The inner surface of the postero-external lobe is a little convex, and from the 
same surface of the antero-external lobe in the third and fourth premolars an abrupt 
fold projects into the principal valley of the teeth (5). This fold, when the teeth 
are partially worn away, gives the termination of the principal valley a bifurcated 
appearance; and in Lhinoceros indicus and Ehinoceros tichorinus it is the extension 
and confluence of the fold with the anterior part of the postero-internal lobe of the 
teeth which produces a division of the principal valley, represented when the teeth 
are considerably worn away by two enamel pits. 

The internal lobes have acute summits and more or less expanding bases, and, 
except in the first tooth, their inner extremities for more than half their depth are 
confluent, so that the principal valley is a deep pit, with shelving sides and an 
internal notch (6, 6). 

In the fourth premolar, the postero-internal lobe is a sigmoid fold projecting from 
the confluence of the outer lobes. 

In the three premolars in advance, the postero-internal lobe consists of two 
portions; an inner pyramid with two broad sides directed obliquely antero-poste- 
riorly, and a bent fold extended between the confluence of the outer lobes and the 
outer side of the pyramid, and separating the two characteristic valleys of the 
teeth. This fold does not reach the summit of the inner pyramid, nor of the outer 
lobes, and it looks more like a narrow partition separating the valleys than a 
constituent portion of the postero-internal lobes. 

The antero-internal lobe of the premolars, except in the first, is directed trans- 
versely inward on a line with the characteristic fold of the outer surface of the 
teeth, and it expands as it approaches its termination, and antero-internally swells 
into a sort of conoidal buttress, gradually increasing in distinctness from the second 
to the last premolar. In the first premolar it appears only as a small, compressed 
mammillary eminence of the basal cingulum. 

The latter, as in Rhinoceros occidentalis, is well developed upon all the premolars. 
In the specimens under special examination, ossification had not yet advanced to 
its production, externally (4), but in older specimens in this position it measures 
over a line in depth (1). At the postero-external margin of the teeth it very 


92 , RHINOCEROS. 


abruptly descends half the length of the crown (6), then, proceeding inward, it 
envelops the base of the postero-internal lobe, and internally it ascends to the base 
of the antero-internal lobe, and winds anteriorly to the antero-external margin of 
the crown, and then makes an abrupt ascent to the base externally (7, 8). 

The anterior and posterior valleys in all the premolars are deep culs-de-sac with 
shelving sides (5). 

When the molar teeth have had one-half their crown worn away in mastication 
they are hardly recognizable in those which haye not been subjected to trituration. 
Comparatively with one another, they of course suffer attrition most in the order of 
their succession, and this, judging from the specimen in Dr. Owen’s collection, in 
which the seventh molar is only partially protruded, may be determined to occur 
in the following manner. After the temporary teeth, the fifth molar is protruded, 
and in the permanent series appears most worn; then succeed the first to the fourth 
permanent molars, then the sixth, and finally the seventh (13). 

In the specimen of the skull containing all the molars, presented by Capt. 8. Van 
Vliet to the Smithsonian Institution, these teeth are worn about one-half away, and 
exhibit very strikingly the transformation of form produced by attrition. (XV. 3.) 

The enamelled grinding surface of the fifth molar, except a short inlet consti- 
tuting the entrance of what was the principal valley, has been completely oblite- 
rated. The exposed dentinal surface is concave, and bordered by enamel, except 
anteriorly and posteriorly, where it also appears to have been removed, probably 
from the combined influence of long-continued pressure and friction from the 
contiguous teeth. 

In the sixth molar, the exposed dentinal surface is more deeply bilobed internally 
than in the former; or, in other words, a longer tract of enamel remains from the 
anterior valley; and farther, almost the whole of the bottom of the posterior valley 
yet remains. 

The seventh molar, from its being the last to take its position in the functional 
series, is worn less than any of the others. Its valley remains entire, except that 
it is rendered a little more shallow, from the summits of the lobes which embrace 
it being worn off. The exposed dentinal surface presents an irregular V-shaped 
figure, with the apex and extremities of its arms bifurcated. 

The second to the fourth molars inclusive present nearly square dentinal surfaces 
bordered with enamel, bilobed internally, and possessing, each, two trilateral pits 
of enamel, the remains of the valleys. The central pit is the larger, and has 
convex sides and rounded angles; and the smaller pit is in contact with the poste- 
rior border of the teeth. 

The exposed dentinal surface of the first premolar, in the specimen, upon one 
side of the jaw, has two small circular pits of enamel, and on the other, a single 
trilateral pit, which remains from the posterior valley; and in both teeth a cul-de- 
sac in connection with the internal border exists before and behind the rudimentary 
antero-internal lobe. 

When the enamelled triturating surfaces of the molars are completely obliterated 
by mastication (1, 2), as is the case in the specimen of a skull of a very old animal 
in the collection of Dr. Owen, the exposed dentinal surfaces are quadrate and bilobed 


RHINOCEROS. 93 


internally, a little broader transversely than antero-posteriorly, smooth and more 
or less depressed. Most of the crowns are bordered with enamel only at their 
internal portion; it having entirely disappeared upon the true molars externally, 
and probably also upon the premolars, but these, in the specimen, are too much 
broken at their outer part to judge. Between the teeth also the enamel has par- 
tially and in many positions entirely disappeared, so that the dentinal masticating 
surfaces are separated only by the interstices of the crowns. 

Inferior Molars.—(P\. XIV. 2, 3.) The normal number of lower molar teeth of 
Rhinoceros is seven, as in the upper jaw; but in the only specimen of the lower jaw 
of Rhinoceros Nebrascensis which we possess, the number of molars on each side is 
six; the first having been long shed and its alveolus entirely obliterated. 

Tn form, the inferior molars resemble closely those of all other species of Rhinoceros. 
All have a basal ridge surrounding them, except where it has been obliterated, in 
the course of time, by pressure and friction between the teeth. 

The second molar of the normal series, in outline transversely, presents an isos- 
celes triangle, but, like the others, it is constituted of two distinct lobes, of which 
the anterior is so much compressed laterally as to lose the crescentoid form. 

Tn the specimen of the lower jaw accompanying the skull obtained by Captain 
Van Vliet, the crowns of the molars are considerably worn away. The fifth molar 
has its two crescents nearly obliterated; the sixth is less worn; and then follows in 
succession the fourth to the second, and then the seventh. In the latter, the exposed 
dentinal surfaces of the crescentic lobes are distinct, but in all the others they have 
become confluent. From the long continuance of pressure and friction the enamel 
has disappeared where the teeth are in contact, except between the anterior and 
the posterior two. 

In a small fragment of lower jaw accompanying the skull of a very old animal 
in Dr. Owen’s collection, containing the fifth molar, the enamel of this has been 
worn away, except a very small portion at each posterior angle, and the masti- 
eating surface of dentine in outline has the form of the figure 8, and is trans- 
versely convex and antero-posteriorly concave. Small fragments of the teeth in 
advance and behind, in the same specimen, indicate them not to have been as much 
worn, so that the nearly entire tooth is probably the first of the true molar series. 

Temporary Molars.—The posterior three temporary molars, as I suppose them 
to be, contained in a fragment of the upper jaw, are of about the same size 
as their permanent successors (XIV. 14). They are more square, or are less 
contracted and convex internally, and the inner lobes are more equal in size, and 
do not become confluent internally. In consequence of the latter arrangement, the 
principal valleys are open at their entrance to the bases of the lobes, and in the 
third and fourth molars they deepen from without inward, as in the case of the 
two anterior permanent true molars. In these two temporary teeth, also, the poste- 
rior valleys are deeper at their outer end than those anterior. In the second molar, 
the bottoms of both valleys are nearly uniform in their depth throughout and with 
each other. The basal ridge is horizontal upon the inner side of the temporary 
molars, and in front and behind very gradually descends to the external margins 
of the crown. 

13 


94 RHINOCEROS. 


The inferior last temporary molar preserved unworn, in company with the first 
permanent true molar protruded, in a fragment of lower jaw, exhibits a disposition 
to the formation of three lobes, by the ordinary anterior normal lobe being deeply 
notched at its anterior horn, while in advance of this a smaller transverse lobe, 
slightly bent forward and inward, is developed at its outer side. A continuous 
basal ridge surrounds the tooth, which otherwise than in the characters given 
corresponds with the permanent molars. (XIV. 9, 10.) 


MEASUREMENTS OF THE HEAD AND TEETH. 
Inches. Lines. 


Length of skull from the upper margin of the occipital foramen to the anterior 
part of the first molar tooth 

Breadth of inion at ends of mastoid processes 

Greatest breadth at the zygomata (estimated) 

Breadth at the post-glenoid tubercles 

Distance from meatus auditorius to the lachrymal subarsle 

Height of face from the alyeolar margin on a line with the middle of the orbit 

Greatest breadth of forehead at the supra-orbitar processes 

Breadth of hard palate about its middle 

Length of upper molar series 

Length of lower molar series 

Breadth of last superior molar 

Breadth of fourth molar 

Breadth of first molar 

Antero-posterior diameter of fifth upper shad 

Antero-posterior diameter of second upper molar . 

Antero-posterior diameter of first upper molar 

Antero-posterior diameter of last lower molar 

Antero-posterior diameter of first (of six) 

Breadth of fourth lower molar 


scoooocooocooorRR RF WwW HWW SO 
aS 


Cow eat ky eis 
CARNIVORA. 


Fam.—DIGItIGRADA. 


Gen. NACHAETRODUS, Kaur. 


Tur genus Machairodus was proposed by Kaup upon specimens of upper canine 
teeth, found in the later tertiary deposits of Europe, remarkable for their length, 
falciform shape, and serrulated margins. They had been previously referred to 
the genus Ursus, but the discovery in France, by M. Bravard, of an almost entire 
skull containing a tooth like those in question, decided the animal to belong to the 
feline family. 

Several species occurring in Europe and India have since been indicated, and 
the skull of a very large one was discovered by M. Lund in the caverns of Brazil. 


Machairodus primaevus, Lurpy anp Owen. 
(Prats XVIII.) 


Machaivodus primaevus, Leidy and Owen: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1851, v. 329; Owen’s Rep. of a Geol. Surv. of 

Wisc., ete., 564. 

Among the mammalian remains brought by Dr. Evans, while engaged in the 
geological survey of Dr. Owen, from the Mauvaises Terres of Nebraska, is the head 
of a small species of Machairodus, which is probably the most ancient known. 

The species was characterized in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural 
Sciences under the name of Machairodus primaevus. 

The specimen upon which the latter is established is very much fractured and 
fissured, and it has the summit of the inion, the zygomata, anterior extremities of 
the ossa nasi, superior incisors, and the greater portion of the corresponding canines, 
and the symphysis of the lower jaw with the incisors and canines, broken away. 
When first received, it was partially enveloped in a matrix, which, though having 
the same general appearance as that inclosing all the other mammalian fossils from 
Nebraska, was unusually hard. Attached to the mass, but separated from the 
skull, was the greater portion of a tooth, which I have considered to be of an 
inferior canine of the same animal; but it may be one of the upper incisors, which, 
as indicated by the alveoli, are relatively very large compared with the correspond- 
ing teeth of Felis. 


96 MACHAIRODUS. 


The head of this species is about half the size of that of Machairodus neogaus, 
and indicates an animal about one-fifth smaller than the American Panther, Felis 
concolor. 

Lateral View—(Pl. XVIII. 1.) In the side view, the upper outline of the skull 
is more convex antero-posteriorly than in the species of Machairodus just mentioned 
or the Panther, from the greater elevation of the forehead above the orbits posteriorly. 

The ossa nasi are not prominent above the border of the upper extremity of the 
os maxillare superius, as in Felis, but are concealed from view laterally, and the 
anterior slope of the head is more uniform in its descent, or is less arched than in 
this genus. 

The temporal fossa relatively to that of Felis is shorter, of greater breadth, and 
much greater depth. The anterior surface of the zygomatic root inclines at an 
angle of about 50°, instead of being nearly horizontal, as in Felis. The temporal 
surface generally disposes to be much more rapidly convergent towards its exit 
inferiorly than in the latter, and indeed the whole arrangement of the temporal 
fossa is such as to have given a much less oblique course to the fibres of the 
temporal muscle. 

The entrance to the meatus auditorius is not a broad archway, as in Felis, but is 
a relatively deep narrow arch, apparently resulting from a modification of that im 
the latter genus, produced by the root of the zygomatic process being depressed 
downward and backward. The meatus is bounded posteriorly by a relatively very 
robust and distinct mastoid process, which is directed downward and forward, and 
has a broad rough apex for muscular attachment. The posterior surface of the 
process curves upward and backward, and its base abuts against the paramastoid 
process, which is a short, thick, roughened tuberosity. 

The form, relative size, and direction of the orbit are the same as in Felis ; being 
ovoid, with the narrower part above. It is an inch and four lines in vertical 
diameter, and has the plane of its entrance inclined at an angle of about 50°; 
presenting outward, forward, and upward. 

The infra-orbitar foramen is vertically oval, and not only relatively but absolutely 
very much larger than that of the Panther. It is about half an inch in vertical 
diameter and five lines transversely, and is situated internal to the position of the 
orbit, with more than half its extent placed above the line of the lower margin of 
the latter. 

Above the foramen, just in advance of the orbital margin, the surface is more 
definitely concave than, in Felis, and anterior again to this the convexity of the 
canine alveolus commences. 

In the specimen, the upper carnassial tooth is placed far external to the tooth in 
advance, but this relation of position appears to be the result of a dislocation inward 
of the latter, and it is most probable that in the natural condition the upper molars 
were arranged in an oblique line convergent forward and upward, as in Felis. 

The anterior portion of the external alveolar surface is transversely concave, but 
vertically is very strongly convex in comparison with what it is in the latter genus. 

Superior View.—(XVIII. 2.) In the upper view of the skull, the temporal 
surfaces above the position of the roots of the zygomatic processes are much less 


MACHAIRODUS. i 


convex than in Felis, and just behind the post-orbital processes are more deeply 
excavated and of much greater vertical extent. 

The sagittal crest, though broken in the specimen, can yet be seen to have been 
prominently elevated and strong to the point of its bifurcation. 

The forehead is much more strongly arched than in Felis, and also is more 
depressed along its median line. 

The coronal and squamous sutures are entirely co-ossified in the specimen, and 
the frontal suture is also obliterated, but its original position is indicated by a 
rugged line. . 

The face is relatively much Bendes superiorly than in Felis, and along the sides 
of the ossa nasi it is rendered prominently convex by the greater degree of exten- 
sion, upward and backward, of the canine alveoli than in the latter genus. 

The posterior portions of the ossa nasi, remaining in the specimen, are relatively 
narrow compared to those of the Panther, are placed slightly below the general 
level of the corresponding part of the forehead and face, and are quite flat and 
slightly inclined towards each other. 

The intermaxillaries are not quite so prominent forward as in Felis, but they are 
rather stronger, in accordance with the greater size of the incisive teeth. 

The inion, which at its upper part is broken, appears to have had nearly the 
same form as in Felis; but the short thick paramastoids are situated higher, and 
the fossze between them and the occipital condyles are less deep. 

The latter and the occipital foramen have the same form and relative size and 
position to each other as in Felis. The foramen is transversely oval, nine lines in 
its greater, and six and a half lines in its shorter diameter. 

The base of the skull, for the most part, is enveloped in a hard matrix, which 
to remove would endanger the integrity of the much fissured specimen; neverthe- 
less it presents a few points visible and worthy of notice. 

The mastoid processes are a little more advanced in their position, and more 
internally situated than in Felis. 

The anterior condyloid foramina are more exposed i in their position than in Felis, 
or rather they are not directed to the same extent into the exit of the jugular 
canal. 

The auditory bulle, though broken away in the specimen from their remaining 
connections, may be inferred to have been as well developed as in Felis. 

Inferior Maxilla.—(Pl. XVIII. 1, 3.) The lower jaw corresponds in its general 
form with that of the latter, but it presents the same remarkable characters as in 
the other known species of Machairodus. 

The coronoid process is relatively very short compared with that of Felis, and, 
instead of curving backward, its posterior border is quite vertical to the base of the 
bone. 

The extent of the fossa below the coronoid process, and the form of the condyle, 
are about the same as in Felis. 

The post-coronoid process is short and thick, and is bent outward instead of 
inward, as in Felis. 

The external surface of the lower jaw, near the base and below the position of 


98 MACHAIRODUS. 


the first premolar, presents the commencement of a ridge, which no doubt passed 
to an alary process of the symphysis, such as exists in Machairodus neogaus and 
other species. 

Nine lines of the hiatus in advance of the molars exists in the specimen, without 
any disposition anteriorly to expand for the accommodation of the canine alveolus. 
Its margin is acute, and, viewed from the broken part, appears a little everted. 
Below it externally the surface slopes in a slightly convex manner outwardly to 
the base of the bone, and it presents two small mental foramina. 

Dentition—(P1. XVIII. 1, 3, 4,5.) The upper jaw in the specimen contains the 
incisive alveoli filled with matrix, portions of the canines, the alveolus for the first 
molar, and all the other molars except the posterior two of the left side. The 
lower jaw contains only the molars. 

Characteristic of Machairodus, the superior incisive alveoli indicate the possession 
of larger incisors than exist in Felis. Laterally they border so closely on the 
canine alveolus that a smaller hiatus is left than in other species of the genus, and 
they increase in size from the first to the last. 

The upper canine (1) is laterally compressed, and is relatively much less broad 
than in Machairodus neogaus, and was about half as long and broad as that of 
Machairodus cultridens. In the fragment, preserved in the specimen, the posterior 
sub-trenchant edge, about ten lines below the enamel border of the crown, com- 
mences to be crenulate, as in other species of Machairodus. Antero-internally there 
exist the remaining three lines of a ridge, which commences near the enamel 
border and proceeds downward and forward, and at its lower third is also crenu- 
lated. In section the upper canine is elliptical, and is acute posteriorly, and at the 
enamel border of its crown measures seven lines and a half in breadth, and about 
four lines and a half transversely. 

The first superior molar, as indicated by the remaining alveolus, had a simple 
mammilloid crown, as in Felis. The alveolus is subrotund, about one and a half 
lines in diameter, and borders closely upon that for the canine. 

Posterior to the first molar, a relatively very large hiatus exists compared with 
that of Felis and other species of Machairodus, being four lines in length, or equal 
to the whole interval between the canine and second molar of Machairodus neogaus. 

The crown of the last mentioned tooth (3), compared with that of the Panther, 
is shorter relatively to its breadth, and in comparison of size with that of the 
carnassial tooth is relatively very much smaller than in any species of Felis. Its 
outer surface has the same inclination and prominent base as in the latter, but is 
less convex. It is composed of a median compressed mammillary cusp, with a 
trenchant margin, a small anterior lobe, as in Machairodus neogaus, and a posterior, 
simple, compressed mammillary lobe with a trenchant border, relatively equal to 
the corresponding pair in the latter species and in Felis. 

The crown of the upper carnassial tooth (1) has about the same relative size as 
in the latter genus, and also the same degree of inclination of its outer surface, 
but it does not possess the lenticular fossa at the conjunction of the median cusp 
with the posterior lobe. The anterior lobe descends much lower than in Felis, so 
as to shorten very considerably the corresponding margin of the median cusp, 


ay, 


MACHAIRODUS. 99 


which in this position is more vertical and posteriorly is more oblique. The poste- 
rior lobe is broad as in Felis, but is less oblique at the trenchant margin, which 
also is indented as in the latter genus. 

The crown of the tubercular molar (1) is transversely oblong, as in the Domestic 
Cat, is three lines broad by two antero-posteriorly, and externally forms a mammil- 
lary tubercle, and posteriorly a smaller one. 

As previously mentioned, the symphysis of the lower jaw, with the incisors and 
canines, is broken away from the specimen. 

The portion of tooth supposed to be part of an inferior canine (4, 5) is of the 
right side. It corresponds in its form and relative size with that of Machairodus 
neogaus ; haying a curved demi-conoidal crown, with the postero-internal side defined 
by longitudinal ridges, of which that external is most salient. At the enamel 
border this tooth measures three lines antero-posteriorly and two transversely. 

The first inferior molar (3) is relatively very much smaller than in Felis, and in 
form it is like that of Machairodus cultridens ; the crown being compressed conoidal, 
with a small simple basal lobe anteriorly and posteriorly. 

The second molar (5) is less robust in its proportions than in Felis, and has the 
same form nearly, very much increased in size, of the first tooth; for the posterior 
lobe, though broken in the specimen, appears to be quite simple, or it is without 
the prominent heel existing in the latter genus, and the division possessed by 
Machatrodus neogaus. 

The inferior carnassial tooth (3) is quite peculiarly modified from the feline 
type, and if it had been found as an isolated and unique specimen, it would cer- 
tainly have led to the separation of the species from the genus Machairodus. 
It possesses the two characteristic lobes, separated by a large angular notch with 
trenchant margins, as in Felis, but the slight posterior heel of this genus is developed 
into a broader lobe than that occupying a similar position in the tooth in advance. 
This third lobe is more than half the length of the crown, is depressed externally 
and notched at its upper posterior angle. It exists only in a rudimentary condi- 
tion in Machairodus neogaus. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 
Length from occipital condyles to upper incisive alveoli 6 5 
Length from occipital condyles to lachrymal tubercle 4 43 
Height from base of lower jaw to forehead . : 3 10 
Breadth of cranium at most prominent part of temporal fossa 1 10 
Breadth of forehead at post-orbitar processes 2 8 
Breadth at ossa malee below their orbitar processes 4 4 
Breadth of face from inner side of infra-orbitar foramina 1 9 
Breadth at most prominent part of the canine alveoli 2 1 
Height of coronoid process from base of lower jaw 1 7 
Height of latter below first molar 0 it 
Antero-posterior diameter of second upper molar . 0 53 
Antero-posterior diameter of upper carnassial tooth 0 . 10 
Antero-posterior diameter of first lower molar 0 3 
Antero-posterior diameter of second lower molar 0 6 
Antero-posterior diameter of lower carnassial tooth 0 Sf 


5 SAFE Alay eli 
. Js chile pial ol ial 
- aed . wt bratty ings i wile 


' of ossl 7 . 
Eds} dey ik ede ane Dansk : 
. 73 = von a a 
: iu + WR > 7 Rand 


»> 4 : Bud. .v 
ot La bh | t 


; 
ad n 
: 2 ; 
: tl) 2 9 


lh 
ae 


veg 

Py evtily 
4 I 4 
x : ' i toe bd 
= 5 
C cere 
yee 

+) aa 
sare . is 

‘ oN a7 4 

be re 

ue i beg 
P “(Lae 
‘ t rh GOO (sh 


tt Ant 


A} hou v 


yo \ a 

- vy +e 

E \o ph 5 
1, 7 ‘ 
4g . 
lke 

. oe rl 
é 1 Cec ep 


ie? oleh 
an ee 


CE Be ON Ae 


CASPER I: 


TESTUDO, Linnarvs. 


Aut the fossil turtles from Nebraska, which have come under my inspection, 
belong to the genus Testudo. ; 

In the ordinary constitution of Testudo, the osseous carapace is composed of ten 
vertebral plates, eight pairs of costal plates, and eleven marginal plates upon each 
side of a symmetrical nuchal and pygal plate. 


Fig. 1. Ideal view of the structure of af 
the carapace of Testudo. The dark out- } 
lines indicate the boundaries of the scutes; 
the serrated lines, the limits of the plates. 
lyp—10vp (median line), vertebral plates; 
lep—8ep (right hand), costal plates; Imp 
—1l1mp, marginal plates; up, nuchal plate; 
PP, pygal plate; 1vs—5vys, vertebral scutes; 
les—5 (left), costal scutes; Ims —11ms, 

marginal scutes; ns, nuchal scute; ps, py- 
~ gal seute. 


The first vertebral plate is oblong quadrilateral; the succeeding plates, to the 


eighth inclusive, are most usually hexahedral; the penultimate plate is inverted V 
14 


102 TESTUDO. 


shaped; and the last of the series is rhomboidal, and is included in the notch of the 
latter and one similar of the pygal plate. 

The costal plates are alternately broader and narrower. 

In the recent condition, the carapace is invested by corneous scutes, which impress 
it with their form. ; 

There are five vertebral scutes, four pairs of costal scutes, and eleven marginal 
scutes upon each side of a narrow symmetrical nuchal scute and a broad undivided 
pygal scute. 

The plastron or sternum of Zestudo is composed of a single, more or less pyri- 
form, entosternal plate, inclosed by a pair of episternal and hyosternal plates, and 
posterior to the latter of a pair of hyposternal and xiphisternal plates. 


Fig. 2. Ideal view of the structure of 
the sternum of Testudo. en, entosternal 
plate ; ep, episternal plate; hyo, hyosternal 
plate; hyp, hyposternal plate; xi, xiphi- 
sternal plate; gu, gular scute; pe, pectoral 
scute; hu, humeral scute; ab, abdominal 
scute; fe, femoral scute; ca, caudal seute ; 
Imp—l11mp (right), marginal plates of the 
carapace; 1ms—11ms (/e/t), marginal scutes 
of the carapace; ns, nuchal scute; ps, py- 
gal scute; 9, 10vp, vertebral plates; pp, 
pygal plate. 


The corneous scutes of the sternum, which impress their osseous basis, consist of 
eight pairs, as follows: the gular, pectoral, humeral, axillary, abdominal, femoral, 
inguinal, and caudal scutes. 

Dr. Evans, in the Geological Report of Dr. Owen, before quoted, states that fossil 
turtles were found in a portion of the Bad Lands, some five or six miles in extent, 
having much the appearance of an ancient lake, where it is entered from Bear 
Creek, a tributary of the Cheyenne. At one of these lake-like expansions hundreds 
of fossil turtles were discovered. They do not rest immediately on the grassy plain 
that forms the present floor or bottom, but on the talus and debris, collected into 


TESTUDO. 103 


mounds, which have been derived from the disintegration of the marly earths that 
have slid from above. The particular stratum in which they seem to have been 
originally imbedded, is a pale flesh-colored, indurated, siliceous, marly limestone, 
situated from thirty to forty feet above, as shown in Number 7 of the geological 
section, page 13 of this memoir. In the succeeding pages I shall describe five 
species of Testudo, but ‘at the same time I suspect that they may not all be truly 
distinct. 


Testudo Nebrascensis, Ley. 


(Pratr XIX.) 


Stylemys Nebrascensis, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1851, v., 172. 
Testudo Nebrascensis, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1852, vi., 59; Owen’s Rep. of a Geol. Sury. of Wisc., 
ete., 567. 


Of this species I have the opportunity of examining four specimens from the 
collections of Messrs. Culbertson, Captain Van Vliet, and Dr. Owen. All are more 
or less broken, and two are crushed; all have lost the anterior and posterior mar- 
ginal plates, and in one the carapace is almost entirely gone. They vary a little 
in size, and apparently belonged to immature individuals, as the costal plates had 
not yet been connected to the marginal plates by cartilage. 

The form of the species approaches very much that of the genus Emys, and is 
more depressed than the Gopher, Testudo polyphemus. 

The marginal plates are oblique at the sides of the carapace, and turn abruptly 
beneath at their lower third. 

The processes of the sternum, which act as columns of support to the carapace, 
at the bottom of the lateral notches are remarkable for their prominence and thick- 
ness. Those anterior are twenty-one lines long, four lines broad, and two and a 
half lines thick, and ascend inwardly at an angle of about 45°, and are received at 
their free extremity into a pit about the middle of the outer margin of the first 
costal plate. Those posterior are equally strong with the former, and join the 
carapace at the junction of the fifth and sixth costal plates. 

The sternum is flat, turned a little upward anteriorly, and is slightly convex at 
its Junction with the carapace. 

The axillary and inguinal notches are directed downward; and the line of union 
of the sternal with the marginal scutes is nearly parallel on the two sides. 

The species is the smallest and most depressed of those brought from Nebraska, 
and in all the specimens the arrangement of the plates is the same, except in the 
smallest, which has an additional vertebral plate introduced between the ordinary 
eighth and the inverted V-shaped penultimate plate. 

Plates of the Carapace.—(Pl. XIX. Fig.1.) The first vertebral plate has convex 
sides, and in the smallest specimen, being the only one in which it is preserved, is 
ten lines long and six broad. The vertebral plates, from the second to the eighth 
inclusive, are hexahedral; and to the fifth are nearly equal in size, but afterwards 
undergo a rather sudden reduction, and then also continue to be nearly equal. 

The second vertebral plate articulates with the first and second pairs of costal 


104 TESTUDO. 


plates; the third with the second and third; and in the same manner the remaining 
vertebral plates, to the eighth inclusive, articulate each with two pairs of costal 
plates. 

The first costal plate joins the first to the third marginal plate inclusive. 

Plates of the Plastron.—(P\. XIX. Fig. 3.) In the largest specimen of Testudo 
Nebrascensis, in which the sternum is best preserved, the entosternal plate is pyri- 
form, and measures one and a half inches long by sixteen lines broad. It encroaches 
for a third of an inch upon the position of the gular scutes, and extends within a 
line of the humeral scutes. In the other specimens, the entosternal plate reaches 
the boundary of the latter. 

In the largest specimen, the episternal plates are one and a half inch long. 

The hyosternal plates are two and a quarter inches long, and in all the specimens 
articulate with the third to the fifth marginal plates inclusive. 

The hyposternal plates, in the smallest specimen, are one and a half inch long, 
in the largest two inches; and they articulate with the postero-inferior angle of the 
fifth marginal plates, and the sixth and seventh of the latter. 

Scutes of the Carapace.—(Pl. XTX. 1.) The vertebral scutes, from the second to 
the fourth inclusive, are hexahedral, and are broader than they are long. The 
second and third are nearly equal in size, and in the smallest specimen measure 
about nineteen lines broad by fifteen long. The fourth vertebral scute is sixteen 
lines broad by fifteen long, and in another specimen, twenty broad by sixteen long, 
and it has the postero-lateral sides more convergent backward than in the pre- 
ceding scutes. 

Scutes of the Plastron.—(Pl. XIX. 3.) Upon the sternum, in all the specimens, 
the scutes agree in the details of their arrangement, except that in the smallest the 
anterior margin of the humeral scutes courses along the bottom of the axillary 
notches, but in the others turns forward and outward to the latter. 

The gular scutes, the position of which is preserved in the largest specimen, are 
one inch in length and are angular posteriorly. 

The pectoral scutes are two inches and one line long. 

The humeral scutes internally measure a half an inch in length, but externally 
expand before and behind, and join the axillary and the fourth and fifth marginal 
scutes. In the smallest specimen they reach to the sixth marginal scutes, but in 
the largest one not within several lines. 

The abdominal scutes of the largest specimen are two inches two lines long, but 


are a fourth of an inch less in the smallest one, and in this they join the sixth and 


seventh marginal and the inguinal scutes, and in that several lines of the fifth 
marginal scutes in addition. 

The lines of junction of the scutes of the sternum with those of the carapace 
are nearly parallel on the two sides, and are undulant and intersect the sutural 
connection of the contiguous plates. 

The axillary scute rests upon the hyosternal and third marginal plates between 
the humeral and fourth marginal scutes. 

. The inguinal scute is supported upon the hyposternal plate, and in the largest 


- 


> 


i ee 


TESTUDO. 105 


specimen upon the sixth and seventh marginal plates, but in the smallest upon the 
seventh only, between the abdominal and seventh marginal scutes. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
THREE SPECIMENS. 

Smallest. Medium. Largest. 
Hstimated length of sternum 2 : ; : 7 in. 
Breadth of sternum at inferior border of mar: Oral ee : 42 in. 42 in. ain 
Length of transverse curve of the carapace from the level of the stennurh i In. 
Height from the level of the sternum . 5 : : : : : 3 in. 
Length of the lateral marginal plates . ; : . : : : 14 in. 1} in. 
Height of latter from the level of the sternum . : : : j 14 in. 


Westudo hemispherica, Lripy. 


(Pirates XX., XXIV. Fig. 3.) 
Eimys hemispherica, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei., 1851, v., 173. 
Testudo hemispherica, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1852, vi., 59; Owen’s Rep. of a Geol. Sury. of Wisc., etc., 
570. 

This species originally was established upon a specimen consisting of the sternum 
with a small portion of the carapace attached, from the collection of Capt. Van Vliet. 

In Dr. Owen’s collection, a nearly entire carapace and sternum of the same species 
are preserved. 

The carapace is relatively more convex and hemispheroid, or rather hemi-ovoid, 
than that of any of the other fossil turtles brought from Nebraska. 

The lateral marginal plates are vertical; the axillary notches are directed out- 
ward and downward; the inguinal notches present downward; and the sternum is 
quite flat, except that its anterior extremity inclines upward. 

In both specimens, the costal plates of the carapace had yet been unconnected by 
suture with the adjoining marginal plates. 

The species presents the ordinary or normal number and arrangement of verte- 
bral plates. 

Plates of the Carapace.—(Pl. XX.1.) The first vertebral plate is one and a 
quarter inch long by three-fourths of an inch broad; the succeeding plates, to the 
eighth inclusive, are hexahedral; those to the sixth being nearly equal in size; and 
the tenth transversely rhomboidal plate is three-fourths of an inch long by one and 
a quarter broad. 

The first costal plate is three inches long by one and three-quarters broad, and 
articulates with the first and second and four-fifths of the third marginal plates. 

The nuchal plate comes in contact with the position of the first costal scute at 
the anterior angle of this, and here measures two and a half inches in breadth. 

The pygal plate is vertical, and measures one and a half inch broad. 

Plates of the Plastron—(P\. XX. 2.) The sternum is truncated anteriorly, and 
at its posterior extremity is rounded and emarginate. 

The entosternal plate is broad, pyriform, and extends for half an inch upon the 
position of the gular scutes, reaches posteriorly the boundary of the humeral scutes, 
and is about two inches long and broad. 


106 TESTUDO. 


The episternal plates in the median line are two inches in length. 

The hyosternal plates are two inches and eight lines long in the middle, and 
articulate with the third to the fifth marginal plates inclusive. 

The hyposternal plates are two inches two lines long, and articulate with the 
sixth and seventh marginal plates. 

The xiphisternal plates are convex at their margin, and are notched inter- 
mediately. 

Scutes of the Carapace-—(Pl. XX. 1.) The vertebral scutes, from the second to 
the fourth inclusive, are hexahedral or quadrate, with bow-shaped sides, and are 
nearly equal in size. The fifth vertebral scute is prolonged anteriorly, and measures 
two inches in length. 

The nuchal scute is three lines wide, and the seca scute two and a quarter inches. 

The gular scutes together measure two inches in width, and encroach for half an 
inch upon the ento-sternal plate. 

Scutes of the Plastron—(Pl. XX. 2.) The pectoral scutes are two and three- 
quarter inches long. 

The humeral scutes internally are two-thirds of an inch long, and externally at 
their anterior border curve forward and outward to the axillz, and at their posterior 
border diverge backward and outward in a straight line, so as to join the axillary 
scute, half of the fourth and the whole of the fifth marginal scutes. 

The abdominal scutes are two inches and ten lines long, and join the sixth and 
seventh marginal scutes and the inguinal scute. 

The femoral and caudal scutes, in the median line, measure about one inch and 
two-thirds long. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. 
Length of the sternum. ¢ : . : ; : , : z : 84 
Breadth of the sternum . 5 : 5 ; ; ; : 63 
Length of the antero-posterior curve of the: carapace . : : : : = ee 
Height of the carapace from the level of the sternum . ; ; ¢ - : 5 
Length of the lateral marginal plates ; ; ‘ : : ; ; : 24 
Height of latter above the level of the sternum F P . F ‘ : 3 


Testudo Oweni, Lzvy. 


(Pu. XXI., XXIV. Fig. 4.) 


Emys Oweni, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1851, v., 327. 
Testudo Owent, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1852, vi., 59; Owen’s Rep. of a Geol. Sury. of Wisc., ete., 568. 


This species is established upon a nearly entire carapace and plastron. The 
former has nearly the same degree of convexity and form of that of the Box Tor- 
toise (Cistudo Carolina). 

The costal plates had not yet united by suture with the marginal plates. 

The latter, at the sides of the carapace, are vertically convex, with their upper 
border elevated two and a half inches above the level of the sternum. Anteriorly 
and posteriorly they are less inclined than the contiguous dorsal plates. 


TESTUDO.: 107 


The sternum is flat, except at its union with the.carapace, in which position it is 
convex, and anteriorly is turned upward, and has its margin angularly convex; and 
posteriorly it is emarginate. 

Plates of the Carapace.—(P1. XXI.1.) In the specimen there are ten vertebral 
plates. The first is one and a half inch long, by ten lines broad. Those suc- 
ceeding to the eighth inclusive are hexahedral; the second to the fifth are nearly 
equal in size; those to the eighth successively decrease. 

The second vertebral plate articulates with the first and second pairs of costal 
plates; the third with the second and third; and so on successively to the eighth 
plate inclusive. 

The tenth vertebral plate is fourteen lines long by seventeen broad, and is divided 
into two nearly equal triangles by the posterior border of the last vertebral scute. 

The first costal plate is three inches long by two broad, and articulates with the 
first to the commencement of the fourth marginal plate. 

The nuchal plate is three and a quarter inches broad, and is equal to the first 
vertebral scute. ‘The pygal plate is twenty-two lines broad. 

Plates of the Plastron—(Pl. XXI. 2.) The entosternal plate is pyriform, and is 
two inches four lines long and broad. Its anterior extremity borders on the posi- 
tion of the gular scutes, and posteriorly it extends to the humeral scutes. 

The anterior margin of the episternal plates is convex. Their length obliquely 
at the middle is equal to that of the preceding plate. 

The hyosternal plates are three and a half inches long from their anterior angle, 
and they articulate with the third to the angle of the sixth marginal plates 
inclusive. 

The hyposternal plates are two and a half inches long at their middle, are slightly 
oblique at the posterior margin, and articulate with the sixth and seventh marginal 
plates. 

The xiphisternal plates include an acute notch posteriorly, and are two and a 
quarter inches long. 

The suture between the marginal plates of the carapace and those of the plastron, 
and the junction of the contiguous scutes from two irregular undulant intersecting 
lines. 

Scutes of the Carapace.-—(Pl. XXI. 1.) The second and third vertebral scutes 
are nearly equal in size, each being two inches seven lines broad, the former two 
inches long, and the latter one line longer. Their lateral margins are bow-formed, 
and the anterior margin of the second is nearly straight, while that of the third is 
convex forward. 

The fourth vertebral scute is slightly broader than long, being two inches two 
lines in the former direction, and two inches one line in the latter. Its lateral 
margins, also, are bow-formed, and converge behind, and the anterior margin is 
angular forwards. The nuchal scute is four lines broad. 

The gular scutes together are two and a quarter wide, are convex posteriorly, 
and do not encroach upon the position of the entosternal plate. 

Scutes of the Plastron—(Pl. XXI. 2.) The pectoral scutes are three and a 


108 TESTUDO. 


quarter inches long, and have their posterior border a little behind the axillary - 


notches. 
The humeral scutes are about seven and a half lines long where they come in 


contact, but outwardly expand to two and a half inches. They join the axillary 
scute, the posterior angle of the fourth, the whole of the fifth, and the lower half 
inch of the anterior margin of the sixth marginal scutes. 

The abdominal scutes are three inches in length, and join the sixth and seventh 
marginal, and the inguinal scutes. 

The length of the femoral scutes is two and a quarter inches, and that of the 
caudal scutes where they are conjoined, is one inch five lines. 

The axillary scute is placed upon the anterior angle of the hyosternal and the 
postero-inferior margin of the third marginal plates, between the fourth ie 
and the humeral scutes. 

The inguinal scute rests upon the hyposternal and seventh marginal plates, be- 
tween the abdominal and seventh and eighth marginal scutes. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches. Lines. 

Length of sternum in the median line . : : Sie: 0 
Breadth of sternum at the suture of the hyo- and i perorl Ae : at 0 
Estimated length of antero-posterior curve of the carapace. 3 : ris 6 
Length of transverse curve from the level of the sternum. : ; Pape! i) 6 
Height . ‘ é : 3 ; 3 > : Tweed 6 
Length of the sixth egaal late ; : 2 6 
Height of the upper edge of the lateral marginal iste: front the ere of the 

sternum sz 3 : : c j 4 : : : : Bart 0 


This species is respectfully dedicated to Dr. David Dale Owen, of New Harmony, 
Indiana, whose many contributions to Palaeontology and Geology have rendered 
him distinguished in science. 


Testudo Culbertsonii, Lery. 
(Puates XXII., XXIV. Fig. 2.) 
Emys Culbertsonii, Leidy : Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1852, vi., 34. 
Testudo Culbertsonii, Leidy : Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1852, vi., 59; Owen’s Rep. of a Geol. Surv. of Wise., ete. 

569. 

This species is established upon a nearly entire carapace and plastron in the col- 
lection of Dr. Owen. The specimen upon one side is a little crushed out of its 
original form; and it is much larger than that upon which is founded the Testudo 
Oweni, and is relatively less convex and high in comparison with its length and 
breadth, and also is less abruptly retuse posteriorly. 

The sternum in the specimen is concave, indicating a male individual, and ante- 
riorly it does not turn upward. 

The costal plates, though in conjunction with the marginal plates, had not yet 
united by suture. 

The lateral marginal plates are vertically convex, and three and a half inches 


as 


TESTUDO. 109 


long in the curve, and became inferior at their lower fourth, but have no salient 
angle. Anteriorly and posteriorly to the union of the carapace and plastron, the 
marginal plates are oblique. The line of suture of the two former is undulant, as 
is also the corresponding line of conjunction of the scutes; the two intersecting 
each other several times. These lines are less irregular in their course than in 
Testudo Oweni, and on the two sides are nearly parallel. The axillary and inguinal 
notches present directly downward. 

Plates of the Carapace—(Pl. XXII. 1.) The carapace has eleven vertebral 
plates. The first of the series is quadrilateral, with convex sides, and is two and 
a quarter inches long and one and a half broad. The second is octohedral, with 
alternating long and concave and short and straight sides; or it is quadrilateral, 
with concave sides and the angles truncated. It is one and a half inch long and 
one inch and seven lines broad, and articulates with the anterior three pairs of 
costal plates. The third vertebral plate is quadrilateral, with convex sides, and it 
is one and a half inch long and one inch ten lines broad, and articulates with the 
third pair of costal plates. 

A similar arrangement to that described of the second and third vertebral plates 
exists also in the Gopher (Zeéstudo polyphemus). 

The fourth to the eighth vertebral plate inclusive are hexahedral, of which the 
fifth is the largest, while the others decrease in succession from the fourth to the 
last of the number. 

The ninth vertebral plate is an accessory to the usual number, is quadrate, with 
convex sides, and articulates with the eighth pair of costal plates. 

The penultimate V-shaped plate incloses one-half of that succeeding, which is 
one and a half inch long and two and a quarter inches broad. 

The first costal plate is five and a quarter inches long by three inches broad, and 
articulates with three-fourths of the first marginal plate, all of the second, and 
three-fourths of the third. 

The nuchal plate comes in contact with the position of the first costal scute at 
the anterier angle, in which position it is five and a quarter inches broad, and equal 
to the first vertebral scute. 

Plates of the Plastron.—(P1l. XXII. 2.) The entosternal plate is pyriform, and 
is three inches five lines long and two lines broader. Its neck extends three-fourths 
of an inch upon the position of the gular scutes, and its base is about a third of an 
inch removed from the humeral scutes. 

The hyosternal plates are over five inches in length, and articulate with the third 
to the angle inclusive of the sixth marginal plates. 

The hyposternal plates are four inches long at their middle, and articulate with 
the sixth and seventh marginal plates. 

The xiphisternal plates include a notch behind, and in the median line of the 
sternum are three inches long. 

Scutes of the Carapace—(P]. XXII. 1.) The second and third vertebral scutes 
are three inches long; the former three and a half, the latter four inches broad. 
The sides are bow-shaped, and nearly parallel. The anterior margin of the second 


is deeply concave; that of the third bow-shaped. The fourth vertebral scute is 
15 


110 TESTUDO. 


three inches three lines broad, and is seven lines longer. It has bow-shaped sides, 
converging posteriorly, and its anterior margin is angular. The last vertebral scute 
is prolonged anteriorly as a cup-shaped process. 

The nuchal scute is five lines broad, and the pygal scute four and a half inches. 

Scutes of the Plastron.—(Pl. XXII. 2.) The gular scutes are acute behind, and 
encroach upon the position of the entosternal plate. 

The pectoral scutes are five and a quarter inches long, and extend posteriorly to 
the axillary notches. 

The humeral scutes are about an inch long, but expand outwardly, and join the 
axillary and the fourth and fifth marginal scutes. 

The abdominal scutes are four and a half inches long at their middle, and join 
the sixth and seventh marginal and the inguinal scutes. 

The femoral scutes are three and a half inches long, and the caudal scutes, where 
they come into contact, are one and three-quarter inches. 

The axillary scute is situated at the outer side of the notch, and rests upon the 
inferior angle of the hyosternal plate between the humeral and fourth marginal 
scutes. The inguinal scute rests upon the hyposternal and seventh marginal plates, 
between the abdominal and seventh and eighth marginal scutes. 


MEASUREMENTS. 

Inches. 
Estimated length of sternum in the median line . é é : 3 : : 15 
Breadth of sternum . : : : : : 11 
Estimated length of the antero- antec curve of a carapace. : ; : 22 
Estimated length of transverse curve . : : : : : 5 F ; 22 
Height . : : ; F . : : : : : : 63 
Length of sixth rrareinal ee : ; : ; é : ; 3e 
Height of lateral marginal plates above Tevel of fe sternum : : ; : 4 


This species is respectfully dedicated to Mr. Thaddeus A. Culbertson, through 
whose interested zeal so many of the animal remains of Nebraska have been 
discovered. : 


Testudo lata, Lervy. 
(Puates XXIII., XXIV. Fig. 1.) 
Testudo lata, Leidy: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1851, v., 173; Owen’s Rep. of a Geol. Surv. of Wisc., etc., 572. 


This species is the largest of any of the turtles brought from Nebraska, and was 
obtained by Mr. Thaddeus A. Culbertson. The specimen upon which it was 
established consists of a carapace and plastron broken into two pieces and otherwise 
much mutilated. A considerable portion of the carapace is lost, and the sternum 
is crushed inward from its articulation with the former. 

The form of the species is very much like Zestudo Culbertsonii, and it may 
possibly be the same, though it differs in several of its anatomical details. 

In the specimen, the costal plates are united to the marginal plates by close suture. 

The lateral marginal plates are vertical at their upper four-fifths, and those ante- 
riorly and posteriorly are oblique. 


TESTUDO.. LLL 


The sternum appears to have been quite flat, and the axillary and inguinal 
notches are directed downward. 

Plates of the Carapace.—(Pl. XXII. 1.) The first vertebral plate has convex 
sides, and has the form of a sugar-loaf; it is two and three- “quarter inches long and 
one inch seven lines broad at its middle. 

The second and third, and portions of the fourth and seventh, and the eighth 
vertebral plates, preserved in the specimen, are hexahedral, and the first two are 
subequal. 

The ninth, or inverted V-shaped vertebral plate, is a little depressed anteriorly to 
receive the border of the plate in advance. 

The tenth, or rhomboidal vertebral plate, is two and three-quarter inches long, 
and three and a half broad. 

The first costal plate is six and three-quarter inches wide and four and a half 
inches antero-posteriorly, and articulates with the first to the third marginal plates 
inclusive. 

The nuchal plate, as in all the species described, reaches only the anterior angle 
of the position of the first costal scute, and there measures seven inches in breadth. 

Plates of the Plastron—(Pl. XXIII. 2.) The entosternal plate is pyriform, and 
is four inches long and three-fourths of an inch broader. 

The hyosternal plates are seven and a quarter inches long, and articulate with 
the marginal plates from the third to the middle of the sixth inclusive. 

The hyposternal plates are five and a half inches long, and articulate with the 
sixth and seventh marginal plates. ~ 

The xiphisternal plates, where in contact, measure four inches in length. 

Scutes of the Carapace.—(Pl. XXIII. 1.) The second vertebral scute is quadri- 
lateral, and is four inches long and three-fourths of an inch greater in its breadth. 
The lateral margins are slightly bow-formed and parallel, and the anterior and 
posterior borders are concave. 

The last vertebral scute is prolonged anteriorly into a cup-shaped process, 
receiving the scute in advance. 

Scutes of the Plastron.—(Pl. XXIII. 2.) The gular scutes are angular posteriorly, 
and encroach for one inch upon the position of the entosternal plate. 

The humeral scutes are one and a quarter inch long internally, and outwardly 
join the axillary and the fourth to the middle of the sixth marginal scute. 

The abdominal scutes are five and a half inches long, and join the sixth and 
seventh marginal and the inguinal scutes. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
Inches 
Estimated length of the sternum lian : : ° : : , : 21 
Breadth of the sternum . é : 0 6 : 15 
Kstimated length of antero- Essar curve of He} carapace . : ; : ; 27 
Hstimated length of transverse curve . : 3 é . 5 j : A 27 
Height above level of the sternum. : : ; : : : ; ; 8 


Length of lateral marginal plates : E : F : 3 : : 3 5 


. itis ‘ “epaedliwo ks 


* é 4 


} 
1a 

- 72 

—- 

- - . ; 

i 

_ 

‘ by wy 5 

- on vy LER . 

—— oe 


“ ert (Tis, 8 


——) a 


prt ‘e\ by KR 


' 
4: ehge Pg . the: Lan aghtte 


‘ " : . aftaed) Sewlel xg io wt owas ae ee 


* 


ao hy 
m \ 
Tomer & ie, 
ea OViaus if : { rr . 


i ‘ ’ estat vel! piel kh. MIRA 


ow 4  +«t{aait non sei eaae : 


Sb IN OTe Sls 


OF THE 


GENERA AND SPECIES OF EXTINCT MAMMALIA AND CHELONIA DESCRIBED IN THIS WORK. 


MAMMALIA. 
UNGULATA PARIDIGITATA. 


RUMINANTIA. 
POEBROTHERIUM. Hornless; without lachrymal fossee; auditory bulle very large and inflated; 
orbits closed by a post-orbital arch. Lower jaw with an angular apophysis. Dental formula: in. 


1?—1? 4—4 3—8 
Ms) = MN. = 38? 

mono. Aw 88 
most like those of the recent Musks; first premolar removed from the others by a hiatus. 


PoEBROTHERIUM WILSONII. Unique species. 4 


0?—0? 
4?—4? 


True molars composed as in existing ruminants; premolars 


AGRIOCHOERUS. Hornless; without lachrymal fossee; orbits open ‘behind. Dental formula: 


ee eee 
Pea (yeaa ABR BBaP | BR K=8 


= 44? ‘True molars constructed after the type of those 


of existing ruminants; premolars with from one to four lobes, modified in form from those of the true 


molars. 
AGRIOCHOERUS ANTIQUUS. Unique species. 


OREODON. Hornless; with a sagittal crest; with the pars-squamosa of the temporal bone relatively 
as well developed as in the Camel; auditory bulle none; orbits closed behind; very large lachrymal 


fost. Dental formula: i. 2—* ¢, 1! p.m 4—4 ,,, 3=3 _ 44. Teeth of both jaws forming 


Al ly yaae, Ba Oe 28 


nearly closed rows. ‘True molars constructed after the type of those of existing ruminants; premolars 
with one or two lobes. Upper canine with a curved, trihedral, pyramidal crown; lower canine with a 


compressed conoidal crown. Incisors with flattened crowns. 
1. Orzopon CuLBERTsoNII. About the size of the Wolf of Pennsylvania. 
2. OREHODON GRActLIs. About two-thirds the size of the former. 
3. OREODON mason? A little larger than Oreodon Culbertsonit. 


HUCROTAPHUS. Cranium constructed like that of Oreodon, except that it possesses large, inflated 


auditory bulle. Dental formula: as in Oreodon ? 
1. Evcrorarnus avuritus. Auditory bullz laterally compressed spheroidal. 
2. HucroTapaus JAcKsonz. Smaller than the preceding; auditory bullz mammillary. 


114 SYNOPSIS. 


ORDINARIA. 


ARCHAEOTHERIUM. With a sagittal crest; orbits closed by a post-orbital arch; glenoid arti- 
culation transverse. Lower jaw with a basal apophysis as in Anthracotherium. Dental formula: 
?—? 1?—1? 47-4? 3—8 
A it = — 
verse rows of three conical tubercles or lobes; the lower ones with two transverse pairs of tubercles, of 
which that antero-internally is subdivided. Last upper premolar bilobed; penultimate upper molar com- 
pressed conoidal. Last lower premolar compressed conoidal. 


1. ArcHAEOTHERIUM Morront. Head about the size of that of the Lion. 


Crowns of upper true molars quadrate, with two trans- 


in. 


2. ARCHAEOTHERIUM ROBUSTUM. Rather larger than the preceding. 


UNGULATA ITMPARTEDIGIEATA. 


SOLIPEDIA. 


ANCHITHERIUM. With a short sagittal crest; forehead broad and large; orbits large. Dental 
3—3 1—1 7—7 
fm c. ———_- ™. ——_.. 
3—3 1—1 7—7 
ANCHITHERIUM Bairpit. About the size of Anchitherium aurelianense. 


formula: i Molars constructed after the type of those of Palaeotherium. 


ORDINARIA. 


TITANOTHERIUM. Dental formula as in Palaeotherium? Upper molars quadrate, complex, inter- 
mediate in form to those of Palaeotherium and Rhinoceros ; their outer side without the double arched 
ridge characteristic of the former, and without the anterior marginal fold characteristic of the latter. 
Lower molars like those of Palaeotheriwm, but possessing no inner basal ridge. 


TITANOTHERIUM Proutit. Unique species. 


PALAEOTHERIUM. Dental formula: in. 2—® ¢, =! p.m, £—* m,3=3 — 44, Upper 


ae i 
3—3 1—1 4—4 38—3 
molars quadrate, complex ; with an external double-arched ridge. Lower molars bilunate; the last trilunate. 

PALAEOTHERIUM GIGANTEUM. ‘Twice the size of the Palacotherium magnum ; being the largest spe- 


cies of the genus. 


RHINOCEROS. With a nasal or frontal horn, or both, or none. Dental formula: in. Ovenil 


Leste? Coe DOM TeEG ate 
Te 6 ee ea Upper molars quadrate, complex; with a characteristic antero- 
external fold. Inferior molars composed of a pair of right angled crescentoid lobes. 

1. RutNoceros occrpENTALIS. With a sagittal crest; frontal horn none; nasal horn? forehead 
broad and flat. Three-fourths the size of Rhinoceros indicus. 

2. Rurnoceros NEBRASCENSIS. With a sagittal crest; frontal horn none; nasal horn? ‘Three- 


fourths the size of Rhinoceros occidentalis. 


, or 


SYNOPSIS. 115 


CARNIVORA. 


DIGITIGRADA. 


Simmel, Lad eee 
3—3 1-1 38-3 
compressed laterally. Inferior carnassial tooth with a third lobe. 


MACHAIRODUS. Dental formula: in. 


Superior canine long, curved, 


MAcHATRODUS PRIMAEVUS. A little smaller than the American Panther. 


CHELONIA. 


TESTUDO. Carapace with 10 vertebral plates, 8 pairs of costal plates, and 11 marginal plates each 
side of a symmetrical nuchal and pygal plate; and 5 vertebral scutes, 4 pairs of costal scutes and 11 
marginal scutes each side of a narrow nuchal and a broad undivided pygal scute. First vertebral plate 
oblong quadrilateral; the succeeding plates to the eighth inclusive hexahedral; penultimate plate inverted 
V-shaped ; the last rhomboidal. Plastron composed of an entosternal and 4 pairs of lateral plates, and 
furnished with 8 pairs of scutes. 

1. Testupo Neprascensis. Small, emydiform. Entosternal plate encroaching upon the position of 
the gular scutes, but usually not reaching that of the pectoral scutes. 

2. TmstUDO HEMISPHERICA. Hemiovoid. Entosternal plate encroaching upon the position of the 
gular scutes, and reaching that of the pectoral scutes. 

3. Tustupo OweEnr. Robust. Hntosternal plate not encroaching upon the position of the gular 
scutes, but reaching that of the pectoral scutes. 

4, Testupo CunBertsoni. Large, depressed. Hntosternal plate encroaching upon the position of the 
gular scutes, but not reaching that of the pectoral scutes. 

5. TESTUDO LATA. It is possible that this species and the last indicated may be the same. In the speci- 
mens upon which these two.were proposed, the latter is very much the larger, but the former is immature. 
In the former, also, the second vertebral plate is octohedral, while in the latter it has the normal hexahedral 
form, but this variation may be an individual peculiarity only. 


INDEX. 


[Synonymes and names incidentally used are in Roman. ] 


Aceratherium, 80, 81. 
incisivum, 74, 80, 84, 90. 
Nebrascensis, 86. 

AgriocHorrus, 24, 56, 113. 
ANTIQUUS, 24, 113. 

Amphigonus Broderipii, 7. 
Prevostii, 7. 

ANCHITHERIUM, 67, 68, 69, 70, 91, 114. 
aurelianense, 67, 68, 114. 
Batrpy, 67, 68, 70, 114. 
Dumasii, 67. 

Hzquerrae, 67. 
Anomodon Snyderi, 9. 
Anoplotherium, 7, 17, 24, 25, 29, 30, 31, 52, 36, 
387, 88, 40. 

Anthracotherium, 18, 38, 62, 114. 

Antilope, 18. 

ARCHAEOTHERIUM, 57, 59, 62, 63, 64, 66, 114. 
Morront, 57, 58, 66, 114. 
ROBUSTUM, 66, 114. 

Arctodon, 66. 

Audilenia, i, 

Aulaxodon, 9. 

Balzena Paleeatlantica, 8. 
prisca, 8. 

Basilosaurus, 8. 
cetoides, 8. 
pygmeeus, 8. 
serratus, 8. 

Bison americanus, 12. 
antiquus, 9. 
latifrons, 9. 

Bootherium, 29, 31. 

Bootherium bombifrons, 9. 
ceavifrons, 9. 

Bos, 18. 
bombifrons, 9. 
latifrons, 9. 

Pallasii, 9. 

Caenotherium, 38. 

Camelopardalis, 17. 

Camelus, 17. 

Castor fiber, 9. 

16 


Castoroides ohioensis, 9. 
Cervus, 9, 17. 

americanus, 8, 9. 
Chalicotherium, 17, 38. 
Choeropotamus, 18,57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63. 
Cistudo carolina, 106. 
Cotylops, 29. 

speciosa, 45, 47. 
Delphinus Calvertensis, 8. 

Conradi, 8. 
e vermontanus, 10. 
Dichobune, 17. 
Dichodon, 38. 
Dicotyles, 18. 

costatus, 9. 

depressifrons, 9. 

labiatus, 60. 

torquatus, 9. 
Doreatherium, 17, 20, 21. 
Hlaphus americanus, 9. 
Elephas, 18. 

americanus, 9. 

primigenius, 9. 
Emys, 105. 

hemispherica, 105. 

Oweni, 106. 

Culbertsonii, 108. 
Entelodon, 57, 62, 64. 

magnum, 62, 63. 
Hquus, 18. 

americanus, 9. 

caballus, 10. 

curvidens, 10. 

major, 10. 
Hreptodon priscus, 10. 
Hubradys antiquus, 10. 
Hucherus macrops, 9. 
Kucroraruus, 56, 1138. 

AuRitus, 56, 57, 115. 

Jackson, 56, 57, 113. 
Felis, 58, 96, 97, 98, 99. 

atrox, 9. 

concolor, 96, 


118 


Harlanus americanus, 9. 
Hipparion, 18. 
venustum, 9. 
Hipparitherium, 67. 
Hippopotamus, 18, 59, 62. 
Hyopotamus, 26, 38, 39. 
bovinus, 45. 
yectianus, 45. 
Hyracotherium, 18, 57, 59, 62, 63. 
Macnarropues, 18, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 115. 
cultridens, 98, 99. 
neogaeus, 96, 98, 99. 
PRIMAEVUS, 95, 115. 
Macrauchenia, 17. 
Manatus, 10. 
Mastodon, 18. 
giganteus, 9. 
Megalonyx dissimilis, 9. 
Jeffersonii, 9. 
laqueatus, 9, 10. 
Megatherium, 9. 
Cuvieri, 9. 
mirabile, 9. 
Merycoidodon, 29. 
Culbertsonii, 29, 45, 52. 
gracilis, 53. 
major, 55. 
Merycopotamus, 25, 38. 
Microlestes antiquus, 7. 
Moschus, 17. 
moschiferus, 20. 
Mososaurus, 8. 
Mylodon Harlani, 10. 
OrE0DON, 29, 30, 35, 36, 37, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 
46, 47, 55, 56, 113. 
CULBERTSONII, 45, 48, 50,51, 52,53, 55,118. 
GRACILIS, 53, 54, 55, 113. 
MAJOR, 55, 113. 
Oromys Asopi, 9. 
Orycterotherium Missouriense, 10. 
Oregonensis, 10. 
Osteopera platycephala, 10. 
Ovis, 18. 
mammilaris, 9. 
montana, 12. 
PALAEOTHERIUM, 18, 38, 44, 67, 68, 70, 71, 72, 73, 
TES they oils 1k 
aurelianense, 67. 
Bairdii, 67. 
equinum, 67. 
GIGANTEUM, 78, 114. 
hippoides, 67. 
magnum, 114. 
monspessulanum, 67. 


INDEX. 


Proutii, 72, 78. 

Phascolotherium Bucklandii, 7. 

Phoca Wymani, 8. 

Phocodon, 8. 

Platygonus compressus, 9. 

Pleurodon, 9. ; 

PoEBROTHERIUM, 19, 20, 21, 22, 113. 
Winsont, 19, 113. 

Pontogeneus priscus, 8. 

Priscodelphinus grandzevus, 8. 

Harlani, 8. 

Procyon priscus, 9). 

Protocheerus prismaticus, 9. 

Rhinoceroides alleghaniensis, 10. 

RurnNoceros, 18, 37, 61, 72, 75, 76, 77, 79, 80, 81, 

83, 85, 86, 90, 91, 93, 114. 
americanus, 72, 76. 
incisivus, 79, 80. 
indicus, 79, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 88, 89, 91, 
114. 
minutus, 79. 
Nesrascensis, 86, 87, 90, 98, 114. 
OCCIDENTALIS, 81, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 114. 
tichorinus, 91. 

Rorqualis australis, 10. 

Sargodon, 7. 

Sargus, 7. 

Stylemys Nebrascensis, 103. 

Sus, 18. 
americana, 9. 

Tapirus, 18. 
americanus 9. 

Haysii, 9. 
mastodontoides, 9. 

Telerpeton elginense, 7. 

Trstupo, 101, 102, 103, 115. 
CuLBertsoni, 108, 110, 115. 
HEMISPHERICA, 105, 115. 
pATA, 110, 115. 
Neprascensis, 103, 115. 
Owent, 106, 108, 109, 115 
polyphemus, 103, 109. 

TITANOTHERIUM, 72, 76, 78, 91, 114. 
Prouri, 72, 76, 114. 

Trichecus, 10. 
virginianus, 10. 

Trichecus rosmarus, 10. 

Ursus, 95. 
americanus, 9. 
amplidens, 9. 

Zeuglodon brachyspondylus, 8. 
cetoides, 8. 
macrospondylus, 8. 
pygmeeus, 8. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES: 


PLATE I. 


All the figures are of the natural size. 

Figs. 1-4. Poebrotherium Wilsoni. 

Tig. 1. View of the right side of the face. The top of the head and the cranium proper are broken 
away. To the left is represented the angular apophysis, and in the concavity above this is the very large os 
tympanica. The upper jaw contains the first premolar, separated from the others by a hiatus, the temporary 
molars, and the permanent true molars. The lower jaw contains the temporary molars and the permanent 
true molars. 

Fig. 2. Upper view of the nasal extremity of the face, exhibiting its great narrowness. 

Hig. 3. View of the masticating surfaces of the upper molars of the specimen 1. 

Hig. 4. View of the masticating surfaces of the lower molars of the specimen 1. 

Figs. 5-10. Ayriochoerus antiquus. 

Vig. 5. View of the right side of the face. The specimen is much mutilated, but the orbit is observed 
not to be closed by an arch posteriorly. In the upper jaw the inner part of the second premolar of the left 
side is visible, and succeeding it upon the right side the posterior two premolars and the true molars. In 
the portion of lower jaw are visible the posterior two premolars and the true molars. 

Fig. 6. Inferior view of the upper jaw, exhibiting the triturating surfaces of the molars, five of which 
are preserved on the right side and six upon the left. The hard-palate is obscured by a mass of very dense 
matrix, which would endanger the integrity of the specimen to remove. 

Figs. 7, 8. Triturating surfaces of the posterior five inferior molars of the right and left sides. 

Fig. 9. Triturating surfaces of the first and second true inferior molars of the left side, somewhat worn. 

Fig. 10. Triturating surfaces of the posterior two true superior molars of the left side, a little worn, and 
probably belonging to the same individual as the last specimen. 


Ey AGAy Baie 


Figures of the natural size. 

Oreodon Culbertsonit. 

Hig. 1. The right side of a much fractured skull with the lower jaw, of an adult, containing the full 
complement of teeth quite perfect. In the upper jaw are three incisors, the canine, four premolars, and 
three true molars; in the lower jaw, four incisors, the canine, three premolars, and three true molars. 

Fig. 2. Front view of the three upper and four lower incisors of the right side, from the same specimen 
as the preceding figure. 

Fig. 3. The left side of another adult specimen, which is in a comparatively fine state of preservation. 
It has lost the nasal extremity, post-orbital arch, and zygoma; the latter, however, was entire when the 
specimen was received, but was afterwards accidentally broken off and lost. The upper jaw contains the 
seven molars, and the lower jaw the canine and six molars. 


1 All the Plates are drawn directly from Nature, on stone. Plates 1, 2, 3, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, are by Mr. A. Sonrel, of 
Woburn, Mass.: Plates 4, 7, 13, 14, 16, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, by Mr. A. Frey, of Philadelphia: Plates 5, 6, 12, by Mr. 
A. J. Ibbotson, of Philadelphia: Plates 18, 19, by Mr. F. Schell, of Philadelphia: and Plate 17 by Mr. J. Butler, of 
Philadelphia. 


120 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


PLA THT: , 


Figures of the natural size. 

Oreodon Culbertsonit. 

Fig. 1. View of the base of a skull containing on both sides all the molars perfect, and on the left side 
the canine in the same condition. From an adult male individual. The molar teeth are four premolars 
and three true molars. 

Fig. 2. View of the left side of the same specimen as the last, exhibiting the canine and the succeeding 
series of molars. 

Vig. 3. Inner view of a series of inferior molars of the right side, restored from several different indi- 
viduals. The teeth consist of three premolars and three true molars. 

Fig. 4. View of the masticating surface of the same series as the last. 

Fig. 5. External view of a right posterior inferior molar, removed from its socket. 

Vig. 6. View of the masticating surface of the same tooth as the last. 


PL Ag SNe 


Figures of the natural size. 

Pigs. 1-5. Oreodon Culbertsonit. 

Fig. 1. Upper view of the skull, from the same specimen as figure 8, Plate II. 

Fig. 2. View of the inion or occipital region, from the same specimen as the preceding. 

Fig. 3. View of a specimen upon the left side of the face, exhibiting the orbit and lachrymal depression 
entire. 

Fig. 4. Greater portion of the left side of the lower jaw of a young individual, containing the first pre- 
molar, the succeeding two temporary molars, and the permanent true molars, of which the last is only 
partially protruded. 

Fig. 5. View of the triturating surfaces of the premolars and last temporary true molar, from the same 
specimen as the last. 

Tig. 6. Oreodon major. View of the triturating surfaces of the superior truc molars, of the right side, 
considerably worn. 


Pie Taare 


All the figures are of the natural size. 
Figs. 1, 2. Oreodon Culbertsonii. E F 
Fig. 1. View of the left side of the skull of a young individual. The zygoma, end of the nose, and — 
nearly all the teeth are broken away. In advance of the orbit is observable the large lachrymal depression. 
Fig. 2. View of the base of the same specimen as the last. Upon the right side of the jaw all the 
molars are preserved, consisting of the temporary series and the permanent true molars. The foramina 
visible at the base of the cranium, proceeding backward on each side, are the rotundum, ovale, lacerum, and 
condyloideum. : 
Figs. 8, 4. Oreodon gracilis. , 
Fig. 8. View of the base of the skull of a young animal. ‘The teeth visible on the left side, proceeding 
backward, are, a fragment of the canine, the two fangs of the first premolar, three succeeding temporary 
molars, and two permanent true molars. On the right side are preserved the last temporary true molar ai 
the sueceeding two permanent true molars. The oblique lines indicate a portion of the matrix, in w 
the specimen was originally imbedded. : 
Tig. 4. Superior view of the same specimen ag the last. It presents a remarkable degree of flatness of ' 
the forehead. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATHS. 121 


ep WE De 


All the figures are of the natural size. 

Figs. 1-7. Oreodon gracilis. 

Fig. 1. Upper view of a broken skull. 

Fig. 2. Base view of the same specimen. On the right side the jaw contains entire the last premolar 
and all the true molars of the permanent series. 

Vig. 3. View of the right side of the same specimen as the last. 

Fig. 4. View of the left side of a face and lower jaw of another adult specimen. The upper jaw exhibits 
the last two molars, and the lower jaw the last premolar and all the true molars. The orbit is entire. 

Vig. 5. View of the masticating surfaces of the lower molars of the specimen last indicated. 

Tig. 6. View of the left side of the skull and lower jaw of a young individual, being the same specimen 
represented in Figs. 38,4, Plate V. he orbit is nearly entire. The upper jaw exhibits a series of the first 
premolar restored, the three temporary molars, and the anterior two permanent true molars. The lower 
jaw contains two temporary molars and the succeeding two permanent true molars. 

Fig. 7 represents the masticating surfaces of the inferior teeth last mentioned. 

Figs. 8-11. Oreodon Culbertsonii. 

Hig. 8. Masticatmg surfaces of the inferior posterior five molars of the left side, very much worn. 

Fig. 9. Inner view of the same teeth as those last indicated. 

Fig. 10. Fragment of the lower jaw of the right side of a young animal. It contains the broken canine, 
and the entire last temporary molar and the succeeding two permanent true molars. 

Fig. 11. Outer view of the same specimen as the last. 


eae aR Vet 


Figures all the size of nature. 

Figs. 1-3. Mucrotaphus auritus. 

Wig. 1. View of tlie left side of a portion of the cranium, exhibiting the pars squamoga and the parietal 
bone. 

Hig. 2. Upper view of the same specimen. 

Fig. 38. View of the base of the same specimen, exhibiting the large ossa tympanica, portions of the 
glenoid articulations, and the occipital and sphenoidal bodies. 

Figs. 4-6. Hucrotaphus Jacksont. 

Hig. 4. View of the right side of a portion of the cranium, exhibiting the pars squamosa, the post glenoid 
tubercle, the meatus auditorius externus, and part of the parictal bone. 

Fig. 5. Upper view of the same specimen as the last. The parictal crest is broken away. 

Fig. 6. View of the base of the same specimen. It exhibits one os tympanica with its superficies broken 
off, one glenoid articulation, and the occipital and sphenoidal bodies. 


IP i 40D) WAL ICI 


Figures of the natural size. 

Archaeotherium Mortoni. 

Vig. 1. View of the base of the skull of a young animal. The deciduous teeth had not yet been shed, 
and only the first two permanent true molars had protruded. Upon the left side are exhibited the last two 
permanent premolars, exposed by breaking away deciduous teeth occupying a corresponding position; the 
first two permanent true molars, which are in place; and the last molar, which was exposed by breaking 
away the bone. Upon the right side are exhibited the last two deciduous molars, succeeded by the three 
permanent true molars. 


L228 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


In the specimen, a large mass of matrix occupies the inner surface of the right zygoma, which is allowed 
to remain so as to give strength to the latter. 

Fig. 2. Fragment of the lower jaw of the right side, exhibiting the basal apopbysis, and also presenting 
to view the greater portion of the last temporary molar, beneath which is exposed the last permanent pre- 
molar, and posterior to it the protruded first permanent true molar. 


PL AP i ie 


Archaeotherium Mortont. Figures 1 to 8 are half the diameter of nature, and the remaining figures are 
of the natural size. 

Fig. 1. View of the right side of the skull. The orbital entrance is entire; and in the upper jaw the 
posterior two temporary molars and the anterior two permanent molars are seen. The dotted line represents 
the upper part of the face restored from another specimen. 

Fig. 2. Upper view of the same specimen represented in figure 1. The ossa nasi are represented, in dot- 
ted lines, from another specimen. 

Fig. 8. View of the left side of a facial fragment, from an old individual, containing the posterior two 


permanent promolars. 
Fig. 4. View of the triturating surfaces of the teeth represented in figure 3. 4 
Hig. 5. View of the triturating surfaces of the anterior two permanent true molars of the left side of the 
upper jaw; from an adult individual. 


PAA Be Ke 


Figs. 1-7. Archacotherium Mortoni. All the figures of the natural size except 6 and 7. 

Tig. 1. Outer view of the last two premolars and the true molars of the left side of the upper jaw, from 
the same specimen as Plate VIIL., figure 1. 

Fig. 2. Outer view of the last premolar and the true molars of the left side of the lower jaw. 

Fig. 3. View of the masticating surfaces of the same teeth represented in figure 2. 

Fig. 4. Inner view of the last premolar of the left side of the lower jaw; from the same specimen repre- 
sented in figure 2. 

Fig. 5. Inner view of the penultimate premolar of the left side of the upper jaw; from the same speci- 
men represented in figure 1. 

Fig. 6. Half the diameter of nature. View of the inion or occipital region. Upon the right of the figure, — 
when placed in proper position, the large infundibular expansion of the root of the zygomatie process is 
observed. , 

Fig. 7. Half the diameter of nature. Inner view of the angular portion of the right side of the lower jaw. 
Near its middle the entrance to the dental canal is observable. aa 

Figs. 8-18. Archacotherium robustum. All the figures of the natural size. 

Fig. 8. Outer view of the crown of a canine. 

Fig. 9. Anterior view of the same specimen as the preceding. 

Tig. 10. View of the triturating surface of a fragment of an inferior second true molar of the left side. 

Fig. 11. View of the outer surface of the same specimen represented in figure 10. 

Fig. 12. View of the triturating surface of a fragment of an inferior last true molar of the left aa 

Fig. 18. View of the inner surface of the same specimen represented in figure 12. 

Figs. 14-21. Anchitherium Bairdii. All the figures are of the natural size. 

Fig. 14. Outer view of the posterior five inferior molar teeth of the left side. The last of the series has 
lost its hinder lobe. a 

Tig. 15. View of the masticating surface of the posterior three inferior molars of the left side. From — 
an older individual than the preceding specimen. 

Fig. 16. Outer view of an unworn inferior molar of the right side. 

Fig. 17. Inner view of the same specimen as figure 16. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 12 


OS 


Hig. 18. Outer view of the condyle of the left side of the lower jaw. 

Fig. 19. Posterior view of the same specimen as the preceding. 

Fig. 20. View of the occipital region. 

Vig. 21. View of the base of a skull. The jaw yet contains on both sides the last two molars nearly 
perfect. 


eal Aude H ele 


All the figures are of the natural size. 

Anchitherium Bairdit. 

Wig. 1. View of the left side of a skull, with the zygoma and fore-part of the face broken away. In the 
jaw may be observed the posterior two molars entire. 

Fig. 2. Upper view of the same specimen as the last. 

Hig. 3. Masticating surfaces of all the right superior molar tecth except the first, which is small, and in 
the specimen is broken away. 

Fig. 4. Outer view of the same specimen as the last. The surface of the teeth is much injured from the 
influence of the weather. 

Fig. 5. Portion of the right side of the lower jaw attached to a mass of matrix. It contains the posterior 
two molar teeth. 

Hig. 6. Inner view of a portion of the right side of the lower jaw containing the posterior five molar teeth. 
From the same specimen as figure 14, Plate X. 

Fig. 7. View of the masticating surfaces of the latter-mentioned teeth. 

Fig. 8. View of the masticating surfaces of six inferior molars of the left side. 


PAG iy XO 


Figures half the diameter of Nature. 

Ehinoceros occidentalis. 

Fig. 1. View of the base of theskull. The left zygoma is preserved nearly entire, and upon the same side 
of the jaw all the molars except the first, which is, however, whole upon the right side. A portion of the 
left occipital condyle remains; and in adyance of it may be observed the anterior condyloid foramen, the 
mastoid process, the post-glenoid process, and the glenoid articulation. 

Fig. 2. View of the left side of the skull. The face is much mutilated, but the form of the orbit is 
comparatively well preserved. The zygoma is almost entire, and posterior to its root is observed the meatus 
anditorius, formed between the post-glenoid and mastoid processes. By the restoration of the first tooth of 
the series, all the molars are exhibited quite perfect. 


Pac AW He xe TT 


Wigs. 1-4. Half the diameter of nature; the remaining two of the natural size. 

Ethinoceros occidentalis. 

Fig. 1. View of the top of the skull, from the same specimen as Plate XII. 

Hig. 2. Fragment of the left side of the lower jaw containing the last two molars, viewed from without. 
ig. 3. Fragment of the left side of the lower jaw, containing the three molars anterior to the last. 

Hig. 4. View of the triturating surfaces of the teeth, from the same specimen as the last. 

Figs. 5, 6. Outer view of two inferior, slightly worn, molars of the right side. 


124 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


PL Aw Be ave 


Rhinoceros Nebrascensis. 

Figs. 1, 2. Two-thirds the diameter of nature. View of the left side of a much mutilated face and lower 
jaw. In the upper jaw are seven molar teeth, the triturating surfaces of which, from the same specimen, 
are represented of the natural size in Fig. 8, Plate XV. The lower jaw contains six molars entire. 

Fig. 8. The size of nature, represents the triturating surfaces of the teeth last mentioned, from the 
same specimen. 

Figs. 4-8. Different views of superior molars, which had not yet protruded from the jaws, and therefore 
were entirely unworn. Of the natural size. 

Vig. 4. External view of the anterior four molars of the left side. 
5. View of the triturating surfaces of the same teeth. 
Fig. 6. Internal view of the same teeth. 
Fig. 7. View of the anterior side of the third right superior molar. 
Fig. 8. View of the posterior side of the same specimen as the last. 
Fig. 9. Triturating surfaces of the teeth from the same specimen represented in the succeeding figure. — 
Natural size. 

Fig. 10. Fragment of the left side of the lower jaw of a very young animal, viewed upon its outer a 
and ee the last temporary molar and the first succeeding permanent molar. 

Fig. 11. One-half the diameter of nature. View of the forehead taken from the same specimen as 
figure 1. 

Vig. 12. Two-thirds the diameter of nature. View of the inion or occipital region, represented from the — 
same specimen as Figs. 1, 2, Plate XV. 

Fig. 13. View of the triturating surfaces of the entire series of the superior molars of the right side, 
from a different individual from any other indicated. Natural size. 

Vig. 14. Fragment of an upper jaw of the right side of a young animal, exhibiting the triturating 
surfaces of the posterior three temporary molars. Natural size. ‘ 


Po ATE xave 


Rhinoceros Nebrascensis. 

Figs. 1, 2. Two-thirds the diameter of nature. ; 

Fig. 1. View of the right side of a skull, with the top broken away its whole length. The specimen 
belonged to a very old individual, as the molar teeth are nearly worn away to the fangs. - 

Vig. 2. View of the base of the skull from the same specimen as the last. The characteristic enamelled 
triturating surfaces of the molars are entirely obliterated. ‘ 

Tig. 3. The size of nature. It represents the triturating surfaces of the superior molars of the left sie, ; 


PLAT, KV. 


Titanotherium Proutit. 
Figs. eee One- third the diameter of nature. 


sree true sonics and the fangs of that in advance. & 
Fig. 8. One-half the eee of nature. View of the triturating surface of the true molars, from t 
same specimen as figure 2. 
Figs. 4—7. Two-thirds the diameter of nature. 
Figs. 4, 5. Fragment of a left posterior superior molar. Fig. 4. Outer view of the entire portion of 
fragment. Tig. 5. View of the masticating surface of the same fragment. This last presents the extern 
anterior cusp with two pits at its base, and the large internal conical lobe. 


HXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 125 


a 


Figs. 6, 7. Fragment of a superior true molar. Fig. 6. Inner view. Tig. 7. Triturating surface of the 
same specimen, presenting a large conical lobe, with portion of an enamelled pit at the outer side of its 
base. 

Figs. 8-12. The size of nature. 

Figs. 8-10. A second? inferior molar of the left side. Fig. 8. The triturating surface. Fig. 9. The 
outer view. Fig. 10. The inner view, which is a vertical plane. 

Figs. 11, 12. An inferior canine tooth, the size of nature. Fig. 11. Outer view. Fig. 12. Inner view. 


Je AINSI IE 


All the figures of the natural size, except 8-10, which are two-thirds the diameter. 

Figs. 1-10. Vitanotherium Proutii. 

Figs. 1-3. A superior premolar. Fig. 1. Inner view. Fig. 2. Outer view. Vig. 8. View of the tritu- 
rating surface. 

Fig. 4. View of the triturating surface of another superior premolar. 

Figs. 5, 6. Fragment of a superior premolar. Fig. 5. View of the triturating surface. Fig. 6. Inner 
view. 

Hig. 7. View of the triturating surface of a fragment of a superior premolar. 

Figs. 8-10. A last posterior inferior molar of the left side. Fig. 8. Outer view. Fig. 9. View of the 
triturating surface. Fig. 10. Inner view. 

Figs. 11-13. Palaeotheriwm giyanteum. Views of three fragments of as many superior molar tecth ; 
being single external lobes seen upon their outer face. 


Peas a xO A ISL. 


Figures of the natural size. 

Machairodus primacvus. 

Fig. 1. View of the right side of a skull, with the lower jaw. The symphysis of the latter, upper inci- 
sors, and zygoma are broken away. The upper jaw presents a portion of the canine, and the second to the 
last molar inclusive; and in the lower jaw the first and a portion of the second molars are visible. 

Fig. 2. Superior view of the right half of the same specimen as the preceding. 

Fig. 3. View of the left side of the lower jaw, containing the three molars and a portion of the upper 
jaw, exhibiting the second molar, from the same specimen as the preceding. 

Fig. 4. Outer view of the right inferior canine, which was attached to the mass of matrix adhering to the 
preceding specimen. 

Fig. 5. Front or anterior view of the same tooth. 


IE TERACD ES XC TEXE: 


Figures two-thirds the diameter of nature. 
Testudo Nebrascensis. 

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of the carapace. 

Fig. 2. Lateral view of the carapace. 

Fig. 3. Inferior view of the sternum. 


17 


126 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


PLATE XX. 


Figures half the diameter of nature. a 
Testudo hemispherica. apie a ¥ 
Fig. 1. Dorsal view of the carapace. tas gh 
Fig. 2. View of the sternum. a : 


‘PLATE as | 


Figures half the diameter of nature. : = a 
Testudo Owent. Verhy. . 
Fig. 1. Dorsal view of the carapace. 
Fig. 2. View of the sternum. 


a 


PLATE XX1i. 


Figures one-third the diameter of nature. spiel 
Testudo Culbertsonii. oe! Soe 
Fig. 1. Dorsal view of the carapace, we 
Fig. 2. View of the sternum. = 


PLATE XXIII. 


Figures one-fourth the diameter of nature. 
Testudo lata. 

Fig. 1. Dorsal view of the carapace. 

Fig. 2. View of the sternum. 


PLATE XXIV. 


Fig. 1. One-fourth the diameter of nature; ; the remaining figures one-third. 
Fig. 1. View of the left side of the carapace of Testudo lata. 4 
Fig. 2. View of the left side of the carapace of Testudo Culbertsonit. 
Fig. 3. View of the left side of the carapace of Testudo hemispherica. — 
Fig. 4. View of the left side of the carapace of Testudo Oweni. . 
aor. . , Lael oe tS 


PUBLISHED BY THE purr esone ye ) 


WASHINGTON, D.C. Seas 


JUNE, 1858. 


Pilate I 


| 


Printed by Tappan & Bradford 
A’ Sonrel on stone fom nat 


4 POKBROTHERIUM WILSONII, Leidy. 510 ACRIOCHOERUS ANTIQUUS, Leidy. 


Plate WW 


Seonce 
Sovrel on stone from nat Printed by Tappan & Aradford 


ORMODO IN CHOATE SO INTL Ines 


Plate Ill. 
Sel 


A’ Sonal on stone) Rom nat: Printed by Tappan & Bradford 


3 OREODON CULBERTSONII, Leidy. 


Plate IV. 


A Frey Del. T Sinclairs Lith. Phila, 


1-5, OREODON CULBERTSONIL heidy. 
6, ORHODON MAJOR, heidy. 


Piave: avi 


4 = 
A Qilbotson Del. T. Sinclairs Lith. Phila 


1,2, OREODON CULBERTSONII, heidy. 
3,4 OREODON GRAGILIS, Leidy. 


mo) 
os 


93 


ct 


l- 7, OREODON GRAGILIS, Lerdy. 
8-ll OREODON CULBERTSONII, Leidy- 


T 


Sinclain 


Lith Phila 


Pilate: Valli 


Las | 
Afrey Del T.Sinclairs Lith, Phila: 


1-8, BUCROTAPHUS AURITUS, heady. 
4-6, RUCROTAPHUS JAGKSONI, Leidy. 


A.Sonrel on atone from r 


ND TAKTT 


OTHERIUM MORIONI, Leidy 


Plate 


ro|= 


Printed by Tappan & Bradford 


A Sonrel  S-1m nat: 


ARCHAEOTHERIUM MORTONI, Leidy. 


ae, 
Ror rahe bs 


ju 
- 


Plate X. 


Princed by Tappan & Bradford 


* A. Sonrel, from mat: on stone 


1-7, ARCHAEOTHERIUM MORTONI,Leidy. S-ld, A. ROBUSTUM, Leidy. 
| : 44-91 ANCHITHERIUM BAIRDII , Leidy. 


Printed by Tappan & Bradford 


A Sonrel on’stone from nat 


ANCHITHERIUM BAIRDII, Leidy. 


Plate XII, 


| 


[Sinclair's Lith Phila 


A JIbbotson Del. : 


RHINOCEROS OCCIDENTALIS, leidy. 


d Pilate Culie 


_ A-Frey, Del. T Sinclairs Iith.Pinla. 


RHINOCEROS OCCIDENTALIS, Leidy. 


a 
~ 


ive 


Plate XIV. 


Phila 


slairs Tith 


Sime 


A Frey Dal 


RHINOCEROS NEBRASCENSIS Leidy 


; Plate XV. 


Re J 


A-Sonrel on stone mone vat Printed by Tappan & Bradford 


RHINOCEROS NEBRASCENSIS, Leidy. 


Plate XVI 


T.Sinclairs Lith. Phila. 


_TITANOTHERIUM PROUTIL, Leidy. 


Plate XVII: 


T.Sinclairs Lith. Phila 


“1Buder Del 


dy. 


Ui Me 


O 


Plate. XVIII 


— 
F\Schell, Del. 


MACHAITRODUS PRIMARVUS, Leidy and Owen. 


- —l 
T.Sinclairs lith Phila 


PIM d APT SareTOUIS 


‘ApIOT ‘SISNFOSVHEEN OdALS aI 180 19453 


ems , ~ Dane aTe[g : * in - * ; : Pace: ” ; ~ : ‘ 


Plate KX 


Ty Sinclairs Lith) lala 


HE MISPHERIOA, Leidy. 


TES TUDO 


A Frey. Del 


re Aptey INHMO OGNLS TL oor 


niles 


NII Leidy. 


$0 


SUDO CULE Rae 


ay | 


Dd WET sarepourg 7, 


tilsry 


TIX Ste TT 


ApeT VIVT OCALSTL 


Flaite SOC, 


TE, ve (2. 1, (CUILIBIEIECT SOINLOL. 


-Sinclain’s 


= 


ERICA. 4.7. OWEN. 


ah 
it 


O.T. HEMISP 


A.Frey Del. 


OCCULTATIONS 


OF 


PLANETS AND STARS BY THE MOON, 


DURING THE YEAR 


COMPUTED BY JOHN DOWNES, 


AT THE 


EXPENSE OF THE FUND APPROPRIATED BY CONGRESS 


FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A 


Aautical Almanac, 


AND PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION. 


Wot Ss H i NG.) ON. 
1858. 


er 


& 

» i, a 
£ were 
4 ‘ f 

, vee 
} ; 
; J 
a 4 


o 
‘ 
a 
we Pecy 
i 
Qeve ee 
‘ey rs 
P 4 
ars \? 
4 
‘ 
i ‘ 
h, 
: i 
‘ 


alg ee | pa 
al roi es J 
wt se oe, . 
<r See 
*1 & ~ 
— at 


ATL QOO. 


“2 


gr oe < 40 a eS 
r}¢F i ry ri : tA) 
f f . 4 q eis 
} ¥ d Lf 
*. - - we h te hemo 
e 
yes 
Whee 
sen 


. 
P Fi yy te ‘ie a 
; Bee RR ie a 
é * Se | 7 \ 


-¥ 
* i PE ee 
4 e ; 
i ; et vir 
ae a 
r A 
aes ee sy 
- 
a as en 
. e 2 
‘ ] 
‘ie Doh i ulin Oe hi 


Smithsonion Sustitution, 


PREFACE. 


For the purpose of facilitating the accurate determination of the geogra- 
phical position of important points in the United States, the Regents of the 
Smithsonian Institution authorized the preparation of lists of occultations 
and co-ordinates of reduction to particular places for the years 1848 and 
1849. Congress has, since, ordered the publication of an American Nautical 
Almanac; and, as lists of Occultations will form a regular part of this ephe- 
meris, Mr. Preston, the late Secretary of the Navy, directed that the expense 
of computing these tables for 1850 should be defrayed from the appro- 


 priation for the almanac—the printing and distribution to be done by the 


Smithsonian Institution. A similar order has been given by Mr. Kennedy, 
the present Secretary of the Navy, relative to the tables for 1853. 

Copies of these elements will be forwarded to all persons disposed to’ 
advance the science of geography, with the request, that the results of the 
observations which may be made, be sent to the Smithsonian Institution, or 
published in some accessible scientific journal. 

The following remarks will give a more definite idea of the nature and 
object of this publication. 


JOSEPH HENRY, Secretary S. I 
CHARLES H. DAVIS, Superintendent of the Nautcal Almanac. 


The present lists of occultations are very much extended by the introduc- 
tion of occultations visible on any part of the earth. The form of the list 
is also somewhat altered; that which is now adopted will probably be 
retained in the astronomical ephemeris. 


4 PREFACE. 


Bessel’s formule (Astron. Nachr., No. 145, and Astron. Jahrbuch for 1831) 
are preserved unaltered. The several columns of the general list now 
contain, 1, the date; 2, the star’s name; 3, the star’s magnitude; 4, the 
limiting parallels of visibility; 5, Washington mean time of the moon’s true 
conjunction with the star in right ascension; 6, Washington hour angle, in 
time, of the star at the time of true conjunction ; 7, co-ordinate q at the time 
of true conjunction; 8, hourly variation p’ of co-ordinate p; 9, hourly varia- 
tion g of co-ordinate g; 10, logarithmic sine of the star’s declination; 
11, logarithmic cosine of the star’s declination. 

At the time of true conjunction p = 0; for any other time & + (¢), p= (4) p’, 
andg=y + (t)¢. 

H being for true conjunction, 4 = H+ sidereal equivalent of (¢), and, for 
the same reason, 7’= o¢ + (f). The notation is made to correspond to these 
changes. 

The sign + will hereafter be given to west longitudes, and the sign — to 
east longitudes. The value of the constant % has been changed by re- 
taining Mr. Airy’s correction of the lunar parallax, and rejecting the cor- 
rection of ;; part of semi-diameter, which was before applied. The small 


table containing the values of log. A = eee and of log. B= 
it 
¥ (lL — & sin’ ¢) 
The object in increasing the general list is, to provide the means of fre- 
quent determinations of the longitude throughout the earth; to make it 
especially useful to geographers in general, to the boundary and other sur- 
veyors of the Government in the interior, to the coast survey of the United 
States on both oceans, and to the explorers of unknown parts of the 
continent. 
At the close of the general list will be found Bessel’s formule, and an 
example of their use, together with some suggestions as to the manner in 


is retained. 


which the lists may be rendered more convenient to those who resort to — 


them habitually. 
CHARLES HENRY DAVIS, Superintendent. 


op 


ee 


ELEMENTS 5 


For facilitating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 18538. 


Limiting 
Parallels. Washington At Washington Mean Time of O. 
Star’s Name. . Mean Time 


North: | gouth- | of O- 
ern. ern. 


Ry 


14 Log sin D |Logcos D|# 


o ° ko om 
—15|—83 | 0 05.9 
+53|/—28} 9 20.5 
—30|—83 | 4 27.6 
+82/+ 9 | 10 38.3 
+81 | +39 | 10 


x Virginis 
{| c Virginis 
11 Virginis 
94 Virginis 
95 Virginis 
£1 Libree 

ot Libree 

o? Libre 

¢ Libree 

3 Libree 

¢* Libree 

q Libre 

6 Libre 

y Scorpio 
 Ophiuchi 


x Ophiuchi 


—0.9927 |0.5396 +9.1119/9.9963 |} 
+0.2242| .5404| —. +8.8577| .9989 || 
—1.1814] .5398] —. +9.0621| .9971 |i 
+0.8884) .5504) —. —9.1534| .9956 |} 
+ 1.2688) .5494| —. —9.1751| 9951 |i 


—0.8134) .5643 —9.2919| -9915 |f 
0.5342) .5677 —9-4134| .9849 |f 
—0.0487) .5700 —9.4016) .9857 | 
I.IL51) .5681 —9.4456| .9824 |f 
+0.8160] .5692 —9.4430| .9826 |} 


—9.4495| -9821 
—9.4186) .9845 |f 
—9.4480] .9522 |i 
a9 STAB “9755 18 
—9-5275| -9739'|8 


—9.4927| .9779 | 
—9.5698| .9678 |8 
—9-5613| .9691 |f 
—9.5640) .9687 |f 
25583) LYS)! 


—9.5602| .9693 } 
—9.5595) -9694 \f 
— 9.5366) .9727 |f 
—9.5243| -9743 |I 
—9.4823) .9790 | 


—9.4225) .9843 |f 
—9-4083] .9853 |} 
—9.3948| .9862 |f 
—9.3319| -9897 | 
—9-2349| -9935 |k 


—9:-2392) -9934 \f 
—9.2572| .9928 |f 
—9.0756) .9969 | 
— 9.0561) .9972 |F 
—8.5309| -9997 |f 


+8.4619| .9998 
+8.6945| -9995 |i 
+8.9172| .9985 
+9.1518] .9956 |i 
+9-2371) -9934 fj 


+9.2352) .9935 |p 
+9-2444) .0932 |5 
+9-5174) -9751 |f 
+9.4878) .9785 
+9.4916| .9780 |} 


+9.5060| .9764 |f 
+9.5093] -9761 


COCO He COM” 


flt+t 


pO ard 
+65) —11 | 19 
+31) —43 | 20 14.8 
+74| +26 | 22 25.6 
+74|—18 | 23 26.9 


SE Yap || BGs 
Se | ae 
—12z|—go 05.8 
+71 |—24 
+59|—I1 


= 


HON wWrnodrH 


eee 


+0.8806] .5699 
—1.1657) .5790 
—0.8065|] .5809 
+0.6979| .5804 
+0.5249| .5840 
—49 | —9o 1.2348] .5906 
JUPITER +68|)+ 8 +0.8351 18ty 
B.A.C. 5758 +20] —70 : —0.1053| .5952 
VENUS +20|—46 —0.0950| .5456 
€ Ophiuchi —46 | —go : —I1.1553] .6020 


B.A.C. 5866 
@ Capricor. 
« Capricor. 
x Capricor. 


B.A.C. 7666 


56 Aquarii 
zt Aquarii 
2? Aquarii 
74 Aquarii 
4 Aquarii 


Pie eee 


+ 
(o} 


DN wn AHA DAPADA ADDI 


Pie 


ANDAn Mir BHP PHL WOW HF 


—30|—go —0.9521| .6021 
+69|+12 +0.8960| .5682 
+70] +23 +1.0457| .5599 
+70|+ 6 +0.8100] .5595 
+48 | —23 0.3095) .5535 
+43 | —30 +0.1725| .5428 
+75 | +35 + 1.2148] .5346 
+76/ +11 +0.9036) .5343 
= 9/ =e —o.8121| .5362 
—40 | —9go —1.2439| .5288 


—I4|—90 —0.9241| .5264 
+18 | —61 BOBS SESS 
-+-74| —10 +0.5665| .S119 
+80|— 6 +0.6357| .5110 
+57|—24 +0.2939| .5028 
+18 | —65 
— 4|—87 
S530 || a 
aed |) ae 

o|—79 
+15 | —66 
+90] +21 
+10 
+90 
+90 


MAP ARD AMI AD Wa 


byt 


4? Aquarii 

4° Aquarii 

30 Piscium 
33 Piscium 
20 Ceti 


tops 


KH CODD YNwWwwNnw PON AH 


—0.4128| .5012 
—o0.8194| .5006 
—0.0454| .5018 
—0.0982] .5025 
—0.7382| .5028 


—0.4742| .5035 
+-1.0146! .5084 
—1.0882} .5252 
=-1.2451| .5342 
+ 1.0842] .5335 


+0.6190] .5335 
+-0.7018| +5343 
—0.0264| .5425 +9.5617| .9690 |; 
+0.0764| .5439 | +9.5642| .9687 |i 
+0.1361)0.5481 +9.572419-9674 


33 Ceti 

Jf Piscium 
v Piscium 
£ Ceti 

& Avietis 


|+1++ 


AAM AD Uupuihn 


ie 


B.A.C.755 
B. A. C. 830 
ot Tauri 

Rumk. 1159 
Rumk. 1162 


B.A.C. 1361 
= Tauri 

¢ Tauri 

105 Tauri 
nm Vauri 


+84 


= 
OuMwm RO MOn™ O 


+33 
+44 
+48 


fee es Gee te ta a ete ee tte 


Mahe A AMADA 


teete ttt 


_ 


_— 7 a 


ELEMENTS 


For facilitating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1853. 


a 


Limiting = 
Parallels. Washington At Washington Mean Time of O’. 


Star’s Name. . Mean Time 
p of O. 
| a H Y v' | ¢ | toca. |e 


° ° h m, 5 re 

+88 | +11 | 23 48.6 +0.6397|0.5512] +.0903| +9.5699|9.9678 
+55|— 6] 16 14.7 +0.2469| -5594| +.0553| +9.5966| .9632 
+90] +65 | 21 02.6 +1.2685| .5656| +.0444| +9.5837| .9655 
—z8| —65 | 1146.1 —1.0797|. .5665| —.0442| +9.6218] .9582 
+37 | —27 | 13 02.0 —0.0509] .5701| —.1045] +9.5735| .9672 


+11|—63] 1 48.0 —0.5321| -5591] —.1753] +9-4776| -9795 
—31|—79 | 12 35-7 —1.1806| .5468| —.2218| +9.2935| -9914 
—24| —81 | 22 31.2 —1.1046| .5462) —.2304| +9.1979| -9945 
Be) lame W/o] roe ihre) +0.5994| -5473| —-2304| +9.1071| -9964 
—24|—83 48.0 —1.1161| .5438| —.2352| +9.1118| .9963 


—43 | —83 06.4 —1.3059| .5428] —.2379| +9.0620| -9971 
+45 | —35 56.3 +0.0877| .5437| —.2402| +8.8575| .9989 
+70|—13 02.4 +0.5082| .5449| —.2407| —8.9086] .9986 
+80 ° 11.3 +0.7411| .5478| —.2335| —9.1528| -9956 
+81 | +12 250 +1.1233| -5475| —.2336| —9.1752| -9951 


iis} | Gye) 49.3 —0.9681| .5582| —.2144 deel -9915 
+57|—19 26.3 +0.3964| .5614| —.1992| —9.4134| -9849 
+24|—51 19.2 —0.1921| .5637 1976| —9.4016] .9857 
+74| +-16 32.9 +0.9851| .5607 1947| —9.4456| .9824 
+73|— 3 35-6 +0.6832| .5624| —.1932| —9.4430| .9826 


+72|+ 1 33-5 +0.7494| .5628 1916| —9.4495] .9821 
—57 21.8 —1.3158| .5706 1837| —9.4186| .9845 
=i 6) 28.3 —0.9499| .5729 1770| —9.4480| .9822 
pio +64|— 8 03.1 +0.5781| .5724 1624] —9.5143| .9755 
 Ophiuechi +52|—I7 04.0 +0.4071] .5757 1526] —9.5275] .9739 
B.A.C.5758 +14 11.4 —0.2144| .5860 1154| —9.5613| .9691 
JUPITER +39 | —25 05.0 +0.2654| .5793 1030| —9.5803| .9660 
— Ophiuchi —6I 07.1 —1.2720| .5928 IOII| —9.5533| -9703 
B.A.C. 5866 —38 35-9 —1.0649| .5924| —.0987| —9.5602| .9693 
c? Ophiuchi 12.3 +1.2703| .5837| —.0913| —9.6067| .9613 


B.A.C. 5954 —1.0457| .5947| —.0837| —9.5702| .9677 
4 Sagittarii +0.3558] .5906 0631) —9.6059| .9614 
B.A.C. 6088 —0.7387| .5957| —.0605| —9.5878| .9648 |i 
7 Sagittarii +0.7709| .5889| —.0605| —9.6140] .9598 
B.A.C. 6161 +0.0174| .5932| —.0499| —9.6046| .9616 |ff 


24 Sagittarii 48.5 +0.1115] .5936 
B.A.C. 63.43 38.0 —0o.4695]| .5962 
26 Sagittarii 56.1 —0.1485| .5947 
B.A.C. 6369 04.2 +1.0469| .5891 
B.A.C. 6448 Hedy —0.8341| .5978 


B.A.C. 6576 09.5 + 0.3123] .5914 
x! Sagittarii 59-7 +0.7702! .5883 
2° Sagittarii 06.1 +0.2153] .5909 
h Sagittarii 15.5 +1.1604] .5835 
B.A.C. 6864 —0.2541| .5845 


275 
i Aquarii 57.6 —I.1122| .5309 
¥ Aquarii 59-3 —0.79I11| “5301 
¥ Aquarii 30.4 —0.2244| .5290 
30 Piscium 23.4 +0.7471] .5159 
33 Piscium +0.8011/0.5148 


o Tauri 

1 Geminor. 
7 Geminor. 
x Geminor. 
y Caneri 


he 


m Leonis 
c Leonis 
€ Virginis 
v Virginis 
z Virginis 


ue 


we 


11 Virginis 
e Virginis 
80 Virginis 
94 Virginis 
95 Virginis 
£1 Libra 

ot Librae 

0 Libre 

¢* Libree 

63 Libree 

& Libree 

n Libre 

6 Libra 

» Scorpio 


N™N OorO OM ON™N YN 


er 
pis 
helt | 


bop bot 
| 
N 


I 
I 
I 
1 
2 


HDAmMEBPHH ASPADAA ADAMA VmPuihw SPP 
COW & 


t+4e4¢ ¢41 


ei 


—38 10.3 
2501 
17.2 
3752 
07.2 


Neen o owmQnnx# 


Rees 


taal Ald 


.0284| —9.6117| .9603 
0230| —9.6028| .9620 
0176| —9.6087) .9608 
0149| —9.6285| .9567 
.0040] —9.5982)| .9629 
.0176, —9.6165} .9593 
.0283| —9.6225| .9580 | 
.0283] 9.6135] .9599 
.0388| —9.6266| .9572 | 
.0643| —9.5943| .9636 | 


.2113| —9.2349| - 
.2121| —9.2392| .9934 
.2121| —9.2572| .9928 
2244 —9.0756| .9969 
2250) —9.0561|9.9972 


|+4+4++ 
SIN DON POUND MN 


eI 


COWOWO)O HAWN FHP HWWWH HHWWWN 
ABRAM ANDAMA ADAADA AADANMD “HOF 


t++44 4444 


$4444 


— oe 


ELEMENTS 7 


For facilitating the Caleulation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1858. 


Limiting 
Parallels, Washington 
Star’s Name. . Mean Time 


North- | south. | of O- 


ern. ern. Y Pp 


At Washington Mean Time of oO 5 


7 


7 Log sin D |Logcos D |} 


+29 i 20 50.2 
+ 8/—791 o 44.8 
+50] —30 | 13 32.4 
+47|—3t] 6 35.6 
+13 | —68 f 12 55.4 


33 Ceti 

Jf Piscium 

y Piscium 

£1 Ceti 

= Avietis 

B. A.C. 755 
ot Tauri 
Rumk. 1162 
B.A.C. 1361 
e Tauri 


—0.2016]0.5054 
—0.6034] .5046 
+0.1776] .5o40 
+ 0.1336] .5047 
0.5041] .5048 
—0.2422] .5055 
—0.8676} .5229 
1.3053) .5319 
+0.8373] .5308 
+0.9191| .5325 


eRbii7/cr)\) ob sie 
+0.2743| .5411 
+ 0.3302] .$440 
+0.8302| .5480 
—1.1978] .5429 


+0.4161) .5555 
+0.6899) .5574 
—0.6998] .5525 
+0.9570| .5589 
—I.1AI0} .5564 
+0.5110| .5649 
—0.1852| .5632 


+8.4619|9.9998 |} 
+8.6945) .9995 |f 
+8.9172] .9985 | 
+9.1517| .9956 |f 
T2357 OO3 i 


#92352) .9935 |f 
+9-5174| .9751 |f 
+9-4914] .9780 |f 
+9.5060| .9764 | 
+9.5093| .9761 


+9.5617| .9690 |} 
+9.5642| .9687 |H 
+9-5725| .9674 |f 
+9.5699] .9678 |} 
+9.6082] .9609 |f 


+9.5966| .9632 i 
+9-5942| .9636 |f 
+9.6168) .9592 || 
+9.5907) .9642 |f 
+9.6303] .9563 |i 
+9.6055] .9615 |} 
+9.6165] .9593 |i 


+26] —SI } 13 57.6 
ae ee 55.6 
+90] +61 04.7 
a) || See, 44-5 
+90 | +22 Bier 


NWNHHO ONO YW AF 


v Tauri 
105 Tauri 
nm Tauri 
o Tauri 
12t Tauri 


+50] —16 02.0 
+57 | —I10 18.8 
+67|— 6 Bal 
+90] +22 30.2 
—41 —66 02.5 


+67|-+ 2 05.4 
+90 +18 36.6 

o| —64 22.6 
+90 | +46 46.3 
—35 | —65 41.2 
+75 +12 15.7 
+29] —25 46.4 | 
+30|—25 | 7 07.4 —0.1715| .5650 +9.6157| .9594 |i 
—22| —65 04.4 —1.0046| .5618 + 9.6283] .9568 || 
—i9 | —65 53.0 —0.9770] .5648) —. +9.6218] .9582 


+57|/— 6 17.9 +0.2787] .5711 +9.5928} .9639 || 
+40 | —24 08.9 +0.0038] .5702 +9.5735| .9672 
+10 | —64 33-8 —9.5512} .5499 +9.4776| .9795 || 
—39|—79 40.4 —1.2682] .5538 +9.2936] .9914 |f 
—33|—81 Mog —I1.2117| .5522 +9.1978) .9945 


+69|—14 37.6 +0.4690] .5546 +9.1071| .9964. |} 
—35 | —83 27.0 —1.2405] .5514 +9.1118| .9963 |i 
+26| —43 20.8 —0.0698| .5516 +8.8575) .9989 |f 
+86| +27 00.0 +1.1566] .5516 —8.8600| .9989 |} 
+86] +39 +1.2806| .5512 —8.8846] .9987 || 
+0.2875) .5525 —8.9086) .9986 |f 
+0.5033) 5549 —9-1537] -9956 |} 
+0.8814| .5542 —9-1753| -9951 |f 
+-1.2173] -5543 — 9.2216) .9939 

—1.2084| .5641 —9.2920] .9915 | 
—9-4134| .9849 |f 
—9.4456| .9824 

—9-4431| .9826 | 
—9-4495| .9821 
— 9.4480] .9822 | 
—9.5213| .9746 |i 
+-1.1084| +5698 —9.5212| .9746 |i 
—22 +0.3298) .5737 Sai ill Bie 
=i : +0.1615| .5763 —9-5275| -9739 |f 
+32 + 1.1505 /0.5734 —9-5572|9-9697 |} 


AIDA HANAAA Vai Aa 


1 Geminor. 
3 Geminor. 
5 Geminor. 
6 Geminor. 
« Geminor. 


B.A.C. 2238 
« Geminor. 
48 Geminor. 
52 Geminor. 
% Geminor. 


EF Rees Boeck FREE Sra 


fle 
He OHO OWWAB QOH PH NNO 
siete mst peste tcnest= teat teenth 


wt Cancri 
y Cancri 
m Leonis 
+ Leonis 
é Virginis 


| 
iS) 


= 


Neale eee 


y Virginis 
x Virginis 
ce Virginis 
65 Virginis 
B.A.C. 4478 
80 Virginis 
94 Virginis 
95 Virginis 
x Virginis 
&* Libre 

ot Librae 

¢* Librae 

3 Libree 

¢* Libree 

9 Libree 


gt Scorpii 
B? Scorpii 
y Scorpii 
 Ophiuchi 
« Ophiuchi 


DAMA MPHBP HA PADAA & AAA 
CON An 


te] 


ot 
ot 


+56 | —25 
+69|—I4 
+81/+ 8 
+80] +33 
me) 

° 

—— 17) 


—13 
—9o 


t++4] 


+0.1449| .5661 
+0.7311; .5655 
+0.4315| .5667 
+0.4971] .5671 
—1.1978) .5759 
-+-1.1120] .5697 


+27 
+27 


COM COCO WAN HO KWON AD 


ar ward lof 


MAPA N PAD A ALP AAD 


8 ELEMENTS 


For facilitating the Caleulation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1853. 


Limiting » 
At Washin; Mean Time of O - 
Parallels. | washington poe of 


Mean Time 


of O. 


y 


Yi p 7 Log sin D |Logcos D 


c? Ophiuchi 2 43.1 
JUPITER 18.3 
4 Sagittarii 03.8 
7 Sagittarii 16.2 
24 Sagittarii 38.6 
B.A.C. 6343 29.9 
26 Sagittarii 49-3 
B.A.C. 6369 58.6 
B.A.C. 6448 29.6 
+ Sagittarii 16.0 
B.A.C. 6576 
x! Sagittarii 
x? Sagittarii 
ht Sagittarii 
h? Sagittarii 
B.A.C. 6864 
4 Capricor. 

B.A.C. 7049 
17 Capricor. 
m Capricor. 


+1.0486|0.5807) —.0911| —9.6067|9.9612. 
6} —0.3181] .5827) —.0859| —9.5854| . 
+0.1423]| .5868] —.0606| —9.6059| . 
+0.5616| .5852| —.o580| —9.6140] « 
—0.1005| .5884| —.0263| —9.6116] . 


| —0.6699| .5909} —.0210| —9.6029| .« 
— 0.3447] -5894| —.0184) —9.6087 
+0.8618| .5836| —.0131| —9.6285] . 
—1.0283) .5917| —.0025 ese 
+1.2511| .5798) +.0186| —9.6341 


Oner de MAP RMF 


17.6 4| +0.1392| .5849| +.0186| —9.6165 
12.5 +0.6077| .5818) +.0291| —9.6225 
19.0 +0.0477| .5844| +.0291| —9.6135 
33-6 + 1.0123] .5788| +.0394 =46aenld 
49.6 +1.1959| -5782| +.0394| —9.6293 
58.8 —0.4032| .5808] +.0668| —9.5943] . 
53:3 —0.8030| .5789] +.0836| —9.5784| . 
41.5 +0.2603) .5729] +.0929| —9.5897 
45.7 +0.0048] .5698 1085| —9.5744] .9) 
38.9 —0.6454| .5678) +.1253) —9.5430| .9; 


25.5 +0.9943| .5604] +.1293| —9.5695] « 
51.7 +0.3821| .5630 1293| —9.5572| - 
31.8 +0:9480] .5592 1351| —9.5594| .96 
04.5 + 1.0452] .5522 1535] —9-5366| . 
+0.8160] .5521 1569| —9.5243 


+0.3459| -5479 98 —9.4823 


x Capricor. 
27 Capricor. 
@ Capricor. 
e Capricor. 
x Capricor. 


ANAAKD AnuNnwn HPHHPHRHP PWWWH WWW NH 
= 


eee ele al 


29 Aquarii 
33 Ceti 

Jf Piscium 
» Piscium 


& Ceti 


€ Arietis 

B; A.C. 755 
38 Arietis 
SATURN 29.2 
ot Tauri 


39.8 
05.7 
59-7 
44.6 


—0.0088| .5064| +.2296| +8.4619| - 
—0.4028] .5059 2287| +8.6945 
+0.4031| .5057| +.2247| +8.9171 
+0.3866| .5069 2155| +9-1517 
—0.2425| .5So71 2106| +9.2371 
+0,.0228| .5077| +.2098| +9.2352 
—0.1162| .5090] +.2024| +9.3115 
1.3240] .5043| +.1945| +9.3877 
—0.5168| .5229 1508] +9.5174| « 


—1.0755| .5229] +.1448| +9.5384) . 
+1.1437| 5304] +-1402) +9.5060 

+1.2257| .5319 +9.5093], -9: 
+0.4760] .5379 +9.5617| . 
+9.5757|, 5390 +9-5642| 


+0.6365| .5414| +. +9.5723] - 
+1.1308! .5450| +. +9.5699| .96 
—0.9120] .5396| +. +9.6083} . 
—1.0809| .5414] +. +9.6180} .9, 
+0.7040} .5513| +. +9.5966) . 
+0.9775| .5538) +. +9-5942) 
—0.4221] +5487) +. +9.6169] . 
#12454) -5550). ++ “49-5997 it 
—o,8802] .5516) +. +9.6303| -9563 |f 
+0.7827/0.5598| +. +9. 6054199615 | ; 


l+++ 


BRNO OA HE ONIN MH OO 


i 


03.8 


MAM AMADA Mninand VMaAAAD FAAWMA MAAAAHA Av 


wee 


_ 
rege ae re 


Ltetct 


o? Tauri 
B.A.C. 1361 
« Tauri 

« Tauri 

1o5 Tauri 


47.8 
35.6 
12.5 


Bop Dept BO 


Pibhh hbk th Peek Eh ke 


n ON QAn 


n Tauri 

o Tauri 
121 Tauri 
132 Tauri 
1 Geminor. 


3 Geminor. 
5 Geminor. 
6 Geminor. 
« Geminor. 
B.A.C. 2238 


AY XANAND Mam DA ALY AM A 


tltt¢t th ite ti te4 


OR ADM WWYO BN 


ELEMENTS 9 


For facilitating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1858. 


Limiting 
Parallels. Washington 
Star’s Name. ~ Mean Time 


North- | South- of 
Ve 


ern. ern. 


At Washington Mean Time of O. 


7 Log sin D |Logcos D ; 


37 Geminor. 
« Geminor. 

48 Geminor. 
52 Geminor. 
A Geminor. 


° o hom Y, 7 f 
—35|—64]} 8 29.2 —1.1431|0.5 521 +0027) 9.534 9.9553 |f 
+45|—I10]} II 39.6 +0.0811} .5580] —.o041] +9.6164| .9593 |} 
+46|—II | 16 05.0 +0.0914| .5595] —.0156| +9.6156| .9595 
— 3|—65 } 17 02.5 —0.7480] .5563| —.0179| +9.6281| .9568 
—24| —65 | 21 14.3 —1.0385) .5558) —.0272] +9.6313] .9561 


— 3/—65} 6 05.5 —0.7476] .5589| —.0482| +9.6218] .9582 |} 
+74| + 6} 15 39.3 +0.5029| .5649| —.0690] +9.5928] .9639 |f 
+52/—14] 7 45.3 +0.1979| -5645| —.1055| -+9.5735| .9672 |f 
FL] | S57) [2% 33-7 —9-4356| .5594| —.1805) +9.4776] .9795 |f 
—35/—79] © 39.3 —1.2362] .5542) —.2298| +9.2936) .ggt4 |i 


—32| —81 15.1 —1.2059| .5542) —.2398| +9.1978] .9945 |} 
+69 | —I14 31.1 +0.4616| .5565) —.2397| +9.1071| .9964 |} 
—36| —83 15.5 1.2537] -5544) —.2452| +9.1118| .9963 
+34 | —46 o1.0 —9.1179| -5559) —.2505| +8.8574] .9989 |f 
+57 | —23 49.8 +0.3222| .5635| —.2442|] —9.1536| .9955 | 
+81} — 3 00.9 +0.6952) .5636| —.2434| —9.1753] -9951 |p 
+80|/+17 40.0 +1.0212] .5636| —.2418] —9.2216] .9939 |i 
+76] +44 11.7 1.3017] .5681) —.2247| —9.3693] .9878 |f 
+29) —45 27.2 —0.0873} -5761| —.2058] —9.4134| .9849 |f 
— 1| —88 17.7 —0.6657| .5781| —.2042| —9.4017| .9857 |} 


+0.4863| .5757| —.2008| —9.4456| .9824 
+0.1891| .5765) —.1991| —9.4431| .9826 |f 
+0.2525| .5772| —.1973| —9.4495| .o821 |i 
+0.8455] .5800] —.1727| —9.5213) .9746 |i 
+0.8420| .5800) —.1727| —9.5213| .9746 |i 


+0.0713] .5838| —.1664] —9.5143| .9755 
—0.0987| .5861| —.1555| —9°5275) .9738 
+0.8758] .5834) —.1488] —9.5572| .9697 
—0.7132| .5931| —.1178] —9.5613| .9691 |k 
+1.1487| .5864| —.0973| —9.6099} .9606 | 
.0921| —9.6066| .9613 
-0793| —9-5872] .9649 |f 
.0628] —9.6059| .9614 |E 
.0628] —9.5878] .9648 jf 
.0574| —9.6140] .9598 


.0329| —9.6340| .9555 
.0247| —9.6117| .9603 
.0192| —9.6029| .9620 |} 
.0165| —9.6087] .9608 ||j 
.0138] —9.6285| .9567 |k 


x Geminor. 
uw Caneri 
y Cancri 

7 Leonis 

« Leonis 

€ Virginis 
» Virginis 
x Virginis 
c Virginis 
94. Virginis 


95 Virginis 
x Virginis 
ye Libree 

ot Libre 

o? Libre 


ot Libre 
¢® Libree 
¢* Libree 
Bt Scorpii _ 
6? Scorpii 


+62 | —14 25.6 
+44 | —30 2 
+47 27 21.1 
Sry ar a) 33-9 
Se ae “gall 


+34 | —36 13.3 
+24 | —46 04.7 
+69 15.4 
—13 46.2 
+66 38.4 


+66 37.6 
—z20 37.1 
+13 
Sk 
+35 56.0 
+64 45.6 
— 3 07.4 
—36 57-3 
—I17 15.9 
+52 


v Scorpii 

4 Ophiuchi 

« Ophiuchi 

B.A.C. 5758 
6 Ophiuchi 

ce? Ophiuchi 

JUPITER 

4 Sagittarii 

B.A.C. 6088 
7 Sagittarii 


bl¢tlelittt 


ONW OF AALPYN 


+0.7695| .5884 
—9:7757)\ 5979 
—0.1289]| .5929 
—1.1746| .5976 
+0.2863] .5911 


1 ++ 
SA 


tI 


| 


| 
co) 


+-1.0894| .5865 
—0.3653| .5928 
—0.9348| .5948 
—0.6102) .5932 
+0.5914) .5873 


a Sagittarii 

24 Sagittarii 
B.A.C. 6343 
26 Sagittarii 
B.A.C. 6369 


(lea 


+444] 


HARW AHA HMpPpw no 


NANAE AAMAM ADAAP ANA 4 MAMMPE VWRAAE ADP AHA ArmA FOBALP ADDAAD 


) Sagittaril +65 ce +0.9$79| .5822] +.0186, —9.6341| .9555 
B.A.C. 6576 — —o.1220! .5873| +.0186| —9.6165) .9593 
x Sagittarii = +0.3514| .5836| +.0291] —9.6226] .9580 
x° Sagittarii =e = —0.2075| .5861| +.0291| —9 6135] .9599 
A Sagittarii +65 + +0.7558| .5800] +.0395| —9.6265| .9571 
A? Sagittarii +65 +1 +0.9397| .5785] +.0421| —9.6292| .9566 
B.A.C. 6864 — 5 +11 —0.6500] 5806] +.0672] —9.5943| .9636 
4 Capricor. —38 — 6 —1.0438| .5780] +.0839] —9.5784] .9664 |f 

B.A.C. 7049 =I +0.0260] .5704| +.0953| —9.5896| .9644 | 

y 17 Capricor.| 6 aS. —0.1130/0.5664| +.1107| —9.5746|9.9670 

i 


10 ELEMENTS 


For facilitating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1853. 


At Washington Mean Time of O%. 


| 1858. Star’s Name. | Mag. 


y 


Log sin D | Log cos D 


3 


+1.2726/0.5603 
—0.8630| .5636 
+0.1714] .5589 
+0.6753) °-5547 
+0.8565| .5487 
+0.6305| .5471 
HOLL TAZ M5425 


+0.0986] .5347 
+1.2218] .5265 


+0.9131| .5265 


B.A.C.7197 
m Capricor. 
27 Capricor. 
o Capricor. 
« Capricor. 


—9-5967 |9.9631 
-9718 
-9697 
9693 
9726 


9743 
‘9790 
9843 
9853 
-9862 


-9898 
9935 
9934 
9928 
9969 


ay = 
9848 
9751 
9724 
-9690 


-9687 
9673 
-9609 
9599 
9632 
9636 
9592 
9563 
9553 
9593 


“9595 || 
-9568 
-9561 

+9.6218| .9582 

+9.5928) .9639 


+9-6174| .9591 
+9-5735| .9672 
+9-5715| .9675 
+9-4776) .9795 
+9-4156) .9848 
+9.4098| .9852 
+9.4121} .9850 
+9.2936) 9914 
+9-1979) -9945 
+9.1070] .9964 |f 
+9.1118] .9963 | 
+9.0620] .9971 
+8.8573| .9989 
—9.2217| .993 


939 
—9.3693|9.9878 


ra 
Rw AOR AF 


x Capricor. 
29 Aquarii 
56 Aquarii 
zt Aquarii 
7? Aquarii 


Healer spades are 
wWOur 


: 


— 
= 


—0.8085] .5289 
—1.1698] .5235 
—o.8407| .§225 
—o0,2656| .5210 
+0.8067| .5110 


params 


74 Aquarii 
yt Aquarii 
4? Aquarii 
4 Aquarii 
30 Piscium 


MUN PRRWO 


Onn ew 
a reves 


+0.8876] .5104 
SEY see: 
= 9-335 e242 
—0.8389| .5242 
+0.7382| .5380 


33 Piscium 
SATURN 

o* Tauri 

wo? Tauri 

¢ Tauri 


CON NN 


_ 


+0.8401] .5392 
+0.8980] .5421 
—0.6476| .5389 
—o.8160} .5411 
+0.9826] .5501 


+1.2589] .5517 
—0.1509| .5467 
—o0.6116} .5487 
—0o.8778) .5488 
+0:55 74) 5544 


+0.3668| .5550 
—0.4808] .5516 
—0.7789] .5511 
—0.4853] 5534 
+0.7721| .5589 


—1.2437] .5508 
+0.4536) .5571 
—1.0520] .5504 
0.2314) .5512 
+0.4088! .5520 


tos Tauri 
n Tauri 
121 Tauri 
132 Tauri 
1 Geminor. 


b+) d+ ¢+44+ $4441 


_ 


3 Geminor. 
5 Geminor. 
« Geminor, 
37 Geminor. 
« Geminor. 


| i a es Mp 


ene ae 
LEN OE Se Rese! ai REE 


48 Geminor. 
52 Geminor. 
A Geminor. 
x Geminor. 

wt Cancri 


fected td 


x Cancri 
y Cancri 
B.A.C. 3138 
7 Leonis 
B.A.C. 3579 


7 Leonis 
k: Leonis 
. Leonis 
€ Virginis 
y Virginis 


+0.3158) .5516 
—1.0765| .5476 
—1.1000] .5476 
—1.0894| .5486 
+0.5834| .5508 


1.1527] .5493 
—1.3684| .5499 
—0.0361| .5520 
+0.9643| .5675 
+1.2023 0.5741 


| 7 ae fee a es | 


mm COON OO ANN COMO ™NnNHO OO AWOBM (© OMI WO FANON 


x Virginis 
11 Virginis 
ce Virginis 
x Virginis 
7 Librae 


[+++ 


MEMAM BAP ADH BWW ALA APUNUAA AQYAA MNAAAA Pun NH BHmnna MADAM VUMAAMA 


ELEMENTS 11 


For facilitating the Caleulation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1853. 


Limiting 
Parallels. Washington 
Star’s Name. Mean Time 


of O. 


At Washington Mean Time of &. 


q Log sin D |Logcos D i 


He H 
+0.3609 | 5.4456 9.9824 |f 
+ 0.6861 —9.5213| .9746 |} 
+0.6825 —9.5212| .9746 | 
= OR; —9-5143] -9755 |f 
Bee e275) VRE) ||: 
sen —9-5573| -9697 |f 
—0.8831 — 9.5612] .9691 |f 
+-1.1347, —g.6076| .g611 |} 
are) Oe —g.6099| .9606 || 
+0.5638 —9.6067| .9613 |} 


—9.5871| .9649 |} 
—9.6058) .9614 |} 
—9-6139] .9598 
—9.6046| .9617 
—9-6340) -9555 
— 9.6117) .9603 
—g.6028| .9620 
—9.6087| .9608 |} 
—9.6285| .9567 |i 
—9-6341} .9555 


—9-6165} .9593 |} 
—9°6225| .9580 jf 


¢* Libree 
gt Scorpit 
B? Scorpii 
y Scorpii 


 Ophiuchi 


@ Ophiuchi 

B.A.C. 5658 
B.A.C. 5831 
6 Ophiuchi 49.0 
ce? Ophiuchi 43-9 


JUPITER 10.7 
4 Sagittarii 27R0 
7 Sagittarii 36.2 
B.A.C. 6161 58.4 
2 Sagittarii 


69.8 
HObi 
50.8 
Ai 
06.8 


II.0 
W9o7) 
41.2 


rc 
HAP FOF 


t+tt] 


= 


mA DAA VP nv 
+++4 1 
ele 


con OR CO HNO ANWO 


Peay 


—0.9328 
—0.3306 
+0.0777 
—0.6616 
+0.8600| . 


—0.5769 
—1.1358 
—o.8171 
+0.3656 
HPT SOY) 
SO N47) © 
+0.1188 


wae tt Ul 


24 Sagittarii 
B.A.C. 6343 
26 Sagittarii 
B.A.C. 6369 
| Sagittaril 

B.A.C. 6576 


x Sagittarii 


08.8 
24.8 


Tele 
Hee 
Or Oo 


= 


07.8 


EP ADAMAY MAAAND & AHA 
be 
\o 


+ 
+1 
aS) 
2° Sagittarii + & +0.0247 —9.6210| .9583 | 
2° Sagittaril +2 § —0.4330 —9.6134] .9599 |i} 
AA Sagittarii + 9 ++ 0.5200 —9.6265| .9572 || 
h? Sagittarii | 44 + 9 +0.7010| . —9.6293] -9566 || 
B.A.C. 6864 — 4 —o.8714] . —9.5943| -9636 |} 
t 4 Capricor. ab Tt —1.2624| . —9.5784| .9663 |# 
a B.A.C. 7049 + 6 —0.2038 —9.5896| .9645 
—I1 


—9.5745| .9670 |} 


—9-5967| -9632 
—9-5430) -9718 
—9.5695} -9678 
—9.5571| -9698 |f 
—9-5594| -9694 |i 
—9.5635| .9688 |i 
—9-5491| -9709 |} 
—9.5366| .9727 
—9.5242) .9743 
—9.5400| .9722 


—9.4822| .9790 
—9.4223| .9843 
—9.4083| .9853 
—9.3947| -9862 
—9-3319| -9897 


—9-2390| .9934 |II 
—9.2572| .9928 |f 
—9.0755| .9969 || 
—9.0561) .9972 |i 
+8.4618 19.9998 


17 Capricor. 


B.A.C.7197 
4 Oapricor. 
x Capricor. 
27 Capricor. 
 Capricor. 


Ori) 
+1.0328] . 
—1.0725 
+0.5513 
—0.0576| . 
+0.4216 


= 
me eS er O 


toe bt 


+1.1776 
+1.1205 
+0.6288 
+0.4059 
+1.2437 
—0.0417 
—o.1060! . 
+ 1.0247 
+0.7175 
—1.0005 
—1.0186 
—0.4427 
+0.6647 
+0.7483 
—0.0287 


33 Capricor. 
37 Capricor. 
= Capricor. 
x Capricor. 


B.A.C. 7550 


29 Aquarii 
56 Aquarii 
7? Aquarii 
z® Aquarii 
74 Aquarii 


he 


V? Aquarii 

48 Aquarii 

30 Piscium 
33 Piscium 
33 Ceti 


he 


FORD Gee SP Shap Soe ae ae eu ae ey eS aE ea ae aed 


AARUN ANADA AVWHAD ADA ADAA 


12 ELEMENTS 


For facilitating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1853. 


Limiting 
Parallels. Washincton At Washington Mean Time of O. 
Mean Time 


of O. 


2 
& 
R 


Star’s Name. 


y 


+8.6946)9.9995 
+8.9171 


— 0.4095 
+0.4565 
+0.8636] . 
+0.9685 
+ 1.0316 


1 57-4 
52.7 
38.6 
56.9 
19.3 
52.0 
10.3 
11.9 


34-2 
21.7 


J Piscium 
vy Piscium 
e Tauri 
105 Tauri 
na Tauri 


~ 


NAAR A | 


—0.5103 
—0.6737 


+1.1379 
+0.0022 


—0.4510} . 


121 Tauri 
132 Tauri 
1 Geminor. 
5 Geminor. 
= Geminor. 


B.A.C.2238 
27 Geminor. 
« Geminor. 

48 Geminor. 
52 Geminor. 


ON OFNIH OF 


_ 


Fete “tok to 


+-1.2382 
—o.7158 
+0.5286| . 
+0.5407 
— 0.3122 


02.3 
28.6 
43-3 
15.1 
14.5 
12.1 
39-7 
33-2 
56.5 
18. 

07.6 
58.2 
44.9 
00.8 


[i lt+ #e+44 E4444 


—0.6079 
—0.3117 
+0.9607 
—1.0737 
+0.6422 


A Geminor. 
x Geminor. 
w* Cancri 
a Cancri 
y Caneri 


B.A.C. 3138 
7 Leonis 

42 Leonis 
B.A.C. 3579 
z Leonis 


alt ln cl ns al Lo 


Foaliattel 


—o.8821 
Tana 
+0.5565 
+0.5865 
+0.4914! . 
—0.9260} . 
—0.9638 
—0.9625 
+0.7325 
—1.2428 


—1.0349] . 
—1.2589 
+0.0846] . 
+1.1043 
+0.2080| . 


il el rs 


a a a 


i Leonis 

« Leonis 

§ Virginis 
v Virginis 
A? Virginis 


Tle 


z Virginis 
11 Virginis 
e Virginis 
65 Virginis 
80 Virginis 


t+lblt +++1+ 


+0.6984! . 
+ 1.0106 
+1.2204| . 
+0.3524/ . 
+0.6528 


95 Virginis 
x Virginis 
w Libre 

: Libree 
B* Scorpii 


NPP NH ANNA MPM DA ADAYA $F AKAEN ANDAADA K&S An DA 


Iubebbul 


rete le 


NNORN NN HOM FOR OH MERU HAONN NoNUN wWrRHEA OO 


+ 0.6495 
—0.1126} . 
—0.2929 
+0.6497| . 
+0.8604] . 


B? Scorpii 
v Scorpio 
) Ophiuchi 
« Ophiuchi 
b Ophiuchi 


c? Ophiuchi 
JUPITER 

4 Sagittarii 
7 Sagittarii 
9 Sagittarii 


to 


os eA 


+0.4873 
—0.7610} . 
—0.4072 
—0.0051 
+0.0359/0.6121| —.0598 


+t 
oo°0 


Aan UA Umnibpu 


++ 
= 0 


ELEMENTS 13 


For facilitating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1858. 


ee At Washington Mean Time of O. 


Washington 


Star’s Name. Mean Time 

North- of O. Vv p 7 Log sin D |Logcos D i 
° m. 3 i : 
B.A.C. 6161 it 45.7 —0.7374|0.6157 —9.6046|9.9617 |f 
2» Sagittaril +65 41.7 +0.7568) .6079 —9.6340] .9555 |k 
24 Sagittarii —19 54.4 —0.6613| .6142 —9.6116| .9603 |} 
B.A.C. 6343 —58 37-3 —1.2131| .6167 — 9.6028] .9620 |} 
26 Sagittarii —33 50.9 —0.9007| .6150 —9.6087) .9608 |f 
B.A.C. 6369 +30 55.0 I +0.2636| .6086 —9.6284) .9567 |} 

| Sagittarii seh 20.0 + 0.6339] .6027 —9.6340| .9555 
B.A.0. 6576 ey 21.5 —0.4430] .6080 —9.6164) .9593 |f 
| x Sagittarii +17 00.7 8 0.0091} .6034 —g.6224| .9580 |} 


2° Sagittarii seine 03.2 —0.0834| .6039 —9.6209| .9584 |f 
—0.5336| .6060 —9.6133] .9599 |i 
+0.4012| .5994 —9.6265| .9572 |k 
+0.5792| .5987 —9.6292| .9566 i 
0.9741) .5985 —9-5943| 9636 |f 
—0.3228] .5869 —9.5895| .9645 |} 
—o.4610| .5828] +. —9.5743| .9671 |# 
+0.8917| .5761| +. —9.5966| .9632 | 
—1.1965| .5777 —9-5430) .9718 If 
+0.4146] .5694 —9.5695| .9678 i 
—0.1851] .5723 —9.5571| .9698 : 
+0.2861| .5671 —9-5592| .9694 |f 
+0.9736| .5577 —9'5499) -9709 |f 
+0.4888| .5585 —9-5365) -9727 |i 
+0.2685]°.5578 —9.5242| .9743 
+1.0945| .5664 —9-5399| -9722 


—0.1739| .5508 —9.4821} .9790 |i 
—0.2358] .5396 —9.4223| .9843 |f 
+0.8845| .5294 —9.4081| .9853 
—1.1218] .5327 —9-3316) .9898 |f 
—1.1379| .5225 —9-2390] -9934 |i 
—0.5662| .5219 —9.2569| .9928 |f 
+0.5440| .5087 —9-0755| .9969 
+0.6286] .5078 —9-0557| -9972 
—o.1218] .4999 +8.4623| .9998 
—0.4967)| .4996 +8.6948] .9995 


+0.3794| .5003 +8.9172| .9985 
+0.4496| .5033 +9.1518] .9956 |} 
—0.1505| .5040 +9.2371| .9934 If 
B. A.C. 755 18.5 +0.1208] .5047 +9.2353) -9935 |f 
« Geminor. 07.7 —0.4185| .5516 +9.6303| .9563 


37 Geminor. 15.5 —0o.6819| .5512 +9.6348) .9553 
« Geminor. 29.5 +0.5648! .5564 +9.6163] .9593 
48 Geminor. 00.4 +0.5790| .5569 +9.6155| .9595 
52 Geminor. 59.6 —0.2748| .5536 +9.6281| .9568 
A Geminor. 56.6 —0.5695| .5523 +9.6312] .9561 


x Geminor. 23.2 —0.2703] .5535 +9.6217| .9582 
w Cancri 16.7 +1.0076] °5574 +9.5928] .9639 
y Caneri 04.5 +0.6929| .5528 +9.5735 9672 
B.A.C.3138 58.8 —0.8377| -5438 +9.5714| .9675 
m Leonis —0.0083|0.5398 +9-477519.9795 


2° Sagittarii TT 06.7 
ha Sagittarii +41 04.9 
fh? Sagittarii +53 19.9 
B.A.C. 6864 Bh 52.5 
B.A.C. 7049 “3116 58.3 


17 Capricor. - 0 43-3 
B.A.C.7197 +67 35-5 
n Capricor. 17.6 
x Capricor. +50 00.4 
27 Capricor. AG] 


como aN NI 


enes [hele 


_ 


 Capricor. 00.3 
37 Capricor. +69 17.6 
= Capricor. 16.4 
x Capricor. 43.5 
B.A.C. 7550 57-8 


Pelbeleehach ch teeteel ial 


29 Aquarii 37-2 
56 Aquarii 34.1 
7 Aquarii 55-2 
74 Aquarii 44.5 
a? Aquarii 53-5 


peers 


4 Aquarii 2531 
30 Piscium 41.2 
33 Piscium 28.7 
33 Ceti 45.7 
J Piscium 43-7 


ar il ll 
NEO NW AOR AXNNNA vPNnbPud NNO 


TSE 0 TO ai eee oe 


y Piscium 41.0] — 
§* Ceti 53-3 
é Arietis 15.6 


~ 


WOOD CDODMDDWDO NI NNDN 


ee! 
oOo 


Cl 
ce 


14 ELEMENTS 


For facilitating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1853. 


] 
: 
° 


Limiting At 4 
Parallels. Washington Washington Mean Time of O. 


fi 1853. Star's Name. ag. Mean Time 


fo. 
North- | South- of p q! Log sin D | Log cos D 
| Juner2) 42 Leonis +83 : 01.3 I 1| +0.6121]0.5395 —.1874| +-9.4328]9.9835 |i 


12| B.A.C. 3579 +86 21.0 +0.6424] .5390| —.1916 : 9848 
12| 7 Leonis +76 57-8] +0.5463| .5381| —.1945 3 9852 
12| & Leonis —9 46.1 —0.8882| .5336| —.2024 f 9850 
13) « Leonis —II 49.7 —0.9311] .$312) —.2231 ; ‘9914 


—I0 10.4 —0.9328) .5311| —.2332 i 9945 
+90 27.7 +0.7878) .5335| —.2332 : -9964 
—31 27.4 —1.2061| .5309| —.2340 : -9946 
—I5 43.0 —1.0081| .5315| —.2384 
—33 09.4 —1.2368| .5320| —.2417 
+48 07.2 +0.1259| .5338| —.2444 
+86 529 +1.1527| .5424| —.2503 
+86 26.3 +1.2546] .5419| —.2502 
+54 30.8 +0.2396| .5449| —.2493 
26.3 +0.3574| .5526| —.2434 


37-7 +0.7321| .5518| —.2433 
21.6 +1.0469] .5533| —.2415 
10.2 +1.2511| .5636| —.2272 
23.1 +0.3666| .5777| —.2052 
13.6 +0.6637| .5884| —.1777 


14.1 +0.6592| .5884 1777 
48.3 —0.1076| .5924 1736 
 Scorpii 29.8 —0.2895] .5970 1625 
« Ophiuchi 33-2 +0.6567| .5952 1556 
JUPITER 56.9 —0.3995| -6155 1109 


b Ophiuchi S27 +0.8604| .6063 
c? Ophiuchi 44.7 +0.4867| .6083 
4 Sagittarii 09.4 —0.4083] .6160 
a Sagittarii 23.6 +0.7508) .61I1 
| Sagittarii +0.6253| .6088 


Ns et 


é Virginis 
vy Virginis 
A? Virginis 
x Virginis 
11 Virginis 


e Virginis 

65 Virginis 
66 Virginis 
80 Virginis 
94 Virginis 


95 Virginis 
x Virginis 
1 Libree 

& Libree 
B* Scorpii 


REMBEDHA ANDADAAM ANNPuN FADAA 


oe 


6? Scorpii 
y Scorpio 


Ors MO ONM 


[i++ +1144 


AAA 


fel | 


+ ¢ 
Bs 


1007 
0979 
.0654 
.0348 
0177 
.0418 
1097/4 
1148 
1172 
1311 


1355 : 9678 
1355] —9- -9698 
1419] —9. 9694 
1500 E 9688 
1577| —9. 9799 


1596 ; Uy, 
1633) —9: 9743 
1650 ’ 9722 
1784 : -9790 
1966 : 9843 
.2058 : -9853 
.2068 ‘ 9862 
2079 3316) .9898 
2186] —9.2390, .9934 
2192} —9.2569 9.9928 


oe 


o 


+0.5703| .6058 
—0.3226) .5966 
—0.4581] .5907 
+0.8782| .5842 
—1.1836| .5873 


+0.4075) +5790 
—o.1851} .5818 
+0.3296| .5768 
+1.0158} .5698 
+0.9598! .5665 


+0.4816| .5674 
+0.2645| .5666 
+1.0802] .5621 
—0.1703| .5590 
—0.2313| .5465 
+-0.8758] .5370 
+0.5758| .5367 
—1.2003] .5400 
—I.1169| .5301 
—0.5522|0.5282 


h? Sagittarii 
B.A.C. 7049 
17 Capricor. 
B.A.C. 7197 
n Capricor. 


38.8 
49.2 
Ze 
14.6 


l+++4+ ++ 


x Capricor. 
27 Capricor. 
@ Capricor. 
33 Capricor. 
37 Capricor. 


59-3 


NNANNDANMMANAAKL MP 


= Capricor. 
x Capricor. 
B.A.C.7550 
29 Aquarii 
56 Aquarii 


t]tt+ 4101 


BN WOOD NO nN NOON C O 


7? Aquarii 
7? Aquarii 
74 Aquarii 
4 Aquarii 
¥ Aquarii 


el 


BATES SEEEE TEEPE PREETI | 


MAA AYEN ANAM 


ELEMENTS 15 


For facilitating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1858. 


Limiting 

i Parallels, f Washington 
| 1853. Star’s Name, 4 | Mean ‘Time 
tH of On 


At Washington Mean Time of O. 


¥ p Log sin D |Logcos D f 


r 


ye 


| June26| 30 Piscium 
; 26| 33 Piscium 
28) 33 Ceti 

28| f Piscium 
28] » Piscium 
29) & Ceti 

29| € Arietis 

29| B. A.C.755 
30| 31 Arietis 
30| 38 Arietis 


—9-0750|9.9969 |f 
—9.0556| .9972 | 
+8.4618) .9998 |i 
+8.6950| .9995 |f 
+8.9174| .9985 


+9.1518] .9956 H 
+9.2371| .9934 |f 
£9-2353) -9935 |F 
+9.3110] .9907 |# 
+9.3116} .9907 | 


+9.4825| .9790 |k 
SESH ay| WS ™ Ih. 
+9.5385| .9724 |} 
+9.5613| .g691 | 
+9.5616| .g691 


+9.5642| .9687 jf 
+9:5723] -9674 |f 
+9.6082| .9610 | 
+9.5966| .9632 |# 
+9.5736| .9672 


+9-5714) .9675 
+9°47735| 9795 
+9.4328) .9835 
+9.4155] .9848 
+9.4098] .9852 


+9.4121| .9850 |} 
ain 2057) OOLAS | 
+9.1979) -9945 |f 
+9.1073] .9964 

+9.1118) .9963 |} 


+0.5495|0.5129 
+ 0.6334) .5125 
—0.1046| .5018 
—0.4767| .5ort 
+0.3950| .5010 


#1ttt 


OOP NW fF OHNO 


+0.4662| .5029 
0.1317] .5033 
+0.1387| .5038 
—0.8624| .5041 
+0.0459| .5066 


[+++] 


= 


MA AnH MU QAnann+- 
WH Nt 


July 1| SATURN 
«1 Tauri 
co? Tauri 
Mars 

v Tauri 


= 


+0.0083] .5140 
SAS | DEBT 
—0.7396| .5241 
—1.2156| .4950 
+0.8734| .5292 
+0.9786| .5426 
SPLINT) Ge a 
OtOu S| obai35 
+ 1.1516) .5547 
+0.6459| .5563 
—0o.8902| .5469 
SO 55) U7) 
+0.5420] .5410 
+0.5711| .5396 
sect 37] SIDS 


—0.9692| .5337 
—I.0219] .5299 
—1.0292| .5288 
+0.7031| .5310 
—1.1089] .5286 


n 
++ 
BS 


wn 
bo 
| 
NI 


105 Tauri 
nm Tauri 
12t Tauri 
1 Geminor 
y Cancri 


B.A.C. 3138 
m Leonis 

43 Leonis 
B.A.C. 3579 
% Leonis 

k Leonis 

v Leonis 

€ Virginis 

y Virginis 

a Virginis 


be 


ee ee ee 


te 


Ne 


2 
2 
2 
3 
3 
3 
3 
4 
7 
8 
9 
9 
9 
9 


b 


+8.8578] .9989 
nee 9989 i 
HILI754) 5354 eet SNe a I 
+0.1477| .5380 —8.9089) .9986 |f 
+0.2709} *5442| —. —9.1536| .9956 


+0.6512) .5435| —. —9.1751] -9951 |i 
+0.9721| .5447| —. —9g.2216] .9939 

++1.3155| .5469] —. —9.2822| .9919 
+1.1874] .5547| —. —9.3692| .9878 |i 
+0.2986| .5679| —. —9.4456| .9824 |f 


—0.0129| .5697| —. —9.4428| .9827 
+0.0577) -5703) —- —9-4495| -9821 
+0.6112| .5795| —- —9.5213| .9746 
+0.6080] .5795| —- —9.5213| .9746 
—0.1695| -5835| —- —9-5143| 9755 
—0.3501| .5882| —. —9.5276| .9739 
+0.6120] .5865| —. —9-5573| -9697 |i 
—0o.9877| .6019| —. —9-5613| 9691 |} 
—o.1096] .6019| —. —9.5780| .9664 |) 
+-1.2517/0.5952| —. —9-6113/9.9603 ! 


a 


-++0.0326] .5299 


¢ Virginis 
+1.0718| .5351 


65 Virginis 
66 Virginis 
80 Virginis 
94 Virginis 


95 Virginis 

x Virginis 

2 Libre 

1a Libree 

¢1 Libree 

63 Libree 

+ Libree 

Bt Scorpii 

B? Scorpii 

v Seorpii 

 Ophiuchi 

« Ophiuchi 

B.A.C. 5758 

JUPITER 
39 Ophiuchi 


Oo Mmn HNO O ORM 


ANN EUR AD FUARA AKDAAD NENA DH AQDAW A PUAUA FS 
he 


MOO HR Re MN WON 


wn 
tpt 


16 ELEMENTS 
For facilitating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1858. 
Jaaiting. encase At Washington Mean Time of O. 
4/1853. | Star's Name. | Mag. a 
hi, i a H ‘va p 7’ Log sin D | Log cos D 
HH ieee | al ee 
H! Julyr7| B.A.C.5831| 6 | +66] +22 A 20.3| — 5 06 30] +1.0330/0.5963| —.1083) —9.6076|9.9611 
H 17|b Ophiuchi | 5 | +66| + 7 28.2) — 2 06 16] +0.8352| .5987| —.1002| —9.6099 
4 17| c? Ophiuchi | 5 |+49|—15 | 9 22.9] — 0 16 20] +0.4590] .6016) —.0948} —9.6066 
4 17| 4 Sagittarii | 5 | — 3|—69 | 20 00.7/+ 9 54 49] —0.4348| .6104] —.0634| —9.6059 
18] a Sagittarii | 4 |+65|+ 2] 6 25.3)— 4 05 54) +0.7447| .6069| —.0336| —9.6340 
4 19| ¥ Sagittarii | 5 |+56|/— 4] 0 o1.4/—11 15 34] +0.6354| .6066| +.0211) —9.6340 
H 19| h2 Sagittarii | 43) +54|— 7] -7 55-4] — 3 41 30] +0.5878) .6042| +.0449| —9.6292 
F 20| 7 Capricor. | 5 | —39|—90] 17 57-7| + 4 58 06] —1.1254] .5894| +.1348] —9.5430 
1 21|« Capricgr. | 5 | +61|—10]} 7 24.0] — 6 06 12/+0.5500) .5721| +.1620| —9.5365 
} 21|x Capricor. | 5 |+49|—22] 9 44.9] — 3 50 27| +0.3368) .5713| +.1658) —9.5242 
21|B.A.C.7550] 6 |+70|/+30] 9 58.9] — 3 37 02] +1.1482| .5670 +.1676 —9.5399 
21/29 Aquarii | 6 |-+27|—46]} 18 15.7| + 4 21 48} —0.0861) .5642| +.1814] —9.4821 
22/56 Aquarii | 6 |+27|—48] 6 37.1] — 7 42 50|—0.1319] .5537| +.1990| —9.4223 
22| ct Aquarii | 6 | +75 | +14] 14 35.2] — 0 00 55] +0.9745| .5440] +.2086] —9.4080 
22|¢*Aquarii | 54/-+75|— 4] 15 27.9) + © 49 00] +0.6784) .5437| +.2097| —9.3946 
22/74 Aquarii | 6 | —18|—90] 17 17.1] + 2 35 36] —0.9837| .5456| +.2118] —9.3317 
23/44 Aquarii | 54|—46|—90} 3 52.8) —1r 09 21| —1.3080] .5365) +.2218|] —9.234 
23/42 Aquarii | 5 |—17|—90] 4 52.7| —1o 11 26] —0.9860| .5354| +.2225| —9.2390 
23) 42 Aquarii | 5 |+15|—66] 5 22.8) — 9 42 16] —0.4261| .5348) +.2226] —9.2568 
24| 30 Piscium | 44|+83|— 5 | 2 41.2] +10 56 30| +0.6832| .5198) +.2340] —9.0750 
24| 33 Piscium | 5 | +78 of 4 24.4] —11 23 25} +0.7674] .5183) +.2346] —9.0555 
25) 33 Ceti 6 |+44|—38 ] 14 28.9] — 2 18 26] +0.0548] .5062) +.2352] +8.4637 
25| f Piscium | 6 | +24] —59 ] 18 19.8] + I 25 52] —0.3154] .5055] +.2341| +8.6952 
26| » Piscium 5 |+76|—11] 6 59.2|—10 16 12] +0.5537| .5045] +.2291| +8.9173| -9985 
26] § Ceti 5 | +82|}— 5 |] 23 53.2) + 6 09 07] +0.6240] .5055| +.2190] +9.1520] .9956 
27|& Arietis 53!1+47|—36] 6 10.3] —11 44 27] +0.0470] .5057| +.2146] +9.2364] .9935 
27|B.A.C.755| 6 |+58|—22] 7 12.5]—10 44 ol] +0.2973| .5061| +.2138] +9.2353] .9935 
27/38 Arietis | 54|-+52|—22 ] 16 50.3]— 1 22 47] +0.2021| .5077| +.2062| +9.3116| .9907 
29| SATURN +70|/— 7] 8 16.0) —11 06 44) +0.4556) .5202| +.1586] +9.4940] .9778 
29| ot Tauri 6 |+35|—36] 12 00.4]— 7 29 12} —0.1027| .5238] +.1534] +9.5172] .9751 | 
29| o? Tauri 54) + 7|—65 | 16 00.5|— 3 36 28] —0.6103| .5243| +.1473| +9.5384 9724 | 
30) Tauri 44 | +90] +29 | 14 12.0] — 6 06 58] +0.9774| .5403| +.1099! +9.5616 9691 
30,105 Tauri | 6 | +90] +37] 16 29.7] — 3 53 45| +1-0799| -5415] +.1062| +9.5642| .9687 
30| n Tauri 6 |+90| +44] 21 50.2) + 1 16 22] +1.1389] .5441| +.0967| +9.5724| .9674 |f 
31,121 Tauri | 6 |+18|—45] 5 19.9] + 8 31 14] —0.4034] .5425| +.0808] +9.6082| .9610 
31/132 Tauri | 5 | + 8/—s5 J 11 35.1] — 9 26 04] —0.5720] .5442] +.0685| +9.6180) .9590 | 
31| Mars +76|+ 6] 14 03.5|— 7 02 39) +0.5124| .5198| +.0609| +9.6037| .9618 |i 
31|1 Geminor | 5 |+90] +57] 18 32.7] — 2 42 32) +1.2229) .5540] +.0536| +9.5966) .9632 | 
31|5 Geminor | 6 |+46|—14] 21 52.9| + © 30 54] +0.0893| .5514] +.0449| +9.6169) .9592 |B 
Aug.1|<Geminor | 3 |-+19!—37 | 12 27.4] — 9 24 36| —0.3808] .5536] +.0136] +9.6303] .9563 | 
1|37 Geminor| 6 |+ 3) —56] 17 32.1] — 4 30 28] —0.6515] .5536) +.0021| +9.6368) .9553 
1}@Geminor | 6 |+83/ +16] 20 43.8] — 1 25 24] +0.5817] .5594) —.0048] +9.6163) .9593 
2|48 Geminor| 6 ; +84) +15] 1 11.5|+ 2 52 59| +0.5869| .5604| —.0164| +9.6155| .9595 1H 
2|52 Geminor| 6 | +26|—3r1 2 10.0] + 3 49 27| —0.2630] .5571) —.0188] +9.6281| .9568 |B 
2|A Geminor | 54|+ 9|/—5t] 6 03.9] + 7 35 12| —0.5633| .5562| —.0281| +9.6313| .9561 |B 
a) a 
2|x Geminor | 4 |-+25|—35 ] 15 22.4|— 7 25 51| —0.2843] .5578| —.0490] +9.6219 9582 . 
5 B.A.C. 3579 6 |+70|—10] 18 o1.4)— 7 19 54] +0.4644] .5437| —-1961| +9.4155 9848 
5| ¢ Leonis 6 |+63|—15 ] 19 37-0] — 5 47 31] +0.3637| -5432| —.1974| +9.4097| .9852 | 
6| & Leonis 6 |—22|—75 ] 2 20.4) + 0 42 43] —1.0789| .5376| —.2068] +9.4120] .9850° 
6) « Leonis 4 |—27|—79 | 20 15.8] — 5 56 34] —1.1598|0.5335| —-2267 +9-2934 9-9914 


wens Rat 7D eh SR a I FE RT ET 


- ELEMENTS 17 


For facihtating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1853. 


Sean a SEAN SST SESS ESS OIA RATT ecergeene nee ae tee 


ae ae At Washington Mean Time of Of. 
Star’s Name. Mag. 4 Mccain 
ng A Ww p 7 Log sin D |Logcos D ; 
k 
hom ho om 5s. | 
7|& Virginis | 5 6 35.7| + 4 03 37| —1.1820]0.5320| —.2350] +9.1979|9.9945 
7|» Virginis 4g 6 53.0] + 4 20 24| +0.5428] .5341| —.2358 +9.1071| .9964 
7| ~ Virginis 5 T4 09.7) +IL 23 14) —1.2425) .5311) —.2403) +-9.1118] .9963 |f 
7| c Virginis 5 | 23 38-4] — 3 26 06] —0.1450) .5320| —.2446 +8.8578) .9989 | 
9| 65 Virginis | 6 5 58.4) + 1 56 06) +0.8748) .5351) —.2475| —8.8595| .9989 ! 
9| 66 Virginis | 6 | 6 33.41 -+ 2 29 58] +0.9768 -5347| —-2474| —8.8842] .9987 i 
9|@ Virginis | 6 J 10 06.0] + 5 55 45) +1.2303| .5355| —.2463| —8.9811| .9980 ; 
9| 80 Virginis | 6 } 12 47-3) + 7 33 47| —0-0558) .5368| —.2460| —8.9083| .9986 i 
10] 94 Virginis | 6 2 12.8] — 2 28 59] +0.0658) .5424| —.2385| —9.1535| .9956 |k 
10] 95 Virginis | 6 2 24.8/ — 2 17 24) +0.4483) .5417| —.2385| —9.1752| .o951 | 
1o| « Virginis | 4 5 15-4) + © 27 33] +0.7707| .5425| —.2364) —9.2216| .9939 ; 
10} w Libree 5 } 20 47-1] — 7 34 15] +0.9931| .5495| —.2217| —9.3692| .9878 i 
11} ot Libre 6 Il 43.9] + § 53 19) —0.4704| .5616) —.2037| —9.4135| .9849 ; 
11} o? Libree 6 } 12 36.8] + 6 44 19] —1.0624] .5639| —.2022] —9.4015| .9857 H 
11| ¢t Librae 4 14 50.4) + 8 53 06] +0.1066| .5621) —.1993| —9.4456| .9824 
11| ¢3 Libre 6 H 15 52.9] + 9 53 25| —0.1987| .5648| —.1962| —9.4430| .9826 
11| ¢* Libree 6 | 16 50.7| +10 49 05] —0.1366) .5640) —.1961] —9.4495| .9821 H 
12| gt Scorpii 2 } 6 30.1] — 0 of 28] +0.4362] .5717| —.1716] —g 5213| .9746 1 
12| 6? Scorpii 52 6 30.3] — 0 of 19] +0.4356| .5719) —.1717| —9.5213]| .9746 | 
12| B.A.C.5 330) 54 6 30.3] — 0 Of 19] +0.4328] .5720]) —.1717| —9.5211| .9747 
12/0 Scorpii | 42 7 03.2/ + 0 30 I9| +1.2179| .5699| —.1697| —9.5396| .9722 : 
12)» Scorpio 4 9 13.6] + 2 35 51) —0.3512| .5768) —.1658| —9.5143| .9755 
12| ) Ophiuchi | 5 14 I1.0] + 7 22 02| —0.5293| .5810) —.1555| —9.5276) .9739 |B 
12|@ Ophiuchi | 5 } 17 24.8] +10 28 25| +0.4491| .5792| —.1491| —9.5573| .9697 || 
13| JUPITER } 5 26.7|;— 1 57 42| —o.0958] .5889] —.1212| —9.5776| .9665 |f 
13| B.A.C.5758| 6 } 7 O1.2) — 0 26 54) —1.1550] .5946) —.1163| —9.5613 a } 
13| 39 Ophiuchi| 5% } Il 35.6] + 3 56 39] +1.1218] .5867| —.1063 Tees 2705 H 
13| B.A.C. 5831] 6 } 11 37.8) + 3 58 41] +0.g001]| .5878) —.1063 wee? es. 
13| 6 Ophiuchi | 5 } T4 51.2} + 7 O04 21] +0.7028| .5899) —.0985) —9.6099 ope ! 
c? Ophiuchi | 5 } 16 49.1] + 8 57 34] +0.3250] .5942| —.0934| —9.6066) .9613 |f 
ittaril au 2 59| —0.5663| .6013| —.0631| —9.6059) .g614 |f 
ee bone é ; e6 =— ; ee 20] —0.1553| .6003) —.0574| —9.6139] .9598 t 
14| 9 Sagittarii | 4% 5 18.0) — 3 03 56] —0.0931) .5999 ae = ott 9595 |f 
14| B.A.C.6161] 6 | 8 18.7/ — 0 10 36] —o.8917| .6045| —.04 9 Tao oH 9617 
14/2 Sagittarii | 3 Be 27H i 5 4 950 ict C-SAGO|= 5B BA —a-03) ies SGA Cle 95 55a 
ittaril —o.7898| .6056| —.0258| —9.6116] .9603 | 
14| 24 Sagittarii| 6 16 44.3) + 7 54 12| —0.789 
i 26 Sapittanii 6 ] 19 46.0] +10-48 26] —1.0240] .6070| —.0170 Beh eee 
14| B.A.C.6369| 6 | 20 51.9] +11 51 36) +0.1603| .6016 rs wie 4 ae) 
¥y Sagittarii | 5 8 31.3) — © 57 46) +0.5643) “5991| +.02 9-634 9555 |i 
15| B.A.C.6576| 6 8 32.8| — 0 56 20] —0.5224) .6044) +.0211/ —9.6164| .9593 
2 _— Z wyy8o If 

ittaril : 2 36 40| —0.0555| .6014) +.0328, —9.6224] > 
15 i ees _ 1 a ae ee 2 a3 ¥) —0.6023! .6041! +.0328 wee 9599 
15| A Sagittarii | 6 16 21.5| + 6 33 09] +0.3509] .5987| +.0444 ae 5 2577 ; 
15| A? Sagittarii | 43 16 36.8] + 6 47 45) +0.5307 Dae +.0444) —9. os Doe 
m Capricor. | 5 3 16.6] — 7 54 59] —1.1301| .5867) +1354 sues 97 y 
17|< Capricor. | 5 H 16 ae + 5 2 27 ee nee eee pea we 
J 23)|\ = 26 2 y : : : : y 
19 nee : 4 aN x d 07 3 —0.8551} .5386 Meee eee ee Q 
els —0.2947| .5367| +.2260| —9.25 9928 |i 
19| 4° Aquarii » T4 53.2] + 1.36 07| —0.2947| .53 * 
ba 30 Been : 12 00.9] — 1-55 47| +0.8531/0.5228) +.2375 9-0750'9.9969 } 


(| 
i 
{ 
4] 
ie 


Cc 


18 ELEMENTS 


For facilitating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1853. 


Te At Washington Mean Time of O. 


North- | South- 
ern. ern. Y 


p q’ Log sin D | Log cos D 


° ° e . . 
33 Piscium +83 | +10 +0.9404|0.5226 —9.0555|9-9972 | 
33 Ceti +57 | +26 +0.2821| .5107 
Jf Piscium +46 | —35 +0.1001| .5098 
» Piscium +90/+ 2 ; +0.7964) .5089 
& Ceti +90|+ 9 : +0.8790] .5092 


é Arietis +58 | —23 
BeAICo 755 +77|— 9 
31 Arietis +18 | —62 
38 Arietis +69 | —13 
SATURN +90] +22 


+0.2895] .5091 
BOS S72 Oo: 
—0.4340] .5087 
+0.4560| .S112 
+0.9462| .5260 


Teo 1443) bear 
—0.3552| .5248 
+1.2151| .5398 
—0.1816) .5412 
wal 5429 


+0.2909| .5490 
—0.1999| -5518 
—0.4722| .5518 
+0.7471| -5576 
+0.7484| .5586 


0.1037) +5553) — 
—0-4109) -5555 
—0.1468] .5565| — 
+1.0832| .5617| — 
—0.9627| .5531 
+0.7034| .5589 
—o.8706| .5508 
—=0:2909)) 5374: 
+0.6606! .5404 
+0.7628) .5400 


19-4994) 
ot Tauri +49 | —23 +9.5174] - 
o* Tauri +21|—49 
¢ Tauri +90| +50 
121 Tauri +31] —32 
132 Tauri +21) —41 


mn 0no0on9d OnNwW AN 


5 Geminor +59|— 3 
- Geminor +30|—26 
37 Geminor +14]—42 
 Geminor +90| +25 
48 Geminor +90| +24 


MESV Sete Pete eres S, 


l++++ ¢1¢4¢+ 44411 


_ 


| 
- 
° 


52 Geminor —22 
A Geminor —41 
x Geminor —27 
pt Cancri +41 
a Cancri —66 


| 
a 


+t 


| 
a 


y Cancri +13 
B.A.C. 3138 —68 
e Virginis 
65 Virginis 
66 Virginis 
2 Virginis 
80 Virginis 
94 Virginis 
95 Virginis 
x Virginis 
2 Libree 

KB Libre 

vt Libree 

ot Libree 

¢ Librae 
6? Libree 

+ Libree 

p* Scorpii 
p? Scorpii 
ot Scorpii 


+++] + 


oe 
comm coo OOMINY 


+1.0090) .5407 
—0.2683) .5424 
—0.1672| .6470 
+0.2124| .5464| —. —9.1752 
+0.5299| -5470|] —. —9.2215 


+0.8714| .5477| —. —9.2821 
+0.7382| .5532| —. —9.3692 
+1.2569) .5559| —. —9-4319| - 
—9.7257| -5643| —. OA4ISS 
—o.1516| .5644] —. —9.4456) . 


—0.4561| .5658) —. —9.4430] . 
—0.3943| -5662| —. —9-4495 
+0.1776| .5728| —. —9.5213 
+0.1741| .5728| —. —9.5213 
+0.9598| .5696| —. —9.5396 


+1.1218] .5690| —. —9.5436| -9717 
—0.6095) .5762| —. 9.5143] 9755 
+1.2505| .5702| —. —9.5548] .9701 
—0.7872| .5798| —. —9-5274| -9739 
+0.1943/0.5788| —. —9-5573|9:9597 


ttt 


eu 
i 
ONO R 


| 


« Scorpii 

v Scorpii 
B.A.C. 5395 
 Ophiuchi 
« Ophiuchi 


aT 
DAO COON NNN A 


coc m coco WO OOOONIN NNNN OA ADAM Vis 


ftt+t ¢t+41 1 


ELEMENTS 


19 
For facilitating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1858. 

i aad ee a At Washington Mean Time of O%. ; 
Hi p ashing’ ! 
H| 1853. | Stex’s Name. | Mag. Mean ‘Time | 
Bas Sout a4 H VY pr! q’ Log sin D | Log cos D : 
H [aera o 9 hem he om 8. t 
1| Sept. 9] JUPITER + 5|—66 | 13 14.2} + 7 31 50| —0.3854|0.5876] —.1139| —9.5817|9.9658 ; 
{| 9| 39 Ophiuchi) 53) +66) +10} 17 10.5) +11 18 52) +0.8812| .5840] —.1039] —9.6113] .9603 ( 
9} B.A.C.5831| 6 | +63|— 4] 17 12.6) +11 20 56] +0.6586) .5851| —.1039| —9.6076| .g611 ! 
9| 6 Ophiuchi | 5 | +49|—15 | 20 28.1] — 9 31 18] +0.4635)] .5868] —.0961] —9.6099| .9606 H 
9| c Ophiuchi | 5 | +27 |—36] 22 27.4) — 7 36 43] +0.0844| .5894| —.09g08| —9.6066| .9613 } 
10] 4 Sagittarii | 5 |—24)—90} 9 32.5|+ 3 o1 47|—0.8017| .5966] —.o610| —9.6059| .9614 H 
1o| 7 Sagittarii | 6 |— 1|—66} to 43.1} + 4 09 32] —0.3845| .5948| —.0581| —9.6139]| .9598 
10] 9 Sagittarii | 43|-+- 2])—6r] rf 06.7/ + 4 32 16] —0.3236] .5950| —.0554] —9.6153) .9595 i 
10| B.A.C.6161| 6 | —39|—90} 14 10.4) + 7 28 35) —1.1251] .5991| —.0470| —9.6046| .9617 f 
1o|a Sagittarli | 3 | +42|—17 | 20 25.6] —10 31 24| +0.4320] .5928| —.0299| —9.6340| .9555 
10] 24 Sagittarii] 6 | —41|—90 | 22 45.0] — 8 17 34) —1.0134| .5996| —.0243| —9.6116| .9603 E 
II 26 Sagittaril 6 |—62|—90] I 50.2] — 5 19 51] —1.2462| .6006] —.0157| —9.6087| .9608 
11| B.A.C.6369| 6 |+13|—44} 2 57.4) — 4 15 25) —0.0502| .5951| —.0099| —9.6284| .9567 f 
II] o Sagittarii | 24} +64/+59] 6 57.8) — o 24 43| +1.2697| .5886| +.0015] —9.6491 9519 
I1| } Sagittarii | 5 | +37|—20] 14 51.6] + 7 09 59] +0.3751| -5924| +.0215| —9.6340] .9555 
11| B.A.C.6576| 6 | —22| —90 | 14 53.1] + 7 11 28] —0.7231| .5972| +.0243| —9.6164| .9593 i 
11| 7 Sagittarii| 54] + 4|—56] 18 40.2] +10 49 29] —0.2455] -5943| +.0327| —9.6224| .9580 i 
11| z° Sagittarii| 6 | —26|—90 } 18 46.5] +10 55 30| —0.7949| .5969| +.0327| —9.6135] .9599 i 
11| 4+ Sagittarii| 6 | +28|—31 | 22 52.4) — 9 08 24] +0.1713] .5910] +.0467| —9.6265 9572 
11| A? Sagittarii | 44 | +38 | —21 | 23 08.0] — 8 53 29] +0.3533] .5902] +.0467| —9.6292| .95 i 
— 626 | 
B.A.C.6864| 6 |—50|—90} 8 55.8) + 0 31 05|—1.1760] -5932] +.0738] —9.5943| .963 H 
ae cee 6 a —71 | 20 13.3] +11 22 07| —0.4604 5849) +.1021| —9.5895 9645 
13| B.A.C.7179| 6 |— 4|)—80] 3 o1.9] — 6 04 50) —0.5640] .5812) +.1190 79-5743 oP 
13| B.A.C.7197| 6 | +67|+ 5 3 54.3] — 5 14 29] +0.7989] -5749| +.1213|] —9.59 9 32 
13|  Capricor. | 54} —54]—90} 10 37.7| + 1 13 47] —1.2601| .5797| +.1350| —9.5430] -97 
i . . —9.5694| .9679 |f 
I Capricor. | 6 |+47|—21 | 12 20.4) + 2 52 38] +0.3637| .5721| +.1393] —9.5 
2 oe cae 6 |+15|—55 | 12 45.6] + 3 16 57] —0.2350] .5746) +.1393 yee eee 
13|@Capricor. | 6 | +42) —27 } 15 19.8) + 5 45 25] +0.2509 ae +.1457 = 9-559 9694 
14| 33 Capricor.| 6 | +69|+19 | 18 57.0] + 9 14 38) +1.0139) -564 Me —9.5634| .9 all 
14| 37 Capricor.| 6 | +69] +16} 23 33.2} 10 19 08] +0.9809| .5626) +.1617| —9.5490) .9709 
i i 5 -5625| +.1638] —9.5365| .9727 |p 
C im +-59|—13]} © 31.4|— 9 23 05| +0.5030) .5 
a LigasHnde. a ee —25] 2 56.6|— 7 03 04| +0.2967| 5619 pees —9-5242 9743 
14) B.A.C.7550| 6 |+70|+27} 3 10.9] — 6 49 15] +1.1207 ee +. 1092 meres es ; 
15| 56 Aquarii | 6 |+30|—46] o 18.2]—10 25 54] —0.0826) .5489| +.2025 eee 9843 ! 

15|ctAquarii | 6 |+75|+21] 8 24.3) — 2 35 57| 41.0720) -5409| +.2124) —9.4 ae 
li . . —9-3947| -9002 |i 
Bak +69|+ 1} 9 17.6]— I 44 27) +0.7771| -5407| + 2135 9-39 H 
16 ake i — 4 —90O } 22 50.2} +11 21 59 ey ae cae “ees re 
6] a3 A ii +24|—56 } 23 20.5} +11 51 19) —o.2 : . —9. : 
i % Piscium é alga +10 } 20 39.2) + 8 30 21| +0.9406| .5225 +.2396 meee ee 
17| 33 Piscium | 5 | +83 +16 22 21.8] +10 09 54 + 1.0323 5214) +.2403| —9.0555) « i 
18] 33 Ceti 6 |+68)/—17} 8 02.2}— 5 09 24 eb Sue oes: eee a 
18] f Piscium | 6 | +46 ai rf 49-7 — ; i d Ee ee ae plereell gost I 
18| Pisctum | 43) —21 | — 18 17.2] + —i. alanis a Finaeeelngogs It 
is¢i I O 14.7] +10 35 O1| +1.0000} .5113| +.235 85 | 

ia ons ; 66 an 16 aie ++ 2 40 40] +1.1115| .5123| +.2247| +9.1520 -9956 

sate : 5124) +.2191| +9.2372| -9934 

2 vena UE AS el Al oan A a OSes re ia +.2181] +9.2353| -9935 

19) B.A.C.755| 6 |+90)+ 5 | 23 59-9| + 9 39 —o.1810] .5120| +.2136] +9.3110) .9907 

Bal eats a laos, A : ane os a a 3 40.7230 -5 143) +.2097 +9.3116| .9907 

ieti I GP 27.0) . i 
= ae 3 Ge a 7] 4 03.4) —I1 50 43 +0.4376|0.5265] +.1540] +9.5174:9.9751 


20 ELEMENTS 


For facilitating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
Sor the Year 1853. 


Limiting = 

S At Washington Mean Time of O. 
Parallels. Washington 
Mean Time 


of O. 


H/ 1853. | Star’sName. | Mag. 


North- | South- + 
ent a Log sin D | Log cos D 


jth Yy p 


° 


| x 2 \. ho om 8. 
H! Sept.22| o? Tauri 54 | +38 | —33 | 8 02.0] — 7 59 31] —0.0611/0.5265| +.1476] +-9.5384|9.9724 
f 22| ¢ Tauri 4% | —28 | —67 08.2] + 3 43 §5)—I.I1110] .5273| +.1272] +9.5860| .9651 
23/103 Tauri | 6 | —43 | —66 24.2) — 8 23 35| —1.2289] .5309] +.1050] +9.6104| .9605 
23) 12t Tauri 6 |+48| —16 21.6] + 4 08 29] +0.1096| .5406] +.0791| +9.6082| .9610 
24/132 Tauri | 54| +37) —24 39-3| +10 13 37] —0.0697] .5419| +.0667| +9.6180] .9590 
24|5 Geminor | 6 | +83) +12 02.4] — 3 44 04] +0.5751] 5479] +.0431] +9.6169] .9592 
25|« Geminor | 3}|+46|—12 46.5| +10 30 08] +0.0724] .5490] +.0120} +9.6303| .9563 
25| 37 Geminor| 6 | +29|—26 55-0] — 8 31 55] —0.2114] .5493| —.0016| +9.6348) .9553 
25| Geminor | 6 | +90| +42 09.2} — § 24 24) +1.0186] .5546| —.0085| +9.6163| .9593 
25| 48 Geminor | 6 | +90| +41 40.4] — I 02 32] 41.0125] .5553) —.0177| +9.6155]| .9595 | 
25| 52 Geminor| 6 | +51|— 8 39.6] — © 05 20] +0.1565| .5518| —.o199| +9.6281| .9568 | 
25| A Geminor | 54} +32 | —25 36.6] + 3 43 32|—0.1553) -5511| —.0292| +9.6312| .9561 
26) x Geminor | 34|-+47|—14 02.5| —II 10 09] +0.0983] .5528| —.0521| +9.6219| .9582 
27| 2 Cancri 6 |— 1| —66 15.1] + 4 28 53] —0.7404] .5493} —.0883| +9.6174| .95gI 
27| y Cancri 54|+90| +25 33-8] — 9 33 37] +0-9152] -5550] —.1101| +9.5736| -9672 
28] B.A.C. 3138] 6 | + 3 | —67 17.8] + 3 42 07| —0.6868} -5473| —.1393] +9.5714| .9675 
29/ » Leonis 33 | +40 | —34 59.0] + 3 33 19] —0.0213] .5455| —.1856| +9.4775| -9795 
29/43 Leonis | 6 |+77|— § 43-4] +10 04 13] +0.5462] .5461| —.1952| +9.4328] .9835 
29| B.A.C.3579| 6 |+77|— 6 58.4) —10 47 18] +0.5539] -5454| —.2014] +9.4155| .9848 
29| 7 Leonis 6 |+69|—12 32.9] — 9 15 53] +0.4476] .5449] —.2029] +9.4098] .9852 
29| k: Leonis 6 |—16| —75 IIl.1] — 2 50 §5| —1.0146| .5404| —.2129] +9.4121| .9850 
30|« Leonis | 4 |—28|/—79 46.4] — 9 50 21] —1.1776| .5389| —.2334| +9.2934| -9914 
Oct. 3/94 Virginis | 6 | +23] —59 55-9] — 9 10 48] —0.3113) -5547| —.2471| —9.1535| -9956 
3| 95 Virginis | 6 | +43 | —38 07.3} — 8 59 46) +0.0650] .5541| —.2471| —9.1751] -9951 
3|x Virginis | 44] +60] —21 50.7] — 6 21 59] +0.3727| .5541]} —.2454| —9.2214| .9939 |F 
3| B.A.C.4765| 6 |} +79] — 4 28.5] — 1 53 55] +0.6984] .5559] —.2410] —9.2822] .9919 
4| « Libree 6 |+69|—12 42.5| + 8 56 09] +0.5462| .5613) —.2288] —9.3692| .9878 
4| 1 Libree 5 | +74} +18 04.0] — 7 58 18] +1.0454] .5643| —.2178|] —9.4319| .9835 | 
5] ot Libree 6 |—15|—90 08.8] — 2 06 52; —o.9196! .5728| —.2084| —9.4135]| .9849 | 
5| ¢+ Libree 4 | +15 | —63 09.0} + © 46 39) —0.3578| .5729| —.2033] —9.4456| .9824 
5| 3 Libree 6 |— 1|—88 09.5}-+ 1 44 53| —0.6592| .5744| —.2017| —9.4430] .9826 
5| 4 Libree 6 |+ 2|—82 05.3} + 2 38 40| —o0.5994| -5749| —-1999| —9.4495| -9821 
5) a Libree 6 |+70| +30 25.5] +10 4o O1| +1.1585| -5733| —.1849| —9.5281| .9738 
5| 8" Scorpii 2 |} +28)—44 21.1] — 8 35 38] —0.0507| .5800] —.1747| —9.5213] .9746 
5| 8° Seorpii 5t| +28 | —44 21.3] — 8 35 29] —0.0541| .5800) —.1747| —9.5213| -9746 
5| 1 Seorpii 44|+70/— 1 53-3| — 8 04 43] +0.7214| .5780] —.1726| —9.5396] .9722 
5| «9 Scorpii 44/+70|/+ 9 07.2} — 7 51 18| +0.8812) .5773| —.1726] —9.5436| .9717 
5| » Scorpii 4 |—15|—g90 00.5] — 6 02 23) —0.8312| .5847| —.1682] —9.5143] .9755 
5| B.A.C.5395| 6 | +70] +17 38.8] — 5 25 30] +1.0051| .5774| —.1682| —9.5548] .9701 
6| Ophiuchi | 5 | —27!—go g1.1] — 1 23 Of] —t.0113| .5871| —.1593]) —9.5276] .9739 
6| » Ophiuchi | 5 | +25 | —44 00.9} + I 39. 24) —0.0436] .5856) —.1501| —9.5573) -9697 
6| 39 Ophiuchi] 53| +61 | — 6 56.6] — 5 07 35| +0.6261| .5895| —.1045] —9.6113] .9603 
6| B.A.C. 5831] 6 | +46 | —r19 58.8] — 5 05 32) +0.4054] .5906| —.1045| —9.6076| .9611 
7|6 Ophiuchi | 34] +66 | +38 28.2] — 3 39 40| +1.1984] .5871| —.1018] —9.6235| .9578 
7| JUPITER —23|—90 40.9] — 3 27 28] —o0.8580| .5903) —.1013| —9.5887| .9646 
7\6 Ophiuchi | 5 | +34] —z9 10.8] — 2 o1 16| +0.2124] .5921| —.0964] —9.6099| .9606 
H 7|c? Ophiuchi |] 5 | +14] —51 08.1] — 0 08 41] —0.1638] .5946) —.0g09| —9.6066| .9613 
i 7| 4 Sagittarii | 5 | —40|—go 03.4] +10 20 06] —1.0462] .6005| —.0600] —9.6059| .9614 
7\7 Sagittarii | 6 | —14|—89 13.1] +11 26 59] —0.6316| .5987| —.o571| —9.6139| .9598 
7\9 Sagittarii | 44 | —10| —8z2 36.6] +11 49 28) —0.5714/0.5984| —.0571| —9.6153 9.9595 


a 


ey i en 


a 


hs ow 


om 


a 


cn 


ELEMENTS oA 


Hor facilitating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1858. 


TA NN TTR TT TR Tp en 


Limiting 


Sa Ce a EEE SEE 


i 

Parallels. NA ' At Washington Mean Time of Of H 

1853. Star’s Name, | Mag. q Wess ‘time i 
#9 H ie vy p Ch Log sin D |Logcos D 

| Oct. 8 Sancta 3 * 49.6 205 20 O1 +0.1805|0.5950) —.03 11] —9.6340 9.9555 
8 B.A.C. 6369 6 8 18.6] + 2 53 08] —0.2974| .5965) —.o107| —9.6284| .9567 
8) o Sagittaril | 22 12 17.7] + 6 42 34) +1.0184) .5894| +.0007| —9.6491| .9519 i 
8) p Sagittarii | 5 } 20 10.2] — 9 44 06] +0.1294) .5918] +.0238] —9.6340| .9555 |i 
8) B.A.C.6576) 6 } 20 I1.7| — 9 42 35| —0.9670} .5970| +.0238| —9.6163| .9593 i 
8} x4 Sagittarli | 54 23 58.71 — 6 04 43) —0.4888] .5932) +.0352| —9.6224| .9580 
9) 2°? Sagittarii | 64 © O1.4) — 6 02 11) —0.5829) .5939) +.0352| —9.6209! .9584 i 
9| x? Sagittarii | 6 © 05.0] — 5 58 41] —1.0404] .5959| +.0352| —9.6134| .9599 |f 
9| ht Sagittarii | 6 4 11.2] — 2 ©2 20] —0.0691| .5899| +.0464| —9.6265| .9572 |i 
9| A? Sagittarii | 43 4 26.7| — 1 47 27| +0.1119} .5892) +.0464| —9.6292| .9566 |f 
10| B.A.C. 7049] 6 I 39.1| — § 24 43] —0.6885| .5817| +.1014| —9.5895| .9645 |# 
10} 17 Capricor.) 6 8 31.9] + 1 12 32) —0.7861) .5774| +.1181| —9.5743| .9671 |f 
10} B.A.C.7197| 6 9 25.2) + 2 03 45| +0.5835| .5711| +.1203| —g 5966] .9632 |f 
10| z Capricor. | 6 17 57-4] +10 17 02] +0.1555| .5662) +.1402| —9.5692) -9679 |f 
10| 27 Capricor.| 6 18 23.0] +10 41 43| —0.4449] .5688) +.1402| —9.5570| .9698 |f 
1o| @Capricor. | 6 20 59.3) —IO 47 40] +0.0461| .5645] +.1463| —9.5592| .9694 : 
I1| 33 Capricor.| 6 © 39.8] — 7 15 11] +0.8183] .5601] +.1524| —9.5634| .9688 |f 
11| 37 Capricor.| 6 5 20.4] — 2 44 33] +0.7918] .5565| +.1620| —9.5490] .9709 |f 
I1|« Capricor. | 43 6 19.5) — 1 47 30] +0.3125) -5574| +.1639) —9.5365| .9727 : 
11] x Capricor. | 5 8 47.2] + © 34 57] +0.1087] .5571| +.1675) —9.5242| .9743 ‘ 
11| B.A.C. 7550] 6 9 01.7] + © 48 58| +0.9383] -5530| +.1692| —9.5399) .9722 |} 
11} 29 Aquarii | 6 17 41.0] + 9 10 18| —0.2706| .5517| +.1828| —9.4821] .9790 | 
12/56 Aquarii | 6 6 32.7| — 2 23 56) —0.2373| -5425) +.2016| —9.4223]| .9843 4 
12| 2+ Aquarii | 6 14 47.9] + 5 35 06] +0.9396| -5347| +-2113| —9.4080] .9853 ; 
12) 7? Aquarii | 4 | 15 42.3) + 6 27 45] +0.6452) .5348) +.2125| —9.3944| .9862 4 
12) 74 Aquarii | 6 17 35.6] + 8 17 29] —1.0271| .5370] +.2147| —9.3316] .9898 ; 
13) Aquarii | 42 4 29.2] — 5 09 37| —1.2812] .5306| +.2253) —9.2346] .9935 |i 
13) ¥? Aquaril | 44 5 30.5| — 4 10 10] —0.9482| .5297| +.2261) —9.2390] .9934 |f 
13| 8 Aquarii | 5 6 01.4] — 3 40 15| —0.3779] -5280| +.2270| —9.2568 -9928 : 
13| B.A.C.8214] 6 14 17.6] + 4 20 41| —0.7456) -5247| +.2328| —9.1577) -9955 
13| B.A.C.82 6 20 51.8| +10 42 54| —0.3549| -5207| +.2368| —9.0976 .9966 : 
30 Bean: 5 3 43.0/ — 6 38 14] +0.8886] .5175| +.2396| —9.0755| -9969 |f 
14] 33 Piscium | 5 5 AR 4 56 59] +0.9854| .5166) +.2404| —9.0555| -9972 | 
16| Piscium | 43 I 54.2) — 9 47 29] —1.0568| .5089| +.2393| +8.9726] .9981 
16| » Piscium & 7 54.0| — 3 57 §8| 1.0693) .5104| +.2365) +8.9174 9985 H 
17| & Ceti 5 © 32.6, —11 48 09) +1.2167) .5125| +.2267| +9.1520| .9956 || 
17| € Arietis 53 6 43-1] — 5 48 19] +0.6479) .5127| +-2219| +-9.2373) -9934 i 
17| B. A.C. 755) 6 7 44.2} — 4 49 00] +0.9196] .5133| +.2211| +9.2355| -9935 : 
17| 31 Arietis | 54 12 50.3} + 0 08 15] —0.0188] °5129| +.2166) +9.3099 .9908 
17| 38 Arietis 54 17 11.5] -+ 4 21 45 +0.8582] .5157| +.2117| +9.3116| .9907 fl 
2 5 8 |i 

18] B.A.C. 1096] 6 18 16.4] + 4 42 01] —0.2549] .5202 +.1821) +9.4745| -979 
19| ot Tauri i 6 Il 42.5] — 2 23 57! +0.6369 5283!) +.1568) +9.5174) .9751 4 
19| w? Tauri 52 15 40.4) + 1 26 35] +0.1422| .5282| +.1503 +9-5385| -9724 j 
19| x* Tauri 54 19 34.4] -+ § 13 16] —1.2148] .5253| +.1435] +9.5726| .9673 |f 
20| ¢ Tauri 43 3 44.8] —10 51 47 —o.8971| .5289] +.1296 +9.5859| .9651 
i = ; 6104) .9605 |i 

20|103 Tauri | 6 16 04.6] + 1 04 19] —0.9977| -5328] +.1052) +9.0104 
coll ree es 4 57-5| —10 27 57] +0.3442) -5419| +-0790| +9.6082) .9610 |f 
21) 132 Tauri 5s 11 15.9] — 4 22 06| +0.1676 .5426| +.0665| +9.6180] .9590 i 
21| 139 Tauri 53 15 23.1] — 0 23 06 —1.1468] .5381| +.0579| +9.6408 9539 { 
21/5 Geminor | 6 2h Atle 5 +.0449| +9.616919.9592 |j 


42 22| +0.8189|0.5474 


= Se a ES EES 5 


SEG SEE AE TIEN 


For facilitating 


ELEMENTS 


the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
Sor the Year 1853. 


NNN NN 


Star’s Name. 


« Geminor. 
37 Geminor. 
52 Geminor. 
A Geminor. 
c Geminor. 


x Geminor. 
a Cancri 

v® Cancri 
y Caneri 

€ Cancri 


79 Cancri 
B.A.C. 3138 
7 Leonis 

42 Leonis 


B.A.C. 3579 
7 Leonis 
k: Leonis 

« Leonis 

€ Virginis 
vy Virginis 
x Virginis 
e Virginis 
B Scorpil 
8? Scorpii 
«1 Scorpii 


o* Scorpii 
vt Scorpio 
B.A.C. 5395 
+ Ophiuchi 
o Ophiuchi 


39 Ophiuchi 
B.A.C. 5831 
6 Ophiuchi 
b Ophiuchi 
ce? Ophiuchi 


VENUS 

4 Sagittarii 
7 Sagittarii 
9 Sagittarii 
a Sagittarii 


B.A.C. 6369 
o Sagittarii 

) Sagittarii 

B.A.C. 6576 
x Sagittarii 
2° Sagittarii 
M* Sagittarii 
2 Sagittarii 
17 Capricor. 
B.A.C.7197 


bie 


be 


be 


AAFAD“M AMNA $F AQAnMN 
ee 


Limiting 
arallels. 


Washington 
Mean Time 


of O. 


ar) 
KO DAN WO ANS WHw se OH 


NNN ae 
COW Ww N™ 


— 
nnom 


n 


| 
FOoOON 


30.8 
41.9 
31.9 
31.7 
53-4 


04.9 
33-0 


ak oh 


Ltt 


_ 
= 


tt +111 


y 


~ 
OW HW > 


me OFUO 


Ono” 


m CON 


: 


| 


ttett Lette t4tt 


WO MOAKDN NHK COR AWWEYO ON APR 


#t+t+ ¢11¢ +110 


= 


= 
al 


NN NWR 


rom bv 


At Washington Mean Time of O. 


i 2 p’ qy 


+0.3178]0.5478| +.0115 
+0.0328] .5473] +.0002 
+0.4033] -5493| —.o2z01 
+0.0891} .5481] —.0292 
—1.1660] .5427| —.0518 


O°5 430 Ose 
—O.5101] -5445 
—1.0752] -5416 
SEE Dy A) 5492 
—1.0102| 5393 


“5395 
5287 
-5389 
5394 
-5389 


-5383 
5339 
-5 336 
5343 
-5365 


“5357 
-5380 
*5905 
“5905 
5872 
«5878 
5942 
5880 
5981 
-5960 


-6010 
.6022 
5985 
.6039 
6063 


+5500 
-6117 
.6099 
.6099 
6056 
6068 
“S991 
-6013 
-6066 
6022 


6047 
5983 


—1.0186 
—o0.4691 
+0.1779 
+0.7418 
+0.7450 
+0.6360 
—0.8494 
—1.0402 
—1.1282 
+0.5765 


—1.2653 
—0.2176 
—0o.1580 
—0.1615 
+0.6020 


+0.7593 
—0.9324 
+0.8772 


—1.1143 
—o0.1660 


+0.4721 
+0.2551 
+1.0335 
+0.0617 
—0.3106 


+ 1.1254 
—1.1890 
—o.7820 
—0.7230 
+0.0102 


—0.4650 
+0.8299 
—0.0505 
—I.1319 
—0.6619 


—1.2061 
—0.2506 
—0.0711| .5976 
—0.9661| .5810 
+0.3916|0.5760| +.1221 


Rope oe hh 


Log sin D | Log cos D 


+9.6303|9.9563 
+9-6348) .9553 
+9.6281| .9568 
+9.6312| .9561 
+9-6438| .9532 


-9582 
9591 
9588 
-9672 
9652 


+9654 
-9675 
9795 
9835 
-9848 


-9852 
9850 
9914 
9945 
9964 


-9963 
-9989 
-9746 
-9746 
+9722 


eT, 
“9755 
9701 
“9739 
9697 
-9603 
9611 
9578 
-9606 
-9613 


9545 
9614 
19598 
9595 
9555 
-9568 
‘9519 
9555 
9593 


+9.6217 
+9.6173 
+9.6188 
+9-5734 
+9.5853 


+9.5844 
9°57 14 
0-475 
aah de it) 
FOATSS 
“0-407, 
+9.4121 
9.2935 
+9.1978 
+9.1070 
+9.1118 
+8.8578 
9:5 285 
—9.5213 
—9-5396 


—9-5436 
= 9-5 142 
—9°5547, 
9:5 4/5, 
PSST 
—9.6113 
—9.6076 
—9.6235 
—9.6099 
—9.6066 
—9.6382 
—9.6059 
—9.6139 
—9.6153 
—9.6340 
—9.6284 
—9.6490 
—9.6340 
—9.6164 
—9.6224 


—9.6134 
—9.6265 
—9.6292| .9566 
—9.5743) .9671 
—9.5966 9.9632 


Eee 


“9599 
9572 


9580. | 


Saas 


Ly 2 Ae sta se? 
or 


ELEMENTS 23 


For facilitating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1858. 


Limiting 

4 Parallels, | Washington 
H 1853. Star’s Name. | Mean Time 
4 of Or 7 


At Washington Mean Time of O. 


pe p Log sin D |Logcos D ; 


—9-5694 9.9678 |i 
—9-5571| 9698 
—9-5593| -9694 |i 
— 9.5634) .9688 
—9-5703| -9677 |f 
—9-5490| -9709 |f 
—9-5365! -9727 |f 
—9-5242| .9743 

—9-5399] -9722 | 
—9-4825] .9790 |f 
—9.4223] .9843 |F 
—9.4080| .9853 
—9-3947| .9862 |F 
—9.3316| .9898 H 
—9-2390| -9934 |H 
— 9.2568] .9928 |f 
—9.0750| -9969 
—9.0556| .9972 
+8.4637| .9998 
+8.6955) .9995 


+8.9723| -9981 
+8.9174| -9985 |f 
+9.1521| .9956 |B 
+9.2372| -9934 |f 
+9.3110] -9907 |} 


+9.3116] .9907 E 
+9.5385| 9724 |8 
+9.5726| .9673 
+9.5359) .9651 
+9.6104| .9605 


| S78 

} 23 29.5 

| 23 54.8 
20:3 
97.5 
26.9 
45.6 
44.3 
10.9 
25.3 


02.2 


x Capricor. 
27 Capricor. 
@ Capricor. 
33 Capricor. 
35 Capricor. 


—0,0328]0.5700 
—0.6292| .5709 
—0.1409| .5677 
+0.6266| .5612 
+1.1995| .5585 
+0.6017| .5585 
+0.1261| .5592 
ae ODT) 5509 
Soha) 52 
—0.4350] .5502 


53-1 —9.4093] .5398 
09.6 +0.7729) .5314 
04.3 +0.4786| .5312 
57.6 1.1934) .5333 
57-9 —1.1028] .5252 
48 Aquarii 29.0 —0.5315| .5246 
30 Piscium 24.2 eS 5124 
33 Piscium 09.8 +0.8614) .5114 
33 Ceti 43.7 +0.4069| .5054 
J Piscium | 36.4. +0.0655| .5052 


37 Capricor. 
e Capricor. 
x Capricor. 
B.A.C.7550 
29 Aquarii 


p+ttt +1101 


56 Aquarii 
7? Aquarii 
7? Aquarii 
74 Aquarii 
a? Aquarii 


NPANN ANP AHA ANDAR 


- 


» Piscium 12.0 —1.1223| .5044 
y Pisclum 16.2 + 1.0214] .5063 
& Ceti 05.5 +1.1948] .5096 
é Arietis 19.5 +0.6334| .5103 
31 Arietis 29.8 —0.6299| .5106 


38 Arietis | 13 52.8 +0.8602| .5139 
a? Tauri 30.4 +0.2003| .5294 
x Tauri 24.3 —1.1553| .5267 


—0.8287| .5306 
—0.9179) .5348 
+0.4365) .5432 
+0.2640] .5446 
—1.0505| .5400 
+0.9241| .5490 
+0.4302| .5489 


+0.1467| .5479 
+0.5228/ .5404 
+0.2085| .5478 
—I.0510] “5419 
+0.4666| .5469 


¢ Tauri 34.4 
103 Tauri | 53-3 


+ | 


-++-9.6082] .9610 |f 
+9.6180] .9590 | 
+9.6408) .9539 |f 
+9.6169| .9592 
+9.6303] .9563 
+9-6348} .9553 
+9.6281| .9568 
+9.6312| .9561 
+9-6437| -9532 
+9.6217| .9582 


+9-6385) .9545 
+9.6172] .9591 
+9.6188} .9588 
+9.5853| 9652 1h 
+9-5844| .9654 |} 
+9.5714| .9675 
+9-4773| -9795 
+9.4328) .9835 
+9.4153| .9848 |f 
+9.4097|9.9852 |} 


121 Tauri | 45.1 
132 Tauri 02.9 
139 Tauri 09.9 
5 Geminor | 27.8 
« Geminor 18.2 


37 Geminor 30.0 
52 Geminor 21.9 
A Geminor 22.9 
¢ Geminor 48.4 
x Geminor 


Se a ye paar ine ER oC ene 


t+} 04 ¢1441 


32.6 —1.1303| .5406 
38.1 —0.3882! 5419 
—0.9570| .5386 
30.6 —0.8888) .5347 
58.7 SHIN By in) 


—0.3457| 5360 
20.5 +0.3045) -5315 
+0.8728] .5314 
4 49.5 +0.8752| .5309 
6 0.5301 


cw Cancri 
» Cancri 
v® Cancri 
€ Cancri 
79 Caneri 


B.A.C. 3138 
” Leonis 

42 Leonis 
B.A.C. 35.06 
t Leonis 


Laas 


DAYANA AAA AD 


24 ELEMENTS 


For facilitating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1853. 


Limiting A ; 
Parallels. Washington At Washington Mean Time of 0. 
Star’s Name. | Mag. Mean Time 


p q’ 


i: Leonis : —0.7409|0.5256| —.2084 
« Leonis —0.9462] .5243] —.2303 ; } 
— Virginis —1.0423] .5250) —.2395 
vy Virginis +0.6848] .5272] —.2394 f : 
A’ Virginis —1.3406] .5248] —.2403 
x Virginis 

ce Virginis 

65 Virginis 
66 Virginis 
2 Virginis 


—1.1866] .5260) —.2456 
—0.1326] .5290] —.2510 
+0.6452] .5404| —.2575 
+0.7432] .5410| —.2575 
+0.9665| .5421| —.2569 


—0.3098) .5445| —.2565 
—0.2849| .5540| —.2501 
+0.0879] .5533| —.2501 
+0.3859] -5553| —.2481 
+0.6944) 5572) —.2449 


+0.9849] .5719| —.2235 
—0.7491] .6209] —.o590 
—0.5023| .6193] —.0133 
+0.7709| .6116] —.0007 
—0.0984| .6133| +.0249 


.0249 
-O344 
poor 
.0468 
0468 


nots 
1223 
.1247 , : f 
“1433 : y 
1436 i : : 
.1498 
1563 
1583 
-1662 
1680 


80 Virginis 
94 Virginis 
95 Virginis 
x Virginis 

2 Libree 

vt Libree 

9 Sagittarii 
B.A.C. 6369 
o Sagittarii 
) Sagittarii 


B.A.C. 6576 
x Sagittarii 
x° Sagittarii 
h* Sagittarii 
h? Sagittarii 
B.A.C. 7049 
17 Capricor. 
B.A.C.7197 
x Capricor. 

27 Capricor. 


PPPS tt ter tet 


. a ee ee eee ee 


—1.1623| .6187 
—o.7011| .6152 
—1.2365| .6179 
—0.2976| .6250 
—0.1213] .6101 


—0.9107| .5990 
—1.0086] .5924 
+0.3261| .5856 
—O0005) 5797 
—0.6772| .5824 


P Pe et ee el 


On wWrnbuUnN NNO HO © NH ON 


(i i oc 


@ Capricor. —0.1986| .5770 
33 Capricor. +0.5568] .5717 
35 Capricor. +1.1205| .5688 
37_Capricor. : +0.5323| .5664 
e Capricor. | 4 +0.0634| .5670 


t+ +411 


1718 
a : . e 
1871 
2044 
2138 


2140 | 9 aod, 
.2170| —9.3314] . 
-2275| —9.2390] . 
.2276| —9.2568 
2395) "—9°07 Seale 
-2401] —9.0555 
2412] +8.4637 


x Capricor. : —0.1354| -5661 
B.A.C.7550 . +0.6776) .5635 
29 Aquarii d —0.5044| .5578| 
56 Aquarii : —0.4639| .5468 


7? Aquarii . +0.7046| .5370 


es oes ne ae 5368 
74 Aquarii —1.2382| .5385 
x, ee rie A re 
¥ Aquari —0.5834| .527 

30 Piscium +0.7058} .5129 


33 Piscium +0.8054] .5118 
33 Ceti +0.3667| .5031 
J Piscium +0.0714| .5029 2403| +8.6893 
# Piscium —1.1566} .5016 2378] +8.9730| . 
v Piscium +0.9873|0.5035| +.2354] +8.9175\9. 


fete ¢tttt +4 4e¢ ¢tttt ¢+444 ttttt 


St 


re eee 


= 


ELEMENTS 25 


For facilitating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1853. 


| Limiting 
i Parallels. Washington 
1) 1853. Star’s Name, . Mean Time 


North- | South- of &. H V , 


ern. ern. P 


At Washington Mean Time of O. 


7 Log sin D |Log cos D | 


51 Ceti +90] +28 
é Arietis +85 |— 5 
BSAC A 75S +90| +11 
31 Arietis +39) —41 
38 Arietis +90|/+ 7 


a 


+2292] +9.15209.9956 : 
-2207) +-9.2357) -9935 |l 
-2200 +9.2339| -9935 
-2157| +9.3099| .9908 
+2121] +9.3117| .9907 


1744] +9.4719| .9801 
1581) +9.5174! .9751 |i 
-I517| +9.5385| .9724 |f 
+1311] +9.5859| .g651 |f 
.0676] +9.6180| .9590 |} 


.0589| +9.6408] .9539 |} 
.O117| +9.6303| .9563 |f 
.0292| +9.6313) .9561 |F 
.0517| +9.6217| .9582 

.0672| +9.6385| -9545 


™m. us 

56.7| + 4 +-1.1679|0.5063 
13.2 +0.6476| .5071 
15.3 +0.9217| .5077 
26.2 —0.0485| .5077 
51.0 +0.8390| .5103 


= 
N 


nw 
0 


SATURN +90 | +29 
ot Tauri +90|+ 5 
o? Tauri +53 |—z0 
z Tauri — 6| —67 
132 Tauri +57|— 3 


59.2 +1.0887) .5275 
45.5 +0.6803| .5278 
44.3 +0.1885| .5282 
50.1 —0.8397| .5300 
17.9 +0.2548) .5458 


24.4 —1.0610] .5415 
29.0 +0.4191| .5511 
30.3 +0.1946| .5500 
06.0 +0.4525| .5499 
37-9 —I.1497] .5422 


43.2 —0.4082] .5431| —.0866| +-9.6173| .9591 |f 
28.1 —0.9110] .5401| —.0950| +9.6198| .9586 |f 
49.3 —0.9804| .5396| —.0971| +9.6188] .9588 
+90] +58 Bee +1.2770] .5461) —.1093| +9.5734| .9672 
—12| —68 39.5 —0.9185| .5344] —.1326] +9.5853| .9652 


—12|—68 07.3 —0.9290] .$339| —.1346] +9.5844| .9654 : 
+21 | —48 421 —9.3731| .5357| —.1364| 49.5714] .9675 |f 
+58 | —19 45.5 +0.2738) .5287| —.1800] +9.4774| -9795 -|} 
+90] +11 56.2 +0.8455| .5273| —.1915| +9.4326| .9835 
+90} +10 24.3 +0.8470] .5264| —.1955| +9.4153| .9848 
+0.7348] .5255| —.1983] +9.4097| .9852 
—0.7889] .5204| —.2070] +9.4120| .9850 |} 
—I1.0014] .5172} —.2273] +-9.2934| .9914 |f 
—I.1018] .5170] —.2364| +9.1975] -9945 |f 
+0.6497| .5192| —.2364| +9.1070) .9964. 
—1.2500| .5174| —.2411| +9.1114| -9964 |f 
—o.1816] .5198| —.2467| +8.8570| .9989 
+0.6089| .5295| —.2523| —8.8602) .9989 
+0.7089| .5301| —.2523| —8.8843| .9987 |f 
+0.9365| .5322| —.2517| —8.9816] .9980 


—0.3606| .5335| —.2513| —8.9089| .9986 
—0.3317| .5436] —.2450] —9.1536] .9956 
+0.0472| .5430] —.2450| —9.1752| .9951 
+0.3502| °5449| —-2432| —9.2217| -9939 
44.7 +-0.6651| .5466] —.2401| —9.2822| .9919 


12.1 +0.4794| .5573] —-2289| —9.3692| .9878 
375 +0.9594| 5617! —.2203| —9.4319| -9835 
42.4 —1.0198| .5725| —.2117| —9.4135] -9849 |i 
41.7 —0.4639| .5740| —.2071| —9.4456| .9824 || 
41.7 —o.7668| .5758| —.2055| —9.4431 9826 |f 


oH —o0.7089| .5769| —.2038| —9.4495| .9821 
ae ge le .5738| —-1987| —9.5086] .9761 
50.1 +-1.0205| .5785| —.1894| —9-5283] .9738 
39.2 —o.1866| .5876| —.1795| —9.5213| .9746 
393 —0.1901|0.5876| —.1795 —9-521319.9746 


1] 
On Vr 


I 


139 Tauri —25 | —64 
e Geminor +69|+ 6 
A Geminor +53/— 7 
x Geminor +72|+ 4 
ot Cancri —33 | —64 


e 
NWO HF OO OF 


bl i++ t++4+4+4+ 4444+ 


= 


n 
Coal 


» Caneri 
v Cancri 
v8 Cancri 
y Cancri 
€ Cancri 


+19|—46 
—I2z| —66 
—17 | —66 


Ne 


ee 
co 


rs) 
° 


79 Caneri 
B.A.C. 3138 
y Leonis 
42 Leonis 


B.A.C. 3579 


é Leonis 
k Leonis 
v Leonis 
€ Virginis 
y Virginis 


Niet 


Pl+++ +1 


eH CON ENT COCONRWYW BR COON “MOH 


+90|+ 3 05.2 
— 1| —75 11.4 
Lee | 7S) utof/ 
—20| —81 54.9 
+85|— 6 13.0 


33) | = 83 48.9 
+32 39.6 
+80 4) 
+86/— 4 yey 
+85/+ 9 52.1 
34-0 
58.2 


10.0 
58.9 


#4141 


te 


bt 


x Virginis 
¢ Virginis 
65 Virginis 
66 Virginis 
? Virginis 


ttt 


80 Virginis 
94 Virginis 
95 Virginis 
x Virginis 
2 Libre 


—63 


NN 
me CO AR &YW NC DAW NOOO 


toe 
t+4t 
OO AWY O 


= 


| 
nN 


» Libre 
vy’ Libree 
ot Libree 
3} 2 Librae 
&? Libre 
64 Libree 
41 Libree 
x Libree 
Bt Scorpii 
B? Scorpii 


NI 


AN ADA ALP AUWA AP AAHR ADAM HL BPaIPAANA AWAD AP ARDA 


La 


26 ELEMENTS 


For facilitating the Calculation of Occultations of Planets and Stars by the Moon, 
for the Year 1853. 


i Limiting . 4 
Parallels. Washington At Washington Mean Time of 0%. 
1/1853. | Stars Name. | Mag. Moan fimo, |. a hae ee 


North-| South-| o. 
ern. ern. 


yy 


Log sin D | Log cos D 


463|—10] 2 10.5 
+69|— 1 24.1 
—23 14.3 
+69 51.6 
—38 56.0 


Dee.27}| wt Scorpii 
27| a Scorpii 
27| » Scorpii 
27| B.A.C. 5395 
27|  Ophiuchi 
« Ophiuchi 
B.A.C.7049 
17 Capricor. 
B.A.C.7197 
x Capricor. 


—9-5396)9.9722 
—9.5436| .9717 
—9-5143| -9755 
—9-5548| .9701 
—9-5274| -9739 
—9-5573) -9697 
—9-5896| .9645 
—9-5743| -9671 
—9.5965| .9632 
—9.5694) -9679 
—9-5571| -9698 
—9.5594| .9694 
—9.5634| .9688 
—9-5703|9-9677 


+0.7331 
—o0.9616 
+0.8513 
Tee te) 
—0.1958 
—o.8515 
—0.9421 
+0.3707 
—0.0296| .5907 
—0.6077) .5935 
—0.1326] .5880 

47; +0.6145| .5824 

24] +1.1708]0.5794 


t+44t 
aN QOS - F 


ol 


oe « 


+18 
—22 13.9 
—26 33-5 
+46 22.5 
+26 14.8 


— 4 38.5 
+21 03-0 
+64 27.1 
+68 32.3 


[+++ 


27 Capricor. 
¢ Ophiuchi 

33 Capricor. 
35 Capricor. 


NH AO Om AO 


ANNAN ANDAAM MV APF + | 
oH bop 


oe get er | 


NOTES. 


B. A. C.—British Association Catalogue. 
Rumk.—Runker’s Catalogue. 


PREDICTION OF OCCULTATIONS. 


In the prediction of an occultation for a particular place, the principal objects of 
determination are, the instant of immersion, or of the star’s disappearance behind 
the moon’s limb; of emersion, or of the star’s re-appearance; and the points on the 
moon’s border where these appearances take place. 

The calculations, according to the method of the late Professor Bessel, are greatly 
facilitated by means of the elements given in the preceding list. Those who may wish 
to consult Prof. Bessel’s original paper on this subject, will find it in Schumacher’s 
Astronomische Nachrichten, Vol. VIL., page 1; also in the Berliner Astronomisches Jahrbuch 
for 1851, page 257. The process of computation is shown by the following equa- 
tions : 

d = Longitude from Washington, of the place, + West, — Hast. 

@ = Geographical North Latitude of the place. 

o'= Geocentrie North Latitude of the place. 

7 — Earth’s radius at the place, or the distance of the observers position from the 


earth’s centre. 


It is unnecessary to calculate ¢' and r separately, as we have 
(1—e’)sin¢ ee COS 
/(—ésin®@) ros? = /—ésin’e) 


in which e denotes the eccentricity of the earth’s meridians. 


rsing’ = 


i=? Wh Vasc 
/(1—e’sin’¢) v (1—e’sin’¢) 
from e = ‘081697, according to the latest determination of Prof. Bessel, may be taken 
from the following table, where the geographical latitude of the place is phe argument, 


The logarithms of = log A, and of | log B, derived 


28 PREDICTION OF OCCULTATIONS. 


@| Log A| Log B 


9-9971]| 0.0000 
9-9971] 0.0000 
9:9973| 0.0002 
90075 \iueO 200s. 
9:9977| 0.0006 
90-9979), ™O-0080 
9.9982] 0.0011 
9.9984] 0.0013 


rsing’ = Asing 
rcos?’ = Beos@ 


a = rcos@’ sin(h —d) 
b = rcos 9’ cos(h —d) 


logan = 94192 


u=—a@ ul = ba 
= rsin¢'cosD—ébsinD v = aasinD 
msin M = p—u nsinV = p'—w 
mcosM = g—v nooslV = g—v 
logk = 9:4350 
hh ome 
Q = 270°—N=¥ 
ksind 


= —~ cos(M—N) = 
n n 


Upper signs for Immersion ; under signs for Emersion. 
esn C=u+tu' 
ecos C=v+tv 


V=Q0+C 
Mean Solar Time of the Star’s apparent contact with the moon’s limb : 
= T-—d+t 
Angle from North Point = Q 
Angle from Vertex =V 


The angle ¥ is to be taken out positive and less than 180°. If log msin(M—J) 
be greater than log /, cos } will evidently be greater than 1, or impossible, and there 
will be no occultation, except in some rare instances where the moon’s limb passes 


PREDICTION OF OCCULTATIONS. 29 


very close to the star, when log cos ¥ will result very near 0. In these cases, a re- 
calculation should be made according to the method which follows, using 


= —=cos(M—W), 


which may give log msin(M—V) less than log %, when the star will be occulted. 
On the other hand, it may happen that in these cases of very near approach, a first 
determination may give a cos t less than 1, which a re-calculation will show to 
impossible. The angle { is then to be considered = 0° when msin(M— JV) is positive, 
and we shall have Q = 270°—N. When msin(@M—J) is negative, 1 = 180°, or 
@ = 270°—N-+ 180°. We shall also have, at the time of nearest approach, 


star’s distance from moon’s limb = 97’ x(msin(M—NV )—-2725), nearly, 


the error in this computed distance increasing with the distance. 

By Angle from North Point, is to be understood the arc included between the star 
when in contact, and the point where the limb is intersected by an arc of a great circle 
passing from the moon’s centre to the North Pole; and by Angle from Vertex, the arc 
between the star at contact, and the point where the limb is intersected by an arc of 
a great circle passing from the moon’s centre to the zenith. These angles are reckoned 
from the North point and from the vertex, towards the right hand round the circum- 
ference of the moon’s disc, as seen with an inverting telescope. For direct vision, add 
180° to the angles given by the equations. 

The results obtained by the above equations are only approximate, yet the computed 
times of immersion and emersion will usually be within one or two minutes of the truth. 
The error generally increases with the star’s distance from the apparent path of the 
moon’s centre, and may, in some cases, amount to several minutes. For an immersion 
this error is not of much consequence ; but for an emersion, especially of a small star, the 
time should be determined with greater precision. For this purpose, w’ and v’ must be 
computed with 

h'-—d=h-—d+ip 
being the symbol by which we express the sidereal equivalent of ¢ in these equations. 
wu’ = rcos@’acos (h’ — d) 
v’ =rcos¢’asin (h’ — d) sin D. 
Then with these values of w’ and v’, recompute JN, n, Y, and ¢, by means of 
nsin N= p' — wu’ 
n cos N=q’ —v' 
msin (1 — NV) 
k ; 


i) es ‘sin 
t= —— cos (M— WN) ra 


cos ) = 


30 PREDICTION OF OCCULTATIONS. 


using the Mand m obtained by the first computation, and we shall have the time of 
contact 7’— d+ ¢, generally within a few seconds of the truth. 
As a check on the accuracy of the work, we might compute 


u=rcos sin (h—d +) 

v= 7 cos ’cos D—7 cos 9’ cos (h-—d +p) 
and we should have 

(p+ tp'—u)?+ (q+ tq —v) = =0.0741. 


But if m sin MV, m cos M, log n sin N, and log n cos N, have been correctly computed, 
we shall have the following shorter and more convenient check on the subsequent cal- 
culations for the time of contact: 


(m sin M+ tn sin N)? + (m cos M+ tn cos N)*?=k'= 0.0741. 


The elements of computation, published in our general list, are given for the instant 
of the moon’s true conjunction with the star in right ascension. It is desirable, how- 
ever, in computing an occultation for a particular place, to assume a time for the cal- 
culation near to the time of the nearest approach of the moon’s centre to the star, as 
seen at that place, and to reduce the elements to this assumed time. This time, for 
which the nearest tenth of an hour will be sufficiently accurate, will not differ greatly 
from the time of apparent conjunction, as affected by parallax, which may be deter- 
mined approximately by the following equations. Let 7’—d be the time of apparent 
conjunction ; then 

(ies sin (H—d) 
p' sec @ — [9.4027] cos (H— d) 


T—d=time of true o — d + (8). 
The elements corresponding to the time Z’ — d may then be obtained as follows: 
h-—d=H—d+ (pv) 
p= p' 
q=Y+()_7 
Where occultations are to be generally observed, as at astronomical stations, either 

temporary or permanent, the observer will find an advantage in looking over the list 
and selecting, beforehand, all those which may be visible at his station, by observing 
if his latitude be included between the limiting parallels for any given occultation, if 


the time (77—d) be favourable as regards the absence of daylight, and if the star’s 
hour-angle (1 — d) be not greater than its semidiurnal are for the given latitude. 


PREDICTIONS OF OCCULTATIONS. 31 


For obtaining the time 
LENO ON (bye 
it will be well to tabulate the values of 
() = sin (H— d) 
p' sec @ — [9.4027] cos (H— d) 

for every half hour of (H— dd) as far as the greatest semidiurnal are computed for 
the latitude of the station with a declination of 30°; and for all values of pis 
decimal figures, from 0.50 to 0.60. 

Tt will also be found advantageous to have tabulated values of 


using two 


U=r cos >’ sin (4 —d) 

u' = 7 cos 0’ A cos (h— d) 
which should be given for every minute (in time) of (4 — d), from 0 to 6%. If (h—d) 
exceeds 6”, the argument will be 12" — (4 — d@) instead of (A — d ). It will be seen by 
the equations that w will have the same sign as sin (k—d), and that w’ will have the 
same sign as cos (1 —@), 

In the equation 

v=? sin 9’ cos D—b sin D 
the term 7 sin ¢’ cos D may be tabulated for every tenth minute of declination, from 
0° to 50°. : 

The practical application of the preceding formule will be seen by the following 
calculations for an occultation of the star h' Sagittarii, March 31st, 1853, as it will 
appear at San Diego, California; in north latitude 32° 45’=@, and west longitude 
from Washington 2’ 40"29°=d. The data for the computation are given on page 9, 
and, with the latitude and longitude of the place, are as follows :— 


March 31st, 1853. h' Sagittarin. 


> + 32° 45’ Haz tT 03 12 pl + 0.5800 
m he he M™ 8. 
d+ 2 40.5 d + 2 40 29 _ I — 2.0395 
situ (OS) 19 51.1 H—d — 1 37 17 logsin D — 9.6265 
o—d 17 10.6 VY + 0.7558 logeosD + 9.9571 


Calculation of the time 7’— d,and reduction of the elements of computation. 


he 


log p’ + 9.763 @ — gets. 
logsecp -+ 0.075 (Reduced to hours and minutes) @ — 054 0 
log p’ sec ¢ = log(1) + 9.838 Sid. equiv. for (¢) () — 954 9 
log const 9.4.03 H—d — 1 37417 
logcos(H—d) + 9.960 H—d+(v)= h—d — 2 31 26 
log [9.403] cos (H— d) = log (2) + 9.363 o—d 17 10.6 
(2) + .231 S—d+Q= T—d 16 16.6 
(1) + .689 ()p'’=—0.9 X0.5800= p\ = 0-5220 
O-@= (3) + 458 —0.9X 0.0395 = (gq — 0.0355 
log(3) + 9.661 Y + 0.7558 
: logsin(H—d) — 9.615 Y+(@q/ g + 0.7203 
log Sn 4) _ log) — 9.954 


(3) 


32 PREDICTION OF OCCULTATIONS. 


Calculation of the Times of Immersion and Emersion, ete. 


(Table, page 28, Arg. ©) log A 9-9976 rsin@’cosD + .4874 
logsin®  +9.7332 bsinD — .2813 
log Asin? = logrsin®’ +9.7308 rsin@’ cos D — bsinD = v + .7687 
logeosD +9.9571 q + -7203 
logrsin@’cosD +9.6879 qI-v= moosM — .0484 
(Table, page 28, Arg. ©) log B 0.0005 p — -5220 
logeos® +9.9248 c= uw — .5166 
log Bcos @ = logreos®’ +9.9253 p—t= msinM — .0054 
logsin(h —d) —9.7879 + .0395 
logrcos@’sin(h —d) = logu=loga —g.7132 vo + .0574 
logeos(h —d) +9.8974 {—v= neosN — .o179 
logr cos Q’ cos(h —d) = logh +9.8227 p’ + .5800 
logaA —s- 9.41.92 ul + 1746 
logaA —9.1324 p—u = nsinNN + .4054 
logsm D —9.6265 iM WSomeen 
logbsinD —9.4492 Ni “<g2ng2 
logaasinD = loge’ +8.7589 M—N = 93 50 
logs, = logu +9.2419 270°—_N 177 28 
logmsin M —7.7324 79 43 
logmcosM —8.6848 For Immersion, 270°—N—P= Q 97 45 
logtan M +9.0476 (2) + .0080 
logcos M —9.9973 (1) + .6603 
logm +8.6875 For Immersion, (2) — (1) = t, — -6523 
lognsin NV +9.6079 For Emersion, (2)-++(1) = t, + .6683 
logncosN —8.2529 logt, —9.8144 
logtanNY —1.3550 logu’ +9.2419 
logsn NV +9.9996 logt,u! —9.0563 
logn +9.6083 logy’ +8.7589 
— log —9.0792 logt,o° —8.5733 
logeos(M—N) —8.8251 t,o’) — .0374 
logsn(M—N) +9.9990 v+te= ccosC + .7313 
: logk 9:4350 tuo — .1139 
log +9.2525 u+tw= esinC — .6305 
log “sin (m—N)= logeos) +9.2515 logesin C —g.7996 
log sin +9.9930 logecos C+ 9.8641 
: logksiny, +9.4280 logtanC —9.9355 
log “Sin = log(1) +9.8197 
—log” cos(M—N) = log(z) +7.90 A om 
B, 008( ) B(2) +7-9043 7a tee 
(Reduced to hours and minutes) t, — © 39.1 
Immersion: San Diego Mean Time - =) Bee - = - - - - T—d+t, 15 Bak 
C — 40°46’ 
Immersion Angle from North Point = - - = 2 Pare Pes = te QO) 97 45 
Immersion Angle from Vertex = Q+ C= - - - - - Sear a Vi 56 59 
A m. 
ts + © 40.1 
Emersion: San Diego Mean Time - = «= = «= = = = «Tmd+t, 16 56.7 


PREDICTION OF OCCULTATIONS. 


Calculation of a more accurate Time, etc., of Emersion. 


logeos(h’—d) +9.9244 h—d 

logreos@’ +9.9253 Sid. equiv. for 3 ¢, = ap 

logA 9.4192 h—d+3yp= V—d 

log7 cos @! Acos(h’—d) = logu! +9.2689 7 
logsin(h’/—d) —9.7342 ov 

logreos@’A +9.3445 qi’—v = neos IV 

logsinD —9.6265 p 

logrcos@’asin(h’—d)sinD = logo! +8.7052 ul 
lognsinN +9.5957 p'—w = nsin V 

logncos VN —8.0492 logé 

logtan N —1.5465 lognsin V 

logsn NV +9.9998 logénsin V 

logn +9.5959 logncos V 

(From first determination) logm +8.6875 logéncos V 
—log™ —9.0916 tncos V 

logeos(M—N) —8.9166 (From first determination) mcos UM 

logsin(M—N) +9.9985  mcosM+tncosN = @) 

(From first determination) log@™ +9.2525 tnsin V 
log ™ sin (M— NV) = logeos) + 9.2510 (From first determination) m sin M 
logsnW +9.9930 msn M+tnsinN = (4) 

logk 9.4350 (4)? 

” logkésiny) +9.4280 G? 
login = log(1) +9.8321 (4)?9+(3)?}=#=0.0741 Check 
—log™ cos(M—N) = log(2) +8.0082 log au 
(2) + .o102 logtu’ 

GQ) + .6794 logy’ 

(2)+ (1) t + .6896 log tv! 
° ' tv 

(From first determination) M 186 22 (From first determination) v 
N 9138 v+te'= ceosC’ 

M—N 04 44 : tu! 

270°—N 178 22 (Hrom first determination) eu 

uy 79 44 w+tu esin@ 

For Emersion 270° — V+ = Q 258 06 logesinC 
logecosC 

log tan C’ 

T—d 

(Reduced to hours and minutes) t 

Emersion: San Diego Mean Time - - Op ASS e = : T—d+t 
C 

Emersion Angle from North Point - : - 2 = g = R Q 
Hmersion Angle from Vertex = Q+ C= - Cie : oR rie Le 


Pl ptteettrtti ty 


+ 


[+l bltettetst + 


3 


hom a 
20g m26 
© 20 06 
2 II 20 
0395 
.0507 
.O112 
5800 
.1858 
Sah 
9.8386 
9-5957 
9.4343 
8.0492 
7.8878 
.0077 
0484 
.O561 
2718 


.0054. 
2664. 
0710 
.0031 


.O741 
9.2689 
OTO7S 
8.7052 
8.5438 

.0350 

7687 

8037 

.1280 

-5 166 

.3886 
9-5894 
9.9051 
9-6843 


16 16.6 
Oo 41.4 
16 58.0 


25 48 
258 06 
232 18 


Dp) 


34 


1853. 


5 
30 
Febr’y 3 


March 3 


April 24 


May 1 


June 8 


July 16 


January 4 


OCCULTATIONS OF PLANETS AND STARS BY THE MOON, 
Visible at Washington, D. C., during the Year 1853. 


Star’s Name. 


ot Librae 

» Scorpii* 
94 Virginis 
4 Sagittarii 
7 Sagittarii 


& Ceti 

wt Cancri 

¢* Libree* 

B. A. C. 6369 


= Capricor.* 


« Tauri 

105 Tauri 
n Tauri* 

1 Geminor. 
3 Geminor. 


y Cancri 

6 Ophiuchi 
a Sagittarii 
pt Scorpii* 
B? Scorpii* 
7? Aquarii* 
48 Geminor. 
y Virginis 

@ Ophiuchi 
6 Ophiuchi 


a Sagittarii 

it Sagittarii* 
ha Sagittarii* 
B. A. C. 7197 
B. A. C. 7550 


@ Geminor. 

B. A. ©. 3579 
7 Leonis 

+) Sagittarii 

33 Capricor. 


@ Ophiuchi 

/@ Sagittariit 
B. A. C. 7550* 
7? Aquarii 

z® Aquarii 

¢ Taurit 

65 Virginis 

66 Virginis 

«* Scorpii 

39 Ophiuchi* 
B. A. C. 5831* 
) Sagittarii 

« Capricor.* 

30 Piscium } 


22 | » Piscium 


3 
Fe 
& 
a 


Ly) 


bot 


a aol 


bot 


bo 


ie 


al 


MAMAN AE DAR MADR ANANDA AA AR MAE AD ANE AAA MARA ANAL A 


Washington 
Sidereal Time. 


IMMERSION. 


Angle from 
Mean Time. |N. Point. Vertex. | Sidereal Time. iets Time. |N. Point. 


EMERSION. 5 Sane 


Washingto: Angle from 


Vertex. 


hom 


14 16 — 16| 208° 
Star 1.6 north of D’s limb, 
13 02| 16 20| 266 | 251 
Pg 3" south "1 ’s limb. 
6 34 19 36] 247 | 230 


6 os 8 29] 265 | 315 
5 32 5 29) 249 | 192 
9 47 II I1| 280 | 230 
16 35| 17 46) 273 | 248 
15 = 16 53| 335 | 285 
5 17 5 39| 326 | 340 
Star 1/.2 north of D’s limb. 
14 od) ena 25] 27 | eae 


Star 1’.7 north of D’s limb. 
Star 4’.8 north of D’s limb. 


iL as) 755247 Ene 
17, 2 16 57| 328 | 330 
16 43| 318 | 305 
21 4! Ig 28| 220 | 270 
2I 41 19 28] 219 | 269 


17 12 14 31| 245 | 230 
II 22 7 59| 292 | 350 
cts 49) 197 size 
20 27 6 23) 235 | 278 
se ey 10 44| 285 | 255 


12 57| 8 47) 309 | 259 
14 05 9 50| 185 | 136 
14 44 TO 30) 241 | 194 


20 II 15 51| 292 | 286 
18 43 14 20] 320 | 286 
Star 1’.7 south of D’s limb. 

RSLS 7 #°| 25° | 299 
14 51 9 26) 195 | 249 
20 48/ 14 47| 284 | 305 
22 39) 16 30) 344] 2 


Star 2’.5 south of D’s limb. 
14 58 7 07| 239 | 193 


16 41 8 42] 356 | 307 
23 00} 14 56| 334 | 338 
© 39] 16 36) 301 | 327 
21 45] 13 10} 317 | 269 
16 46 7 32) 230 | 274 

45) 8 32] 235 | 283 


VEG, 
Star 1’.4 north of 5 s limb. 
Star 3’.9 north of D’s limb. 


22 53} 13 22| 296 | 346 
Star 2’.9 south of D’s limb. 
403) 18 17] 352 | 42 
21 39 Ir 41] 286 | 255 
153) 15 47] 358 | 


OCCULTATIONS OF PLANETS AND STARS BY THE MOON, 35 
Visible at Washington, D. C., during the Year 1853. 


IMMERSION. 


Star’s Name. 


Magnitude. “ 


Washington Angle from Washington 


: , Angle from 
Sidereal Time. | Mean Time. |N. Point.| Vertex. | Sidereal Time. 5 


Mean Time. |N. Point.) Vertex. 


B. A. C. 755 
x Capricor. 
7? Aquarii 

7? Aquarii 

38 Arietist 


5 Geminor. 
52 Geminor. 
B. A. C. 7197 
B. A.C. 7550 
y Piscium 


B. A. C. 7554 
wt Tauri 

o? Tauri 

—e Geminor 

37 Geminor 


128°] 94° 15 53| 303° 297° 
153 | 195 Wp OH), Bae || gies 
88 | 43 7 40) 312 | 273 
150 | 114 9 05] 261 | 235 
164 8 25] 245 | 194 

13 II] 288 | 230 
103 Ig 21] 249 | 276 
II 02] 275 | 316 
OQ de) BIS |) OHS 
6 47| 317 | 266 
6 43] 288 | 237 
II 07| 300 | 247 
17 14] 266 | 320 
Ho Ball Bae |) Ugly 
18 39] 209 | 163 
16 04] 288 | 242 
5 33] 221 | 265 
8 24] 205 | 255 
6 47| 241 | 249 
We Wi Bay 35 
10 14] 340 6 
5 Bz) © || gee 
II 26] 293 | 239 


19 49] 221 | 275 
Siren a eZor 


LS 


Wt Nh 


x Geminor 
«? Scorpii 

39 Ophiuchi* 
33 Capricor. 
37 Capricor.* 


os bot bop 


30 Piscium 
& Ceti 

121 Tauri 
132 Tauri 

52 Geminor} 


DAN AAVEH AWUAGANAUAAAA MP AADH 


A Geminor 13 05] 255 | 200 
n Leonis 18 52] 195 | 224 
» Virginis Ig 10] 283 | 279 
o Sagittarii 132 6 04| 279 | 322 
38 Arietis 73 4 56 240 


pw Libree 17 17 42] 235 | 202 


* Whole occultation below the horizon of Washington. 
+ Immersion below the horizon of Washington. 
{ Emersion below the horizon of Washington. 


STEREOTYPED BY L. JOHNSON AND CO. 
PHILADELPHIA. 


PRINTED BY T. K. AND P. G. COLLINS. 


- 
- goos par Re sees oitsaagaa 


er oe ‘ee i Sse 


i . 7 eT ae a panels at 
—T- Py ; 
1 Ra : 201 5 ave fa ft eo 
. Mg — ; 
es 1 iat nie 
~ a ; s 
. ; 87 mreeig H ‘ R 
I Semen SRR 
i t “ . 3 Bit 
i b & & ' © * 
; : 4 i wh hug 
, lai as iy 7 isang 
: i 4 bi bar { PHA 
; t 5 fo dt) ees ed (abet 
af : 5 Seed : % be Ceetoned? ox 
g ¢2 & weer 25 
; ¥ ¢ oo7% a 
’ | t +! 
; if . 
a ' ~ oa 
i ' . ‘ i “ 
4 { | -* 1 p 
b _ 
Ps ‘ o t eG te 2) Fe eo 
1 , t % t #45 shinee eee 


aolagtha U s 
ner er ay 


Di iy 
Naat, 


ee 


OT OP Ae eer eT, Fe 


200 eh tm 


meh ee 


eee nee 
Pome reriy rt 


tion 

Serre) 

erat hace ne sce mart sm tance atatioetmaes pe mem 

Lene icp sue Paar rere ene LEI I Lalo denat teey tg mee kaiactee we anh 
varity ie i catarumien imu restim ivan 8 Mido sete 


ait if eens 


* 
eee eee beet BL SEH Fe heh 
ee ecw 


eee pdm ve 


Top ee iy pede Sy 


Sie ae ea wie pete 
Con COU 


em hne es Nei ben 
ee een wie iit ele pet 
Pelee ele ta eulogy Pe eye hee nai Stem 
STA CRO IO GA a A 

Pate ena eee ee 

ee aay Ais bee RIED oe bee Te 


tet 
.. Die I ee 6 Ne Ah ee oy 


Py Puree eat aL oe 
ey reel ele ete banka einen Bip aes 
ae eae ae BE een ee nw Ne Fatale sr TO BIER b RIOR DEI te 
CR eee a Ae eA ial ns ep eeetace yn es pie ewe F Rh eae abate pnby ah ahah! Wy wae NS 
Paepaearumecary erie Say NG LAD MIB RDI Boye pie st eb 


frente ot elite tt a 
i bo seimene ip hignh a hm vee ee 


Supe DMO SERS eae REESE 
Pane eee a 


“i 
mre east ee re er 

Pureret chomeceumenert Pe LO tL eels Cian ence Taipei ss ih ser 

eh ee heehee BY one pe eit leew eke Se ee 

Wotan Wa caenye tissrgrs ® ate Cie Mee eB Ph Oe thee ae 


ib baad ieoecten io Games wrens Oraiaw Wie Mar ims 
munpruter entre Trt tek das 

aor Hien 
rts 
Nieiactlie erdmqersionaidse was ihatphye est 4 
ober mw eret ye rine Citi SALE ae 
apes aren eS LS aT alent 


aie wie nadine ATG Babi 
vere re 


pie ale ee pine ep2mlt pe Sh 


pe heme 


islon an v9 ao 
Serna Uee rh bee wip ln gen ee 
Banat Sorte eae 

Arter 
AES aw whet ety a te 
pereniruryen fa acy 
Se Va ie coe Be 


ry nr tree ea 


TERE ais nie avs 
peer ear revere yer 
pqeavesirer neon rr ry er rte 
oat toe eee ht a Om 
agence in aise nie rier 
eorereery 


oreie Paiva) 
Tipe ae Som og 


pope Nmoriere cry 


eae a nie 


eS ar le rae 
Le beltew eedtaianera pies e's wie 
SFO ngrumimehensomet At se 


Peele vie se eee eee 


boarmyeyre etre sain 
Sea pao mame we 


Sacre eine eye ne 

Leb fanls bebe gna wee tet 

Seda to hot inp anae ee 

pene ference y hhoneripr yey 
Pee a setaa tamer ete 

Tem pene nn eee 


ily ern See 
Thee giatn seulee pytien eh 

awh menee | 
te Senge he 
haere eh stees te 
ee ese ails gtd ieee et ere este 


Ts ne ine mare nie 
acum yars te ionin oe & 


penis d Fi Neary 


Me Fa eae weed ar aeaihn mae or GN 
eit epee yy ‘ few 
Sree Se eee sen St eo Perey Sao 
Bhs telrg pa nie) on tote Canton eats Renee | : 7 
f See ie epee tee eat aty cle ten Hen PASIAN. shale 
Res ees Pedecetn tpetitet Steve + “ ee an i A 
Wiad ieeie Soot age P ARN TIO Shr sed taltoidds Ponif agian abt ae Gg : px f .X ¥ 
oe Rate Liaise me SAB ASAE Dalen se ine F X ‘ 
BY et Ga FT 4 - me fe Pos itigen ash EF. 
i fat aie SY Ace eerie iaaet eet Meet cae eh f : 
J, EU RICE eles hy fear eerie tere is ' ve » ' ae 
gait S re. ri yrs ' ‘ é 
i % ‘ Seen eay ee S ‘ 
é HE J Ai. Liesiee bert tents ' efeed , 
sete : Pea UP ALLS AL F 
Php eeh iy te t ogee ie eas Pane j ; ¢ 
¢ aa serd ol : ¢ raya t ‘ty ; 
fete Sere fl Pes t ie 
* ‘ PA ye Weis A, 
LOU IIA Se met ey Ct a t t Veit’ Via } 
sta . : . ! 
alk ‘ i seer : t : 
sititeee vee : 
Th ee TEA RA i nets ; ARS, ; vcs Me, ya 
SN Rutan SrA tt PSE seas ont SO ER Any tl oe 
Ste A ey Ae ee Sa LS Sea ae AL Td 3 Tat f i t 1 
roRrenLEy a Pot Ceate si" AS ; ; 
Ged Shere eke ye CEUs OOD a rey. Pree Re 
2 she ED Reralte aD f 
Pe ROU CHILL LER aU MC hg D ; ’ see bb aari tart ' 
PERCE Rie Tene UT ele deh EK: } is 4 
ah at H Us ee 
Wes ae ee , : ‘ 
Sigs taka sy Gag i a5 Bret ‘ : a 
ee ig : ; Out D 
en eet ye oO Wes ues ttt : ? ai 
FN A artacc asi iituNiandnt we ti1086 any eee Weeds j 
Ray ee et eRe ws SN Pa DO ICR NO 2 MUR ‘ 
we ea SH StS ikm Wtitidsese le Mice tale Cee: Py i ‘ htt ‘ a 
se yee Asia tee we age Uae aun cet Yat Nees Sf wore : ’ ‘ ; te 
Socio te tartetlare aoe Salon NTS ets ve Vettes 
Apiaceae neeta wast Pee DL AS A ‘ . Uano ret} 
SPN at sae iy wy k Sadia e aay 8 ' er aa 
AB TY he PWT a utaate a Mey an8 ale 8 4 barkie betta E 
resin Leip tatiana A maken tare APR es A ' ‘ be) ‘ h hit, 4 
eesuniee tr ey phe Mi eew je ag PRED AR Taal : ‘ Nr pa ‘ i" 
a aaa ae Mie eree sh PAPA UWE N Fe eeu ees Ghn yh 6 he ht iret ers 
erage a ae SV. sete vest ‘ . Lene ae : 
Sea a en te f Serta . + einai ene ive Fen 
teeny t tt ee ee Pea ala Pkt OM PEER L S Seon Ry La eae aed ‘ on : rae 
eye arc ih Teena eenuke, Sasi ty ’ cea anit 
POE EE LCT. ir) Ry tenenrin eens Shel i i 
cewek Char eth etaca tes rd t { hie 
Spee ey sia abe at Pe AP ara LS “ pee 
’ Soran payee wsare Ghw sete strgseud etoebate j ¥ ; 
Lcurdtare sean Sueltatesate ah Were tary mina a ‘ ’ dict Coa 
ete ee ary gy ty TS TL y Sy he 
Le atenesPigabary aoe dsb ot Cu wea ‘ e Atay arr” 
Pasian ene Ak Witels ‘ ) } Y 
alata cavern es att, eh se rk woe on ire rel Ay ue 
sey emmy Meri est ' NT hs aE UX a) De 
racy es ed oe ee ree ‘ ; neeee 
earn sc Sataar ince ames oe ans t ik 
ligsp weet lawddde eh aan shes oe Bits iy Wi ede 
aNyea een ea a aloiaemtingeniaetse, sie 144 ve ere i 
Faiaitisalganreses ash mg ta bale ve shee i Ci ed Pee 
‘/ SaaS Sia eee ace a ei TON, 
ae a Barn ny Wk MO Golan esa, i AP Wey 
Tecan a ore oilers au we ntieuly av ee | ; Cir s 2 8 heats ‘ i 
wy 0 alaraeaiagaeve ava ave dein ay pea) asst IRSA Whke Chat Ta REALS de rye t DNC ia te Y | r ‘ 
vewvuyeaeacpee apie th Pony yet ATE ca RA A aR Patitect iv AR Rah ee MPR PL vA ut 
eeciaree oe Hen Cee ee ie te th aug Nase ‘ 
Ree EN A oy f OAD 
Uliana ae eeoug Ua Eee ( F ‘ 
aa iia coe see Tarte oe Vanya ae Led alt 
aaa ip ve aka bs b 
eine Pe tatua rake rv e va 
Spo peed Horner . 
recreate okt ree : 
Panerai tm ‘ ‘ os 
ee Sek ee 
Wertaiebetiek bogs Uihy ft epee p 
Senta rayne why So Fh SOO UL 
FAS ode Pea eb tee ‘ 
gs het week ee 4 
aba rman ee te ne ri ae 8 
NOP Ds ct RATS HN eee vet 
ilacgcereipre Merci ae CRO ee ey ays ’ Y 
Senet Quaryleresteb Vea ya eerie ARIA ‘ 
veges Hee eee etre inch oy ee mre-b hae wre dt Phi Y ener evo by iat . 
Derren ae ee wantin tatty Aeirotte CaO 
ies th eRe woven ee Cenetuts 
MRE ity onenieiernk vet CW tO: Ki! RAR are 
rh are N ace vetrrescane st 4 my 
Sayers F ’ ria Paar) 
ee we , ’ 
mo aan vel aged ewe TAA ee ? 
eee wie Neue eR i “ y . ' 
‘ en aun eR RES ay’ 
catwoman a4 Seiaciratarqersh Abst ¥ 9 Yang AAA veleveer ss 
Senate teacher rid Fralse " , 
aren Chen EP yk SUN f 
CPt guns pipsnance am Reiwanirp yon we veh ‘ ¢ \ ‘ 
coach eo ee vateter ae Be munch in it keels sech fy’ Pe 
a PMY at Wea . wi 
ne Trt e beh etek ree Pee ay rere ’ : 
. har et im bh ink oe bee ee Tew ve . vie 
un y Wate ge i tian general bh ee sine Reis tate Cy eb ig he 
pow EV nia eae SD , nase ‘ eM ae 
17 A Tp ihn aA TNE Cee CME CR BM a a iis pny Meer enve 
a ma anin enim ah Nm hee Vee eee eh ily ee e's Wine bed 
rasa a-np ogyb: So oD Be Lt Chokers 
” oh ve Poy ¥ 
Sines pecnioes my Vey ve bee) 
Dia acieenm twee & lobed bee bce eee ee we ‘ rs 
Whedon Gort te “sce d wep ice Rib Wes bob Mlb bety J it bom ; ‘ ' “ + 
seen umes eal dh kab mh am ere csi pen hp Deeb eee rebves ky 
‘Soowe-seh cele imi Serer . Pry i AT ae ee ee Oe fs eye ey pete AMS 
ean wo eSpace praia itech hier Danehed ie: oe wom Ai fib) ire 4m Hit 4 Reece e ben E THEO ERS EEUSY 9.08 p aihines pc ce ee pe 
ns ifana st atpeeotars ete ne pearelecan ye oa Aa ow NAM EAN See win Of vier bho . “eee ’ 
aay icc ih Peete) Ca bh Sa an a feet eer ET a A Sy pene Sie . ‘ 
Nn ne ek acter catetie-as Bits aim piaucep Npobimne an hae wrie a 4m : Peat A 
ok hnd Head STS Wii -2 + Bo Mh» AS Lala tera pte . ore ve 0 ote 


DADS rk My Mots sh 
nether eerste 


Caiaractoare Sonos ace wares “on 
Been ca ee een 
- ‘ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES 


IMT